More annual reports from Kenon Holdings Ltd.:
2023 ReportTable of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 20-F
(cid:1) REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Or
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
Or
(cid:1) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(cid:1) SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Or
KENON HOLDINGS LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Singapore
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Company Registration
No. 201406588W)
4911
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1 Temasek Avenue #36-01
Millenia Tower
Singapore 039192
+65 6351 1780
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Copies to:
Scott V. Simpson
James A. McDonald
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom (UK) LLP
40 Bank Street
London E14 5DS
Telephone: +44 20 7519 7000
Facsimile: +44 20 7519 7070
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Ordinary Shares, no par value
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. Yes (cid:1) No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such a shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes (cid:1) No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:1) Accelerated filer (cid:1) Non-accelerated filer
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP (cid:1)
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
Other (cid:1)
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17 (cid:1) Item 18 (cid:1)
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:1) No
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
ITEM 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
A.
B.
C.
Directors and Senior Management
Advisers
Auditors
ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
ITEM 3. Key Information
A.
B.
C.
D.
Selected Financial Data
Capitalization and Indebtedness
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Risk Factors
ITEM 4. Information on the Company
A.
B.
C.
D.
History and Development of the Company
Business Overview
Organizational Structure
Property, Plants and Equipment
ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Operating Results
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
Trend Information
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
Safe Harbor
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Directors and Senior Management
Compensation
Board Practices
Employees
Share Ownership
ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A.
B.
C.
Major Shareholders
Related Party Transactions
Interests of Experts and Counsel
ITEM 8. Financial Information
A.
B.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Significant Changes
ITEM 9. The Offer and Listing
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Offer and Listing Details.
Plan of Distribution.
Markets
Selling Shareholders
Dilution.
Expenses of the Issue
ITEM 10. Additional Information
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Share Capital
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Material Contracts
Exchange Controls
Taxation
Dividends and Paying Agents
1
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
16
16
17
65
65
65
128
128
128
129
147
162
183
184
186
186
187
187
187
190
190
192
193
193
193
194
196
196
196
196
196
196
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
197
202
Table of Contents
G.
H.
I.
Statement by Experts
Documents on Display
Subsidiary Information
ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
ITEM 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
A.
B.
C.
D.
Debt Securities
Warrants and Rights
Other Securities
American Depositary Shares
PART II
ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics
ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance
ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
PART III
ITEM 17. Financial Statements
ITEM 18. Financial Statements
ITEM 19. Exhibits
2
202
202
202
202
203
203
203
203
203
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
204
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
206
206
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS
Kenon Holdings Ltd., or Kenon, was formed in the first quarter of 2014 in Singapore to serve as the holding company of the following interests, which were
contributed to Kenon by its former parent, Israel Corporation Ltd., or IC, in connection with the recently completed spin-off (as defined below):
•
•
•
a 100% interest in IC Power Ltd. (“IC Power”), a power generation company with operations in Latin America, the Caribbean and Israel;
a 50% interest in Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. (“Qoros”), an automotive company based in China;
a 32% stake in ZIM Integrated Shipping Services, Ltd. (“ZIM”), a global container shipping company that completed a financial restructuring with its
creditors in July 16;
•
a 22.5% interest in Tower Semiconductor Ltd. (“Tower”), a NASDAQ and Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, or TASE, – listed specialty foundry
semiconductor manufacturer; and
•
interests in two businesses in the renewable energy business, including Primus Green Energy, Inc. (“Primus”), an innovative developer of an alternative
fuel technology.
We have prepared this annual report using a number of conventions, which you should consider when reading the information contained herein. In this annual
report, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” shall refer to Kenon, or Kenon and each of our businesses collectively, as the context may require. Additionally, this
annual report uses the following conventions:
•
•
•
HelioFocus Ltd., an Israeli company (“HelioFocus”), which is one of IC’s renewable energy businesses;
IC Green Energy Ltd., an Israeli company (“IC Green”), which holds Kenon’s equity interests in each of the renewable energy businesses;
IC Power and its operating companies and investments, as the context requires, include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
IC Power Nicaragua Holding, a Cayman Islands corporation, formerly known as AEI Nicaragua Holdings Ltd. (“ICPNH”);
Amayo O&M Services S.A., a Nicaraguan corporation (“Amayo I”);
Central Cardones SA, a Chilean corporation (“Central Cardones”);
Cerro del Águila S.A., a Peruvian corporation (“CDA”);
Compañía Boliviana de Energía Eléctrica S.A., a Canadian corporation (“COBEE”);
Compañía de Electricidad de Puerto Plata S.A., a Dominican Republic corporation (“CEPP”);
Consorcio Eolico Amayo (Fase II) S.A., a Nicaraguan corporation (“Amayo II”);
Edegel S.A.A., a Peruvian corporation listed on the Lima Stock Exchange ( Bolsa de Valores de Lima ) (“Edegel”);
Empresa Energetica Corinto Ltd., a Nicaraguan corporation (“Corinto”);
Generandes Peru S.A., a Peruvian corporation (“Generandes”);
IC Power Israel Ltd., an Israeli corporation (“ICPI”);
Inkia Energy Limited, a Bermudian corporation (“Inkia”);
Jamaica Private Power Company Ltd., a Jamaican corporation (“JPPC”);
Kallpa Generacion S.A., a Peruvian corporation (“Kallpa”);
Kanan Overseas, I. Inc., a Panamanian corporation (“Kanan”);
Nejapa Power Company LLC, a Delaware corporation (“Nejapa”);
OPC Rotem Ltd., an Israeli corporation (“OPC”);
Pedregal Power Company S.de.R.L, a Panamanian corporation (“Pedregal”);
1
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
Puerto Quetzal Power (PQP) Company, a Delaware limited liability company (“Puerto Quetzal”);
Southern Cone Power Peru S.A., a Peruvian corporation (“Southern Cone”);
Samay I S.A., a Peruvian corporation (“Samay I”);
Surpetroil S.A.S., a Colombian corporation (“Surpetroil”);
Termoeléctrica Colmito Ltda., a Chilean corporation (“Colmito”); and
Tipitapa Power Company Ltd., a Nicaraguan corporation (“Tipitapa Power”);
•
•
•
•
•
Petrotec AG, a German company listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (“Petrotec”), which IC Green sold in December 2014;
Quantum (2007) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Quantum”), which is the direct owner of our 50% interest in Qoros;
“renewable energy businesses”, which refers to each of Primus, HelioFocus and REG (as defined below) as appropriate;
Renewable Energy Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“REG”) in which Kenon holds an interest as a result of IC Green’s December 2014 sale of its
interest in Petrotec; and
“spin-off” shall refer to (i) IC’s January 7, 2015 contribution to Kenon of its interests in each of IC Power, Qoros, ZIM, Tower, Primus and HelioFocus,
as well as other intermediate holding companies related to these entities, and (ii) IC’s January 9, 2015 distribution of Kenon’s issued and outstanding
ordinary shares, via a dividend-in-kind, to IC’s existing shareholders.
Although we acquired each of our businesses in connection with the spin-off, the operating and other statistical information with respect to each of our
businesses is presented as of December 31, 2014, unless otherwise indicated, as if we owned such businesses as of such date and for the periods covered by this
annual report.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We produce financial statements in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board, or IASB, and all financial information included in this annual report is presented in accordance with IFRS, except as otherwise indicated. In
particular, this annual report contains certain non-IFRS financial measures which are defined under “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data ” and “ Item 4B. Business
Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power. ” In addition, certain financial information relating to Tower, where indicated, has been prepared in accordance with U.S.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP.
Our financial statements presented in this annual report are combined carve-out financial statements. The combined carve-out financial statements included in
this annual report comprise audited combined carve-out statements of income, other comprehensive income, changes in parent company investment, and cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and audited combined carve-out statements of financial position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. We
present our combined carve-out financial statements in U.S. Dollars, the legal currency of the United States. All references in this annual report to (i) “dollars”, “$”
or “USD” are to U.S. Dollars; (ii) “Yuan”, “RMB” or “Chinese Yuan” are to the legal currency of China; (iii) “NIS” or “New Israeli Shekel” are to the legal
currency of the State of Israel, or Israel; (iv) “EUR” or “Euro” are to the legal currency of participating member states for the purposes of the European Monetary
Union; (v) “Peruvian Nuevo Sol” are to the legal currency of Peru; (vi) “Bs” and “Bolivianos” are to the legal currency of Bolivia; (vii) “JPY” or “Japanese Yen” are
to the legal currency of Japan; and (viii) “Singapore Dollars” or “S$” are to the legal currency of Singapore. We have made rounding adjustments to reach some of
the figures included in this annual report. Consequently, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that
precede them.
In this annual report, we also attach audited consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and audited consolidated statements of financial position for Qoros as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, in
accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.
2
Table of Contents
NON-IFRS FINANCIAL INFORMATION
In this annual report, we disclose non-IFRS financial measures, namely EBITDA and Net Debt, each as defined under “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data ”
and “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power. ” Each of these measures are important measures used by us, and our businesses, to assess financial
performance. We believe that the disclosure of EBITDA and Net Debt provides transparent and useful information to investors and financial analysts in their review
of our, or our subsidiaries’ and associated companies’, operating performance and in the comparison of such operating performance to the operating performance of
other companies in the same industry or in other industries that have different capital structures, debt levels and/or income tax rates.
The following tables set forth the historical period-end, average, high and low noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as
certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the U.S. Dollar expressed in RMB per one U.S. Dollar for the periods indicated:
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
Year
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
RMB/U.S. Dollar
Average
Period
end
6.6000
6.2939
6.2301
6.0537
6.2046
rate 1
High
6.7603
6.4475
6.2990
6.1412
6.1701
6.8330
6.6364
6.3879
6.2438
6.2591
Low
6.6000
6.2939
6.2221
6.0537
6.0402
1.
The average rate is based upon the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each month.
Month
September 2014
October 2014
November 2014
December 2014
January 2015
February 2015
March 2015 (up to March 27, 2015)
RMB/U. S. Dollar
Low
High
6.1266
6.1107
6.1117
6.1490
6.1870
6.2399
6.1955
6.1495
6.1385
6.1429
6.2256
6.2535
6.2695
6.2741
The following tables set forth the historical period-end, average, high and low rates, calculated using the daily representative rates, as reported by the Bank of
Israel for the U.S. Dollar expressed in NIS per one U.S. Dollar for the periods indicated:
Year
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
New Israeli Shekel /U.S. Dollar
Period
end
3.549
3.821
3.733
3.471
3.889
Average
rate 1
3.732
3.582
3.844
3.360
3.594
High
3.894
3.821
4.084
3.791
3.994
Low
3.549
3.363
3.700
3.471
3.402
1.
The average rate is based upon the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each month.
3
Table of Contents
Month
September 2014
October 2014
November 2014
December 2014
January 2015
February 2015
March 2015 (up to March 27, 2015)
New Israeli
Shekel /U. S. Dollar
Low
High
3.578
3.644
3.782
3.889
3.899
3.844
3.926
3.695
3.793
3.889
3.994
3.998
3.966
4.053
The following tables set forth the historical period-end, average, high and low noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as
certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Euro expressed in U.S. Dollars per one Euro for the periods indicated:
Year
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
U.S. Dollar/Euro
Average
Period
end
1.3269
1.2973
1.3186
1.3779
1.2101
rate 1
High
1.3216
1.4002
1.2909
1.3303
1.3210
1.4536
1.4875
1.3463
1.3816
1.3927
Low
1.1959
1.2926
1.2062
1.2774
1.2101
1.
The average rate is based upon the exchange rate in effect on the last business day of each month.
Month
September 2014
October 2014
November 2014
December 2014
January 2015
February 2015
March 2015 (up to March 27, 2015)
4
High
U.S. Dollar/Euro
Low
1.2628
1.2517
1.2394
1.2101
1.1279
1.1197
1.0524
1.3136
1.2812
1.2554
1.2504
1.2015
1.1462
1.1212
Table of Contents
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, all sources for industry data and statistics are estimates or forecasts contained in or derived from internal or industry sources we
believe to be reliable. Market data used throughout this annual report was obtained from independent industry publications and other publicly available information.
Such data, as well as internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, while believed to be reliable, have not been independently verified. In addition, in
certain cases we have made statements in this annual report regarding the industries in which each of our businesses operate and their position in such industries
based upon the experience of our businesses and their individual investigations of the market conditions affecting their respective operations.
Market data and statistics are inherently predictive and speculative and are not necessarily reflective of actual market conditions. Such statistics are based
upon market research, which itself is based upon sampling and subjective judgments by both the researchers and the respondents. In addition, the value of
comparisons of statistics for different markets is limited by many factors, including that (i) the markets are defined differently, (ii) the underlying information was
gathered by different methods and (iii) different assumptions were applied in compiling the data. Accordingly, although we believe and operate as though all market
and industry information presented in this annual report is accurate, the market statistics included in this annual report should be viewed with caution.
TECHNICAL TERMS
Unless otherwise indicated, statistics provided throughout this annual report with respect to power generation units are expressed in megawatts, or MW, in the
case of the capacity of such power generation units, and in gigawatt hours, or GWh, in the case of the electricity production of such power generation units. One
GWh is equal to 1,000 megawatt hours, or MWh, and one MWh is equal to 1,000 kilowatt hours, or KWh. Statistics relating to aggregate annual electricity
production are expressed in GWh and are based on a year of 8,760 hours. Unless otherwise indicated, the capacity and generation figures of IC Power provided in
this annual report reflect 100% of the capacity of all of IC Power’s operating companies and investments, regardless of IC Power’s ownership interest in the
company. For information on IC Power’s ownership interest in each of its operating companies, see “ Item 4B. – Business Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power .”
INFORMATION REGARDING TOWER
Tower is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and, as a foreign private issuer, Tower is required to
file with the SEC annual reports containing audited financial information, and to furnish to the SEC reports containing any material information that Tower provides
to its local securities regulator, investors or stock exchange. Tower’s published financial statements are prepared according to US GAAP. Information related to
Tower contained, or referred to, in this annual report has been derived from Tower’s public filings with the SEC. Although we have a significant equity interest in
Tower, we do not control or manage Tower, participate in the preparation of Tower’s public reports or financial statements or have any specific information rights.
Any information related to Tower contained, or referred to, in this annual report is provided to satisfy our obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or
the Exchange Act. You are encouraged to review Tower’s publicly available filings, which can be found on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
As of March 26, 2015, we owned approximately 18 million shares of Tower, excluding (i) the 1,669,795 shares of Tower underlying 1,669,795 warrants in
Tower held by Kenon, exercisable up to July 27, 2017 and (ii) the 2,668 shares of Tower underlying 2,668 options in Tower held by Kenon, representing an
approximately 22.5% equity interest in Tower, assuming the full conversion of approximately 3.8 million outstanding capital notes issued by Tower and held by
Bank Hapoalim B.M., or Bank Hapoalim, which conversion would result in approximately 80 million Tower shares outstanding. Kenon’s equity interest in Tower,
based upon the approximately 76 million Tower shares currently outstanding, is approximately 23.7%. Kenon may experience additional dilution of its equity
interest in Tower if the holders of Tower’s outstanding convertible bonds, options and warrants convert their bonds and exercise their options or warrants, as
applicable. Should all outstanding convertible bonds, options and warrants be converted and exercised, Kenon’s equity interest in Tower, which we refer to as
Kenon’s fully-diluted equity interest, would be approximately 18.9%.
5
Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and reflects our current expectations and
views of the quality of our assets, our anticipated financial performance, our future growth prospects, the future growth prospects of our businesses, the liquidity of
our ordinary shares, and other future events. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or
trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts, and are principally contained in the sections entitled “ Item 3. Key Information ,” “
Item 4. Information on the Company ” and “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects .” These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions
of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Some of these forward-looking statements can be identified by terms and phrases such as “anticipate,”
“should,” “likely,” “foresee,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “will,” and similar expressions.
These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our goals and strategies;
our capital commitments and/or intentions with respect to each of our businesses;
our ability to implement, successfully or at all, our strategies for us and for each of our businesses following the spin-off;
tax and corporate benefits relating to our incorporation in Singapore;
our capital allocation principles, as set forth in “Item 4B. Business Overview” ;
the funding requirements, strategies, and business plans of our businesses, including expectations that our businesses will be able to raise third party
debt and/or equity financing to fund their operations as needed, including for the construction or expansion of their operations and/or respective
facilities;
the potential listing, distribution or monetization of our businesses and the anticipated timing thereof;
expected trends in the industries in which each of our businesses operate, including trends relating to the growth of a particular market;
fluctuations in the availability and prices of commodities purchased by, or in competition with, our businesses;
statements relating to litigation and/or regulatory proceedings;
with respect to IC Power :
•
•
•
•
•
the expected cost and expected timing of completion of existing construction projects and the anticipated business results of such projects;
the ability to finance existing, and to source and finance new, development and acquisition projects;
its ability to source and enter into long-term power purchase agreements, or PPAs, and turnkey agreements and the amounts to be paid under
such agreements;
expected increased demand in the Peruvian power generation industry and other markets where we currently operate or may operate in the
future; and
the potential nationalization of operating assets;
•
with respect to Qoros :
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Qoros’ ability to execute its business plan;
the RMB400 million shareholder loan expected to be provided to Qoros by Chery Automobile Co. Ltd., or Chery;
Qoros’ expected entry into an additional long-term credit facility and its ability to obtain third-party debt financing to support its continued
operations and development;
Qoros’ ability to increase its sales volume;
the acceptance of Qoros’ vehicle models by its targeted Chinese consumers;
expected growth in the Chinese passenger vehicle market, particularly within the C-segment market;
Qoros’ ability to access adequate funding to enable it to continue its development and meet its liquidity requirements;
6
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
Qoros’ development of an effective dealer network;
Qoros’ ability to expand its commercial operation, including with respect to its development of aftersales and customer services;
the assumptions used in Qoros’ impairment analysis, including assumptions related to future sales volumes and price, operating expenses, and
the availability of funding, including certain subsidies from local Chinese governments during the projection period;
Qoros’ ability to increase its production capacity and decrease its expected costs;
Qoros’ ability to launch new models using its existing platform, to the extent that demand for its vehicles increases; and
Qoros’ ability to secure the necessary government approvals and permits required for its continued manufacturing and/or facility expansions;
•
with respect to ZIM:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the assumptions used in Kenon’s and ZIM’s impairment analysis with respect to Kenon’s investment in ZIM, and ZIM’s assets, respectively,
including with respect to expected fuel price, freight rates, and WAC trends;
ZIM’s ability to obtain an alternative receiveable-backed credit facility by September 30, 2015;
modifications with respect to its operating fleet and lines, including the utilization of larger vessels within certain trade zones;
completion of the expansion of the Panama canal;
expected growth in the container shipping industry, generally, and in certain trade zones, in particular;
ability to enter into, and benefit from, operational partnerships and alliances with other liners companies; and
trends related to the global container shipping industry, including with respect to fluctuations in container supply, demand, and charter/freights
rates;
•
with respect to Tower:
•
•
•
•
•
Tower’s ability to promote and fund its growth plan and the ramp-up of its businesses;
Tower’s ability to maintain its technological and manufacturing capacity and capabilities;
the maintenance of high utilization rates in each of its manufacturing facilities;
fulfillment of its debt obligations and other liabilities; and
Tower’s ability to finance its operations via cash flow from operations and/or financing transactions;
•
with respect to our renewable energy businesses :
•
•
•
•
•
acceptance of alternative fuels and renewable energy technologies and processes;
the ability of Primus and HelioFocus to source third party financing to support their operational expansions and development efforts;
the ability of Primus and HelioFocus to continue to develop technologies and processes for commercialization;
trends relating to the pricing of alternative fuels (e.g., high-octane gasoline or biodiesel) and traditional fuels (e.g., petroleum-derived gasoline,
jet fuel, or petrodiesel); and
trends relating to the pricing of material alternative fuel inputs (e.g., natural gas, used cooking oil and other types of waste oils and fats) and
material traditional fuel inputs (e.g., petroleum, crude oil, or diesel).
The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of each of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs,
assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us and are only predictions based upon our current
expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to
differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements which are set forth in “
Item 3D. Risk Factors .” Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.
7
Table of Contents
Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise. The foregoing factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contemplated in any forward-looking statement
included in this annual report should not be construed as exhaustive. You should read this annual report, and each of the documents filed as exhibits to the annual
report, completely, with this cautionary note in mind, and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.
8
Table of Contents
ITEM 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
A.
Directors and Senior Management
Not applicable.
B.
Advisers
Not applicable.
C.
Auditors
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
PART I
9
Table of Contents
ITEM 3. Key Information
A.
Selected Financial Data
The following tables set forth our selected combined carve-out financial and other data. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited
combined carve-out financial statements, and the related notes thereto, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and
2012, included elsewhere in this annual report, and the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 3D. Risk
Factors.” The historical financial and other data included here and elsewhere in this annual report should not be assumed to be indicative of our future financial
condition or results of operations.
Our financial statements presented in this annual report are combined carve-out financial statements and have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as
issued by the IASB. The assumptions used in the preparation of the selected financial data for 2011 and 2010 set forth below are the same as those used in the
preparation of the audited financial statements for 2014, 2013 and 2012, as described in Note 1 to our audited combined carve-out financial statements included
elsewhere in this annual report.
The financial information below also includes certain non-IFRS measures used by us to evaluate our economic and financial performance. These measures
are not identified as accounting measures under IFRS and therefore should not be considered as an alternative measure to evaluate our performance.
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013 1
2012 1
2011 1
(in millions of USD)
2010
1 2
Consolidated Statements of Income 3
Revenues from sale of electricity
Cost of sales and services
Depreciation and amortization
Gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Gain from disposal of investees
Asset write-off
Gain on bargain purchase
Other expenses
Other income
Operating profit
Financing expenses
Financing income
Financing expenses, net
Share in losses of associated companies, net of tax
Profit / (loss) before income taxes
Tax expenses
Profit / (loss) for the year from continuing operations
Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes) 5
Profit / (loss) for the year
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Contributions to Kenon’s Income (Loss) for the Period
IC Power
Qoros
ZIM
Gain from ZIM in light of deconsolidation and change to associated company
Tower
Other 7
10
594
70
395
51
334
37
981
100
131
(157 )
48
(68 )
14
(51 )
$ 1,372 $ 873 $ 577 $ 480 $ 305
190
23
$ 291 $ 209 $ 131 $ 109 $ 92
38
(9 )
—
—
6
(29 )
$ 86
38
5
$ 43
30
$ 24
11
$ 13
$ 81
$ 94
51
(19 )
—
—
4
(29 )
$ 102
38
3
$ 35
42
$ 26
18
$
8
$ (397 )
$ (389 )
69
(5 )
—
—
—
(12 )
$ 79
39
3
$ 36
52
$
(9 )
22
$ (31 )
$ (409 )
$ (440 )
73
—
—
(1 )
5
(5 )
$ 137
69
5
$ 64
127
$ (54 )
42
$ (96 )
$ (513 )
$ (609 )
$ 374
110
16
$
94
171 4
$ 109
91
$
18
$ 471
$ 489
$ 468
21
$ (626 )
17
$ (452 )
12
$ (407 )
18
$ 77
17
$ 209
(175 )
(142 )
609
10
(43 )
$ 66
(127 )
(533 )
—
(27 )
(5 )
$ 57
(54 )
(432 )
—
(21 )
(2 )
$ 60 6
(54 )
(395 )
—
(8 )
(10 )
$ 43
(39 )
54
—
(15 )
34
Table of Contents
Combined Statements of Financial Position
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments and deposits
Trade receivables
Other receivables and debt balances
Income tax receivable
Inventories
Total current assets
Total non-current assets 9
Total assets
Total current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Parent company investment
Total parent company investment and non-controlling interests
Total liabilities and parent company investment and non-controlling interests
Combined Cash Flow Data 3
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in cash in period
2014
2013 1
2012 1
2011 1
2010 1 2
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions of USD)
$ 610 8 $ 671 $ 414 $ 439 $ 614
144
227
318
181
76
59
15
4
128
55
$ 1,295
4,381
$ 5,676
$ 950
$ 2,903
1,666
$ 1,823
$ 5,676
89
323
83
15
174
$ 1,098
4,880
$ 5,978
$ 1,173
$ 3,357
1,213
$ 1,448
$ 5,978
175
286
93
8
161
$ 1,162
4,839
$ 6,001
$ 2,666
$ 1,756
1,401
$ 1,579
$ 6,001
30
358
98
7
150
$ 1,314
4,671
$ 5,985
$ 2,920
$ 2,113
714
$ 951
$ 5,985
1,136
3,201
$ 4,337
$ 497
$ 2,384
1,244
$ 1,456
$ 4,337
$ 410
(883 )
430
(42 )
$ 257
(278 )
281
260
$ 169
(320 )
122
(29 )
$ 130
(575 )
269
(176 )
$ 446
(338 )
322
430
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
IC Power was organized in March 2010. IC Power’s primary main subsidiaries are Inkia, the holding company for IC Power’s operations in Latin America
and the Caribbean, and OPC, IC Power’s operating company in Israel. Financial data for 2010, up to the date of IC Power’s formation, are results of Inkia.
Consists of the consolidated results of IC Power and Primus for 2010 through 2013 and, from June 30, 2014, the consolidated results of HelioFocus; prior to
this date, Kenon did not consolidate HelioFocus’ results of operations.
Includes Kenon’s share in ZIM’s loss for the six months ended December 31, 2014, the period in which Kenon accounted for ZIM’s results of operations
pursuant to the equity method of accounting
Consists of (i) ZIM’s results of operations for 2010 through 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and (ii) Petrotec’s results of operations for 2010
through 2014.
Includes $24 million of pre-tax recognition of negative goodwill.
Consists of intercompany finance income, Kenon’s general and administrative expenses, and the results of Primus. From June 30, 2014, also includes the
consolidated results of HelioFocus.
Includes $116 million of restricted cash comprised of $88 million in short-term deposits and $28 million in long-term deposits.
Includes Kenon’s associated companies: Qoros, Tower, and, from June 30, 2014, ZIM; prior to June 30, 2014, also included HelioFocus.
11
Table of Contents
Information on Business Segments
Kenon is a holding company of (i) IC Power, (ii) certain renewable energy businesses (Primus, HelioFocus and, until December 24, 2014, Petrotec), (iii) a
32% interest in ZIM, (iv) a 50% interest in Qoros, and (v) a 22.5% interest in Tower. Kenon’s segments are IC Power, Qoros and Other. Kenon’s Other segment
includes the consolidated results of Primus, and from June 30, 2014, the consolidated results of HelioFocus.
The results of Qoros, ZIM (whose results of operations were accounted for pursuant to the equity method of accounting from June 30, 2014), Tower,
HelioFocus (results of operations through June 30, 2014; subsequently, HelioFocus’ results are consolidated with Kenon’s) and certain non-controlling interests held
by IC Power, are reflected in Kenon’s statement of income as share in losses of associated companies, net of tax. The following table sets forth selected financial
data for Kenon’s reportable segments for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31, 2014
IC Power
Qoros
1
Other
2
Adjustments
3
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Asset write-off
Gain from disposal of investee
Gain from bargain purchase
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 4
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
$ 1,358
(108 )
(35 )
157
68
(9 )
(132 )
14
321
(87 )
234
$
$
$
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
14
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(32 )
—
32
—
—
(175 )
—
$ (175 )
—
—
—
$ (175 )
$ —
—
(13 )
—
—
39
(10 )
(10 )
$ (37 )
(4 )
$ (41 )
$
$
$ 1,372
(108 )
(48 )
157
68
16
(110 )
(171 )
109
(91 )
18
$
$
209
25
$ 3,849
10
2,860
593 7
348 8
99 %
89 %
99 %
114 %
$
(175 )
—
$ —
221
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
(34 )
(7 )
$ 837 5
205
806 6
12
$ (43 ) 9
—
23 %
21 %
(14 )%
$
$
—
—
(785 )
—
(785 )
—
—
1 %
(12 )%
(20 )%
—
—
18
$ 3,901
436
2,881
605
305
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
1.
2.
3.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus, HelioFocus (from June 30, 2014), and ZIM (up to
June 30, 2014); the results of ZIM (from June 30, 2014), Tower and HelioFocus, as associated companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding
company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales, and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. With respect to its “Other” reporting segment, Kenon defines “EBITDA” as income (loss) for the year before depreciation and amortization, finance expenses
(net), asset write-off, and income tax expense (benefit), excluding share in losses of associated companies, net of tax. EBITDA is not recognized under IFRS
or any other generally accepted accounting principles as a measure of financial performance and should not be considered as a substitute for net income or
loss, cash flow from operations or other measures of operating performance or liquidity determined in accordance with IFRS. EBITDA is not intended to
represent funds available for dividends or other discretionary uses by us because those funds may be required for debt service, capital expenditures, working
capital and other commitments and contingencies. EBITDA presents limitations that impair its use as a measure of our profitability since it does not take into
consideration certain costs and expenses that result from our business that could have a significant effect on net income, such as financial expenses, taxes,
depreciation, capital expenses and other related charges. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its
EBITDA for the periods presented. Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently, and therefore this presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable
to other similarly titled measures used by other companies.
12
Table of Contents
Loss for the period
Finance expenses (net)
Depreciation and amortization
Asset write-off
Income tax expense
Share in loss from associates, net of tax
EBITDA
13
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(in millions of USD )
$ (41 ) $ (50 ) $ (43 )
(9 )
4
—
1
31
$ (16 )
(29 )
—
13
4
10
$ (43 )
(17 )
5
—
—
32
$ (30 )
Table of Contents
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2013 1
IC Power
$
866
(75 )
5
(86 )
32
$
$
123
42
81
66
15
$ 2,749
286
2,237
351 8
247 9
99 %
51 %
50 %
114 %
$
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
$ —
—
—
—
(127 )
(127 )
—
$ (127 )
(127 )
—
$ —
226
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
$ —
(5 )
32
(15 )
(32 )
$
(50 )
—
(50 )
$
(48 )
(2 )
$ 3,832 6
28
3,933 7
—
$
—
(30 ) 10
65 %
70 %
(14 )%
$
$
$
$
$
7
—
(32 )
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,136 )
—
(1,136 )
—
—
1 %
(16 )%
(21 )%
—
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
$
$
$
873
(80 )
5
(69 )
(127 )
(54 )
42
(96 )
(109 )
13
$ 5,444
540
5,033
351
217
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see the footnote to the preceding table.
14
Table of Contents
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditures
EBITDA
Percentage of Combined Revenues
Percentage of Combined Assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of Combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2012 1
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
Combined Carve-
Out Results
$ —
—
—
—
(54 )
$ (54 )
—
$ (54 )
(54 )
—
$ —
207
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
$
$
$
1
(4 )
24
(15 )
(31 )
(42 )
1
(43 )
(41 )
(2 )
$ 4,215 6
58
3,780 7
—
$
(16 ) 9
1 %
71 %
78 %
(12 )%
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
(26 )
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
(959 )
—
(959 )
—
—
—
(12 )%
(18 )%
—
$
$
$
$
$
577
(59 )
3
(39 )
(52 )
(9 )
22
(31 )
(38 )
7
5,401
577
4,530
391
138
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
IC Power
$
$
$
576
(55 )
5
(50 )
33
87
21
66
57
9
$ 2,145
312
1,709
391
154 8
99 %
41 %
40 %
112 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the “percentage of combined assets
excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s net income to its EBITDA, see the footnote to the preceding table setting forth the selected financial
data for the year ended December 31, 2014.
15
Table of Contents
IC Power
The following tables set forth other financial and key operating data for IC Power for the periods presented:
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2013
(in millions of USD, except as indicated)
2012
Net income 1
EBITDA 2 3
Net debt 4 5
Effective capacity of operating companies and associated companies at end of
year (MW) 6
Weighted average availability during the period (%)
$
234
348
1,557
$
81
247
1,143
$
66
154
1,001
2,642
94%
2,020
95%
1,522
93%
1.
The share in net income attributable to non-controlling interests held by third parties in IC Power subsidiaries was $25 million, $15 million and $9 million for
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
2. With respect to its “IC Power” reporting segment, Kenon defines “EBITDA” as income (loss) for the year before depreciation and amortization, finance
expenses (net), income tax expense (benefit) of IC Power and its consolidated subsidiaries and asset write-off, excluding share in income from associates,
income recognized from recognition of negative goodwill and gain from disposal of investees.
EBITDA is not recognized under IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles as measures of financial performance and should not be
considered as a substitute for net income or loss, cash flow from operations or other measures of operating performance or liquidity determined in accordance
with IFRS. EBITDA is not intended to represent funds available for dividends or other discretionary uses by IC Power because those funds may be required
for debt service, capital expenditures, working capital and other commitments and contingencies. EBITDA presents limitations that impair its use as a
measure of IC Power’s profitability since it does not take into consideration certain costs and expenses that result from IC Power’s business that could have a
significant effect on IC Power’s net income, such as financial expenses, taxes, depreciation, capital expenses and other related charges. The following table
sets forth a reconciliation of IC Power’s income to its EBITDA for the periods presented. Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently, and therefore
this presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies:
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
2011
(in millions of USD)
2010
1
Income for the period
Depreciation and amortization
Finance expenses (net)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Asset write-off
Share in income from associates
Recognized negative goodwill
Gain from disposal of investees
EBITDA
$ 234
108
126
86
35
(14 )
(71 ) 2
(156 )
$ 348
$ 81 $ 66 $ 73 $ 56
35
75
29
81
13
42
—
—
(20 )
(32 )
—
—
—
—
$ 113
$ 247
55
45
21
—
(33 )
—
—
$ 154
41
37
18
—
(25 )
(24 )
—
$ 120
1.
2.
IC Power was organized in March 2010. Results for 2010 are the results of Inkia.
Includes $68 million of income recognized from recognition of negative goodwill and $3 million of income recognized from the measurement of fair
value.
3.
4.
The share in EBITDA attributable to non-controlling interests held by third parties in IC Power subsidiaries was $70 million, $50 million and $29 million for
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Net debt is calculated as total debt, excluding debt from parent, minus cash. Net debt is not a measure recognized under IFRS. The table below sets forth a
reconciliation of total debt to net debt.
Total debt 1
Cash 2
Net debt
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
(in millions of USD)
$ 2,348
791
1,557
$ 1,669
526
1,143
$ 1,266
265
1,001
1.
2.
Total debt comprises loans from banks and debentures from third parties, excluding liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale and includes
long term and short term debt.
Includes short-term deposits and restricted cash of $208 million, $9 million and $81 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
5.
6.
The share in net debt attributable to non-controlling interests held by third parties in IC Power subsidiaries was $277 million, $181 million and $165 million
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Does not reflect 1,540 MW of capacity attributable to Edegel, which IC Power sold in September 2014.
B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
16
Table of Contents
D.
Risk Factors
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity can suffer materially as a result of any of the risks described below. While we have
described all of the risks we consider material, these risks are not the only ones we face. We are also subject to the same risks that affect many other companies,
such as technological obsolescence, labor relations, geopolitical events, climate change and risks related to the conducting of international operations. Additional
risks not known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our businesses routinely encounter and address risks, some
of which may cause our future results to be different – sometimes materially different – than we presently anticipate.
Risks Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations
Some of our businesses, particularly Qoros, have significant capital requirements. If these businesses are unable to obtain sufficient financing from third party
financing sources, they may not be able to operate, and we may deem it necessary to provide such capital, provide a guaranty or indemnity in connection with any
financings, provide collateral in connection with any financings, including via the cross-collateralization of assets across businesses, or refrain from investing
further in any such businesses, all of which may materially impact our financial position and results of operations.
The business plans of our businesses contemplate additional debt or equity financing which is expected to be raised from third parties. However, our
businesses may be unable to raise the necessary capital from third party financing sources, and in this case Kenon would be their only source of funding. In
particular, Qoros will require significant cash to further its development and, until it achieves significant sales levels to cover its operating expenses, financing
expenses, and capital expenditures, and we expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros’ development. The
cash resources currently on our balance sheet ($9 million as of the date of this annual report), together with the $155 million available under our $200 million credit
facility from IC, may not be sufficient to fund additional investments that we deem appropriate in Qoros or our other businesses. In the event that one or more of our
businesses require capital, either in accordance with their business plans or in response to new developments, and are unable to raise such financing from third
parties, Kenon may (i) issue equity in the form of shares or convertible instruments, (ii) provide financing to a business using funds received from the operations or
sales of Kenon’s other businesses, (iii) sell part, or all, of its interest in any of its businesses, (iv) raise debt financing at the Kenon level or (v) provide guarantees or
collateral in support of the debt of its businesses. To the extent debt financing is available to it, any debt financing that Kenon incurs may not be on favorable terms,
may require Kenon to agree to restrictive covenants that limit how Kenon operates its or its businesses, and may also limit dividends or other distributions. In
addition, any equity financing, whether in the form of a sale of shares or convertible instruments, would dilute existing holders of our ordinary shares and any such
equity financing could be at prices that are lower than the current trading prices.
Qoros has relied upon capital contributions and loans from its shareholders (Chery and Kenon) to fund its development and operations. As of December 31,
2014, Qoros’ shareholders have made equity contributions in the aggregate amount of RMB6.5 billion approximately $1.0 billion and loans of RMB1.6 billion
(approximately $257 million). In February 2015, Kenon made a further loan to Qoros of RMB400 million, using cash on hand and a $45 million drawdown under
Kenon’s credit facility with IC. Chery has agreed to make a loan in equal amount, subject to the release of its guarantee in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion
syndicated credit facility, but Chery has not yet provided such loan. Qoros requires such support, and will require additional financing, from each of its shareholders
to conduct its operations.
Qoros will also continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing to meet its operating expenses, financing expenses, capital expenditures and
liquidity requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ business plan contemplates debt financing of approximately RMB9 billion. Qoros has secured
RMB4.2 billion of long-term debt financing. However, there is limited capacity for additional borrowing under Qoros’ existing credit facilities. Qoros is negotiating
a new RMB1.2 billion credit facility. However, this facility has not yet been obtained and Qoros’ ability to obtain its required financing will depend upon a number
of factors, including its sales performance.
Qoros commenced commercial operations in the end of 2013. Qoros sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014 and incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion, as
revenues were less than costs of sale. As the volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity and future success, Qoros
revised its business plan during the third quarter of 2014. As result, Qoros is dependent upon external financing, including shareholder funding, to continue its
commercial operations and meet its operating expenses, financing expenses, and capital expenditures and Qoros will remain dependent upon such financing sources
until it experiences a significant increase in sales volume, and there is no assurance that Qoros will experience such an increase in sales. Furthermore, Qoros’
operating expenses, financing expenses, and capital expenditures are significant and Kenon may be unable to support its (50%) share of Qoros’ operating expenses,
financing expenses, and capital expenditures for any significant period of time, if Kenon chose to do so, based on Kenon’s liquidity position. Accordingly, if Qoros
were to continue to require significant external financing (which it will require until it experiences a significant increase in sales), Kenon may need to sell its
interests in other businesses to provide such financing; alternatively, Kenon may choose not to provide such financing, in which case Qoros may be unable to meet
its operating expenses and Kenon may not recoup its investment in Qoros.
17
Table of Contents
In the future, third party financing sources may also require Kenon to guarantee an individual business’ indebtedness and/or provide additional collateral,
including collateral via a cross-collateralization of assets across businesses. If Kenon does guarantee an individual business’ indebtedness, we may divert funds
received from one business to another business. We may also sell some or all of our interests in any of our businesses to provide funding for another business.
Additionally, if we cross-collateralize certain assets (i.e., pledging shares or assets of one of our operating companies to secure debt of another of our operating
companies) in order to provide additional collateral to a lender, we may lose an asset associated with one business in the event that a separate business is unable to
meet its debt obligations.
Quantum, the wholly-owned subsidiary through which we own our 50% interest in Qoros has pledged a portion of its shares in Qoros. This pledge could
result in a loss of our equity interest in Qoros and will limit our ability, or render us unable, to pledge our equity interest in Qoros in connection with future financing
agreements. Additionally, as discussed above, Chery has also agreed to provide a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, subject to certain conditions but Chery
has not yet provided such loan. Qoros requires such support, and will require additional financing, from each of its shareholders to conduct its operations. For further
information on Chery’s provision of such loan, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments – Qoros –Provision of RMB400
Million Shareholder Loan .” For further information on the risks related to Kenon’s obligations in respect of Qoros’ debt, see “ Risks Related to Our Interest in
Qoros – Qoros commenced commercial sales in the end of 2013 and will therefore depend on external debt financing and guarantees or commitments from its
shareholders to finance its operations ” and “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Qoros’ Liquidity and Capital Resources. ”
Additionally, if Kenon provides any of our businesses with additional capital, provides any third parties with indemnification rights or a guaranty, and/or
provides additional collateral, including via cross-collaterization, this could reduce our liquidity.
For further information on the capital resources and requirements of each of our businesses, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources .”
Kenon has obligations owing to IC, which may be substantial.
In connection with the spin-off, IC provided Kenon with a $200 million credit facility. During the initial five-year term of the credit facility, Kenon has agreed
to pay IC an annual commitment fee equal to 2.1% of the undrawn amount of the credit facility, which will be capitalized as a payment-in-kind and added to the
outstanding amount of the credit facility. Principal and interest payments will accrue annually, and become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the
credit facility, with interest payments over the first five-years being paid-in-kind, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Kenon’s Commitments and
Obligations – IC Credit Facility .”
Kenon may be required to use a substantial portion of cash flows received from its businesses to make payments to IC in accordance with the credit facility,
which may reduce Kenon’s ability to advance cash to its businesses or to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future, and Kenon may be unable to generate
sufficient cash to make such payments. If Kenon is unable to fulfill its payment obligations under the terms of the loan, IC could elect to declare all amounts
outstanding thereunder immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit to Kenon. If IC accelerates the repayment of Kenon’s
obligations, Kenon may not have sufficient assets to repay such obligations. In such circumstances, in addition to Kenon’s pledge of at least 40% (but no more than
66%) of IC Power’s issued capital, Kenon may also have to issue equity, or pledge its equity interests in any of its other businesses, to IC, and such issuance or
pledge could result in a full, or partial, dilution of your direct equity interest in Kenon or indirect equity interest in Kenon’s businesses, as well as Kenon’s inability
to pledge its equity interests in any of its businesses in connection with future financing agreements. The credit facility will also contain covenants that will restrict
our ability to make distributions and incur additional indebtedness. For example, prior to a listing of IC Power’s equity, the credit facility prohibits Kenon from
distributing dividends to its shareholders, unless such dividends consist of all, or a portion of, Kenon’s equity interests in ZIM, Tower or REG. Additionally, there
are further restrictions on dividends following an IPO or listing of IC Power. If, at any time after a listing of IC Power’s equity, we seek to (i) distribute a dividend to
our shareholders (in cash or in kind), (ii) incur additional debt, (iii) sell, transfer, or allocate a portion, or all, of our interest in IC Power, or (iv) sell all of IC Power’s
assets, the credit facility will require the value of Kenon’s remaining interest in IC Power to be, at any given time, equal to at least two times Kenon’s net debt
(which shall be equal to the outstanding principal amount of the credit facility plus the outstanding principal amount of any additional debt owed by Kenon to third-
parties minus Kenon’s cash on hand), in each case plus interest and fees. Kenon’s compliance with such terms may limit its operating and financial flexibility, which
may affect Kenon’s ability to execute its strategy and thereby have a material adverse effect on Kenon’s business, financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity. For further information on the terms of the loan from IC to Kenon, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Kenon’s Commitments and
Obligations – IC Credit Facility .”
18
Table of Contents
We received approximately $35 million in cash in connection with the spin-off and, other than our $200 million credit facility with IC, we do not currently
intend to enter into any credit facilities or other financing arrangements. We will be dependent on our businesses for cash flows from operations and to meet our
obligations under the credit facility from IC. For further information on the risks related to our dependence on our businesses for our liquidity, see “– We are a
holding company and are dependent upon cash flows from our businesses to meet our existing and future obligations .”
Finally, notwithstanding the terms of our credit facility with IC, we cannot assure you that IC will make future borrowings available to us, in an amount
sufficient to enable us to meet our obligations or to fund our liquidity needs. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient, this could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, or liquidity.
Disruptions in the financial markets could adversely affect Kenon or its businesses, which may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms or at
all.
Kenon’s businesses may seek to access capital lending markets for various purposes, which may include the repayment of indebtedness, acquisitions, capital
expenditures and for general corporate purposes. The ability of Kenon’s businesses to access capital lending markets, and the cost of such capital, could be
negatively impacted by disruptions in those markets. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, credit markets experienced significant dislocations and liquidity disruptions. These
disruptions impacted other areas of the economy and led to a slowdown in general economic activity. Similar disruptions in the credit markets could make it more
difficult or expensive for our businesses to access the capital or lending markets if the need arises and may make financing terms for borrowers less attractive or
available. Furthermore, a decline in the value of any of our businesses, which are or may be used as collateral in financing agreements, could also impact their ability
to access financing.
Kenon may seek to access the capital or lending markets to obtain financing in the future, including to support its businesses. The availability of such
financing and the terms thereof will be impacted by many factors, including: (i) our financial performance, (ii) our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating, (iii) the
liquidity of the overall capital markets, and (iv) the state of the economy. There can be no assurance, particularly as a newly-incorporated company that currently has
no credit rating, that Kenon will be able to access the capital markets on acceptable terms or at all. If Kenon deems it necessary to access financing and is unable to
do so on acceptable terms or at all, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or liquidity.
We are dependent upon access to the capital markets to execute our strategy with respect to our non-primary interests.
Our strategy may include sales or distributions of our interests in our non-primary businesses. Our ability to distribute or monetize our non-primary businesses
is heavily dependent upon the public equity markets. For example, the ability to realize any value from a business disposition may depend upon our ability to
complete an initial public offering of the business in which such investment is held. Even if the securities of our business are publicly traded, large holdings of
securities can often be disposed of only over a substantial length of time, exposing the investment returns to risks of downward movement in market prices during
the intended disposition period. Accordingly, under certain conditions, we may be forced to either sell our equity interest in a particular business at lower prices than
expected to realize or defer such a sale, potentially for a long period of time.
We are a holding company and are dependent upon cash flows from our businesses to meet our existing and future obligations.
We are a holding company of various operating companies, and as a result, do not conduct independent operations or possess significant assets other than
investments in and advances to our businesses. We received approximately $35 million in cash in connection with the spin-off and, other than our $200 million
credit facility with IC, we do not currently intend to enter into any credit facilities or other financing arrangements. Our cash resources and cash from our businesses
may not be sufficient for us to meet our obligations under our loan from IC. Additionally, we may need to provide loans to or make investments in or provide
guarantees in support of our businesses.
In particular, Qoros will require significant cash to further its development and we expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will
be used to support Qoros’ development and, until it achieves significant sales, its operating expenses, financing expenses and capital expenditures.
Kenon may also provide guarantees of debt of its businesses in the future. For example, in connection with our recent provision of a RMB400 million
shareholder loan to Qoros, Kenon has agreed, in the event that Chery provides a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, as set forth above, and Chery’s
guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility is not subsequently released, to work
with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the
end of 2015, and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the
future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s guarantee,
among other possibilities.
19
Table of Contents
Accordingly, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations, or if we require further funds to support Qoros, we may decide to sell interests in businesses and use
the proceeds resulting therefrom to make payments in respect of these obligations, which could reduce amounts available for distributions to our shareholders, and
may result in our disposition of assets in circumstances where we might otherwise not have considered such dispositions to be in the best interest of our
shareholders. We will depend upon the receipt of sufficient funds from our businesses (via dividends, loans or advances, or the repayment of loans or advances to us)
to meet our obligations, including to contribute committed capital to our businesses, repay any amounts we may borrow in the future, and to pay dividends or other
distributions to our shareholders. However, as our businesses are legally distinct from us and will generally be required to service their debt obligations before
making distributions to us, our ability to access such cash flow from our businesses may be limited in some circumstances and we may not have the ability to cause
our entities to make distributions to us, even if they are able to do so. Additionally, the terms of existing and future joint venture, financing, or cooperative
operational agreements and/or the laws and jurisdictions under which each of our businesses are organized may also limit the timing and amount of any dividends,
other distributions, loans or loan repayments to us. In the case of IC Power, a business with investments in numerous businesses, its ability to make payments to us
may be further limited if its businesses are unable to make payments to it.
Additionally, as dividends are generally taxed and governed by the relevant authority in the jurisdiction in which the company is incorporated, there may be
numerous and significant tax or other legal restrictions on the ability of our businesses, including, for example, IC Power’s businesses, including, for example, to
remit funds to us, or to remit such funds without our, or our businesses’, incurring significant tax liabilities or incurring a ratings downgrade.
We do not have the right to manage, and in some cases do not control, several of our businesses, and therefore we may not be able to realize some or all of the
benefits that we expect to realize from our businesses.
As we do not own a majority interest in Qoros, ZIM, or Tower, we are subject to the operating and financial risks of these business, the risk that these
businesses may make business, operational or financial decisions that we do not agree with, and the risk that we may have objectives that differ from those of the
applicable business itself or its controlling shareholder. Our ability to control the development and operation of these investments may be limited, and we may not be
able to realize some or all of the benefits that we expect to realize from these investments. For example, we may not be able to cause these businesses to make
distributions to us in the amount or at the time that we need or want such distributions. Furthermore, IC Power does not own a controlling equity interest in Pedregal
and is therefore subject to similar consequences. A lack of control with respect to this company, or any other company IC Power may acquire a non-controlling
interest in, could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
In addition, we rely on the internal controls and financial reporting controls of our businesses and the failure of our non-controlled businesses to maintain
effective controls or to comply with applicable standards could make it difficult to comply with applicable reporting and audit standards. For example, the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements will require the prompt receipt of financial statements from each of our subsidiaries and associated companies.
Additionally, in certain circumstances, we may be required to file with our annual reports on Form 20-F, or registration statements filed with the SEC, financial
information of associated companies that has been audited in conformity with SEC rules and regulations and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or
PCAOB, audit standards. We may not, however, be able to procure such financial statements, or such audited financial statements, as applicable, from our
subsidiaries and associated companies and this could render us unable to comply with applicable SEC reporting standards.
Some of our businesses are highly leveraged.
Some of our businesses are significantly leveraged and may incur additional debt financing in the future. As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately
$2.4 billion of outstanding indebtedness on a consolidated basis, including long-term debt, short-term debt and debentures, and including IC Power’s $2.3 billion of
outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2014, Qoros had outstanding indebtedness of RMB7.3 billion (approximately $1.2 billion), including shareholder
loans of RMB1.6 billion (approximately $257 million), ZIM had outstanding indebtedness of $1.6 billion, and Tower had outstanding indebtedness of $387 million
(in the case of Tower, in accordance with U.S. GAAP).
Highly leveraged assets are inherently more sensitive to declines in earnings, increases in expenses and interest rates, and adverse market conditions. A
leveraged company’s income and net assets also tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than would otherwise be the case if money had not been borrowed.
Consequently, the risk of loss associated with a leveraged company is generally greater than for companies with comparatively less debt. Additionally, the amount of
collateral that is available for future secured debt or credit support and a business’ flexibility in dealing with its secured assets may be limited. For example, a
20
Table of Contents
significant percentage of IC Power’s assets, including IC Power’s interest in the capital stock of certain of its associated companies, secures Kallpa’s senior secured
credit facility, and IC Power uses a substantial portion of its consolidated cash flows from operations to make debt service payments, thereby reducing its ability to
use its cash flows to fund operations, capital expenditures, or future business opportunities. Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013, and accordingly
does not have regular cash flows for debt service. Additionally, notwithstanding the completion of its restructuring on July 16, 2014, ZIM remains significantly
leveraged and ZIM will continue to face risks associated with those of a highly leveraged company.
Our businesses will generally have to service their debt obligations before making distributions to us or to any other shareholder. In addition, many of the
financing agreements relating to the debt facilities or our operating companies contain covenants and limitations, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
limits on the ratio of debt to EBITDA;
minimum required ratios of EBITDA to interest expense;
limits on the incurrence of liens or the pledging of certain assets;
limits on the incurrence of subsidiary debt;
limits on the ability to enter into transactions with affiliates, including us;
limits on the ability to pay dividends to shareholders, including us; and
limits on our ability to sell assets, including interests in subsidiaries and associated companies.
If any of our businesses are unable to repay or refinance their indebtedness as it becomes due, or if they are unable to comply with their covenants, we may
decide to sell assets or to take other disadvantageous actions, including (i) reducing financing in the future for investments, acquisitions or general corporate
purposes or (ii) dedicating an unsustainable level of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on their indebtedness. As a result, the
ability of our businesses to withstand competitive pressures and to react to changes in the various industries in which we operate could be impaired. If we choose not
to pursue any of these alternatives, a breach of any of our businesses’ debt instruments and/or covenants could result in a default under the relevant debt instrument
(s). Upon the occurrence of such an event of default, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and, in
the case of credit facility lenders, terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the lenders accelerate the repayment of the relevant borrowings, the relevant
business may not have sufficient assets to repay any outstanding indebtedness, which could result in a complete loss of that business for us. Furthermore, the
acceleration of any obligation under a particular debt instrument may permit the holders of other material debt to accelerate their obligations pursuant to “cross
default” provisions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.
As a result, our businesses’ degree of leverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our success will be dependent upon the efforts of a limited number of directors and executive officers.
Our success will be dependent upon the decision-making of our directors and executive officers as well as the directors and executive officers of our
businesses. The loss of any or all of our directors and executive officers could delay the implementation of our strategies or divert our directors and executive
officers’ attention from our operations which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Foreign exchange rate fluctuations and controls could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and the strength of our balance sheet.
Through our businesses, we have facilities and generate costs and revenues in a number of geographic regions across the globe. As a result, a significant
portion of our revenue and certain of our businesses’ operating expenses, assets and liabilities, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The
predominance of certain currencies varies from business to business, with many of our businesses generating revenues or incurring indebtedness in more than one
currency. Additionally, we have provided Qoros with shareholder loans in an aggregate outstanding amount of RMB800 million as of December 31, 2014. We have
also assumed certain undertakings, which may require Kenon to provide a guarantee of Qoros’ debt or share in payment obligations of Chery’s RMB1.5 billion
(approximately $241 million) guarantee under Qoros’ RMB3 billion credit facility, among other possibilities. As a result, we are subject to several arrangements that
may expose us to RMB exchange rate fluctuations.
Furthermore, our businesses may pay distributions or make payments to us in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, which we must convert to U.S. Dollars
prior to making dividends or other distributions to our shareholders if we decide to make any distributions in the future. Foreign exchange controls in countries in
which our businesses operate may further limit our ability to repatriate funds from unconsolidated foreign affiliates or otherwise convert local currencies into U.S.
Dollars.
21
Table of Contents
Consequently, as with any international business, our liquidity, earnings, expenses, asset book value, and/or amount of equity may be materially affected by
short-term or long-term exchange rate movements or controls. Such movements may give rise to one or more of the following risks, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity:
•
Transaction Risk – exists where sales or purchases are denominated in overseas currencies and the exchange rate changes after our entry into a
purchase or sale commitment but prior to the completion of the underlying transaction itself;
•
Translation Risk – exists where the currency in which the results of a business are reported differs from the underlying currency in which the business’
operations are transacted;
•
Economic Risk – exists where the manufacturing cost base of a business is denominated in a currency different from the currency of the market into
which the business’ products are sold; and
•
Reinvestment Risk – exists where our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of operations in other
countries becomes limited.
If our businesses are unable to manage their interest rate risks effectively, our cash flows and operating results may suffer.
Certain of our businesses’ indebtedness bears interest at variable, floating rates. In particular, some of this indebtedness is in the form of Consumer Price
Index, or CPI-linked, NIS-denominated bonds. We, or our businesses, may incur further indebtedness in the future that also bears interest at a variable rate or at a
rate that is linked to fluctuations in a currency in the form of other than the U.S. Dollar. Although our businesses attempt to manage their interest rate risk, there can
be no assurance that they will hedge such exposure effectively or at all in the future. Accordingly, increases in interest rates or changes in the CPI that are greater
than changes anticipated based upon historical trends could have a material adverse effect on our or any of our businesses’ business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
Risks Related to the Industries in Which Our Businesses Operate
Current conditions in the global economy, and in the industries in which our businesses operate in particular, could have a material adverse effect on us.
The business and operating results of each of our businesses have been, and will continue to be, affected by worldwide economic conditions, particularly
conditions in the energy generation, passenger vehicle, and shipping industries our businesses operate in. The global economic conditions that began in 2008 have
affected the operating results and profitability of our businesses. These conditions have included slower global economic growth, a credit market crisis, lower levels
of consumer and business confidence, downward pressure on prices, continued high unemployment levels, reduced levels of capital expenditures, fluctuating
commodity prices (specifically prices for electricity, natural gas, heavy fuel oil, bunker, gasoline, and crude oil), bankruptcies, government deficit reduction and
austerity measures, heightened volatility, uncertainties with respect to the stability of the emerging markets, concerns for the economic stability of the United States
and several countries in Europe, budget consolidation measures by governments, and other challenges affecting the global economy. As a result of these conditions,
some of the government and nongovernment customers of our businesses have experienced deterioration of their businesses, cash flow shortages, and/or difficulty in
obtaining financing. As a result, existing or potential customers may delay or cancel plans to purchase the products and/or services of our portfolio subsidiaries,
including long-term purchases of energy capacity (in the case of IC Power) or purchases of shipping capacity (in the case of ZIM), or may not be able to fulfill their
obligations to us in a timely fashion. Furthermore, the vendors, suppliers and/or partners of each of our businesses may be experiencing similar conditions, which
may impact their ability to fulfill their obligations.
Additionally, economic downturns may alter the priorities of governments to subsidize and/or incentivize participation in any of the markets in which our
businesses operate. For example, economic downturns or political dynamics may impact the availability of financial incentives provided by the Chinese government
to Chinese automobile purchases or the incentives (e.g., tariffs) provided by various governments to producers and consumers of renewable energy sources, some of
which are heavily relied upon by our renewable energy businesses. If slower growth in the global economy continues for a significant period and/or there is
additional significant deterioration in the global economy, such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
22
Table of Contents
Our businesses’ operations expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.
Through our businesses, we operate and service customers in a number of geographic regions across the globe, including emerging markets. There are certain
risks inherent in conducting business in emerging markets, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
heightened economic volatility;
difficulty in enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets;
the possibility of encountering unfavorable circumstances from host country laws or regulations;
fluctuations in revenues, operating margins and/or other financial measures due to currency exchange rate fluctuations and restrictions on currency and
earnings repatriation;
trade protection measures, import or export restrictions, licensing requirements and local fire and security codes and standards;
increased costs and risks of developing, staffing and simultaneously managing a number of foreign operations as a result of language and cultural
differences;
issues related to occupational safety, work hazard, and adherence to local labor laws and regulations;
potentially adverse tax developments;
changes in the general political, social and/or economic conditions in the countries where we operate, particularly in emerging markets;
the threat of nationalization and expropriation;
the presence of corruption in certain countries;
fluctuations in available municipal funding in those instances where a project is government-financed; and
terrorist activities.
If any of our businesses are impacted by any of the aforementioned factors, such an impact could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.
We require qualified personnel to manage and operate our various businesses.
As a result of our decentralized structure, we require qualified and competent management to independently direct the day-to-day business activities of each
of our businesses, execute their respective business plans, and service their respective customers, suppliers and other stakeholders, in each case across numerous
geographic locations. Many of the products and services offered by our businesses are highly technical in nature and may require specialized training or physically
demanding work. Therefore, we must be able to retain employees and professionals with the skills necessary to understand the continuously developing needs of our
customers and to maximize the value of each of our businesses. This includes developing talent and leadership capabilities in the emerging markets in which certain
of our businesses operate, where the depth of skilled employees may be limited. Changes in demographics, training requirements and/or the unavailability of
qualified personnel could negatively impact the ability of each of our businesses to meet these demands. Although we have adequate personnel for the current
business environment, unpredictable increases in the demand for our goods and/or services, or the geographical diversity of our businesses, may exacerbate the risk
of not having a sufficient number of trained personnel. If any of our businesses fail to train and retain qualified personnel, or if they experience excessive turnover,
we may experience declining sales, production/manufacturing delays or other inefficiencies, increased recruiting, training or relocation costs and other difficulties,
any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Significant raw material shortages, supplier capacity constraints, production disruptions, supplier quality and sourcing issues or price increases could increase our
operating costs and adversely impact the competitive positions of the products and/or services of our businesses.
The reliance of certain of our businesses on certain third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers, or commodity markets to secure raw
materials (e.g., natural gas, heavy fuel oil, and diesel for IC Power; bunker for ZIM; and natural gas for Primus), parts, components and sub-systems used in their
products or services exposes us to volatility in the prices and availability of these materials, parts, components, systems and services. Some of these suppliers or their
sub-suppliers are limited- or sole-source suppliers.
23
Table of Contents
For example, Kallpa, the largest IC Power operating company, is party to a natural gas exclusive supply agreement with a consortium of suppliers, pursuant to
which such consortium supplies Kallpa with all of its natural gas requirements based upon a base price, in U.S. Dollars, set on the date of the agreement and indexed
on two producer price indices pursuant to the terms of the agreement. Additionally, Kallpa is party to a natural gas exclusive transportation agreement with a local
Peruvian gas transporter. OPC is party to a natural gas exclusive supply agreement with a consortium of suppliers who, in accordance with a resolution passed by the
Israeli Natural Gas Council, may be required to allocate gas otherwise designated for OPC to other consumers in the event of a capacity shortage. For further
information on the terms and nature of IC Power’s relationships with certain of its raw material suppliers, see “ – Risks Related to IC Power – Supplier
concentration may expose IC Power to significant financial credit or performance risks ” and “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Business – IC Power – IC
Power’s Raw Materials and Suppliers .”
For further information on the terms and nature of Qoros’ relationships with certain of its raw material suppliers, see “ Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros
– Qoros is dependent upon its suppliers ” and “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – Qoros – Qoros’ Product Sourcing and Suppliers .”
A disruption in deliveries from these and other third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers or service providers, capacity constraints, production disruptions,
price increases, or decreased availability of raw materials or commodities, including as a result of catastrophic events, could have an adverse effect on the ability of
our businesses to meet their commitments to customers or could increase their operating costs. Our businesses could encounter supply problems and may be unable
to replace a supplier that is not able to meet their demand in either the short- or the long-term; these risks are exacerbated in the case of raw materials or component
parts that are sourced from a single-source supplier. Furthermore, quality and sourcing issues experienced by third-party providers can also adversely affect the
quality and effectiveness of our businesses’ products and/or services and result in liability and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Some of our businesses must keep pace with technological changes and develop new products and services to remain competitive.
The markets in which some of our businesses operate experience rapid and significant changes as a result of the introduction of both innovative technologies
and services. To meet customer needs in these areas, these businesses must continuously design new, and update existing, products and services, as well as invest in,
and develop new technologies. Introducing new products and technologies requires a significant commitment to research and development that, in return, requires
the expenditure of considerable financial resources that may not always result in success. Our sales and profitability may suffer if these businesses invest in
technologies that do not operate, or may not be integrated, as expected or that are not accepted into the marketplace as anticipated, or if their services, products or
systems are not introduced to the market in a timely manner, in particular, compared to its competitors, or become obsolete. Furthermore, in some of these markets,
the need to develop and introduce new products rapidly in order to capture available opportunities may lead to quality problems. Our operating results depend to a
significant extent on our ability, and the ability of these businesses, to anticipate and adapt to changes in markets and to reduce the costs of producing high-quality,
new and existing products and services. If we, or any of these businesses, are unsuccessful in our efforts, such a failure could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our businesses operate in highly competitive markets.
The worldwide markets for our services, products and solutions are highly competitive in terms of pricing, service and product quality, development and
introduction time, customer service and financing terms. In many of our businesses, we face downward price pressure and we are or could be exposed to market
downturns or slower growth, which may increase in times of declining investment activities, government incentives and/or consumer demand. We face strong
competitors, some of which are larger and may have greater resources in a given business area, as well as competitors from emerging markets, which may have
better, more efficient cost structures. Some industries in which our businesses operate are undergoing consolidation, which may result in stronger competition and a
change in our relative market position.
For example, in recent years, the power production industry has been characterized by strong and increasing competition with respect to both obtaining long-
term and short-term PPAs – which provide for the sale of electricity, independent of actual generation allocations or provisions of availability, to financially stable
distribution companies or other unregulated consumers – and acquiring existing power generation assets. In certain markets, these factors have caused reductions in
the prices negotiated in PPAs and, in many cases, have caused higher acquisition prices for existing assets through competitive bidding processes. The evolution of
competitive electricity markets and the development of highly efficient gas-fired power plants have also caused, or are anticipated to cause, price pressure in certain
power markets where IC Power sells or intends to sell power. Certain competitors might be more effective and faster in capturing available market opportunities,
which in turn may negatively impact IC Power’s market share.
24
Table of Contents
Furthermore, the passenger vehicle market in China is highly competitive, as China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies, in terms of gross
domestic product, or GDP, in recent years, and has also been the fastest growing among major passenger vehicle markets in the world. Many of the largest global
manufacturers, through joint venture relationships with Chinese manufacturers, and numerous established domestic manufacturers, compete within this market.
Some of these manufacturers have longer operating histories, or may be able to devote greater resources to their operations than Qoros, which may impact Qoros’
competitiveness and ability to gain market share.
Any of these factors alone, or in combination, may negatively impact one or more of our businesses and thereby have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our businesses may be adversely affected by work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force.
As of December 31, 2014, we, and our consolidated businesses, employ, directly and indirectly, approximately 1,379 employees. Qoros, ZIM and Tower
directly employed 2,458, 4,315 and 3,911 employees, respectively, as of December 31, 2014. Our operating companies could experience strikes, industrial unrest, or
work stoppages. For example, a significant portion of ZIM’s Israeli employees and employees of the ports ZIM uses are members of unions. In April and May 2014,
ZIM experienced labor strikes as a result of disagreements related to ZIM’s operational and financial restructuring plans and other employee concerns. Collective
bargaining agreements addressing certain of these concerns were entered into in November 2014 and January 2015. Additionally, in May 2014, Israeli ports
experienced port labor unrest. Disruptions in ZIM’s operations, or the operations of any of our other businesses, as a result of labor stoppages or strikes may occur in
the future and, if so, such disruptions could materially and adversely affect our or the relevant businesses’ reputation and could adversely affect operations.
Additionally, a work stoppage at any one of the suppliers of any of our businesses could materially and adversely affect our operations if an alternative source of
supply were not readily available. Stoppages by employees of our customers could also result in reduced demand for our products or services which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
The activities of certain of our businesses may be impacted by the geopolitical, economic and security conditions in Israel and the Middle East.
Some of our businesses are incorporated, and certain of the operations of our businesses are located, in Israel. Therefore, the existing security, economic and
geopolitical conditions in Israel and the Middle East could affect our existing relationships with certain foreign corporations, as well as affect the willingness of
potential partners to enter into transactions or business relationships with Israeli companies, particularly our businesses that are based in or have facilities which are
located in Israel. Since July 2014, for example, ZIM’s west coast operations have been subject to political activity which, in certain instances, have had immaterial
effects on ZIM’s operational activities. Numerous countries, corporations and organizations around the globe limit their business activities in Israel and their
business ties with Israeli-based companies. For example, ZIM’s status as an Israeli company has effectively limited ZIM’s ability to call on certain ports and has
therefore impacted ZIM’s ability to enter into alliances and operational partnerships with other shipping companies. Additionally, Israel has been and is subject to
terrorist activity, with varying levels of severity. Parties with whom we or our businesses do business have sometimes declined to travel to Israel during periods of
heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements where necessary. Developments in the political and security situation in Israel may also
result in parties with whom we have agreements claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure
provisions. Although the number of businesses limiting their ties to Israel is decreasing, any deterioration in the security or geopolitical conditions in Israel and/or
the Middle East could adversely impact our business relationships and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
Israel’s geopolitical situation has led to security issues and, as a result, our Israel-based operations or associated companies, including IC Power and its
subsidiary OPC, ZIM and Tower may be exposed to hostile activities (including harm to computer systems or, with respect to IC Power’s operations, attacks on
critical infrastructure, such as gas transmission systems or pipelines), security restrictions connected with Israeli bodies/organizations overseas, possible isolations by
various bodies for numerous political reasons, and other limitations (such as a prohibition against entering into specific ports). Certain of OPC’s, ZIM’s, Tower’s or
HelioFocus’ employees in Israel are also subject to being called upon to perform military service in Israel, and their absence may have an adverse effect upon the
operations of the relevant business. Generally, unless exempt, male adult citizens of Israel under the age of 41 are obligated to perform up to 36 days of military
reserve duty annually and are subject to being called to active duty at any time under emergency circumstances. Additionally, ZIM’s owned and chartered vessels,
including those vessels that do not sail under the Israeli flag, may be subject to control by the authorities of the State of Israel in order to protect the security of or
bring essential supplies and services to the State of Israel. Israeli legislation also allows the State of Israel to use ZIM’s vessels in times of emergency.
25
Table of Contents
Any of the aforementioned events and conditions could disrupt IC Power’s, OPC’s, ZIM’s, Tower’s or HelioFocus’ operations, which could, in turn, have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
We, and each of our businesses, face cyber-security risks.
Our business operations, and the operations of our various operating companies, rely upon secure information technology systems for data processing, storage
and reporting. As a result, we, and our businesses, maintain information security policies and procedures for managing such information technology systems.
Despite careful security and controls design, implementation and updating, our information technology systems, or those of our businesses, may be subject to cyber-
attacks, including, but not limited to, network, system, application and data breaches and such cyber-security breaches may result in operational disruptions of
information misappropriation, which could have a material adverse effect on our, or any of our operating companies’, business, financial condition or results of
operation.
Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters
We, and each of our businesses, are subject to legal proceedings and legal compliance risks.
We are subject to a variety of legal proceedings and legal compliance risks in virtually every part of the world. We, our businesses, and the industries in which
we operate, are periodically reviewed or investigated by regulators and other governmental authorities, which could lead to enforcement actions, fines and penalties
or the assertion of private litigation claims and damages. Changes in laws or regulations could require us, or any of our businesses, to change manners of operation
or to utilize resources to maintain compliance with such regulations, which could increase costs or otherwise disrupt operations. Protectionist trade policies and
changes in the political and regulatory environment in the markets in which we operate, such as foreign exchange import and export controls, tariffs and other trade
barriers and price or exchange controls, could affect our businesses in several national markets, impact our profitability and make the repatriation of profits difficult,
and may expose us or any of our businesses to penalties, sanctions and reputational damage. In addition, the uncertainty of the legal environment in some regions
could limit our ability to enforce our rights.
While we intend to adopt, and believe that each of our businesses have adopted, appropriate risk management and compliance programs, the global and
diverse nature of our operations means that legal and compliance risks will continue to exist and additional legal proceedings and other contingencies, the outcome
of which cannot be predicted with certainty, will arise from time to time. No assurances can be made that we will be found to be operating in compliance with, or be
able to detect violations of, any existing or future laws or regulations. A failure to comply with or properly anticipate applicable laws or regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws outside of the United States.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their
intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other persons for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Recent years have seen a
substantial increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity, with more frequent and aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the Department
of Justice and the SEC, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators, and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and
individuals. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate, through our businesses, in many parts of the world that are recognized as
having governmental and commercial corruption. Additionally, because many of our customers and end users are involved in infrastructure construction and energy
production, they are often subject to increased scrutiny by regulators. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from
reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, the employees of any of our businesses, or third party intermediaries. In the event that we believe or have
reason to believe that our employees or agents have or may have violated applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, we may be required to investigate or
have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances, which can be expensive and require significant time and attention from senior management.
Violations of these laws may result in criminal or civil sanctions, inability to do business with existing or future business partners (either as a result of express
prohibitions or to avoid the appearance of impropriety), injunctions against future conduct, profit disgorgements, disqualifications from directly or indirectly
engaging in certain types of businesses, the loss of business permits or other restrictions which could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our global operations necessitate the importation and exportation of goods and technology across international borders on a regular basis. From time to time,
we, or our businesses, obtain or receive information alleging improper activity in connection with such imports or exports. Our policy mandates strict compliance
with applicable trade laws. Nonetheless, we
26
Table of Contents
cannot provide assurance that our policies and procedures will always protect us from actions that would violate U.S. and/or foreign laws. Such improper actions
could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including material monetary fines, denial of import or export privileges, or other adverse actions. The occurrence of
any of the aforementioned factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Certain of our businesses are subject to regulatory restrictions relating to ties with hostile entities and/or countries.
As a result of their international activities and operations in various industries worldwide, certain of our businesses are exposed to regulations in Israel and in
other countries governing business relations with hostile entities or countries (such as Iran). We have taken, and will continue to take, measures to ensure our
compliance with such regulations. Despite our best precautions, however, the wide-reaching business activities of our businesses may expose us to sanctions, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Risks Related to IC Power
IC Power is significantly leveraged.
As of December 31, 2014, IC Power had $2,348 million of outstanding indebtedness on a consolidated basis. Some of IC Power’s debt agreements include
financial, affirmative and negative covenants, events of default or mandatory prepayments for contractual breaches, including certain changes of control, and for
material mergers and divestments, among other provisions. A number of IC Power’s credit facilities are secured. For example, Kallpa’s senior secured credit facility,
Kallpa’s capital leases, and OPC’s financing agreement are secured by certain of IC Power’s assets.
IC Power uses a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations or investing activities to make debt service payments, reducing its ability to use its cash
flow to fund its operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities and payments to us. For example, in connection with the consummation of IC Power’s
sale of Edegel in 2014, IC Power was required to repay the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under Inkia’s Credit Suisse credit facility.
Additionally, the pledge of a significant percentage of IC Power’s assets to secure its debt has reduced the amount of collateral that is available for future
secured debt or credit support as well as IC Power’s flexibility in dealing with these secured assets. This level of indebtedness and related security, as well as the
terms governing such indebtedness, could have other important consequences for IC Power, including:
•
•
•
•
increasing its vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting its flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry;
limiting its ability to enter into long-term power sales or heavy fuel oil purchases which require credit support;
limiting its ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing IC Power at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that are not
as highly leveraged;
•
limiting its ability to distribute dividends or other payments to its shareholders without leading to a downgrade of its outstanding indebtedness or long-
term corporate ratings, if at all; and
•
limiting, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants relating to such indebtedness, among other things, IC Power’s ability to borrow
additional funds for working capital including collateral postings, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes.
The indenture governing Inkia’s $450 million principal amount of bonds restricts distributions to us to 100% of Inkia’s accrued net income from January 1,
2011, subject to certain exceptions. In May 2014, IC Power repaid $168 million of intercompany debt owed to IC and in June 2014, IC Power repaid $95 million of
capital notes owed to IC and made a distribution to IC of approximately $37 million. The repayment of this debt is effectively treated as a dividend for purposes of
Inkia’s indenture, and, as a result, this repayment together with the distribution used up most of Inkia’s dividend capacity under the indenture, so Inkia will be unable
to make distributions to IC Power until it accrues additional net income.
IC Power also provides performance, and other, guarantees, from time to time, in support of the financing and development of certain of its operating
companies. For example, in connection with the consummation of the spin-off, IC Power provided a guarantee to, and made cash collateral in an amount of NIS
45 million (approximately $11 million) available for the benefit of the lending consortium under OPC’s financing agreement, in exchange for their release of the NIS
80 million (approximately $20 million) guarantee provided by IC. OPC, which holds the NIS 45 million (approximately $11 million) collateral, is required to hold
such amount as restricted cash for as long as IC Power’s guarantee to OPC’s lenders remains outstanding. As of December 31, 2014, IC Power had provided
performance, or other, guarantees in an aggregate amount of $102 million.
27
Table of Contents
IC Power’s growth strategy could be materially and adversely affected if it were unable to raise capital on favorable terms or in certain less developed economies.
IC Power relies significantly on its ability to successfully access the capital markets as a source of liquidity and such reliance may be increased to the extent
that IC Power utilizes cash from its operations to distribute funds to us or repay loans owing to us. IC Power’s ability to arrange financing on either a recourse or
non-recourse basis, and the costs of such capital, are dependent upon numerous factors, some of which are beyond IC Power’s control. For example, IC Power, or
certain of IC Power’s operating companies, may not be able to secure financing on favorable terms as a result of our recent spin-off from IC, who had previously
provided performance, or other, guarantees in connection with certain IC Power financing arrangements. Should future access to capital be unavailable to IC Power,
it may have to sell assets or decide not to build new plants or expand or improve existing facilities, any of which could affect IC Power’s future growth. IC Power
may also deem it necessary to secure any necessary financing at higher costs or on less favorable terms (e.g., by providing collateral, security or guarantees to
lenders and/or accepting relatively higher interest rates), or to seek additional investments from Kenon through equity contributions, loans, the provision of
guarantees, or otherwise, in the event that IC Power is not able to otherwise raise funding from third parties.
Additionally, part of IC Power’s strategy is to expand its business by developing generation projects in less developed economies. Commercial lending
institutions sometimes refuse to provide financing in certain less developed economies, and in these situations IC Power may seek direct or indirect (through credit
support or guarantees) project financing from a limited number of multilateral or bilateral international financial institutions or agencies. As a precondition to
making such project financing available, the lending institutions may also require sponsor guarantees for completion risks and governmental guarantees of certain
business and sovereign related risks. However, the financing from international financial agencies or governmental guarantees required to complete projects may not
be available when needed. If so, IC Power may have to abandon potential projects or invest more of its own funds, which may not be in line with IC Power’s
investment objectives and would leave less funds for other IC Power investments and projects.
IC Power’s expansion, development and acquisition strategy may be limited.
IC Power’s growth strategy contemplates (i) the expansion, construction or development of power generation facilities in the countries in which IC Power
currently operates, and (ii) the acquisition of operating companies in key growth markets in which IC Power does not currently operate. The ability to pursue such
growth opportunities successfully will depend upon IC Power’s ability to:
•
•
•
identify projects and properties suitable for expansion, construction or acquisition;
negotiate purchase or engineering, procurement and construction agreements on commercially reasonable terms; and
obtain the necessary financing and government permits or approvals to effect such developments or acquisitions.
If IC Power is unable to identify attractive projects for expansion, this could have an adverse impact on its strategy and, as a result, could have a material
adverse effect on IC Power’s business.
Proposed and potential development projects may not be completed or, if completed, may not be completed on time or perform as expected.
IC Power plans to expand its operations through projects constructed on unused land with no need to demolish or remodel existing structures, or “greenfield
development projects.” Such projects are expected to be located in the various markets within which IC Power operates and IC Power is currently constructing,
among other things, a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Mantaro River in central Peru, and an open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric
plant in Mollendo, Arequipa, southern Peru. Development projects require IC Power to spend significant sums on engineering, permitting, legal, financial advisory
and other expenses in preparation for competitive bids that it may not win or before it determines whether a development project is even feasible, economically
attractive or capable of being financed. These activities consume a portion of IC Power and its operating companies’ focus and could increase IC Power’s leverage
or reduce its consolidated profitability.
Furthermore, once IC Power wins a competitive bid and, if applicable, enters into a turnkey agreement to commence the construction of its project, the
development and construction of its power generation facilities, such as its CDA or Samay I projects, still involve numerous additional risks, including:
•
unanticipated cost overruns;
28
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
claims from contractors;
an inability to obtain financing at affordable rates or at all;
delays in obtaining necessary permits and licenses, including environmental permits;
unforeseen engineering, environmental and geological problems;
adverse changes in the political and regulatory environment in the country in which the project is located;
opposition by political, environmental and other local groups;
shortages or increases in the price of equipment, materials or labor;
work stoppages or other labor disputes; and
adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, accidents or other unforeseen events.
Any of these risks could result in IC Power’s financial returns on its development projects being lower than expected, or could cause IC Power to operate
below expected capacity or availability levels. This, in turn, could result in IC Power experiencing lost revenues and/or increased expenses. Although IC Power
maintains insurance to protect against some of these risks, such insurance may not be adequate. As a result, development projects may cost more than anticipated and
IC Power may be unable to fund principal and interest payments underlying its construction financing obligations, if any. In addition, a default under such a
financing obligation could result in IC Power losing its interest in a power generation facility.
Any individual project may not be completed within budget or in a timely fashion, or at all, and delays could result in increased costs or breaches of any of the
PPAs relating to such projects. For example, a delay in the completion of a construction project could result in IC Power being obligated to supply energy that it is
unable to generate. CDA, which IC Power initially expected to complete in early 2016, has experienced construction delays and is currently expected to commence
commercial operations in the second half of 2016. In connection with such delay, the contractors under the CDA EPC (as defined below) also requested an
approximately $92 million increase in the total contract price of the CDA Project. In March 2015, IC Power and the CDA EPC contractors amended the CDA EPC
to address such claims. Pursuant to the amendment, which is subject to CDA’s lender’s approval, IC Power has agreed to pay, subject to the achievement of certain
milestones, an additional $40 million, subdivided into 4 payments over the course of the remaining construction period, and has granted the extensions previously
requested by the CDA EPC contractors, which range between four and six months in length, depending upon the applicable CDA unit.
If IC Power’s developmental efforts with respect to CDA, Samay I, or any of its future development projects are not successful, or are delayed, IC Power
may, notwithstanding any liquidated damages to which IC Power is entitled to, incur penalties or additional costs, or abandon a project under development and
write-off the costs incurred in connection with such project. At the time of abandonment, IC Power would expense all capitalized development costs incurred in
connection therewith and may incur additional losses associated with any related contingent liabilities, the occurrence of which could have a material adverse effect
on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
For further information on the timing and the construction of the CDA Project, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power – IC Power’s
Description of Operations – CDA .” For further information on the amendment of the CDA EPC, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects –
Recent Developments – IC Power – Settlement Agreement with CDA EPC Contractors .”
IC Power may not be able to enter into, or renew existing, long-term contracts for the sale of energy and capacity, contracts which reduce volatility in IC Power’s
results of operations.
IC Power sells a substantial majority of its energy under long-term PPAs. IC Power’s operating companies rely upon PPAs with a limited number of
customers for the majority of their energy sales and revenues over the term of such PPAs, which typically range from one to 15 years. Some of IC Power’s long-term
PPAs are at prices above current spot market prices. Depending on market conditions and regulatory regimes, it may be difficult for IC Power to secure long-term
contracts with new customers, renew existing long-term contracts as they become due, or enter into long-term contracts to support the development of new projects.
For example, each of CEPP’s current PPAs, under which CEPP had contracted 75% of its capacity, expired in September 2014 and these PPAs have not yet been
extended or replaced with one or more PPAs on comparable terms. As a result, CEPP sells the previously contracted capacity on the spot market, at the rates dictated
by such market. Furthermore, Surpetroil is party to two major PPAs, both of which expire in 2015. In addition, in December 2011, the Bolivian government
amended the applicable law to prohibit generation companies from entering into new PPAs. As a result, IC Power will be unable to extend or replace COBEE’s
current PPA, under which it has contracted 19% of COBEE’s capacity, when it expires in October 2017.
29
Table of Contents
Additionally, when the distribution companies in El Salvador organize tenders under the supervision of the General Superinterdence of Electricity and
Telecommunications ( Superintendencia General de Electricidad y Telecommunicaciones ), or SIGET, for new long-term PPAs, the bidding rules generally do not
permit the participation of fuel oil-fired generators, such as Nejapa, in tenders for PPAs with terms in excess of five years. An increase in the demand for renewable
energy in the remaining countries in which IC Power operates could lead to similar prohibitions in those countries and a further reduction in IC Power’s ability to
enter into long-term PPAs. If IC Power is unable to enter into long-term PPAs, it may be required to sell electricity into spot markets at prices that may be below the
prices established in its PPAs. Because of the volatile nature of power prices, if IC Power is unable to secure long-term PPAs it could face increased volatility in its
earnings and cash flows and could experience substantial losses during certain periods which could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.
The Government of Bolivia has nationalized energy industry assets, and IC Power’s remaining operations in Bolivia may also be nationalized.
Bolivia has experienced political and economic instability that has resulted in significant changes in its general economic policies and regulations and the
adoption of a new constitution in 2006 that, among other things, prohibits private ownership of certain oil and gas resources. In May 2010, the Government of
Bolivia nationalized Empresa Eléctrica Guaracachi S.A., Empresa Eléctrica Valle Hermoso S.A., and Empresa Eléctrica Corani S.A., each a significant generation
company in Bolivia. In May 2012, the Government of Bolivia nationalized Transportadora de Electricidad S.A., a transmission company that had previously
operated as a subsidiary of Red Electrica de España. In December 2012, Electricidad de La Paz S.A. (Electropaz) and Empresa de Luz y Fuerza de Oruro S.A.
(Elfeo) – companies which had no previous ownership relationship with the Government of Bolivia – were also nationalized.
Although there were elections in Bolivia during the third quarter of 2014, and such elections resulted in the re-election of certain key government officials, it
is unclear whether the Government of Bolivia will continue nationalizing entities involved in its power utility market. It is also unclear whether such nationalization
(if any) would be adequately compensated for by the Government of Bolivia. IC Power’s subsidiary COBEE is one of the few remaining privately-held generation
companies in Bolivia. Although IC Power believes its circumstances differ from those of the nationalized generation companies (because COBEE was not
previously owned by the Bolivian government), there is a risk that COBEE will be subject to nationalization. Such nationalization may include the expropriation or
nullification of existing IC Power concessions, licenses, permits, agreements and contracts, as well as effective nationalization resulting from changes in Bolivian
regulatory restrictions or taxes, among other things, that could have an adverse impact on COBEE’s profitability. If COBEE were indeed nationalized, we cannot
assure you that we would receive fair compensation for our interests in COBEE.
IC Power could face nationalization risks in other countries as well. The nationalization of any of IC Power’s operating companies or power generation plants,
even if fair compensation for such nationalization is received, could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations
or liquidity.
The production and profitability of private power generation companies in Israel may be adversely affected by changes in Israel’s regulatory environment.
Israel’s Public Utilities Authority (Electricity), or the PUAE, regulates and supervises the provision of essential electric public services in Israel. Prior to 2013,
Israel Electric Corporation, or IEC, a government-owned entity, served as the sole generator of power in Israel (excluding small-scale generators and cogeneration
facilities). In July 2013, OPC commenced commercial operation of its 440 MW power plant and became the first large-scale private power producer in Israel. In
May 2014, Dorad Energy Ltd., an independent power producer, commenced commercial operation in Israel, adding a capacity of 860 MW to the Israeli electricity
market.
In July 2013, the Government of Israel appointed a steering committee, tasked with proposing a comprehensive reform of IEC and the Israeli electricity
market. The committee’s mandate is to review the electricity market structure, while focusing on the implementation of competition in the competitive sectors, the
financial stabilization of IEC, and the development of a plan to improve IEC’s efficiency. In March 2014, the committee published its draft recommendations for a
public hearing. The committee’s main recommendations address (i) the separation of the system operator function from IEC into an independent state-owned
company, (ii) the continued development of the electricity sector by IEC and by private producers, (iii) the future electricity trade model, (iv) the regulation of the
distribution and supply segment and IEC’s structural change in overall efficiency, (v) the possibility of share issuances by IEC, (vi) sale of assets, including power
plants, by IEC and (vii) the funding of structural changes through increased efficiency, asset sales and the issuance of IEC shares.
Additionally, the PUAE is still in the process of determining system costs and backup and generation tariffs. OPC’s operations are sensitive to changes in the
PUAE’s policies or regulations and the imposition of any tariffs could have a material
30
Table of Contents
adverse effect on OPC’s business, financial condition, or results of operations. For example, the PUAE’s generation tariff is the base for the natural gas price linkage
formula in the agreement between OPC and the Tamar Group, OPC’s sole natural gas supplier, and is also the base for the price calculation between OPC and end
users in Israel. On January 2015, the PUAE published new generation tariffs that were substantially similar to the previously published tariffs. OPC and the Tamar
Group disagreed with respect to their view of which of the PUAE’s previous tariffs applied to their agreement and have a similar disagreement with respect to the
newly-published tariffs. OPC and the Tamar Group remain in the early stages of discussions meant to resolve this disagreement.
If OPC incurs significant costs in relation to additional changes in regulation or the establishment of any new regimes or the implementation of any such laws
or governmental regulations, including with respect to the terms of its agreement with the Tamar Group and the recent PUAE update, this could have a material
adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Supplier concentration may expose IC Power to significant financial credit or performance risks.
IC Power relies on natural gas and heavy fuel oil to fuel a majority of its power generation facilities. The delivery of these fuels to IC Power’s various
facilities is dependent upon a number of factors, including the continuing financial viability of contractual counterparties and the infrastructure (including barge
facilities, roadways and natural gas pipelines) available to serve each generation facility. Any disruption in the fuel delivery infrastructure or a counterparty’s failure
to perform, may lead to delays, disruptions or curtailments in the production of power at any of IC Power’s generation facilities. This risk of disruption is
compounded by the supplier concentration that characterizes many of IC Power’s operating companies.
Many of these suppliers are sole or monopolistic suppliers, and may exercise monopolistic control over their supply of natural gas or heavy fuel oil to IC
Power. Kallpa’s generation facilities, for example, rely on a consortium of suppliers for the provision of natural gas and on a sole supplier for the transportation of
such natural gas. If these suppliers cannot perform under their contracts, Kallpa would be unable to generate electricity at its facilities and such a failure could
prevent Kallpa from fulfilling its contractual obligations and therefore have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business and financial results. Furthermore, as
these suppliers are the principal suppliers of natural gas and natural gas transportation services to substantially all generation facilities in Peru fueled by natural gas, a
change in the terms of their agreements with IC Power or other power generators, or a failure by either of these suppliers to meet their contractual obligations, could
have a significant effect on Peru’s entire electricity supply and, therefore, prompt the Peruvian governmental authorities to undertake certain remedial actions. Any
such actions could adversely affect Kallpa’s operations, or the expected operations of CDA and Samay I. Similarly, OPC relies on a single supplier and a single
transporter for the provision of its natural gas requirements. If such supplier is unable to perform under its contract with OPC, OPC would not be able to generate
electricity using natural gas, which could adversely affect OPC’s operations.
Governments have a high degree of influence in the economies in which IC Power operates.
IC Power operates or has investments in electricity generation businesses or pipeline projects in eleven countries and, therefore, is subject to significant and
diverse government regulation. The laws and regulations affecting IC Power’s operations are complex, dynamic and subject to new interpretations or changes. Such
regulations affect almost every aspect of IC Power’s utilities and energy businesses, have broad application and, to a certain extent, limit management’s ability to
independently make and implement decisions regarding numerous operational matters. Additionally, governments in many of the markets in which IC Power
operates frequently intervene in the economy and occasionally make significant changes in monetary, credit, industry and other policies and regulations.
Government actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among other measures, price controls, currency devaluations, capital
controls and limits on imports. IC Power has no control over, and cannot predict, what measures or policies governments may enact in the future. The results of
operations and financial condition of IC Power’s businesses may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policy or regulations in the jurisdictions in which
it operates if those changes impact, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
consumption of electricity and natural gas;
supply of electricity and natural gas;
operation and maintenance of generation, transmission or distribution facilities, including the receipt of temporary and/or permanent operational
licenses;
energy policy;
subsidies and incentives;
labor, environmental, or other laws;
31
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
economic growth;
currency fluctuations;
inflation;
capital control policies;
interest rates;
liquidity of domestic capital and lending markets;
fiscal policy;
tax laws, including the effect of tax laws on distributions from our subsidiaries;
import/export restrictions;
acquisitions, constructions, or dispositions of generation assets; and
other political, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries in which IC Power’s operating companies are based.
Uncertainty over whether governments will implement changes in policy or regulations affecting these or other factors in the future may also contribute to
economic uncertainty and heightened volatility in the securities markets.
Due to populist political trends that have become more prevalent in certain of the countries in which IC Power operates over recent years, some of the
governments or authorities in countries where IC Power operates might seek to promote efforts to increase government involvement in regulating economic activity,
including the energy sector, which could result in the introduction of additional political factors in economic decisions. For example, Bolivia has nationalized natural
gas and petroleum assets, as well as generation companies that compete with IC Power. For further information on the risks related to the Bolivian government’s
recent nationalization of certain generation companies, see “ – The Government of Bolivia has nationalized energy industry assets, and IC Power’s remaining
operations in Bolivia may also be nationalized. ”
IC Power’s failure to comply with existing regulations and legislation, or reinterpretations of existing regulations and new legislation or regulations, such as
those relating to the reduction of anti-competitive conduct, air and water quality, noise avoidance, electromagnetic radiation, fuel and other storage facilities, volatile
materials, renewable portfolio standards, cyber security, emissions performance standards, climate change, hazardous and solid waste transportation and disposal,
protected species and other environmental matters, or changes in the nature of the energy regulatory process may have a significant adverse impact on its financial
results.
IC Power’s results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the economic and political conditions in those countries in which it operates.
A significant number of IC Power’s operating and development projects are located in countries in emerging markets, and IC Power expects to have
additional operations in these or other emerging market countries. Many of these countries have a history of political, social and economic instability. IC Power’s
revenue is derived primarily from the sale of electricity, and the demand for electricity is largely driven by the economic, and thus the political conditions of the
countries in which it operates. Therefore, IC Power’s results of operations and financial condition are, to a large extent, dependent upon the overall level of
economic activity in these emerging market countries. Should economic or political conditions deteriorate in Peru, or in any of the other countries in which IC Power
operates, or in emerging markets generally, such an occurrence could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity. For example, IC Power is developing two projects in Peru – CDA and Samay I – which will collectively provide 1,110 MW of capacity, as
well as one project in Panama – Kanan – which will provide 92 MW of capacity. IC Power expects the demand for electricity to increase in Peru and Panama but, if
the increase in demand is less than the increase in capacity, this could affect the price levels in the relevant market, which, to the extent IC Power sells energy or
capacity on the spot market or enters into PPAs during a period of reduced demand and downward pressure on energy prices, may adversely affect IC Power’s
business or results of operations.
Inflation in any of the countries in which IC Power currently operates could adversely affect IC Power.
If any of the countries in which IC Power currently operates experiences substantial inflation in the future, the costs of IC Power’s operations could increase
and its operating margins could decrease, which could materially and adversely affect IC Power’s results of operations. A number of the countries in which IC
Power operates have experienced significant inflation in prior years, including Peru, IC Power’s primary country of operation. Inflationary pressures may also limit
IC Power’s ability to
32
Table of Contents
access foreign financial markets and may also prompt government intervention in the economy, including the introduction of government policies that may
adversely affect the overall performance of the Peruvian economy. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial
condition, results of operation or liquidity.
IC Power’s equipment, facilities and operations are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that are expected to become more
stringent in the future.
IC Power is subject to a broad range of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations which require it to incur ongoing costs and capital expenditures
and exposes IC Power to substantial liabilities in the event of non-compliance. These laws and regulations require IC Power to, among other things, minimize risks
to the natural and social environment while maintaining the quality, safety and efficiency of its facilities.
These laws and regulations also require IC Power to obtain and maintain environmental permits, licenses and approvals for the construction of new facilities
or the installation and operation of new equipment required for its business. Some of these permits, licenses and approvals are subject to periodic renewal. IC Power
expects environmental, health and safety rules to become more stringent over time, making its ability to comply with the applicable requirements more difficult.
Government environmental agencies could take enforcement actions against IC Power for any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Such
enforcement actions could include, among other things, the imposition of fines, revocation of licenses, suspension of operations or imposition of criminal liability for
non-compliance. Environmental laws and regulations can also impose strict liability for the environmental remediation of spills and discharges of hazardous
materials and wastes and require IC Power to indemnify or reimburse third parties for environmental damages. As fuel leaks may occur when fuel is received from
containerships at sea (as is the case for fuel received in El Salvador and the Dominican Republic), sea water may be inadvertently polluted at the time of fuel receipt;
IC Power’s primary operational environmental risk relates to the potential leaking of such fuel. Although IC Power has operating procedures in place to minimize
this, and other, environmental risks, there is no assurance that such procedures will prove successful in avoiding inadvertent spills or discharges. Additionally,
compliance with changed or new environmental, health and safety regulations could require IC Power to make significant capital investments in additional pollution
controls or process modifications. These expenditures may not be recoverable and may consequently divert funds away from planned investments in a manner that
could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Restrictive exchange control policies, could have an adverse effect on IC Power.
Restrictive exchange rate control policies, or restrictive policies regarding the remittance of profits, dividends and royalties, could affect the ability of IC
Power’s operating companies to engage in foreign exchange activities, including paying dividends or other distributions to its shareholders. Although exchange rates
within Peru, for example, are determined by market conditions, with regular operations by the Peruvian Central Reserve Bank in the foreign exchange market in
order to reduce volatility in the value of Peru’s currency against the U.S. dollar, this has not always been the case. Should the relevant regulatory bodies in any of the
countries in which IC Power operates institute protectionist and interventionist laws and policies or restrictive exchange rate policies in the future, such policies
could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s operating companies or IC Power’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
IC Power’s growth may be limited by antitrust laws.
IC Power has acquired a number of operating power generation companies. In the future, IC Power may seek to expand its operations within any of the
countries in which it currently, or may, operate. Government policies, specifically antitrust and competition laws in these relevant countries, can impact IC Power’s
ability to execute this strategy successfully.
In Peru, for example, INDECOPI, the Peruvian antitrust regulator, reviews acquisition agreements that may affect market concentration and, in connection
with such review, may, impose conditions upon the parties to such agreements.
Similarly, in Israel, the Antitrust Authority is authorized to prevent market power accumulation through the regulation of mergers in Israel. Additionally, IC
Power’s expansion activities in Israel may be limited by the Law for Promotion of Competition and Reduction of Concentration – 2013, or the Concentration Law .
Pursuant to such law, if IC Power, a company controlled by IC Power, or a company which controls IC Power, intends to obtain or purchase a license for the
production of electricity in the future for a power plant which exceeds 175MW, such obtainment or purchase will be subject to the procedures set forth in the
Concentration Law, the PUAE, and the Ministry of National Infrastructures, Energy and Water Resources, which will consider how such obtainment or purchase
may affect the concentration in the power generation market. Therefore, certain acquisitions and/or activities considered by IC Power may be restricted if the
applicable regulators believe it would result in excessive concentration within the power generation market or is otherwise not in compliance with relevant antitrust
regulations.
33
Table of Contents
Additionally, IC Power may consider disposing of certain assets, or equity interests in certain of its operating assets, to further its development and operational
expansion. Such dispositions may also be impacted by antitrust and competition laws in the countries in which IC Power operates, if the acquirers of such interest
have significant interests in the power generation market. For example, IC Power’s 2014 sale of its 21% indirect interest in Edegel to Edegel’s indirect controlling
shareholder was subject to regulatory approval from INDECOPI.
Certain of IC Power’s facilities are affected by climate conditions and changes in the climates of the countries in which these facilities operate could have a
material adverse effect on IC Power.
Certain of IC Power’s generation facilities are based, among other things, on hydroelectric power generation. As a result, their operating results are directly
impacted by water sources which are, in turn, affected by the amount of rainfall and snowmelt. The results of IC Power’s gas-powered plants may also be impacted
by the amount of rainfall and snowmelt, as the utilization of such plants is generally dictated by the efficiency with which such plants can produce energy under
existing climate conditions, so increased rainfall or snowmelt can result in increased utilization of hydroelectric plants, reducing utilization of IC Power’s plants
powered by gas and heavy fuels.
Additionally, certain IC Power facilities are also exposed to climate change risk and to the specific natural phenomena occurring in their respective countries
of operation, including earthquakes (due to heightened seismic activity), hurricanes and flooding, landslides, volcanic eruptions, fire, El Niño (a meteorological
phenomenon causing weather anomalies in certain Latin American countries), and other natural disasters. The occurrence of any of the natural calamities listed
above may cause significant damage to IC Power’s power stations and facilities.
IC Power could experience severe business disruptions, significant decreases in revenues based on lower demand arising from climate changes, catastrophic
events, or significant additional costs to IC Power not otherwise covered by business interruption insurance policies. There may be an important time lag between a
major climate change event, accident or catastrophic event and IC Power’s recovery from any insurance policies, which typically carry non-recoverable deductible
amounts, and in any event are subject to caps per event. Additionally, any of these events could cause adverse effects on the energy demand of some of IC Power’s
customers and of consumers generally in the affected market the occurrence of which could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.
IC Power has granted rights to the minority holders of certain of its subsidiaries.
Although IC Power owns a majority of the voting equity in certain of its businesses, it has entered into, and may, and in some instances, may be required to,
continue to enter into, shareholder agreements granting minority rights to the minority shareholders of certain of those entities. Among other things, these
shareholder agreements generally grant the applicable minority shareholder veto rights over significant acquisitions and dispositions as well as the incurrence of
significant debt. Therefore, IC Power’s ability to develop and operate any of its businesses governed by a shareholder agreement may be limited if it is unable to
obtain the approval of a minority shareholder for certain corporate actions IC Power deems to be in the best interest of it. In addition, such shareholder agreements
may limit IC Power’s ability to dispose of its interests in any these businesses. IC Power’s operation of its subsidiaries may also subject IC Power to litigation
proceedings initiated by the minority shareholders of its subsidiaries. For example, IC Power was involved in litigation proceedings initiated by Crystal Power
Corporation, Limited, or Crystal Power, the holder of a non-controlling interest in Nejapa. For further information on the litigation, see “ Item 4B. Business
Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power – IC Power’s Legal Proceedings – Nejapa Power Company, LLC – Legal Process With a Minority Shareholder. ”
IC Power is exposed to commodity price volatility.
IC Power purchases and sells electricity in the wholesale spot markets. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, IC Power purchased 18%,
21% and 16% of the electricity that it sold on the spot market, respectively. As a result, IC Power is exposed to spot market prices, which tend to fluctuate
substantially. Unlike most other commodities, electric power can only be stored on a very limited basis and generally must be produced concurrently with its use. As
a result, power prices are subject to significant volatility from supply and demand imbalances, especially within the spot markets. Typically, spot market prices for
electricity are volatile and the demand for such electricity often reflects the cyclical fluctuating cost of coal, natural gas and oil, rain volumes or the conditions of
hydro reservoirs. The Peruvian and Chilean electricity markets are also indirectly affected by the price of copper, as a result of the electricity-intensive mining
industry, which represents a significant source of the electricity demand in these markets. Therefore, a decline in such mining activity could adversely affect IC
Power, and any changes in the supply and cost of coal, natural gas and oil, rain volumes, the conditions of hydro reservoirs, the unexpected unavailability of other
generating units, or the supply and cost of copper, may impact the volume of electricity demanded by the market. Volatility in market prices for fuel and electricity
may result from many factors which are beyond IC Power’s control and IC Power does not generally engage in hedging transactions to minimize such risks.
34
Table of Contents
IC Power is exposed to certain counterparty risks.
IC Power’s cash flows and results of operations are dependent upon the continued ability of its customers to meet their obligations under their relevant PPAs.
Additionally, a small number of customers purchase a significant portion of IC Power’s output under PPAs that account for a substantial percentage of the
anticipated revenue of IC Power’s operating companies. Although IC Power’s operating companies evaluate the creditworthiness of their various counterparties, IC
Power’s operating companies may not always be able to, if at all, fully anticipate, detect, or protect against deterioration in a counterparty’s creditworthiness and
overall financial condition. The deterioration of creditworthiness or overall financial condition of a material counterparty (or counterparties) could expose IC Power
to an increased risk of non-payment or other default under its contracts with them. For example, CEPP, IC Power’s Dominican Republic generation subsidiary, has
experienced significant payment delays under its PPAs. Any default by any of IC Power’s key customers could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
IC Power relies on power transmission facilities that it does not own or control and that are subject to transmission constraints. If these facilities fail to provide IC
Power with adequate transmission capacity, IC Power may be restricted in its ability to deliver wholesale electric power and it may either incur additional costs or
forego revenues.
IC Power depends upon transmission facilities owned and operated by others to deliver the wholesale power it sells from its power generation plants. If
transmission is disrupted, or if the transmission capacity infrastructure is inadequate, IC Power’s ability to sell and deliver wholesale power may be adversely
impacted. If the power transmission infrastructure in one or more of the markets that IC Power serves is inadequate, their recovery of wholesale costs and profits
may be limited. If restrictive transmission price regulation is imposed, the transmission companies may not have sufficient incentive to invest in expansion of
transmission infrastructure. IC Power cannot predict whether transmission facilities will be expanded in specific markets to accommodate competitive access to
those markets, a failure of which could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
If any of IC Power’s generation units are unable to generate energy as a result of a breakdown or other failure, IC Power may be required to purchase energy on
the spot market to meet its contractual obligations under the relevant PPAs.
The breakdown or failure of one of IC Power’s generation facilities may require IC Power to purchase energy in the spot market to meet its contractual
obligations under its PPAs, while simultaneously resulting in an increase in the spot market price of energy, resulting in a contraction, or loss, of IC Power’s
margins. In addition, the failure or breakdown of one of IC Power’s generation units may prevent that particular facility from performing under applicable PPAs
which, in certain situations, could result in termination of the PPA or liability for liquidated damages, the occurrence of which could have a material adverse effect
on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. IC Power maintains insurance policies for property value and business interruptions,
intended to mitigate any losses due to customary risks. However, IC Power cannot assure you that the scope of damages suffered in such an event would not exceed
the policy limits, deductions, losses, or loss of profits outlined in its insurance coverage. IC Power may be materially and adversely affected if it incurs losses that
are not fully covered by its insurance policies and such losses could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations
or liquidity. For further information on the risks related to IC Power’s insurance policies, see “– IC Power’s insurance policies may not fully cover damage, and IC
Power may not be able to obtain insurance against certain risks .”
Some of the countries in which IC Power operates, or will operate, have experienced significant levels of terrorist activity in the past and it is possible that a
resurgence of terrorism in any of these countries could occur in the future.
Some of the countries in which IC Power operates, or will operate, have experienced significant levels of terrorist activity in the past. For example, Peru, the
country in which IC Power primarily operates and that represented 48%, 57% and 59% of IC Power’s EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and
2012, respectively, experienced significant levels of terrorist activity that reached its peak of violence against the government and private sector in the late 1980s and
early 1990s. EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure. For a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .” Accordingly, acts of
terrorism could affect IC Power’s operations or construction projections. As a result of its recently-commenced operations in Israel, IC Power is also exposed to any
hostile activities occurring in Israel in connection with Israel’s ongoing security, economic and geopolitical conditions. For further information on the risks related to
IC Power’s operations in Israel, see “ – Risks Related to the Industries in Which Our Businesses Operate – The activities of certain of our businesses may be
impacted by the geopolitical, economic and security conditions in Israel and the Middle East. ”
35
Table of Contents
The interruption or failure of IC Power’s information technology and communications systems or external attacks and invasions of these systems could have an
adverse effect on IC Power.
IC Power depends on information technology, communication and processing systems to operate its businesses. Such systems are vital to each of IC Power’s
operating companies’ ability to monitor its power plants’ operations, maintain generation and network performance, adequately generate invoices to customers,
achieve operating efficiencies and meet its service targets and standards. In the last few years, global cyber-attacks on security systems and such systems have
intensified. IC Power is exposed to cyber-terrorist attacks aimed at damaging its assets through computer networks, cyber-spying involving strategic information that
may be beneficial for third parties, and cyber-robbery of proprietary and confidential information, including information on its clients. The occurrence, or the
success, of any such attacks could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Acquisitions may not perform as expected.
IC Power has recently completed several acquisitions and plans to continue to develop its portfolio through acquisitions in certain attractive markets,
including those in which it does not currently operate. Acquisitions require IC Power to spend significant sums on legal, financial advisory, construction costs and
other expenses and consume a portion of IC Power’s management’s focus. Acquisitions may increase IC Power’s leverage or reduce its profitability. Future
acquisitions may be large and complex, and IC Power may not be able to complete them successfully or at all.
Although acquired businesses may have significant operating histories at the time IC Power acquires them, IC Power will have no history of owning and
operating these businesses and potentially limited or no experience operating in the country in which these acquired businesses are located. In particular:
•
•
•
•
•
•
acquired businesses may not perform as expected;
IC Power may incur unforeseen obligations or liabilities;
the fuel supply needed to operate the acquired business at full capacity may not be available;
acquired businesses may not generate sufficient cash flow to support the indebtedness incurred to acquire them or the capital expenditures needed to
operate them;
the rate of return from acquired businesses may be lower than anticipated in IC Power’s decision to invest its capital to acquire them; and
IC Power may not be able to expand as planned or to integrate the acquired company’s activities and achieve the economies of scale and any expected
efficiency gains that often drive such acquisitions.
IC Power could face risks, or barriers to exit, in connection with the disposals of its interests in its businesses.
IC Power continually assesses the strategic composition of its power generation portfolio and may, as a result of its assessments, divest its interests in
businesses whose operations are inconsistent with IC Power’s long-term strategic plan. Divestitures can generate organizational and operational efficiencies, cash for
use in IC Power’s capital investment program and operations, and cash to repay outstanding IC Power debt. However, divestitures may also result in a decline in IC
Power’s net income, or profitability.
Additionally, IC Power may face exit barriers, including high exit costs or objections from various stakeholders, in connection with dispositions of certain of
its operating companies. For example, pursuant to Israel’s Electricity Market Law, the transfer of control over an entity that holds a generation license in Israel must
be approved by Israel’s Minister of Energy and Water. Additionally, pursuant to OPC’s PPA with the IEC and OPC’s syndicated credit agreement, both the IEC and
OPC’s lenders must consent to IC Power’s transfer of control of OPC to a third-party. Such restrictions, as well as similar restrictions contained within other
shareholder agreements or financing agreements in respect of IC Power’s other operational companies may prohibit IC Power from disposing of its interests in its
businesses, and such prohibitions may have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s development and growth strategy.
IC Power is exposed to material litigation and/or administrative proceedings.
IC Power and/or certain of its operating companies are currently involved in various litigation proceedings, and may be subject to future litigation
proceedings, any of which could result in unfavorable decisions or financial penalties against IC Power and/or certain of its operating companies, and IC Power will
continue to be subject to future litigation proceedings, which could have material adverse consequences to its business or the business of any of its operating
companies.
36
Table of Contents
For example, since 2010, the Peru Customs Authority (known as “SUNAT” for its abbreviation in Spanish) has issued tax assessments to Kallpa and its
lenders for payment of import taxes allegedly owed by Kallpa in connection with imported equipment for installation and construction of Kallpa I, II, III and IV. The
assessments were made on the basis that Kallpa did not include the value of the engineering services rendered by the contractor of the relevant project in the tax base
for the import taxes. Kallpa disagrees with these tax assessments on the grounds that the engineering services rendered (for which taxes are payable) include the
design of the plant but not the design of the imported equipment. Kallpa appealed the tax assessments before SUNAT and, after SUNAT confirmed the assessments,
before the Peruvian Tax Court, or the Tribunal Fiscal. Both SUNAT and the Peruvian Tax Court are administrative institutions under the Ministry of Economy and
Finance. In January 2015, Kallpa was notified that the Tribunal Fiscal had rejected Kallpa’s appeal in respect of the Kallpa I assessment. Kallpa disagreed with the
Tribunal Fiscal’s decision and appealed this decision to the Peruvian Judiciary. In order to appeal the Kallpa I ruling, Kallpa is required to pay the tax assessment of
Kallpa I in the amount of approximately $12.6 million, which amount consists of the tax assessment for Kallpa I, plus related interest and fines. As of the date of this
annual report, Kallpa has paid approximately $10 million of the $12.6 million assessment, and expects to pay the remaining amount once SUNAT formally notifies
Kallpa of the remaining assessment. To the extent that Kallpa’s appeal is successful, it is entitled to seek the return of the amounts paid (under protest) to SUNAT.
As of the end of February 2015, the total amount of import taxes claimed by SUNAT against Kallpa in connection with the import of equipment related to the Kallpa
I, II, II and IV projects, equals approximately $34.8 million, including penalty, interest and fines in the amount of $27.6 million.
Litigation and/or regulatory proceedings are inherently unpredictable, and excessive verdicts do occur. Adverse outcomes in lawsuits and investigations could
result in significant monetary damages, including indemnification payments, or injunctive relief that could adversely affect IC Power’s ability to conduct its business
and may have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s financial condition and results of operations or the financial condition and results of operations of any of its
operating companies. For example, the Peruvian tax court’s decision, with respect to Kallpa I, could have a negative impact on the outstanding rulings and
assessments in respect of the Kallpa II, III and IV projects. In addition, such investigations, claims and lawsuits could involve significant expense and diversion of
IC Power management’s attention and resources from other matters, each of which could also have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial
condition, results of operations or liquidity.
IC Power’s insurance policies may not fully cover damage, and IC Power may not be able to obtain insurance against certain risks.
IC Power maintains insurance policies intended to mitigate its losses due to customary risks. These policies cover IC Power’s assets against loss for physical
damage, loss of revenue and also third-party liability. However, IC Power cannot assure you that the scope of damages suffered in the event of a natural disaster or
catastrophic event would not exceed the policy limits of its insurance coverage. IC Power maintains all-risk physical damage coverage for losses resulting from, but
not limited to, fire, explosions, floods, windstorms, strikes, riots, mechanical breakdowns and business interruption. IC Power’s level of insurance may not be
sufficient to fully cover all losses that may arise in the course of its business or insurance covering its various risks may not continue to be available in the future. In
addition, IC Power may not be able to obtain insurance on comparable terms in the future. IC Power may be materially and adversely affected if it incurs losses that
are not fully covered by its insurance policies and such losses could have a material adverse effect on IC Power’s business, financial condition, results of operations
or liquidity.
Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros
Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013 and will therefore depend on external debt financing and guarantees or commitments from its shareholders
to finance its operations.
Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013 and the implementation of its business plan requires significant additional capital. Qoros expects the
estimated funding required by it to be provided by operating cash flows and, to a significant extent, external debt financing.
Qoros will continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing, and obtain additional shareholder financing, to meet its operating expenses,
financing expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ business plan contemplates debt financing of
approximately RMB9 billion. Qoros has secured RMB4.2 billion of long-term debt financing. However, there is limited capacity for additional borrowing under
Qoros’ existing credit facilities.
37
Table of Contents
Qoros did not experience significant sales volume in 2014. As the volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity
and future success, Qoros revised its business plan during the third quarter of 2014. As Qoros continues to pursue its commercial growth strategy, Qoros will need to
secure significant additional third-party debt financing to fund its business plan and support its operational expansion and development, and Qoros may be unable to
secure such third-party debt financing.
We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros’ development and, until it achieves significant sales,
its operating expenses financing expenses and capital expenditures. In September 2014, IC approved an outline to provide Qoros with funding of RMB750 million
and, in connection therewith, provided a shareholder loan of RMB350 million in December 2014. Kenon provided to Qoros a RMB400 million shareholder loan in
February 2015, using cash on hand and a $45 million drawdown under our credit facility with IC, satisfying Kenon’s obligations under the approved outline. Chery
also provided a RMB350 million shareholder loan in December 2014 and has agreed to provide a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, subject to certain
conditions but Chery has not yet provided such loan. Qoros requires such support, and will require additional financing, from each of its shareholders to conduct its
operations. For further information on Chery’s provision of such loan, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments –
Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .”
There is no certainty that Qoros’ existing financing facilities will remain available or that Qoros will succeed in securing the remaining debt financing
currently expected to be required for its activities. If Qoros’ business model is not viewed as successful by lenders, it may not be possible to obtain required debt
financing on attractive terms or at all. In addition, developments in Chinese regulations or local banking practices could create financing difficulties. There is also no
certainty that Chery will provide the contemplated RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros. A lack of, or delay in, financing could prevent Qoros from
continuing its commercial operations altogether, or may delay the launch or development of Qoros’ additional C-segment models, thereby preventing Qoros from
being able to fully and satisfactorily operate its business at a crucial time in its development. Furthermore, if the costs associated with this expected debt financing
are higher than expected, this could adversely impact Qoros’ profits. If required debt financing or third-party equity financing is not available to Qoros, we may
deem it necessary to make additional investments in Qoros through equity contributions, or provide Qoros with loans, or other forms of financial support.
For example, in connection with Qoros’ entry into its RMB1.2 billion syndicated credit facility for the research and development of C-platform derivative
models, Quantum has pledged a portion of its equity interests in Qoros, and may be required to pledge up to 100% of equity interest in Qoros. As a result of such
pledge, we could lose all, or a portion of, our equity interest in Qoros. Additionally, our ability to pledge all, or a portion of, our equity interest in Qoros in
connection with future financing agreements may be limited. Further, in connection with the RMB400 million shareholder loan Chery has agreed to provide to
Qoros in connection with the release of its guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit
facility, we have agreed, in the event that Chery provides such shareholder loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not subsequently released, to work with Chery
and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of this guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon
guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment
obligations under Chery’s guarantee, among other possibilities.
As of December 31, 2014, Qoros had current liabilities of RMB6.2 billion, including RMB1.6 billion (approximately $257 million) of shareholder loans, and
current assets of RMB2.1 billion, including cash and cash equivalents of RMB752 million. Qoros has short term and working capital credit facilities, but amounts
available under such facilities are limited, and availability of such funds is subject to lender approval. Accordingly, unless and until Qoros achieves sales levels that
will result in positive operating cash flows, or generates revenues from external sources (e.g., derives income from the platform sharing agreement it recently entered
into with Chery, as discussed below), Qoros will be dependent upon external financing (to the extent available) and shareholder funding to meet its liquidity
requirements, including its operating expenses, debt service payments and capital expenditures, and without such funding, Qoros may be unable to continue
operations.
For further information on the risks associated with our businesses’ failure to independently meet their capital requirements, see “— Risks Related to Our
Diversified Strategy and Operations – Some of our businesses, particularly Qoros, have significant capital requirements. If these businesses are unable to obtain
sufficient financing from third party financing sources, they may not be able to operate, and we may deem it necessary to provide such capital, provide a guaranty
or indemnity in connection with any financings, provide collateral in connection with any financings, including via the cross-collateralization of assets across
businesses, or refrain from investing further in any such businesses, all of which may materially impact our financial position and results of operations. ”
38
Table of Contents
Qoros’ future success is dependent upon its implementation of its business plan, including an increase in sales volumes and continued expansion of its dealer
network.
Qoros’ success will depend, in large part, on its ability to achieve several important steps in the implementation of its business plan, which Qoros revised
during the third quarter of 2014. Such milestones include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
successfully launching the Qoros brand;
continued expansion of its dealer network;
build-up of its aftersales and services infrastructure;
continued ramping up of its production to high volume manufacturing;
managing its procurement, manufacturing and supply processes;
establishing effective customer service processes; and
securing significant debt financing to support its further growth and development.
Qoros is seeking to optimize its cost structure, and may undertake cost-cutting measures, including workforce optimizations, to align its operations with its
business plan.
Qoros’ ability to effectively implement its business plan requires the execution of effective planning and management processes, and such execution may be
influenced by factors outside of Qoros’ control, such as Qoros’ ability to sell its vehicle models within Qoros’ targeted price range, at competitive prices, or at prices
that generate profits for Qoros.
Qoros sold approximately 7,000 vehicles in 2014. The volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity, future
success, and the ability to continue its commercial operations altogether. Qoros may have difficulty in expanding its dealer network if existing dealers are not
performing well in terms of sales, and a delay in expanding its dealer network could make it difficult for Qoros to increase sales levels, which could have a
significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity and future success, as well as on the value of Kenon’s investment in Qoros, which may result in Kenon’s recognition of an
impairment charge in respect of Qoros.
If Qoros does not achieve some, or all, of its development or commercial milestones in a timely manner, Qoros may be unable to establish itself as a brand or
a viable business and Qoros may be unable to obtain necessary financing from third party lenders or its shareholders.
In September 2014, Qoros’ board of directors approved a five-year business plan, which reflected lower forecasted sales volumes and assumed the minimal
level of capital expenditure necessary for such sales volumes. As a result of Qoros’ adoption of its new business plan in September 2014, impairment tests of Qoros’
operating assets were performed as of September 30, 2014 and as of December 31, 2014. For further information on Qoros’ impairment tests, including its key
assumptions, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates – Impairment Analysis –
Impairment Test of Qoros .”
Qoros is significantly leveraged.
As of December 31, 2014, Qoros had RMB7.3 billion (approximately $1.2 billion) of outstanding indebtedness consisting of current and non-current loans
and borrowings of RMB3.4 billion and RMB3.9 billion, respectively, and including shareholder loans of RMB1.6 billion (approximately $257 million). Pursuant to
its business plan, Qoros intends to finance its continued development with significant additional external debt financing, a significant portion of which it has not yet
secured.
Highly leveraged businesses are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues, increases in expenses and interest rates, and adverse market conditions.
This is especially true for Qoros, as Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013 and has yet to generate positive cash flows from its operations. Qoros
uses a portion of its cash flows from operations to make debt service payments, thereby reducing its ability to use its cash flows to fund its operations, capital
expenditures, or future business opportunities. In addition, Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility, RMB1.2 billion syndicated credit facility, and RMB200
million working capital loan contain financial, affirmative and negative covenants. Those facilities, as well as its other short-term credit facilities, also contain events
of default and mandatory prepayments for breaches, including certain changes of control, and for material mergers and divestments, among other provisions. A
significant percentage of Qoros’ assets secures its RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility and, as a result, the amount of collateral that Qoros has available for future
secured debt or credit support and its flexibility in dealing with its secured assets is therefore relatively limited, which could have a material adverse effect on Qoros’
business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
39
Table of Contents
Currently, Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio is higher, and its current ratio is lower, than the allowable ratios set forth in the terms of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated
credit facility. Additionally, Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio is higher, and its current ratio is lower, than the allowable ratios set forth in the terms of Qoros’ RMB200
million working capital facility. In 2014, the syndicated consortium of Qoros’ syndicated credit facility and the lender under Qoros’ working capital facility
recognized Qoros’ ongoing transition to commercial sales and operations and waived Qoros’ compliance with the financial covenants under this facility through the
first half of the 2017 fiscal year. As a result, Qoros will not be required to comply with these financial covenants until July 2017 (or later, if additional waivers are
granted). The waivers also provide that, after Qoros enters into a continuous and sustained operating period, a request for adjustment of the financial covenants, as
necessary, can be submitted to the syndicated loan group or the lender under the working capital facility, as applicable, for consideration. Should Qoros’ debt-to-
asset ratio continue to exceed, or its current ratio continue to be less than, the permitted ratios in any period after June 30, 2017, and Qoros’ syndicated lenders or
working capital lender, as applicable, do not waive such non-compliance or revise such covenants so as to ensure Qoros’ compliance, Qoros’ lenders could
accelerate the repayment of borrowings due under Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility or RMB200 million working capital facility.
In the event that any of Qoros’ lenders accelerate the payment of Qoros’ borrowings, Qoros may not have sufficient liquidity, or access to liquidity, to repay
its debt under the syndicated credit facility, the relevant short-term facility, or both, as well as maintain payments on its remaining credit facilities. Additionally, as
Qoros is significantly leveraged and a significant portion of its assets, including its recently completed manufacturing facility, secures its syndicated credit facility,
Qoros’ inability to comply with the terms of its debt agreements could result in the foreclosure upon and loss of certain of Qoros’ assets, which could have a material
adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros is a joint venture in which our interest is only 50%.
We have a 50% stake in Qoros, with the remaining 50% interest owned by Wuhu Chery, a subsidiary of Chery, a state controlled holding enterprise and large
Chinese automobile manufacturing company, that has been producing automobiles since 1999.
Our joint venture partner, Chery, has established a joint venture, Chery Technical Center Shanghai with another automobile manufacturer in China,
Jaguar/Land Rover, and Chery may enter into additional joint venture agreements, subject to the terms of our Joint Venture Agreement, in the future. Consequently,
Wuhu Chery or Chery may have goals, strategies, priorities, or resources that conflict with our goals, strategies, priorities or resources, which may adversely impact
our ability to jointly and effectively own Qoros, undermine Wuhu Chery or Chery’s commitment to Qoros’ long-term growth, or adversely impact Qoros’ business.
Furthermore, Chinese regulations prevent us, as a non-Chinese entity, from holding a greater than 50% equity interest in Qoros. As a result, should we invest
additional equity into Qoros, Kenon will not experience an increase in its equity ownership of Qoros. The Joint Venture Agreement provides that Wuhu Chery may
purchase our interest in Qoros in the event of the termination of the Joint Venture Agreement, which is triggered upon the occurrence of certain events, including the
nationalization or confiscation, in whole or in substantial part, of Qoros’ assets, Qoros’ bankruptcy, certain breaches of the Joint Venture Agreement, the occurrence
of certain force majeure events, and a deadlock of the board of directors of Qoros as to matters where the lack of a decision could materially and adversely affect
Qoros. In the event of the termination of the Joint Venture Agreement, Wuhu Chery may purchase our interest in Qoros at an agreed upon price or at the price
determined by an independent appraiser selected or appointed, as applicable, pursuant to the valuation procedure set forth in the Joint Venture Agreement.
The Joint Venture Agreement also contains provisions relating to the transfer and pledge of Qoros’ shares, the appointment of executive officers and directors,
and the approval of “substantial matters,” which may prevent us from causing Qoros to take actions that we deem desirable.
For further information on the terms of our Joint Venture Agreement with Chery, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – Qoros – Qoros’ Joint
Venture Agreement .”
Qoros has entered into certain arrangements and agreements with Chery.
Although Qoros is under no obligation to do so, Qoros sources its engines, and certain spare parts, from Chery in the ordinary course of Qoros’ business.
Additionally, Qoros has recently entered into a platform sharing agreement with Chery, pursuant to which Qoros provides Chery with the right to use Qoros’
platform in exchange for a fee. Qoros may also enter into additional commercial arrangements and agreements with Chery, or parties related to it, in the future.
40
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the Joint Venture Agreement, all of Qoros’ transactions with parties related to it are subject to the approval of Qoros’ board of directors. However,
Qoros’ entry into related party transactions could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when Qoros’ board of directors is faced with decisions that
could have different implications for Qoros and Chery, which may have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ operations and financial position.
For further information on Qoros’ commercial arrangements with Chery, see Note 28 to Qoros’ consolidated financial statements, included in this annual
report.
Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013 and has a history of losses and expects to continue to incur losses, at least until it reaches higher sales
volumes.
Qoros incurred losses of RMB2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 and has had losses in almost every quarter since its inception. Qoros
commenced sales at the end of 2013 and has launched three vehicle models since then. Qoros sold approximately 7,000 vehicles in 2014. Qoros may have difficulty
in expanding its dealer network if existing dealers are not performing well in terms of sales, and a delay in expanding its dealer network could make it difficult for
Qoros to increase sales levels.
Qoros believes that it will continue to incur operating and net losses each quarter until it begins significant deliveries of its vehicle to dealers if and when it
achieves higher sales volumes.
Additionally, Qoros will continue to incur costs in the future as it engages in activities related to:
•
•
•
•
•
the design, development and manufacturing of other new models;
increasing its sales and marketing activities;
sourcing and building up inventories of parts and components for its various models;
expanding its design, development, and manufacturing capabilities, including in connection with the expansion of its manufacturing facility; and
increasing its general and administrative functions to support its growing operations.
As a result of its expected development of additional vehicle models in 2015, Qoros expects to continue to make significant investments during this period as
Qoros continues to deploy its full-scale commercial sales model. Qoros may also incur substantial marketing costs and expenses in the future as it continues to
promote its new vehicle models through the use of traditional media such as television, radio and print as well as non-traditional and online media. Qoros will also
incur substantial costs, including financing costs, in connection with the continued development of its various vehicle models and the implementation of phase two
of its manufacturing facilities if Qoros expands its manufacturing facility to increase its production capacity. As a result of the significant investments and costs
Qoros may continue to make and/or incur for a significant period of time, Qoros may not become profitable in the short-term, or at all.
Qoros’ vehicle models and brand are still evolving and may not be accepted by Qoros’ targeted consumer group, at Qoros’ targeted prices.
Qoros’ brand and business are relatively new, and Qoros’ targeted consumers may not accept Qoros’ models, style or brand at the anticipated or desired
velocity, or the anticipated or desired price if at all. Specifically, Qoros seeks to manufacture and sell to Chinese consumers Chinese vehicles which, with respect to
their design and operations, comply with recognized international standards and are comparable in quality and price to internationally manufactured vehicles. Qoros’
future business and profitability outlook depends, in large part, upon Qoros’ ability to sell vehicle models that will be accepted by young, modern, urban consumers,
in its targeted price range. The sector of the Chinese automobile market that Qoros targets is currently dominated by foreign brands, and Chinese car buyers may be
slower than expected in accepting a Chinese brand, may have a preference for other Chinese brands, or may not ultimately view Qoros’ vehicle models as an
attractive alternative to foreign brands at the price point targeted by Qoros, if at all.
Chinese consumers have historically indicated a strong preference for products that are internationally-branded. Such a preference for foreign-branded
products could impact the buying patterns of Qoros’ targeted consumers, which could affect the demand for Qoros’ vehicles and, as a result, also adversely impact
Qoros’ margins (e.g., as a result of Qoros increasing the content provided in each vehicle without concurrently increasing its price), or lower sales volumes, which
could have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
41
Table of Contents
Qoros depends upon a network of independent dealers to sell its automobiles.
As is customary in China, Qoros distributes and services its cars through a network of independent automobile dealers that are engaged on a non-exclusive
basis. Dealers maintain the primary sales and service interface with the ultimate consumer of Qoros’ products and, as a result, the quality of Qoros’ dealerships and
its relationship with its distributors are critical to Qoros’ success. Qoros also expects its dealers to generate the vast majority of the revenues that Qoros expects to
receive from the sale of spare parts and aftersales products. Consequently, Qoros’ success is dependent, in large part, upon a network of dealers, whose salespersons
Qoros does not directly employ and therefore cannot control. As a result, Qoros’ dealer network may not achieve the required standards of quality of service
producers within Qoros’ expected timeframe, if at all.
Qoros is still in the process of developing and establishing its dealer network, which will require Qoros’ dealers to construct their dealerships using their own
capital resources, with partial reimbursements from Qoros. As Qoros continues to develop its dealer network, such development will likely be affected by the
financial resources available to existing and potential dealers, the decisions dealers make as a result of the current and future sales prospects of Qoros’ vehicle
models, and the availability and cost of the capital necessary to acquire and hold inventories of Qoros’ vehicles for resale. Qoros’ ability to secure new dealers
depends, in part, upon the sales performance of Qoros’ existing dealers. Therefore, Qoros may have difficulty in expanding its dealer network if existing dealers are
not performing well in terms of sales, and a delay in expanding its dealer network could make it difficult for Qoros to increase sales levels. Continued delays in, or
other negative developments with respect to, the expansion of Qoros’ dealer network could have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros’ business is subject to intense competition.
China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of GDP in recent years, and has been the fastest growing among major passenger
vehicle markets in the world. The passenger vehicle market in China is highly competitive. Many of the largest global manufacturers, through joint venture
relationships with Chinese manufacturers, and numerous established domestic manufacturers compete within this market. Accordingly, Qoros competes with the
established automobile manufacturers, particularly to the European, U.S., Korean and Japanese automakers. Most of Qoros’ current and potential competitors have
longer operating histories, broader customer relationships, greater name recognition, and established customer bases, financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing
and other resources. As a result, many of these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the design, development, manufacturing, distribution,
promotion, pricing sale and support of their products, which could impair Qoros’ ability to operate within this market or adversely impact Qoros’ sales volumes or
margins.
As the size of the Chinese passenger vehicle market continues to increase, Qoros anticipates that additional competitors, both international and domestic, will
seek to enter the Chinese market and that existing market participants will try to maintain or increase their market share. Increased competition may result in price
reductions, reduced margins and Qoros’ inability to gain or hold market share. If Qoros is unable to succeed or gain significant market share in the Chinese market,
or sell its vehicles with its expected margins, in light of increased competition in the passenger vehicle market, or if vehicle sales in China decrease or do not
continue to increase as expected, this could have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros’ success depends, in part, upon its ability to protect, and maintain ownership of, its intellectual property.
Qoros has independently developed, patented and owns numerous motor vehicle technologies, including technologies related to human machine interface, or
HMI, motor vehicles, and motor vehicle platforms, parts, components and accessories for motor vehicles. Qoros believes that such technologies provide it with a
competitive advantage and the platform with which to produce international-standard vehicles for its targeted Chinese consumers. Additionally, Qoros owns the
brands, trade names, trademarks, or emblems developed in connection with, or with respect to, any of its vehicles. If Qoros fails to protect its intellectual property
rights adequately, Qoros’ competitors might gain access to its technology, and its brand or business may be adversely affected. Qoros relies on copyright, trade
secret and patent laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its proprietary methods and technologies and trademark laws to protect the
brands, trade names, trademarks, or emblems developed in connection with, or with respect to, any of Qoros’ vehicles. Qoros currently holds patents in China, the
European Union and the U.S., and has pending patent applications in various countries. Further, Qoros has trademark registrations and applications in various
markets in Asia, the Middle East, Europe, North America, South America, Africa, Australia, and New Zealand. Patents may not be granted for Qoros’ pending
patent applications, and the claims allowed on any issued patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect Qoros’ technologies. Any patents or trademarks currently
held by Qoros, or that may be issued to Qoros in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents or
trademarks may not actually provide Qoros with adequate defensive protection or competitive advantages. Additionally, the process of applying for patent and
trademark protection is expensive and time-consuming, and Qoros may not be able to complete all necessary or desirable patent and trademark applications at a
reasonable cost or in a timely manner.
42
Table of Contents
Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of Qoros’ technology, or trademarks, may prove difficult as the laws of some foreign countries may not be as
protective of intellectual property rights as those of the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of Qoros’ proprietary rights in such countries may be
inadequate. From time to time, Qoros may need to initiate legal action to enforce its intellectual property rights, to protect its trade secrets, to determine the validity
and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend itself against claims of infringement. Qoros has previously been a defendant in suits with respect to Qoros’
alleged infringement of the intellectual property of other vehicle manufacturers, including with respect to Audi, a claim which was settled in August 2014. Any such
litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of limited resources and could negatively affect Qoros’ business, reputation or brand. If Qoros is unable
to protect its proprietary rights (including aspects of its technology platform), Qoros may lose its expected competitive advantage which could have a material
adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Finally, Qoros may, in the future, pledge certain of its intellectual property as collateral as a condition for its receipt of third-party financing. If so, a default on
Qoros’ obligations under the terms of such facility, could provide the secured parties with the right to foreclose on, and subsequently sell and/or license, all or a
portion of Qoros’ pledged patent rights, which would materially impair Qoros’ ability to conduct its business.
The economic, political and social conditions in China could have a material adverse effect on Qoros.
Substantially all of Qoros’ assets are located in China and Qoros expects that substantially all of its revenue will continue to be derived from its operations in
China in the short-term and that at least a substantial proportion of its revenues will be derived from its operations in China in the long-term. Accordingly, Qoros’
results of operations and prospects are subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal developments in China. China’s economy differs from the
economies of most developed countries in many respects, including government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign currency
exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although the
Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive
assets and the establishment of sound corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the Chinese
government. Additionally, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry by imposing industrial policies and continues to
exercise significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling the payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations,
setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.
China’s economy has experienced rapid growth, much of it due to the issuance of debt over the last few years. This debt-fueled economic growth has led to an
increase in the money supply and rising inflation. The Chinese government has implemented various measures from time to time to control China’s rate of economic
growth, control inflation and otherwise regulate economic expansion. These measures include imposing controls on bank credit, limiting loans and enacting other
restrictions on economic activities, such as measures to curb property, stock market speculation, and increasing inflation. These policies and procedures may, from
time to time, be modified or reversed, which could lead to a tightening of credit, which measures, if taken, could further reduce the economic activity in China,
reducing Qoros’ ability to obtain third party financing. Additionally, any economic, political or social crisis within China may also lead to a drastic decline in
economic activity which could lead to a decline in the demand for Qoros’ vehicles or the availability of third-party funding.
Qoros is subject to Chinese regulation and its business or profitability may be affected by changes in China’s regulatory environment.
Local and national Chinese authorities have exercised and will continue to exercise substantial control over the Chinese economy through regulation and state
ownership, including rules and regulations that regulate or affect the Chinese automobile manufacturing process and concern vehicle safety and environmental
matters such as emission levels, fuel economy, noise and pollution. Additionally, China has recently permitted provincial and local economic autonomy and private
economic activities, and, as a result, Qoros is dependent upon its relationship with the local governments in the Jiangsu and Shanghai provinces. As a result, certain
of Qoros’ ongoing corporate activities are subject to the approval and regulation of the relevant authorities in China including, among other things, capital increases
and investments in Qoros, changes in the structure of Qoros’ ownership, increases in the production capacity, construction of Qoros’ production facilities, ownership
of trademarks, relocation of Qoros’ head office, the formation of subsidiaries, and the inclusion of Qoros’ products in the national catalogue for purposes of selling
them throughout China. Qoros’ operations are also sensitive to changes in the Chinese government’s policies relating to all aspects of the automobile industry. In
particular, Qoros’ production facility and products are required to comply with Chinese environmental regulations. In May 2014, in connection with the completion
of Qoros’ manufacturing facility, Qoros filed an Application for Environmental Impact Assessment with the Ministry of Environmental Protection, or MEP, to
obtain final approval for Qoros’ production facility. As of the date of this annual report, MEP’s approval of Qoros’ facility remains pending.
43
Table of Contents
Qoros has incurred, and expects to incur in the future, significant costs in complying with these, and other applicable, regulations and believes that its
operations in China are in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local Chinese governments may impose
new, conflicting or stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts by Qoros to ensure its
compliance with such regulations or interpretations or maintain its competitiveness and margins. Qoros’ ability to operate profitably in China may be harmed by any
such changes in China, Jiangsu, or Shanghai’s laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulations, land use rights, property, or the
aforementioned corporate matters. Qoros’ failure to comply with such laws and regulations may also result in fines, penalties or lawsuits, which could have a
material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
The Chinese passenger vehicle market may not continue to grow as expected.
Qoros has strategically located its operations, and designed its vehicle models for consumers, within China so as to directly access the largest and the fastest
growing automobile markets in the world. If the Chinese passenger vehicle market does not continue to grow, this could materially affect demand for Qoros’
vehicles. For example, if the prices for provincial license plates continue to increase, particularly in Shanghai, where Qoros’ selling efforts are focused, such an
increase may reduce the demand for passenger vehicles in China and thereby have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial conditions, results of
operations or liquidity.
Qoros requires qualified personnel to manage its operations.
Qoros’ senior executives are important to Qoros’ success, the establishment of Qoros’ strategic direction, and the design and implementation of Qoros’
business plan. Qoros also requires qualified and competent employees to independently direct its day-to-day business operations, execute its business plans, and
service Qoros’ customers, dealers, suppliers and other stakeholders. Qoros’ products and services are highly technical in nature. Therefore, Qoros must be able to
attract, recruit, hire and train skilled employees, including employees with the capacity to operate Qoros’ production line as well as employees possessing core
competencies in vehicle design and engineering. This includes developing talent and leadership capabilities in China, where the amount of skilled employees may be
limited. The unavailability of qualified personnel in these competitive specialties, or the loss of key Qoros executives, could negatively impact Qoros’ ability to meet
its growing operational and servicing demands. In addition, unpredictable increases in the demand for Qoros’ vehicle models may also exacerbate the risk of not
having a sufficient number of trained personnel. If Qoros fails to train and retain qualified personnel, or if it experiences excessive turnover, Qoros may experience
production/manufacturing delays or other inefficiencies, increased recruiting, training or relocation costs, or other difficulties, any of which could have a material
adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros is dependent upon its suppliers.
Qoros sources the component parts necessary for its vehicle models from over 100 suppliers. A number of Qoros’ component parts are currently obtained
from a single source. Qoros utilizes such single-source suppliers to manage its expenses and maintain consistency in its component parts. Many of Qoros’ suppliers
are European-based with manufacturing facilities in China. Additionally, although Qoros is under no obligation to do so, Qoros sources its engines, and certain spare
parts, from Chery.
Qoros maintains minimal inventories of the materials, systems, components and parts needed to conduct its manufacturing operations. Therefore, Qoros is
dependent upon the continued ability of its suppliers to deliver such materials, systems, components and parts in sufficient quantities and at such times that will
allow Qoros to meet its production schedules. As Qoros, consistent with industry practice, outsources a significant portion of its components and parts from
suppliers, it may be affected by any fluctuations in the expertise and manufacturing capabilities of its suppliers. Additionally, as Qoros’ suppliers may also supply a
significant portion of the components and parts of Qoros’ competitors, such concentration may expose Qoros and its competitors to increased pricing pressure.
Qoros may also be unable to procure the component parts necessary for its vehicle models if the established manufacturers with which it competes have the capacity
to influence Qoros’ suppliers. Although Qoros believes it may be able to establish alternate supply relationships and obtain or engineer replacement components in
the event a supplier, including Chery or a single-source supplier, is unable to supply Qoros with a necessary component part at a favorable cost, Qoros may be
unable to do so in the short-term, or at all, at prices or costs that it deems favorable. In addition, although Qoros believes that its component parts are available from
many suppliers, qualifying alternate suppliers or developing replacements for certain highly customized components of its vehicles may be time consuming and
costly or may force Qoros to make additional and unexpected modifications to its vehicle models’ designs or schedules. An unexpected shortage of materials,
systems, components or parts, if even for a relatively short period of time, could prevent Qoros from manufacturing its vehicles, cause Qoros to alter its production
designs, or prevent Qoros from timely supplying its dealers with the aftersales parts necessary for the servicing of Qoros’ vehicles. Such occurrences could adversely
impact Qoros’ relationships with its dealers or customers and thereby affect Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
44
Table of Contents
Increases in the prices of raw materials that are included within the component parts Qoros purchases from its suppliers, may increase Qoros’ costs and could
reduce Qoros’ profitability if Qoros cannot recoup the increased costs through increased vehicle prices. Qoros may not be able to maintain favorable arrangements
and relationships with its suppliers and, in particular, may not be able to secure or maintain, as applicable, contractual conditions comparable with those of Qoros’
main competitors.
Although Qoros does not believe that it is dependent upon any of its suppliers, Magna Steyr Fahrzeugtechnik AG & Co., KG, or Magna Steyr, a company
engaged in automobile design and engineering, has been engaged to develop Qoros’ platform and is an important provider of engineering services for Qoros’ various
C-segment models. In the event that Magna Steyr is unable to supply Qoros with its engineering services and support, Qoros will need to establish alternative
arrangements and may be unable to do so in the short-term, or at all, or on terms that are favorable to it.
Qoros manages its trades payable in connection with the management of its liquidity requirements. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, Qoros had trade
payables of approximately RMB321 million. If Qoros is unable to pay its suppliers on a timely basis, it may be unable to procure the parts, components and services
it requires to continue operating. For further information on Qoros’ liquidity and capital resources, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Qoros’ Liquidity
and Capital Resources. ”
Qoros’ manufacturing operations are still in a ramp up phase.
As Qoros continues to ramp up its production, there is a risk that Qoros will not be able to meet planned production volumes as required to successfully satisfy
the market demand for the C-segment models it plans to launch. Qoros may face delays and cost overruns which may occur as a result of factors beyond its control
such as disputes with suppliers or vendors. Any such delays in Qoros’ production could result in additional operating costs, adverse publicity, or diminished
relationships with Qoros’ customers or dealers which could have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros may experience delays and/or cost overruns with respect to the design, manufacture, launch and financing of new or enhanced models.
Historically, automobile customers have come to expect new or enhanced vehicle models to be introduced frequently, and Qoros’ business plan contemplates
the introduction of new vehicle models, as well as enhanced versions of existing vehicle models, over the short- and long-term. Additionally, as technologies
continue to evolve, Qoros will be expected to continually upgrade and adapt its vehicle models so that new vehicle models introduced into the market will
continually provide consumers with the latest automobile technology. Qoros’ introduction of both new and enhanced vehicle models will require significant
investments. Further, there can be no assurance that Qoros will be able to secure the necessary financing to fund the continued introduction of new and enhanced
vehicle models, design future vehicle models that will maintain the high quality standards required for Qoros’ branding image, meet the expectations of its
customers, and become commercially viable. Automobile manufacturers often experience delays and cost overruns in the design, manufacture and commercial
release of new and enhanced vehicle models and any delay in the financing, design, manufacture or launch of Qoros’ new or enhanced models could materially
damage Qoros’ brand, the development of its business and its financial position.
The economic and reputational costs associated with vehicle recalls could have a material adverse effect on Qoros.
From time to time, Qoros may recall certain of its vehicle models to address material performance, compliance or safety-related issues. The direct economic
costs Qoros may incur in connection with any such recalls may include the costs associated with the particular part’s development and replacement and the labor
costs associated with the removal and replacement of the defective part. Vehicle recalls, notwithstanding the size or scope, can also harm Qoros’ reputation and can
cause Qoros to lose customers, stop growing, or experience a reduction in market share. This is particularly true as Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of
2013 and, as a result, any such recalls may cause consumers to question the safety or reliability of Qoros’ vehicle models. Any direct economic costs incurred or lost
sales caused by future vehicle recalls, a failure by Qoros to issue a vehicle recall when appropriate, or Qoros’ failure to issue a vehicle recall on a timely basis, could
have a material adverse effect on Qoros’ reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Qoros’ separate financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, which are included in this annual report, have been audited by
auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB and, as such, you are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.
As an auditor of companies that are publicly traded in the United States, and a firm registered with the PCAOB, KPMG Huazhen (Special General
Partnership) is required to undergo regular PCAOB inspections. However, because Qoros has substantial operations within China, a jurisdiction in which the
PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese government authorities, KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership), and
any of its audit work in China with respect to Qoros, has not been inspected by the PCAOB.
45
Table of Contents
Inspections of other auditors conducted by the PCAOB outside of China have, at times, identified deficiencies in those auditors’ audit procedures and quality
control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the PCAOB’s inspection process to improve future audit quality. The lack of PCAOB inspections of audit
work undertaken in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership) audits and quality control procedures. As a
result, our shareholders may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections, and may lose confidence in Qoros’ separate financial statements and the procedures
and the quality underlying such financial statements.
If the China-based affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including the auditor of Qoros, were to violate the terms of a settlement agreement with the SEC
arising out of proceedings instituted by the SEC against them in late 2012, such violation could result in the Chinese member firms of the “big four” accounting
firms being suspended from practicing before the SEC which could, in turn, delay the timely filing of our, or Qoros’, financial statements with the SEC.
In late 2012, the SEC commenced administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
against the mainland Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including the auditor of Qoros, KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership). The Rule
102(e) proceedings initiated by the SEC related to the failure of these firms to produce documents, including audit work papers, in response to the request of the SEC
pursuant to Section 106 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
On January 22, 2014, Judge Cameron Elliot, an SEC administrative law judge, issued an initial decision suspending the Chinese member firms of the “Big
Four” accounting firms, including the Chinese KPMG network, from, among other things, practicing before the SEC for six months. In February 2014, the initial
decision was appealed. While under appeal and in February 2015, the Chinese member firms of “Big Four” accounting firms reached a settlement with the SEC. As
part of the settlement, each of the Chinese member firms of “Big Four” accounting firms agreed to settlement terms that include a censure; undertakings to make a
payment to the SEC; procedures and undertakings as to future requests for documents by the US SEC; and possible additional proceedings and remedies should
those undertakings not be adhered to.
Pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X, Kenon is required to attach Qoros’ separate audited financial statements to this annual report on Form 20-F, and
may be required to attach Qoros’ separate audited financial statements to its future annual reports on Form 20-F. Additionally, our independent registered public
accounting firm currently relies on the Chinese member firm of the KPMG network for assistance in completing the audit work associated with our investment in
Qoros. If the settlement terms are not adhered to, the Chinese member firms of “Big Four” accounting firms may be suspended from practicing before the SEC
which could in turn delay the timely filing of our, or Qoros’, financial statements with the SEC. In addition, it could be difficult for Qoros to timely identify and
engage another qualified independent auditor to replace KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership).
Any such occurrences may ultimately affect the continued listing of our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, or our registration
with the SEC, or both. Moreover, any further negative news about the proceedings, any violations of the settlement agreement relating to the proceedings or any
future proceedings against these audit firms may adversely affect investor confidence in companies with substantial mainland China based operations listed in, or
affiliated with listings in, the U.S., such as Qoros, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares and substantially reduce or
effectively terminate the trading of our ordinary shares in the United States.
Risks Related to Our Other Businesses
Risks Related to Our Interest in ZIM
As ZIM operates in the capital-intensive and cyclical marine shipping industry, ZIM may continue to experience losses, working capital deficiencies, negative
operating cash flow or shareholders’ deficiency in the future, despite the restructuring of its financial obligations and the reduction of its indebtedness and
liabilities.
On July 16, 2014, ZIM completed its financial restructuring, reducing ZIM’s outstanding indebtedness and liabilities (face value, including future off-balance
sheet commitments in respect of operational leases and with respect to those parties participating in the restructuring) from approximately $3.4 billion to a remaining
balance of approximately $2 billion. However, as marine shipping is a capital-intensive and cyclical industry, ZIM may continue to experience losses, working
capital deficiencies, negative operating cash flow or shareholders’ deficiency in the future, and such losses may not be offset by any cost savings realized by ZIM as
a result of the restructuring of its financial obligations and the reduction of its indebtedness and liabilities. Furthermore, as a result of the completion of ZIM’s
restructuring plan, it may be difficult for ZIM to incur additional debt on commercially reasonable terms, even if ZIM is permitted to do so under its restructured
debt agreements. Should any of the aforementioned occur, ZIM’s ability to pursue operational activities that ZIM considers to be beneficial to it may be affected
which may, in turn, further impair ZIM’s financial condition and operations.
46
Table of Contents
ZIM cannot guarantee that the completion of its restructuring plan will generate meaningful cost savings, if any, or that it will be able to realize the cost
savings and other anticipated benefits from its restructuring. If ZIM is unable to meet its obligations, ZIM would need to reach another arrangement with its creditors
(which may be on terms for ZIM or Kenon that are worse than those set out above) or become insolvent. Additionally, ZIM remains significantly leveraged and will
continue to face the risks associated with a highly leveraged company.
ZIM’s business plan may not be effective in returning ZIM to profitability.
The implementation of ZIM’s business plan depends on key assumptions related to future fuel prices, freight rates, global container shipping capacity, and
ZIM’s incorporation of larger, more efficient vessels. If actual prices, rates or industry capacity levels differ from these assumptions, such discrepancies could
materially and adversely impact ZIM’s operations and profitability. Additionally, the implementation of ZIM’s business and financial restructuring plans may place
significant strain on ZIM’s management systems, customer relationships, infrastructure, financial controls and procedures, employee relations, or other resources.
ZIM’s operational and financial restructuring plans may also be subject to difficulties, delays or unexpected costs, and ZIM’s ability to effectively implement its
business plan requires the execution of effective planning and management processes, which may be influenced by factors outside of ZIM’s control.
For example, ZIM has identified the Trans-Pacific Zone, which routes through the Panama Canal, as a key trade zone of operation. ZIM is considering adding
large container vessels to its fleet of vessels serving this trade zone. However, ZIM has no agreements in place with respect to such vessels and ZIM may be unable
to acquire or charter these vessels on attractive terms, or secure financing, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. This risk is further exacerbated
by the widening of the Panama Canal, which is expected to result in a significant increase in the utilization of very large container vessels within this trade zone. As
a significant portion of ZIM’s vessels will become increasingly less efficient to operate upon the completion of the Panama Canal’s expansion, if ZIM is unable to
incorporate such vessels into its fleet, this could adversely impact its business within this key trade zone. This risk is further exacerbated as a result of ZIM’s
inability to participate in certain alliances and thereby access larger vessels for deployment.
Additionally, ZIM has identified the Intra-Asia Zone, which covers trade within regional ports in Asia, as another key trade zone of operation. However, the
competitive dynamics in this market (e.g., lower barriers to entry due to shorter, fragmented routes and smaller ports , as well as a relatively large number of smaller
carriers operating within the market) may adversely impact ZIM’s ability to increase its market share within this trade zone.
Additionally, if the excess supply of container shipping capacity that currently characterizes the container shipping industry continues to exist for an extended
period of time, or disproportionately affects the key trade zones in which ZIM expects to focus its operations, ZIM’s business or results of operations may suffer. If
ZIM is unable to generate sufficient profitability or positive cash flows from its operations or to adequately reduce its cash outflows used in financing activities as a
result of the implementation of its business and restructuring plans, this could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity, could require ZIM to seek an additional arrangement to restructure its liabilities, or could result in ZIM’s insolvency.
The container shipping market is dynamic and volatile.
The container shipping market is relatively decentralized, dynamic and volatile by its very nature and has been marked in recent years by relative instability as
a result of the recent global economic crisis and the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply and demand for container shipping capacity. For
example, according to the Shanghai (Export) Containerized Freight Index, the high and low spot market freight rate per forty-foot equivalent units, or FEUs, was
approximately $1,585 and approximately $855 per FEU between February 2010 and February 2015, respectively, as compared to a spot market freight rate of
approximately $1,085 per FEU as of February 2015. Factors affecting spot market freight rates include:
•
•
•
•
•
global and regional trends in GDP;
demand and supply for container shipping capacity;
supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities and industrial products;
changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;
global imbalances with respect to the locations of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;
47
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;
the globalization of production and manufacturing;
global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, pirate attacks, embargoes and strikes;
developments in international trade;
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;
environmental and other regulatory developments;
currency exchange rates; and
weather conditions.
Rates within the charter market, which ZIM accesses to source a substantial portion of its capacity, and within the spot market, which provided customers for
approximately 60% of the capacity of ZIM’s vessels in 2014, are unpredictable and may also fluctuate significantly based upon these changes. Additionally,
responses to changes in market conditions may be slower as a result of the time it takes to build new vessels and adapt to market needs. As shipping companies
purchase vessels years in advance to address expected demand, vessels may be (i) delivered during times of decreased demand or (ii) unavailable during times of
increased demand, leading to a demand / supply mismatch. As global trends continue to change, it remains difficult to predict their impact on the container shipping
industry or ZIM, in particular. ZIM’s inability to adequately respond to any of these market changes, at all or in a timely fashion, could have a material adverse
effect on its business, financial conditions, results of operations or liquidity.
Excess supply of global container ship capacity may limit ZIM’s ability to operate its vessels profitably.
Container shipping capacity, approximately 18.4 million twenty-foot equivalent units, or TEUs, spread across approximately 5,035 vessels as of January 1,
2015, has increased significantly since the beginning of 2006 and continues to exceed the demand for container capacity. Such excess capacity is projected to further
increase in the near future, outpacing any expected increases in the demand for container capacity, as a result of the large global orderbook for newbuilding
containers. Many of these orders are for vessels with carrying capacity of 10,000 TEUs and above, which provide increased capacity for each shipping voyage while
also delivering cost-savings and efficiencies. Excess capacity results in reduced spot market and freight rates, which may adversely impact ZIM’s revenues,
profitability or asset values. It will take time to resolve the supply/demand capacity imbalance that was created as a result of the new vessels delivered during times
of low demand. Until such capacity is fully absorbed by the container shipping market and, in particular, the trade zones in which ZIM’s operations are focused, the
container shipping industry will continue to experience downward pressure on its spot market and freight rates and such prolonged pressure could have a material
adverse effect on ZIM’s operations, business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Operational partnerships within the container shipping industry may adversely impact ZIM’s profitability.
The container shipping industry has seen a trend towards strategic alliances of, and partnerships with, container liners, which can result in more efficient, and
accordingly more profitable, operations for shipping companies participating in such arrangements. For example, A.P. Moller-Maersk Group and Mediterranean
Shipping Company, the world’s two largest container liner companies, are parties to a 10-year vessel sharing agreement operating in the east-west trades, including
185 vessels, and representing an estimated capacity of 2.1 million TEUs. CMA CGM S.A., United Arab Shipping Company (S.A.G.) and China Shipping Container
Lines Co., Ltd. are each party to the “OceanThree” alliance, which operates 195 vessels representing an estimated capacity of 1.9 million TEUs.
ZIM is not a member of any alliances. As a result, ZIM does not benefit from the efficiencies of participation in such arrangements, and many of ZIM’s
competitors who do participate in such arrangements are able to achieve significant efficiencies as a result. ZIM is party to operational partnerships with other
carriers in most of the trade zones in which it operates, and ZIM may seek to increase its participation in those operational partnerships or similar arrangements with
other shipping companies or local operators, partners or agents. However, ZIM’s participation may be limited, in part, by ZIM’s status as an Israeli incorporated and
registered company, which has effectively limited ZIM’s ability to call on certain ports. If ZIM is not successful in expanding its operational partnerships, this could
adversely affect ZIM’s business operations. For further information on the risks related to ZIM’s status as an Israeli corporation, see “ – Risks Related to the
Industries in Which Our Businesses Operate – The activities of certain of our businesses may be impacted by the geopolitical, economic and security conditions in
Israel and the Middle East. ”
48
Table of Contents
Declines in freight rates or other market conditions could negatively affect ZIM’s business, financial condition, or results of operations and could thereby result in
ZIM’s incurrence of impairment charges.
ZIM examines whether there have been any events or changes in circumstances which would indicate an impairment at each reporting period. Additionally,
when there are indications of an impairment, an examination is made as to whether the carrying amount of the non-monetary assets or cash generating units, or
CGUs, exceeds the recoverable amount and, if necessary, an impairment loss is recognized. The projection of future cash flows related to ZIM’s CGU, which is one
CGU, is complex and requires ZIM to make various estimates including future freight or charter rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates, all of which have
been volatile historically. ZIM cannot assure that there will be no impairments in future years and impairment charges, if any, could negatively affect ZIM’s and/or
Kenon’s results of operations.
Israel holds a Special State Share in ZIM, which imposes certain restrictions on ZIM’s operations and our equity interest in ZIM.
The State of Israel holds a Special State Share in ZIM, which imposes certain limitations on the activities of ZIM that may negatively affect ZIM’s business
and results of its operations. For example, ZIM’s owned and chartered vessels, including those vessels that do not sail under the Israeli flag, may be subject to
control by the authorities of the State of Israel in order to protect the security of, or bring essential supplies and services to the State of Israel. In addition, Israeli
legislation allows the State of Israel to use ZIM’s vessels in times of emergency. The Special State Share, and the permit which accompanies it, also imposes
transferability restrictions on our equity interest in ZIM. Furthermore, although there are no contractual restrictions on any sales of our shares by our controlling
shareholders, if Idan Ofer’s ownership interest in Kenon is less than 36%, or Idan Ofer ceases to be the controlling shareholder, or sole controlling shareholder of
Kenon, then Kenon’s rights with respect to its shares in ZIM (e.g., Kenon’s right to vote and receive dividends in respect of its ZIM shares) will be limited to the
rights applicable to an ownership of 24% of ZIM, until or unless the State of Israel provides its consent, or does not object to, this decrease in Idan Ofer’s ownership
or “control” (as defined in the State of Israel consent received by IC in connection with the spin-off). The State of Israel may also revoke Kenon’s permit if there is a
material change in the facts upon which the State of Israel’s consent was based, upon a breach of the provisions of the Special State Share by Kenon, Mr. Ofer, or
ZIM, or if the cancellation of the provisions of the Special State Share with respect to a person holding shares in ZIM contrary to the Special State Share’s provisions
apply (without limitation). For further information on the Special State Share, see “Item 4B. Business Overview—Our Businesses—ZIM—ZIM’s Special State
Share.”
ZIM faces risks as a result of its status as an Israeli corporation.
ZIM is incorporated and based in Israel. Therefore, the existing security, economic and geopolitical conditions in Israel and the Middle East could affect
ZIM’s existing relationships with certain foreign corporations, as well as affect the willingness of potential partners to enter into business alliances with it. Numerous
countries, corporations and organizations limit their business activities in Israel and their business ties with Israeli-based companies. ZIM’s status as an Israeli
company has effectively limited ZIM’s ability to call on certain ports and has therefore impacted ZIM’s ability to enter into alliances or operational partnerships with
certain shipping companies, thereby having an adverse impact on ZIM’s operations or its ability to compete effectively within the trade zones in which it operates. In
addition, ZIM’s status as an Israeli company has effectively limited ZIM’s options to enter alliances that include certain carriers who are not willing to cooperate
with Israeli companies.
In July 2014, as a result of a military conflict in Gaza, ZIM’s west coast operations, were subject to political activity which, in certain instances, had
immaterial effects on ZIM’s operational activities. Any future deterioration in the security or geopolitical conditions in Israel and/or the Middle East could adversely
impact our business relationships and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Being an Israeli
company, ZIM is relatively more exposed to acts of terror, hostile activities by various factors (including damaging computer systems), security limitation that
concern Israeli organizations overseas, possible isolation by various organizations and institutions for political reasons and other limitations (such as bans to enter
certain ports). Additionally, ZIM’s owned and chartered vessels, including those vessels that do not sail under the Israeli flag, may be subject to control by the
authorities of the State of Israel in order to protect the security of, or bring essential supplies and services to, the State of Israel. Israeli legislation also allows the
State of Israel to use ZIM’s vessels in times of emergency. Any of the aforementioned factors may negatively affect ZIM and the results of ZIM’s activity. For
further information on the risks related to ZIM’s operations in Israel, see “– Risks Related to the Industries in Which Our Businesses Operate – The activities of
certain of our businesses may be impacted by the geopolitical, economic and security conditions in Israel and the Middle East. ” For further information on the risks
related to entry into operational partnerships within the shipping industry, see “– Operational partnerships within the container shipping industry may adversely
impact ZIM’s profitability. ”
49
Table of Contents
ZIM charters a substantial portion of its fleet and the cost associated with chartering such vessels is unpredictable.
ZIM charters a substantial portion of its fleet. As of December 31, 2014, of the 85 vessels through which ZIM provides transport services globally (83
container vessels and 2 vessels for shipment of vehicles), 70 vessels are chartered (including 5 vessels under finance leases), representing a percentage of chartered
vessels that is higher than the industry’s average. As a result, ZIM may experience higher operating expenses, in the form of increased charter fees. Additionally, a
rise in charter fees, even if minimal, is likely to adversely affect ZIM’s results of operation. Further, ZIM has previously entered into long-term charter
arrangements, some of which are still place, and it may be unable to take full advantage of short-term reductions in charter fees. The continued chartering of vessels
also depend upon the availability of such vessels and, should ZIM experience difficulty in finding vessels of the type required by it to service its customers
efficiently, or in finding such vessels at charter rates that are favorable to it, such an occurrence could adversely affect ZIM’s business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
The average size of ZIM’s vessels is smaller than many of its competitors, and ZIM may face difficulties as it incorporates larger vessels into its fleet.
Container shippers within the shipping industry have been incorporating, and are expected to continue to incorporate, larger, more efficient vessels into their
operating fleet. The continued deployment of larger vessels will adversely impact the competitiveness of those shipping companies that do not utilize such vessels in
their shipping operations in lieu of older, less fuel-efficient, and smaller capacity vessels. Furthermore, a significant introduction of large vessels, including mega-
vessels, into any trade zone will enable the transfer of existing, large vessels to other trade segments in which smaller vessels typically operate. Such “fleet
cascading” may in turn generate similar effects in the other, smaller trade zones in which ZIM operates.
ZIM’s vessels are generally smaller than the industry average. Although ZIM intends to reduce its ownership of such smaller vessels over time, as the relevant
charters expire, in light of the significant amount of vessels ZIM charters, ZIM will need time to effectively incorporate larger vessels into its fleet. ZIM may not be
able to update the vessels within its fleet on attractive terms, or at all. If, for example, ZIM is unable to invest in and/or procure suitably large vessels in a timely
fashion (e.g., if ZIM has not set aside funds or is unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel purchases), the utilization of larger vessels in the trade zones in which
ZIM operates may undermine ZIM’s ability to compete effectively in those respective trade zones, which could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business,
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. ZIM’s business plan contemplates the addition of large container vessels to its fleet. However, ZIM has no
agreements in place with respect to such vessels and ZIM may be unable to acquire or charter these vessels on attractive terms, or secure financing, if necessary, on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. As ZIM adapts its fleet and incorporates such vessels into its operations (via purchase or charter agreements), ZIM will
increase its exposure to the risks associated with overcapacity, which can be greater for larger vessels (e.g., increased capacity risk and downward pressure on
utilization rates). If ZIM is unable to alter its fleet composition in light of the increased deployment of larger vessels, or adequately manage its incorporation of
additional larger vessels into its fleet, such an occurrence could adversely affect ZIM’s business or results of operations.
ZIM’s fleet is relatively old compared to other top 20 carriers and the risks associated with such older vessels could adversely affect ZIM’s operations.
ZIM’s vessels are older than average among the other top 20 carriers (in terms of TEU capacity). Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more-
recently constructed vessels, as a result of their failure to reflect any improvements in engine technology. Additionally, insurance rates also generally increase with
the age of a vessel, making older vessels more expensive to operate, reducing ZIM’s efficiency and decreasing its profitability. Governmental regulations, safety or
other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to such vessels and may restrict
the type of activities in which such vessels may engage each of which may further impact ZIM’s operations and profitability. As ZIM’s vessels age, market
conditions may not justify these expenditures or enable ZIM to operate its vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives, which could have an adverse
impact on ZIM’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. ZIM may also incur relatively higher maintenance costs for its existing vessels. The
cost of maintaining a vessel generally increases with the age and running hours of the vessel.
ZIM is subject to environmental regulation and failure to comply with such regulation could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business.
ZIM is subject to many legal provisions relating to the protection of the environment, including the emissions of hazardous substances, sulfur oxides, or SOx,
and nitrogen oxides, or NOx, gas exhaust emissions, the operation of vessels while at anchor by means of generators, and the use of low-sulfur fuel or shore power
voltage and double walls for fuel tanks. For example, ZIM is subject to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (including
designation of Emission Control Areas thereunder), the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships Ballast Water & Sediments, the
International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea of 1996,
50
Table of Contents
the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Clean Water Act, and National Invasive Species
Act, among others. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require the installation of costly equipment or operational changes
and may affect the resale value or useful lives of ZIM’s vessels. ZIM may also incur additional compliance costs, and any such costs could have a material adverse
effect on ZIM’s business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. If ZIM fails to comply with any of the environmental regulations applicable to it,
ZIM could be exposed to significant environmental damages, criminal charges, or substantive harm to its operations and goodwill. Additionally, environmental laws
often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject ZIM to liability without regard to whether it
was negligent or at fault.
Such environmental requirements can also affect the resale value or useful lives of ZIM’s vessels, require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or
operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of or more costly insurance coverage for safety and environmental matters or result in ZIM’s denial
of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or ZIM’s detention in certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and
conventions, ZIM could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, natural resource damages, personal injury and property damage claims in the event
there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from ZIM’s vessels, or otherwise, in connection with ZIM’s operations. Violations of, or liabilities under,
safety and environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of ZIM’s
vessels and events of this nature could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business, reputation, financial condition, or results of operations.
The shipping industry is subject to extensive government regulation and standards, international treaties and trade prohibitions and sanctions.
The shipping industry is subject to extensive regulation that changes from time to time and that applies in the jurisdictions in which shipping companies are
incorporated, the jurisdictions in which vessels are registered (flag states), the jurisdictions governing the ports at which the vessels anchor, as well as regulations by
virtue of international treaties and membership in international associations. As a result, ZIM is subject to extensive government regulation and standards, customs
inspections and security checks, international treaties and trade prohibitions and sanctions, including laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which it
operates, including laws enacted by Israel’s Knesset, the U.S. Federal Maritime Commission, the International Safety and Management Code, or the ISM Code, and
the European Union. Any violation of such regulations, treaties and/or prohibitions could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business, financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity and may also result in the revocation or non-renewal of ZIM’s “time-limited” licenses.
While ZIM is also subject to regulations against harming competition in each of the various countries in which it operates, operational partnerships among
shipping companies in the shipping industry are generally exempt from the application of such antitrust laws. Recently, however, there has been a noticeable trend
within the international community to limit such exemptions and it is unclear whether such trends may impact the renewal of existing exemptions. As ZIM is party
to numerous operational partnerships and views such agreements as competitive advantages in response to the recent global economic crisis, an amendment or a
revocation of an exemption that affords shipping companies the ability to enter into operational partnerships and/or cooperative ventures could negatively impact
ZIM’s business and results of operations.
In November 2013, the European Commission published an announcement regarding its initiation of investigation procedures against certain maritime
shippers, including ZIM, due to a suspicion of coordinated activity among them. The European Commission intends to investigate whether the public notices of the
maritime shippers with respect to future increases in tariffs, which was published on the internet websites of such shippers in the press, caused or may have caused
damage to the industry’s competitiveness and to clients of the maritime shipping market to and from Europe. If determined to be guilty, any fines or sanctions levied
upon ZIM, could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business, reputation, financial condition, or results of operations.
There are numerous risks related to the operation of any sailing vessel and ZIM’s inability to successfully respond to such risks could have a material adverse effect
on ZIM.
There are numerous risks related to the operation of any sailing vessel, including the dangers associated with potential marine disasters, mechanical failures,
collisions, cargo losses or damages, poor weather conditions, the content of the load, exceptional load, meeting deadline, risks of documentation, maintenance and
the quality of fuels and piracy/hostile at-sea activity. The occurrence of any of the aforementioned factors could have a material adverse effect on ZIM’s business,
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
In the event ZIM lists its shares on a stock exchange for trading, changes in the market price of ZIM’s stock could have a material adverse effect on the value of our
investment in ZIM.
51
Table of Contents
ZIM may seek a public listing of its shares. Upon such listing, our ability to liquidate our 32% equity interest in ZIM, without adversely affecting the value of
these shares, may be limited. If we were to sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our equity interest in ZIM in the public market, the trading
price of ZIM’s shares could decline. Additionally, the perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of ZIM’s shares to
decline. Furthermore, the value of our interest in ZIM may be affected by economic and market conditions that are beyond our control. Globally traded securities
have been highly volatile and continued volatility, which may result in significant changes in ZIM’s market price, in particular, could also have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. If ZIM does not complete a listing of its shares, this would affect our ability to sell our
equity interest in ZIM, if we decide to do so.
We may be required to record a significant charge to our earnings if we are required to impair our investment in ZIM.
As of December 31, 2014, the balance of our investment in ZIM was $191 million. We performed an impairment test of our investment in ZIM as of
December 31, 2014 and concluded that the recoverable amount of our investment in ZIM was higher than the carrying amount. If ZIM is not commercially
successful or, if due to economic or other conditions, our assumptions regarding the performance of ZIM are not achieved or are revised downward, we would likely
be required to record impairment charges. Given ZIM’s recent restructuring, the current economic and competitive environment, and the uncertainties regarding the
impact on such restructuring and environment on ZIM, we cannot assure you that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of our impairment testing will
prove to be accurate predictions for the future. Additionally, any public listing of ZIM’s shares may also affect the value of our interest in ZIM and may therefore
result in our recognition of an impairment charge in respect of our investment in ZIM. Any impairment charges in respect of our investment in ZIM could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Interest in Tower
Tower’s results impact our net earnings.
We have a substantial investment in Tower, representing approximately 22.5% of Tower’s outstanding shares, which we account for under the equity method
of accounting. Pursuant to such method, we report our proportionate share of the net earnings or losses of Tower in our statement of income under “share in losses of
associated companies, net of tax” which contributes to our earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes. To the extent the cumulative net loss
equals the total investment, as was the case for Tower as of December 31, 2013, the book value of our investment will be reduced to zero. Losses beyond the
cumulative investment will not be reflected and the book value will only change with positive net income received in connection with that investment that are higher
than the previously accumulated net losses. As a result, Tower’s earnings in any year may have a material effect on our net earnings and, to the extent Tower has a
positive book value, Tower’s losses in any year may have a material effect on our net earnings. In addition, globally traded securities have been highly volatile and
continued volatility, which may result in significant changes in Tower’s market prices could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity. If our net earnings are materially impacted as a result of the aforementioned factors, this could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Tower has debt and other liabilities, and its business and financial position may be adversely affected if it will not be able to timely fulfill its debt obligations and
other liabilities.
As of December 31, 2014, Tower had (i) approximately $194 million of outstanding secured bank loans to be repaid in quarterly installments between March
2015 through June 2019; and (ii) approximately $312 million of unsecured outstanding debentures to be repaid between June 2015 and December 2018. As of
March 26, 2015, following the redemption and/or conversion of certain debentures, the principal amount of Tower’s debentures outstanding is approximately $105
million.
Carrying such amount of debt and other liabilities may have significant negative consequences on Tower’s business, including:
•
•
•
•
limiting our ability to fulfill our debt obligations and our liabilities;
requiring the use of a substantial portion of Tower’s cash flow from operating activities to service its indebtedness rather than investing its cash flows
to fund its growth plans, working capital and capital expenditures;
increasing Tower’s vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting Tower’s ability to obtain additional financing;
52
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
limiting Tower’s flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which it competes;
placing Tower at a competitive disadvantage with respect to less leveraged competitors and competitors that have better access to capital resources;
volatility in Tower’s non-cash financing expenses due to the accelerated conversion of the convertible debentures into ordinary shares and increases in
the fair value of Tower’s debt obligations, which may increase Tower’s net loss or reduce its net profits; and/or
enforcement by the banks and other financing entities of their liens against Tower, Jazz Technologies, Inc., or Jazz, respective assets, as applicable at
the occurrence of an event of default. For example, the consummation of the spin-off constituted a “change of control” under certain of Tower’s debt,
and other, instruments and, subject to additional conditions, may have resulted in an event of default. However, in January 2015, Tower received a
waiver from each of Bank Leumi and Bank Hapoalim which waived any “change of control” implications resulting from the consummation of the spin-
off.
In order to finance its debt and other liabilities and obligations, in addition to cash on hand and expected cash flow from operating activities, Tower continues
to explore measures to obtain funds from additional sources including debt and/or equity restructuring and/or re-financing, sale of new securities, opportunities for
the sale and lease-back of a portion of Tower’s real estate assets, sale of other assets, intellectual property licensing, as well as additional financing alternatives.
However, there is no assurance that Tower will be able to obtain sufficient funding, if at all, from the financing sources detailed above or other sources in a timely
manner (or on commercially reasonable terms) in order to allow Tower to cover its ongoing fixed costs, capital expenditure costs and other liabilities and
obligations, fully or partially repay its debt and liabilities in a timely manner and fund its growth plans.
Tower’s operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter which makes it difficult to predict its future performance.
Tower’s revenues, expenses and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter in the future due
to a number of factors, many of which are beyond its control. These factors include, among others:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the volatility of the markets served by its customers;
Changes in the economic conditions of geographical regions where its customers and their markets are located;
Shifts by integrated device manufacturers and customers between internal and outsourced production;
Inventory and supply chain management of Tower’s customers;
The loss of a key customer, postponement of an order from a key customer or the rescheduling or cancellation of large orders;
The occurrence of accounts receivable write-offs, failure of a key customer to pay accounts receivable in a timely manner or the financial condition of
Tower’s customers;
The rescheduling or cancellation of planned capital expenditures;
Tower’s ability to satisfy its customers’ demand for quality and timely production;
The timing and volume of orders relative to Tower’s available production capacity;
Tower’s ability to obtain raw materials and equipment on a timely and cost-effective basis;
Price erosion in the industry;
Environmental events or industrial accidents such as fire or explosions;
Tower’s susceptibility to intellectual property rights disputes;
Tower’s ability to maintain existing partners and to enter into new partnerships and technology and supply alliances on mutually beneficial terms;
Interest, price index and currency rate fluctuations that were not hedged;
Technological changes and short product life cycles;
Timing for the design and qualification of new products;
53
Table of Contents
•
•
Increase in the fair value of Tower’s bank loans, certain of its warrants and debentures; and
Changes in accounting rules affecting Tower’s results.
Furthermore, integrated device manufacturers continue to design and manufacture integrated circuits in their own fabrication facilities. There is a possibility
that in certain periods or under certain circumstances such as low demand, they will choose to manufacture their products in their facilities instead of manufacturing
products at external foundries. If Tower’s customers will choose to manufacture internally rather than manufacture at our facilities, Tower’s business may be
negatively impacted.
Due to the factors noted above and other risks discussed in this section, many of which are beyond Tower’s control, investors should not rely on quarter-to-
quarter comparisons to predict Tower’s future performance. Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors may seriously harm Tower, including its operating
results, financial condition and ability to maintain its operations.
As is common in Tower’s industry, a large portion of its total costs is comprised of fixed costs associated mainly with its manufacturing facilities and Tower has a
history of operating losses. Tower’s business may be adversely affected if it is unable to operate its facilities at high enough utilization rates sufficient to reach
revenue levels that would cover its fixed costs, reduce its losses and allow it to be profitable.
As is common in Tower’s industry, a large portion of its total costs is comprised of fixed costs, associated mainly with its manufacturing facilities, while its
variable costs are relatively small. Therefore, during periods when Tower’s fabrication facilities manufacture at high utilization rates, it is able to cover its costs.
However, at times when the utilization rate is low, the reduced revenues may not cover all of the costs since a large portion of them are fixed costs and remain
constant, irrespective of the fact that less wafers were manufactured. In addition, depreciation costs in Tower’s industry are high, which may result in Tower’s
recognition of operating and/or net losses. If customer demand for Tower’s products is not sufficient, it may not be able to operate its facilities consistently at high
utilization rates, which may not enable it to fully cover all of its costs, achieve and maintain operating profits or achieve net profits. In addition, Tower may be
unable to generate enough cash from operations that would cover its fixed costs, capital expenditures, liabilities and debt payments as well as reduce its losses. We
cannot assure that Tower will be profitable on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.
The semiconductor foundry business is highly competitive; Tower’s competitors may have competitive advantages over it and its results of operations may be
adversely affected if Tower does not successfully compete in the industry.
The semiconductor foundry industry is highly competitive. Tower competes with more than ten independent dedicated foundries, the majority of which are
located in Asia-Pacific, including foundries based in Taiwan, China, Korea and Malaysia, and with over 20 integrated semiconductor and end-product manufacturers
that allocate a portion of their manufacturing capacity to foundry operations. The foundries with which Tower competes benefit from their close geographic
proximity to companies involved in the design and manufacture of integrated circuits.
As Tower’s competitors continue to expand their manufacturing capacity, there could be an increase in specialty semiconductor capacity. As specialty
capacity increases, there may be more competition and pricing pressure on Tower’s services, which may result in underutilization of its capacity, decrease of its
profit margins, reduced earnings or increased losses.
In addition, some semiconductor companies have advanced their CMOS designs to 65 nanometer or smaller geometries. These smaller geometries may
provide customers with performance and integration features that may be comparable to, or exceed, features offered by Tower’s specialty process technologies. The
smaller geometries may also be more cost-effective at higher production volumes for certain applications, such as when a large amount of digital content is required
in a mixed-signal semiconductor and less analog content is required. Tower’s specialty processes will therefore compete with these processes and some of its
potential and existing customers could elect to design these advanced CMOS processes into their next generation products. Tower is not currently capable, and does
not currently plan to become capable, of providing CMOS processes at these smaller geometries. If Tower’s potential or existing customers choose to design their
products using these advanced CMOS processes, its business may be negatively impacted.
In addition, many of Tower’s competitors may have one or more of the following competitive advantages over it:
•
•
•
greater manufacturing capacity;
geographically diversified and more advanced manufacturing facilities;
more advanced technological capabilities;
54
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
a more diverse and established customer base;
greater financial, marketing, distribution and other resources;
a better cost structure; and/or
better operational performance in cycle time and yields.
If Tower does not compete effectively, its business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Tower is subject to risks related to its international operations.
Tower has generated substantial revenue from customers located in Asia-Pacific and in Europe. Because of its international operations, Tower is vulnerable to
the following risks:
•
Tower prices its products primarily in U.S. dollars; if the Euro, Yen or other currencies weaken relative to the U.S. dollar, its products may be relatively
more expensive in these regions, which could result in a decrease in its revenue;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the burdens and costs of compliance with foreign government regulation, as well as compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
general geopolitical risks such as political and economic instability, international terrorism, potential hostilities and changes in diplomatic and trade
relationships;
natural disasters affecting the countries in which Tower conducts its business;
imposition of regulatory requirements, tariffs, import and export restrictions and other trade barriers and restrictions, including the timing and
availability of export licenses and permits;
adverse tax rules and regulations;
weak protection of its intellectual property rights;
delays in product shipments due to local customs restrictions;
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
difficulties in collecting accounts receivable; and
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations.
In addition, Israel, the United States, Japan and other foreign countries may implement quotas, duties, taxes or other charges or restrictions upon the
importation or exportation of Tower’s products, leading to a reduction in sales and profitability in that country. The geographical distance between Israel, the United
States, Japan and the rest of Asia and Europe also creates a number of logistical and communication challenges. We cannot assure you that Tower will be able to
sufficiently mitigate the risks related to its international operations.
Changes in the market price of Tower’s stock could have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment in Tower.
Tower’s shares are currently trading on each of the NASDAQ and the TASE. Our ability to liquidate our interest in Tower without adversely affecting the
value of these shares may be limited. If we were to sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our equity interest in Tower in the public market, the
trading price of Tower’s shares could decline. Additionally, the perception in the market that these sales may occur could also cause the trading price of Tower’s
shares to decline. Furthermore, the value of our interest in Tower may be affected by economic and market conditions that are beyond our control. Globally traded
securities have been highly volatile and continued volatility and/or significant changes in Tower’s market price on either the NASDAQ or the TASE, in particular,
could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
For further information on the business, legal and regulatory risks related to Tower, see “ Information Regarding Tower .”
55
Table of Contents
Risks Related to our Other Businesses
Primus relies on equity contributions to finance its operations.
The implementation of Primus’ business plan requires significant additional capital. Primus expect the estimated funding required to enable it to continue to
develop its commercial operations to be provided by additional shareholder contributions (either through capital contributions or shareholder loans) or, potentially,
through third-party debt financing arrangements. For example, pursuant to an investment agreement entered into with Primus in October 2014, we may lend Primus
up to $25 million via a series of convertible notes through December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, Kenon acquired an aggregate principal amount of $3.5
million under the terms of the investment agreement.
However, there is no certainty that additional equity financing will be provided to Primus, either by us, the other shareholders in Primus, or new investors,
whose investments may serve to dilute our equity interest in Primus. Any lack of, or delay in securing, such equity financing may delay, or prevent completely,
Primus’ ability to continue to research and develop its commercial operations, which may result in Primus’ ultimate liquidation or dissolution.
Primus’ STG+ process may not become commercially viable.
Demand and industry acceptance for Primus’ technologies is subject to a high level of uncertainty. If the alternative fuel or renewable energy markets fail to
accept Primus’ technologies, if acceptance develops slower than anticipated by Primus, or if Primus’ technologies prove uneconomical, this could have a material
adverse effect on Primus’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Primus’ STG+ process may not generate gasoline, diesel or jet fuel that satisfies certain specifications.
The commercialization of Primus’ technology will require, in the short-term, the production of gasoline that satisfies certain specifications and, in the longer-
term, the production of diesel and jet fuel that satisfies certain specifications. If any of Primus’ alternative fuels, in particular its high-octane gasoline, are unable to
satisfy required specifications, Primus will be unable to market and commercialize its proprietary liquid fuels gasification and pyrolysis technology, the STG+
process. Any change in such specifications, could increase Primus’ expenses by requiring different feedstocks or could delay the commercialization of Primus’
technology, which could have a material adverse effect on Primus’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Primus has a limited operating history and should be viewed as an early stage company.
Primus should be viewed as an early stage company. The risks and uncertainties associated with the operation of an early stage company in a rapidly evolving
“clean technology” market, such as the alternative fuels industry, include a potential inability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
commence significant operations on the current, or any revised, schedule in compliance with the current, or any revised, budget;
secure necessary capital;
construct requested facilities;
successfully negotiate with government agencies, vendors, customers, feedstock suppliers or other third parties;
effectively manage rapid growth in personnel or operations;
successfully manage its existing, or enter into new, strategic relationships and partnerships;
recruit and retain key personnel;
maintain optimal cost structure as, and when, the business expands;
adequately protect its intellectual property; and
develop technology, products or processes that complement existing business strategies or address changing market conditions.
If Primus is unable to adequately address any of these risks, this could have a material adverse effect on Primus’ business, financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
56
Table of Contents
Primus will incur significant costs, and may encounter substantial delays, in the implementation of its expansion plan.
Primus’ business plan contemplates significant operational expansion by 2021 through the development and licensing of multiple facilities. However, there is
no guarantee that Primus will have access to, or be able to raise, the capital required for its expansion activities. Additionally, Primus may need to obtain regulatory
approvals and permits in connection with its expansion activities and Primus may not satisfy any related requirements on a timely basis, if at all, which could have a
material adverse effect on Primus’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that Primus’ management
will be able to manage such growth without experiencing significant delays or without incurring unexpected costs or liabilities.
Primus’ operations are highly dependent upon commodity prices, particularly natural gas and gasoline.
Primus’ operations depend substantially on the prices of various commodities, including natural gas, gasoline, crude oil and others. The prices of certain of
these commodities are volatile, and this volatility may cause Primus’ results to fluctuate accordingly when, or if, Primus commences commercial operation.
Primus’ liquid fuels will compete in markets with refined petroleum products and, because natural gas, or syngas derived from natural gas, will be primarily
used as the feedstock in Primus’ STG+ process, an increase in natural gas prices relative to prices for refined petroleum products, or a decrease in prices for refined
petroleum products, could adversely affect Primus. The price and availability of natural gas and refined products may be affected by numerous factors, including the
level of consumer product demand, weather conditions, the availability of water for fracking, domestic and foreign government regulation (including regulation of
fracking), the actions of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, political conditions in oil and natural gas producing countries, the supply of domestic
and foreign crude oil and natural gas, the location of any plants developed by Primus vis-á-vis natural gas reserves and pipelines, the capacities of such pipelines,
fluctuations in seasonal demand, governmental regulations, the price and availability of alternative fuels and overall economic conditions. Primus cannot predict the
future markets and prices for natural gas or refined products, and a relative increase in the price of natural gas could have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Primus’ success depends, in part, upon its ability to protect its intellectual property.
Primus has independently developed, patented and owns numerous processes related to liquid fuels synthesis, gasoline composition, incremental
improvements and customizations, and biomass gasification. Primus believes that such its patented technologies provide it with a competitive advantage and the
platform with which to market its services. If Primus fails to protect its intellectual property rights adequately, its competitors might gain access to its technology,
and its competitive advantage, brand or business may be adversely affected.
Primus relies on trade secret and patent laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its proprietary methods and processes. Primus
currently holds several patents and has pending patent applications in the U.S. Valid patents may not be issued from Primus’ pending applications, and the claims
allowed on any issued patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect Primus’ STG+ process. Any patents currently held by Primus or that may be issued to Primus
in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and any rights granted under these patents may not actually provide Primus with adequate defensive
protection or competitive advantages. Additionally, the process of applying for patent protection is expensive and time-consuming, and Primus may not be able to
complete all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner.
Policing unauthorized use of technology may prove difficult for Primus as the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property
rights as those of the United States, and mechanisms for the enforcement of Primus’ proprietary rights in such countries may be inadequate. From time to time,
Primus may need to initiate legal action to enforce its intellectual property rights, to protect its trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary
rights of others, or to defend itself against claims of infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and the diversion of limited resources and could
negatively affect Primus’ business, reputation or brand. If Primus is unable to protect its proprietary rights, it may lose its expected competitive advantage which
could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
There are risks related to our recent acquisition of an equity interest in REG.
In connection with IC Green’s December 2014 sale of its 69% equity interest in Petrotec, IC Green received shares of REG, a NASDAQ-listed advanced
biofuels producer and developer of renewable chemicals. The value of our interest in REG may be affected by REG’s results of operations and prospects, as well as
by economic and market conditions, each of which are
57
Table of Contents
beyond our control. Globally traded securities have been highly volatile and continued volatility and/or significant changes in REG’s market price on NASDAQ, in
particular, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations or liquidity. Additionally, IC Green is subject to a lock-up
restriction with respect to the shares of REG it received as consideration in connection with the sale of Petrotec, and such lock-up prohibits sales by IC Green for six
months and limits sales by IC Green over the following six months.
Additionally, REG is subject to the risks associated with businesses operating within the biofuels and/or renewable chemicals production industries. These
risks include, among other things, risks relating to the sourcing of raw materials, the fluctuating costs of feedstock and other biomass materials, the impact the costs
of traditional fuel or energy sources may bear on the demand/supply within the renewable energy industry, the existing renewable energy regulatory landscape and
any potential changes of such environment.
HelioFocus requires equity contributions to finance its operations and there is no guarantee that HelioFocus will receive such contributions.
HelioFocus has not yet commenced commercial operation and the implementation of its business plan requires significant additional capital. HelioFocus
expects the estimated funding required to enable it to continue to develop its commercial operation to be provided by additional shareholder contributions (either
through capital contributions or shareholder loans). HelioFocus’ board of directors has decided to reduce HelioFocus’ activities and maintain only a minimum
number of personnel. This decision was made in response to HelioFocus’ expectation of insufficient financing during the 2015 fiscal year. HelioFocus has also
determined that its operations and personnel will remain at such levels until new investors have been retained. As a result of the HelioFocus board decision, Kenon
recorded an impairment charge in the amount of approximately $13 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 in respect of HelioFocus’ assets.
There is no certainty that new investors will invest in HelioFocus or that additional equity financing either from us, or HelioFocus’ other existing
shareholders, will be provided to it. The lack of, or delay in, securing such equity financing will continue to delay, or prevent completely, HelioFocus’ ability to
continue to research and develop its commercial operations, which may result in HelioFocus’ ultimate liquidation or dissolution.
The decrease in the cost of fuel or electricity generated by traditional sources may cause the demand for the services provided by our renewable energy businesses
to decline.
Decreases in the costs associated with traditional sources of fuel or electricity, such as prices for commodities like crude oil, coal, fuel oil and natural gas, will
reduce the demand for the renewable energy solutions provided by our renewable energy businesses, such as the production of fuels and energy from renewable
energy sources. The discovery of large new deposits of traditional fuels and technological progress in traditional forms of electricity generation could, in turn, reduce
the cost of fuel or electricity produced from those sources and, as a consequence, reduce the demand for the services or products offered by our renewable energy
businesses. Crude oil prices, for example, fell considerably during the second half of 2014, with prices continuing to decline during the first quarter of 2015.
Reductions in the price of crude oil, which increases the cost-effectiveness of petrol-fueled machines (e.g., cars, planes, etc.), may adversely impact providers of
alternative / bio fuels, such as Primus and REG, who rely on pricing discrepancies between alternative / bio fuels and traditional sources of fuel to partially
incentivize the purchase of their alternative / bio products.
The energy industry, including the biofuels and renewable energy segments in which our renewable energy businesses operate, is highly regulated by numerous
governmental authorities.
The laws and regulations affecting the operations of our renewable energy businesses are complex, dynamic and subject to new interpretations or changes.
Regulations affect almost every aspect of these businesses, have broad application and, to a certain extent, limit management’s ability to independently make and
implement decisions regarding numerous operational matters, including the:
•
•
•
•
•
construction, acquisition or disposition of operating assets;
operation and maintenance of generation, or transmission facilities;
rates charged to customers;
establishment of capital structures and the issuance of debt or equity securities; and
payment of dividends or similar distributions.
58
Table of Contents
A failure to comply with such regulations may have a significant adverse impact on the financial results of our operating renewable energy businesses.
Additionally, reinterpretations of existing regulations or new regulations relating to the reduction of anti-competitive conduct, air and water quality, the intake
of water through industrial wells, carbon dioxide emissions, noise avoidance, fuel and other storage facilities, volatile materials, renewable portfolio standards,
emissions performance standards, climate change, hazardous and solid waste transportation and disposal, or other environmental matters related to permitting may
also have a significant adverse impact on the financial results of our operating renewable energy businesses. Such regulatory changes may include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes regarding, or terminations of, key permits or operating licenses;
changes in rules governing electricity supply and purchase contracts;
changes in subsidies and/or incentives provided by the applicable governments;
changes in rules governing dispatch order;
changes in the regulation of energy transmission, fuel supply or fuel transportation; and
changes in applicable tax laws.
Increased regulation may also result in an increase in capital expenditures and investments in an attempt to maintain compliance. Such an increase could have
a material adverse effect on our renewable energy businesses’ business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Changes in government regulations, including mandates, tax credits, subsidies and other incentives, could have a material adverse effect upon our renewable energy
businesses’ business and results of operations.
The market for renewable fuels is heavily influenced by foreign, federal, state and local government subsidies and economic incentives. As a result, changes
to existing, or the adoption of new foreign, federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives that impact the production, distribution or sale of renewable
fuels may harm Primus’ or REG’s operations. For example, the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, may waive certain
alternative/renewable fuel standards/incentives to avert economic harm or to respond to inadequate supply (e.g., where the projected supply for a given year falls
below a minimum threshold for that year). Any reduction in, or waiver of, requirements for fuel alternatives and additives to gasoline may cause demand for
alternative fuels to grow more slowly or decline or may adversely impact Primus’ ability to meet such demands.
Risks Related to Our Recent Spin-Off
We are a newly-incorporated company with no separate operating history and the historical financial information included herein does not reflect the financial
condition or operating results we would have achieved as an independent public company during the periods presented and, as a result, may not be a reliable
indicator of our future financial performance.
We were incorporated in March 2014 and have only recently commenced our activities. Our lack of operating history will make it difficult to assess our
ability to operate profitably and to make dividends or other distributions to shareholders. Although our businesses were under the control of IC prior to our
formation, their combined results have not previously been reported on a standalone basis and the combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual
report may therefore not be indicative of our future financial condition or operating results. Furthermore, the historical combined financial information may not fully
reflect the increased costs associated with operating as an independent public company or the effects of our financial strategy, which is distinct from the strategy
employed by IC. We urge you to carefully consider the basis on which the combined carve-out financial information included herein was prepared and presented, as
such results may not be a reliable indicator of our future performance, or the performance of any of our businesses.
Our capital structure and sources of liquidity have changed significantly from our historical capital structure.
We received approximately $35 million in cash from IC in connection with the spin-off and, other than our $200 million credit facility with IC, we do not
currently intend to enter into any credit facilities or other financing arrangements. Consequently, as an independent, publicly-traded company, our ability to fund our
capital needs is dependent upon distributions from our businesses, and/or divestitures of such businesses, which, in turn, is subject to general economic, financial,
competitive, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
59
Table of Contents
The potential indemnification of liabilities to IC pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement may require us to divert cash to IC to satisfy our
indemnification obligations.
We entered into a Sales, Separation and Distribution Agreement with IC, or the Separation and Distribution Agreement, which provides for, among other
things, indemnification obligations designed to make us financially responsible for liabilities incurred in connection with our businesses, and as otherwise allocated
to us in the Separation and Distribution Agreement. If we are required to indemnify IC under the circumstances set forth in the Separation and Distribution
Agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity.
There can be no assurance that IC’s indemnification of certain of our liabilities will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of those liabilities, or that IC’s
ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.
Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, IC has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities retained by it (which includes certain specified
pending legal matters). However, third parties could seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that IC has agreed to retain, and there can be no assurance
that the indemnity from IC will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount, or any, of such liabilities, or that IC will be able to satisfy its indemnification
obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from IC any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these
losses ourselves. Additionally, IC’s insurers may deny coverage to us for liabilities associated with occurrences prior to the spin-off. Even if we ultimately succeed
in recovering from such insurance providers, we may be required to temporarily bear such loss of coverage. If IC is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations
or if insurers deny coverage, the underlying liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequate to meet the financial reporting and other requirements to which we will be
subject.
The financial results of IC Power, ZIM, Primus and HelioFocus were previously consolidated within the consolidated results of IC, and we believe that the
businesses’ reporting and control systems were appropriate for those of businesses of an Israeli public company. However, with the exception of Tower, our
businesses have not previously been subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act. As a newly-listed registrant, we are directly subject to
reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act and, beginning with our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2015, we will be
required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm. These reporting and other obligations will place
significant demands on our management and administrative and operational resources, including accounting resources. To comply with these requirements, we may
need to upgrade our systems, including information technology, and implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, and
have additional resources. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps, and those expenses may be significant. We are currently in the early
stages of addressing our internal control procedures and resources to satisfy the requirements of Section 404.
If we are unable to upgrade our financial and management controls, reporting systems, information technology systems and procedures in a timely and
effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange Act could be
impaired, we may suffer adverse regulatory consequences, including violations of the NYSE’s or the TASE’s listing rules. As a result, any failure to achieve and
maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares
Our ordinary shares will be traded on more than one market and this may result in price variations.
Our ordinary shares are listed on each of the NYSE and the TASE. Trading in our ordinary shares will therefore take place in different currencies (U.S.
Dollars on the NYSE and New Israeli Shekels on the TASE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public
holidays in the United States and Israel). The trading prices of our ordinary shares on these two markets may differ as a result of these, or other, factors. Any
decrease in the price of our ordinary shares on either of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading prices of our ordinary shares on the other market.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading
volume could decline.
As a newly-listed company, there is currently no analyst coverage of Kenon outside of Israel. The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend, in part,
upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our businesses. We do not have any control over analysts as to whether they will
cover us, and if they do, whether such coverage will continue. If
60
Table of Contents
analysts do not commence coverage of Kenon, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could
lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. In addition, if one or more of the analysts who cover us
downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price may likely decline.
A significant portion of our outstanding ordinary shares may be sold into the public market, which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop
significantly, even if our business is doing well.
A significant portion of our shares are held by two shareholders. Ansonia Holdings B.V., or Ansonia, holds 45.7% of our shares and Bank Leumi Le-Israel
B.M., or Bank Leumi, holds approximately 18% of our shares. If any of our principal shareholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our
ordinary shares in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline. For example, our business profile or market capitalization as an
independent company may not fit our principal shareholders’ investment objectives, or our ordinary shares may not be included in a certain index after the spin-off
that such investor prefers.
All of the 53,383,015 ordinary shares distributed in connection with the spin-off are freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, except for any ordinary shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We have also
granted registration rights to certain entities that may be considered affiliates, enabling these entities to require us to file a registration statement to register sales of
their shares, subject to certain conditions. Registration of these ordinary shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Our principal shareholders may also choose to establish programmed selling plans
under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, for the purpose of effecting sales of our ordinary shares.
The perception that any such sales may occur, including the entry of any of our principal shareholders into programmed selling plans, could have a material
adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares and/or could impair the ability of any of our businesses to raise capital.
Control by principal shareholders could adversely affect our other shareholders.
Ansonia beneficially owns approximately 45.7% of our outstanding ordinary shares and voting power. Ansonia therefore has a continuing ability to control, or
exert a significant influence over, our board of directors, and will continue to have significant influence over our affairs for the foreseeable future, including with
respect to the election of directors, the consummation of significant corporate transactions, such as an amendment of our articles of association, a merger or other
sale of our company or our assets, and all matters requiring shareholder approval. In certain circumstances, Ansonia’s interests as a principal shareholder, may
conflict with the interests of our other shareholders and Ansonia’s ability to exercise control, or exert significant influence, over us may have the effect of causing,
delaying, or preventing changes or transactions that our other shareholders may or may not deem to be in their best interests.
We may issue additional ordinary shares in the future in lieu of incurring indebtedness, which may dilute our existing shareholders. We may also issue securities
that have rights and privileges that are more favorable than the rights and privileges accorded to our existing shareholders.
Although we do not intend to issue additional equity interests in the future, we may issue additional securities, including ordinary shares and options, rights,
and warrants for any purpose and for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as we may determine appropriate or necessary, including in connection
with equity awards, financings or other strategic transactions. Subject to the prior approval of our shareholders for (i) the creation of new classes of shares and the
(ii) granting to our directors of the authority to issue new shares with different or similar rights, our board of directors will be able to determine the class,
designations, preferences, rights and powers of any additional shares, including any rights to share in our profits, losses and dividends or other distributions, any
rights to receive assets upon our dissolution or liquidation and any redemption, conversion and exchange rights. Ansonia, our significant shareholder, may use its
ability to control, or exert influence over, our board of directors to cause us to issue additional ordinary shares, which would dilute existing holders of our ordinary
shares, or to issue securities with rights and privileges that are more favorable than those of our ordinary shareholders. There are no statutory rights of first refusal
for new share issuances conferred upon our shareholders under the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, or the Singapore Companies Act.
As a newly-incorporated company, we will not have distributable profits to pay dividends.
Under Singapore law and our articles of association, dividends, whether in cash or in specie, must be paid out of our profits available for distribution. We have
no current plans to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a newly-incorporated company, we do
61
Table of Contents
not expect to have distributable profits from which dividends may be declared. The availability of distributable profits is assessed on the basis of Kenon’s standalone
unconsolidated accounts (which will be based upon the Singapore Financial Reporting Standards, or the SFRS) and Kenon expects that the opening balance of its
retained savings in such financials will be zero. There is no assurance that, on such basis, we will not incur losses, that we will become profitable, or that we will
have distributable income that might be distributed to our shareholders as a dividend or other distribution in the foreseeable future. Therefore, we will be unable to
pay dividends to our shareholders unless and until we have generated sufficient distributable reserves. Accordingly, it may not be legally permissible for us to pay
dividends to our shareholders. As a result, and until such time, if ever, that we declare dividends with respect to our ordinary shares, a holder of our ordinary shares
will only realize income from an investment in our ordinary shares if there is an increase in the market price of our ordinary shares. Such potential increase is
uncertain and unpredictable.
Under Singapore law, it is possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to our shareholders. IC, as our sole shareholder prior to
the consummation of the spin-off, has confirmed, including in its capacity as a creditor under our credit facility with it, that it will not object to our performance of a
capital reduction if the terms and conditions relating to distributions set forth in our credit facility with IC have been complied with. IC’s agreement is subject to the
provisions of the laws of Singapore. Notwithstanding this agreement, the completion of a capital reduction exercise may require the approval of the Singapore
Courts and we may not be successful in our attempts to obtain such approval.
Any dividend payments on our ordinary shares would be declared in U.S. Dollars, and any shareholder whose principal currency is not the U.S. Dollar would be
subject to exchange rate fluctuations.
The ordinary shares are, and any cash dividends or other distributions to be declared in respect of them, if any, will be denominated in U.S. Dollars.
Shareholders whose principal currency is not the U.S. Dollar will be exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of the U.S. Dollar in relation
to such foreign currency will reduce the value of such shareholders’ ordinary shares and any appreciation of the U.S. Dollar will increase the value in foreign
currency terms. In addition, we will not offer our shareholders the option to elect to receive dividends, if any, in any other currency. Consequently, our shareholders
may be required to arrange their own foreign currency exchange, either through a brokerage house or otherwise, which could incur additional commissions or
expenses.
We are a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws and, as a result, are subject to disclosure obligations that are different from those applicable to U.S.
domestic registrants listed on the NYSE.
We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and, as such, will be considered a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. Although we will be
subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is different
from the periodic disclosure required of U.S. domestic registrants. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by
or about other public companies in the United States. We are also exempt from certain other sections of the Exchange Act that U.S. domestic registrants are
otherwise subject to, including the requirement to provide our shareholders with information statements or proxy statements that comply with the Exchange Act. In
addition, insiders and large shareholders of ours will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the
Exchange Act and will not be obligated to file the reports required by Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
As a foreign private issuer, we may, in the future, follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NYSE
corporate governance requirements, and this may result in less investor protection than that accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the
NYSE’s rules for domestic U.S. issuers, provided that we disclose which requirements we are not following and describe the equivalent home country requirement.
For example, foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice with regard to director nomination procedures and the approval of compensation
of officers. Additionally, we are not required to a maintain a board comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, notwithstanding our ability to follow
the corporate governance practices of our home country Singapore, we have elected to apply the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that are applicable to U.S.
domestic registrants that are not “controlled” companies. Nevertheless, we may, in the future, decide to rely on the foreign private issuer exemptions provided by the
NYSE and follow home country corporate governance practices in lieu of complying with some or all of the NYSE’s requirements.
Following our home country governance practices, as opposed to complying with the requirements that are applicable to a non-controlled U.S. domestic
registrant, may provide less protection to you than is accorded to investors under the NYSE’s corporate governance rules. Therefore, any foreign private exemptions
we avail ourselves of in the future, may reduce the scope of information and protection to which you are otherwise entitled as an investor.
62
Table of Contents
It may be difficult to enforce a judgment of U.S. courts for civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws against us, our directors or officers in Singapore.
We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and certain of our officers and directors are or will be residents outside of the United States. Moreover, most
of our assets are located outside of the United States. Although we are incorporated outside of the U.S., we have agreed to accept service of process in the United
States through our agent designated for that specific purpose. Additionally, for so long as we are listed in the U.S. or in Israel, we have undertaken not to claim that
we are not subject to any derivative/class action that may be filed against us in the U.S. or Israel, as applicable, solely on the basis that we are a Singapore company.
However, since most of the assets owned by us are located outside of the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us may not be collectible
within the United States.
Furthermore, there is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and
commercial matters, such that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether
or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Singapore. Additionally, there is doubt whether a
Singapore court may impose civil liability on us or our directors and officers who reside in Singapore in a suit brought in the Singapore courts against us or such
persons with respect to a violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United States, unless the facts surrounding such a violation would constitute or give rise
to a cause of action under Singapore law. We have undertaken not to oppose the enforcement in Singapore of judgments or decisions rendered in Israel or in the
United States in a class action or derivative action to which Kenon is a party. Notwithstanding such undertakings, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against
us, our directors or our officers in Singapore, judgments obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities
laws of the United States.
We are incorporated in Singapore and our shareholders may have greater difficulty in protecting their interests than they would as shareholders of a corporation
incorporated in the United States.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated in Singapore. The
rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of the members of our board of directors under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a corporation
incorporated in the United States. Therefore, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interest in connection with actions taken by our
management or members of our board of directors than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States. For information on the
differences between Singapore and Delaware corporation law, see “ Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association. ”
Singapore corporate law may impede a takeover of our company by a third-party, which could adversely affect the value of our ordinary shares.
The Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers and Sections 138, 139 and 140 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore contain certain
provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change in control of our company for so long as we remain a public company with more than 50
shareholders and net tangible assets of S$5 million or more. Any person acquiring an interest, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, either
on his own or together with parties acting in concert with such person, in 30% or more of our voting shares, or, if such person holds, either on his own or together
with parties acting in concert with such person, between 30% and 50% (both inclusive) of our voting shares, and such person (or parties acting in concert with such
person) acquires additional voting shares representing more than 1% of our voting shares in any six-month period, must, except with the consent of the Securities
Industry Council in Singapore, extend a mandatory takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code on Take-
overs and Mergers. While the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers seeks to ensure equality of treatment among shareholders, its provisions may discourage
or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or threatened change of control of our company. These legal requirements may impede or delay a
takeover of our company by a third-party, and thereby have a material adverse effect on the value of our ordinary shares.
In October 2014, the Securities Industry Council of Singapore waived the application of the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers to the Company,
subject to certain conditions. Pursuant to the waiver, for as long as Kenon is not listed on a securities exchange in Singapore, and except in the case of a tender offer
(within the meaning of U.S. securities laws) where the offeror relies on a Tier 1 exemption to avoid full compliance with U.S. tender offer regulations, the Singapore
Code on Take-overs and Mergers shall not apply to Kenon.
63
Table of Contents
Our directors have general authority to allot and issue new shares on terms and conditions and with any preferences, rights or restrictions as may be determined by
our board of directors in its sole discretion.
Under Singapore law, we may only allot and issue new shares with the prior approval of our shareholders in a general meeting. Subject to the general
authority to allot and issue new shares provided by our shareholders, the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and our memorandum and articles of
association, our board of directors may allot and issue new shares on terms and conditions and with the rights (including preferential voting rights) and restrictions as
they may think fit to impose. Any additional issuances of new shares by our directors could adversely impact the market price of our ordinary shares.
We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ordinary
shares.
Based upon, among other things, the current and anticipated valuation of our assets and the composition of our income and assets, we do not believe we would
be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our previous taxable year ended December 31, 2014.
However, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects. In addition, a separate determination must be made after the close of each
taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our current, or any future, taxable year. A
non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75.0% of its gross income for such year is passive income or (ii) at least 50.0% of the
value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the
production of passive income. For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the businesses and earning our proportionate share of the
income of any other business in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25.0% (by value) of the stock. Because the value of our assets for purposes of
the PFIC test will generally be determined in part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may
cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC. As a result, dispositions of operating
companies could increase the risk that we become a PFIC. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below) holds an ordinary
share, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. For further information on such U.S. tax implications, see “ Item 10E.
Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations – Passive Foreign Investment Company. ”
Risks Related to Taxation
Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.
We operate in a number of countries and are therefore regularly examined by and remain subject to numerous tax regulations. Changes in our global mix of
earnings could affect our effective tax rate. Furthermore, changes in tax laws could result in higher tax-related expenses and payments. Legislative changes in any of
the countries in which our businesses operate could materially impact our tax receivables and liabilities as well as deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.
Additionally, the uncertain tax environment in some regions in which our businesses operate could limit our ability to enforce our rights. As a holding company with
globally operating businesses, we have established businesses in countries subject to complex tax rules, which may be interpreted in a variety of ways and could
affect our effective tax rate. Future interpretations or developments of tax regimes or a higher than anticipated effective tax rate could have a material adverse effect
on our tax liability, return on investments and business operations.
Our shareholders may be subject to non-U.S., taxes and return filing requirements as a result of owning our ordinary shares.
Based upon our expected method of operation and the ownership of our businesses following the spin-off, we do not expect any shareholder, solely as a result
of owning our ordinary shares, to be subject to any additional taxes or additional tax return filing requirements in any jurisdiction in which we, or any of our
businesses, conduct activities or own property. However, there can be no assurance that our shareholders, solely as a result of owning our ordinary shares, will not be
subject to certain taxes, including non-U.S., taxes imposed by the various jurisdictions in which we and our businesses do business or own property now or in the
future, even if our shareholders do not reside in any of these jurisdictions. Consequently, our shareholders may also be required to file non-U.S. tax returns in some
or all of these jurisdictions. Further, our shareholders may also be subject to penalties for failure to comply with these requirements. It is the responsibility of each
shareholder to file each of the U.S. federal, state and local, as well as non-U.S. tax returns that may be required of such shareholder.
64
Table of Contents
ITEM 4.
Information on the Company
A. History and Development of the Company
We are a newly-incorporated company that was formed to be the holding company of certain companies that were currently owned (in whole, or in part) by
IC. As a result of the consummation of our spin-off from IC in January 2015, we currently hold:
•
•
•
•
•
•
IC Power , which IC established in 2007, in which we own a 100% interest;
Qoros , which IC jointly established in 2007, in which we own a 50% interest;
ZIM , which IC acquired a 48.9% equity interest in 1970, in which IC later held a 99.7% equity interest, and in which, as a result of its recent financial
restructuring, we own a 32% interest;
Tower , which IC acquired a 32% equity interest in in 1993, in which we own an approximate 22.5% interest;
Primus , in which IC acquired a 60% equity interest in 2007, in which we own a 91% interest; and
HelioFocus , in which IC acquired a 51% equity interest 2008, in which we own a 70% interest.
We were incorporated in March 2014 under The Singapore Companies Act. Our registered office and principal place of business is located at 1 Temasek
Avenue #36-01, Millenia Tower, Singapore 039192. Our telephone number at our registered office and principal place of business is + 65 6351 1780. We have
appointed Gornitzky & Co., Advocates and Notaries, as our agent for service of process in connection with certain claims which may be made in Israel.
Our ordinary shares are listed on each of the NYSE and the TASE under the symbol “KEN”. We shall examine the various considerations in respect of our
dual listing and, in particular, the advisability of maintaining or terminating such dual listing. We may, as a result of such examination, delist our ordinary shares
from trading on the TASE pursuant to Section 35(bb) of Chapter E3 of the Securities Law of Israel, 5728 – 1968. In the event we do decide to delist our ordinary
shares from trading on the TASE, we have undertaken to publish an Immediate Report with the TASE no less than 9 months prior to the delisting.
We were formed to serve as the holding company of our businesses. Our primary focus will be to continue to grow and develop our primary businesses, IC
Power and Qoros. Following the growth and development of our primary businesses, we intend to provide our shareholders with direct access to these businesses,
when we believe it is in the best interests of our shareholders for us to do so based on factors specific to each business, market conditions and other relevant
information. Given their industries and respective stages of development, we expect to provide our shareholders with direct access to IC Power and Qoros in the
near- to medium and medium- to long-term, respectively.
In furtherance of our strategy, we intend to support the development of our non-primary businesses, and to act to realize their value by for our shareholders by
distributing our interests in our non-primary businesses to our shareholders or selling our interests in our non-primary businesses, rationally and expeditiously, and
either distributing the proceeds derived from such sales to our shareholders or using such proceeds to repay amounts owing under our credit facility with IC. For
further information on these businesses and our operational strategy, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview .”
B.
Business Overview
We are a holding company that operates dynamic, primarily growth-oriented, businesses. The companies we own, in whole or in part, are at various stages of
development, ranging from established, cash generating businesses to early stage development companies.
We were established in connection with a spin-off of our businesses from IC to promote the growth and development of our primary businesses, and we are
primarily engaged in the operation of the following businesses: (i) IC Power, a wholly-owned power generation company that has experienced profitable growth in
its revenues and generation capacity since its inception in 2007, and (ii) Qoros, a China-based automotive company in which we have a 50% equity interest, that is
seeking to deliver international standards of quality, safety, and innovative features to the large and fast-growing Chinese market and commenced commercial sales
in the end of 2013.
65
Table of Contents
•
IC Power – A wholly-owned subsidiary, which is a leading owner, developer and operator of power generation facilities located throughout key power
generation markets in Latin America (including Peru, Chile and Colombia), the Caribbean and Israel. As of December 31, 2014, IC Power’s portfolio
consisted of 16 operating companies, three facilities under construction, and numerous projects at various stages of development. IC Power is a leader
in its core market, Peru, one of the fastest growing economies in Latin America, with a 5-year average GDP growth of approximately 5.4% through
2014, according to the International Monetary Fund. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Peru represented 48%, 57% and 59% of
IC Power’s EBITDA, respectively, and 40%, 42% and 57%, respectively, of IC Power’s operating capacity. IC Power’s current development pipeline is
expected to provide an additional 1,110 MW in capacity, to address the expected increase in Peruvian demand, partially as a result of the substantial
investments made in connection with Peru’s energy-intensive mining industry, as well as provide an additional 92 MW in capacity in Panama.
•
Qoros – A China-based automotive company that is jointly owned with a subsidiary of Chery, a state controlled holding enterprise and large Chinese
automobile manufacturing company. Qoros seeks to deliver international standards of quality and safety, as well as innovative features, to the large and
fast-growing Chinese market. Qoros’ vision is to build high quality cars for young, modern, urban consumers based upon extensive research and
product tailoring. Qoros launched and sold its first car, the Qoros 3 Sedan, in December 2013, launched commercial sales of its second model, the
Qoros 3 Hatch, in June 2014, and launched commercial sales of its third model, the Qoros 3 City SUV, in December 2014. The Qoros 3 Sedan was
awarded the Best in Class award in Euro NCAP’s 2013 safety assessments and was the highest scoring vehicle among vehicles that participated in Euro
NCAP’s 2013 assessment, which included the assessment of many luxury European brands. Qoros’ manufacturing facility, located in Changshu, China
has an initial technical capacity of 150 thousand units per annum, which can be increased to approximately 220 thousand units per annum through the
utilization of different shift models (and further increased through additional shift optimizations and improvements in workday efficiency). Qoros will
continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing, and obtain additional shareholder financing, to meet its development and liquidity
requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ ability to obtain the required financing will depend on a number of factors, including its
sales performance, and Qoros may be unable to secure such financing. For further information on Qoros’ liquidity and capital resources, see “ Item 5B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Qoros’ Liquidity and Capital Resources. ”
Our primary focus will be to continue to grow and develop IC Power and Qoros by:
•
•
in the case of IC Power, continuing to invest in projects that IC Power expects to generate attractive, risk-adjusted returns, using operating cash flows,
project or other financing at the IC Power level, as well as proceeds resulting from IC Power’s selective dispositions of assets. As part of our business
development strategy, we will seek to provide investors with direct access to IC Power when we believe it is in the best interests of IC Power’s
development and our shareholders to do so. For example, as an interim step, we may pursue an IPO or listing of IC Power’s equity. Should we pursue
such IPO or listing, we believe it could occur in the near- to medium-term, subject to business and market conditions and other relevant factors; and
in the case of Qoros, potentially providing additional equity capital or loans, as we deem appropriate, to assist Qoros in its development and, until it
achieves significant sales, its operating expenses, financing expenses and capital expenditures, as Qoros continues to pursue its commercial growth
strategy. We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros.
Following the growth and development of our primary businesses, we intend to provide our shareholders with direct access to these businesses, when we
believe it is in the best interests of our shareholders for us to do so based on factors specific to each business, market conditions and other relevant information.
Given their industries and respective stages of development, we expect to provide our shareholders with direct access to IC Power and Qoros in the near- to medium
and medium- to long-term, respectively.
66
Table of Contents
We also hold interests in:
•
ZIM – A large provider of global container shipping services, which, as of December 31, 2014 operated 85 (owned and chartered) vessels with a total
container capacity of 346,156 TEUs, and in which we have a 32% equity interest.
•
Tower – A publicly held company in which we have a 22.5% equity interest, that is a global specialty foundry semiconductor manufacturer whose
securities are publicly-traded on each of the TASE and NASDAQ under the ticker “TSEM.”
•
Two renewable energy businesses including Primus , an innovative developer and owner of a proprietary natural gas-to-liquid technology process; and
HelioFocus , a developer of dish technologies for solar thermal power fields.
In furtherance of our strategy, we intend to support the development of our non-primary interests businesses, and to act to realize their value for our
shareholders by distributing our interests in our non-primary businesses to our shareholders or selling our interests in our non-primary businesses, rationally and
expeditiously, and either distributing the proceeds derived from such sales to our shareholders or using such proceeds to repay amounts owing under our credit
facility with IC or other.
As we execute our strategy, we intend to operate under disciplined capital allocation principles designed to ensure the prudent use of our capital. We intend to
refrain from acquiring interests in new companies outside our existing businesses. We do not intend to materially “cross-allocate” proceeds received in connection
with distributions from / sales of our interests in, any of our businesses, among our other businesses. Instead, we intend to distribute such proceeds to our
shareholders or to use such proceeds to repay amounts owing under our credit facility with IC, as discussed in more detail below. In addition, we will not make
further investments in ZIM.
The disciplined capital allocation principles set forth above are designed to promote the growth and development of our primary businesses, maximize value
for our shareholders and ensure the prudent use of our capital. However, we will be required to make determinations over time that will be based on the facts and
circumstances prevailing at such time, as well as continually evolving market conditions and outlook, none of which are predictable at this time. As a result, we will
be required to exercise significant judgment while seeking to adhere to these capital allocation principles in order to maximize value for our shareholders and further
the development of our businesses.
As Qoros is an early stage company, it will require additional third-party and shareholder funding to support its development. As such, we expect that a
significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros’ development and, until it achieves significant sales, its operating expenses,
financing expenses, and capital expenditures. Should we decide that providing Qoros with additional funding is in the best interests of our shareholders, we will first
seek to approve Qoros’ incurrence of additional third-party debt that is non-recourse to Kenon or the issuance of equity in Qoros to third-party investors. However,
to the extent that such third-party funding is not available, we may, if we deem it in the best interests of our shareholders for us to do so, source such funding from
other sources, which could include cross-allocating proceeds received in connection with dispositions of or distributions from our other businesses. Alternatively,
Kenon may choose not to provide such financing, which may adversely impact Qoros’ ability to obtain financing from Chery or other third parties, in which case
Qoros may be unable to meet its operating expenses and Kenon may not recoup its investment in Qoros. Furthermore, in connection with the release of IC’s
outstanding back-to-back guarantee in respect of certain of Qoros’ debt, and Kenon’s related reimbursement obligations of up to RMB888 million to IC, Kenon has
given an undertaking to restore equality in respect of Chery’s RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) guarantee, which may result in Kenon providing
additional capital to, or in respect of, Qoros. Such capital would be in addition to Kenon’s current investment plans with respect to Qoros, which Kenon expects to
use a significant portion of its liquidity and capital resources to fund. As a result, this undertaking may require Kenon to seek additional liquidity, including seeking
funding from its other business. For further information on the risks related to the significant capital requirements of our businesses, particularly Qoros, see “
Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations – Some of our businesses, particularly Qoros, have significant capital
requirements. If these businesses are unable to obtain sufficient financing from third party financing sources, they may not be able to operate, and we may deem it
necessary to provide such capital, provide a guaranty or indemnity in connection with any financings, provide collateral in connection with any financings,
including via the cross-collateralization of assets across businesses, or refrain from investing further in any such businesses, all of which may materially impact our
financial position and results of operations. ”
Our Businesses
Set forth below is a description of our businesses.
IC Power
IC Power, which accounted for 100% of our revenues and 112% of our percentage of combined EBITDA in the year ended December 31, 2014, and 98% of
our assets as of December 31, 2014, is a holding company of international power generation businesses that develops medium-to-large-scale power facilities in
rapidly growing markets. IC Power has operations in Peru, the Dominican Republic, Bolivia, El Salvador, Chile, Jamaica, Nicaragua, Colombia, Guatemala and
Israel, and has investments and pipeline projects in Peru and Panama, consisting of power generation plants that utilize a range of fuel sources, including natural gas,
hydroelectric, heavy fuel oil, diesel and wind. Collectively, IC Power’s operations had a capacity of approximately 2,642 MW as of December 31, 2014, and a
capacity of approximately 3,846 MW, assuming the completion of IC Power’s construction projects, which includes its CDA and Samay I projects in Peru, and
Kanan in Panama.
67
Table of Contents
IC Power operates through equity interests (the percentage of holdings stated alongside each operating company are, in some cases, indirect holdings) in
various operating companies, as set forth in the following graphic:
*
Includes a pipeline capacity of 1,110 MW under construction in Peru and 92 MW under construction in Panama.
Note: This chart excludes intermediate immaterial operating companies.
68
3
2
>10
4
10
7
>10
3
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary operational information regarding each of IC Power’s operating companies and associates as of December 31, 2014 1 :
Country
Percentage of
Ownership
(Rounded)
Energy Used
to Operate
Power
Station
Capacity
(MW) 2
Operating Companies
Month Commenced
Commercial
Operation
(for greenfield) /
Month Initially
Acquired
(for acquired
companies)
Ranking by
Capacity,
in Country of
Operation
Entity
Inkia:
Kallpa
COBEE
Central Cardones
Nejapa 3
CEPP
JPPC 4
Colmito
Peru
75 % Natural gas
870 July 2007
Bolivia
Chile
El Salvador
Dominican
Republic
Jamaica
Chile
100 %
Hydroelectric and
natural gas
87 % Diesel
228 June 2007
153 December 2011
71 % Heavy fuel oil
140 June 2007
97 % Heavy fuel oil
100 % Heavy fuel oil
67 June 2007
60 June 2007
100 % Natural gas and diesel 5
58 October 2013
Total Inkia operating capacity
1,576
ICPI:
OPC
Israel
80 % Natural gas and diesel
440 July 2013
Total ICPI operating capacity
440
Pedregal
Panama
21 %
Heavy fuel oil
54
June 2007
>10
Investments
Total IC Power operating capacity
2,070
Corinto
Tipitapa Power
Amayo I
Amayo II
Surpetroil
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Colombia
Kallpa – Las Flores
Peru
Companies Acquired in 2014
65 % Heavy fuel oil
65 % Heavy fuel oil
61 % Wind
61 % Wind
60 % Natural gas
75 % Natural gas
Puerto Quetzal 6
Guatemala
100 % Heavy fuel oil
Total acquired capacity
Total IC Power capacity, including acquired capacity
CDA
Samay I 7
Kanan 8
Entrerios 9
Peru
Peru
Panama
Colombia
Total pipeline capacity
Total IC Power capacity, including acquired and pipeline capacity
Project Pipeline
75 % Hydroelectric
75 % Diesel and natural gas
100 % Heavy fuel oil
60 % Natural gas
71 March 2014
51 March 2014
40 March 2014
23 March 2014
15 March 2014
193 April 2014
179 August 2014
572
2,642
510
600
92
2 March 2015
1,204
3,846
4
7
9
15
>10
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Includes subsidiaries and associated companies not held for full-year 2014. Does not reflect 1,540 MW of capacity attributable to Edegel, which IC Power
sold in September 2014.
Total capacity reflects 100% of the capacity of all of IC Power’s operating companies and investments, regardless of IC Power’s ownership interest in the
company.
In January 2015, IC Power acquired Crystal Power’s 29% stake in Nejapa in connection with IC Power’s settlement of its shareholder dispute with Crystal
Power, increasing IC Power’s ownership interest to 100%.
In May 2014, IC Power acquired the remaining 84% stake in JPPC, increasing IC Power’s ownership interest to 100%.
Colmito completed its conversion to dual-fuel and was connected to a natural gas pipeline in February 2015.
In November 2014, Puerto Quetzal sold one of its three power barges, representing 55 MW of Puerto Quetzal’s 234 MW of capacity, to Kanan. As a result,
Puerto Quetzal now operates two power barges with an aggregate capacity of 179 MW.
On December 31, 2013, IC Power owned 100% of Samay I; IC Power’s ownership interest decreased to 75% in March 2014, as a result of Energía del
Pacifico’s execution of its option for CDA shares.
Kanan’s 92 MW capacity consists of (i) a 55 MW power barge purchased from Puerto Quetzal, as set forth above, and (ii) a 37 MW power barge purchased
9.
from CEPP in November 2014.
A Surpetroil development project, which is expected to commence commercial operations in March 2015 and will include an additional 10 MW of capacity
from Purificacion, another Surpetroil development project that commenced commercial operations in December 2014.
69
Table of Contents
IC Power’s Strengths
Historical growth through successful greenfield developments and acquisitions – IC Power (directly, or through its predecessor Inkia) has invested
approximately $2.4 billion (consisting of the assets’ purchase price plus, project financing / debt assumed, and investments by minority shareholders) in the
acquisition, development and expansion of its generation assets, has completed 12 development projects and acquisitions (Kallpa I, II, III, IV, OPC, Central
Cardones, Colmito, Nicaragua, JPPC, Surpetroil, Puerto Quetzal and Las Flores), and has 1,214 MW of pipeline capacity in Peru and Panama. IC Power leverages
its core competencies – project identification, evaluation, acquisition or construction, and operation – to develop medium-to-large-scale power generation facilities in
attractive markets with relatively high gross domestic product growth rates and relatively low levels of per capita energy consumption. In 2012, IC Power completed
its third expansion of Kallpa’s generation plant, the largest power plant in Peru in terms of capacity, adding 293 MW of capacity and converting Kallpa’s facility into
a closed-combined cycle. In 2013, IC Power completed its construction of OPC, a 440 MW combined cycle power plant, the first large-scale power generation plant
in Israel. IC Power’s entry into turnkey engineering, procurement and construction, or EPC, agreements, has helped to limit its exposure to construction overruns in
connection with its developed power plants.
Additionally, in 2014, IC Power completed 4 acquisitions, resulting in the addition of 7 generation assets, in four countries – Nicaragua, Colombia, Peru and
Guatemala. IC Power also acquired the remaining the remaining 84% of JPPC’s outstanding equity interest, which increased IC Power’s equity interest in JPPC
from 16% to 100%.
Attractive pipeline of greenfield development projects under construction – IC Power is currently developing two new facilities in Peru that are under
construction: CDA – a 510 MW run-of-the-river hydroelectric project, and Samay I – a 600 MW open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric project
– the completion of which will increase IC Power’s capacity by approximately 1,110 MW.
CDA, which is 75% owned by IC Power, is a project to construct a run-of-the-river hydroelectric plant in central Peru. The plant will have an installed
capacity of 510 MW, making CDA the largest private hydroelectric power plant ever constructed in Peru. Commercial operation of CDA’s hydroelectric plant is
expected to commence in the second half of 2016. IC Power estimates that, as of December 31, 2014, construction of the CDA Project was approximately 2/3
completed.
Samay I, which is also 75% owned by IC Power, is a project to construct an open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in southern
Peru, with an installed capacity of approximately 600 MW and at an estimated cost of $380 million. Samay I is expected to have three operational stages, illustrating
IC Power’s strategy to develop assets that can be expanded through further investment: (i) operation as a cold reserve plant operating with diesel until natural gas
becomes available in the area; (ii) operation as a natural gas-fired power plant once a new natural gas pipeline is built and natural gas becomes available to the
facility and (iii) conversion of this facility to combined cycle operations. Commercial operation of Samay I is expected to commence in mid-2016. IC Power
estimates that, as of December 31, 2014, construction of Samay I was approximately 1/3 completed.
In addition to CDA and Samay I, IC Power also has a number of other, earlier stage greenfield opportunities, that it is actively pursuing in order to support
long term growth of the business. For example, Kanan, a wholly-owned IC Power subsidiary, is in the process of installing and operating (by September 2015)
thermal generation units with a capacity of 92 MW in Panama in connection with a recently awarded bid.
As a result of IC Power’s sale of Edegel, its acquisition of various assets, as of December 31, 2014, IC Power’s operations are expected to have a capacity of
approximately 3,846 MW upon the completion of IC Power’s pipeline projects.
Attractive footprint in high growth markets – IC Power’s operations are currently focused in Latin American and Caribbean markets – primarily Peru –
each of which are characterized by relatively high rates of growth of gross domestic product and relatively low base levels of per capita energy consumption (in
comparison to those of developed markets). In July 2013, IC Power commenced commercial operation in Israel, operating the first large-scale private power
generator in the country. IC Power expects growth in such markets, particularly Peru, and believes that such growth will drive increases in per capita energy
consumption and will therefore offer IC Power the opportunity to generate attractive, risk-adjusted returns through additional investments in electricity generation
assets.
IC Power is a leader in its core market, Peru, which represented 48%, 57% and 59% of IC Power’s EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013
and 2012, and 40%, 42% and 57% of IC Power’s operating capacity, respectively. Peru is
70
Table of Contents
one of the fastest growing economies in Latin America, with a 5-year average GDP growth of approximately 5.8% through 2014, according to the International
Monetary Fund. IC Power’s largest asset, Kallpa, operates the largest power plant in Peru in terms of capacity. IC Power’s current development pipeline is expected
to provide an additional 1,110 MW in capacity, to address the expected increase in Peruvian demand, partially as a result of the substantial investments made in
connection with Peru’s energy-intensive mining industry, as well as provide an additional 92 MW in capacity in Panama.
Long-term power agreements that limit exposure to market fluctuations – IC Power’s operating companies typically enter into long-term power purchase
agreements, limiting their exposure to fluctuations in energy spot market rates and generating strong and predictable cash flows, although IC Power operates in
challenging jurisdictions that subject it to numerous regulatory or counterparty risks. In 2014, IC Power sold 91% of its aggregate capacity and energy sales,
pursuant to long-term PPAs. A significant portion of IC Power’s PPAs are (i) indexed to the corresponding power plant’s operating fuel and/or (ii) provide for
payment in U.S. Dollars, or are linked to the U.S. Dollar, thereby providing IC Power with hedges against fuel price and exchange rate fluctuations. IC Power’s
long-term customers include governments, quasi-government entities, large local distribution companies, and non-regulated customers or users, including
subsidiaries of large multi-national corporations, which IC Power believes have strong credit profiles, which mitigates the risk of customer default.
Optimized processes driving operational excellence – IC Power seeks to optimize its power generation process through its use of leading technologies (e.g.,
Siemens, General Electric, Mitsubishi and Andritz turbines), thereby enabling its power generation assets to perform at efficient and high reliability levels. IC Power
believes that its strong operating performance has helped it to maintain strong availability rates, as indicated by IC Power’s generation plants’ weighted average
availability rates of 94% and 95% in 2014 and 2013, respectively. IC Power’s operating performance is driven by its experienced staff, long-term service agreements
with original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and the disciplined maintenance of its generation assets.
IC Power also seeks to optimize its revenue streams by monitoring, and adjusting as appropriate, the capacity it sells to consumers through the spot market, so
as to maintain stability and minimize volatility in margins. In 2014, 9% of IC Power’s sales were on the spot market. IC Power’s management actively assesses the
mechanisms by which it sells its capacity (i.e. PPA versus spot market sales) in light of fluctuating industry dynamics, seeking to achieve the optimum balance
between the stability of earnings it achieves through long-term PPAs and the maximization of profit.
Experienced management team with strong local presence – IC Power’s management team has extensive experience in the power generation business. IC
Power’s executive officers have an average of more than 17 years of experience in the power generation industry, and IC Power’s core management team have been
working together in large generation companies since 1996. IC Power believes that this overall level of experience contributes to its ability to effectively manage its
existing operating companies, identify, evaluate and integrate high quality growth opportunities within and outside Latin America.
IC Power’s local teams provide in-depth market knowledge and power industry experience. The management teams of IC Power’s operating companies
consist primarily of local executives that have significant experience working in the local energy industry with local government regulators. IC Power believes the
market-specific experience of its local management provides it with visibility into the local regulatory, political and business environment in each of the countries in
which it operates.
IC Power’s management is compensated in part on the basis of the financial performance of the business, which incentivizes management to continue to
improve operating results.
IC Power’s Strategies
Successfully develop and acquire generation assets in attractive markets – IC Power has developed core competencies in identifying, evaluating,
constructing and operating greenfield development projects and acquisitions throughout Latin America, the Caribbean and Israel. IC Power seeks to develop
generation assets in relatively stable, growing, economies with relatively low levels of per capita energy consumption. IC Power seeks to develop assets that can be
expanded through further investment, providing IC Power with the ability to further expand an asset in connection with market trends and industry developments.
For example, IC Power’s Las Flores asset, which commenced commercial operation in May 2010, has the necessary permits for a future 190 MW gas-fired
expansion and has sufficient space to locate such a facility, as well as a combined cycle expansion, on its existing premises.
IC Power also seeks to enter into, and/or expand its presence in attractive markets around the world by acquiring controlling interests in operating assets to
anchor its geographical expansion. For example, IC Power recently acquired generation assets in Colombia, Nicaragua and Guatemala through its (i) acquisition of a
60% equity interest in Surpetroil, a Colombian company that utilizes stranded natural gas reserves, (ii) acquisition of ICPNH, which provides IC Power with
controlling interests in two fuel oil and two wind energy Nicaraguan generation companies and (iii) acquisition of Puerto Quetzal, which provides IC Power with
three power barges with fuel oil generators (one of which was recently sold to Kanan), and which represents IC Power’s initial entry into the Guatemalan power
generation market.
71
Table of Contents
Additionally, consistent with its strategy of acquiring controlling interests as a means of geographical expansion, in May 2014, IC Power increased its equity
ownership in JPPC from 16% to 100%, which operates two diesel generation units operating on heavy fuel oil and a combined-cycle steam turbine plant in Jamaica.
Continue to finance greenfield development projects with the support of long-term PPAs – IC Power’s strategy of generating strong and predictable cash
flows from long-term PPAs has enabled it to successfully secure bank and bond financing from a diverse international lender base for its development and
construction projects. Where possible, and depending upon the operating fuel of the plant, IC Power seeks to enter into long-term capacity PPAs prior to committing
to a project so as to accurately assess expected cash flows and margins of a particular development project in advance of committing to such project and facilitate
project financing for such projects. For example, although CDA has yet to commence commercial operation, CDA has sourced and entered into long-term PPAs for
a significant portion of its expected capacity and has contracted the vast majority of the estimated firm energy it expects to generate between 2018 and 2027. The
cash flows associated with such PPAs have provided CDA with an attractive credit profile and assets for collateralization that have been used to finance its
development. Similarly, the Peruvian government has guaranteed capacity revenue for 100% of Samay I’s expected capacity for a 20-year period at rates above
regulated capacity rates.
Optimize portfolio to maximize shareholder value – IC Power regularly assesses its portfolio of operating companies and investments, seeking to
concentrate its resources on expansion and acquisition opportunities that conform to its development strategies, i.e., projects that diversify its generation base, offer
attractive, risk-adjusted return profiles, and in which IC Power can maintain a controlling interest. IC Power actively manages its portfolio in light of its debt
repayment obligations, specific risk management and exposure concerns, changing industry dynamics in a particular country or region, and flexibility with respect to
the funding of new projects. By selling its equity interests in certain of its assets, when and if appropriate, IC Power may also monetize a portion of the value created
by its operating companies and investment. For example, in September 2014, IC Power sold its 21% equity interest in Edegel, a large, relatively mature, Peruvian
generation company. The sale of Edegel provided IC Power with cash for use in its continuing capital investment/expansion programs and operations and/or for the
repayment of a portion of Inkia’s outstanding bonds.
IC Power’s Industry Overview
IC Power’s operations are focused in Latin American and Caribbean markets – primarily Peru – that are characterized by relatively high rates of growth of
GDP and relatively low base levels of per capita energy consumption (in comparison to those of developed markets). In July 2013, IC Power commenced
commercial operation in Israel, operating the first large-scale private power producer in the country.
In Latin America and the Caribbean, the power utility market generally allows for the sale and delivery of power from power generators (private- or
government-owned) to distribution companies (private or government owned) and to industrial consumers. In these particular countries, there is typically structural
segregation between the companies involved in power generation and the companies involved in power transmission and distribution. In most of these countries, the
government operates the power grid, and transmission services are provided on an open access basis, i.e. the transmission company must transmit power through the
grid, and in exchange, the transmission company charges a transmission rate set by the supervisory authority or based on a competitive process. In the markets where
private- and government-owned entities compete in the power generation sector, transmission and distribution services are conducted subject to exclusive franchises,
effectively regulating the transmission and distribution operations. Although permits are required in each of the countries in which IC Power operates, the markets in
these countries generally have no material regulatory barriers to entry. The financial resources required to enter these markets and the significant costs associated
with the construction of power facilities, however, pose barriers to entry.
The following table sets forth summary country information for the countries in which IC Power operates, as of December 31, 2014:
Market
Peru
Dominican Republic
Bolivia
El Salvador
Chile
Jamaica
2014
GDP
1
208
62
34
25
264
14
GDP Compounded
Credit
Annual Growth
(2010 – 2014) 2
Rating
3
Inkia
5.8 %
3.9 %
5.6 %
1.9 %
4.3 %
0.5 %
A3
B1
Ba3
Ba3
Aa3
Caa3
72
Capacity
(MW)
8,725
3,736
1,617
1,485
20,291
938
Reserve
Margin
4
52 %
46 %
16 %
30 %
50 %
27 %
GWh Consumption
Compounded Annual
GWh
Consumption
Growth (2010 –
2014)
37,252
14,300
7,478
6,067
69,897
4,084
6.0 %
1.5 %
7.0 %
1.9 %
6.2 %
(0.3 )%
Table of Contents
Market
Nicaragua
Colombia
Panama
Guatemala
Israel
2014
GDP
1
12
400
45
58
305
GDP Compounded
Credit
Annual Growth
(2010 – 2014) 2
4.8 %
5.0 %
9.1 %
3.6 %
Rating
3
B3
Baa2
Baa2
Ba1
Capacity
(MW)
1,026
15,555 5
2,704
2,554
Reserve
Margin
4
57 %
38 %
44 %
36 %
GWh
Consumption
4,073
64,328 5
9,204
9,504
ICPI
3.2 %
A1
15,500 6
1 %
56,900 6
GWh Consumption
Compounded Annual
Growth (2010 –
2014)
5.2 %
2.1 %
6.4 %
4.0 %
3.0 %
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Expressed in billions of USD at current prices. Source: International Monetary Fund.
CAGR 2010-2014. Source: International Monetary Fund. Certain information related to 2013 and 2014 has been estimated.
Government Bond Ratings, local currency. Source: Moody’s.
A measure of available capacity over and above the capacity needed to meet normal peak demands.
Source: Colombian UPME (Mining and Energy Planning Unit).
Source: IEC financial statements for 2013 and OPC internal data. Represents sales of IEC and OPC only, and excludes other small independent power
producers and cogeneration facilities.
The following discussion sets forth a brief description of the key electricity markets in which Inkia, the holding company of IC Power’s Latin American and
Caribbean assets, operates.
Peru
The power utility market in Peru is the primary market of operation for IC Power and, driven by the growth in GDP, Peruvian energy consumption has grown
in recent years. Peru’s natural resources and increasing global prices for commodities have led to increased energy-intensive mining activity, which has supported
the increase in Peru’s energy consumption. An increase in domestic demand has also led to an increase in investments in value-added manufacturing processes to
create products to serve the domestic market and for export.
According to the Peruvian National Institute of Statistics and Information (Instituto Nacional de Estadistica e Informatica) , Peru had a population of
approximately 31 million as of December 31, 2014. According to the Peruvian Central Reserve Bank (Banco Central de Reserva del Peru) , Peruvian GDP grew by
2.4%, 5.8% and 6% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In Peru, power is generally generated by companies which operate hydroelectric and natural gas based
power stations. Hydroelectric plants and thermal accounted for 36% and 59% of Peruvian capacity, respectively, as of December 31, 2014, according to COES. In
addition, 5% of Peru’s capacity was provided by renewable energy plants (e.g., solar, biomass, and run-to-the-river hydro plants). As of December 31, 2014,
hydroelectric plants in Peru had a capacity of 3,159 MW, thermal plants in Peru had a capacity of 5,123 MW and renewable energy plants had a capacity of 443
MW, according to COES.
Since 1992, the Peruvian market has been operating based upon a “marginal generation cost” system. A government agency determines which generation
facilities will be in operation at any given time with a view to maintaining minimum energy costs. Energy units are activated on a real-time basis; units with lower
variable generation costs are activated first. The variable cost for the most recent generation unit activated in each time period determines the price of electricity in
such time period for those generation companies that sell or buy power on the spot market.
Peruvian generation companies sell their capacity and energy under PPAs or in the spot market. The principal consumers under PPAs are distribution
companies and other unregulated consumers. Under regulations governing the Peruvian power sector, customers with capacity demand between 200 kW and 2,500
kW may participate in the unregulated power market and enter into PPAs directly with generation companies. PPAs to sell capacity and energy to distribution
companies for resale to regulated customers must be made at fixed prices based on public bids received by the distribution companies from generation companies or
at the applicable bus bar tariff set by the OSINERGMIN. Generation companies are authorized to buy and sell capacity and energy in the spot market to cover their
needs and the commitments under their PPAs.
73
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a summary of energy sales in the Peruvian market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Source: OSINERGMIN
Energy Sales Under PPAs
Distribution
(GWh)
16,810
17,888
18,961
19,880
20,732
Other
Unregulated
12,682
13,904
14,661
15,841
16,520
The demand for power and electricity in Peru is served by a variety of generation companies, including Kallpa, Edegel, ElectroPeru, a state-owned generation
company whose primary generation facilities are hydroelectric plants, Enersur S.A., a subsidiary of GDF Suez S.A., and Duke Energy Egenor S. en C. por A., a
subsidiary of Duke Energy Corp.
The following table sets forth a summary of the principal generation companies in Peru, indicating their capacity by type of generation, as of December 31,
2014:
Capacity as of December 31, 2014
Open-Cycle
Combined-
Cycle Natural
Hydro
Natural Gas
Gas
Coal
(MW)
140
—
—
—
—
—
140
814
485
—
870
—
570
2,739
Heavy
Fuel Oil
157
—
16
—
—
139
312
Dual
Fuel Other
Total
498
103
—
—
—
193
794
—
—
—
—
16
427
443
1,746
1,652
902
1,063
550
2,812
8,725
Enersur
Edegel1
ElectroPeru
Kallpa 2
Egenor 3
Other generation companies
Total
Source: COES
Nicaragua
137
755
886
—
359
1,022
3,159
—
309
—
193
175
461
1,138
According to the Comisión Economica Para America Latina y el Caribe , or CEPAL, Nicaragua had a population of approximately 6 million in 2014.
According to the International Monetary Fund, Nicaraguan GDP grew by 4% in 2014; according to the International Monetary Fund, Nicaraguan GDP grew by an
estimated 4.6% in 2014. Nicaraguan GDP grew by 4.0% and 5% in 2013 and 2012, respectively, according to CEPAL. Nicaragua’s interconnected power system has
an installed capacity of approximately 1,026 MW, consisting of wind, hydroelectric, geothermal, and biomass power stations, using heavy fuel oil or diesel, which
accounted for 18%, 11%, 8%, 5% and 58%, respectively, of Nicaragua’s capacity as of December 31, 2014. Nicaragua is also part of the SIEPAC, a $500 million
project that connects Central American countries with each other through a 300MW transmission line, thereby permitting the creation of a Central American
wholesale power generation market.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the Nicaraguan market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Chile
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
661
702
728
740
749
112
112
72
72
72
3,086
3,353
3,536
3,695
3,933
237
130
91
133
140
According to the Chilean National Institute of Statistics, Chile had a population of approximately 18 million in 2014. According to the Central Bank of Chile
( Banco Central de Chile ), Chilean GDP grew by 1.8%, 4.3% and 5.5% in 2014, 2013 and
74
Table of Contents
2012, respectively. Two of Chile’s four power systems represent a significant portion of its 20,291 MW electricity market. The largest of such systems is the Central
Interconnected System, or SIC, which has a capacity of 15,181 MW, primarily consisting of hydroelectric, coal-based power stations and dual power stations using
liquid natural gas or diesel, wind farms and solar power stations which accounted for 42%, 53%, 4% and 1%, respectively, of the SIC’s capacity as of December 31,
2014. SIC serves over 90% of the Chilean population. The remaining systems have capacity of 5,110 MW.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the SIC for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Source: CDEC – SIC
Colombia
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
4,639
4,663
4,754
5,351
5,832
941
1,205
1,438
1,334
1,248
35,939
38,364
36,967
41,147
44,234
5,123
5,440
9,315
6,630
8,032
According to the World Bank, Colombia had a population of approximately 48 million in 2014. According to the Colombian National Administrative
Department of Statistics, Colombia’s GDP grew by 4.6%, 4.9% and 4% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Colombia’s interconnected power system has an
installed capacity of approximately 15,555 MW, consisting of hydro, thermal power plants, minor plants and cogenerators, which accounted for 70%, 29%, 0.5%
and 0.5%, respectively, of Colombia’s capacity as of December 31, 2014.
Guatemala
According to the National Institute of Statistics of Guatemala, Guatemala had a population of approximately 16 million in 2014. According to the Guatemala
Central Bank, Guatemalan GDP grew by 4.0%, 3.7% and 3% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Guatemala’s interconnected power system has an installed
capacity of approximately 2,554 MW, consisting of hydro, diesel engines, and other technologies, which accounted for 37%, 26%, and 37%, respectively, of
Guatemala’s capacity as of December 31, 2014.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the Guatemalan market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
El Salvador
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
1,468
1,491
1,533
1,564
1,536
—
—
—
—
—
6,984
7,286
7,500
7,394
8,223
1,138
1,019
1,056
1,785
1,899
According to the National Institute of Statistics of El Salvador’s Ministry of Economy ( Dirección General de Estadísticas y Censos, Ministerio de Economía
de El Salvador ), El Salvador had a population of approximately 6 million in 2014.
75
Table of Contents
According to the COPADES ( Consultants for Corporate Development ), Salvadorian GDP grew by 1.8%, 1.7% and 1.9% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Hydroelectric plants accounted for 32% of El Salvador’s capacity as of December 31, 2014 and geothermal plants accounted for 12%, based upon information
available from the SIGET. The remainder of El Salvador’s capacity is provided by thermal plants powered by heavy fuel oil, diesel and bio-mass. As of
December 31, 2014, hydroelectric plants in El Salvador had a capacity of 473 MW, geothermal plants in El Salvador had a capacity of 183 MW, and thermal plants
in El Salvador had a capacity of 829 MW.
Prior to August 2011, a market for capacity sales did not exist and consumers of electricity, including unregulated consumers, purchased only energy.
However, as a result of regulatory changes, and similar to generation companies operating in the Peruvian market, Salvadorian generation companies sell capacity
and energy under PPAs or in the spot market.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the Salvadorian market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Source: Unidad de Transacciones
Dominican Republic
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
—
555
655
715
764
—
404
332
285
271
1,745
2,745
3,122
3,823
4,883
3,892
3,011
2,761
2,177
1,184
According to the Dominican Republic’s National Statistics Office ( Oficina Nacional de Estadística ), the Dominican Republic had a population of
approximately 10 million as of December 2014. According to the Dominican Central Bank ( Banco Central de la Republica Dominicana ), Dominican GDP grew by
7.3%, 4.8% and 3.9% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively; the significant growth in 2014 primarily resulted from the decline in international fuel prices. Based
upon information available from the Coordinating Body ( Organismo Coordinador ), or OC, as of December 31, 2014, fuel-oil plants accounted for 47% of the
Dominican capacity and hydroelectric plants accounted for 16%. For information on trends relating to the price of heavy fuel oil, see “ Item 5D. Trend Information .”
The remainder of Dominican capacity is provided by open-cycle and combined-cycle plants fueled by natural gas, and thermal plants fueled by coal. As of
December 31, 2014, hydroelectric plants in the Dominican Republic had a capacity of 592 MW, and thermal plants in the Dominican Republic had a capacity of
3,065 MW, according to the OC.
The Dominican Republic suffers from the large-scale theft of power. As the tariff charged to consumers does not fully cover the generation and distribution
costs associated with the generation of energy, subsidies from the government of the Dominican Republic are required in order to recoup some of the losses resulting
from the theft of power.
Dominican generation companies sell capacity and energy under PPAs or in the spot market. The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy
sales in the Dominican market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Source: OC
Capacity Sales
Under PPAs
Distribution
Other
Unregulated
(MW)
115
111
238
212
163
1,366
1,377
1,429
1,676
1,453
76
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot
Market
337
529
634
569
822
Distribution
10,165
9,877
11,084
10,929
10,045
Other
Unregulated
(GWh)
1,026
1,107
1,792
2,164
1,389
Spot
Market
926
2,615
2,657
3,114
4,109
Table of Contents
Jamaica
According to the World Bank, Jamaica had a population of approximately 3 million in 2014. According to the Statistical Institute of Jamaica, Jamaican GDP
decreased by 0.5%, and grew by 0.2% and 0.5% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively
Jamaica’s interconnected power system has an installed capacity of approximately 938 MW, consisting of thermal, hydro and other power, which accounted
for 93%, 3%, and 4%, respectively, of Jamaica’s capacity as of December 31, 2014.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the Jamaican market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Panama
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
789
789
854
854
941
—
—
—
—
—
4,137
4,137
4,135
4,142
4,084
—
—
—
—
—
According to the World Bank, Panama had a population of approximately 4 million in 2014. According to the National Institute of Statistics and Census of
Panama, Panamanian GDP grew by 6.2%, 8.4% and 10.8% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Panama’s interconnected power system has an installed capacity of
approximately 2,704 MW, consisting of hydro, fuel, and other technologies, which accounted for 53%, 32%, and 15%, respectively, of Panama’s capacity as of
December 31, 2014.
The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy sales in the Panamanian market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Capacity Sales
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Spot Market
Under PPAs
Spot Market
(MW)
(GWh)
955
1,089
1,280
1,387
1,518
105
79
59
41
50
6,868
6,696
7,217
7,359
7,542
1,442
2,053
1,884
2,615
3,193
An energy deficit has accumulated in Panama’s generation market, and such deficit has recently increased as a result of an extended dry season, which led to
increased electricity shortages. In 2014, as an emergency measure, the Panamanian government called for an emergency bid to attempt to cover electricity shortfalls
in the short-term.
Bolivia
According to the Bolivian National Institute of Statistics ( Instituto Nacional de Estadistica ), Bolivia had a population of approximately 10 million as of
2014. According to the Bolivian Central Bank ( Banco Central de Bolivia ), Bolivian GDP grew by 5.2%, 5.3% and 5.0% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Based upon information available from the CNDC, as of December 31, 2014, thermal plants fueled by natural gas accounted for 69% of Bolivian capacity and
hydroelectric plants accounted for 31%. As of December 31, 2014, thermal plants in Bolivia had capacity of 1,123 MW and hydroelectric plants in Bolivia had a
capacity of 493 MW, according to the CNDC.
Following the nationalization of Empresa Eléctrica Guaracachi S.A., Empresa Eléctrica Valle Hermoso S.A. and Empresa Eléctrica Corani S.A. in May 2010
by the Government of Bolivia, all of the generation companies currently developing power projects in Bolivia are government-owned entities. It is unclear whether
the Government of Bolivia will continue nationalizing entities involved in its power utility market and it is unclear whether such nationalization (if any) would be
adequately compensated for by the Bolivian Government. For further information on the Bolivian Government’s acts of nationalization, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors
– Risks Related to IC Power – The Government of Bolivia has nationalized energy industry assets, and IC Power’s remaining operations in Bolivia may also be
nationalized. ”
77
Table of Contents
Bolivian generation companies sell capacity and energy under PPAs or in the spot market. The following table sets forth a summary of capacity and energy
sales in the Bolivian market for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
Source: CNDC
Capacity Sales
Under PPAs
Distribution
Other
Unregulated
(MW)
—
—
—
—
—
50
47
43
47
44
Energy Sales
Under PPAs
Distribution
Other
Unregulated
(GWh)
—
—
—
—
—
382
368
369
368
357
Spot
Market
5,432
5,934
6,236
6,645
7,121
Spot
Market
959
1,005
1,060
1,119
1,254
In Bolivia, wages are periodically increased by governmental decree and, as a result, labor costs, which already represent a significant portion of the operating
expenses of Bolivian generation and distribution companies, are expected to continue to increase and represent a greater portion of generation expenses.
The following discussion sets forth a brief description of Israel, the electricity market in which ICPI operates.
Israel
According to the Israel Central Bureau of Statistics, Israel had a population of approximately 8 million as of December 31, 2014. According to the Bank of
Israel, Israeli GDP grew by 2.6%, 3.3% and 3.4% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Israel’s power generation units utilize fossil fuels almost exclusively.
Natural gas plants, coal fuel plants, diesel power plants and renewable fuel plants accounted for approximately 59%, 31%, 7% and 3% of Israel’s installed capacity
as of December 31, 2014, respectively, based upon information available from IEC’s financial reports for 2014 and the PUAE. As of December 31, 2014, the
installed capacity in Israel was approximately 15,500 MW, of which 9,200 MW is natural gas power facilities in Israel.
Until recently, the state-owned IEC operated as the sole provider of electricity in Israel. However, PUAE incentives have encouraged private investments in
the Israeli power generation market and OPC, and other private developers, now operate in the market with significant capacity. As of December 31, 2014, OPC and
other private developers operated in the market with a capacity of approximately 2,046 MW. Sales of private producers are generally made on the basis of PPAs for
the sale of energy to customers, with prices linked to the tariff issued by the PUAE. The PUAE operates a time of use tariff, which provides different energy rates for
different seasons (e.g., summer and winter) and different periods of time during the day.
The following table sets forth a summary of energy sales in the Israeli market for the periods presented:
Energy Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2010
2011
2012
2013
Distribution
1
(GWh)
52,000
53,100
57,900
56,900
1.
Distribution information for the year ended December 31, 2014 was unavailable as of the date of this annual report.
IEC has been classified by the Electricity Market Law as an “essential service provider” and, as such, is subject to basic obligations concerning the proper
management of the Israeli power utility market. These obligations include the filing of development plans, management of Israel’s power system, management of
Israel’s power transmission and distribution systems, provision of backup and infrastructure services to private power producers and consumers, and the purchase of
power from private power producers.
For information on the risks related to changes in Israel’s regulatory environment, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – The production
and profitability of private power generation companies in Israel may be adversely affected by changes in Israel’s regulatory environment .”
IC Power’s Description of Operations
IC Power’s operations are focused in Latin American and Caribbean markets – primarily Peru – that are characterized by relatively high rates of GDP growth
and relatively low base levels of per capita energy consumption (in comparison to those of
78
Table of Contents
developed markets). In July 2013, IC Power commenced commercial operation in Israel, operating the first large-scale private power plant in the country.
Collectively, IC Power’s operations had a capacity of 2,642 MW as of December 31, 2014, and a capacity of 3,846 MW, assuming the completion of IC Power’s
construction projects, which includes its CDA and Samay I projects in Peru, and Kanan in Panama. IC Power’s portfolio includes power generation plants that
operate on a range of fuel sources, including natural gas, hydroelectric, heavy fuel oil, diesel and wind.
IC Power owns, operates and develops power plants to generate and sell electricity to distribution companies and unregulated consumers under long-term
PPAs and to the spot market. IC Power’s largest asset is its Kallpa facility, a combined-cycle plant in Peru that includes three gas-fired generation turbines and is the
largest power plant in Peru, in terms of capacity. In 2014, 91% of IC Power’s energy and capacity sales were pursuant to long-term PPAs, reducing IC Power’s
exposure to fluctuating electricity and fuel prices. During the year ended December 31, 2014, IC Power sold 5,794 GWh of electricity, representing 38% of volume
sold, to distribution companies, 8,113 GWh of electricity, representing 53% of volume sold, to consumers in the unregulated markets and 1,365 GWh of electricity,
representing 9% of volume sold, in the spot markets. IC Power sold 15,272 GWh of electricity during the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended
December 31, 2014, IC Power’s operations in Peru generated 32% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues and 48% of IC Power’s EBITDA.
The following charts set forth the relative percentage of IC Power’s capacity by energy source as of December 31, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the
completion of all projects under construction as of December 31, 2014:
Actual
As Adjusted
The following discussion sets forth a brief description of the companies through which IC Power operates: Inkia, through which IC Power conducts its
operations throughout Latin America and the Caribbean, and ICPI, through which IC Power conducts its Israeli operations.
Inkia
The following chart sets forth the relative percentage of Inkia’s capacity by country, as of December 31, 2014:
79
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary financial information for Inkia’s subsidiaries and associates for the year ended December 31, 2014:
Entity 1
Kallpa
COBEE
Central
Cardones
Nejapa 6
CEPP
JPPC 7
Colmito
ICPNH 8
Surpetroil 9
Puerto Quetzal 10
SCCP 11
Inkia &others
Total Inkia subsidiaries
Pedregal
Total investments
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Ownership
Interest
(%)
Revenues
Sales
EBITDA
2
Net
income
Received
Assets 3
debt 4
Net debt
5
Cost of
Distributions
Outstanding
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise stated)
Operating Companies
75 $
100
437 $ 270 $ 154 $ 50 $
41 18
18
9
22 $ 729 $
23 167
453 $ 428
43
85
11
7
2
87
10
131 118
71
72 56
15
97
41 39 —
100
2
38 36
100
23
125 98
61-65
4
3
9
60
2
100
34 29
14
100 — —
100
(5 )
20 15
$
—
(1 )
4
9
(2 )
—
6
2
(1 )
19
121
959 $ 684 $ 244 $ 216 $
— 119
66
—
55
18
95
—
—
35
11 209
19
—
15 105
29 —
4 1,546
122 $ 3,145 $
48
—
30
8
20
109
3
32
44
(23 )
22
5
19
93
2
14
— —
1,036 602
1,824 $ 1,249
21 $
$
—
Investments
80 $ 61 $
80 $ 61 $
17 $
17 $
9 $
9 $
2 $
2 $
47 $
47 $
15 $
15 $
3
3
1.
2.
Does not reflect the summary financial information of (i) Inkia, IC Power’s primary holding company, and other holdings and (ii) Cenergica, a wholly-owned
subsidiary that maintains a fuel depot and marine terminal in El Salvador.
“EBITDA” for each entity is defined as income (loss) for the year before depreciation and amortization, finance expenses, net, income tax expense (benefit)
and asset write-off, excluding share in income from associates measurement to fair value of our-existing share, negative goodwill and the Edegel sale.
EBITDA is not recognized under IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles as measures of financial performance and should not be
considered as substitutes for net income or loss, cash flow from operations or other measures of operating performance or liquidity determined in accordance
with IFRS. EBITDA is not intended to represent funds available for dividends or other discretionary uses because those funds may be required for debt
service, capital expenditures, working capital and other commitments and contingencies. EBITDA presents limitations that impair its use as a measure of
profitability since it does not take into consideration certain costs and expenses that result from each business that could have a significant effect on its net
income, such as financial expenses, taxes, depreciation, capital expenses and other related charges.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA for Inkia and its main subsidiaries for the periods presented:
Income (loss) for the year
Depreciation and amortization
Finance expenses, net
Income tax expense (benefit)
Asset write-off
Share in income from associates
Measurement to fair value of pre-existing share
Negative Goodwill
Edegel Sale
EBITDA
80
Kallpa COBEE
Nejapa CEPP
JPPC
$ 50 $
46
35
23
—
—
—
—
—
$ 154
9 $
3
4
2
—
—
—
—
—
18
$
Central
Cardones
(in millions of USD)
(1 )
4
2
2
—
—
—
—
—
7
$
4 $ 9 $ (2 )
2
3
5
1
—
—
(1 )
3
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 0
$ 15
$ 10
Table of Contents
Income (loss) for the year
Depreciation and amortization
Finance expenses, net
Income tax expense
Asset write-off
Share in income from associates
Measurement to fair value of pre-existing share
Negative Goodwill
Edegel Sale
EBITDA
Colmito
ICPNH
Surpetroil
Puerto
Quetzal
SPPC
others
Total
Inkia and
$ — $
6 $
8
7
2
—
—
—
—
—
$ 23
(in millions of USD)
2 $
1
1
0
—
—
—
—
—
4
$
(1 )
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
2
$
$ 128
—
7
48
—
(12 )
—
—
(157 )
$ 14
$
12
9
24
(12 )
35
(2 )
(3 )
(68 )
—
9
$
$ 216
83
83
69
35
(14 )
(3 )
(68 )
(157 )
$ 244
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
$
3.
4.
5.
Reflects assets after elimination and consolidation adjustments.
Includes short-term and long-term debt.
Net debt is defined as total debt attributable to each of Inkia’s subsidiaries, minus the cash and short term deposits and restricted cash such companies. Net
debt is not a measure of liabilities in accordance with IFRS. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of net debt to total debt for Inkia and the relevant Inkia
operating companies.
Kallpa COBEE
Central
Cardones Nejapa CEPP JPPC Colmito
ICPNH Surpetroil
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
Inkia and
Puerto
Quetzal
Other ( 1)
Total
Total debt
Cash
Net debt
$ 453 $
$ 25 $
$
$ 428
85 $
42 $
$
43
(1)
Includes Inkia and other companies.
48 $ — $ 30 $ 8 $
4 $ 23 $ 8 $ 3 $
$
44
$ (23 )
$ 22
$ 5
20 $ 109 $
1 $ 16 $
$
$ 93
19
3 $ 32 $ 1,036 $ 1,824
434 $ 575
1 $ 18 $
$ 1,249
602
$
$ 14
2
6.
7.
8.
9.
In January 2015, IC Power acquired Crystal Power’s 29% stake in Nejapa in connection with IC Power’s settlement of its shareholder dispute with Crystal
Power. Figures include amounts related to Nejapa’s branch and main office.
Reflects 100% of JPPC’s financial results for the period, notwithstanding IC Power’s ownership interest of 16% in JPPC prior to IC Power’s purchase of the
remaining 84% stake in May 2014. Figures include JPPC and Private Power Operator Ltd (an IC Power subsidiary that employs JPPC’s employees and
performs administrative-related functions).
Reflects 100% of ICPNH’s financial results for the period, notwithstanding IC Power’s purchase of ICPNH in March 2014. Through ICPNH, IC Power
indirectly holds 65% interests in Corinto and Tipitapa Power and 61% interests in Amayo I and Amayo II.
Reflects 100% of Surpetroil’s financial results for the period, notwithstanding IC Power’s purchase of its 60% ownership interest in Surpetroil in March 2014.
Figures include Surpetroil and Surenergy S.A.S ESP (an IC Power subsidiary that performs administrative functions and maintains certain licenses on behalf
of Surpetroil).
10. Reflects 100% of Puerto Quetzal’s financial results for the period, notwithstanding IC Power’s purchase of Puerto Quetzal in September 2014. Figures include
Puerto Quetzal and Poliwatt Limited (an IC Power subsidiary that performs administrative functions and maintains certain licenses on behalf of Puerto
Quetzal).
Southern Cone Power Peru S.A., the wholly-owned subsidiary that previously held IC Power’s indirect interest in Edegel prior to September 2014.
11.
81
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary operational information for Inkia’s subsidiaries and associates for the year ended December 31, 2014:
Entity
Kallpa
COBEE
Central Cardones
Nejapa
CEPP
JPPC
Colmito
ICPNH
Surpetroil
Puerto Quetzal
Total Inkia subsidiaries
Pedregal
Total investments
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Energy
generated
Operating Companies
Capacity (MW)
(GWh)
1,063
228
153
140
67
60
58
185
15
179
2,148
5,924
1,086
—
376
242
410
6
1,057
24
490
9,630
Availability
Average
factor
(%)
heat
rate 1
97
91
97
97
89
85
95
95
84
97
—
7,117
13,786
12,238
9,597
9,539
8,306
8,521
9,012
14,900
9,116
—
Investments
54
54
404
404
93
93
8,106
8,106
1.
Heat rate is defined as the number of BTUs of energy contained in the fuel required to produce a kilowatt-hour of energy (btu/kWh) for thermal plants.
Set forth below is a summary of Inkia’s operating assets.
Peru
Kallpa
Kallpa is 75% owned by IC Power; the remaining 25% is held by Energía del Pacífico S.A., or Energía del Pacífico, a member of the Quimpac group. Kallpa
is IC Power’s largest asset and owns and operates the largest power generation facility in Peru, in terms of capacity. Kallpa’s thermoelectric plant has a capacity of
870 MW, representing 12% of the total capacity in Peru. Following the 2012 conversion of this plant’s three natural gas powered open-cycle generation turbines into
a combined cycle with a 293 MW steam turbine, the plant primarily utilizes natural gas for its operations. IC Power completed the conversion of Kallpa’s facility in
August 2012, at a cost of $337 million. In April 2014, Kallpa completed its $114 million purchase of the 193 MW single turbine natural gas fired plant “Las Flores,”
which commenced commercial operations in May 2010 and is located in Chilca, Peru, increasing Kallpa’s capacity from 870 MW to 1,063 MW. Kallpa has two
power plant sites. The 870 MW Kallpa site has a long-term contract for the supply of natural gas to it for up to 100% of its installed capacity. The 193 MW Las
Flores site has a long-term contract for the supply of natural gas to it for the generation of approximately 100 MW. Additionally, Las Flores has permits for a future
190 MW gas-fired expansion and has sufficient space to locate such a facility, as well as a combined cycle expansion, on its existing premises.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Kallpa generated revenues of $437 million, 394 million and $276 million, respectively,
representing 32%, 45% and 48% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Kallpa generated 5,924 GWh of
energy, representing 14% of the Peruvian interconnected system’s energy requirements. Kallpa has committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in
every year up to 2021.
82
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth certain information regarding each of Kallpa’s turbines for each of the periods presented:
Turbine
Kallpa I
Kallpa II
Kallpa III
Kallpa IV 1
Las Flores
Total
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
186
194
197
293
193
1,063
Year of
Commission
2007
2009
2010
2012
2014
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
1,244
1,267
1,263
2,028
122
5,924
Availability
Factor
(%)
96
97
96
98
96
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
1,250
1,229
1,212
1,767
—
5,458
Availability
Factor
(%)
96
96
94
86
—
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
1,146
1,210
1,286
642
—
4,284
Availability
Factor
(%)
96
88
92
97
—
1.
Kallpa IV is the steam turbine constructed to convert the Kallpa plant to combined cycle, which commenced operations in August 2012.
Kallpa’s turbines are maintained according to a predefined schedule based upon the running hours of each engine and the manufacturer specifications
particular to it. Kallpa anticipates the first maintenance of its Kallpa IV turbine to occur in 2017 or 2018. Kallpa’s maintenance schedule is coordinated with, and
approved by, the COES. Kallpa is also party to a services contract with Siemens Energy, Inc. and a supply and support contract with Siemens Power Generation,
Inc., each of which provides for an 18-year term of service for each of the Kallpa I, II and III turbines, or the equivalent of 100,000 hours of operation, beginning in
March 2006, in December 2007, and in July 2008, respectively.
IC Power, through Inkia, has entered into a shareholders agreement, which grants protective minority rights to Kallpa’s minority shareholder. For further
information on IC Power’s shareholder agreements, see “– IC Power’s Shareholder Agreements ” and for further information on the risks related to IC Power’s
shareholder agreements, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – IC Power has granted rights to the minority holders of certain of its
subsidiaries.”
CDA
CDA is 75% owned by IC Power; the remaining 25% is held by Energía del Pacífico. In October 2010, Kallpa entered into – and in May 2011, Kallpa
transferred to CDA – a concession agreement with the Government of Peru granting Kallpa the right to construct and operate a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project
on the Mantaro River in central Peru, or the CDA Project. The plant will have an installed capacity of 510 MW.
It is expected that CDA will commence commercial operation of the hydroelectric plant, in the second half of 2016. Construction of the hydroelectric plant is
underway (approximately 64% advanced) and there is no certainty that the facility will be constructed in accordance with current expectations. CDA has not yet
commenced commercial operation and has not yet recognized any revenues or operating income from its operations. CDA has entered into two master PPAs – a 10-
year, approximately $76 million per full year PPA and a 15-year, approximately $94 million per full year PPA – which will account for 402 MW, a significant
portion of CDA’s expected capacity. Inkia has also provided bank guarantees of approximately $16 million to secure obligations under the master PPAs.
The CDA Project is estimated to cost approximately $910 million, including a $50 million budget for contingencies. The CDA Project is financed with a $591
million syndicated credit facility, representing 65% of the total estimated cost of the project, with export credit agencies, development banks and private banks, and
collateralized by the assets of the project, which we refer to as the CDA Project Finance Facility. The remaining 35% of the CDA Project’s cost has been financed
with equity from each of Inkia and Energía del Pacífico, in proportion to their ownership interests in CDA. IC Power has invested $239 million in CDA, representing
IC Power’s portion of its equity funding commitment for this project. Energía del Pacifico has invested $80 million in CDA, representing Energía del Pacifico’s
portion of its equity funding. In connection with the CDA Project Finance Facility, each of Inkia and Energía del Pacífico entered into an equity contribution and
retention agreement with the administrative agent under the CDA Project Finance Facility and agreed, among other things, to provide contingent equity and credit
support to cover cost overruns (this support obligation is limited to $44 million in the case of IC Power). As of December 31, 2014, CDA has invested $647 million
into the development of the CDA Project and has drawn $462 million under the CDA Project Finance Facility. For further information regarding the terms of the
CDA senior secured syndicated credit facility, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Material
Indebtedness – CDA Project Finance Facility .”
83
Table of Contents
In November 2011, CDA and Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A., as contractors operating under the consortium name of Consorcio Rio Mantaro S.A., or Rio
Mantaro, individually entered into a turnkey engineering, procurement and construction contract for the CDA Project, which we refer to as the CDA EPC, pursuant
to which each of Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A. committed, on a joint and several basis, to construct the CDA Project by February 2016 and provide all services
necessary for the design, engineering, procurement, construction, testing and commissioning of the CDA Project for approximately $700 million, payable on a
monthly basis to Rio Mantaro based upon construction completed in the previous calendar month. CDA’s payments to Rio Mantaro are subject to adjustments made
in accordance with the CDA EPC.
In April 2014, Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A., the contractors under the CDA EPC delivered a claim to CDA, demanding a six-month extension for the
completion of the CDA Project (from early 2016 to the second half of 2016) and an approximately $92 million increase in the total contract price of the CDA
Project. In March 2015, IC Power and the CDA EPC contractors amended the CDA EPC to address such claims. Pursuant to the amendment, which is subject to
CDA’s lender’s approval, IC Power has agreed to pay, subject to the achievement of certain milestones, an additional $40 million, subdivided into 4 payments over
the course of the remaining construction period, and has granted the extensions previously requested by the CDA EPC contractors, which range between four and six
months in length, depending upon the applicable CDA unit. For further information on the amendment of the CDA EPC, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects – Recent Developments – IC Power – Settlement Agreement with CDA EPC Contractors .”
Should CDA experience an additional delay in the commencement of its commercial operation, CDA’s 15-year master PPA would require CDA to pay to a
penalty. Although the terms of the CDA EPC entitle CDA to demand the payment of liquidated damages from Rio Mantaro due to delays in the commercial
operation of CDA, there is no certainty that such payments, if received, would cover the entirety of the penalties imposed by the PPA.
Samay I
Samay I is 75% owned by IC Power; the remaining 25% is held by Energía del Pacífico. On November 29, 2013, Samay I won a public bid auction conducted
by the Peruvian Investment Promotion Agency to build an open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in Mollendo, Arequipa (southern Peru),
with an installed capacity of approximately 600 MW at an estimated cost of $380 million, approximately 80% of which is to be financed with a $311 million seven-
year syndicated secured loan agreement with Bank of Tokyo, Sumitomo and HSBC and approximately 20% of which has been financed with equity from each of
Inkia and Energía del Pacífico. Samay I is expected to have three operational stages: (i) as a cold reserve plant operating with diesel until natural gas becomes
available in the area, which is not expected to occur before 2018; (ii) as a natural gas-fired power plant once a new natural gas pipeline is built and natural gas
becomes available to the facility; and (iii) as a combined cycle thermoelectric plant. Samay I’s agreement with the Peruvian government is for a 20-year period, with
fixed monthly capacity payments and pass-through of all variable costs during the cold reserve phase, representing an aggregate amount of approximately $1 billion
over the 20-year term of this agreement. In connection with the construction of its facility, Samay I has entered into three EPCs with the following parties: (i) Posco,
for the design, construction and installation of the power station; (ii) Abengoa for the construction of the transmission line; and (iii) Siemens for the construction of
the substation. Construction of Samay I’s thermoelectric plant is in its early stages and there is no certainty that the facility will be constructed in accordance with
current expectations. Samay I has not yet commenced commercial operation and has not yet recognized any revenues or operating income from its operations. It is
expected that Samay I will commence commercial operation of the thermoelectric plant in mid-2016, in accordance with the terms of its agreement with the
Peruvian government. As of December 31, 2014, Samay I has invested $110 million into the development of the facility and has drawn $153 million under its credit
facility.
Edegel
Prior to September 2014, Edegel, the largest generator of electricity in Peru, was 21% owned by IC Power (via Inkia’s wholly-owned subsidiary Southern
Cone, which had a 39% equity interest in Generandes, an entity that, in turn, has a 54.2% equity interest in the outstanding shares of Edegel). Empresa Nacional de
Electricidad S.A., or Endesa Chile, a subsidiary of Enel SpA, one of the world’s largest electricity companies, owned 29.4% of Edegel; the remaining shares were
held publicly. Endesa Chile also owned 61% of Generandes. In September 2014, IC Power completed the sale of its interest in Edegel.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, Edegel contributed $30 million in dividends to IC Power, and represented 86% of IC Power’s share in income of
associated companies. As IC Power maintained a non-controlling interest in Edegel and accounted for Edegel’s ownership in its share in income of associated
companies, the consummation of sale of Edegel will not impact IC Power’s consolidated revenues.
84
Table of Contents
Nicaragua (ICPNH)
ICPNH, formerly known as AEI Nicaragua, is 100% owned by IC Power as of March 31, 2014. ICPNH owns and operates four power generation plants
located throughout Nicaragua through its indirect (i) 65% equity interest in Corinto, (ii) 65% equity interest in Tipitapa Power, (iii) 61% equity interest in Amayo I,
and (iv) 61% equity interest in Amayo II. Corinto and Tipitapa Power, which have a combined capacity of 122 MW, are powered by heavy fuel oil. Amayo I and
Amayo II have a combined capacity of 63 MW of wind power energy. Collectively, these four entities represent a capacity of 185 MW, approximately 16% of the
total capacity of the Nicaraguan interconnected system.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, ICPNH generated $125 million of consolidated revenue from its operations, representing 9% million of IC
Power’s consolidated revenues. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, which were prior to IC Power’s purchase of ICPNH, ICPNH generated
revenues of $171 million and $182 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, ICPNH generated 1,057 GWh of energy, representing 26% of
the Nicaraguan interconnected system’s energy requirements. ICPNH has committed to sell its available energy (in MWh), as follows:
•
•
•
•
Corinto has committed to sell over 97.5% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to December 2018;
Tipitapa Power has committed to sell 100% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to December 2018;
Amayo I has committed to sell 100% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to March 2024; and
Amayo II has committed to sell 100% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to March 2025.
The following table sets forth certain information for ICPNH’s plants for each of the periods presented:
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
71
51
40
23
185
Year of
Commission
1999
1999
2009
2010
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
461
322
171
103
1,057
Availability
Factor
(%)
93
98
98
96
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
481
322
145
94
1,042
Availability
Factor
(%)
92
97
97
97
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
495
364
158
102
1,119
Availability
Factor
(%)
93
97
99
98
Plant
Corinto
Tipitapa Power
Amayo I
Amayo II
Total
Chile
Central Cardones
Central Cardones is 87% owned by IC Power; the remaining 13% is held by SWC, Central Cardones’ former owner. Central Cardones owns and operates one
open-cycle diesel Siemens turbine located in the north part of the SIC and is the first Chilean power facility within the IC Power portfolio. Central Cardones has
capacity of 153 MW, representing 1% of the total capacity of Chile. Central Cardones’ power plant is operated using diesel as a peaking unit, a facility that is used
primarily for cold reserve capacity and that generally operates in extraordinary situations. Central Cardones receives revenues from its allocation of available system
capacity and does not have any customers. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Central Cardones generated revenues of $11 million, $11
million and $14 million, respectively, representing 1%, 1% and 2% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively.
85
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth certain information for Central Cardones’ plant for each of the periods presented:
Plant
Year of
Commission
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Central Cardones
2009
153
Colmito
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
0.04
Availability
Factor
(%)
97
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
—
Availability
Factor
(%)
98
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
0.47
Availability
Factor
(%)
100
Colmito is 100% owned by IC Power. Colmito, which IC Power acquired in October 2013, owns and operates a dual fuel open-cycle Rolls Royce
aeroderivative turbine that commenced operation in August 2008. Although Colmito previously operated with fuel oil as a backup for the SIC, Colmito was
connected to a natural gas pipeline in February 2015, and Colmito has begun to utilize natural gas to generate its energy requirements. Colmito’s generation facility
is located in central SIC. Colmito has capacity of 58 MW, representing 0.4% of the total capacity of Chile.
During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Colmito generated revenues of $38 million and $533 thousand (during November and December 2013,
the months subsequent to IC Power’s purchase of Colmito), respectively, representing 3% and 0.1% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively. During the
year ended December 31, 2014, Colmito generated 5.9 GWh of energy, representing 0.01% of the SIC system’s energy requirements. Colmito has committed to sell
over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to 2017.
The following table sets forth certain information for Colmito’s plant for each of the periods presented:
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Year of
Commission
2008
58
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
5.9
Availability
Factor
(%)
95
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
46
Availability
Factor
(%)
91
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
1
Availability
Factor
(%)
98
Plant
Colmito
Colombia (Surpetroil)
Surpetroil is 60% owned by IC Power; the remaining 40% is owned by Yesid Gasca Duran. Surpetroil is dedicated to power generation utilizing stranded and
associated natural gas reserves and operates natural gas plant located in Tesalia, Huila, Colombia. Surpetroil also transports and distributes compressed natural gas
within Colombia. Surpetroil has a generation capacity of 15 MW, representing approximately 0.1% of the total capacity in the Colombian interconnected system.
Surpetroil is party to two major PPAs, both of which expire in 2015, and have not yet been extended or replaced with one or more PPAs on comparable terms.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, Surpetroil generated $9 million of consolidated revenue from its operations (during April-December 2014, the
months subsequent to IC Power’s purchase of Surpetroil), representing 1% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and
2012, which were prior to IC Power’s purchase of Surpetroil, Surpetroil generated revenues of $11 million and $12 million, respectively, from its operations. During
the year ended December 31, 2014, Surpetroil generated 24 GWh of energy, and primarily provided energy to EMGESA, an affiliate of Endesa Chile, via a 4km
transmission line to its El Quimbo hydro project. Surpetroil has committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) until October 2015.
86
Table of Contents
Plant
La Hocha
Purificación
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Year of
Commission
2011
2014
5
10
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
23
1
Availability
Factor
(%)
98
1 1
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
22
—
Availability
Factor
(%)
97
—
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
23
—
Availability
Factor
(%)
97
—
1.
As a result of gas unavailability during December 2014.
Guatemala (Puerto Quetzal)
Puerto Quetzal, which represents IC Power’s initial entry into the Guatemalan power generation market, is 100% owned by IC Power. Puerto Quetzal, which
IC Power acquired in September 2014 for cash consideration of $35 million, utilized three floating power barges with fuel oil generators, representing 234 MW, at
the time of its acquisition. In November 2014, Puerto Quetzal sold one of its three power barges, representing 55 MW of Puerto Quetzal’s 234 MW of capacity, to
Kanan for $24 million. As a result, Puerto Quetzal now operates two power barges with an aggregate capacity of 179 MW.
Puerto Quetzal’s PPAs, representing approximately 172 MW of its capacity, with the Guatemalan distribution companies expire in 2015, and have not yet
been extended or replaced with one or more PPAs on comparable terms.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, Puerto Quetzal generated 490 GWh of energy, representing 4% of the Guatemalan system’s energy requirements
and contributed $33 million (during September – December 2014, the months subsequent to IC Power’s purchase of Puerto Quetzal) to IC Power’s consolidated
revenues.
The following table sets forth certain information for Puerto Quetzal’s plant for each of the periods presented:
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Year of
Commission
1999
179
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
490
Availability
Factor
(%)
97
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
525
Availability
Factor
(%)
95
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
595
Availability
Factor
(%)
93
Plant
Puerto Quetzal
El Salvador (Nejapa)
Nejapa is 100% owned by IC Power, as a result of IC Power’s January 2015 acquisition of Crystal Power’s 29% stake in Nejapa for $20 million, in
connection with IC Power’s settlement of its shareholder dispute with Crystal Power. Prior to the December 2014 settlement agreement with Crystal Power, IC
Power owned 71% of Nejapa’s outstanding equity.
Nejapa generates power in El Salvador from 27 diesel generators (located in a single facility), that are powered by heavy fuel oil. Nejapa has a capacity of 140
MW, representing approximately 9% of the total capacity of El Salvador. The Nejapa plant houses fuel storage tanks on site with capacity of approximately 47,000
barrels. In addition, Cenergica, a wholly-owned subsidiary of IC Power, maintains a fuel depot and marine terminal and owns three fuel storage tanks with an
aggregate capacity of 240,000 barrels in Acajutla, El Salvador.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Nejapa generated revenues of $150 million, $147 million and $145 million, respectively,
representing 11%, 17% and 25% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, Nejapa generated 376 GWh of
energy, representing 6% of the national interconnected electrical system of El Salvador. Nejapa has committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in
every year up to 2017.
87
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth certain information for Nejapa’s plant for each of the periods presented:
Plant
Nejapa
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Year of
Commission
1995
140
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
376
Availability
Factor
(%)
97
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
458
Availability
Factor
(%)
95
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
561
Availability
Factor
(%)
94
Wartsila, MMS Marine Motor and Paul Klaren are Nejapa’s principal suppliers of spare parts for its generation facility. Such spare parts are generally readily
available and can be obtained from the original manufacturer, as well as from other suppliers.
Dominican Republic (CEPP)
CEPP is 97% owned by IC Power; the remaining 3% is held by Basic Energy LTD Bahamas. CEPP owns and operates 12 generation units powered by heavy
fuel oil at two plants located in Puerto Plata, Dominican Republic. The CEPP I Plant consists of three Wartsilla V32 diesel generators burning heavy fuel oil on land,
and has a capacity of 16 MW. The CEPP II Plant generates power via a barge near the shore, which consists of a barge containing nine Warstilla V32 diesel
generators burning heavy fuel oil that is moored at a pier adjacent to the CEPP I Plant and has capacity of 51 MW. In the third quarter of 2013, CEPP purchased a
barge with a capacity of approximately 37 MW, consisting of seven engines, five with 5.5 MW of capacity and two with 5 MW of capacity. CEPP completely
refurbished this barge and, in November 2014, sold the barge to Kanan for $16 million.
Excluding the capacity associated with the newly-refurbished barge that has been sold to Kanan, CEPP has a capacity of 67 MW, representing approximately
2% of the total capacity in the Dominican Republic. The CEPP I Plant and the CEPP II Plant also have fuel storage tanks on-site with an aggregate storage capacity
of 55,000 barrels.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, CEPP generated revenues of $72 million, $92 million and $88 million, respectively, representing
5%, 11% and 15% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, CEPP generated 242 GWh of energy, representing
2% of the national interconnected electrical system of the Dominican Republic’s energy requirements.
The following table sets forth certain information for each of CEPP’s plants for the periods presented:
Plant
CEPP I
CEPP II
Total
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
16
51
67
Year of
Commission
1990
1994
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
51
191
242
Availability
Factor
(%)
34.3
42.3
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
78
261
339
Availability
Factor
(%)
86.7
87.3
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
57
280
337
Availability
Factor
(%)
77.5
83.1
Prior to September 2014, CEPP was party to two long-term PPAs, representing 75% of its capacity, with Empresa Distribuidora de Electricidad del Norte
S.A., or Empresa, and had experienced significant payment delays with respect to such PPAs. As a result, CEPP’s payment cycle spanned three to six months, as
compared to the typical payment cycle of IC Power’s other business which spans 30 to 45 days. Notwithstanding such significant delays, which characterize
Empresa’s payment patterns in both the PPA and spot market in the Dominican Republic, Empresa Distribuidora de Electricidad del Norte S.A. historically paid its
outstanding obligations, in full, including interest accrued on late payments. To finance its operating activities in light of such payment cycle, CEPP utilized its
working capital line of credit with local banks. For further information on CEPP’s counterparty risks, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – IC
Power is exposed to certain counterparty risks .” For further information on CEPP’s line of credit with financial institutions in the Dominican Republic, see “ Item
5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Material Indebtedness – Short-Term Loans .”
Each of CEPP’s PPAs expired in September 2014. These PPAs have not yet been extended or replaced with one or more PPAs on comparable terms. As a
result, CEPP sells the previously contracted capacity under such PPAs on the spot market, at the rates dictated by such market, and subject to the aforementioned
significant payment delays.
88
Table of Contents
The maintenance on CEPP’s engines is performed according to a predefined schedule based upon the running hours of each engine and according to
manufacturer specifications. Most of the maintenance is done onsite by employees of CEPP, and the remainder is outsourced to Wartsila and Turbo USA facilities in
the Dominican Republic as well as to other third parties.
Jamaica (JPPC)
JPPC is 100% owned by IC Power, as a result of IC Power’s May 2014 purchase of the remaining 84% of JPPC’s outstanding equity interest, which increased
IC Power’s equity interest in JPPC from 16% to 100%. JPPC owns and operates two diesel generation units burning heavy fuel oil and a combined-cycle steam
turbine at a plant located in Kingston, Jamaica. JPPC has capacity of 60 MW, representing approximately 6% of the total capacity of the Jamaican interconnected
system. JPPC’s plant also has fuel storage tanks on site with an aggregate storage capacity of 50,000 barrels.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, JPPC generated $41 million of consolidated revenues from its operations, representing 3% of IC Power’s
consolidated revenues (during May-December 2014, the months subsequent to IC Power’s purchase of JPPC’s outstanding equity interest. During the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012, which were prior to IC Power’s control of JPPC, JPPC generated revenues of $83 million and $85 million, respectively. During the
year ended December 31, 2014, JPPC generated 425 GWh of energy, representing 10% of the Jamaican interconnected system’s energy requirements. JPPC has
committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in every year up to 2018.
The following table sets forth certain information for JPPC’s plant for each of the periods presented:
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Year of
Commission
1998
60
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
425
Availability
Factor
(%)
85
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
432
Availability
Factor
(%)
88
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
422
Availability
Factor
(%)
88
Plant
JPPC
Panama
Kanan
Kanan is 100% owned by IC Power. In October 2014, Kanan was awarded a five-year contract in connection with the Panamanian government’s call for
emergency bids to attempt to cover electricity shortfalls in Panama in the short-term. Panama’s contract to supply energy in Panama, with a maximum contractual
capacity of 86 MW becomes effective in September 2015. To facilitate its supply of this energy, Kanan has purchased thermal generation units with a total capacity
of 92 MW, representing 4% of the total capacity of Panama, at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $40 million. Kanan’s 92 MW consists of (i) a 55 MW
power barge purchased from Puerto Quetzal in November 2014 and (ii) a 37 MW power barge purchased from CEPP in November 2014. Both barges have been
successfully relocated to Panama and are in the process of installation and interconnection to the power system.
Kanan expects to commence commercial operations in September 2015.
Pedregal
Pedregal is 21% owned by IC Power; of the remaining 79%, (i) 55% is held by Conduit Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity investment firm focused on the
independent electric power industry in Latin America; (ii) 12% is held by Burmeister & Wain Scandinavian Contractor A/S, an operating company of the Mitsui
Group; and (iii) 12% is held by The Industrialization Fund for Developing Countries, a fund focusing on promoting economic activities in developing countries.
Pedregal owns and operates three generation units powered by heavy fuel oil at a plant located in Pacora, Panama; Although IC Power has a non-controlling interest
in Pedregal, IC Power manages Pedregal. Pedregal has a capacity of 54 MW, representing approximately 2% of the total capacity in the Panamanian interconnected
system, based on information available from the CND. Pedregal’s plant also has fuel storage tanks on site with an aggregate storage capacity of 50,000 barrels.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, Pedregal generated revenues of $80 million, $82 million and $78 million, respectively, and
represented 14% of IC Power’s share in income of associated companies. During the year ended December 31, 2013, Pedregal generated 404 GWh of energy,
representing 4% of the Panamanian interconnected system’s energy requirements. Pedregal has committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in
every year up to 2016.
89
Table of Contents
Bolivia (COBEE)
COBEE is 100% owned by IC Power. COBEE is the third largest generator of electricity in Bolivia, generating power from ten run-of-the-river hydroelectric
plants in the Zongo river valley, four run-of-the-river hydroelectric plants in the Miguillas river valley, and two open-cycle natural gas powered generation turbines
at a plant located in El Alto-Kenko, adjacent to La Paz, Bolivia. COBEE has capacity of 228 MW, representing 14% of the total capacity of Bolivia.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, COBEE generated revenues of $41 million, $41 million and $42 million, respectively,
representing 3%, 5% and 7% of IC Power’s consolidated revenues, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, COBEE generated 1,086 GWh of
energy, representing 14% of the national interconnected electrical system of Bolivia’s energy requirements.
The following table sets forth certain information for each of COBEE’s plants for each of the periods presented:
Plant
Zongo Valley plants:
Zongo
Tiquimani
Botijlaca
Cutichucho
Santa Rosa
Sainani 3
Chururaqui
Harca
Cahua
Huaji
Miguillas Valley plants:
Miguillas
Angostura
Choquetanga
Carabuco
El Alto-Kenko 7
Total
Year of
Commission
1997
1997
1938 1
1942 2
2006
1956
1966 4
1969
1974
1999
Elevation
(meters)
4,264
3,889
3,492
2,697
2,572
2,210
1,830
1,480
1,195
945
1931
1936 5
1939 6
1958
4,140
3,827
3,283
2,874
1995
4,050
As of
December 31,
2014
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
Years Ended December 31,
2014
2013
2012
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
Availability
Factor
( %)
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
Availability
Factor
(%)
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
Availability
Factor
(%)
11
9
7
23
18
10
25
26
28
30
3
6
6
6
9
11
34
91
84
15
127
156
163
198
9
19
37
43
19
228
90
1,086
99
99
97
80
98
17
95
95
95
96
9
99
98
97
93
8
11
38
104
82
71
144
166
171
205
9
20
40
45
45
1,160
98
99
97
85
96
98
98
97
98
97
99
99
99
98
87
9
12
38
125
75
68
134
151
134
189
9
22
39
43
103
1,158
98
99
98
99
92
98
96
96
86
95
99
98
98
98
96
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
This plant was originally commissioned with an installed capacity of 3 MW in 1938. The installed capacity of this plant was increased by 2 MW in 1941 and
4 MW in 1998.
This plant was originally commissioned with an installed capacity of 3 MW in 1942. The installed capacity of this plant was increased by 3 MW in 1943, 3
MW in 1945, 2 MW in 1958 and 15 MW in 1998.
Plant is out of service due to damages sustained as a result of landslides. The plant, which will cost approximately $6 million repair, is expected to be
operational by the end of 2015.
This plant was originally commissioned with an installed capacity of 15 MW in 1966. The installed capacity of this plant was increased by 15 MW in 1967
and 4 MW in 2008.
This plant was originally commissioned with an installed capacity of 3 MW in 1936. The installed capacity of this plant was increased by 2 MW in 1958.
This plant was originally commissioned with an installed capacity of 3 MW in 1939. The installed capacity of this plant was increased by 6 MW in 1944.
Consists of two open-cycle turbines with an aggregate designed capacity of installed capacity of 29 MW that have a capacity of 19 MW as a result of their
installed location at 4,050 meters above sea level.
Generally, each of COBEE’s hydroelectric plants undergoes annual maintenance according to a pre-defined schedule. COBEE’s employees perform any
necessary maintenance with the support of third party contractors, primarily for civil works-
90
Table of Contents
related maintenance. COBEE also contracts with third parties to perform road maintenance work in the Zongo and Miguillas valleys. COBEE purchases its principal
spare parts from international suppliers, primarily Alstom Brasil Ltda. (through its Bolivian representative Fomento Mercantil Boliviano S.R.L.), Indar Electric S.L.,
Andritz Hydro S.A.S. (Switzerland) (through its Bolivian representative Intercom Ltda.), General Electric International Inc., ABB and Siemens – Soluciones
Tecnológicas S.A.
Although the Government of Bolivia has nationalized entities in its power utility market, as recently as 2012, IC Power is unaware of any steps the
Government of Bolivia may take, or is currently taking, with respect to nationalizations within the Bolivian power utility market, generally, or with respect to
COBEE, in particular. For further information on the risks related to the Bolivian government’s nationalization of certain generation companies, see “ Item 3D. Risk
Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – The Government of Bolivia has nationalized energy industry assets, and IC Power’s remaining operations in Bolivia may
also be nationalized .”
ICPI
OPC
ICPI, IC Power’s wholly-owned subsidiary, has an 80% stake in OPC; the remaining 20% is held by Dalkia Israel Ltd. In July 2013, OPC commenced
commercial operation of its power station, located in Mishor Rotem industrial zone in the south of Israel, which was constructed for an aggregate cost of
approximately $550 million. OPC’s combined cycle has a capacity of 440 MW, making it one of the largest independent power facilities in Israel, representing
approximately 3% of the Israeli installed capacity. In 2014, OPC was connected to a diesel supply line in Israel, increasing its generation flexibility.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, OPC generated $414 million of consolidated revenue from its operations, representing 30% of IC Power’s
consolidated revenues. OPC generated 3,465 GWh of energy (gross), representing approximately 6% of the total energy generation in Israel (based upon sales of
IEC and OPC only and excluding other small independent power producers and cogeneration facilities).
The following table sets forth certain information for OPC’s plant for each of the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
As of
December 31,
2014
Capacity
(MW)
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
2014
Availability
Factor
(%)
440
3,465
90 %
2013
Gross
Energy
Generated
(GWh)
1,357
Availability
Factor
(%)
96 %
Plant
OPC 1
1.
Commenced commercial operation in July 2013.
Pursuant to the terms of the tender which granted OPC the rights to construct its power plant, on November 2, 2009, OPC entered into a PPA with IEC, the
IEC PPA, whereby OPC committed to complete the construction of the power station no later than 52 months after the signing date (i.e., by March 2, 2014). The
term of the IEC PPA lasts until twenty years after the start date of commercial operation of the power station (i.e. 20 years from July 2013). The IEC PPA is a
“capacity and energy” agreement, committing OPC to provide the entire net available capacity of its power station to IEC and to generate power at such volumes and
schedules as required by IEC. In conjunction with the IEC PPA, OPC provided IEC with a NIS 100 million guarantee; NIS 80 million (approximately $20 million)
represents IC Power’s share.
OPC also supplies energy to 22 end users according to long-term PPAs (generally for a minimum of 10 years). OPC has committed to sell over 50% of its
available energy (in MWh) in every year up to 2023.
In June 2010, OPC entered into an agreement with Daewoo International Corporation of Korea, or Daewoo, for turn-key construction of the power station.
OPC commenced commercial operations in July 2013. However, the EPC with Daewoo, required delivery of the power plant to OPC on or before January 12, 2013.
Daewoo asserts that force majeure events and other factors, such as works performed by IEC, delayed the timeline and its delivery of the power plant, and that such
factors should be taken into consideration, thereby substantially reducing the number of its fined days. OPC and Daewoo are continuing to negotiate the resolution of
this disagreement.
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries of Japan provides the long-term servicing of the power station, for a term of 100 thousand hours of operation, or 12 years based
upon the expected operations of the power station.
91
Table of Contents
In March 2014, a subsidiary of IC Power was awarded a tender published by the Israel Land Authority to lease an approximately 592,000 square foot plot
adjacent to the OPC site, which can be utilized to extend OPC’s capacity in Israel.
IC Power, through its subsidiary ICPI, has entered into a shareholders agreement which grants protective minority rights to OPC’s minority shareholder. For
further information on IC Power’s shareholder agreements, see “– IC Power’s Shareholder Agreements ” and for further information on the risks related to IC
Power’s shareholder agreements, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – IC Power has granted rights to the minority holders of certain of its
subsidiaries.”
IC Power’s Customers
IC Power’s customers include governments, local distribution companies, and/or non-regulated customers, depending upon the operating company and the
particular country of operation. IC Power’s operating companies seek to enter into long-term PPAs with power purchasers. In 2014, approximately 91% of IC
Power’s capacity and energy sales were pursuant to long-term PPAs, although IC Power operates in challenging jurisdictions that subject it to numerous regulatory
or counterparty risks, including risks related to asset nationalizations or delayed payments. Additionally, the majority of IC Power’s capacity has been contracted for
sale, according to long-term agreements. For example, in 2014, Kallpa signed 61 long-term PPAs with various distribution companies and non-regulated clients for
the sale of electricity (which accounts for most of its current generation capacity) and Kallpa has committed to sell over 50% of its available energy (in MWh) in
every year through 2021.
In attempting to limit the effects of such counterparty risks, each of IC Power’s operating companies analyzes the creditworthiness and financial strengths of
its various counterparties during the PPA negotiations as well as during the life of the agreement. Where the creditworthiness of the power purchaser is deemed to be
below standard, various contractual agreements and structures are negotiated (such as letters of credit, liquidity facilities, and government guarantees) to provide the
credit support.
Under the terms of most of IC Power’s PPAs, the power purchaser is contractually obligated to purchase energy, and sometimes capacity and/or ancillary
services, from the power generator based upon a base price (denominated either in U.S. Dollars or in the local currency) that is adjusted for (i) fluctuations in
exchange rates, (ii) the U.S. inflation index, (iii) a local inflation index, (iv) fluctuations in the cost of operating fuel, (v) supply of natural gas, (v) transmission costs
and/or (vi) spot prices in the case of an interruption of the supply or transportation of natural gas. Many of these PPAs differentiate between peak and off-peak
periods. Utilizing PPAs allows IC Power’s operating companies to lock in gross margins and provides IC Power and its operating companies with earnings stability.
The following table sets forth a summary of the significant IC Power PPAs as of December 31, 2014:
Company
Principal Customer
Commencement
Expiration
Contracted Capacity
Peak/Off-Peak
(MW)
Kallpa
COBEE
Colmito
Nejapa
JPPC
Corinto
Tipitapa Power
Amayo I and
Amayo II
Surpetroil
Operating Companies (Inkia)
Edelnor S.A.A., Luz del Sur S.A.A., Hidrandina S.A., Edecañete
S.A.A., Electosureste S.A., Seal S.A. 1
Edelnor S.A.A., Luz del Sur S.A.A., Hidrandina S.A., Electosureste
S.A., Seal S.A., Electrosur S.A. 2
Sociedad Minera Cerro Verde S.A.A. 3
Compañía Minera Antapaccay S.A. 4
Southern Peru Copper Corporation
Minera San Cristobal
ENAP Refinerías S.A.
Seven distribution companies
Seven distribution companies
Jamaica Public Services Company
Distribuidora de Electricidad del Norte S.A., Distribuidora de
Electricidad del Sur S.A.,
Distribuidora de Electricidad del Norte S.A.,
Distribuidora de Electricidad del Sur S.A.,
Distribuidora de Electricidad del Norte S.A., Distribuidora de
Electricidad del Sur S.A.,
EMGESA
ENERTOLIMA
PETROSUD
92
January 2014
December 2021
January 2014
January 2011
November 2011
April 2017
December 2023
December 2020
October 2021
April 2027
December 2008
January 2014
August 2013
August 2013
January 1998
October 2017
December 2017
January 2018
July 2017
January 2018
June 1999
December 2018
April 1999
March 2009
March 2013
December 2010
December 2014
March 2015
December 2018
March 2024
March 2025
June 2015
October 2015
March 2018
350
210
140
100
120
43
35
71
39
60
50
51
40
5
10
2
Table of Contents
Company
Principal Customer
Commencement
Expiration
Puerto Quetzal
Distribuidora de Electricidad del Oriente
Distribuidora de Electricidad de Occidente
Empresa Electrica de Guatemala
May 2013
May 2013
May 2013
April 2015
April 2015
April 2015
OPC
PPA with Israel Electric Corporation 5
July 2013
June 2032
Operating Company (ICPI)
Investments
Empresa de Distribución Eléctrica Metro-Oeste, S.A., Empresa de
Distribución Eléctrica Chiriqui, S.A.
Elektra Noreste, S.A.
Empresa de Distribución Eléctrica Metro-Oeste, S.A., Empresa de
Distribución Eléctrica Chiriqui, S.A.
Elektra Noreste, S.A.
ElectroPeru
Luz del Sur S.A.A. 6
Project Pipeline
Peruvian Investment Promotion Agency 7
Empresa de Distribución Electrica Chiriqui (EDECHI)
Empresa de Distribución Electrica Elektra Nor Este S.A. (ENSA)
Empresa de Distribución Electrica Metro Oeste S.A. (EDEMET)
Pedregal
CDA
Samay I
Kanan
February 2013
February 2013
December 2016
December 2016
January 2014
January 2014
December 2016
December 2016
January 2016
January 2018
May 2016
December 2030
December 2027
April 2035
September 2015
September 2015
September 2015
September 2020
September 2020
September 2020
Contracted Capacity
Peak/Off-Peak
(MW)
20
35
17
440
17/32
2/16
14/5/4
6/2/2
200
202
600
7
34
45
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Represents capacity under 14 separate PPAs.
Represents capacity under 12 separate PPAs.
A subsidiary of Freeport McMoRan Copper and Gold, Inc.
A subsidiary of Glencore Xstrata.
The terms of the IEC PPA provide OPC with the option to sell the generated electricity in the power station directly to end users. OPC has selected this option
and sells its energy and capacity directly to 20 end users. For more information on the IEC PPA, see “ – IC Power’s Regulatory, Environmental and
Compliance Matters – Regulation of the Israeli Electricity Sector . ”
Represents capacity under three separate PPAs.
Capacity backup contract.
IC Power’s Raw Materials and Suppliers
IC Power’s power facilities utilize either natural gas, hydroelectric, heavy fuel oil, diesel, wind, or a combination of the aforementioned energy sources. The
price volatility, availability and purchase price of these materials (other than wind and hydroelectricity) depend upon the specific fuel and the market in which the
fuel is to be used.
Kallpa, IC Power’s largest asset, is party to several supply agreements, including natural gas supply agreements and transportation services agreements that
are material to its operations. While Nejapa and CEPP purchase the heavy fuel oil necessary for their operations in the El Salvador and Dominican spot markets,
respectively, JPPC, Nejapa, Corinto, Tipitapa and Puerto Quetzal purchase the heavy fuel oil necessary for its operations from several fuel suppliers in connection
with long-term supply agreements. The sole provider of natural gas in Bolivia is a government-owned company. Therefore, the terms for transmission and delivery
of natural gas to COBEE are set by Government decree.
Kallpa purchases its natural gas requirements for its generation facilities from the Camisea Consortium, composed of Pluspetrol Peru Corporation S.A.,
Pluspetrol Camisea S.A., Hunt Oil Company of Peru L.L.C. Sucursal del Peru, SK Corporation Sucursal Peruana, Sonatrach Peru Corporation S.A.C., Tecpetrol del
Peru S.A.C. and Repsol Exploración Peru Sucursal del Peru, which we collectively refer to as, the Camisea Consortium, pursuant to a natural gas exclusive supply
agreement. Under this agreement, the Camisea Consortium has agreed to supply Kallpa’s natural gas requirements, subject to a daily maximum amount, and Kallpa
has agreed to acquire natural gas exclusively from the Camisea Consortium. The Camisea Consortium is obligated to provide a maximum of 4.3 million cubic
meters of natural gas per day to Kallpa’s plant and Kallpa is obligated to purchase a minimum of 2.2 million cubic meters of natural gas per day. Should Kallpa fail
to consume the contractual minimum volume on any given day, it may make up the consumption volume shortage on any day during the following 18 months. The
price that
93
Table of Contents
Kallpa pays to the Camisea Consortium for the natural gas supplied is based upon a base price in U.S. dollars set on the date of the agreement, indexed each year
based on two producer price indices: Fuels and Related Products Power Index and Oil Field and Gas Field Machinery Index, with discounts available based on the
volume of natural gas consumed. This agreement expires in June 2022.
Kallpa’s natural gas transportation services are rendered by Transportadora de Gas del Peru S.A., or TGP, pursuant to a natural gas firm transportation
agreement dated December 2007, as amended. In April 2014, this agreement was further modified to include the transportation agreement between Duke Energy
Egenor S. en C. por A. and Las Flores. Pursuant to the modified agreement, TGP is obligated to transport up to 3.4 million cubic meters of natural gas per day from
the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s facilities. This obligation will be reduced, first, by approximately
199,312 cubic meters per day beginning in March 2020 and, second, 206,039 cubic meters per day beginning in April 2030. This agreement expires in December
2033. Additionally, Kallpa is party to two additional gas transportation agreements, to become effective at the completion of the expansion of TGP’s pipeline
facilities (which is expected to occur between March 2016 and September 2016). Pursuant to these agreements, TGP will be obligated to transport up to 565,130
cubic meters of natural gas per day and 935,000 cubic meters of natural gas per day, respectively, from the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the
Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s facilities. These agreements expire in April 2030 and April 2033, respectively. Additionally, on April 1, 2014, Kallpa entered
into an agreement with TGP to cover the period up to the completion of the expansion of TGP’s pipeline facilities. Pursuant to this agreement, TGP is obligated to
transport up to 120,679 cubic meters of natural gas per day from the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s
facilities. Pursuant to the terms of each of these agreements, Kallpa pays a regulated tariff approved by the OSINERGMIN.
OPC purchases natural gas from the Tamar Group, composed of Noble Energy Mediterranean Ltd., Delek Drilling Limited Partnership, Isramco Negev 2
Limited Partnership, Avner Oil Exploration Limited Partnership and Dor Gas Exploration Limited Partnership, or collectively, the Tamar Group, pursuant to a
natural gas exclusive supply agreement dated November 2012. Under this agreement, the Tamar Group has agreed to supply OPC’s natural gas requirements, subject
to a contractual maximum amount of 10.6 billion cubic meters, and OPC has agreed to acquire its natural gas exclusively from the Tamar Group. The price that OPC
pays to the Tamar Group for the natural gas supplied is based upon a base price in New Israeli Shekels set on the date of the agreement, indexed to changes in the
“Production Cost” tariff, which is part of the “Time of Use” tariff and the USD representative exchange rate. For information on the risks associated with the impact
of the PUAE’s generation tariff on OPC’s supply agreement with the Tamar Group, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – The production and
profitability of private power generation companies in Israel may be adversely affected by changes in Israel’s regulatory environment .”
OPC’s agreement with the Tamar Group expires upon the earlier of June 2029 or the date on which OPC consumes the entire contractual capacity. This
agreement remains subject to approval by Israel’s Antitrust Authority, although performance under this contract has begun under temporary relief. For information
on the Israeli Natural Gas Council’s resolution regarding the pro rata distribution of natural gas in the event of gas shortages in Israel, see “ – IC Power’s Regulatory,
Environment and Compliance Matters – Regulation of the Israeli Electricity Sector – Capacity Exclusion From PPA Pursuant To Electricity Market Rules .”
IC Power’s Competition
IC Power’s major competitors in the Latin American and Caribbean countries in which its operating companies operate are generally the large international
power utility corporations operating in these countries. Local competitors also exist in each of these countries and account for varying market shares, depending
upon the country of interest. Within Israel, IC Power’s major competitors are IEC, Dorad Energy Ltd., a private power generator, and other private developers who,
as a result of recent government initiatives encouraging investments in the Israeli power generation market, are constructing power stations with significant capacity.
Set forth below is a discussion of competition in certain of Inkia’s and ICPI’s markets of operation.
Inkia
Peru
In Peru, power generation companies compete along a number of dimensions, including the ability to (i) source and enter into long-term PPAs with power
purchases, (ii) source and secure land for the development or expansion of additional power generation plants and (iii) maintain or increase market share in the
growing Peruvian electricity market, particularly in connection with the balance of energy supply and demand within Peru. In Peru, IC Power competes with state-
owned generation companies, as well as large international and domestic generators.
94
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the quantity of energy generated by each of the principal generation companies in Peru for the periods presented:
Company
Enersur (a subsidiary of GDF Suez S.A.)
Edegel 1 (a subsidiary of Endesa)
ElectroPeru (a state-owned generation company)
Kallpa
Egenor 2 (a subsidiary of Duke Energy Corp)
Other generation companies
Total
Source: COES
1.
2.
Includes Edegel and Chinango.
Includes Egenor and Termoselva.
Gross
Energy Generation
For the Year Ended December 31,
(GWh)
2013
2014
7,098
8,848
7,041
5,924
2,534
10,351
41,796
7,719
8,700
7,272
5,458
2,336
8,184
39,669
2012
5,782
8,837
7,352
4,284
3,532
7,534
37,321
El Salvador
The electricity market in El Salvador is served by a variety of generation companies, including (i) Nejapa, (ii) CEL, a state-owned generation company whose
primary generation facilities are hydroelectric plants, (iii) Lageo S.A. de C.V., a state-owned generation company whose primary generation facilities are geothermal
plants, (iv) Duke Energy International, a subsidiary of Duke, and (v) Inversiones Energéticas, S.A. de C.V.
Dominican Republic
The power and electricity market in the Dominican Republic is served by a variety of generation companies, including (i) CEPP, (ii) affiliates of AES Corp.,
which owns one combined-cycle plant fueled by natural gas and two open-cycle plants fueled by natural gas as well as equity interests in two plants fueled with coal,
(iii) Empresa de Generación Hidroeléctrica Dominicana, a state-owned generation company whose primary generation facilities are hydroelectric plants,
(iv) Empresa Generadora de Electricidad Haina, S.A., (v) Compañía de Electricidad de San Pedro de Macorís, (vi) Gas Natural Fenosa, (vii) Seaboard TCC and
(viii) LAESA.
Bolivia
The power and electricity market in Bolivia is primarily served by Guaracachi, COBEE, Valle Hermoso and Corani. Prior to May 2010, Guaracachi was a
subsidiary of Rurelec Plc, Valle Hermoso was a subsidiary of the Bolivian Generating Group, and Corani was a subsidiary of Suez. In May 2010, the Bolivian
government nationalized each of these generation companies and began negotiations with the owners of these generation companies with respect to the
compensation to be paid for these assets. In October 2011, the Bolivian government reached compensation settlements related to the nationalization of Valle
Hermoso and Corani, respectively, and in 2014, reached compensation settlements related to the nationalization of Guaracachi.
ICPI
Until commercial operation of OPC, IEC operated as the sole power provider of electricity in Israel. As of May 2014, Dorad Energy Ltd., an 860 MW power
plant, is the only large-scale private power producer in Israel other than OPC. Several other private producers are in the process of constructing power plants, and are
expected to commence operation of such plants in the coming years.
IC Power’s Seasonality
Within the Latin American and Caribbean countries in which IC Power operates, power is generally generated by hydroelectric or thermal power stations. The
hydroelectric stations are an efficient source of power generation due to the cost savings of fuel associated with thermal power generation. The power generated by
these hydroelectric power stations varies in accordance with the rainy seasons and rainfall patterns of each country in each year. For example, greater amounts of
95
Table of Contents
hydroelectric power are dispatched between November and April in Peru – the Peruvian rainy season – than between May and October, when the volumes of rainfall
declines and operators have less water available for electricity generation in the reservoirs serving their plants. However, greater amounts of hydroelectric power are
dispatched between May and October in El Salvador – the Salvadorian rainy season – than between November and April, when the volumes of Salvadorian rainfall
declines and the hydroelectric units have less water available for electricity generation. El Salvador’s hydroelectric plant is also subject to annual variations
depending on climactic conditions, such as the El Niño phenomenon. For the same reasons, the volume of power generated by thermal power stations is also
variable. Accordingly, IC Power’s revenues are subject to seasonality, the effects of rainfall, and the type of energy generated in each country of operation (whether
hydroelectric, thermal, natural gas, or fuel-generated). IC Power acts to reduce this exposure to seasonality by contracting long-term PPAs for most of its capacity.
Within Israel, the price of energy varies by season and demand period, with tariffs varying based upon the season (summer, winter and transition) and demand
(peak, shoulder and off-peak). Generally, the tariffs in the winter and summer seasons are higher than those in the transition season, making OPC more profitable,
generally, in the winter and summer months, as compared to other months of the year.
IC Power’s Property, Plants and Equipment
The following table provides certain information regarding IC Power’s power plants that are owned, leased or under construction, as of December 31, 2014:
Company/Plant
Location
Operating Companies (Inkia)
Chilca district, Peru
Chilca district, Peru
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
870
193
1,063
Fuel Type
Natural gas
Natural gas
Kallpa:
Kallpa I, II, III and IV
Las Flores
Kallpa Total
CEPP
COBEE:
Zongo Valley plants :
Zongo
Tiquimani
Botijlaca
Cutichucho
Santa Rosa
Sainani 1
Chururaqui
Harca
Cahua
Huaji
Miguillas Valley plants:
Miguillas
Angostura
Choquetanga
Carabuco
El Alto-Kenko
COBEE Total
Central Cardones
Nejapa
Colmito
JPPC
Corinto
Puerto Plata, Dominican Republic
67
Heavy Fuel Oil
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Zongo Valley, Bolivia
Miguillas Valley, Bolivia
Miguillas Valley, Bolivia
Miguillas Valley, Bolivia
Miguillas Valley, Bolivia
La Paz, Bolivia
Copiapó, Chile
Nejapa, El Salvador
Concón, Chile
Kingston, Jamaica
Chinandega, Nicaragua
96
11
9
7
23
18
11
25
26
28
30
188
3
6
6
6
21
19
228
153
140
58
60
71
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Hydroelectric
Natural gas
Diesel
Heavy Fuel Oil
Natural gas / Diesel
Heavy fuel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Table of Contents
Company/Plant
Tipitapa Power
Amayo I
Amayo II 2
Surpetroil
La Hocha
Purificación
Surpetroil Total
Puerto Quetzal
OPC
CDA
Samay I
Kanan
Entrerios
Location
Managua, Nicaragua
Rivas, Nicaragua
Rivas, Nicaragua
Huila, Colombia
Tolima, Colombia
Escuintla, Guatemala
Operating Companies (ICPI)
Mishor Rotem, Israel
Operating Companies
Near Term Projects
Huancavelica, Peru
Mollendo, Peru
Colon, Panama
Casanare, Colombia
Effective
Capacity
(MW)
51
40
23
5
10
15
Fuel Type
Heavy fuel oil
Wind
Wind
Natural gas
Natural gas
179
Heavy fuel oil
440 Natural gas and diesel
Hydroelectric
510
600 Diesel and natural gas
92
2
Heavy fuel oil
Natural gas
Plant is out of service due to damage sustained as a result of landslides. Plant is expected to be operational by the end of 2015.
1.
2. Wind farm complex sustained damage in December 2014 in connection with a blackout in the National Interconnection System, which left one wind turbine
collapsed and another two wind turbines with severe damage. IC Power has been discussing the commencement of repairs with the relevant insurer and the
three turbines are expected to be operational by the end of 2015, subject to the insurer’s payment of the repair fees. Such fees are estimated to be between $6 -
$10 million.
In addition:
•
Cenergica owns three fuel storage tanks on site with an aggregate capacity of 240,000 barrels and maintains a fuel depot and marine terminal located on
a 6.5 hectare site that IC Power leases in Acajutla, El Salvador;
•
IC Power was awarded a tender published by the Government of Chile for a lease of land in Northern Chile, which is intended for the construction of a
power station with a capacity of about 350 MW; and
•
IC Power was awarded a tender published by the Israel Land Authority to lease an approximately 592,000 square foot plot adjacent to the OPC site,
which can be utilized to extend OPC’s capacity in Israel.
For further information regarding IC Power’s plants, see “ – IC Power’s Description of Operations .”
IC Power believes that it has satisfactory title to its plants and facilities in accordance with standards generally accepted in the electric power industry, other
than title to certain land on which CEPP’s facilities are located. With respect to CEPP, the Dominican Corporation of State Electricity Companies ( Corporación
Dominicana de Empresas Eléctricas Estatales ) has transferred the land titles on which CEPP’s facilities are located to CEPP and CEPP is in the process of
obtaining the definitive titles documenting CEPP’s appointment as the beneficiary.
IC Power leases its principal executive offices in Lima, Peru and various other office space in the markets that it serves. IC Power owns all of its production
facilities, other than Kallpa I, Kallpa II, Kallpa III and Las Flores power plant. IC Power leases the Kallpa I, Kallpa II and Kallpa III facilities under capital leases as
described in “ Item 5B. – Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Material Indebtedness – Kallpa Leases. ”
IC Power believes that all of its production facilities are in good operating condition. As of December 31, 2014, the consolidated net book value of IC Power’s
property, plant and equipment was $2,515 million.
97
Table of Contents
IC Power’s Shareholder Agreements
IC Power holds a majority stake in certain of its operating companies – Kallpa, OPC, CEPP, Central Cardones, Corinto, Tipitapa Power, Amayo I, Amayo II,
JPPC, CDA, and Samay I – and a non-controlling interest in Pedregal. The operations of these companies are subject to shareholder and/or member agreements.
Although the terms of each of these shareholder and member agreements vary, they generally provide, in certain circumstances and subject to certain conditions:
(i) each shareholder with the right to elect a specified number of directors and/or executive officers; (ii) for the distribution of dividends in proportion to each
shareholder’s equity interest; (iii) the minority shareholder with veto rights with respect to significant corporate actions (e.g., mergers, share issuances, the
amendment of governing documents, and the entry into PPAs or other contracts in excess of a specified value) and certain approval protocol with respect to the
budget; (iv) each party with a right of first refusal with respect to any potential sale of the entity’s shares; (v) each shareholder with tag-along rights in connection
with any potential sale of the entity’s shares; and (vi) specifications of additional equity contributions, if any. Additionally, Energĺa del Pacĺfico, the non-controlling
shareholder in each of Kallpa, Samay I, and CDA, has the right to participate, on a non-controlling basis, in any future projects IC Power may develop in Peru.
IC Power’s Legal Proceedings
Set forth below is a discussion of significant legal proceedings to which IC Power’s subsidiaries are party.
CDA – Rio Mantaro Claim
In April 2014, Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A., the contractors under the CDA EPC, delivered a claim to CDA, demanding a six-month extension for the
completion of the CDA Project and an approximately $92 million increase in the total contract price of the CDA Project. CDA responded to Rio Mantaro’s claim in
July 2014, stating that (i) as a condition to making its claim, each of Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A. must demonstrate that (1) the events giving rise to its right to
demand an extension in time or an adjustment to the lump sum price were attributable to acts or omissions on the part of CDA, (2) other force majeure events have
occurred, or (3) other causes that contractually create the right of such extension of time or adjustment of price have occurred and (ii) Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A.
have failed to demonstrate any of the foregoing and that therefore, they are not entitled to the requested adjustment and extension.
In March 2015, CDA and the CDA EPC contractors amended the CDA EPC to address such claims. Pursuant to the amendment, which is subject to CDA’s
lender’s approval, CDA has agreed to pay, subject to the achievement of certain milestones, an additional $40 million, subdivided into 4 payments over the course of
the remaining construction period, and has granted the extensions previously requested by the CDA EPC contractors, which range between four and six months in
length, depending upon the applicable CDA unit. For further information on the amendment of the CDA EPC, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects – Recent Developments – IC Power – Settlement Agreement with CDA EPC Contractors .”
Nejapa Power Company, LLC – Legal Process With a Minority Shareholder
Crystal Power, Nejapa’s minority shareholder brought claims against Nejapa Holdings and Inkia Salvadorian, Limited, collectively, the Inkia Defendants, as
well as against the majority shareholder of Nejapa Holdings, and certain subsidiaries of El Paso Corporation (the former owner of IC’s interest in Nejapa Holdings),
before the Court of the State of Texas at Brazoria County. The claims against the Inkia Defendants included claims relating to an issuance of new shares to Crystal
Power by Nejapa Holdings, and allegations that Crystal Power had taken actions (i) preventing Nejapa Holdings from making distributions into an account opened
by a New York Court as a result of an interpleader action filed by Nejapa Holdings, (ii) causing Nejapa to distribute dividends disproportionately and (iv) causing
Inkia Salvadorian, Limited to use its majority position to harm Crystal Power. Crystal Power did not specify the amount of monetary damages against the Inkia
Defendants.
In November 2014, Inkia and Crystal Power entered into a settlement agreement. The court approved Inkia and Crystal Power’s settlement agreement and,
pursuant to such agreement, IC Power purchased Crystal Power’s 29% stake in Nejapa in January 2015 for cash consideration of $20 million.
Kallpa – Import Tax Assessments
Since 2010, the Peru Customs Authority (known as “SUNAT” for its abbreviation in Spanish) has issued tax assessments to Kallpa and its lenders for
payment of import taxes allegedly owed by Kallpa in connection with imported equipment for installation and construction of Kallpa I, II, III and IV. The
assessments were made on the basis that Kallpa did not include the value of the engineering services rendered by the contractor of the relevant project in the tax base
for the import taxes. Kallpa disagrees with these tax assessments on the grounds that the engineering services rendered (for which taxes are payable) include the
design of the plant but not the design of the imported equipment. Kallpa appealed the tax assessments before SUNAT and, after SUNAT confirmed the assessments,
before the Peruvian Tax Court, or the Tribunal Fiscal. SUNAT and the Peruvian Tax Court are administrative institutions under the Ministry of Economy and
Finance.
98
Table of Contents
In January 2015, Kallpa was notified that the Tribunal Fiscal had rejected Kallpa’s appeal in respect of the Kallpa I assessment. Kallpa disagreed with the
Tribunal Fiscal’s decision and appealed this decision to the Peruvian Judiciary. In order to appeal the Kallpa I ruling, Kallpa is required to pay the tax assessment of
Kallpa I in the amount of approximately $12.6 million, which amount consists of the tax assessment for Kallpa I, plus related interest and fines. As of the date of this
annual report, Kallpa has paid approximately $10 million of the $12.6 million assessment, and expects to pay the remaining amount once SUNAT formally notifies
Kallpa of the remaining assessment. To the extent that Kallpa’s appeal is successful, it is entitled to seek the return of the amounts paid (under protest) to SUNAT.
As of the end of February 2015, the total amount of import taxes claimed by SUNAT against Kallpa in connection with the import of equipment related to the
Kallpa I, II, III and IV projects, equals approximately $34.8 million, including penalty, interest and fines in the amount of $27.6 million.
To avoid further accrual of interest in respect of the other Kallpa assessments (i.e. Kallpa II, II and IV), Kallpa may choose to pay the outstanding amounts
under one or more of the other assessments, plus accrued interest and penalties, and in this case Kallpa would be entitled to a return of such payments to the extent
that Kallpa’s appeals are successful.
IC Power’s Regulatory, Environmental and Compliance Matters
In Latin America and the Caribbean, where IC Power primarily operates, the electricity market allows for sale and delivery of power from power generators
(private or government owned) to distribution companies (private or government owned) and to industrial consumers. In these countries there is typically structural
segregation of companies involved in power generation and companies involved in power transmission and distribution. In most of these countries there is a
government-owned power grid and transmission services are provided on open access basis, i.e. the transmission company must transmit power through the grid and
in exchange, charges a transmission rate set by the supervisory authority or based on a competitive proceeding whereby grid connections are awarded to generation
companies, distribution companies and end consumers based on availability. Whereas in these markets private and government-owned entities compete for power
generation, its transmission and distribution are conducted subject to exclusive franchises; therefore, the transmission and distribution operations are regulated in
markets in which IC Power operates.
In these countries, delivery and sale of power is subject to a regulatory regime (typical of privatized electricity markets) which includes supervision by an
independent supervisory entity for the electricity market. For further information on the regulatory risks related to IC Power’s operations, see “ Item 3D. Risk
Factors – Risks Related to IC Power – IC Power’s equipment, facilities and operations are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and
regulations that are expected to become more stringent in the future .”
Regulation of the Peruvian Electricity Sector
In Peru, power is generated by companies which primarily operate hydroelectric and natural gas based power stations. The key legislation in Peru concerning
the electricity market are the Law to Ensure Effective Development of Power Generation no. 28832 ( Ley Para Asegurar el Desarrollo Eficiente de la Generación
Eléctrica ) (hereinafter, “Law 28832”) and the Electricity Franchise Law no. 25844 ( Ley de Concesiones Eléctricas ) (hereinafter, “Law 25844”, which we jointly
refer to, together with Law 28832, as “the general electricity laws in Peru”). The general electricity laws in Peru form the statutory framework governing the
electricity market in Peru and cover, among other things:
•
•
•
generation, transmission, distribution and trading of electric power;
operation of the energy market; and
generation prices, availability fees and other tariffs.
All entities which generate, transmit or distribute power to third parties in Peru operate subject to the general electricity laws in Peru. Power generating
companies in Peru, such as IC Power, are impacted, among other things, by regulation applicable to transmission and distribution companies.
99
Table of Contents
Although significant private investment has been made in the electricity market in Peru and independent supervisory entities have been created to supervise
and regulate the electricity market, the Government of Peru has remained, in actual fact, in the role of supervisor and regulator. In addition, the Government of Peru
owns multiple power generation and distribution companies in Peru.
Regulatory Entities
There are five entities in charge of regulation, operation and supervision of the electricity market in Peru in general, and of IC Power’s operations in Peru in
particular:
MINEM – The Ministry of Energy and Mines, responsible for:
(a) setting national energy policy; (b) proposing and adopting laws and regulations to supervise the energy sector; (c) controlling expansion plans for SEIN;
(d) approving proposed expansion plans by COES; (e) promoting scientific research and investment in energy; and (f) granting franchises to entities who wish to
operate in power generation, transmission or distribution in Peru.
OSINERGMIN – the Office of Supervisor over Energy and Mining Investments is an independent entity responsible, among other things, for:
(a) supervising compliance of different entities with laws and regulations concerning power generation, transmission, distribution and trading; (b) setting
transmission and distribution tariffs (primarily based on tenders); (c) setting and enforcing price levels in the electricity market in Peru and setting tariffs for
customers subject to regulated tariffs; (d) imposing fines and damages for violations of the laws and regulations; (e) handling claims made by, against or between
consumers and players in the electricity market; (f) supervising public tenders with regard to PPAs between generation companies and distribution companies; and
(g) supervising operations of COES.
Generation tariffs for sale by generation companies to distribution companies are determined based on tender and are limited to a maximum specified by
OSINERGMIN. In addition, OSINERGMIN annually specifies energy prices and availability used in agreements between generation companies and distribution
companies
COES – the Council for Effective Operation is responsible for:
(a) planning and co-ordination of the power generation system for all power generation and transmission units, in order to ensure reliable generation at
minimum cost; (b) setting spot market prices based on marginal cost; (c) managing the spot market for availability prices in transactions between generation
companies (excess and shortage of actual generation vs. demand pursuant to PPA); (d) allocating fixed availability and energy to generation units; (e) submitting
proposals to OSINERGMIN for issuing regulatory standards, including technical standards and procedures used as guidelines for carrying out COES directives; and
(f) setting expansion plans for the transmission grid.
INDECOPI – the Antitrust Authority in Peru.
OEFA – the governmental body responsible for the power stations compliance with the environmental regulations.
Generation Companies
Since 1992, the electricity market in Peru has been operating based on marginal cost. COES decides which generation facilities are in operation at any given
time, maintaining minimum energy cost. Energy units are activated on real-time basis, with units with a lower variable generation cost being activated first. The
variable cost for the most recent generation unit activated in each time period determines the price of electricity in said time period (15 minutes) for generation
companies which sell or buy power on the spot market at that time period. Any generation companies with excess generation over energy sold pursuant to PPA in
each 15-minute interval, sell their excess at spot prices to generation companies with lower generation than their contractual obligations for that time period. As of
the date of this annual report, distribution companies and regulated consumers cannot purchase power off the grid at spot prices, but rather must contract agreements
with power generation companies or – for smaller consumers – with distribution companies. Power generation companies are also paid availability fees by SEIN,
based on their fixed capacity. Availability transactions are subject to Law 25844. This law stipulates a methodology for allocation of capacity for each generation
unit. COES allocates part of the capacity to each generation unit based on pre-determined variables, including capacity for the SEIN grid, expected demand
throughout the year, availability of generation unit, variable cost for the generation unit and excess power reserve. Part of the availability allocated to generation
units is determined to be the capacity of the generation unit. The availability rate for each generation unit accounts for availability during peak demand hours over
the past two years.
100
Table of Contents
PPAs are commercial agreements, independent of actual allocation of generation or actual provision of availability. Generation companies which generate
insufficient energy as per their PPAs purchase energy based on COES procedures from other generation companies which has excess generation or availability. The
energy price is the spot price, and the availability price is regulated and set by OSINERGMIN.
Pursuant to an ordinance by the Government of Peru dated 2008, COES is required to specify energy spot prices without accounting for limitations due to
shortage in supply of natural gas and for limitations on transmission of natural gas. Generation companies with variable cost higher than the spot price, including IC
Power, are compensated for their cost by transmission levies imposed on end consumers and collected by distribution companies. As of the date of this annual
report, the aforementioned government ordinance is effective through 2017.
Transmission Companies
Transmission in the SEIN grid is operated by COES. Expansion plans for the transmission grid are proposed by COES to MINEM for final approval; prior to
executing the COES expansion plan, the Government of Peru creates an interim transmission plan. Transmission companies who wish to participate in construction
of the transmission system specified in the expansion plan are required to submit their bid for a tender. The transmission company awarded the tender may operate
the line over 30 years and would be eligible to receive tariff payments from generation companies, as specified in the tender document. The group of transmission
lines created pursuant to such tenders after 2006 are known as “guaranteed transmission lines.” Transmission lines not included in plans such as aforementioned,
independently constructed by transmission companies after 2006, are known as “complementary transmission lines”; tariffs for use of these lines are determined by
COES, based on tariffs specified by OSINERGMIN.
Transmission lines created prior to 2006 are categorized into two groups. Transmission lines available for use by all generation companies are categorized as
primary transmission lines; transmission lines only used by specific generation or distribution companies and only available to these generation companies are
categorized as secondary transmission lines. Both Kallpa and Las Flores transmit the power generated by the power stations to the group of secondary transmission
lines created prior to 2006.
Distribution Companies
According to the general electricity laws in Peru, distribution companies are required to provide energy to customers at regulated prices. Distribution
companies may also provide energy to customers not subject to regulated prices – pursuant to PPAs. As of the date of this annual report, the only private distribution
companies awarded a distribution franchise are: Luz del Sur, Edelnor, Edecanete, Electro dunas and Coelvisac. These five companies distributed 68% of all energy
distributed by distribution companies in Peru in 2013. The remainder of power is sold by Government-owned entities.
Prior to July 2006, pricing in all contracts between generation companies and distribution companies with respect to sale of power to end customers at
regulated prices, included energy tariffs composed of payment for availability, energy and transmission – known as cumulative line prices, as determined by
OSINERGMIN. Distribution companies sell energy on the regulated market at cost plus an additional distribution charge known as VAD. After July 2006, most of
the agreements result from tenders in which generation companies bid prices up to the regulated maximum tariff. Bid prices include payment for availability and
energy.
The energy purchased by distribution companies from generation companies at cumulative line prices pursuant to old PPAs accounted for less than 35% of
total purchasing in 2013 – and is expected to decrease in coming years.
Since July 2006, pursuant to Law No. 28832, contracts to sell energy to distribution companies for resale to regulated customers may be made at fixed prices
based on public bids of generation companies or at the bus bar prices set by the OSINERGMIN. After the bidding process is concluded, a distribution company will
be entitled to purchase energy from the winning bidder at the bid price for the life of the relevant PPA. The prices obtained through the public bid process are subject
to a maximum energy price set by the OSINERGMIN prior to bidding. If all the bids are higher than the price set by the OSINERGMIN, the public bids are
disregarded and no PPA will be awarded. The process may be repeated until the prices that are offered are below the cap set by the OSINERGMIN. Under Law
No. 28832, the prices charged to regulated customers under these PPAs are capped at a price based on a weighted average of the bid price of the winning generator
and the applicable bus bar prices. As these prices are typically in excess of bus bar prices, these PPAs allow distribution companies to more effectively pass through
their operating costs to their end users.
101
Table of Contents
Regulation of the Chilean Sector
The electricity market in Chile consists of three sectors: generation, transmission and distribution. Power generation is open to competition, whereas
transmission and distribution are conducted by monopolies subject to regulated prices.
The electricity market in Chile uses the marginal generation cost method to determine the sequence of activation of power stations, thereby ensuring that
demand for power is satisfied at the minimum system cost. This method, launched in 1982, is used in many countries.
Chile has four power systems, of which two of these are its major systems. The largest system is Central Interconnected System, or SIC, with capacity of
15,151 MW, primarily consisting of hydro-electric, coal-based power stations and dual power stations using liquid natural gas or diesel. SIC serves over 90% of the
population and 87% of GDP in this country.
The second largest system is Sistema Interconectado Norte Grande, or SING, with capacity of 4,970 MW. SING covers a 700 kilometer stretch of Chile’s
North coast line. The system serves 6% of the population and is a major power supplier for the country’s copper mining industry.
The two other power systems are relatively smaller, located in the south of the country.
Central Cardones and Colmito are part of the SIC power grid. The National Energy Commission ( Comisión Nacional de Energía ) is an independent
government regulator which determines distribution tariffs, among other things. Prices used by generation companies to sell power to distribution companies for
regulated customers (those customers who consume up to 2 MW) are determined by regulated tenders. Power prices for non-regulated customers are determined by
direct negotiations and by tenders, with no intervention by government entities. Tariffs for expansion of the transmission system are determined by international
tenders.
Regulation of the Salvadorian Electricity Sector
Through July 2011, the electricity market in El Salvador was based on purchase and sale of power by competitive price tenders by generation companies. In
August 2011, the electricity market in El Salvador was re-structured and is now essentially similar to electricity markets in other countries in which IC Power
operates. Currently, generation units are activated based on the variable cost thereof, and prices are determined by the variable cost of the most recent unit activated.
Due to this change, local distribution companies have issued a first tender for purchase of power over a 2-3 year term. In conjunction with this tender, Nejapa was
awarded a contract to provide 71 MW over a 4 to 5 years term, through January 2018 and a 39 MW PPA over a 4 year period until July 2017.
Regulation of the Dominican Republic Electricity Sector
The regulatory framework in the Dominican Republic is essentially similar to the one in Peru. Power generation in the Dominican Republic is based on free
competition among private and government-owned generation companies, whereas the transmission and distribution grid is controlled by government-owned
companies. The main source of revenues for generation companies is direct energy sale to distribution companies and from sale of energy and availability on the spot
market.
The key issue with the electricity market in the Dominican Republic is the large-scale theft of power in this country; the tariff charged to consumers does not
cover in full the generation and distribution costs – requiring a significant government subsidy to make up the difference.
Regulation of the Bolivian Energy Sector
The electricity market in Bolivia is subject to Bolivia’s Electricity Act and regulations based there upon, which apply to the electricity sector and the
wholesale power market in Bolivia and which is subject to supervision by local authorities. The power pricing system in Bolivia is based on a free market where
generation companies compete for activation of their generation units, and the spot price is determined based on marginal cost (similar to Peru), with free access to
transmission and distribution systems. However, major customers purchase power at regulated tariffs. The price for energy and power generation in this country is
based on marginal cost. According to Bolivia’s constitution from 2009, all power generation companies in Bolivia are required to obtain a license from the relevant
authority for the right to generate and sell power on the national grid. As of the date of this annual report, COBEE operates in accordance with the interim licenses
awarded to the company. There is no certainty on obtaining the permanent license.
102
Table of Contents
Regulation of the Israeli Electricity Sector
The electricity market in Israel is exclusively controlled by IEC, which owns approximately 92% of the power generation capacity in Israel (according to the
IEC financial report for 2013) and also owns 100% of the power transmission and distribution systems. According to the Electricity Market Law, IEC is classified as
an “essential service provider”; as such, it is subject to basic obligations and operations for proper management of the electricity market, including filing
development plans, management of the power system, management of the power transmission and distribution systems, providing backup and infrastructure services
to private power generators and to consumers, and purchasing power from private power generators. OPC is the first large-scale private power plant in Israel. In May
2014, Dorad Energy Ltd. commenced commercial operation in Israel, adding 860 MW of capacity to the Israeli electricity market. In the next few years, OPC also
expects additional private producers to enter the market.
Tariff Structure For Electricity Sale In A Private Transaction
In transactions between private producers and end users, the price for end users is based on their purchase alternative from IEC, at a certain discount from the
production component of the TOU (time of use) tariff. The weighted average generation component, in accordance with the most recent PUAE update dated January
2015, is NIS 301 per MWh (approximately $77 per MWh). This component is in addition to transmission and distribution services, as listed on the tariff tables
issued by PUAE. The mechanism of power purchase between private producers, end users and IEC is regulated in the Electricity Market Law, as well as decisions of
the PUAE that are published from time to time.
Capacity Exclusion From PPA Pursuant To Electricity Market Rules
According to the IEC PPA, OPC may exclude capacity from the IEC PPA in order to be used for sale of power to individual consumers pursuant to electricity
market rules, subject to advance notice whose length depends on the excluded capacity.
Additionally, in December 2012, the Israeli Natural Gas Council issued resolution no. 6/2012, or the Gas Authority Resolution, with respect to the regulation
of the usage of capacity of the natural gas pipeline from the Tamar rig to the natural gas exit point at the Ashdod receiving station. The Gas Authority Resolution
indicates that capacity of the gas pipeline is limited, and is unable to satisfy the full demand expected on the market in coming years. Consequently, the Gas
Authority Resolution stipulates, among other things, that in case of a shortage of capacity of the gas pipeline, the pipeline capacity would be divided pro-rata among
all consumers connected to the national gas transmission system, based on a formula set forth in the Gas Authority Resolution. In the Gas Authority Resolution,
several limited exceptions to this pro-rata mechanism were specified to ensure capacity for the delivery of certain volumes of natural gas to consumers on the
distribution network and priority to be given for use of natural gas reserves in the INGL transmission pipeline (linepack) to consumers who had signed agreements
with Yam Tethys Group and/or with the Tamar Group prior to August 14, 2012. This regulation of the transmission capacity differs from provisions included in
OPC’s agreement with the Tamar Group with regard to the allocation of gas pipeline capacity in times of capacity shortage. IC Power and its legal counsel believe
that the pro-rata mechanism stipulated in the Gas Authority Resolution may increase the gas volume delivered to OPC in the event of gas pipeline capacity shortages
pursuant to OPC’s agreement with the Tamar Group. As of the date of this annual report, the manner in which the Gas Authority Resolution would be implemented
and/or its effect on OPC’s agreement with the Tamar Group remains unknown.
Capacity Re-Inclusion In The IEC PPA And Reduction Of Availability Fee
According to the Electricity Market Law, any private power generation company which has excluded capacity from the IEC PPA for sale to individual
consumers may inform IEC, subject to 12 month advance notice, of re-inclusion of the excluded capacity (in whole or in part) in the IEC PPA (providing availability
and capacity to IEC). In such case, the IEC PPA reiterates provisions of the Electricity Market Law, and sets the capacity price for the re-included capacity, based on
the period and capacity re-included.
Transmission And Backup Appendix In The IEC PPA, Provisions Of The IEC PPA With Regard To Sale Of Power To End Users
The IEC PPA includes a transmission and backup appendix, which requires IEC to provide transmission and backup services to OPC and its consumers, for
private transactions between OPC and its customers, and the tariffs payable by OPC to IEC for these services. Moreover, upon entering a PPA between OPC and an
individual consumer, OPC becomes the sole electricity provider for this end user, and IEC is required to supply power to individual end users when, OPC is unable
to do so, in exchange for a payment by OPC according to the tariffs set by PUAE for this purpose. It was further stipulated that should the power system
administrator fail to request activation of the power station, OPC should monitor the power consumption of its end users and adjust generation levels to consumption
fluctuations, or else OPC would be liable to pay excess fees to IEC, based on tariffs specified for such case in the IEC PPA.
103
Table of Contents
Qoros
Qoros is a China-based automotive company delivering international standards of quality and safety, as well as innovative features, to the large and fast-
growing Chinese market. Qoros’ vision is to design, manufacture, distribute, and service (through dealers) high quality cars for young, modern, urban consumers.
Qoros has assembled a highly experienced international management team with decades of experience in leading global OEMs and other industry participants, and
has established strong relationships with world class suppliers and engineering service providers. Qoros’ existing manufacturing facility has an initial technical
capacity of 150 thousand units per annum, which can be increased to approximately 220 thousand units per annum through the utilization of different shift models
(and further increased through additional shift optimizations and improvements in workday efficiency) and is located in Changshu, China. As of December 31, 2014,
Qoros has launched three vehicle models – the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch and the Qoros 3 City SUV – and has sold approximately 7,000 vehicles.
Qoros is seeking to establish a strong position in the Chinese passenger vehicle market, the largest and fastest growing passenger vehicle market in terms of
units sold, according to China Association of Automobile Manufacturers , or CAAM. In designing its vehicles, Qoros devoted significant time and resources in
conducting extensive consumer surveys, including tracking the driving habits of drivers, to ascertain the vehicle features preferred by its targeted consumers: young,
modern, urban consumers who have demonstrated a preference for C-segment vehicle models. The C-segment, which primarily includes the sedan, hatchback, SUV,
and multi-purpose-vehicle body types, is the largest vehicle segment in China with 9.7 million C-segment vehicles, or 56% of China’s total passenger vehicle sales,
sold in 2014 according to China Passenger Car Association , or CPCA (including exports, and excluding imports). Qoros’ strategy is to offer Chinese consumers
international standards of quality and safety, as well as innovative features, in a Chinese manufactured and branded vehicle and, having designed such vehicles,
Qoros believes that it will be positioned to enter into other markets in the future.
Qoros’ vehicles reflect the strong customer preferences identified in Qoros’ research, such as vehicle safety, innovative connectivity, and vehicle performance
and design features tailored to the Chinese market. The Qoros 3 Sedan was awarded the Best in Class award in Euro NCAP’s 2013 safety assessments and was the
highest scoring vehicle among vehicles that participated in Euro NCAP’s 2013 assessment, which included the assessment of many luxury European brands.
Additionally, in 2014, the Qoros 3 Hatch received the Red Dot Award, in recognition of its design. Qoros also received the Telematics Update Award in 2014. Each
Qoros vehicle is equipped with a Multi-Media Hub, or MMH, which includes an 8-inch touch screen and interactive human machine interface, or HMI, system.
Through the MMH, most of Qoros’ vehicles are equipped with the “QorosQloud”, an innovative, cloud-based entertainment and services system that delivers a
variety of free (e.g., cloud-enhanced navigation, car care, and social sharing) and premium (e.g., real-time traffic and parking information) connectivity features.
We have a 50% stake in Qoros, with the remaining 50% interest owned by Wuhu Chery, a subsidiary of Chery, a large state controlled holding enterprise and
Chinese automobile manufacturing company that has been producing automobiles since 1999. To date, Kenon and Chery have contributed RMB4.5 billion and
RMB4.1 billion, respectively, to Qoros via capital contributions and/or convertible or non-convertible shareholder loans.
Qoros will continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing, and obtain additional shareholder financing, to meet its operating expenses,
financing expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ ability to obtain the required financing will depend
on a number of factors, including its sales performance, and Qoros may be unable to secure such financing. We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and
capital resources will be used to support the development of Qoros. For example, we recently provided a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, and Chery has
committed to provide RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros in connection with the release of Chery’s guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241
million) under Qoros’ RMB3 billion credit facility. Kenon has agreed, in the event that Chery provides such loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not subsequently
released, to work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of
Qoros’ debt. This undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s
guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s guarantee, among other possibilities. For further information on our provision of this
shareholder loan and our undertaking in respect of Chery’s obligations, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments –
Qoros – Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .” For further information on Qoros’ liquidity, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest
in Qoros – Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013 and will therefore depend on external debt financing and guarantees or commitments from its
shareholders to finance its operations ” and “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Qoros’ Liquidity and Capital Resources .”
104
Table of Contents
Qoros’ Strengths
Focus on the Large and Fast Growing Chinese Passenger Vehicle Market – China is the largest passenger vehicle market in the world in terms of units
sold, with 17.9 million passenger vehicles sold in 2014, representing approximately 30% of the global passenger vehicle market, according to CAAM, CPCA and
the International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturing , or OICA. China is also the fastest growing passenger vehicle market in the world in terms of units
sold with a 22% CAGR from 2004 to 2014, based upon information sourced from CAAM and CPCA, with respect to vehicles sold (including imports) during the
period. Industry analysts expect the growth of China’s passenger vehicle market to continue – for example, the China State Information Center , or SIC, indicated in
November 2013 that the Chinese passenger vehicle market is expected to experience an annual growth of approximately 10% between 2014 and 2018. Additionally,
China’s vehicle penetration level as of the end of 2012 (approximately 8%) is significantly lower than those of many other developed automotive markets (79% in
the U.S., for example), according to OICA, indicating sustainable growth potential for this market. The C-segment, in which Qoros’ initial vehicle models compete,
is the largest passenger vehicle segment in China, in terms of units sold. According to CPCA, 9.7 million C-segment vehicles were sold in China in 2014,
representing 56% of China’s passenger vehicle sales in that year (including exports, and excluding imports). A significant portion of the sales within this segment is
generated from foreign joint venture brands, indicating Chinese consumers’ preference for vehicles delivering international standards and features.
Modern, high-quality vehicle models specifically-designed for the Chinese urban consumer – Based on Qoros’ extensive customer and industry research,
Qoros’ vehicle models were specifically designed to reflect the preferences of young, modern, urban consumers. In designing its C-Segment model, Qoros
commissioned more than one hundred primary marketing studies, soliciting input from over 10,000 potential buyers over the course of seven years, including
tracking the driving habits of drivers. Qoros has developed a vehicle product concept that Qoros believes satisfies the three “voice of the customer” pillars – Well
engineered, Well designed, and Beyond driving – and reflects Chinese consumers’ safety, performance, design and connectivity preferences:
•
Well Engineered: Qoros has engaged global companies in both the automotive (e.g., Magna Steyr, Bosch, Getrag, Valeo) and non-automotive (e.g.,
Frog Design, Microsoft, China Unicom) industries to facilitate the development and design of its vehicle platform. As evidence of Qoros’ successful
engineering efforts, the Qoros 3 Sedan has been recognized for its outstanding vehicle safety according to European standards, having received the
Euro NCAP’s maximum five-star rating. In 2013, the year the Qoros 3 Sedan was launched, the Qoros 3 Sedan was awarded the Best in Class award in
Euro NCAP’s 2013 safety assessments and was the highest scoring vehicle among vehicles that participated in Euro NCAP’s 2013 assessment, which
included the assessment of many luxury European brands. Additionally, the Qoros 3 Sedan’s vehicle performance is competitive within this segment in
China, particularly in terms of fuel economy, acoustics, aerodynamics, climatic comfort and braking performance.
•
Well Designed: Qoros has an experienced in-house design team, located in its design centers in Munich and Shanghai. The Qoros 3 Sedan’s design
provides one of the most spacious interiors in the segment. In particular, the large shoulder room and rear leg room reflect important preferences of the
Chinese C-segment consumers. Additionally, in 2014, the Qoros 3 Hatch received the Red Dot Award, in recognition of its design.
•
Beyond Driving – Connectivity: All of Qoros’ vehicles are equipped with a MMH, including an intuitive, 8” capacitive touch screen with swipe
gestured control HMI, and most Qoros vehicles are equipped with the “QorosQloud,” a cutting-edge telematics and cloud-based entertainment and
services system that delivers a variety of free (e.g., cloud-enhanced navigation, car care, and social sharing) and premium (e.g., real-time traffic,
parking information, cloud-enabled map update, and safe drive monitoring) connectivity features. Qoros believes that the features and the services
provided by the QorosQloud integrates Qoros’ vehicle into the driver’s lifestyle, by virtually connecting the vehicle, the driver and the driver’s digital
world. In 2014, Qoros also received the Telematics Update Award.
Flexible platform and scalable manufacturing footprint – Qoros’ vehicle platform reflects the results of Qoros’ intensive research and collaboration with
industry experts, enabling Qoros to efficiently deliver new model variants.
Qoros has developed core competencies within key selected areas (e.g., safety, styling, multimedia, etc.) and outsources many of its non-core operations
through relationships that it has developed with various external engineers and suppliers with technical centers located throughout Europe and China. Outsourcing
non-core functions allows Qoros to access technology and service suppliers as needed, without incurring the costs associated with maintaining such research and
development capacity or capacity expansion on a full-time basis. For example, Qoros has engaged Magna Steyr, a company engaged in automobile design and
engineering, in the design and development of Qoros’ vehicle platform, and of its individual vehicle models. Qoros also collaborates and sub-contracts with several
other engineering firms for its product development activities. Qoros sources the
105
Table of Contents
component parts necessary for its vehicle models from over 100 global suppliers, which are typically European-based, with manufacturing facilities in China. Qoros
aims to establish long-term relationships with its suppliers as a means of building loyalty, achieving competitive pricing, and achieving component quality and
timeliness of delivery. Qoros’ strategic relationships and outsourcing permits it to maintain a lean and relatively flat organizational structure.
Additionally, Qoros’ vehicle platform has been designed to support the development and production of each of Qoros’ planned C-segment models and can be
modified into a D-segment platform with relatively minor adjustments. Qoros has recently completed the construction of its state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in
Changshu, China, which it also designed in consultation with various international consultants with extensive experience in the development of automobile
production facilities in China and globally. Qoros’ manufacturing facility has an initial technical capacity of 150 thousand units per annum, which can be increased
to approximately 220 thousand units per annum through the utilization of different shift models (and further increased through additional shift optimizations and
improvements in workday efficiency) and can, subject to Qoros’ receipt of government approval, be further increased to up to approximately 440 thousand units per
annum through a second stage plant expansion together with an optimized work shift model.
International management team with significant industry experience – Qoros is managed by a highly experienced global management team with decades
of experience in leading global businesses within the automotive, management consulting and high-tech industries and Qoros’ management team is critical to its
success. Qoros believes that its management team’s experience contributes to Qoros’ ability to effectively execute Qoros’ current development plan.
Qoros’ Strategies
Establish the Qoros brand – Qoros has deployed an integrated marketing campaign to establish and increase customers’ awareness of the Qoros brand,
including participation in auto shows and similar events, the use of online, and pay-per-click ads, and the use of traditional advertising, such as television and print
ads. Qoros believes its marketing efforts have increased its brand awareness in China. For example, a recent Auto Motor and Sport China survey with over 40,000
participants ranked the Qoros 3 Sedan No. 4 on its “Best Domestic Compact Car” list out of 433 car models within the C-segment based upon the percentage of
participants choosing Qoros’ brand. Qoros also won the “Brand of the Year” award given by Auto Motor and Sport China. Additionally, in 2014, the Qoros 3 Hatch
received the Red Dot Award, in recognition of its design. Qoros also received the Telematics Update Award in 2014. Qoros intends to continue its brand
development efforts, seeking to generate demand for Qoros’ vehicles and increasing leads to Qoros’ dealerships and sales teams.
Successfully ramp-up Qoros’ commercial sales – Qoros’ commercial launch includes the launch of Qoros’ C-segment models, such as the launch of the
Qoros 3 Sedan in December 2013, the launch of Qoros’ second model, the Qoros 3 Hatch, in June 2014, and the launch of Qoros’ third model, the Qoros 3 City
SUV, in December 2014. Qoros also intends to continue to expand its dealer network, and build-up of its sales and service infrastructure.
As of December 31, 2014, Qoros has sold approximately 7,000 vehicles. Qoros is continuing to focus on the sales of the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch,
and the Qoros 3 City SUV, and as well as on its customer awareness and outreach efforts. Qoros is also continuing to develop its dealer network, targeting those
regions and cities that have been identified by Qoros’ extensive research as having high sales potential within the C-segment. Each of Qoros’ dealerships is
constructed in accordance with a distinctive, Qoros-branded CI, designed to result in consistent appearance and service standards. Qoros’ dealers are required to
complete rigorous training with respect to Qoros’ vehicle models, features and accessories. The construction and operation of Qoros’ dealerships are financed by
Qoros’ dealers themselves, with partial reimbursements received from Qoros, resulting in the financial commitment of dealers to the commercial success of Qoros’
vehicle models. As of December 31, 2014, 75 Qoros dealerships (representing 75 points of sales) were fully operational and 20 additional Qoros dealerships
(representing 20 points of sales) were under construction.
The development of Qoros’ sales and service infrastructure includes Qoros’ development of an information technology infrastructure connecting Qoros with
its dealers and enabling coordination regarding the sales and aftermarket support of Qoros’ vehicles. Qoros is also continuing to establish service and diagnostic
tools and service manuals across its dealer network and to train technicians to conduct repairs and to provide other after-market support at its various dealer
locations.
106
Table of Contents
Leverage platform to grow Qoros’ business, expand its product offerings and expand its sales to other regions in the future – Qoros’ long-term
strategy contemplates the expansion of Qoros’ vehicle portfolio through the introduction of additional vehicle models, particularly models in the C-segment and at a
later stage, the D-segment, using Qoros’ existing platform. By using its existing scalable platform, Qoros can develop new models in an efficient manner, as its
platform permits Qoros to develop new models with varying and distinctive features, while making only minor adjustments. The Qoros platform, for example, has
been used to develop the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch and the Qoros 3 City SUV, and is also being used to develop another SUV model, which Qoros intends
to launch in the future. Qoros also intends to offer additional services, parts and accessories for its vehicles, including value added services based upon its
connectivity platform.
Efficiently scale production capacity – Qoros’ manufacturing facility has embedded flexibility and has been specifically designed to provide easily
expandable capacity. Qoros’ manufacturing facility’s capacity can be increased from its current 150 thousand vehicles per annum to approximately 220 thousand
units per annum, through the utilization of different shift models (and further increased through additional shift optimizations and improvements in workday
efficiency) and, subject to Qoros’ receipt of government approval, up to approximately 440 thousand units per annum through a second stage plant expansion
together with an optimized work shift model. Qoros has no immediate plans for expansion and has not submitted any expansion plans for regulatory approval. Qoros
intends to increase its manufacturing capacity to the extent of increased demand for its vehicles, the success of its brand establishment, and the success of the launch
of its C-segment vehicle models.
Overview of the Chinese Passenger Vehicle Market
Qoros is currently focused on the Chinese passenger vehicle market, which has experienced rapid growth in recent years driven by significant expansion of
the Chinese economy. Today, China is the largest and fastest growing passenger vehicle market in the world in terms of units sold. Based upon information sourced
from CAAM and CPCA, the domestic sales volume of passenger vehicles grew from approximately 2.4 million vehicles (including imports) in 2004 to 17.9 million
vehicles (including imports) in 2014, representing a CAGR of 22%, and is expected to continue to grow.
Factors Driving Growth in the Chinese Passenger Vehicle Industry
Qoros believes the following factors have contributed to the growth of the Chinese passenger vehicle industry:
Rapid Economic and Purchasing Power Growth
High GDP growth in China over the past decade has resulted in increased personal wealth and purchasing power. According to the National Bureau of
Statistics of China, or NBSC, China’s nominal GDP increased from RMB13,582 billion (approximately $2,186 billion) in 2003 to RMB63,646 billion
(approximately $10,242 billion) in 2014. According to the NBSC, the annual disposable income per capita in Chinese urban households increased from RMB24,565
(approximately $3,953) in 2012 to RMB28,844 (approximately $4,641) in 2014, representing an increase of 9%. If the Chinese economy continues to grow,
corresponding personal wealth generation will support greater demand for passenger vehicles, which will accelerate the expansion of China’s passenger vehicle
industry. It should be noted that, in conjunction with recent economic recovery in the United States and within the European Union, the growth rate in China
declined in 2014. In April 2014, the NBSC recorded slight reductions in China’s industrial production growth and the growth in investment in fixed assets. For
information on the risks related to China’s economic growth, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – The economic, political and
social conditions in China could have a material adverse effect on Qoros .”
107
Table of Contents
Low Penetration Rate Implies Long-Term Growth Potential
Although China’s passenger vehicle market is the largest in the world by country (in terms of units sold), China’s penetration rate of vehicles as a proportion
of its population is still relatively low, at approximately 8% at the end of 2012. According to OICA, the penetration rate of more mature economies, by comparison,
typically ranges from 32% (in the case of Russia) to 79% (in the case of the United States), which indicates significant growth potential for the passenger vehicle
market in China.
By Brand, including car/SUV/MPV, Russia excluded in East Europe, Germany excluded in West Europe.
Source: OICA
Increased Urbanization
Urbanization within China has created significant opportunities for the passenger vehicle industry as urban residents have shown a tendency for greater
mobility. China has become increasingly urbanized over the years. According to the World Bank, from 2003 to 2013, China’s urbanization rate has increased from
approximately 40% to approximately 53%, with an urban resident population of approximately 722 million in 2013. Pursuant to the National New Urbanization Plan
(2014-2020) issued in March 2014, the Chinese government set a target of raising the urbanization rate (as measured by urban resident population) to approximately
60% by 2020. Going forward, small and medium-size cities and towns in the central and western areas of China are projected to grow at a faster rate than the
national average.
Increased Investment in Transportation Infrastructure
China’s substantial investment in the construction of transportation infrastructure has fueled demand for passenger automobiles. According to the NBSC, from
2003 to 2013, the total length of China’s highways has grown from approximately 1,810,000 kilometers to 4,356,200 kilometers, representing a CAGR of 9.2%.
Further highway extensions are expected to promote increased use of automobiles. The increase in the length of highways further facilitates inter-city travel, which
in turn has boosted automobile sales as the use of passenger vehicles has increased accordingly.
Market Segmentation of the Chinese Passenger Vehicle Industry
The Chinese passenger vehicle market, in line with international markets, can be separated into the following segments: large-size and mid- to large-size
(D-segment), mid-size (D-segment), compact (C-segment), small-size (B-segment) and mini (A-segment) models based on the size of the vehicles and their typical
engine displacement. The following table sets forth the major categories of passenger vehicles and key features.
Category
Mini
Small-size
Compact
Mid-size
Mid- to large-size
Large-size
Vehicle category
A
B
C
D
E
E
Wheel base
(millimeter)
2,000 – 2,300
2,300 – 2,500
2,500 – 2,700
2,700 – 2,900
2,800 –3,000
Above 3,000
Length of vehicles
(millimeter)
Below 4,000
4,000 – 4,300
4,200 – 4,600
4,500 – 4,900
4,800 – 5,000
Above 5,000
Engine displacement
(liter) (excluding turbo)
Below 1.0
1.0 – 1.5
1.6 – 2.0
1.8 – 2.4
Above 2.4
Above 3.0
With 9.7 million vehicles (including exports, and excluding imports) sold in 2014, China’s C-segment market, which Qoros is initially targeting, is one of the
largest C-Segment markets in the world and represents, by far, the largest segment within
108
Table of Contents
the Chinese market. The C-segment has also been one of China’s fastest growing segment over the past decade, with a CAGR of 15% from 2010 to 2014 according
to CPCA. Qoros believes that the C-segment’s primary attractiveness in China results from its delivery of the combination of value for money with sufficient
comfort and space for families.
Within the C-segment, Chinese consumers have shown a strong consumer preference for sedans, which, according to CPCA, represented approximately 60%
of all C-segment sales in 2014 (including exports, and excluding imports), differing strongly from the preferences of European consumers, who have a strong
preference for hatchbacks. An important trend over recent years has been the high growth in SUV demand which, according to CPCA, represented approximately
27% of C-segment sales in China in 2014 (including exports, and excluding imports), as compared to approximately 14% in 2010.
The Chinese passenger vehicle market is typically further divided into categories, as set forth below:
Segment
Joint venture Brands
Premium
Mid- to High-end
Economy
Local Chinese Brands
Mid- to High-end
Economy
Examples of Brands
Mercedes Benz, BMW, Audi, Cadillac
Volkswagen, Nissan, Buick, Toyota, Honda, Hyundai
Suzuki
Roewe, Senova, MG
BYD, Geely, Great Wall
The role of joint venture brands is particular to the Chinese market, as foreign automotive OEMs are only allowed to establish local production through joint
ventures with local manufacturers. Joint venture brands participate in the larger and more expensive market segments of the Chinese passenger vehicle market, and a
significant portion of the sales within these segments are generated from foreign joint venture brands. Chinese consumers have indicated a preference for foreign
joint venture brands as a
109
Table of Contents
result of their perceived higher quality and technology, as well as their higher prestige. Local brands participate primarily in the economy price range, with demand
mainly driven by first-time car buyers, often located in tier 3 (those with populations ranging from 4-10 million, including subsidiary counties and towns) and tier 4
(those with populations ranging from 2-6 million, including subsidiary counties and towns) cities, which typically have lower vehicle penetration rates than the
larger tier 1 and tier 2 cities.
The following table sets forth estimated market share in the Chinese market by vehicle segment for joint ventures and local brands:
Qoros’ Description of Operations
Qoros designs, engineers and manufactures a new brand of automobiles manufactured in China, designed to deliver international standards of quality and
safety, as well as innovative features. Qoros launched and commenced commercial sales of the Qoros 3 Sedan at the end of 2013, the Qoros 3 Hatch, in late June
2014 and the Qoros 3 City SUV in December 2014, which it produces at its recently completed state-of-the-art manufacturing facility in Changshu, China.
Qoros commenced commercial operations at the end of 2013 and sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014. Qoros incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion in 2014
and is dependent upon external financing, including shareholder funding, to meet its operating expenses, financing expenses, and capital expenditures.
Models
Qoros’ current C-segment portfolio consists of the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch, and the Qoros 3 City SUV and the next vehicle that will be launched
from Qoros’ pipeline is expected to be another SUV model. Qoros’ platform has been designed to enable the efficient introduction of new models in the C- and D-
segments. Qoros also intends to introduce new vehicle models over time, including the introduction of models in other segments, such as the D-segment, as it
expands its commercial operation in line with demand for its vehicles.
Well Engineered
Qoros developed its vehicles in accordance with international standards of quality and safety, as well as innovative features, working in conjunction with
global entities from both automotive (e.g., Magna Steyr, Bosch, Getrag, Valeo) and non-automotive (e.g., Frog Design, Microsoft, China Unicom) industries. The
Qoros 3 Sedan was awarded the Best in Class award in Euro NCAP’s 2013 safety assessments and was the highest scoring vehicle among vehicles that participated
in Euro NCAP’s 2013 assessment, which included the assessment of many luxury European brands. Qoros 3 Sedan’s vehicle performance is competitive in its
segment, particularly with respect to fuel economy, acoustics, aerodynamics, climatic comfort, and braking performance. For example, the Qoros 3 Sedan has a
powertrain optimized for efficient fuel consumption and engine performance, resulting in competitive highway and city fuel consumptions of 4.9 L/100 km and 8.3
L/100 km, respectively. Additionally, the Qoros 3 Sedan demonstrates competitive braking performance according to Auto Motor and Sports’ standards.
110
Table of Contents
Well Designed
Qoros has an experienced in-house design team, located in its design centers in Munich and Shanghai. The Qoros 3 Sedan’s design provides one of the most
spacious interiors in the segment. In particular, the large shoulder room and rear leg room reflect important Chinese C-segment consumer preferences. The Qoros 3
Sedan is also one of the widest vehicles in its segment. Additionally, in 2014, the Qoros 3 Hatch received the Red Dot Award, in recognition of its design.
Beyond Driving – QorosQloud
All of Qoros’ vehicles are equipped with a MMH, including a user friendly 8-inch capacitive touch screen with swipe gestured control HMI. Most of Qoros
vehicles are equipped with the “QorosQloud,” a cutting-edge telematics and cloud-based entertainment and services system that delivers a variety of free (e.g.,
cloud-enhanced navigation, car care, and social sharing) and premium (e.g., real-time traffic, parking information, cloud-enabled map update, and safe drive
monitoring) connectivity features. Qoros believes the features and the services provided by the QorosQloud integrates Qoros’ vehicle into the driver’s lifestyle, by
virtually connecting the vehicle, the driver and the driver’s digital world. QorosQloud creates a digital ecosystem that, among other features, provides the driver with
the following free features:
•
guiding services , offering trip planning, navigation services which, after parking, can continue to provide the user with directions via the use of mobile
devices, and smart points of interest;
•
car care services , offering car status monitoring, booking of appointments for service maintenance, real-time monitoring of service maintenance status
from a mobile device, driving behavior monitoring, which may help drivers in connection with their insurance, and monitoring of fuel efficiency; and
•
share services , offering check-in, shared trips and other social networking features.
The QorosQloud also provides drivers with remote access to their vehicle, providing key information with respect to the vehicle’s location, owner’s manual,
warranty information, and vehicle diagnostics and maintenance, as well as, for an additional fee, enabling drivers to access real-time information such as traffic and
surrounding points of interest from the vehicle.
Drivers of Qoros’ vehicles may also purchase premium connectivity features, such as access to dynamic, real-time parking and traffic information and live
map updates, representing an additional source of revenue for Qoros.
Qoros also received the Telematics Update Award in 2014.
Models under Development
Qoros is continuing to leverage its vehicle platform via its development of additional C-segment models, including the other SUV it is developing in addition
to the recently launched Qoros 3 City SUV. As of December 31, 2014, the SUV has passed the Concept Confirmation Quality Gateway and its styling has been
finalized. Additionally, prototype building, testing, and product sourcing have been initiated and remain ongoing.
Information Technology
Qoros has designed a comprehensive IT infrastructure to support its operating model, including product processes, customer order processes, sales & service
processes, and enterprise management and support processes. Qoros has implemented all business-critical systems, including its engineering, purchasing, and
production control systems. Additionally, to support its commercial sales, Qoros has also launched its marketing and sales systems, including its dealer management
system, dealer portal, customer relation management system, and spare part and warranty systems.
In 2014, Qoros expanded and enhanced the functionalities of its existing IT systems to support its product development, sales and marketing, customer
quality, information security capabilities and, in particular, Qoros’ Customer Quality Audit (CQA) system, went live in 2014.
In 2015, the expansion and enhancement of certain business critical projects – Data Driving Marketing and Customer Quality Project – are expected to
continue.
Qoros’ Manufacturing; Property, Plants and Equipment
Qoros conducts its vehicle manufacturing and assembly operations at its recently completed 150 thousand unit per annum, 790,000 square meter factory by
land size in Changshu, China, for which it has a land use right until March 4, 2062.
111
Table of Contents
Qoros’ western-standard manufacturing facility incorporates comprehensive, flexible capabilities, including body assembly, state-of-the-art paint shop, final vehicle
assembly and end-of-line testing. Qoros’ newly constructed paint shop uses cutting edge painting processes, such as TecTalis, a nanoceramic conversion coating
process for metals, and the B1B2 compressed painting process, in which two layers of wet-to-wet basecoats are applied instead of the traditional application of a
basecoat layer and a primer coating, to achieve production efficiency, improve painting quality, and minimize environmental impact. Qoros’ paint shop also utilizes
state-of-the-art equipment and robots, to contribute to the overall effectiveness and efficiency of Qoros’ painting operations.
Qoros plans to continue to ramp up its production of the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch and the recently-launched Qoros 3 City SUV, subject to demand,
as it continues to deploy its full-scale commercial sales model. Qoros will adjust the manufacturing capacity of its manufacturing facility in accordance with the
demand for its vehicles. Currently, the base installed volume of vehicles that can be manufactured, or the “technical capacity”, of Qoros’ recently completed
manufacturing facility is 150 thousand units per annum. Through alterations of operating parameters, such as the utilization of different shift models, the volume of
vehicles manufactured can be increased to approximately 220 thousand units per annum (and further increased through additional shift optimizations and
improvements in workday efficiency). This represents the manufacturing facility’s “shift capacity.” Subject to approval from the relevant Chinese government
authorities and additional investments in phase two of the manufacturing facility, the production capacity of Qoros’ manufacturing facility can subject to Qoros’
receipt of government approval, be further increased to up to approximately 440 thousand units per annum through a second stage plant expansion together with an
optimized work shift model. Qoros filed an Application for Environmental Impact Assessment with the Ministry of Environmental Protection to obtain final
approval for Qoros’ production facility. However, there is no assurance that Qoros will receive such approval.
Qoros also has an operational design facility located in Munich, Germany, responsible for creating specific design aspects such as interior/exterior, color and
trim, visualization, and graphics, of Qoros’ vehicle models. The design center attracts designers that are difficult to recruit in Shanghai, China, results in German-
quality design of Qoros’ vehicle models, and assists in Qoros’ brand building activities. The Qoros design team in Munich is part of the Qoros global design team.
Qoros’ Product Sourcing and Suppliers
Qoros sources the component parts necessary for its vehicle models from over 100 global suppliers. A majority of Qoros’ suppliers are European-based, with
manufacturing facilities in China. Qoros aims to establish long-term relationships with its suppliers as a means of building loyalty, achieving competitive pricing,
and achieving component quality and prompt delivery. Qoros has implemented enterprise resource planning and management software to automate its procurement
and inventory processes and to integrate them with its financial accounting system. This resource management system allows Qoros to reduce and control costs by
maintaining minimal inventories of the components and parts needed to conduct its manufacturing operations.
In 2009, Qoros entered into an agreement with Magna Steyr, a company engaged in automobile design and engineering, for the purposes of engaging Magna
Steyr in the design and development of Qoros’ vehicle platform. Qoros has entered into additional contracts with Magna Steyr for the engineering and styling of its
individual vehicle models, including the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch, and the Qoros 3 City SUV. Qoros also collaborates and sub-contracts with several other
engineering firms for its product development activities.
Qoros utilizes a “managed outsourcing” model for the development of its vehicle models, which Qoros believes increases its operational effectiveness and
efficiency. Under its “managed outsourcing” model, Qoros utilizes the knowledge it has acquired from its extensive customer research to develop its vehicles,
including defining corresponding vehicle and (sub-) system level performance targets, formulating detailed design verification/testing plans, and managing vehicle
development programs. The detailed implementation work necessary to develop Qoros’ vehicles is then carried out by engineering service providers and/or related
suppliers in accordance with Qoros’ requirements. For information on Qoros’ relationship with, and the risks related to, Qoros’ suppliers, see “ Item 3D. Risk
Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros is dependent upon its suppliers .”
112
Table of Contents
Qoros’ Commercial Agreements with Chery
Although Qoros is under no obligation to do so, Qoros sources its engines, and certain spare parts, from Chery in the ordinary course of Qoros’ business.
Additionally, Qoros has recently entered into a platform sharing agreement with Chery, pursuant to which Qoros provides Chery with the right to use Qoros’
platform in exchange for a fee. Qoros may also enter into additional commercial arrangements and agreements with Chery, or parties related to it, in the future.
For further information on Qoros’ commercial arrangements with Chery, see Note 28 to Qoros’ consolidated financial statements, included in this annual
report.
Qoros’ Patents and Licenses
Qoros owns the intellectual property rights related to motor vehicles that it has independently developed (including HMI, electric powered motor vehicles and
relevant motor vehicles platforms, parts, components and accessories for motor vehicles) and also owns any and all brands, trade names, trademarks, or emblems
developed in connection with, or with respect to, any of its vehicles.
Qoros has filed more than 900 trademark applications for Qoros major trademarks (e.g., QOROS, Qoros logos) and other trademark related to Qoros business
in Asia (including Australia/New Zealand ), Europe, Middle East, North America, South America, Africa, etc. by the end of 2014. “QOROS” has been registered in
543 countries (including 28 EU member countries); “Qoros Auto” has been registered in 40 countries (including 28 EU member countries); and Qoros’ logo has
been registered in 47 countries (including 28 EU member countries).
For information on the risks related to Qoros’ ownership of its intellectual property, including the risks relating to Qoros’ potential pledging of its rights in
certain of its patents, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros’ success depends, in part, upon its ability to protect, and
maintain ownership of, its intellectual property .”
Qoros’ Marketing Channels
Qoros has implemented an integrated product, marketing and communication strategy, based upon extensive customer research. Since its inception, Qoros has
commissioned more than a hundred primary marketing studies focusing upon key vehicle features, purchasing factors and consumer needs. Qoros’ centralized, in-
house marketing team aims to utilize its market research and:
•
•
•
generate demand for Qoros’ vehicles and drive leads to Qoros’ dealerships and sales teams;
build long-term brand awareness and develop and manage Qoros’ reputation; and
employ effective marketing strategies in a cost-efficient manner.
In 2014, Qoros continued its investments in its marketing and sales efforts, with three waves of marketing campaigns focused upon sustaining the Qoros 3
Sedan’s branding and the launching of the Qoros 3 Hatch and the Qoros 3 City SUV. Primary campaign activities in respect of the Qoros 3 Sedan included a
Guerrilla Campaign, and a showcase of the Qoros 3 Sedan in the Chinese i-apartment TV series. With respect to the Qoros 3 Hatch, launch activities included an
international debut of the Qoros 3 Hatch in the Geneva Auto show, and a national launch event in Shanghai, China. Primary campaign activities in respect of the
Qoros 3 City SUV included its debut at the Guangzhou Auto Show in November 2014, national launch event in December 2014, and auto media test drives.
Qoros’ Dealers
Qoros markets its vehicles in China through a network of independent authorized retail dealers, with whom Qoros enters into non-exclusive relationships. A
portion of Qoros’ dealerships are 4S dealer stores, providing Qoros’ customers with dealers and authorized salesmen, showrooms, and service and parts, under one
roof; the remaining portion of Qoros’ dealership network comprises only showrooms. Locations of Qoros’ dealerships have been identified in Qoros’ extensive
research, with a view to optimizing and increasing Qoros’ market coverage. As of December 31, 2014, 75 Qoros dealerships (representing 75 points of sales) were
fully operational and 20 additional Qoros dealerships (representing 20 points of sales) were under construction. Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, Qoros had
executed 14 Memorandums of Understanding with respect to the potential development of 14 additional dealerships (representing 14 points of sales). The dealership
facilities are based on Qoros’ branded construction plans, to ensure consistency and quality, and are constructed by the dealer using its own capital resources, with
partial reimbursements received from Qoros.
113
Table of Contents
Qoros enters into a contract with each authorized dealer, agreeing to sell to the dealer all specified vehicle lines at wholesale prices and granting to the dealer
the right to sell those vehicles to retail customers from an approved location. It is expected that Qoros’ dealers will offer the full vehicle model lineup offered by
Qoros. Authorized Qoros dealers also offer parts, accessories, service and repairs for Qoros’ vehicles, using genuine Qoros parts and accessories obtained directly
from Qoros. Qoros’ dealers are authorized to service Qoros’ vehicles under Qoros’ limited warranty program, and those repairs are required to be made only with
Qoros’ parts. In addition, most of Qoros’ dealers also provide their customers access to retail financing, vehicle insurance and warranty packages.
Because dealers maintain the primary sales and service interface with the end consumer of Qoros’ products, the quality of Qoros’ dealerships and its
relationship with its distributors are critical to its success. Qoros conducts rigorous training for dealers with respect to its vehicle models and ancillary and aftersales
products, most of which are required to be completed prior to the opening of a dealer’s operations. Qoros’ training program for dealers includes (i) a step-by-step
course plan, which includes an initial launch training, (ii) a three leveled core curriculum with a final certification test, and (iii) subject-specific training when
appropriate (e.g. the launch of a new product, a QorosQloud upgrade, etc.). Dealers are also expected to undergo subject-specific trainings throughout subsequent
years. Pursuant to the terms of its standard dealer arrangement, Qoros’ dealers are required to periodically participate in ongoing training and educational sessions
regarding Qoros, its vehicle models, and the servicing of its vehicles.
For information on the risks related to Qoros’ relationship with its dealers, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros
depends upon a network of independent dealers to sell its automobiles .”
Aftersales and Services
In connection with the launches of the Qoros 3 Sedan, the Qoros 3 Hatch, and the Qoros 3 City SUV, Qoros is continuing to ramp up the aftersales and
services it offers for its vehicle models through its network of authorized dealers. Qoros drivers can utilize their QorosQloud to respond to service invitations, make
and secure appointments, and report issues on their vehicle in advance of any servicing appointments. Aftersales and services are provided pursuant to warranties
and for a fee where warranty coverage is not available.
Qoros’ Customers
Qoros’ intended target audience consists of Chinese consumers.
Target purchasers of the Qoros 3 Sedan are generally urban residents between the ages of 25 and 35, with an average-to-high level of income, while target
purchasers of the Qoros 3 Hatch are generally female customers with higher-than-average education and income.
Qoros is also targeting a diverse group of fleet-sale customers, including car rental companies (including those serving Chinese government agencies),
corporate entities, and other large groups.
Retail Financing Program
Customer financing is available through dealers and financing packages are also offered by Chery Motor Finance Service, Co. Ltd. a Wuhu Chery affiliate.
Qoros does not provide direct financing to customers at this time.
Warranty Program
Qoros provides a 36 month or 100,000 km limited warranty with every Qoros vehicle model and also provides 36 months of free, twenty-four hour, 365 days
roadside assistance. Qoros’ limited warranty, which is similar to those offered by other international OEMs, is subject to certain limitations, exclusions or separate
warranties, including certain wear items, such as tires, brake pads, paint and general appearance, and battery performance, and is intended to cover parts and labor to
repair defects in material or workmanship in the body, chassis, suspension, interior, electronic systems, battery, powertrain and brake system. As Qoros expands to
other countries in the future, Qoros’ warranty coverage may vary from country to country in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition to the
standard 36 month warranty that is provided with each vehicle model, in the future Qoros also intends to offer an extended warranty package to its customers,
covering numerous servicing options over a longer period of time.
114
Table of Contents
Qoros’ Competition
The passenger vehicle market in China is highly competitive, with competition from many of the largest global manufacturers (acting through joint ventures)
and established domestic manufacturers. As the size of the Chinese market continues to increase, Qoros anticipates that additional competitors, both international
and domestic, may seek to enter the Chinese market and that market participants will act to maintain or increase their market share. In particular, Qoros expects the
European, U.S., Korean and Japanese automakers to be its chief competitors. For information on the risks related to Qoros’ competition, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors
– Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros’ business is subject to intense competition. ”
Qoros’ Seasonality
In general, demand for new cars in the Chinese automobile industry peaks during three periods: March – April, September – October, and December –
January. The Chinese automobile industry generally experiences reduction in demand during February, July and August. Although Qoros is an early stage
manufacturer, and is still in a ramp-up stage, it is expected that Qoros will experience similar seasonality with respect to its sales once it completes its ramp-up
phase.
Qoros’ Joint Venture Agreement
We are party to a Joint Venture Agreement, entered into on February 16, 2007 (which has been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified since then) that
sets forth certain rights and obligations of each of Quantum, the wholly-owned subsidiary through which we own our equity interest in Qoros, and Wuhu Chery with
respect to Qoros. The Joint Venture Agreement is governed by Chinese law. Pursuant to the terms of the Joint Venture Agreement, each of Kenon, through
Quantum, and Wuhu Chery is required to invest pro rata amounts into Qoros at various and specified intervals. The Joint Venture Agreement also contains
provisions regarding (i) the joint approval of “substantial matters” (e.g., changes to Qoros’ articles of association; the merger, amalgamation, split or public offering
of Qoros) via unanimous approval from Qoros’ board of directors; (ii) the selection of Qoros’ Board of Directors and senior management; (iii) a prohibition against
the sale/assignment/transfer/pledge of either party’s interest in Qoros, subject to certain exceptions, and (iv) indemnification, confidentiality, non-competition, and
liquidation processes.
Pursuant to the terms of our Joint Venture Agreement, we have the right to appoint three of Qoros’ six directors and Wuhu Chery has the right to appoint the
remaining three of Qoros’ six directors. We also have the right to, together with Wuhu Chery, jointly nominate Qoros’ General Manager and Chief Financial Officer.
The joint nomination of Qoros’ General Manager and Chief Financial Officer are each subject to the approval of Qoros’ board of directors by a simple majority vote.
Additionally, Wuhu Chery may, in the event of the termination of the Joint Venture Agreement, purchase our interest in Qoros at an agreed upon price or at
the price determined by an independent appraiser selected or appointed as applicable, pursuant to the valuation procedure set forth in the Joint Venture Agreement.
The nationalization or confiscation, in whole or in substantial part, of Qoros’ assets, or Qoros’ bankruptcy, for example, are all termination events that may trigger
Wuhu Chery’s purchase rights. Furthermore, the Joint Venture Agreement also contains provisions relating to the transfer and pledge of Qoros’ shares, the
appointment of executive officers and directors, and the approval of “substantial matters,” which may prevent us from causing Qoros to take actions that we deem
desirable.
Each of Kenon and Chery had committed to provide Qoros with RMB3.74 billion of capital contributions. Kenon and Chery have satisfied their individual
committed capital contributions (assuming the conversion of certain convertible shareholder loans), having contributed RMB4.5 billion, and RMB4.1 billion,
respectively, to Qoros to date via capital contributions and/or convertible or non-convertible shareholder loans. Chery has agreed to provide an additional RMB400
million to Qoros, subject to certain conditions. For further information on Chery’s provision of such loan, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects – Recent Developments – Qoros – Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .”
Kenon and Chery have also guaranteed the full performance and observance by Quantum and Wuhu Chery, respectively, of, and compliance with, all
covenants, agreements, obligations and liabilities applicable to Quantum or Chery, as applicable, under and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Joint
Venture Agreement. As a result, Kenon and Chery are effectively subject to the terms of the Joint Venture Agreement.
The Joint Venture Agreement will expire in December 2032 and either we or Chery may terminate the Joint Venture Agreement prior to this date, under
certain circumstances, and subject to certain conditions. For further information on the risks related to the Joint Venture Agreement, including the risks related to
Chery’s status as a state controlled holding enterprise, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros is a joint venture in which our
interest is only 50%. ”
115
Table of Contents
Qoros’ Board and Executive Management
Qoros’ board of directors has recently appointed a new General Manager and chairman of the board and Qoros has also made a number of other personnel
changes at the executive management level and in the senior management structure.
Qoros’ Legal Proceedings
Audi Proceedings
Audi requested a preliminary injunction, or PI, regarding Qoros’ model name “GQ3” at Hamburg Court in Germany in January 2013. The Hamburg Court
issued a PI order on January 14, 2013, which prohibited Qoros from using GQ3 as its model name in Germany. Qoros filed an opposition to the PI at the Hamburg
Court on June 26, 2013. The Hamburg Court issued a written decision to uphold the PI on January 20, 2014. Qoros appealed the decision in February 2014.
Additionally, Audi requested a PI regarding Qoros cars’ rear part configuration with Qoros’ logo in the middle of the trunk lid and “3” at the right side of the chrome
strip (hereinafter “Qoros logo + 3” configuration) at Hamburg Court on March 7, 2013. The Hamburg Court issued a PI order on March 12, 2013, which prohibits
Qoros from using “Qoros logo + 3” configuration in its cars in Germany. Qoros filed an opposition to the PI at the Hamburg Court. The Hamburg Court issued a
written decision to revoke the PI on September 24, 2013 and Audi appealed the decision.
In August 2014, Qoros and Audi agreed on a settlement of all pending legal disputes.
V Cars LLC Proceedings
On each of July 20, 2008, March 17, 2010 and October 16, 2013, V Cars LLC (formerly Visionary Vehicles) filed claims against IC, Quantum, Chery and/or
individuals related to Chery in U.S., Hong Kong and Israeli forums. Generally, the claims, which are at various stages of adjudication, allege V Cars LLC conducted
negotiations with Chery for the establishment of a joint venture for production of vehicles in China and distribution thereof in the United States and was forcibly
removed from such discussions by IC, Quantum Chery and/or individuals related to Chery. With respect to the 2013 suit, V Cars LLC claims it incurred damages of
NIS 600 million (approximately $151 million) and asserts it is entitled to NIS 100 million in damages, representing 28% of the value of Qoros as of the filing date of
V Cars LLC’s claim. Alternatively, V Cars LLC claims it is entitled to a customary fee (amounting to approximately 10% of IC’s investment in Qoros). Each of
Quantum and Chery have committed to indemnify each other under certain circumstances. Quantum is no longer a party to the single proceeding in which it was
initially named. Neither Kenon, any of our subsidiaries, nor Qoros is party to these proceedings.
Qoros’ Regulatory, Environmental and Compliance Matters
Qoros is subject to regulation, including environmental regulations, in China and the Jiangsu Province. Such regulations are becoming increasingly stringent
and focus upon the reduction of emissions, the mitigation of remediation expenses related to environmental liabilities, the improvement of fuel efficiency, and the
monitoring and enhancement of the safety features of Chinese vehicles. Qoros’ facility, activities and operations are subject to continued monitoring and inspection
by the relevant Chinese authorities. Qoros believes that it is in compliance with applicable Chinese government regulations.
Additionally, certain of Qoros’ corporate activities are subject to the regulation and approval of the competent authorities in China. Such activities include
capital increases by loans to, or investments in Qoros, changes in the structure of Qoros’ ownership, increases in the production capacity, construction of Qoros’
production facilities, registration and ownership of trademarks, relocation of Qoros’ head office, the formation of subsidiaries, and the inclusion of Qoros’ products
in the national catalogue for purposes of selling them throughout China. For further information on Qoros’ regulatory, environmental and compliance risks, see “
Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros is subject to Chinese regulation and its business or profitability may be affected by changes
in China’s regulatory environment .”
ZIM
We have a 32% stake in ZIM, an international shipping company in which IC held an approximately 99.7% equity interest prior to ZIM’s restructuring on
July 16, 2014, which reduced ZIM’s outstanding indebtedness and liabilities (face value, including future off-balance sheet commitments in respect of operational
leases and with respect to those parties participating in the restructuring) from approximately $3.4 billion to a remaining balance of approximately $2 billion. As a
result of the completion of ZIM’s restructuring in July 2014, IC’s equity interest in ZIM was reduced from 99.7% to 32% and ZIM is reflected as a discontinued
operation in our results of operations for all periods prior to June 30, 2014. ZIM’s results of operations for the six month period ended December 31, 2014 is
reflected in our share in losses of associated companies, net of tax.
116
Table of Contents
Since its establishment in 1945, ZIM has developed into a large carrier in the global container shipping industry, operating a fleet of container vessels via a
complex feeder network that operates from hub ports on all major international trade routes according to a fixed schedule. As of December 31, 2014, ZIM operated
85 vessels (of which 15 were owned and 70 were chartered) with a total shipping capacity of 346,156 TEUs, operating along 55 global and regional lines calling at
ports in 103 countries worldwide. ZIM offers proven shipping solutions, including the transportation of out-of-gauge cargo (i.e., cargo that is placed in a “special
container” or cargo that is over-dimension in height and/or width and/or length and/or weight that cannot be placed into a regular or “Special” container), perishable
goods, or hazardous cargo and also offers “end-to-end” shipping services, including overland transport, distribution, storage, land transportation, customs brokerage
and freight services, and an extensive global logistics network that services customers from different industries and complements and supports ZIM’s primary
transport activities.
Pursuant to ZIM’s articles of association, Kenon currently has the right to appoint up to 2 directors to ZIM’s board of directors (even if our percentage of
holdings in ZIM’s share capital entitles us to appoint more than 2 directors to ZIM’s board of directors). This right will expire in the event ZIM’s board of directors
consists of more than 9 directors, in which case Kenon will be entitled (alone or together with others) to appoint a number of directors that corresponds to our
holdings percentage in ZIM.
ZIM’s Industry Overview
ZIM competes with other liner shipping companies to provide transport services to customers worldwide. The market is significantly concentrated with the
top three carriers (A.P. Moller-Maersk Group, Mediterranean Shipping Company, and CMA CGM S.A.) accounting for approximately 37% of the global capacity,
and the remaining top 20 carriers each controlling less than 6% of the capacity as of January 2015. ZIM controls approximately 2% of the global container shipping
capacity and is ranked nineteenth among shipping carriers globally as of January 2015 (in terms of TEU capacity).
Containerships range in size from vessels that carry less than 500 TEUs, to those with capacity of up to approximately 20,000 TEUs. The oversupply of vessel
capacity within the container shipping industry is expected to continue in the near future as the global fleet continues to increase (net of scrappings) primarily as a
result of the addition of larger and more cost-efficient vessels. To compete in an oversupplied market and to minimize costs, the major containership operators have
created, and are continuing to create and enter into, cooperative operational arrangements, which enable rationalization of the activities of the carriers, realization of
economies of scale in the operation of vessels and utilization of port facilities, promotion of technical and economic progress and greater, more efficient utilization
of container and vessel capacity. ZIM is not a member of an alliance. However, ZIM is party to a wide range of operational partnerships, including vessel sharing
agreements, swap agreements, and slot charter agreements with other carriers in most of the trade zones in which it operates. For further information on the risks
related to competition within the shipping industry and ZIM’s participation in cooperative operational agreements, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to
Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to Our Interests in ZIM – Operational partnerships within the container shipping industry may adversely impact ZIM’s
profitability. ”
Freight rates are mainly driven by containerized demand and supply balance and have historically been highly volatile. Other factors also affect freight rates,
such as changing market sentiment and carrier behavior, as reflected by deviations in freight rates that are sometimes greater than suggested by the existing demand
and supply imbalance.
In light of such industry dynamics, ZIM is continuing to revise its operational costs and is striving to implement additional cost reduction practices in order to
position itself as a more efficient and profitable carrier. These strategies include (i) focusing ZIM’s operations on key trade zones, such as the Trans-Pacific trade
zone, the Asia-Black Sea/Mediterranean Sea sub-trade zone, and the Intra-Asia trade zone and (ii) limiting or ceasing operations within certain trade zones, such as
lines to North Europe within the Intra-Europe Trade Zone. ZIM is continuing to implement “ZIMpact”, its comprehensive strategy that is designed to improve ZIM’s
commercial and operational processes, and aims to reduce ZIM’s operational expenses and improve ZIM’s profitability. Since 2010, and its implementation of
ZIMpact, ZIM has improved its cost structure and reduced the differential between its profitability level and the industry’s average profitability level (as ZIM’s
profits were lower than the industry average in previous years in terms of EBITDA). Additionally, ZIM generated positive EBITDA in the years ended
December 31, 2014 (excluding exceptional costs specific to the restructuring), 2013 and 2012.
ZIM’s Description of Operations
ZIM operates in the liner shipping sector and provides container space/allocation in connection with its operation of regular routes between fixed destinations,
within and between trade zones, according to set schedules and anchoring at ports in accordance with a predetermined schedule and according to either pre-
determined or spot rates. ZIM operates globally, although its key operational activities are conducted in the Trans-Pacific trade zone, the Asia-Black
Sea/Mediterranean Sea sub-trade zone, and the Intra-Asia trade zone. In 2014, these trade zones accounted for approximately 61% of ZIM’s total carried volume
(measured in TEUs).
117
Table of Contents
The map below illustrates ZIM’s trade zones of operation, as of December 31, 2014, and the percentage of TEUs transported by zone:
The following table sets forth, with respect to major trade zones or sub-trade zones in which ZIM operates, a description of such zone and the distribution of
TEUs transported within each zone for each of 2014, 2013 and 2012:
Business Unit
Pacific
Cross Suez
Intra-Asia
Atlantic
Latin America
Total
Description of
Business Unit
The Pacific BU consists of the Trans-Pacific trade zone, which covers trade between Asia
(mainly China) and the east coast and west coast of the U.S., Canada, Central America and
the Caribbean
The Cross Suez BU consists of the Asia-Europe trade zone, which covers trade between
Asia and Europe through the Suez Canal, primarily through the Asia-Black
Sea/Mediterranean Sea sub-trade zone
The Intra-Asia BU consists primarily of the Intra-Asia Trade Zone, which covers trade
within regional ports in Asia, as well as trade between Asia-Africa
The Atlantic BU consists of the Trans-Atlantic trade zone, which covers trade between
North and South America and Europe, including the Mediterranean Sea ports, along with
trade between Europe and Africa
The Latin America BU consists of the Intra-America trade zone, which covers trade within
regional ports in the Americas as well as trade between South American East Coast and Asia
2014
Transported
2013
Transported
(000s TEU)
(000s TEU)
733
716
512
436
515
675
471
502
173
2,370
156
2,519
ZIM’s Description of Fleet
ZIM operates in the liner shipping sector and generates revenue from fees paid to it in exchange for transportation services provided by it (through
deployment of its fleet of vessels it owns or charters from third-party charterers) to ZIM’s customers. As of December 31, 2014, ZIM’s fleet included 85 vessels (83
container vessels and 2 vehicle transport vessels), of which 15 vessels are indirectly owned by ZIM (through subsidiaries established for vessel-holding purposes
only) and 70 vessels are chartered (5 of these are defined as financial leases). As of the date of this annual report, ZIM had re-delivery dates ranging from 2015 to
2026. As of December 31, 2014, the total capacity of ZIM’s fleet of vessels (both owned and chartered) was 346,156 TEU (compared to 346,311 TEU as of
December 31, 2013).
118
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary information relating to ZIM’s vessels as of December 31, 2014, differentiating between owned and chartered vessels,
and the remaining period of the charter:
Vessels owned by ZIM
Vessels chartered from parties related to ZIM
Periods up to 5 years (from December 31, 2014)
Periods over 5 years (from December 31, 2014)
Vessels chartered from third parties
Periods up to 5 years (from December 31, 2014)
Periods over 5 years (from December 31, 2014)
Total
Container Vessels
Number
15
Capacity
(TEU)
58,431
Other
Vessels
—
6
2
29,700
8,442
—
Total
15 1
6
2
47
13
83
166,006
83,577
346,156
2 2
—
2 2
49 3
13
85
1.
2.
3.
In connection with the completion of its restructuring in July 2014, ZIM undertook to scrap eight of its owned vessels during the 16 month period
commencing on July 16, 2014. In January 2015, ZIM scrapped two vessels in addition to the eight vessels it plans to scrap in the 16 months
commencing July 16, 2014.
Vehicle transport vessels.
ZIM purchased two of these vessels in January 2015 and scrapped one of the purchased vessels in February 2015.
Industry analysts expect shipping companies’ deployments of larger vessels to increase and, in particular, to increase in certain of the key trade zones in which
ZIM operates and intends to increase its operations. To remain competitive within these trade zones, ZIM may seek to alter its fleet composition accordingly. ZIM
operates a number of large container vessels (up to 10,000 TEU) and is considering adding large container vessels to its fleet. Larger vessels increase a vessel’s
carrying capacity per voyage and have lower slot costs at certain utilization rates, due to, among other reasons, increased fuel efficiency.
Chartered Vessels
ZIM charters vessels under charter agreements for varying periods. With the exception of those vessels whose rates were set in connection with ZIM’s 2009
debt restructuring, ZIM’s charter rates are fixed at the time of entry into the charter, and depend upon market conditions existing at that time. As of December 31,
2014, of the 70 vessels chartered by ZIM under lease arrangements:
•
67 vessels are chartered under a “time charter,” which consists of chartering the vessel capacity for a given period of time against a daily charter fee,
with the crewing and technical operation of the vessel handled by its owner, including 8 vessels chartered under a time charter from a party related to
ZIM; and
•
3 vessels are charted under a “bareboat charter,” which consists of the chartering of a vessel for a given period of time against a charter fee, with the
operation of the vessel handled by the charterer.
Subject to any restrictions in the applicable lease arrangement, the charterer determines the type and quantity of cargo to be carried as well as the ports of
loading and discharging. ZIM’s vessels operate worldwide within the trading limits imposed by its insurance terms. The technical operation and navigation of ZIM’s
vessels remain, at all times, the responsibility of the vessel owner, who is generally responsible for the vessel’s operating expenses, including the cost of crewing,
insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel, costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.
Fleet Management
ZIM provides its own operational and technical management services for each of the vessels that it owns.
ZIM’s ISM Code certification is endorsed every year by Class NKK. In addition to the ISM code, ZIM is certified to the ISO 14001 Environmental code,
which is endorsed by Class NKK on a yearly basis.
119
Table of Contents
Non-Fleet Equipment
In addition to the vessels that ZIM owns and charters, ZIM owns and charters a significant number of shipping containers. As of December 31, 2014, ZIM
held 335,248 container units with a total capacity of 539,399 TEU, of which 54% were owned by ZIM (including under finance leases) and 46% were chartered.
Utilization Rate
ZIM’s utilization of its carrying capacity, its utilization rate, varies from time to time and generally ranges between 75% and 95% of total active vessels
operating on its voyages to western countries (i.e., the dominant leg), with the utilization rates of its voyages in the opposite direction (i.e., the counter-dominant leg)
being much lower.
ZIM’s Customers
In 2014, ZIM had more than 30,000 customers. ZIM’s customers are divided into “end users”, including exporters and importers, and “forwarders,” these
being non-vessel operating common carriers (i.e., entities engaged in assembling cargos from various customers and the forwarding thereof through a shipping
company). In 2014, 46% of ZIM’s customers (in terms of transported volume) were “end” customers, while the remainder were “forwarders”, e.g., entities dealing
with consolidation cargo from various clients and shipping the cargo by various shipping companies. ZIM does not depend upon any single customer.
ZIM’s Seasonality
Activity in the marine container shipping industry is affected by various seasonality factors. Generally, the first quarter of the calendar year is marked by a
decrease in demand for shipping, primarily due to a decrease in demand from Asia as a result of the Chinese New Year. In the third and fourth quarters, demand for
cargo shipping generally increases, primarily due to the holiday periods in the United States. The third quarter is generally the strongest quarter with respect to
shipping demand.
Recently, as a result of the continuing crisis within the shipping industry, the seasonality factors have not been as apparent as they have been in the past. The
marine shipping market is dynamic and volatile by its very nature and has been marked in recent years by relative instability. As global trends that affect the
shipping market have been changing rapidly in recent years, it remains difficult to predict these trends and the shipping industry’s activities.
ZIM’s Legal Proceedings
Derivative Action Concerning ZIM Restructuring
On August 5, 2014, a petition was submitted to the District Court in Tel Aviv, to approve the submission of a derivative action against IC, ZIM, certain of
IC’s independent directors comprising a special committee of the IC board established to consider ZIM’s restructuring, Millenium Investments Elad Ltd., or
Millenium, which owned approximately 46.9% of IC, and Mr. Idan Ofer. The petitioner alleges that (i) IC’s execution of a related party transaction in connection
with the completion of ZIM’s restructuring deviated from the approval of IC’s general assembly, (ii) a condition precedent to such transaction relating to the
transferability of IC’s equity interest in ZIM was not fulfilled, and (iii) as a result, IC has incurred damages of approximately $27 million. The petitioner requests
that the defendants (excluding IC and ZIM) hold a shareholder meeting to approve IC’s execution of such related party transaction or the defendants (excluding IC)
compensate IC (in an amount not less than $27.4 million), as a result of the lower value of ZIM shares that were issued to IC in connection with the restructuring.
Additionally, the petitioner alleges that the defendants wrongfully enriched breached their statutory duties, exceeded their authorization, and/or breached their duty
of care and fiduciary duties. The petitioner further claims that the defendants, Millenium and Mr. Idan Ofer, as controlling shareholders of IC, acted to convene
additional shareholder meetings. At this stage, ZIM is unable to estimate the probability of an adverse outcome or the effect of an adverse outcome on its business, if
any.
European Commission Antitrust Investigation
On November 22, 2013, the European Commission published an announcement in respect of the commencement of investigation procedures against several
container shipping companies due to a suspicion of them acting in concert. According to the announcement, the European Commission intends to investigate
whether public notices of the shipping companies in respect of the future price increase, which were published on the carriers’ internet websites, in the press and
elsewhere, caused or may have caused any restriction on competition and customers’ trading in the maritime shipping market to and from Europe.
120
Table of Contents
On November 21, 2013, an official notice was submitted to ZIM, in which it was clarified that the investigation proceedings involve a substantial number of
shipping companies operating from and to the European Union, including ZIM and that the investigation proceedings do not imply that the European Commission
has made a definitive finding of an infringement, but only that it intends to give priority to the matter. At this stage, the carriers are engaged in constructive
negotiation of commitments with the European Commission.
ZIM’s Regulatory, Environmental and Compliance Matters
ZIM is subject to many legal provisions relating to the protection of the environment, including with respect to the emissions of hazardous substances, SOx
and NOx gas exhaust emissions, the operation of vessels while at anchor by means of generators, and the use of low-sulfur fuel or shore power voltage and double
walls for fuel tanks. ZIM could be exposed to high costs in respect of environmental damages (to the extent that the costs are not covered by its insurance policies),
criminal charges, and substantive harm to its operations and goodwill, if and to the extent that environmental damages are caused by its operations. ZIM instructs the
crews of its vessels on the regulatory requirements relating to the environment and operates in accordance with procedures that ensure its in compliance with the
regulatory requirements relevant to the environment. ZIM also insures its activities, where effective for it to do so, in order to hedge its environmental risks.
ZIM is also subject to extensive regulation that changes from time to time and that applies in the jurisdictions in which shipping companies are incorporated,
the jurisdictions in which vessels are registered (flag states), the jurisdictions governing the ports at which the vessels anchor, as well as regulations by virtue of
international treaties and membership in international associations. Changes and/or amendments to the regulatory provisions applying to ZIM (e.g., the U.S.’s recent
policy requiring the scanning of all cargo en route to the United States) could have a significant adverse effect on ZIM’s results of operations. Additionally, the non-
compliance of a port with any of the regulations applicable to it may also adversely impact ZIM’s results of operations, by increasing ZIM’s operating expenses.
Additionally, ZIM is subject to regulations against harming competition worldwide. For example, in the European Union, ZIM is subject to articles 101 and
102 of the Consolidated Version of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. ZIM’s transport activities serving the U.S. ports are subject to the Shipping
Act of 1984, as modified by the Ocean Shipping Reform Act of 1998. With respect to Israel, ZIM is subject to the general competition law established in the Israel
Antitrust Law, 1988. Immunity from antitrust laws to certain agreements between ocean carriers that operate in the aforementioned jurisdictions, such as slot
exchange agreements and other operational partnerships, are in effect. ZIM is party to certain operational partnerships with other carriers in the industry and each of
those operational partnerships, as well as any future operational partnerships it becomes party to, must comply with the applicable antitrust regulations in order to
remain protected and enforceable.
ZIM is also subject to Israeli regulation regarding, among other things, national security and the mandatory provision of ZIM’s fleet, environmental and sea
pollution, and the Israeli Shipping Law (Seamen) of 1973, which regulates matters concerning seamen, and the terms of their eligibility and work procedures.
Finally, ZIM is subject, in the framework of its international activities, to laws, directives, decisions and orders in various countries around the world that
prohibit or restrict trade with certain countries, individuals and entities.
For further information on ZIM’s regulatory risks, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors –Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to Our Interest in ZIM
– ZIM is subject to environmental regulation and failure to comply with such regulation could have a material adverse impact on ZIM’s business” and “Item 3D.
Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to Our Interest in ZIM – The shipping industry is subject to extensive government regulation
and standards, international treaties and trade prohibitions and sanctions.”
ZIM’s Special State Share
In connection with the 2004 sale of the holdings of the State of Israel in ZIM to IC, ZIM ceased to be a “mixed company” (as defined in the Government
Companies Law of Israel) and issued a Special State Share to the State of Israel. The objectives underlying the Special State Share are to (i) safeguard ZIM’s
existence as an Israeli company, (ii) ensure ZIM’s operating ability and transport capacity, so as to enable the State of Israel to effectively access a minimal fleet in
an emergency crisis, or for security purposes and (iii) prevent elements hostile to the State of Israel or elements liable to harm the State of Israel’s vital interests or its
foreign or security interest or Israel’s shipping relations with foreign countries from having influence on ZIM’s management. In connection with the completion of
ZIM’s restructuring plan, certain transferability restrictions imposed by the terms of the Special State Share were revised. Prior to the consummation of ZIM’s
restructuring plan, the Israeli Supreme Court validated ZIM’s articles of association, including the revised terms of the Special State Share. The key terms and
conditions of the revised Special State Share include the following requirements:
•
ZIM must be, at all times, a company incorporated and registered in Israel, whose headquarters and registered main office are domiciled in Israel;
121
Table of Contents
•
at least a majority of the members of ZIM’s Board of Directors, including the Chairman of the Board, as well as the Chief Executive Officer or the
person serving as its Chief Business Officer, whatever his/her title may be, must be Israeli citizens;
•
any transfer of vessels shall be invalid vis-à-vis ZIM, its shareholders and any third party if, as a result thereof, the minimum fleet target mandated by
the State of Israel will not be maintained and the holder of the Special State Share has not given prior written consent thereto;
•
any holding and/or transfer of shares and/or allocation that confers possession of shares in ZIM at 35% or more of its issued share capital, or that vests
the holder thereof with control over ZIM, including as a result of a voting agreement, shall be invalid vis-à-vis ZIM, its shareholders and any third
party, if the holder of the Special State Share has not given prior written consent thereto; and
•
any transfer of shares granting the owner a holding exceeding 24% but not exceeding 35%, shall require prior notice to the State of Israel, including full
information regarding the transferor and the transferee, the percentage of the shares held by the transferee after the transaction will be completed, and
the relevant information about the transaction, including voting agreements and agreements for the appointment of directors (if applicable). In any case,
if the State of Israel determines that a transfer of such shares shall constitute potential harm to the State of Israel’s security, or any of its vital interests,
or that it has not received the relevant information in order to make a decision, the State of Israel shall be entitled to notify the parties within 30 days
that it opposes the transaction, and will be obligated to justify its opposition. In such a situation, the requestor of the transaction shall be entitled to
transfer this matter to the competent court, which shall hear and rule on the subject in question.
Any change, including an amendment or cancellation of the rights afforded to the State of Israel by the Special State Share shall be invalid with respect to
ZIM, its shareholders and any third party, unless it is approved in advance and in writing by the State of Israel.
Kenon’s ownership of ZIM shares is subject to the terms and conditions of the Special State Share, which restricts Kenon’s ability to transfer its equity
interest in ZIM to third parties. The terms of the State of Israel’s consent of Kenon’s and Idan Ofer’s status, individually and collectively, as a “Permit Holder” of
ZIM’s shares, stipulates, among other things, that Kenon’s transfer of the means of control of ZIM is limited if the recipient is required to obtain the State of Israel’s
consent, or is required to notify the State of Israel of its holding of ZIM shares pursuant to the terms of the Special State Share, unless such consent was obtained by
the recipient or the State of Israel did not object to the notice provided by the recipient. In addition, the terms of the consent provide that, if Idan Ofer’s ownership
interest in Kenon is less than 36% or Idan Ofer ceases to be the controlling shareholder, or sole controlling shareholder of Kenon, then Kenon’s rights with respect to
its shares in ZIM will be limited to the rights applicable to an ownership of 24% of ZIM, until or unless the State of Israel provides its consent, or does not object to,
this decrease in Idan Ofer’s ownership or control. Therefore, if Mr. Ofer sells a portion of his interest in Kenon and owns less than 36% of Kenon, or ceases to be
Kenon’s controlling shareholder, then Kenon’s right to vote and receive dividends in respect of its ZIM shares, for example, will be limited to those available to a
holder of 24% of ZIM’s shares (even if Kenon holds a greater percentage of ZIM’s shares). “Control”, for the purposes of this consent, is as defined in the State of
Israel’s consent, with respect to certain provisions. Additionally, the State of Israel may revoke Kenon’s permit if there is a material change in the facts upon which
the State of Israel’s consent was based, or upon a breach of the provisions of the Special State Share by Kenon, Mr. Ofer, or ZIM. For information on the risks
related to the State of Israel’s ownership of the Special State Share, including with respect to IC’s transfer of its interest in ZIM to us, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors –
Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to Our Interest in ZIM – Israel holds a Special State Share in ZIM, which imposes certain restrictions on
ZIM’s operations and our equity interest in ZIM. ”
Tower
As of March 26, 2015, we owned approximately 18 million shares of Tower (excluding (i) the 1,669,795 shares of Tower underlying 1,669,795 warrants in
Tower held by Kenon, exercisable up to July 27, 2017 and (ii) the 2,668 shares of Tower underlying 2,668 options in Tower held by Kenon, as applicable,
representing an approximately 22.5% equity interest in Tower, assuming the full conversion of approximately 3.8 million outstanding capital notes issued by Tower
and held by Bank Hapoalim. Kenon’s equity interest in Tower, based upon the approximately 76 million Tower shares currently outstanding, is approximately
23.7%. Tower generated revenues of $828 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. As of March 26, 2015, Tower had 76,206,922 shares outstanding and a
total market capitalization of approximately $1,260 million, based upon the closing price of Tower’s shares on NASDAQ on March 25, 2015.
122
Table of Contents
Tower is a pure-play independent specialty foundry dedicated to the manufacture of semiconductors. Typically, pure-play foundries do not offer products of
their own, but focus on producing integrated circuits, or ICs, based on the design specifications of their customers. Tower manufactures semiconductors for its
customers primarily based on third party designs. Tower currently offers the manufacture of ICs with geometries ranging from 1.0 to 45-nanometers. Tower also
provides design support and complementary technical services. ICs manufactured by Tower are incorporated into a wide range of products in diverse markets,
including consumer electronics, personal computers, communications, automotive, industrial and medical device products.
Tower is focused on establishing leading market share in high-growth specialized markets by providing its customers with high-value wafer foundry services.
Tower’s historical focus has been standard digital complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, process technology, which is the most widely used method
of producing ICs. Tower is currently focused on the emerging opportunities in specialized technologies including CMOS image sensors, mixed-signal, radio
frequency CMOS (RFCMOS), RF SOI, bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), and silicon-germanium BiCMOS (SiGe BiCMOS or SiGe), high voltage CMOS, radio frequency
identification (RFID) technologies and power management. To better serve its customers, Tower has developed and is continuously expanding its technology
offerings in these fields. Through Tower’s experience and expertise gained over twenty years of operation, it differentiates itself by creating a high level of value for
its clients through innovative technological processes, design and engineering support, competitive manufacturing indices, and dedicated customer service.
Tower was founded in 1993, with the acquisition of National Semiconductor’s 150-mm wafer fabrication facility located in Migdal Haemek, Israel, and
commenced operations as an independent foundry. Since then, Tower has significantly upgraded its Fab 1 facility, equipment, capacity and technological capabilities
with process geometries ranging from 1.0-micron to 0.35-micron and enhanced our process technologies to include CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, advanced
analog, RF (radio frequency) and mixed-signal technologies.
In 2003, Tower commenced production in Fab 2, a wafer fabrication facility Tower established in Migdal Haemek, Israel. Fab 2 supports geometries ranging
from 0.35 to 0.13-micron, using advanced CMOS technology, including CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, advanced analog, RF (radio frequency), power
platforms and mixed-signal technologies.
In September 2008, Tower merged with Jazz. Jazz focuses on specialty process technologies for the manufacture of analog and mixed-signal semiconductor
devices. Jazz’s specialty process technologies include advanced analog, radio frequency, high voltage, bipolar and silicon germanium bipolar complementary metal
oxide, or SiGe, semiconductor processes. ICs manufactured by Jazz are incorporated into a wide range of products, including cellular phones, wireless local area
networking devices, digital TVs, set-top boxes, gaming devices, switches, routers and broadband modems. Jazz operates one semiconductor fabrication facility in
Newport Beach, California, or Fab 3.
In June 2011, Tower acquired a fabrication facility in Nishiwaki City, Hyogo, Japan, or Fab 4, from Micron. The assets and related business that Tower
acquired from Micron were held and conducted through a wholly owned Japanese subsidiary, TJP. During 2014, the operations of Fab 4 ceased in the course of
restructuring activities and business in Japan associated with the transaction detailed below with Panasonic.
In March 2014, Tower completed a strategic transaction with Panasonic to create a new company to manufacture products for Panasonic and potentially other
third parties, using Panasonic’s three semiconductor manufacturing facilities located in Hokuriku Japan. Pursuant to this transaction, Panasonic formed a new
company called TowerJazz Panasonic Semiconductor Co., Ltd., or TPSCo, and transferred its semiconductor wafer manufacturing process and capacity tools (8 inch
and 12 inch) at its three fabs located in Hokuriku (Uozu E, Tonami CD and Arai E) to TPSCo, and entered into a five-year manufacturing agreement for the
manufacture of products for Panasonic by TPSCo. As part of this transaction, Tower purchased 51% of the shares of TPSCo from Panasonic.
For further information on Tower, see “ Information Regarding Tower. ”
Remaining Businesses
We have interests in certain businesses engaged in the development of alternative fuel or solar technologies:
•
•
Primus , an innovative developer and owner of a proprietary natural gas-to-liquid technology process, in which we maintain a 91% equity interest; and
HelioFocus , a developer of dish technologies for solar thermal power fields, in which we maintain a 70% equity interest.
123
Table of Contents
Additionally, until December 24, 2014, we had a 69% equity interest in Petrotec, a European producer of biodiesel generated from used cooking oil, or UCO,
whose securities are publicly-traded on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. On December 24, 2014, REG, a NASDAQ-listed advanced biofuels producer and developer
of renewable chemicals, purchased IC Green’s holdings in Petrotec. As consideration for REG’s purchase of Petrotec’s shares, IC Green received approximately
$20.9 million, which was paid in the form of newly-issued shares of REG, representing approximately 4.6% of REG’s share capital.
Primus
Primus’ Description of Operations
Primus is an innovative developer of a proprietary liquid fuels gasification and pyrolysis technology, the STG+ process, which is designed to produce liquid
hydrocarbons from synthesis gas, or syngas, derived from non-edible raw materials (e.g. natural gas, second generation and agricultural biomass and pelletized wood
waste, and other feedstocks). Primus’ STG+ process converts syngas into “drop-in” high-octane gasoline and, in the future, may be utilized to produce diesel, jet fuel
and high-value chemicals. As a result of the availability of large shale gas reserves in the U.S. and the low cost of natural gas in relation to the cost of gasoline,
Primus intends to primarily utilize domestically produced natural gas in its STG+ process. Primus seeks to operate as a technology development company and may,
in the long-term, operate as a producer of alternative liquid fuels.
Primus’ STG+ process improves upon existing gas-to-liquid technologies by integrating all reactors into a single-loop process, thereby reducing capital and
operating costs while increasing reliability and yield. Although Primus is still developing its STG+ technology with respect to fuels other than gasoline (e.g., diesel
and jet fuel), Primus expects the fuel produced by its STG+ process to be cost-competitive with petroleum-based fuels and expects the STG+ process to operate on a
smaller scale than the competing methanol-to-gasoline process utilized by other, non-traditional gasoline producers. Primus expects its customers to be able to
distribute, store and pump its gasoline, diesel and jet fuel using existing fuel infrastructures and expects that any gasoline, diesel and jet fuel produced may be
utilized in unmodified, conventional vehicles and can be blended 50/50 with standard jet fuel for use in aircraft. Primus’ business plan also contemplates licensing,
and in some instances constructing, facilities that have been designed to run the STG+ process to, and for, third-parties.
Since mid-2011, Primus has operated pilot scale test facilities at its headquarters in Hillsborough, New Jersey. Primus’ pilot plant consists of two major units,
the first being a wood pellet gasifier that produces syngas, and the second being the STG+ pilot operation. The STG+ process has been successfully validated at the
pilot scale. Primus has conducted over 100 runs at this facility and has used the data obtained from such operations to optimize the design of its demonstration plant,
which was completed in August 2013. Primus’ demonstration plant generates syngas from natural gas, and converts the syngas into high-octane gasoline. The
demonstration plant has a nameplate production capacity of 12.7 gallons per hour, or 100,000 gallons per year, and was designed to replicate the key scale
parameters of a larger plant, so as to minimize potential scale-up risks. Over a four year period, Primus has utilized its pilot and demonstration plants to test the
STG+ process with more than 10 feedstock and 20 catalyst types, over 5,000 hours of operation.
As of December 31, 2014, Primus has not recognized any revenues from its operations and we have invested approximately $65 million into Primus’
operations.
In connection with Primus’ further development and our efforts to maximize its value, we may provide additional capital to Primus, in the form of debt or
equity financing, if deemed necessary to facilitate Primus’ operational and development capital requirements. For example, pursuant to an investment agreement
entered into with Primus in October 2014, we may lend Primus up to $25 million via a series of convertible notes through December 31, 2015; As of December 31,
2014, Primus has issued to IC Green an aggregate principal amount of $3.5 million under the terms of the investment agreement. The amounts, and timing, of any
additional convertible notes issued by Primus to IC Green under the terms of the investment agreement shall be determined exclusively by IC Green.
We own 91% of Primus and the remaining 9% is primarily held by Primus’ founders.
Primus’ Principal Markets; Customers
The U.S. transportation fuels market presents an attractive opportunity for Primus and other alternative fuel providers in the gas-to-liquid technologies market.
Unlike ethanol and other biofuels that are limited by blending or infrastructure constraints, Primus’ drop-in fuels can be utilized throughout the entire liquid
transportation fuels market, which includes the gasoline, diesel and jet fuel markets. Primus’ STG+ process:
•
produces a direct substitute for petroleum-derived gasoline, which generated an estimated $359 billion in sales in the United States in 2014 (based upon
the average 2014 wholesale gasoline price of $2.62/gallon and, according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, estimated
consumption of 137 billion gallons of gasoline);
•
is expected to be utilized to produce diesel. In particular, Primus seeks for its diesel to be sold for commercial transportation and maritime fuel
application and thereby access the U.S. diesel market, which generated an estimated $173 billion in 2014 (based upon the average 2014 wholesale
diesel price of $2.83/gallon and, according to the EIA, estimated consumption of 61 billion gallons of diesel); and
124
Table of Contents
•
is expected to be utilized to produce jet fuel which, in turn, can be blended 50/50 with standard jet fuel. Primus seeks for its jet fuel to be sold as
conventional aviation fuel and thereby access the U.S. aviation fuel market, which generated an estimated $64 billion in 2014 (based upon the average
2014 jet fuel price of $2.77/gallon and, according to the EIA, estimated consumption of 23 billion gallons of jet fuel).
The demand for transportation fuel derived from natural gas is expected to continue to increase over the next decade as a result of numerous factors, including
a U.S. focus on reducing its dependence on foreign oil and the increasing role of alternative transportation fuels as a result of environmental impact and fuel-
efficiency. For example, the production of oil results in the “flaring” of natural gas – a method disposing of, rather than utilizing, any excess natural gas. Such flaring
has become a concern for certain countries as a result of the associated emissions in greenhouse gases and the subsequent decrease in the availability of natural gas.
As Primus’ STG+ process converts syngas into “drop-in” high-octane gasoline, Primus provides its customers with the technological tools to transform the natural
gas inadvertently produced by oil production and flaring into gasoline.
Primus’ potential customers are existing refiners of crude oil, purchasers of oil-based fuels, and blenders of transportation fuels, who market 137 billion
gallons of gasoline per year (based upon estimated 2014 sales) and direct end-users, such as airlines or retailers. Additionally, both commercial airline regulators and
certain branches of the military have developed goals for alternative fuel use and greenhouse gas emissions reductions that will generally increase market demand
for cleaner fuels. Reductions in the price of crude oil, which increases the cost-effectiveness of petrol-fueled machines (e.g., cars, planes, etc.), may adversely impact
providers of alternative fuels, including Primus and its customers, as pricing discrepancies between alternative and traditional sources of fuel partially incentivizes
the purchase of alternative fuel products. For further information on the risks related to the demand of renewable energy products in light of the fluctuating costs of
traditional sources of fuel, see “ Item 3B. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – The decrease in the cost
of fuel or electricity generated by traditional sources may cause the demand for the services provided by our renewable energy businesses to decline .”
Primus’ Raw Materials and Suppliers
In connection with the operation of Primus’ demonstration plant in the year ended December 31, 2014, a single supplier provided Primus with its natural gas
requirements, representing an immaterial amount of Primus’ operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Primus’ Competition
Primus seeks to operate as a technology development company and may, in the long-term, operate as a producer of alternative liquid fuels. Its competitors in
both spaces include other gas-to-liquids companies and companies using other feedstocks to produce syngas, such as ExxonMobil MTG, Haldor Topsøe TIGAS or
other newly-established ventures, that provide a different technological approach to the production of syngas. Primus also competes with traditional producers of
gasoline (e.g., oil refineries utilizing crude oil). As Primus’ STG+ process is further developed to produce diesel and jet fuel in addition to gasoline, Primus also
expects to compete with the traditional and alternative producers of these fuels. Primus believes that its (i) direct synthesis of the desired fuel product, (ii) high yield
and cost-effective results; and (iii) selective process allows it to remain competitive with its competitors in both areas.
125
Table of Contents
Primus’ Patents, Licenses, Etc.
Primus’ intellectual property portfolio includes: two issued patents on its core technology, the “Single Loop Process”, to produce liquid fuels from syngas; one
issued patent on its first commercial product, specifically the “Fuel Composition”; and several additional patent applications and trade secrets that are generally
categorized into the following areas: liquid fuel synthesis, liquid fuel composition, incremental improvements and customization, and biomass gasification.
Primus has also filed corresponding patent applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty and has filed national phase applications in 16 countries for its
base process patent. Primus actively evaluates its intellectual property portfolio so as to optimize its intellectual property strategy and to protect the authenticity and
commercial value of its STG+ process.
Primus’ Property, Plants and Equipment
Primus’ fully operational 300 gallon-per-day integrated industrial demonstration plant located in Hillsborough, New Jersey, was successfully constructed in
August 2013. The demonstration plant converts natural gas feedstock into syngas which is, in turn, converted into high-octane, drop-in gasoline. The demonstration
plant has a nameplate production capacity of 12.7 gallons per hour, or 100,000 gallons per year. Primus expects this demonstration plant to provide the performance
data necessary for the design and development of other plants. Primus also expects to incorporate diesel production lines in this demonstration plant as Primus
further develops its STG+ process. There are currently no formal plans, however, to incorporate a jet fuel line in the demonstration plant.
Primus’ Regulatory, Environmental and Compliance Matters
Primus’ operations are affected by various local and foreign laws, rules, regulations and authorities with respect to environmental protection.
Motor fuels in the U.S. are primarily regulated by the EPA as a result of the Clean Air Act, which regulates air pollution and requires the EPA to develop and
enforce regulations to that end. The 1990 amendments to the Clean Air Act mandated the use of oxygenated compounds (such as ethanol) in gasoline to improve
combustion and meet air quality standards and places limits on the quantity of sulfur in conventional gasoline. Primus is subject to these regulations and, in
compliance with such regulations, expects to design and develop plants that deliver gasoline to an existing petroleum refinery or a blender where it, like petroleum-
based gasoline, will be blended with oxygenates to meet federal and state environmental regulations.
Additionally, Section 211 of the Clean Air Act establishes testing requirements for any new fuel or additive and requires refiners and importers to register
their gasoline, diesel and fuel additives products that are produced and commercially distributed for use in highway motor vehicles before those products are offered
for sale. The EPA uses such registration as a gatekeeper program and will require that it be satisfied before any regulated fuel can be dispensed. In connection with
the registration program, manufacturers are required to analyze the combustion and evaporative emissions generated by their fuel and fuel additive products, survey
existing scientific information for each product and, where adequate information is not available, conduct tests to screen for potential adverse health effects of these
emissions. These regulations establish the testing requirements for any new fuel or fuel additive. Although Primus’ fuel is similar to existing approved fuels, Primus
still needs to satisfy group membership criteria or satisfy FFARs regulation in some other manner. Primus is reviewing the EPA’s RFSs and the testing provisions
and requirements of other Clean Air Act programs (e.g., the Toxic Substances Control Act, UL storage issues, warranty issues with vehicle manufacturers and state
and federal fuel taxation issues) to determine whether it is subject to, and in compliance with, these regulations. Primus expects its gasoline product to meet or
exceed the basic specifications, such that it can be considered a “drop-in” blendstock, functionally equivalent or superior to conventional petroleum gasoline.
While, to date, Primus’ compliance with these requirements has not materially adversely affected its financial condition and/or results of operations, we
cannot provide any assurance that existing and new laws or regulations will not materially and adversely affect it. In the future, local or foreign governmental entities
or competitors may seek to change existing regulations or impose additional regulations. Any modified or new government regulation applicable to the services or
technologies offered by Primus, whether at the local or international level, may negatively impact the technical specifications, production, servicing and marketing
of its products and increase its costs and the price of its services or technologies, which could adversely impact its liquidity.
126
Table of Contents
HelioFocus
HelioFocus is a developer of dish technologies for solar thermal solutions and is in the process of developing a full system solution for the provision of solar
heat using air as a heat transfer mechanism. HelioFocus’ third-generation technology aims to generate energy (e.g., electricity) from solar energy (i.e. “green steam”
that can be used by power plants to drive steam turbines to generate electricity). HelioFocus’ product consists of a unique receiver located at the focal of a large
parabolic dish that reflects sun rays. The receiver then converts the sun rays into steam with temperatures of up to approximately 1,000 degrees centigrade.
HelioFocus has one dish located, and an additional four dishes under construction, in Israel. HelioFocus also operates as a technology provider for eight dishes under
commissioning in Inner Mongolia, China. HelioFocus has not commenced commercial operation. In addition , HelioFocus owns 15 patent families, including 8
issued patents, 4 allowed patent applications and 49 pending patent applications. HelioFocus also owns 2 registered trademarks.
We own 70% of HelioFocus, Zhejiang Sanhua Co., Ltd. holds 21% and HelioFocus’ founders and key executives hold the remaining 9%. Notwithstanding
our majority equity interest in HelioFocus during the course of 2014, as a result of veto rights held by Zhejiang Sanhua Co., Ltd. until May 31, 2014, we did not
consolidate HelioFocus’ results of operations with our own until June 30, 2014.
As of December 31, 2014, we have invested approximately $31 million of equity financing into HelioFocus’ operations, including $1.5 million of
intercompany debt, which was converted into additional equity interests in HelioFocus in June 2014 and which consequently increased our equity interest in
HelioFocus. HelioFocus’ board of directors has decided to reduce HelioFocus’ activities and maintain only a minimum number of personnel. This decision was
made in response to HelioFocus’ expectation of insufficient financing during the 2015 fiscal year. HelioFocus has also determined that its operations and personnel
will remain at such levels until new investors have been retained, and if HelioFocus is unable to find new investors, it may cease to conduct business. As a result of
the HelioFocus’ board decision, Kenon recorded an impairment charge in the amount of approximately $13 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 in respect
of HelioFocus’ assets.
Petrotec
Petrotec, in which we held a 69% interest until December 2014, is a European producer of biodiesel generated from UCO and other waste. Biodiesel can be
used as a direct substitute for petrodiesel and can be stored, transported and distributed using the existing petrodiesel infrastructure. Biodiesel can be sold either as
pure biodiesel directly, to oil companies for blending with petrodiesel, and to fuel traders who either also use it for blending or resell the product as pure biodiesel.
Petrotec produces sustainable and climate-friendly biodiesels via the processing of UCOs and other waste oils and fats (primarily to large European – in particular,
German – oil distributors), and also operates its own UCO collection business and blending facility. Petrotec owns an annual nameplate capacity of approximately
185,000 tons through its two production facilities located in Oeding and Emden, Germany.
On December 24, 2014, REG, a NASDAQ-listed advanced biofuels producer and developer of renewable chemicals, purchased IC Green’s holdings in
Petrotec. As consideration for REG’s purchase of Petrotec’s shares, IC Green received approximately $20.9 million, which was paid in the form of newly-issued
shares of REG, representing approximately 4.6% of REG’s share capital. In addition, REG purchased the 12.5 million Euro shareholder loan provided to Petrotec by
IC Green; the $15.8 million consideration for the purchase of the shareholder loan was paid in cash.
IC Green is subject to a lock-up restriction with respect to the shares of REG it received as consideration in connection with the sale of Petrotec, and such
lock-up prohibits sales by IC Green for six months and limits sales by IC Green over the six months following the date of the sale.
127
Table of Contents
C. Organizational Structure
The chart below represents a summary of our organizational structure, excluding intermediate holding companies. This chart should be read in conjunction
with the explanation of our ownership and organizational structure above.
D.
Property, Plants and Equipment
For information on our property, plants and equipment, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview . ”
ITEM 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not Applicable.
128
Table of Contents
ITEM 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
This information should be read in conjunction with our audited combined carve-out financial statements, and the related notes thereto, as of December 31,
2014 and 2013, and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report. Our financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The financial information below also includes certain non-IFRS measures used by us
to evaluate our economic and financial performance. These measures are not identified as accounting measures under IFRS and therefore should not be considered
as an alternative measure to evaluate our performance. In addition, all financial information below relating to Tower has been prepared in accordance with U.S.
GAAP.
The following discussion has been prepared assuming that Kenon had operated as a separate entity prior to the consummation of the spin-off, which had not
yet occurred as of December 31, 2014. Therefore, references in this discussion to the historical results of our businesses refer to businesses that had not been, but
were expected to be, contributed to us in connection with the spin-off. The historical financial statements for the periods under review have been carved out of the
consolidated financial statements of IC, which held each of our businesses during the periods under review. References in this discussion to our historical results of
operations refer to the carved out historical results of operations of IC. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows reflected in our combined carve-
out financial statements include all expenses attributable to our business and each of our businesses, but may not be indicative of those that would have been
achieved had we operated as a separate public entity for all periods presented, or of our future results.
Certain information included in this discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties, and which may
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. For further information on important factors that could
cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in the forward-looking statements contained in this discussion and analysis, see “Special Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3D. Risk Factors.”
Business Overview
We are a holding company that operates dynamic, primarily growth-oriented, businesses. The companies we own, in whole or in part, are at various stages of
development, ranging from established, cash generating businesses to early stage development companies.
Our primary focus will be to continue to grow and develop our primary businesses, IC Power and Qoros, by:
•
•
in the case of IC Power, continuing to invest in projects that IC Power expects to generate attractive, risk-adjusted returns, using operating cash flows,
project or other financing at the IC Power level, as well as proceeds resulting from IC Power’s selective dispositions of assets. As part of our business
development strategy, we will seek to provide investors with direct access to IC Power when we believe it is in the best interests of IC Power’s
development and our shareholders to do so. For example, as an interim step, we may pursue an IPO or listing of IC Power’s equity. Should we pursue
such IPO or listing, we believe it could occur in the near- to medium-term, subject to business and market conditions and other relevant factors; and
in the case of Qoros, potentially providing additional equity capital or loans, as we deem appropriate, to assist Qoros in its development and, until it
achieves significant sales, its operating expenses, financing expenses and capital expenditures, as Qoros continues to pursue its commercial growth
strategy. We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros.
Following the growth and development of IC Power and Qoros, we intend to provide our shareholders with direct access to these businesses, when we believe
it is in the best interests of our shareholders based on factors specific to each business, market conditions and other relevant information. Given their industries and
respective stages of development, we expect to provide our shareholders with direct access to IC Power and Qoros in the near- to medium and medium- to long-term,
respectively.
In furtherance of our strategy, we intend to support the development of our non-primary businesses, and to act to realize their value for our shareholders by
distributing our interests in our non-primary businesses to our shareholders or selling our interests in our non-primary businesses, rationally and expeditiously, and
distributing the proceeds derived from such sales in accordance with the principles set forth below.
129
Table of Contents
As we execute our strategy, we intend to operate under disciplined capital allocation principles designed to ensure the prudent use of our capital. We intend to
refrain from acquiring interests in new companies outside our existing businesses. We do not intend to materially “cross-allocate” proceeds received in connection
with distributions from / sales of our interests in, any of our businesses, among our other businesses. Instead, we intend to distribute such proceeds to our
shareholders or to use such proceeds to repay amounts owing under our credit facility with IC, as discussed in more detail below. In addition, we will not make
further investments in ZIM.
The disciplined capital allocation principles set forth above are designed to promote the growth and development of our primary businesses, maximize value
for our shareholders and ensure the prudent use of our capital. However, we will be required to make determinations over time that will be based on the facts and
circumstances prevailing at such time, as well as continually evolving market conditions and outlook, none of which are predictable at this time. As a result, we will
be required to exercise significant judgment while seeking to adhere to these capital allocation principles in order to maximize value for our shareholders and further
the development of our businesses.
As Qoros is an early stage company, it will require additional third-party and shareholder funding to support its development. As such, we expect that a
significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support Qoros’ development and, until it achieves significant sales, its operating expenses,
financing expenses, and capital expenditures. Should we decide that providing Qoros with additional funding is in the best interests of our shareholders, we will first
seek to approve Qoros’ incurrence of additional third-party debt that is non-recourse to Kenon or the issuance of equity in Qoros to third-party investors. However,
to the extent that such third-party funding is not available, we may, if we deem it in the best interests of our shareholders for us to do so, source such funding from
other sources, which could include cross-allocating proceeds received in connection with dispositions of or distributions from our other businesses. Alternatively,
Kenon may choose not to provide such financing, which may adversely impact Qoros’ ability to obtain financing from Chery or other third parties, in which case
Qoros may be unable to meet its operating expenses and Kenon may not recoup its investment in Qoros. Furthermore, in connection with the release of IC’s
outstanding back-to-back guarantee in respect of certain of Qoros’ debt, and Kenon’s related reimbursement obligations of up to RMB888 million to IC, Kenon has
given an undertaking to restore equality in respect of Chery’s RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) guarantee, which may result in Kenon providing
additional capital to, or in respect of, Qoros. Such capital would be in addition to Kenon’s current investment plans with respect to Qoros, which Kenon expects to
use a significant portion of its liquidity and capital resources to fund. As a result, this undertaking may require Kenon to seek additional liquidity, including seeking
funding from its other business. For further information on the risks related to the significant capital requirements of our businesses, particularly Qoros, see “
Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations – Some of our businesses, particularly Qoros, have significant capital
requirements. If these businesses are unable to obtain sufficient financing from third party financing sources, they may not be able to operate, and we may deem it
necessary to provide such capital, provide a guaranty or indemnity in connection with any financings, provide collateral in connection with any financings,
including via the cross-collateralization of assets across businesses, or refrain from investing further in any such businesses, all of which may materially impact our
financial position and results of operations. ”
Overview of Financial Information Presented
As a holding company, Kenon’s results of operations are impacted by the financial results of each of its businesses. To effectively assess our results of
operations, we supply detailed information on the financial results of our individual businesses and the impact such results have had on our consolidated results of
operations. The analysis of each business’ impact on our results of operations depends upon the method of accounting applicable to it during the periods under
review as set forth in the following table:
IC Power
Qoros
ZIM 2
Tower
Other
Primus
Petrotec
HelioFocus
Six Months Ended December 31, 2014
All Periods Prior to June 30, 2014
Ownership
Percentage
100 %
50 %
Method of
Accounting
Consolidated
1
Equity
Treatment in Combined
Carve-Out Financial
Statements
Consolidated
Ownership
Percentage
100 %
Method of
Accounting
Consolidated 1
Treatment in Combined
Carve-Out Financial
Statements
Consolidated
Share in losses of associated
50 %
Equity
Share in losses of associated
32 %
Equity
companies, net of tax
Share in losses of associated
99.7 % 2
Consolidated –
companies, net of tax 3
29 % 3
Equity
Share in losses of associated
29 % 3
Discontinued
Operations
Equity
companies, net of tax
Income (loss) for the year
from discontinued
operations (after taxes)
Share in losses of associated
companies, net of tax 4
companies, net of tax
91 %
— 5
Consolidated Consolidated
Equity –
Discontinued
Income (loss) for the year
from discontinued
operations (after taxes)
70 %
Operations
Consolidated
Consolidated
91 %
69 % 5
Consolidated
Consolidated –
Discontinued
Operations
Equity 7
70 % 6
Consolidated
Income (loss) for the year
from discontinued
operations (after taxes)
Share in losses of associated
companies, net of tax
1.
2.
IC Power’s consolidated results of operations include income/loss from associated companies relating to IC Power’s non-controlling interests in each of
Generandes and Pedregal, which IC Power accounts for pursuant to the equity method of accounting.
On July 16, 2014, ZIM completed the restructuring of its outstanding indebtedness, which resulted in IC, and consequently, Kenon, owning 32% of the
restructured ZIM as compared to IC’s previous interest in ZIM of approximately 99.7%. As a result of the restructuring, ZIM’s results of operations for the six
months ended December 31, 2014 are reflected in Kenon’s share in losses of associated companies, net of tax and ZIM’s results of operations for all periods
prior to June 30, 2014 are reflected as discontinued in Kenon’s results of operations.
3.
Represents Kenon’s equity interest in Tower as of December 31, 2014, assuming the full conversion of approximately 4.5 million outstanding capital notes
issued by Tower and held by Bank Hapoalim, which conversion would result in approximately 63 million Tower shares outstanding. Kenon’s equity interest
in Tower, based upon the approximately 58 million Tower shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and Kenon’s ownership of approximately 18 million
of such shares (excluding (i) the 1,669,795 shares of Tower underlying 1,669,795 warrants in Tower held by Kenon, exercisable up to June 27, 2017 and
(ii) the 2,668 shares of Tower underlying 2,668 options in Tower held by Kenon), was approximately 31%.
Kenon may experience additional dilution of its equity interest in Tower if the holders of Tower’s outstanding bonds, options and warrants also choose to
convert their bonds and exercise their options or warrants, as applicable. For further information, see “Information Regarding Tower.”
To the extent the cumulative net loss equals the total investment, as was the case for Tower as of the year ended December 31, 2013, the book value of our
investment will be reduced to zero. Losses beyond the cumulative investment will not be reflected and the book value will only change with positive net
income received in connection with an investment that is higher than the previously accumulated net losses. In 2013, a $6 million loss in Tower’s results of
operations was not reflected in the Kenon’s Combined Carve-Out Statement of Income.
For further information on IC Green’s December 2014 sale of its equity interest in Petrotec, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – Remaining
Businesses – Petrotec .”
For further information on IC Green’s December 2014 investment in HelioFocus, which increased IC Green’s interest in HelioFocus from 53% to 70%, see “
Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – Remaining Businesses – HelioFocus .”
Notwithstanding our majority equity interest in HelioFocus, as a result of veto rights held by HelioFocus’ other major shareholder until May 31, 2014, we did
not consolidate HelioFocus’ results with our own until June 30, 2014.
4.
5.
6.
7.
130
Table of Contents
The following tables set forth selected financial data for Kenon’s reportable segments for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31, 2014
IC Power
Qoros
1
Other
2
Adjustments
3
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Asset write-off
Gain from disposal of investee
Gain from bargain purchase
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 4
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
$ 1,358
(108 )
(35 )
157
68
9
(132 )
14
321
87
234
$
$
$
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
14
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(32 )
—
32
—
—
(175 )
—
(175 )
—
—
—
$ (175 )
$ —
—
(13 )
—
—
39
(10 )
(10 )
$ (37 )
4
$ (41 )
$
$
$ 1,372
(108 )
(48 )
157
68
16
(110 )
(171 )
109
91
18
$
$
209
25
$ 3,849
10
2,860
593 7
348 8
99 %
89 %
99 %
114 %
$
(175 )
—
$ —
221
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
(34 )
(7 )
$ 837 5
205
806 6
12
$ (43 ) 9
—
23 %
21 %
(14 )%
$
$
—
—
(785 )
—
(785 )
—
—
1 %
(12 )%
(20 )%
—
—
18
$ 3,901
436
2,881
605
305
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus, HelioFocus (from June 30, 2014), and ZIM (up to
June 30, 2014); the results of ZIM (from June 30, 2014), Tower and HelioFocus, as associated companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding
company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales, and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
131
Table of Contents
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2013 1
IC Power
$
866
(75 )
5
(86 )
32
$
$
123
42
81
66
15
$ 2,749
286
2,237
351 8
247 9
99 %
51 %
50 %
114 %
$
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
$ —
—
—
—
(127 )
(127 )
—
$ (127 )
(127 )
—
$ —
226
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
$ —
(5 )
32
(15 )
(32 )
$
(50 )
—
(50 )
$
(48 )
(2 )
$ 3,832 6
28
3,933 7
—
$
—
(30 ) 10
65 %
70 %
(14 )%
$
$
$
$
$
7
—
(32 )
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,136 )
—
(1,136 )
—
—
1 %
(16 )%
(21 )%
—
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
$
$
$
873
(80 )
5
(69 )
(127 )
(54 )
42
(96 )
(109 )
13
$ 5,444
540
5,033
351
217
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
132
Table of Contents
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Income (loss) from continuing
operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditures
EBITDA
Percentage of Combined Revenues
Percentage of Combined Assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of Combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2012 1
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD)
Combined Carve-
Out Results
IC Power
$
$
576
(55 )
5
(50 )
33
87
21
Qoros
2
$ —
—
—
—
(54 )
$ (54 )
—
$
$
1
(4 )
24
(15 )
(31 )
(42 )
1
$
66
$ (54 )
$
(43 )
57
9
$ 2,145
312
1,709
391
154 8
99 %
41 %
40 %
112 %
$
(54 )
—
$ —
207
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
(41 )
(2 )
$ 4,215 6
58
3,780 7
—
$
(16 ) 9
1 %
71 %
78 %
(12 )%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
(26 )
26
—
—
—
—
—
—
(959 )
—
(959 )
—
—
—
(12 )%
(18 )%
—
577
(59 )
3
(39 )
(52 )
(9 )
22
(31 )
(38 )
7
5,401
577
4,530
391
138
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
The following tables set forth summary information regarding each of our equity-method accounting businesses for the periods presented. On July 16, 2014,
ZIM completed the restructuring of its outstanding indebtedness, which resulted in IC, and consequently, Kenon, owning 32% of the restructured ZIM as compared
to IC’s previous interest in ZIM of approximately 99.7%. As a result of the restructuring, ZIM is only reflected as an associated company in Kenon’s results of
operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014:
Income (loss) (100% of results)
Share of Income from Associates
Book Value
Market Capitalization
Kenon Share of Market Capitalization
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Qoros
(350 )
$ (175 )
221
—
—
ZIM
1
(73 )
$ (13 )
191
—
—
Tower
25
$ 18
14
$ 774 1
$ 224
Total
(400 )
$ (170 )
426
774
224
Reflects ZIM’s results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014.
1.
2. Market capitalization is based upon 58,033,049 shares outstanding, as of December 31, 2014, at $13.33 per share, the closing price of Tower’s shares
on NASDAQ on December 31, 2014.
133
Table of Contents
Income (loss) (100% of results)
Share of Income from Associates
Book Value
Market Capitalization
Kenon Share of Market Capitalization
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Qoros
(255 )
$ (127 )
$ 226
—
Tower
(109 )
$ (31 )
—
$ 280 2
$ 103
Generandes
1
$
$
86
30
276
—
—
Total
(278 )
$ (118 )
$ 502
280
103
Kenon’s interest in Generandes was sold in September 2014, in connection with Kenon’s sale of its interest in Edegel.
1.
2. Market capitalization is based upon 47,869,150 shares outstanding, as of December 31, 2013 at $5.84 per share, the closing price of Tower’s shares on
NASDAQ on December 31, 2013.
Income (loss) (100% of results)
Share of Income from Associates
Book Value
Market Capitalization
Kenon Share of Market Capitalization
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Qoros
(108 )
$ (59 )
$ 207
—
—
Tower
(66 )
$ (22 )
$ 19
177 2
$ 111 3
Generandes
1
$
$
79
31
298
—
—
Total
(95 )
$ (50 )
$ 524
177
111
Kenon’s interest in Generandes was sold in September 2014, in connection with Kenon’s sale of its interest in Edegel.
1.
2. Market capitalization is based upon 48,138,955 number of shares outstanding, as of December 31, 2012 at $7.95 per share, the closing price of Tower’s
shares on NASDAQ on December 31, 2012.
Includes the market value of shares and shares that will derive from conversion of capital notes.
3.
ZIM
On July 16, 2014, ZIM completed the restructuring of its outstanding indebtedness, which resulted in IC, and consequently, Kenon, owning 32% of the
restructured ZIM as compared to IC’s previous interest in ZIM of approximately 99.7%. As a result of the restructuring, ZIM’s results of operations for all periods
prior to June 30, 2014 are reflected as discontinued in Kenon’s results of operations and ZIM’s results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are
reflected in Kenon’s share in losses of associated companies, net of tax.
Set forth below are our results attributable to ZIM for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, during which
ZIM’s results of operations were reflected in our financial statements as discontinued operations:
Six Months
Ended
Year Ended
December 31,
June 30, 2014
2013
2012
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Operating loss
Loss before taxes on income
Taxes on income
Loss after taxes on income
Income from realization of
discontinued operations
Income (loss) for the period from
discontinued operations
$
$
1,741
(1,681)
60
(18)
(119)
(10)
(129)
(in millions of USD)
$ 3,682
(3,770)
(88)
(191)
(497)
(23)
(519)
$ 3,960
(4,053)
(93)
(206)
(393)
(19)
(412)
609
480
—
—
$ (519)
$ (412)
ZIM’s results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are reflected in Kenon’s share in losses of associated companies, net of tax.
134
Table of Contents
Qoros
We have a 50% equity interest in Qoros. As a result, we account for Qoros pursuant to the equity method of accounting and discuss Qoros’ results of
operations in our discussion of our share in losses of associated companies, net of tax. Additional detail on Qoros’ historic financial performance can be found in
Qoros’ separate financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, which are included in this annual report.
Tower
For information on Tower’s results of operations, see “ Information Regarding Tower. ”
Material Factors Affecting Results of Operations
Kenon
Certain Singapore Tax Implications for Kenon
As a Singapore-resident company, Kenon would be subject to income tax in Singapore on its income accruing in or derived from Singapore, and foreign-
sourced income received in Singapore from outside Singapore unless otherwise exempt. The corporate tax rate in Singapore is currently 17%, unless reduced under
an applicable concession or incentive, and is chargeable on income less allowable deductions and allowances. However, as each of the businesses that were
transferred to Kenon in connection with the spin-off intends to continue to conduct its operations outside of Singapore, Kenon does not expect to be subject to tax in
Singapore on any income generated by such businesses.
Foreign-sourced income in the form of dividends, branch profits and service income received or deemed to be received in Singapore by Kenon (as a
Singapore tax-resident company) would also be exempt from tax in Singapore, provided certain conditions, including the following, are satisfied:
•
•
such income is subject to tax of a similar character to income tax under the law of the jurisdiction from which such income is received; and
at the time the income is received in Singapore, the highest rate of tax of a similar character to income tax (by whatever name called) levied under the
law of the territory from which the income is received on any gains or profits from any trade or business carried on by any company in that territory at
that time is not less than 15%.
Certain concessions and clarifications have also been announced by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore, or IRAS, with respect to the above
conditions.
To the extent that the conditions set out above are fulfilled in relation to foreign-sourced dividends and branch profits received in Singapore by Kenon, Kenon
should not be subject to Singapore tax on such income.
As a result, Kenon does not expect to pay any taxes in Singapore on its foreign-sourced income, as such income (i) is expected to be exempt from tax when
remitted into Singapore (based upon the conditions outlined above), (ii) may be maintained outside of Singapore and utilized by Kenon to make dividend payments
to shareholders outside of Singapore or (iii) may be maintained outside of Singapore and utilized by Kenon to make further investments outside of Singapore. No
material Singapore corporate taxes have therefore been accounted for, or are expected to be accounted for, in Kenon’s financial statements.
The corporate tax rate in Singapore is currently 17% unless reduced under an applicable concession or incentive, and is chargeable on income less allowable
deductions and allowances. Pursuant to Singapore’s one-tier corporate tax system, the tax on corporate profits is final and dividends paid by a Singapore-resident
company to its shareholders, regardless of their legal form or tax residence, would be exempt from tax in Singapore. No withholding tax would be payable on such
dividends.
Singapore does not impose taxes on disposal gains, which are considered to be capital in nature, but imposes tax on income and gains of a trading nature. As
such, whenever a gain is realized on the disposal of an asset, the practice of the IRAS is to rely upon a set of commonly-applied rules in determining the question of
capital (not taxable) or revenue (taxable). Under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee
company between June 1, 2012 and May 31, 2017 are generally not taxable if, immediately prior to the date of such disposal, the divesting company has held at least
20% of the ordinary shares in the investee company for a continuous period of at least 24 months.
135
Table of Contents
IC Power
Set forth below is a discussion of the material factors affecting the results of operations of IC Power for the periods under review.
Capacity Growth
IC Power’s capacity, excluding the capacity attributable to IC Power’s pipeline, was 2,642 MW as of December 31, 2014, representing a 115% growth in
capacity since January 1, 2012, as set forth below 1 :
Entity
Capacity at January 1, 2012
Kallpa
Country
Energy used to
operate power station
Completion of Development/Date of Acquisition
Peru
Natural gas
Development
Completed –August 2012
Total increase in capacity during the year ended December 31, 2012
Capacity at January 1, 2013
OPC
Colmito
Total increase in capacity during the year ended December 31, 2013
Israel
Chile
Capacity at January 1, 2013
Corinto
Tipitapa Power
Amayo I
Amayo II
Surpetroil
Kallpa – Las Flores
JPPC
Puerto Quetzal
Total increase in capacity during the year ended December 31, 2014
Capacity at December 31, 2014
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Nicaragua
Colombia
Peru
Jamaica
Guatemala
Natural gas and diesel
Diesel
Development Completed – July 2013
Acquired – October 2013
Heavy fuel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Wind
Wind
Natural gas
Natural gas
Heavy fuel oil
Heavy fuel oil
Acquired – March 2014
Acquired – March 2014
Acquired – March 2014
Acquired – March 2014
Acquired – March 2014
Acquired – April 2014
Acquired – May 2014
Acquired – September 2014
Capacity
(MW)
1,229
293
293
1,522
440
58
498
2,020
71
51
40
23
15
193
50
179 2
622
2,642
1.
2.
Does not reflect 1,540 MW of capacity attributable to Edegel, which IC Power sold in September 2014.
In November 2014, Puerto Quetzal sold one of its three power barges, representing 55 MW of Puerto Quetzal’s 234 MW of capacity, to Kanan. As a result,
Puerto Quetzal now operates two power barges with an aggregate capacity of 179 MW.
As a result of IC Power’s capacity expansion, its consolidated revenues, operating income, finance expenses and net income during the periods under review
substantially increased.
Macroeconomic Conditions in the Countries in which IC Power Operates
IC Power’s portfolio of power generation assets is located in a number of geographic regions across the globe. As a result, IC Power’s business and operating
results are affected by worldwide political and economic conditions, particularly those affecting Latin America, the Caribbean and Israel.
Macroeconomic conditions impact the consumption of electricity by industrial and individual consumers. For instance, countries experiencing sustained
economic growth generally experience an increase in their consumption of electricity. Additionally, macroeconomic conditions are also likely to affect foreign
exchange rates, domestic interest rates and inflation, which each has an effect on IC Power’s financial and operating costs. Fluctuations in the exchange rates
between local currencies in the countries in which IC Power operates and the U.S. dollar, which is IC Power’s functional currency, will generate either gains or
losses on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in these local currencies and can therefore affect IC Power’s profitability. Fluctuations in inflation rates may
increase labor costs and other local expenses of IC Power’s operating companies, and IC Power may be unable to pass such increases on to its customers (e.g., in the
context of customers who purchase energy or capacity from IC Power pursuant to a long-term PPA).
136
Table of Contents
For further information on the risks associated with currency fluctuations, see “Item 3D Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Diversified Strategy and
Operations – Foreign exchange rate fluctuations and controls could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and the strength of our balance sheet. ”
The following table sets forth the average local currencies per dollar exchange rates and the annual inflation rate for the periods presented for each of the
countries in which IC Power has material operations:
Peru
Israel
Nicaragua
Chile
Colombia
Guatemala
El Salvador
Dominican Republic
Jamaica
Panama
Bolivia
2014
2013
2012
Exchange Rate
(per $1)
Inflation Rate
(%)
Exchange Rate
Inflation Rate
Exchange Rate
(per $1)
(%)
(per $1)
Inflation Rate
(%)
3.0
3.9
26.0
606.8
2,000.0
7.6
8.8
44.4
111.2
1.0
6.9
3.2
(0.2 )
6.4
4.6
3.7
3.4
0.5
3.0
6.4
2.1
5.2
2.7
3.6
24.7
495.3
1,869.0
7.9
8.8
41.8
100.8
1.0
6.9
2.8
1.5
5.7
1.8
1.9
4.3
0.8
4.8
9.5
5.9
5.7
2.6
3.9
23.8
486.5
1,798.0
7.8
8.8
39.3
89.0
1.0
6.9
3.7
1.7
6.6
3.0
2.4
3.8
1.7
3.7
8.0
7.2
4.6
Sources: Exchange Rates – World Bank
Inflation Rates – World Bank/Central Bank of each of the above countries
For further information on the macroeconomic conditions of those key countries in which IC Power operates, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our
Businesses – IC Power – IC Power’s Industry Overview. ”
Availability and Dispatch
The regulatory frameworks in Peru, Nicaragua, Chile, Colombia, Guatemala, El Salvador, the Dominican Republic, Panama, and Bolivia establish marginal
cost systems, and the relevant regulatory agencies determine which generation units are to be dispatched, so as to minimize the cost of energy supplied.
Availability refers to the percentage of time that a plant is available to generate energy. For example, hydroelectric plants are unavailable when they are
removed from operation to conserve water in the associated reservoirs or river basins, for maintenance or when there are unscheduled outages. Thermal plants are
unavailable when they are removed from operation for maintenance or when there are unscheduled outages. IC Power’s average availability in 2014 was 97% in
Peru, 90% in Israel, 95% in Nicaragua, 96% in Chile, 84% in Colombia, 97% in El Salvador, 97% in Guatemala, 89% in the Dominican Republic, 85% in Jamaica,
93% in Panama and 91% in Bolivia. Each of the relevant regulatory agencies considers the average availability of generation plants when it allocates firm capacity.
A substantial portion of the capacity in Peru, Chile, Colombia, Guatemala, El Salvador, the Dominican Republic, Panama and Bolivia is comprised of
hydroelectric plants. The marginal cost of production by these plants is almost nil. As a result, these plants are generally the first to be dispatched, when available.
However, the availability of these plants is subject to annual and seasonal variations based on the hydrology of the reservoirs and river basins that provide the water
to operate these plants. When hydroelectric plants are unavailable or have been fully dispatched, generation plants are generally dispatched on the basis of cost, with
lower cost units generally dispatched first. Kallpa’s units, for example, are among the first generation units to be dispatched in Peru after the hydroelectric plants,
since Kallpa is among the lowest-cost thermal generation units in Peru. COBEE’s hydroelectric plants are among the first generation units to be dispatched in
Bolivia as a result of the low variable costs associated with these units. IC Power seeks to ensure that its hydroelectric units are available to be dispatched when
necessary, as such availability is important to IC Power’s positioning, its ability to capture the benefits of marginal cost dispatch, and the maximization of its
margins.
If IC Power’s generation plants are available for dispatch and are not dispatched, or are partially dispatched, by the system operator and if IC Power’s
obligations to deliver energy exceed the energy dispatched from its own generation units at any particular time, IC Power purchases energy in the spot market to
satisfy its obligations under its PPAs, usually at prices that are lower than its own generation costs resulting in a higher margin. To the extent that IC Power’s
generation plants are not available for dispatch, IC Power purchases energy in the spot market to satisfy its obligations under its PPAs, and there is a risk that the
price of such energy may be higher than the price for energy that IC Power receives under its PPAs.
137
Table of Contents
Although Kallpa has adopted a commercial strategy under which it generally enters into PPAs under which it sells more capacity than it is allocated by the
COES, Kallpa reviews the anticipated load curves of its customers prior to entering into such PPAs in order to determine whether its contracting strategy will present
a risk that the total energy demanded under its PPAs will exceed its capacity. The following table sets forth the amount of energy sold under PPAs and in the spot
market, and the amount of energy dispatched and purchased during the year ended December 31,2014 by those operating companies that were owned by IC Power
as of December 31, 2014 1 :
Year Ended December 31,
Sales under PPAs
Sales in
Spot Market
(GWh)
Energy Generated
Energy
Purchased
Kallpa:
2014
2013
2012
OPC:
2014
2013 (since July 2013)
ICPNH:
2014
2013
2012
Central Cardones:
2014
2013
2012
Colmito:
2014
2013
2012
Surpetroil:
2014
2013
2012
Puerto Quetzal:
2014
2013
2012
Nejapa:
2014
2013
2012
CEPP:
2014
2013
2012
JPPC:
2014
2013
2012
6,324
6,268
4,321
3,916
1,742
1,063
1,045
1,123
—
—
—
250
—
—
45
45
45
822
1,162
1,358
622
511
437
253
325
316
75
83
85
138
235
84
162
57
71
21
44
20
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
—
53
24
82
97
164
244
—
7
15
—
—
—
5,698
5,265
4,133
3,400
1,332
1,057
1,042
1,119
—
—
—
4
—
—
23
22
22
455
490
577
376
458
561
236
332
330
410
432
422
861
1,087
350
573
481
27
47
24
1
1
1
252
—
—
—
—
—
603
839
1,007
343
249
131
17
—
—
—
—
—
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,
Pedregal:
2014
2013
2012
COBEE:
2014
2013
2012
Sales under PPAs
Sales in
Spot Market
Energy Generated
269
200
120
268
276
277
135
206
250
762
827
826
405
420
385
1,030
1,103
1,103
Energy
Purchased
14
—
—
—
—
—
1.
The information included within the table reflects 100% of the capacity of the sales under PPAs, sales in the spot market, energy generated and energy
purchased of all of IC Power’s operating companies and investments, regardless of IC Power’s ownership interest in the company.
Cost of Sales
IC Power’s principal costs of sales are heavy fuel oil, natural gas and lubricants, purchases of capacity and energy on the spot market, transmission costs,
personnel, third party services and maintenance costs.
IC Power’s costs for natural gas, which include transportation costs, vary primarily based on the quantity of natural gas consumed, the variation of market
prices of heavy fuel oil and whether IC Power consumes all of the natural gas that it is obligated to purchase under its natural gas supply contracts. The price
adjustment mechanisms in IC Power’s Peruvian PPAs act as a natural hedge against the price of natural gas. IC Power’s costs for heavy fuel oil, which include
transportation costs, vary primarily based on the quantity of heavy fuel oil consumed and the variation of market prices of heavy fuel oil. For example, IC Power
generates electricity using heavy fuel oil in the Dominican Republic and El Salvador. The price adjustment mechanisms in IC Power’s Dominican and Salvadorian
PPAs also act as a natural hedge against the price of fuel oil. As fuel is a significant cost for most of IC Power’s operating companies, the price of various fuels (e.g.,
gas, diesel, or heavy oil) has a significant effect on IC Power’s costs and revenues. However, as prices in the spot market tend to reflect current fuel prices and, as
most of IC Power’s PPAs contain a fuel price adjustment mechanism, to reflect increases or decreases in the price of fuel, changes in fuel prices generally do not
affect IC Power’s margins or EBITDA. Accordingly, the decline in global oil prices, which occurred during 2014 is expected to result in a decline in IC Power’s
2015 revenues, but is not expected to have a corresponding effect on IC Power’s EBITDA.
IC Power’s costs for transmission vary primarily according to the quantity of energy that IC Power sells and the specific nodes in the SEIN through which its
customers withdraw energy from the SEIN. Under IC Power’s PPAs and the regulatory regimes under which it sells energy in the spot market, most transmission
costs are passed on to its customers.
IC Power incurs personnel and third party services costs in the operation of its plants. These costs are usually independent of the volumes of energy produced
by its plants. IC Power incurs maintenance costs in connection with the ongoing and periodic maintenance of its generation plants. These costs are usually correlated
to the volumes of energy produced and running hours by its plants.
Results from Associates
IC Power’s net income, cash flows from operations and statement of financial condition are affected by the results of Pedregal, in which IC Power holds a
21% indirect equity interest, and, for the historical periods under review, Edegel, in which IC Power held a 21% indirect equity interest until September 2014.
With respect to IC Power’s associates, IC Power records its proportional share in the net income of Pedregal, and recorded its proportional share in the net
income of Generandes (the entity through which IC Power held its equity interest in Edegel), in IC Power’s statement of income as share of profit in associates.
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, IC Power’s share of profit in associated companies was $14 million, $32 million and $33 million,
respectively. IC Power records dividends received from these companies as cash flow from operations in its statement of cash flows. During the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, IC Power received dividends from these companies in the aggregate amount of $32 million, $31 million and $16 million,
respectively. The book value that IC Power records for these investments in its statement of financial position is adjusted to reflect its proportional share in the net
income of these companies and the dividends received from these companies and the cumulative translation adjustment to the value of its investment in Generandes
are netted from the result.
139
Table of Contents
Although IC Power seeks to exert a degree of influence with respect to the management and operation of its investments by exercising certain limited
governance rights, IC Power’s ability to control the development and operation of these companies may be limited. IC Power may be dependent on the majority
shareholders to operate such businesses, and the approval of the majority shareholders is required for distributions of funds to IC Power. IC Power periodically
evaluates its investments in companies that it does not consolidate and considers whether it would be in its interests to increase its investments in these companies or
reduce or divest its interests in the companies. To that end, in September 2014, IC Power completed the sale of its interest in Edegel for $413 million (which resulted
in IC Power’s recognition of approximately $110 million of net profit). Edegel contributed $128 million and $28 million to IC Power’s net income for the years
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Inkia is required to utilize the net proceeds received from the sale of its interest in Edegel within 30 months of
Inkia’s receipt of such net proceeds (i.e., prior to March 2017).
Effects of Outstanding Indebtedness, including Financial Leases
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, IC Power’s total outstanding consolidated indebtedness was $2,348 million and $1,669 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 2014, IC Power had no outstanding loans and notes owed to its parent company.
IC Power financed its acquisition of the Kallpa I, II and III turbines, and Las Flores terminal, through financial leases. As a result, IC Power has recognized
these turbines and the terminal as property, plant and equipment and has recognized the related lease obligations as loans from banks and others, but does not
recognize any cash flow from financing activities. Payments under these leases are recognized in IC Power’s statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing
activities at the time that these payments are made.
Negative Goodwill
IC Power’s development strategy contemplates the acquisition of power generation assets in attractive markets, from time to time, in connection with IC
Power’s capacity expansion efforts. Based upon the book values recorded by IC Power in connection with its acquisition of such assets, IC Power may recognize
negative goodwill in the relevant period, and such recognition would result in an increase in IC Power’s net income for the relevant period.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, IC Power recorded a one-time gain of $24 million, $24 million and $20 million in connection with its acquisitions of
ICPNH in March 2014, JPPC in May 2014 and Puerto Quetzal in September 2014, respectively.
Income Taxes
IC Power operates through various subsidiaries in several countries and, as a result, is subject to income tax in each jurisdiction in which it has operations
including in Israel, its country of incorporation. Set forth below is a summary of the tax rates applicable to IC Power in its country of incorporation, and other key
countries of operation.
As of January 2014, the corporate income tax rate in Israel applicable to each of IC Power and OPC is 26.5% (prior to such date, the corporate income tax rate
was 25% in 2013).
In December 2014, a tax reform law was enacted in Peru. Among other changes, the law decreases corporate income tax rates and increases withholding tax
rates on dividends. The corporate income tax rate will reduce the tax rate from 30% in 2014 to 28% in 2015 and 2016; 27% in 2017 and 2018; and 26% starting in
2019. The withholding tax rates will increase from 4.1% in 2014 to 6.8% in 2015 and 2016; 8.0% in 2017 and 2018; and 9.3% starting in 2019. Kallpa and CDA
have signed tax stability agreements that expire in 2020 and 2022, respectively. Only after these tax agreements expire will Kallpa and CDA be affected by the
changes in income tax and withholding tax rates described above.
Nejapa’s branch in El Salvador and Cenergica are subject to corporate income tax in El Salvador at a rate of 30% and non-resident shareholders are subject to
a 5% withholding tax on dividend distributions.
In the Dominican Republic, the corporate income tax rate is 28% (27% from 2015 thereafter). Prior to its expiration in April 2012, CEPP had an exemption
from all direct Dominican Republic taxes, including income tax. Distributions made to non-resident shareholders are subject to withholding taxes at a rate of 10%.
140
Table of Contents
Qoros
Set forth below is a discussion of the material factors affecting the results of operations of Qoros for the periods under review.
Qoros has had net losses in almost every quarter since its inception, as it invests heavily in product research and development and its commercial operations.
In December 2013, Qoros began sales on a limited scale and, as a result, generated revenues for the first time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
During 2014, Qoros launched two vehicle models – the Qoros 3 Hatch and the Qoros 3 City SUV – and incurred significant expenses, including financing
costs, in connection therewith, including expenses relating to the development and marketing of these vehicle models.
As Qoros continues to deploy its full-scale commercial model, Qoros will remain subject to those risks inherent in the establishment of a new business
enterprise in the short-term, including risks relating to possible cost overruns due to cost increases in services and supply materials, and uncertain and unpredictable
revenues. Additionally, if Qoros is unable to ramp up sales and develop an effective dealership network to drive its commercial sales, Qoros’ operations may
continue to generate net losses. Qoros’ ability to eliminate its operating losses and to generate positive cash flow from its operations will depend upon a variety of
factors, many of which Qoros will be unable to control, such as the ability to sell its vehicles within its targeted price range. If Qoros is unable to substantially
increase its production volume, or increase its production capacity in tandem with increased demand in its vehicle models, Qoros may not be able to eliminate its
operating losses, generate positive cash flow or achieve or sustain profitability, any of which may result in an increase in Qoros’ reported expenses, continued net
losses, or an inability to continue its commercial operations altogether.
Qoros commenced commercial operations at the end of 2013 and sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014. Qoros incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion in 2014
and is dependent upon external financing, including shareholder funding, to meet its operating expenses, financing expenses, and capital expenditures. As the
volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity and future success, Qoros revised its business plan during the third quarter
of 2014. Qoros’ financing needs may increase as Qoros continues to adjust its business plan and/or experiences a reduction in operating cash flows as a result of low
sale volumes.
ZIM
On July 16, 2014, ZIM completed its financial restructuring, reducing ZIM’s outstanding indebtedness and liabilities (face value, including future off-balance
sheet commitments in respect of operational leases and with respect to those parties participating in the restructuring) from approximately $3.4 billion to
approximately $2 billion. As a result, Kenon received a 32% equity interest in ZIM upon the consummation of the spin-off.
ZIM’s results of operations for all periods prior to June 30, 2014 are reflected as discontinued in Kenon’s results of operations and ZIM’s results of operations
for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are reflected in Kenon’s share in losses of associated companies, net of tax, pursuant to the equity method of
accounting.
Remaining Businesses
Set forth below is a discussion of the material factors affecting the results of operations of our remaining businesses for the periods under review.
Supply and Demand Pricing and Trends
The market for the manufacture, marketing and sale of bio-diesel, heating and other alternative fuels, and the technologies related thereto, is highly
competitive. Sustained competition could increase the costs associated with feedstock supply, plant construction, raw materials, attracting and retaining qualified
engineers, chemists and other key employees, and other operating expenses. Decreasing oil prices, or an increase in feedstock supply that significantly reduces the
differential between such feedstock and oil, could also negatively affect demand for alternative fuels and the competitive position of bio-fuel, which is critical to
Primus’ platforms. Crude oil prices, for example, fell considerably during the second half of 2014, with prices continuing to decline during the first quarter of 2015.
Reductions in the price of crude oil, which increases the cost-effectiveness of petrol-fueled machines (e.g., cars, planes, etc.), may adversely impact developers of
alternative / bio fuels technologies, such as Primus, as the demand for its services and technologies may be impacted by the pricing discrepancies between
alternative / bio and traditional sources of fuel and the incentives they provide for the purchase of alternative / bio technologies or products.
141
Table of Contents
Additionally, increased competition from other alternative energy providers will likely occur if prices of energy on the commodities markets, including oil and
bio-diesel, rise as they did in recent years. Additionally, if production capacity within the industry increases faster than the demand for bio-diesel or other alternative
energies, the prices for Primus’ services or technologies could be depressed, which could negatively affect Primus’ business model, credit profile, or results of
operations.
The market supply and demand for renewable energy solutions depends substantially upon the availability of government incentives. Various governments
have used policy initiatives to encourage or accelerate the development of alternative fuel generation solutions and the adoption of solar power and other renewable
energy sources.
Governments may reduce or eliminate existing incentive programs for political, financial or other reasons, and such reductions will be difficult to predict.
Reductions in any such programs may result in a significant decline in the demand and, therefore, price of renewable energy solutions.
Government Subsidies, Political/Economic Incentives and Environmental Regulation
Additionally, the market supply and demand for renewable energy solutions are affected by government regulation, whether at the local or international level,
which may negatively impact the technical specifications, production, servicing and marketing of renewable energy products or services and/or increase the costs of,
or the prices of, such products and services.
Project Development and Operational Capabilities
The financial condition and results of operations of Primus and HelioFocus depend upon the ability of each of Primus and HelioFocus to successfully
commercialize their renewable energy technologies. Primus expects to design and develop a number of commercial facilities in the future, if and when requested by
third parties, and HelioFocus expect to build and manage a number of dishes in the future. Such developments are expected to present additional challenges to
Primus’ and HelioFocus’ internal processes, external construction management, working capital management, and financing capabilities, as applicable. Significant
project development may result in increased expenses (e.g., financing and operating expenses) which will likely not be offset, in the short-term, by increases in
revenues or net income.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates
In preparing our financial statements, we make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Our estimates and associated assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are based upon historical experience and various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our
financial statements.
Impairment Analysis
For each reporting period, Kenon examines whether there have been any events or changes in circumstances which would indicate an impairment of one or
more non-monetary assets or cash generating units, or CGUs. Additionally, when there are indications of an impairment, a review is made as to whether the carrying
amount of the non-monetary assets or CGUs exceeds the recoverable amount and, if so, an impairment loss is recognized. An assessment of the impairment of the
goodwill in a consolidated company is performed once a year or when signs of an impairment exist.
Under IFRS, the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU is determined based upon the higher of (i) the fair value less costs of disposal and (ii) the present
value of the future cash flows expected from the continued use of the asset or CGU in its present condition, including cash flows expected to be received upon the
retirement of the asset from service and the eventual sale of the asset (value in use). The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate
that reflects current market assessments of the time-value of money and the risk specific to the asset or CGU.
The estimates regarding future cash flows are based upon past experience with respect to this asset or similar assets (or CGUs), and on Kenon’s businesses
best possible assessments regarding the economic conditions that will exist during the remaining useful life of the asset or CGU. Such estimates rely on the
particular business’ current development plans and forecasts. As the actual cash flows may differ, the recoverable amount determined could change in subsequent
periods, such that an additional impairment loss may need to be recognized or a previously recognized impairment loss may need to be reversed.
142
Table of Contents
Impairment Test for IC Power
At the end of each reporting period, Kenon assesses whether there is any indication that any of the CGUs relating to IC Power may be impaired and considers,
among other things, whether there are indications of any of the following:
•
Significant changes in the technological, economic or legal environment in which the CGUs relating to IC Power operate, taking into account the
country in which each CGU operates;
•
•
•
•
•
•
Increases in interest rates or other market rates of return, which are likely to affect the discount rates used in calculating the CGUs’ recoverable amount;
Evidence of obsolescence or physical damage of the CGUs’ assets;
Actual performance of the CGU that does not meet expected performance indicators (e.g., the budget);
Declines in tariffs agreed upon in PPAs and/or in current energy prices;
Increases in fuel and/or gas prices and other power generation costs; and
New laws and regulations, or changes in existing laws and regulations, that could have an adverse effect on the power generation industry.
As of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the CGUs relating to IC Power were performing according to budget, were profitable, and none of the
aforementioned indications were present, so as to suggest that the CGUs relating to IC Power may be impaired. Therefore, Kenon determined that there was no need
to measure the recoverable amount of the CGUs relating to IC Power as of such dates.
During 2014, a subsidiary of Inkia updated its five-year budget as a result of a downward trend in its results combined with anticipated impacts of recent
political changes in the country in which the subsidiary operates, which affects the power generation business therein, and expectations of an increase in operating
costs and unchanged electricity prices, which will lead to a decrease in its profitability. As a result, Inkia considered a potential impairment in this subsidiary and
conducted an impairment analysis using the value in use method and a discount rate of 7.6%. Accordingly, Inkia determined that the book value of the subsidiary’s
assets exceeded its recoverable amount and therefore recorded an impairment loss of $35 million in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Impairment Test of HelioFocus
Kenon recorded an impairment charge in the amount of approximately $13 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 in respect of HelioFocus’ assets, as a
result of HelioFocus’ board of directors’ decision to reduce HelioFocus’ activities and maintain only a minimum number of personnel. This decision was made by
HelioFocus’ board of directors in response to HelioFocus’ expectation of insufficient financing during the 2015 fiscal year. HelioFocus has also determined that its
operations and personnel will remain at such levels until new investors have been procured, failing which HelioFocus may cease to operate its business.
Impairment Test of Qoros
In September 2014, Qoros’ board of directors approved a five-year business plan, which reflected lower forecasted sales volumes and assumed the minimal
level of capital expenditure necessary for such sales volumes. As a result of the lower forecasted sales volume, Qoros’ management performed an impairment test of
Qoros’ operating assets (primarily its PP&E and intangible assets) as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014. A discussion of the impairment test of Qoros’
assets as of December 31, 2014, including its key assumptions, is set forth below.
For the purposes of IAS 36, Qoros, which develops, manufactures and distributes passenger vehicles, has one CGU, which consists of all of Qoros’ assets.
The carrying amount of the CGU’s assets (adjusted for depreciation and amortization) was approximately RMB9 billion as of December 31, 2014.
Qoros estimated its recoverable amount based upon the fair value of Qoros’ assets less the costs to sell, using the discounted cash flow method. In developing
the estimates of Qoros’ future cash flows for the next 10 years, including terminal value, assumptions were made relating to future sales volume and sale price,
utilization capacity of Qoros’ manufacturing facility,
143
Table of Contents
timing and nature of investments related to the expansion of Qoros’ manufacturing facility, timing for launch of new models, inventory volumes, operating expenses,
capital expenditures, availability of funding, taxes, the discount rate (based on a WACC that is consistent with WACCs used by other development stage companies
in Qoros’ industry), and a terminal growth rate, in each case over the course of the 10-year period upon which Qoros’ revised business plan is based. Assumptions in
respect of Qoros’ funding include assumptions related to Qoros’ receipt of certain subsidies from local Chinese governments. Although Qoros has not received such
subsidies from the local Chinese governments to date, Qoros may be entitled to receive such subsidies during the projection period.
Qoros concluded that the recoverable amount of its CGU was approximately 25% higher than the carrying amount of its CGU (adjusted for depreciation and
amortization), based upon the mid-point of the analysis. Therefore, no impairment was recognized in Qoros’ December 31, 2014 financial statements in respect of its
CGU.
In conducting the impairment test, Qoros made a number of key assumptions which were based upon the assumptions outlined in Qoros’ five-year business
plan and, with respect to the impairment test performed as of December 31, 2014, Qoros’ January 2015 adoption of a new budget (which was based upon Qoros’
September 2014 business plan), including a significant increase in the volumes of cars manufactured and sold by Qoros from current levels to a level that reflects full
utilization of the maximum production capacity of the existing manufacturing facility (i.e. assuming the implementation of full shifts and working days), and the
number of dealers in Qoros’ dealer network from current levels of points of sales to hundreds by the end of Qoros’ revised 10-year business plan. Qoros also
assumed sufficient funding being available to it, either from its shareholders or from third party lenders.
Although Qoros believes the assumptions used to evaluate the potential impairment of its assets are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly
subjective. There can be no assurance as to future levels of cars produced or sold by Qoros, the development of Qoros’ distribution and dealer network, and Qoros’
utilization of its facility and availability of funding.
The analysis for the impairment test is sensitive to variances in each of the assumptions used and if the assumptions used by Qoros to evaluate the potential
impairment of its assets proves incorrect, Qoros may recognize significant impairment charges in its financial statements in the future. Qoros’ management has
determined that the forecasted volume of sales is the most important element of Qoros’ business plan and accordingly is the most sensitive key assumption for which
there reasonably could be a possible change that could cause the carrying amount of Qoros’ CGU to exceed the recoverable amount.
Impairment Test of ZIM
In connection with the completion of ZIM’s restructuring in July 2014, IC’s equity interest in ZIM (which was transferred to Kenon in connection with
Kenon’s spin-off from IC) was reduced to 32%. Although there were no triggering events for Kenon’s impairment of its equity investment in ZIM during the six
month period ended December 31, 2014, Kenon performed a valuation of its 32% equity investment in ZIM as of December 31, 2014 in accordance with IAS 36 and
IAS 28. Kenon concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, the recoverable amount of its investment in ZIM exceeded the carrying amount and, therefore, Kenon did
not recognize an impairment in its financial statements in respect of its investment in ZIM.
Additionally, following the recent global economic crisis, which materially impacted the shipping industry and ZIM’s results of operations, and the July 2014
restructuring of ZIM’s debt, ZIM conducted an impairment test of its operating assets as of December 31, 2014.
For the purposes of IAS 36, ZIM, which operates integrated network liner activity, has one CGU, which consists of all of ZIM’s assets. ZIM estimated its
recoverable amount based upon the fair value of its assets less the costs of disposal, using the discounted cash flow method.
ZIM’s assumptions were made for a 4-year period starting in 2015 and a representative year intended to reflect a long-term, steady state. The key assumptions
are set forth below:
•
•
•
•
A detailed cash flow forecast for 4 years based upon ZIM’s business plan;
Bunker price : according to the future price curve of fuel;
Freight rates : a compound annual negative growth rate of 1.4% over the projection period, reflecting a change in cargo mix;
Increase in aggregate TEU shipped : a compound annual growth rate of 3.7% over the projection period, which assumes an increase in the leasing of
very large container vessels in ZIM’s fleet during 2017;
•
Charter hire rates : contractual rates in effect as of December 31, 2014, and assuming anticipated market rates for renewals of charters expiring in the
projection period;
Discount rate of 10.5%;
Long-term nominal growth rate of 1.5%, which is consistent with the expected industry average;
Capital expenditures that are less than or equal to ZIM’s expected vessel depreciation; and
Payment of tax at ZIM’s corporate tax rate of 26.5%; also assumes expected use of tax losses.
•
•
•
•
ZIM concluded that the recoverable amount of its CGU was higher than the carrying amount of the CGU, and therefore, no impairment was recognized in
ZIM’s financial statements in respect of its CGU.
144
Table of Contents
Although ZIM believes the assumptions used to evaluate the potential impairment of its assets are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly
subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long bunker prices and freight rates will remain consistent with their current levels or whether they will increase or
decrease by any significant degree. Freight rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect ZIM’s revenue and profitability. For
further information on recent trends relating to bunker prices and freight rates, see “ Item 5D. Trend Information – ZIM .”
The analysis for the impairment test is sensitive to variances in several of the assumptions used, including growth rate, the discount rate, future freight rates
and bunker prices. Historical 5-year and 10-year freight rates averages were 10% higher than the rates used in the representative year in the impairment test.
Historical 5-year and 10-year bunker prices were 9% higher and 12% lower than the price used in the representative year in the impairment test, respectively.
A change of 100 bps in the main assumptions will result in the following increase (decrease) in the fair value of the recoverable amount as follows:
Discount rate
Terminal growth rate
Revenue Recognition
Increase
Decrease
By 100 bps
(US$ million)
(169 )
157
207
(126 )
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow Kenon and the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue
comprises the fair value for the sale of electricity, net of value-added-tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Company.
Revenues from the sale of energy are recognized in the period during which the sale occurs. Revenues from the power generation are recorded based upon
output delivered and capacity provided at rates specified under contract terms.
Capitalized Development Costs
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in Qoros’
profit (loss) as incurred.
Qoros is required to make judgments about whether development expenses may be capitalized as intangible assets if certain conditions are met, as described
in IAS 38, Intangible Assets. Qoros performs an assessment of its development costs with respect to its new vehicle models to determine whether such costs can be
measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and it intends to and has sufficient
resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset and accordingly, capitalizes these development costs. The expenditures that are capitalized include
engineering design and development costs, and costs related to the production of prototypes. Qoros determined all other research and development costs incurred
were expended in the research phase and were therefore expensed. Capitalized development costs are amortized on a systematic basis based upon the quantity of
related products produced.
Qoros measures its capitalized development expenditure at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.
For further information on the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in our accounting policies, see Note 2 to our combined carve-out financial
statements included in this annual report.
145
Table of Contents
Provisions for contingent liabilities
A provision for claims is recognized if it is more likely than not that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be estimated reasonably. Provisions in
general are highly judgmental, especially in cases of legal disputes. Kenon, and each of its operating companies, assess the probability of an adverse event and, if the
probability is evaluated to be more likely than not, is required to fully provide for the total amount of the estimated contingent liability. Kenon and its operating
companies continually evaluate their pending provisions to determine if accruals are required. It is often difficult to accurately estimate the ultimate outcome of a
contingent liability. Different variables can affect the timing and amounts Kenon and/or its operating companies provide for certain contingent liabilities. These
assessments, therefore, are subject to estimates made by Kenon and its legal counsel, and adverse revisions in these estimates of the potential liability could
materially impact Kenon’s, or any of its operating companies’ financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. For further information on litigation related to
our operating companies, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview ” and, in particular, “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power – IC Power’s Legal
Proceedings – Kallpa – Import Tax Assessments .”
Recent Developments
Kenon
$45 Million Drawdown Under Credit Facility With IC
In February 2015, Kenon drew down $45 million under its $200 million credit facility with IC and, in connection therewith, pledged an additional 6.5% of its
equity interest in IC Power to IC. As of the date of this annual report, Kenon has pledged 46.5 % of its equity interest in IC Power to IC and $155 million remains
available for drawing under this credit facility.
Board Decision With Respect to Tower Shares
In March 2015, consistent with Kenon’s strategy, Kenon’s board of directors approved in-principal the distribution of all, or a portion, of Kenon’s interest in
Tower to Kenon’s shareholders as a dividend-in-specie or otherwise, a sale of Kenon’s interest in Tower, and/or a combination of the two transactions. Kenon has
not made any final determination as to the means of disposal of its interest in Tower (i.e., via a distribution or sale) and will make an announcement when this is
determined. The timing for any such transaction has not been determined, and while Kenon’s board has approved Kenon’s completion of any, or all, of these
transactions in-principal, there is no assurance that a distribution or sale of Kenon’s interest in Tower will occur or when any such transaction will occur.
IC Power
Acquisition of 29% Stake in Nejapa
In November 2014, Inkia and Crystal Power entered into a settlement agreement and, pursuant to such agreement, IC Power purchased Crystal Power’s entire
29% stake in Nejapa in January 2015 for cash consideration of $20 million. As a result, Nejapa is 100% owned by IC Power.
Peruvian Tax Court (Tribunal Fiscal) Payment
In January 2015, Kallpa was notified that the Tribunal Fiscal had rejected Kallpa’s appeal in respect of the Kallpa I assessment. Kallpa disagrees with the
Tribunal Fiscal’s decision and will appeal this decision to the Peruvian Judiciary. In order to appeal the Kallpa I ruling, Kallpa is required to pay the tax assessment
of Kallpa I in the amount of approximately $12.6 million, which amount consists of the tax assessment for Kallpa I, plus related interest and fines. As of the date of
this annual report, Kallpa has paid approximately $10 million of the $12.6 million assessment, and expects to pay the remaining amount once SUNAT formally
notifies Kallpa of the remaining assessment. To the extent that Kallpa’s appeal is successful, it is entitled to seek the return of the amounts paid (under protest) to
SUNAT. For further information on the Peruvian Tax Court (Tribunal Fiscal)’s ruling, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – IC Power – IC Power’s
Legal Proceedings – Kallpa – Import Tax Assessments .”
Settlement Agreement with CDA EPC Contractors
In March 2015, CDA and the CDA EPC contractors amended the CDA EPC to address the claim delivered by the EPC contractors to CDA in April 2014,
which demanded a six-month extension for the construction of the CDA Project and an approximately $92 million increase in the total contract price of the CDA
Project. Pursuant to the amendment, the CDA EPC contractors shall renounce any and all past, existing, or future claims against CDA, based on facts or events that
occurred or were known, on or before the date of the amendment, in exchange for CDA’s (i) payment of $40 million, subdivided into 4 payments over the course of
the remaining construction period and subject to the achievement of certain milestones, and (ii) grant of the extensions of the CDA Project construction schedule that
were previously requested by the CDA EPC contractors, which range between four and six months in length, depending upon the applicable CDA unit.
146
Table of Contents
The amendment to the CDA EPC is subject to the approval of the lenders under the CDA Project Finance Facility. Upon the receipt of such approval, CDA
will pay the first of the four $10 million payments owed to the CDA EPC Contractors under the amendment. The payment of the remaining $30 million will be
contingent upon the CDA EPC contractors’ satisfaction of certain construction milestones specified in the amendment to the CDA EPC.
CDA is expected to commence commercial operation in the second half of 2016. As a result of the settlement with the CDA EPC contractors, the estimated
cost of the CDA Project is not expected to exceed $950 million, depending upon CDA’s final utilization of the $50 million contingency incorporated with the
original $910 million budgeted for the completion of the CDA Project.
Qoros
Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan
In February 2015, we provided a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros in connection with the release of IC’s outstanding RMB888 million back-to-
back guarantee in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility. In connection with Kenon’s provision of such loan, IC was released from all obligations
related to Chery’s back-to-back guarantees in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility and Kenon has satisfied its obligations, as set forth in the
outline approved by IC in September 2014.
Chery has agreed to make a loan in equal amount, in connection with the release of its guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) under
Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility. We have agreed, in the event that Chery provides such shareholder loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not
subsequently released, to work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s
guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the end of 2015, and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon
guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment
obligations under Chery’s guarantee, among other possibilities.
Board and Executive Management Changes
For information on the recent changes to Qoros’ board of directors and executive management, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview – Our Businesses – Qoros –
Qoros’ Board and Executive Management .”
Platform Sharing Agreement
In March 2015, Qoros entered into a platform sharing agreement with Chery, pursuant to which Qoros provides Chery with the right to use Qoros’ platform in
exchange for a fee.
Tower
Accelerated Conversion of Series F Convertible Bonds
In March 2015, Tower completed an acceleration process in respect to its outstanding Series F convertible bonds issued in 2010 and 2012, or the Series F
Bonds, pursuant to which Tower converted approximately $80 million of Series F Bonds, representing approximately 67% of the outstanding Series F Bonds as of
such date, into ordinary shares of Tower. As a result, Kenon’s ownership percentage in Tower’s ordinary shares has decreased from 31.1% as of December 31, 2014
to 23.7%, in each case not assuming the conversion of certain capital notes held by Bank Hapoalim. For further information on Tower’s conversion of the Series F
Bonds, see “ Information Regarding Tower .”
A. Operating Results
Our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are comprised of the consolidating components of IC Power,
Primus, HelioFocus, and the results of the associated companies within each of our segments. Our consolidated results of operations for the periods under review are
largely impacted by IC Power, which generated net income of $234 million, $81 million and $66 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,
respectively.
As a result of the completion of ZIM’s restructuring in July 2014, IC’s equity investment in ZIM was reduced from 99.7% to 32% and ZIM is reflected as a
discontinued operation for all periods prior to June 30, 2014. ZIM’s results of operations for the six month period ended December 31, 2014 is reflected in our share
in losses of associated companies, net of tax for the relevant period. As a result of the completion of the sale of Petrotec in December 2014, Petrotec is reflected as a
discontinued operation for the three years ended December 31, 2014.
147
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Set forth below are our combined carve-out statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions of USD)
% Change
Revenues from sale of electricity
Cost of sales and services
Depreciation and amortization
Gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Gain from disposal of investees
Asset write-off
Gain on bargain purchase
Other expenses
Other income
Operating profit
Financing expenses
Financing income
Financing expenses, net
Share in losses of associated companies, net of tax
Profit/(Loss) before income taxes
Tax expenses
Profit /(Loss) for the year from continuing operations
Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes)
Profit /(Loss) for the year
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders:
Non-controlling interests
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2014
1,372
(981 )
(100 )
291
(131 )
157
(48 )
68
(14 )
51
374
(110 )
16
(94 )
(171 )
109
(91 )
18
471
489
2013 1
$
$
873
(594 )
(70 )
209
(73 )
—
—
1
(5 )
5
137
(69 )
5
(64 )
(127 )
(54 )
(42 )
(96 )
(513 )
(609 )
$
$
$
$
$
468
21
$
$
(626 )
17
57 %
65 %
43 %
39 %
80 %
—
—
—
180 %
920 %
174 %
59 %
220 %
47 %
35 %
302 %
117 %
119 %
192 %
124 %
175 %
25 %
1.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
148
Table of Contents
The following tables set forth summary information regarding our results of operations by our principal business segments for the periods presented. For
further information on the results of our discontinued operations for the periods presented, see “ - Income (Loss) For the Year From Discontinued Operations (After
Taxes) .”
Year Ended December 31, 2014
IC Power
Qoros
1
Other
2
Adjustments
3
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Asset write-off
Gain from disposal of investee
Gain from bargain purchase
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 4
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
$ 1,358
(108 )
(35 )
157
68
9
(132 )
14
321
87
234
$
$
$
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
14
$ —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(32 )
—
32
—
—
(175 )
—
$ (175 )
—
—
—
$ (175 )
$ —
—
(13 )
—
—
39
(10 )
(10 )
$ (37 )
4
$ (41 )
$
$
$ 1,372
(108 )
(48 )
157
68
16
(110 )
(171 )
109
91
18
$
$
209
25
$ 3,849
10
2,860
593 7
348 8
99 %
89 %
99 %
114 %
$
(175 )
—
$ —
221
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
(34 )
(7 )
$ 837 5
205
806 6
12
$ (43 ) 9
—
23 %
21 %
(14 )%
$
$
—
—
(785 )
—
(785 )
—
—
1 %
(12 )%
(20 )%
—
—
18
$ 3,901
436
2,881
605
305
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus, HelioFocus (from June 30, 2014), and ZIM (up to
June 30, 2014); the results of ZIM (from June 30, 2014), Tower and HelioFocus, as associated companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding
company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales, and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s and IC Green’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
149
Table of Contents
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2013 1
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
$ —
—
—
—
(127 )
(127 )
—
$ (127 )
(127 )
—
$ —
226
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
$ —
(5 )
32
(15 )
(32 )
$
(50 )
—
(50 )
$
(48)
(2 )
$ 3,832 6
28
3,933 7
—
$
—
(30 ) 10
65 %
70 %
(14 )%
$
$
$
$
$
7
—
(32 )
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,136 )
—
(1,136 )
—
—
1 %
(16 )%
(21 )%
—
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
$
$
$
873
(80 )
5
(69 )
(127 )
(54 )
42
(96 )
(109 )
13
$ 5,444
540
5,033
351
217
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
IC Power
$
866
(75 )
5
(86 )
32
$
$
123
42
81
66
15
$ 2,749
286
2,237
351 8
247 9
99 %
51 %
50 %
114 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power.”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
150
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary information regarding the results of operations of our equity-method businesses for the periods presented:
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
ZIM
Qoros Tower
Qoros Tower
Generandes
1
Revenues
Income/(Loss)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
Share of Kenon in total comprehensive income/(loss)
Adjustments
Share of Kenon in total comprehensive income/(loss) presented in the books
Dividends received
Total assets
Total liabilities
Book value of investment
$
$
$
$
$
(in millions of USD)
(72 )
2
1,667 $ 138 $ 828 $
25
(350 )
—
(9 )
(70 ) $ (350 ) $ 16
5
(23 ) $ (175 ) $
10
13
—
(13 ) $ (175 ) $ 18
—
—
—
$ 874
$ 1,810
2,156
(738 )
(1,670 )
(2,077 )
14
221
191
(in millions of USD)
2 $ 505 $
(109 )
(13 )
(255 )
22
8
$ (233 ) $ (122 ) $
$ (127 ) $ (39 ) $
—
$ (127 ) $ (31 ) $
—
$ 1,531
(1,127 )
226
—
$ 694
(632 )
—
$
513
(86 )
—
86
33
(3 )
30
26
1,653
(710 )
276
1.
Kenon’s equity interest in Generandes was sold in September 2014, in connection with Kenon’s sale of its interest in Edegel
Revenues From Sale of Electricity
Our revenues from sale of electricity increased 57% to approximately $1,372 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $873
million in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, as a result of an increase in IC Power’s consolidated revenues. This increase was primarily driven by
(i) an increase in revenues of $227 million as a result of the
151
Table of Contents
first full year of operations of OPC, which commenced commercial operations in July 2013; (ii) an increase in revenues as a result of the acquisition of ICPNH (in
March 2014), Surpetroil (in March 2014), and Puerto Quetzal (in August 2014); and (iii) the increased sales of capacity and energy under its PPAs due to the
operations of Kallpa’s combined cycle.
OPC’s revenue increased in 2014 principally as a result of a 112% increase in revenue from energy sales. Revenues from energy sales increased to $369
million in 2014 as compared to $174 million in 2013 as a result of a 119% increase in energy sales to 3,973 GWh in 2014 from 1,813 GWh in 2013, due to OPC’s
first full year of operations in 2014. OPC commenced commercial operations in July 2013.
ICPNH, Puerto Quetzal, JPPC and Surpetroil generated $125 million, $33 million, $41 million and $9 million in revenues, respectively, during the year ended
December 31, 2014, and during the months subsequent to IC Power’s acquisition of them.
Kallpa’s revenue increased in the year ended December 31, 2014 principally as a result of a 9% increase in revenue from energy sales and a 7% increase in
revenue from capacity sales. Revenues from energy sales increased to $291 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $267 million in the year
ended December 31, 2013 as a result of a 3% increase in energy sales to 6,559 GWh in the year ended December 31, 2014 from 6,352 GWh in the year ended
December 31, 2013 and a 6% increase in average energy prices in 2013 compared to 2014, due to the commencement of some PPAs with distribution companies at
higher prices and the inclusion of the cost of the distribution gas as part of the tariff. Revenues from capacity sales increased to $73 million in the year ended
December 31, 2014, as compared to $68 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of a 5% increase in capacity sales to an average of 929 MW from
an average of 881 MW in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the results of the Las Flores Power Plant, which commenced commercial operations
in 2014.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales increased 65% to approximately $981 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $594 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013, as a result of the increase in IC Power’s costs of sales. This increase was primarily driven by increased power generation from 2013 to 2014,
resulting from the additional capacity of OPC and the acquired companies as discussed above. IC Power’s cost of sales increased 65% to $983 million for the year
ended December 31, 2014, compared to $594 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by:
•
a 29% increase in energy and capacity purchases to $204 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $158 million in the year ended
December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of a (i) $44 million increase in energy purchases as a result of the incorporation of Colmito’s, ICPNH’s, and
Puerto Quetzal’s operations, since their acquisitions in October 2013, March 2014 and September 2014, respectively; (ii) $11 million increase in energy
purchases by Nejapa, primarily as a result of Nejapa’s import of lower priced energy (which reduced Nejapa’s own generation); partially offset by
(iii) an $11 million reduction in energy purchases by OPC, which was largely a result of energy purchases made during OPC’s commissioning period in
2013;
•
a 47% increase in transmission costs during the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of a $24 million transmission cost increase
incurred by OPC in connection with its first full year of commercial operations and a $13 million increase in the costs incurred by Kallpa, as a result of
an increase in the volumes of energy generated and sold; and
•
a 76% increase in fuel, gas and lubricants to $504 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $286 million in the year ended
December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of a (i) $132 million increase in expenses as a result of the consolidation of ICPNH’s, Surpetroil’s, and Puerto
Quetzal’s expenses, since their acquisitions in 2014; (ii) $86 million increase in such costs at OPC as a result of its first full-year of commercial
operations; and (iii) $28 million increase in Kallpa’s natural gas consumption as a result of higher generation during the year ended December 31, 2014
and the application of the gas distribution tariff since January 1, 2014. Such increases were partially offset by (i) a $17 million decline in CEPP’s fuel
costs, which reduced CEPP’s costs and resulted in an increase in CEPP’s energy purchases, a reduction in CEPP’s own generation and fuel
consumption; and (ii) Nejapa’s $12 million decline in fuel purchases as a result of its importation of lower priced energy, which reduced its own
generation activities and, accordingly, its fuel consumption.
152
Table of Contents
Depreciation and Amortization
Our depreciation expenses relate primarily to IC Power.
IC Power’s depreciation and amortization increased 44% to $108 million in 2014 as compared to $75 million in 2013, primarily as a result of the increase in
IC Power’s depreciable property, plant and equipment as a result of depreciation expenses related to (i) the first full year of OPC’s commercial operations, which
increased the depreciation expense in OPC from $12 million to $25 million, (ii) the acquisitions of ICPNH, Surpetroil, JPPC, and Puerto Quetzal, which accounted
for $15 million, and (iii) the acquisition of Las Flores Power Plant in April 2014, which increased Kallpa’s depreciation expense from $40 million in 2013 to $46
million in 2014.
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses consist of payroll and related expenses, bad/doubtful debts, depreciation and amortization, and other expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased 80% to $131 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $73 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Kenon’s and IC Power’s administrative expenses during the period, for the reasons
discussed below.
Kenon’s administrative expenses increased 171% to approximately $38 million for the year, compared to approximately $14 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by expenses incurred in connection with our spin-off from IC and the listing of our ordinary shares, as well
as expenses related to the adoption and implementation of Kenon’s share incentive plans.
IC Power’s administrative expenses increased 68% to approximately $62 million (including depreciation expenses) for the year ended December 31, 2014,
compared to approximately $37 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by (i) an $8 million increase in legal fees from $3
million to $11 million, primarily due to a $7 million increase in Inkia’s legal fees in respect of litigation relating to Crystal Power; (ii) an $8 million increase in
administrative expenses resulting from the consolidation of ICPNH’s, Surpetroil’s, JPPC’s and Puerto Quetzal’s expenses, since their acquisitions in March
2014, March 2014, May 2014 and September 2014, respectively; and (iii) a $5 million increase in OPC’s expenses from $2 million in 2013 to $7 million in 2014 as
OPC’s commercial operations commenced in July 2013 (part of the expenses were capitalized in 2013).
Gain from Disposal of Investees
Our gain from disposal of investees is primarily comprised of capital gains recognized from IC Power’s sale of its investment in Edegel for $413 million. IC
Power recognized approximately $110 million of net profit as a result of its sale of its interest in Edegel ($(157) million of capital gains, which were offset by $47
million of income tax expenses).
Asset Write-Off
Our $48 million asset write-off in 2014 is comprised of (i) an approximately $35 million impairment charge in respect of Inkia’s impairment of one if its
subsidiaries and (ii) an approximately $13 million impairment charge in respect of HelioFocus’ assets. For further information, see “ Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects – Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates – Impairment Analysis – Impairment Test for IC Power ” and “ Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates – Impairment Analysis – Impairment Test of HelioFocus ”,
respectively.
Gain on Bargain Purchase
Our gain on bargain purchase increased significantly to approximately $68 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $1
million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was driven by the negative goodwill generated in connection with IC Power’s acquisition of:
•
•
•
ICPNH in March 2014, which resulted in IC Power’s recognition of a one-time gain of $24 million;
the outstanding stake in JPPC in May 2014, which resulted in IC Power’s recognition of a one-time gain of $24 million; and
Puerto Quetzal in September 2014, which resulted in IC Power’s recognition of a one-time gain of $20 million.
153
Table of Contents
Other Expenses
Our other expenses increased significantly to approximately $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily driven by a $7 million charge as a result of IC Power’s retirement of certain of Amayo II’s assets.
Other Income
Our other income increased significantly to approximately $51 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2013. In 2014, our “other income” consisted primarily of (i) $18 million in dividend income from Edegel, (ii) $17 million as a result of
changes in Kenon’s interests in Tower, and (iii) $7 million related to insurance claims, primarily related to Amayo II’s claims in respect of three wind turbines,
which were damaged in December 2014. In 2013, our “other income” consisted of (i) $4 million of non-operating income and (ii) $1 million of dividends received
from JPPC.
Financing Expenses, Net
Our financing expenses, net increased 47% to $94 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $64 million for the year ended December 31,
2013. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in IC Power’s net finance expenses, for the reasons discussed below.
IC Power’s net finance expenses increased 58% to $126 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $80 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by a 44% increase in interest expense to banks and others to $115 million in the year ended December 31,
2014 as compared to $80 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of:
•
an increase in Inkia’s interest expense of $9 million to $21 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $12 million in the year ended
December 31, 2013, which was primarily the result of a full year of interest expense on Inkia’s incremental $150 million senior notes;
•
•
•
the recognition of $8 million interest expense on ICPNH’s debt, as a result of IC Power’s acquisition of ICPNH in March 2014;
interest expense of $6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, as a result of the expenses related to Inkia’s $125 million Credit Suisse facility
(facility which was fully paid in August 2014);
an increase in OPC’s interest expense as a result of the commencement of operations of OPC’s combined cycle plant, which increased OPC’s interest
expense to $23 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $16 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 (interest expense was
capitalized prior to the beginning of OPC’s commercial operation); and
•
interest expense of $3 million in IC Power as a result of the loan received in connection with its NIS 350 million (approximately $93 million)
mezzanine financing agreement in June 2014.
IC Power also recognized $13 million in finance expenses after repaying $95 million of capital notes to IC, as a result of the difference between the nominal
value of the capital notes ($95 million) and the book value of the capital notes ($82 million). This interest expense is eliminated in Kenon’s consolidated statement
of income.
Share In Income (Losses) of Associated Companies, Net of Tax
Our share in income (losses) of associated companies, net of tax increased 35% to approximately $(171) million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
compared to approximately $(127) million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Set forth below is a discussion of income/loss for our material associated
companies and the share in income (losses) of associated companies, net of tax, of IC Power.
Qoros
Our share in Qoros’ comprehensive loss increased to approximately $175 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to losses of approximately
$127 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As we have a 50% equity interest in Qoros, we recognize 50% of the net loss of Qoros in 2014 (RMB2,154
million) and 2013 (RMB1,557 million). A discussion of Qoros’ results of operations (on a 100% basis; Kenon’s share is 50%) for 2014 and 2013 is set forth below.
Qoros’ results of operation for 2014 and 2013 reflect the fact that Qoros is an early stage automobile manufacturer which launched commercial sales at the end of
2013. Accordingly, Qoros incurs significant expenses, including expenses relating to the launch of new models, but has not achieved significant revenues.
154
Table of Contents
Qoros had revenues of RMB864.9 million in 2014 compared to revenues of RMB13.1 million, representing a significant increase. Qoros commenced
commercial sales at the end of 2013 (with some limited sales in December 2013), so revenues in 2013 were negligible. Qoros’ revenues in 2014 reflect sales of
approximately 7,000 cars, primarily the Qoros sedan.
Cost of sales increased from RMB29 million in 2013 (when there was only limited commercial operations) to RMB1,019 million in 2014, representing a
significant increase. Qoros incurred a gross loss in 2014 (cost of sales exceeded revenues) reflecting the level of sales in 2014 and an increase in inventories,
including vehicles.
Qoros had research and development expenses of RMB264 million in 2014 compared to RMB408 million in 2013, representing a decrease of 35%. The
decrease in research and development expenses reflects the completion in 2013 of a significant portion of the research and development activities conducted in
connection with the launch of Qoros’ first three vehicle models at the end of 2013 and in 2014.
Qoros had selling and distribution expenses of RMB927.2 million in 2014 compared to RMB269.7 million in 2013, representing a significant increase. The
increase in selling and distribution expenses reflects the significant marketing and related expenses incurred in connection with the launch of Qoros’ first three
vehicle models.
Qoros had administration expenses of RMB591.6 million in 2014 compared to RMB864.8 million in 2013, representing a decrease of 32%. The decrease in
administration expenses was primarily the result of a decrease in personnel expenses and a decrease in consulting expenses reflecting the substantial completion of a
research and development work relating to Qoros’ first three models and the completion of other projects (e.g., vehicle design) that were completed prior to launch
of these three vehicle models.
As a result of the foregoing, Qoros had a loss from operation of RMB1,962 million in 2014 compared to RMB1,545 in 2013, representing an increase of 25%.
Qoros had finance costs of RMB217 million in 2014 compared to finance costs of RMB29.2 million in 2013, representing a significant increase. The increase
was due in part to an increase in amounts outstanding under short term and long term loans, including shareholder loans, in 2014 as compared to 2013, with total
loans and borrowings (including current loans) of RMB7,303 million as of December 31 2014 as compared to loans and borrowings of RMB4,110 million as of
December 31, 2013. In addition, a significant portion of Qoros’ interest costs was capitalized as property, plant and equipment in 2013, with a much smaller portion
capitalized in 2014 as a result of adjustments made in Qoros’ accounting method in 2014.
As a result of the foregoing, Qoros reported a loss for the year of RMB2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to RMB1.6 billion for the
year ended December 31, 2013.
ZIM
Our share in ZIM’s income (loss) for the period was approximately $13 million, which represented our share in ZIM’s income (loss) for the six months ended
December 31, 2014, the period in which Kenon accounted for ZIM’s results of operations pursuant to the equity method of accounting.
Tower
Our share in Tower’s comprehensive income increased to approximately $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to an approximately
$(31) million share in Tower’s comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2013. A portion ($6 million) of Tower’s loss in 2013 was not reflected in our
share in losses of associated companies, net of tax, for that period, since the cumulative losses incurred in our investment in Tower exceeded the value of our
investment, and the book value of an equity method investee cannot be less than zero.
IC Power
IC Power’s share in profits in associates decreased 56% to $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $32 million for the year ended
December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily driven by IC Power’s sale of its interest in Edegel. IC Power accounted for Edegel as an equity-method investee,
and included Edegel in IC Power’s share in profits in associates, for only the first four months in 2014, up to IC Power’s entry into an agreement to sell its interest in
Edegel, at which point IC Power began accounting for Edegel as an investment held for sale. Edegel contributed $12 million to IC Power’s share in profits in
associates in 2014, as compared to $30 million in 2013.
155
Table of Contents
Tax Expenses
Our tax expenses increased 117% to approximately $91 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $42 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by IC Power’s $47 million income tax expense on its gain on the sale of Edegel for $413 million.
Income (Loss) For the Year From Discontinued Operations (After Taxes)
Our income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes) is comprised of (i) ZIM’s results of operations for the six months ended June 30,
2014 and (ii) Petrotec’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Our income for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes) increased to approximately $471 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared
to approximately $513 million losses for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily as a result of (i) ZIM’s results of operations during the six months ended
June 30, 2014, the period in which Kenon accounted for ZIM as a discontinued operation in the amount of $480 million of net income from the realization of
discontinued operations in the amount of $609 million and (ii) the net results of Petrotec as a discontinued operation in the amount of $(9) million.
Profit For the Year
As a result of the above, our profit for the year amounted to $489 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a loss of $(609) million for the
year ended December 31, 2013.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Set forth below are our combined carve-out statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Year Ended December
31,
(in millions of USD)
2013
2012
% Change
Revenues from sale of electricity
Cost of sales and services
Depreciation and amortization
Gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Gain from disposal of investees
Gain on bargain purchases
Other expenses
Other income
Operating profit
Financing expenses
Financing income
Financing expenses, net
Share in losses of associated companies, net of tax
Loss before income taxes
Tax expenses
Loss for the year from continuing operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes)
Loss for the year
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders:
Non-controlling interests
$
$
$
873
(594 )
(70 )
209
(73 )
—
1
(5 )
5
137
(69 )
5
(64 )
(127 )
(54 )
(42 )
(96 )
(513 )
(609 )
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
577
(395 )
(51 )
131
(69 )
5
—
—
12
79
(39 )
3
(36 )
(52 )
(9 )
(22 )
(31 )
(409 )
(440 )
$
$
$
$
$
$
(626 )
17
$
$
(452 )
12
156
51 %
50 %
37 %
60 %
5 %
100 %
—
—
58 %
73 %
77 %
67 %
78 %
143 %
500 %
91 %
210 %
23 %
25 %
38 %
39 %
Table of Contents
The following tables set forth summary information regarding our results of operations by our principal business segments for the periods presented. For
further information on the results of our discontinued operations for the periods presented, see “ - Income (Loss) For the Year From Discontinued Operations (After
Taxes) .”
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
EBITDA
Percentage of combined revenues
Percentage of combined assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of combined EBITDA
Year Ended December 31, 2013 1
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
(in millions of USD, unless otherwise indicated)
$ —
—
—
—
(127 )
(127 )
—
$ (127 )
(127 )
—
$ —
226
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
$ —
(5 )
32
(15 )
(32 )
$
(50 )
—
(50 )
$
(48 )
(2 )
$ 3,832 6
28
3,933 7
—
$
—
(30 ) 10
65 %
70 %
(14 )%
$
$
$
$
$
7
—
(32 )
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,136 )
—
(1,136 )
—
—
1 %
(16 )%
(21 )%
—
Combined
Carve-Out
Results
$
$
$
873
(80 )
5
(69 )
(127 )
(54 )
42
(96 )
(109 )
13
$ 5,444
540
5,033
351
217
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
$
IC Power
$
866
(75 )
5
(86 )
32
$
$
123
42
81
66
15
$ 2,749
286
2,237
351 8
247 9
99 %
51 %
50 %
114 %
$
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
Includes the additions of PP&E and intangibles based on an accrual basis.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s income (loss) to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
157
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2012 1
IC Power
Qoros
2
Other 3
Adjustments
4
Combined Carve-
Out Results
Revenue
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income (tax benefit)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Segment assets 5
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditures
EBITDA
Percentage of Combined Revenues
Percentage of Combined Assets
Percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies
Percentage of Combined EBITDA
$
$
$
576
(55 )
5
(50 )
33
87
21
66
57
9
$ 2,145
312
1,709
391
154 8
99 %
41 %
40 %
112 %
$
$
$
(in millions of USD unless otherwise indicated)
—
—
(26 )
26
—
—
—
—
1
(4 )
24
(15 )
(31 )
(42 )
1
(43 )
$ —
—
—
—
(54 )
$ (54 )
—
$ (54 )
$
$
$
$
(54 )
—
$ —
207
—
—
$ —
—
—
—
—
(41 )
(2 )
$ 4,215 6
58
3,780 7
—
$
(16 ) 9
1 %
71 %
78 %
(12 )%
$
$
—
—
(959 )
—
(959 )
—
—
—
(12 )%
(18 )%
—
$
$
$
$
$
577
(59 )
3
(39 )
(52 )
(9 )
22
(31 )
(38 )
7
5,401
577
4,530
391
138
100 %
100 %
100 %
100 %
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Results during the period have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations of ZIM and Petrotec. For further information, see Note 28 to our
combined carve-out financial statements included in this annual report.
Associated company.
Includes financing income from parent company loans to Kenon’s subsidiaries; the results of Primus; the results of ZIM, Tower and HelioFocus, as associated
companies; as well as Kenon’s and IC Green’s holding company and general and administrative expenses.
“Adjustments” includes inter-segment sales and the consolidation entries. For the purposes of calculating the “percentage of combined assets” and the
“percentage of combined assets excluding associated companies,” “Adjustments” has been combined with “Other.”
Excludes investments in associates.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s assets.
Includes Kenon’s, IC Green’s and ZIM’s liabilities.
For a reconciliation of IC Power’s net income to its EBITDA, see “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data – Information on Business Segments – IC Power .”
For a reconciliation of our “Other” reporting segment’s net income to its EBITDA, see “ Item 3A. Selected Financial Data .”
158
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth summary information regarding the results of operations of our equity-method businesses for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Qoros Tower
Generandes
1
Qoros Tower
Generandes
1
Revenues
Income/(Loss)
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
Share of Kenon in total comprehensive income/(loss)
Adjustments
Share of Kenon in total comprehensive income/(loss) presented in the books
Dividends received
$
(in millions of USD)
2 $ 505 $
(109 )
(13 )
$ (122 )
$ (39 )
8
$ (31 )
—
(255 )
22
$ (233 )
$ (127 )
—
$ (127 )
—
$
$
$
(in millions of USD)
513 $ — $ 639 $
(86 )
—
86
33
(3 )
30
26
(108 )
4
$ (104 )
$ (52 )
(7 )
$ (59 )
—
(66 )
(6 )
$ (72 )
$ (22 )
—
$ (22 )
—
$
$
$
598
79
—
79
31
—
31
15
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2012
Qoros Tower
Generandes
1
Qoros Tower
Generandes
1
Total assets
Total liabilities
Book value of investment
(in millions of USD)
$ 1,531 $ 694 $
(1,127 )
226
(632 )
—
(in millions of USD)
1,653 $ 786 $ 801 $
(710 )
276
(420 )
207
(677 )
19
1,780
(768 )
(479 )
1.
Kenon’s equity interest in Generandes was sold in September 2014, in connection with Kenon’s sale of its interest in Edegel
Revenues From Sale of Electricity
Our revenues increased 51% to approximately $873 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $577 million in revenues for
the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of the increase in IC Power’s consolidated revenues. This increase was primarily driven by a 43% increase in Kallpa’s
revenues to $394 million in 2013 as compared to $276 million in 2012 due to a full year of operations of its combined cycle, as compared to 2012, when Kallpa’s
combined cycle only operated for approximately four months. In addition, OPC commenced commercial operation in July 2013, increasing IC Power´s consolidated
revenues by $187 million for the year 2013.
Kallpa’s revenue increased in 2013 principally as a result of a 41% increase in revenue from energy sales and a 36% increase in revenue from capacity sales.
Revenues from energy sales increased to $267 million in 2013 as compared to $190 million in 2012 as a result of a 42% increase in energy sales to 6,352 GWh in
2013 from 4,483 GWh in 2012. Revenues from capacity sales increased to $68 million in 2013 as compared to $50 million in 2012 as a result of a 36% increase in
capacity sales to an average of 881 MW from an average of 643 MW in 2012, primarily due to a full year of operations subsequent to the conversion and expansion
of Kallpa’s facilities. OPC commenced commercial operation in July 2013. Revenues from energy sales equaled $187 million as a result of energy sales equal to
1,813 GWh in 2013.
Cost of Sales
Our cost of sales increased 50% to approximately $594 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $395 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012, as a result of the increase in IC Power’s costs of sales. This increase was primarily driven by the increased power generation from 2012 to 2013
resulting from additional capacity of Kallpa and OPC as discussed above. IC Power’s cost of sales increased 50% to $594 million for the year ended December 31,
2013, compared to $395 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by:
•
a 222% increase in energy and capacity purchases to $158 million in 2013 as compared to $49 million in 2012, primarily as a result of a (i) $66 million
increase in energy purchases by OPC, which was largely a result of the energy purchases resulting from the diesel oil commissioning tests performed
during September 2013; (ii) $25 million increase in energy and capacity purchases by Kallpa, primarily as a result of the increase in capacity sold by
Kallpa under its PPAs and the energy purchases necessitated by an unplanned stoppage of one of its turbines in the first half of 2013; and (iii) a $13
million increase in energy purchases by Nejapa, primarily as a result of Nejapa’s import of lower priced energy (which reduced Nejapa’s own
generation);
•
a 93% increase in transmission costs to $85 million in 2013 as compared to $44 million in 2012, primarily as a result of the $16 million transmission
costs incurred by OPC after the beginning of its commercial operation in July 2013 and a $26 million increase in the volumes of energy generated and
sold by Kallpa; and
•
a 13% increase in fuel, gas and lubricants to $286 million in 2013 as compared to $253 million in 2012, primarily as a result of a $51 million increase
in such costs at OPC as a result of the commencement of its commercial operation in July 2013, which was partially offset by Nejapa’s $19 million
decline in fuel purchase as a result of its importation of lower priced energy, which reduced its own generation activities and, accordingly, its fuel
consumption.
Depreciation and Amortization
Our depreciation expenses increased 37% to approximately $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $51 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by IC Power’s depreciation and amortization expenses, which increased 36% to $75 million in 2013 as
compared to $55 million in 2012, primarily as a result of the increase in IC Power’s depreciable property, plant and equipment as a result of the commencement of
OPC’s commercial operation in July 2013 and a full year of operating Kallpa’s combined cycle plant.
159
Table of Contents
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses consist of payroll and related expenses, bad/doubtful debts, depreciation and amortization, and other expenses. Our
general and administrative expenses increased 5% to $73 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $69 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in our payroll and related expenses, in particular at IC Power as it continued to grow its
operations during the year.
IC Power’s administrative expenses increased 12% to approximately $37 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $33
million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by: a 25% increase in payroll and related expenses to $20 million in 2013 from
$16 million in 2012, primarily as a result of a $2 million increased profit sharing provision for Kallpa’s employees, a $0.3 million increase in OPC’s salaries and a
$0.8 million increased stock option expense. These effects were partially offset by a 40% decline in consultant and other professional services to $3 million in 2013
from $5 million in 2012, primarily as a result of one-time expenses incurred in 2012.
Gain from Disposal of Investees
We had no gains from the disposal of investees for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. Our gains from the disposal of investees for the year ended December 31, 2012 were primarily driven by a capital gain of $5 million in respect
of transactions related to IC Green.
Other Expenses
Our other expenses increased significantly to approximately $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $509 thousand for
the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by a $4.6 million increase in losses associated with the sale of interest in subsidiaries,
associations and dilution.
Other Income
Our other income decreased 58% to approximately $5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $12 million for the year
ended December 31, 2012. In 2013, our “other income” consisted of (i) $4 million of non-operating income and (ii) $1 million of dividends received from JPPC. In
2012, our “other income” consisted primarily of gains from changes in interests held in associates.
Financing Expenses, Net
Our financing expenses, net increased 78% to $64 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $36 million for the year ended December 31,
2012. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in interest expense on loans and bonds of IC Power of $28 million, or 67%, as it commenced certain
commercial operations and expanded its operations during the year.
IC Power’s net finance expenses increased 82% to $80 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $44 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by:
•
a 78% increase in interest expense to banks and others to $80 million in 2013 as compared to $45 million in 2012, primarily as a result of (i) the
expense recognition of the interest on Kallpa’s syndicated loan agreement and bond following the commencement of operations of Kallpa’s combined
cycle plant in 2012, which increased Kallpa’s interest expense to $30 million in 2013 as compared to $19 million in 2012 (interest on these loans was
capitalized prior to the completion of this project); (ii) the expense recognition of the interest on OPC’s debt following the commencement of
operations of OPC’s combined cycle plant in July 2013, which increased OPC’s interest expense to $16 million in 2013 as compared to $120 thousand
in 2012 (interest expense was capitalized prior to the beginning of OPC’s commercial operation); (iii) the expense recognition of the interest on capital
notes from IC related to OPC, which increased the interest expense in loans and capital notes from IC to $12 million in 2013 as compared to $7 million
in 2012 (interest expense was capitalized prior to the beginning of OPC’s commercial operation). This interest expense (as well as interest expense on
IC Power’s loan owed to its parent) is eliminated in Kenon’s consolidated statement of income through the Adjustments column noted above; and
(iv) an increase in Inkia’s interest expense to $12 million in 2013 as compared to $9 million in 2012, which was primarily the result of interest expense
related to Inkia’s $150 million senior note offering completed in September 2013; and
•
a $6 million increase in exchange rate losses to $4 million in 2013 as compared to $2 million exchange rate gains in 2012, primarily as a result of the
depreciation of the Peruvian Nuevos Soles against the U.S. Dollar during 2013.
160
Table of Contents
The effects of these factors were partially offset by a $6 million increase in gains from the net change in fair value of derivative instruments, to a $3 million
gain in 2013 as compared to a $3 million loss in 2012, primarily as a result of the increase in the LIBOR rate during 2013 compared to 2012.
Share In Income (Losses) of Associated Companies, Net of Tax
Our share in (losses) of associated companies, net of tax increased 143% to approximately $(127) million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to
approximately $(52) million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Set forth below is a discussion of income/loss for our material associated companies and the
share in income (losses) of associated companies, net of tax, of IC Power.
Qoros
Our share in Qoros’ comprehensive loss increased to approximately $127 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to losses of approximately
$52 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increased loss was driven by an increase in expenses as a result of the commencement of Qoros’ commercial
operations. Consistent with our 50% equity interest in Qoros, we recognize 50% of the net loss that was recorded by Qoros on a standalone basis. Set forth below is
a description of Qoros’ standalone results of operations.
Qoros’ increased loss was primarily driven by:
•
an increase in Qoros’ research and development expenses of 19% to RMB408 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to RMB342
million for the year ended December 31, 2012;
•
an increase in Qoros’ selling and distribution expenses to RMB270 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, after incurring no such selling and
distribution expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012;
•
an increase in Qoros’ administration expenses of 154% to RMB865 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to RMB341 million for
the year ended December 31, 2012; and
•
an increase in Qoros’ net finance (cost)/income to RMB(11) million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to RMB38 million for the year
ended December 31, 2012; and was partially offset by an increase in Qoros’ other income of 46% to RMB19 million for the year ended December 31,
2013, compared to RMB13 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of government subsidies received by Qoros.
As a result of the foregoing, Qoros reported a loss of RMB1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to RMB635 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012.
Tower
Our share in Tower’s comprehensive loss increased by 29% to approximately $(31) million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to an
approximately $(24) million share in Tower’s comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2012. A portion ($6 million) of Tower’s loss in 2013 was not
reflected in our share in losses of associated companies, net of tax, since the cumulative losses incurred in our investment in Tower exceeded the value of our
investment, and the book value of an equity method investee cannot be less than zero.
IC Power
IC Power’s share in profits in associates decreased 4% to $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $33 million for the year ended
December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by the decline in the results of Edegel to $30 million in 2013 as compared to $31 million in 2012 as a result
of certain exchange rate adjustments.
Tax Expenses
Our tax expenses increased 91% to approximately $42 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $22 million for the year
ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in IC Power’s current taxes on income in the current year as a result of a 40% increase
in IC Power’s income before taxes.
161
Table of Contents
Income (Loss) For the Year From Discontinued Operations (After Taxes)
Our income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes) is comprised of ZIM’s and Petrotec’s results of operations for the years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Our (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes) increased to approximately $(513) million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared
to approximately $(409) million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of ZIM’s results of operations during the relevant periods. Set forth
below is a summary of ZIM’s results during the relevant periods.
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross loss
Operating loss
Loss before taxes on income
Taxes on income
Loss after taxes on income
Loss for the period from discontinued operations
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2013
(in millions of USD)
$ 3,682
(3,770 )
(88 )
(191 )
(497 )
(23 )
(519 )
(519 )
$
$ 3,960
(4,053 )
(93 )
(206 )
(393 )
(19 )
(412 )
(412 )
$
ZIM had sales of $3,682 million and costs of sales of $3,770 million, resulting in a gross loss of $(88) million, which resulted in losses after taxes on income
of $(519) million, in the year ended December 31, 2013. ZIM had sales of $3,960 million and costs of sales of $4,053 million, resulting in a gross loss of $(93)
million, which resulted in losses after taxes on income of $(412) million, in the year ended December 31, 2012.
Loss For the Year
As a result of the above, our loss for the year from continuing operations increased 38% to approximately $(609) million for the year ended December 31,
2013, compared to $(440) million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Kenon’s Liquidity and Capital Resources
We are a newly-incorporated holding company and, as such, references in this discussion to our historical sources and uses of cash refer to the historical
sources and uses of cash for the carve-out businesses when they were consolidated in the results of IC during the periods under review.
We received $35 million in cash in connection with the spin-off, and entered into a $200 million credit facility with IC, each of which we will use to execute
our business strategy. We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support the development of Qoros and, to a lesser
extent, Primus. We rely on cash flows received from our operating activities, generally in the form of distributions received from our businesses or payments
received in connection with a monetization of our equity interests in any of our businesses, to provide our liquidity. As of the date of this annual report, Kenon had
approximately $9 million in cash in hand and $155 million available for drawing under its $200 million credit facility with IC.
Other than our credit facility with IC, for which the aggregate principal amount outstanding is $45 million, and our undertaking in respect of Chery’s
guarantee of certain of Qoros’ indebtedness, each as described below, we have no outstanding indebtedness or financial obligations and are not party to any credit
facilities or other committed sources of external financing. Other than expenses related to our day-to-day operations, our principal needs for liquidity are expected to
be expenditures related to investments in our businesses. Our businesses are at various stages of development, ranging from early stage development companies to
established, cash generating businesses, and some of these businesses will require significant financing, via equity contributions or debt facilities, to further their
development, execute their current business plans, and become or remain fully-funded. We may, in furtherance of the development of our businesses, and other than
with respect to ZIM, make further investments, via debt or equity financings, in our remaining businesses.
162
Table of Contents
In particular, Qoros will continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing, and obtain additional shareholder financing, to meet its operating
expenses, financing expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ business plan contemplates debt
financing of approximately RMB9 billion. Qoros has secured RMB4.2 billion of long-term debt financing.
Qoros commenced commercial operations at the end of 2013 and sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014. Qoros incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion in 2014
and is dependent upon external financing, including shareholder funding, to meet its operating expenses, financing expenses, and capital expenditures. As the
volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’ liquidity and future success, Qoros revised its business plan during the third quarter
of 2014. Qoros’ financing needs may increase as Qoros continues to adjust its business plan and/or experiences a reduction in operating cash flows as a result of low
sales volumes.
As Qoros continues to pursue its commercial growth strategy, we expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support
its development, as Qoros may be unable to secure the necessary third-party debt financing. For example, in connection with our recent provision of a RMB400
million shareholder loan to Qoros, Kenon has agreed, in the event that Chery provides a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, as set forth above, and Chery’s
guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility is not subsequently released, to work
with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the
end of 2015, and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the
future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s guarantee,
among other possibilities.
We intend to adhere to our capital allocation principles which, as set forth above, seek to limit cross-allocation of funds and capital contributions to our
businesses, via debt or equity financings or the provisions of guarantee. Nevertheless, the cash resources currently on Kenon’s balance sheet (approximately $9
million as of the date of this annual report), together with the $155 million available under our $200 million credit facility from IC, may not, however, be sufficient
to fund additional investments that we deem appropriate in Qoros or other businesses. Alternatively, Kenon may choose not to provide such financing, which may
adversely impact Qoros’ ability to obtain financing from Chery or other third parties, in which case Qoros may be unable to meet its operating expenses and Kenon
may not recoup its investment in Qoros. Furthermore, in connection with the release of IC’s outstanding back-to-back guarantee in respect of certain of Qoros’ debt,
and Kenon’s related reimbursement obligations of up to RMB888 million to IC, Kenon has given an undertaking to restore equality in respect of Chery’s
RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) guarantee, which may result in Kenon providing additional capital to, or in respect of, Qoros. Such capital would be in
addition to Kenon’s current investment plans with respect to Qoros, which Kenon expects to use a significant portion of its liquidity and capital resources to fund. As
a result, this undertaking may require Kenon to seek additional liquidity, including seeking funding from its other businesses.
For a description of our capital allocation principles, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview. ” For further information on the risks related to the significant capital
requirements of our businesses, particularly Qoros, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations – Some of our
businesses, particularly Qoros, have significant capital requirements. If these businesses are unable to obtain sufficient financing from third party financing sources,
they may not be able to operate, and we may deem it necessary to provide such capital, provide a guaranty or indemnity in connection with any financings, provide
collateral in connection with any financings, including via the cross-collateralization of assets across businesses, or refrain from investing further in any such
businesses, all of which may materially impact our financial position and results of operations. ” For a discussion of our outstanding commitments and obligations,
see “– Kenon’s Commitments and Obligations .” For a discussion of the capital requirements of each of our businesses, see below.
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
Cash and cash equivalents decreased 9% to approximately $610 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $671 million in
cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013. The following table sets forth our cash flows from our operating, investing and financing activities
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
Cash flows provided by operating activities
IC Power
Adjustments and Other
Total
163
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
(in millions of USD)
413
(3 )
410
272
(15 )
257
Table of Contents
Cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities
Net change in cash in period
Cash – opening balance
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on balances of cash and cash equivalents
Cash – closing balance
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2014
(in millions of USD)
(883 )
430
(42 )
671
(19 )
610
(278 )
281
260
411
—
671
Consolidated Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
Cash flows provided by our operating activities, which includes income received as dividends from associated companies, are a significant source of liquidity
for our subsidiaries and increased 60% to approximately $410 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $257 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in cash flows provided by IC Power’s operating activities, as set forth in “ – IC
Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources ” below. As our businesses are legally distinct from us and will generally be required to service their debt obligations
before making distributions to us, our ability to access such cash flow from our businesses may be limited in some circumstances. For further information on the
risks related to such limitations, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversity Strategy and Operations – We are a holding company and are
dependent upon cash flows from our businesses to meet our existing and future obligations .”
Consolidated Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
Cash flows used in our investing activities, which include our investments in our associated companies, increased significantly to approximately $(883)
million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $(278) million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven
by (i) IC Power’s acquisition of property, plant and equipment (in particular, the acquisitions of ICPNH, AEI Jamaica, Surpetroil and Puerto Quetzal) and
development of the CDA, Samay I and Kanan projects during 2014, as set forth in “ – IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources ” below, (ii) IC’s $180 million
investment in Qoros in December 2014, and (iii) IC’s $200 million investment in ZIM in connection with the completion of its restructuring.
Consolidated Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities
Cash flows provided by the financing activities of our businesses are a significant source of liquidity for their operations and increased 58% to approximately
$430 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $281 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily
driven by (i) an increase in ZIM’s receipt of long-term loans, capital lease, and other long-term liabilities during the six months ended June 30, 2014, (ii) a decrease
in ZIM’s repayment of borrowing during the six months ended June 30, 2014, and (iii) an increase in IC Power’s receipt of long-term loans during the year ended
December 31, 2014.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
Cash and cash equivalents increased 63% to approximately $671 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $411 million in
cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2012. The following table sets forth our cash flows from our operating, investing and financing activities
for the years ended December 31, 2013, and 2012:
Cash flows provided by operating activities
IC Power
Adjustments and Other
Total
Cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities
Net change in cash in period
Cash – opening balance
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on balances of cash and cash equivalents
Cash – closing balance
164
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2013
(in millions of USD)
272
(15 )
257
(278 )
281
260
411
—
671
114
55
169
(320 )
122
(29 )
438
2
411
Table of Contents
Consolidated Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
Cash flows provided by our operating activities, which includes income received as dividends from associated companies, are a significant source of liquidity
for our subsidiaries and increased 52% to approximately $257 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $169 million for the year
ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by IC Power, whose operating cash flows increased by 131% as a result of increased sales of capacity
and energy under its PPAs due to the full year of operations of its Kallpa combined cycle in 2013, the commencement of OPC’s operations and an increase in
dividends received from associates to $31 million in 2013 as compared to $17 million in 2012. This increase was partially offset by a $81 million decrease in ZIM’s
operating cash flows as a result of an increased loss for the year of $103 million, which was partially offset by an increase of $15 million in dividends received from
associated companies. As our businesses are legally distinct from us and will generally be required to service their debt obligations before making distributions to us,
our ability to access such cash flow from our businesses may be limited in some circumstances. For further information on the risks related to such limitations, see “
Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversity Strategy and Operations – We are a holding company and are dependent upon cash flows from our
businesses to meet our existing and future obligations .”
Consolidated Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
Cash flows used in our investing activities, which includes our investments in our associated companies, decreased 13% to approximately $(278) million for
the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $(320) million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by an
increase in cash provided by investing activities at ZIM.
Consolidated Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities
Cash flows provided by the financing activities of our businesses are a significant source of liquidity for their operations and increased 130% to approximately
$281 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $122 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in cash flows provided by financing activities at IC Power which was offset, in part, by an increase in cash flows used in financing activities at
ZIM.
Kenon’s Commitments and Obligations
As of December 31, 2014, Kenon had liabilities of $155 million, representing the nominal value of the maximum amount of Kenon’s reimbursement
obligations in respect of IC’s back-to-back guarantee of Chery’s direct guarantee of certain of Qoros’ indebtedness. However, in February 2015, IC’s guarantee was
released in connection with our provision of a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros and we no longer have reimbursement obligations in respect of Qoros’
indebtedness. In connection with the provision of the shareholder loan, we made certain undertakings in respect of Chery’s outstanding guarantee of certain of
Qoros’ indebtedness. For further information on the release of IC’s back-to-back guarantee and our undertaking in respect of Chery’s guarantee of certain of Qoros’
indebtedness, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments – Qoros—Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .”
As of the date of this annual report, other than amounts outstanding under our credit facility with IC and our undertaking in respect of Chery’s guarantee of
certain of Qoros’ indebtedness, we have no outstanding indebtedness or financial obligations and are not party to any credit facilities or other committed sources of
external financing.
Set forth below is a summary of the key terms of our credit facility with IC.
IC Credit Facility
In connection with the consummation of the spin-off, IC provided us with a $200 million credit facility. As of the date of this annual report, the aggregate
amount outstanding under this facility was $45 million.
Interest
The credit facility bears interest at a rate of 12-Month LIBOR + 6% per annum, which, during the initial five-year term of the credit facility, will be
capitalized as a payment-in-kind and added to the aggregate outstanding amount of the credit facility. If we decide to extend the repayment schedule in accordance
with the terms of the credit facility, as set forth below, and we do not repay the aggregate outstanding amount owed under the credit facility within the initial five-
year term, additional interest accruing on the aggregate outstanding amount as of such date will become payable in cash on an annual basis.
165
Table of Contents
Repayment Date
The aggregate amount outstanding under the credit facility (including interest or commitment fees that have accrued and been capitalized as payments-in-kind
during the initial five-year term) is due five years from the date of the credit facility, unless extended as set forth below. In the event an initial listing or offering of
IC Power’s shares has been effected, the aggregate amount outstanding under the credit facility, including any interest or commitment fees accrued and capitalized to
date, will be due within 18 months from such date. However, we are entitled, at each repayment date, to extend the repayment date for two-year periods if, as of the
date of our delivery of our notice of repayment extension, an initial listing or offering of IC Power’s shares has not yet been effected. Notwithstanding the above, the
final repayment date may not, under any circumstances, be more than ten years from the date of the credit facility.
Commitment Fee
During the initial five-year term, we will pay IC an annual commitment fee equal to 2.1% of the undrawn amount of the credit facility, which will be
capitalized as a payment-in-kind and added to the outstanding amount of the credit facility. We may voluntarily reduce the available $200 million credit limit,
thereby decreasing the annual commitment owed to IC, without premium or penalty. Additionally, we may voluntarily prepay the outstanding principal amount of
the credit facility at any time without premium or penalty.
Pledge of Equity Interest in IC Power
We have pledged 46.5%, and may pledge up to 66%, of IC Power’s issued capital on a first priority basis, in favor of IC, as set forth below:
•
•
in connection with our entry into the credit facility, we pledged 40% of IC Power’s issued capital; and
in connection with each $50 million drawdown (or any part thereof) under the credit facility, we are required to pledge an additional 6.5% of IC
Power’s issued capital, so that any use of the credit line that exceeds $150 million will require the pledge of 66% of IC Power’s share capital.
The pledges will be released in connection with a listing or offering of IC Power’s issued capital.
Obligations in Respect of IC’s Back-to-Back Guarantee
The credit facility provides for our payment to IC of any payments made by IC in respect of IC’s back-to-back guarantee of Chery’s direct guarantee of
certain of Qoros’ indebtedness. However, as a result of (i) a RMB350 million shareholder loan provided to Qoros by IC in connection with Chery’s release of IC’s
back-to-back guarantee of 50% of Chery’s obligations under Chery’s back-to-back guarantee of the Changshu Port’s guarantee and (ii) a RMB400 million
shareholder loan provided by us to Qoros in connection with the release of IC’s outstanding RMB888 million back-to-back guarantee in respect of Qoros’ RMB3
billion syndicated credit facility, IC has been released from all obligations related to Chery’s back-to-back guarantees in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated
credit facility and Kenon’s reimbursement obligations are no longer outstanding.
Restrictive Covenants
The credit facility contains incurrence covenants restricting our ability to encumber certain assets and distribute dividends.
For example, prior to a listing or offering of IC Power’s equity, the credit facility prohibits us from distributing dividends to our shareholders, unless such
dividends consist of all, or a portion of, our equity interests in ZIM, Tower or REG.
There are further restrictions on dividends following an IPO or listing of IC Power’s equity. If, any time after a listing of IC Power’s equity, we seek to
(i) distribute a dividend to our shareholders (in cash or in kind), (ii) incur additional debt, (iii) sell, transfer, or allocate a portion, or all, of our interest in IC Power,
or (iv) sell all of IC Power’s assets, the credit facility will require the value of Kenon’s remaining interest in IC Power to be equal to at least two times Kenon’s net
debt (which shall be equal to the outstanding principal amount of the credit facility plus the outstanding principal amount of any additional debt owed by Kenon to
third-parties minus Kenon’s cash on hand), in each case plus interest and fees. Although a failure to comply with any of the aforementioned covenants will not
constitute an event of default under the terms of the credit facility, Kenon will be restricted from distributing dividends or incurring additional debt and, should
Kenon distribute dividends or incur additional indebtedness notwithstanding such restrictions, such actions will constitute an event of default under the terms of the
credit facility. If the value of Kenon’s remaining interest in IC Power is less than such amount, Kenon may not make distributions to its shareholders or incur
additional indebtedness.
166
Table of Contents
Additionally, following an IPO or listing of IC Power’s equity, we will not engage in certain transactions, as set forth in the credit facility, which would result
in a de-listing of IC Power’s shares from the exchange on which such shares are trading.
Assignability
We may not assign or delegate our rights and obligations under the credit facility without IC’s prior written consent, except that we may assign our rights and
obligations under the credit facility to an affiliate, provided that we remain jointly and severally liable for all such obligations with such affiliate, and further
provided that such assignment or delegation shall not serve to prejudice any of IC’s rights under the terms of the credit facility.
IC is entitled to assign or delegate its rights and obligations under the credit facility according to its sole discretion, and without our prior written consent.
For information on the risks related to Kenon’s ability to repay, or maintain compliance with, the credit facility from IC, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks
Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations – Kenon has obligations owing to IC, which could be substantial. ”
Undertaking in Respect of Chery’s Outstanding Guarantee
For further information on Kenon’s undertaking in respect of Chery’s guarantee of certain of Qoros’ indebtedness, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects – Recent Developments – Qoros—Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .”
Debt Owed to Kenon from Subsidiaries
Prior to the spin-off, some of our businesses borrowed funds from, or issued capital notes to, IC. These loans and capital notes are described below. IC’s
interest in each of the outstanding loans and capital notes was transferred to Kenon in connection with the spin-off.
Quantum Capital Notes
Quantum issued a series of capital notes to IC in connection with each of IC’s equity contributions to Qoros. The capital notes issued by Quantum bear no
interest and are not linked to the CPI. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of these capital notes was $626 million.
RMB500 Million Shareholder Loan
In June 2014, IC contributed an additional RMB500 million to Qoros via a shareholder loan, bearing interest at a rate of 3%.
We expect this loan to convert into additional equity in Qoros upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the approval of the relevant Chinese
authority. As Chery made a similar convertible contribution, and as Chinese regulations prevent our ownership interest in Qoros from exceeding 50%, our ownership
percentage in Qoros will not increase after Qoros’ conversion of this loan. If approval for the conversion of the full amount of the shareholder loan is not, or cannot
be, obtained, Qoros has undertaken to repay the convertible loan, with interest, as set forth in the terms of the shareholder loan. In connection with IC’s transfer of its
equity interests in Qoros to us, IC’s interest in the convertible loan was also transferred to us.
In December 2014, Qoros converted RMB50 million of each shareholder’s RMB500 million shareholder loan into equity. As a result, both Kenon and Chery
have provided the required capital contributions set forth in the Joint Venture Agreement, and neither Kenon or Chery are obligated to provide additional capital or
shareholder loans to Qoros under the terms of the Joint Venture Agreement.
As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of the shareholder loan was RMB450 million.
RMB350 Million Shareholder Loan
In December 2014, IC provided a RMB350 million shareholder loan to Qoros in connection with Chery’s release of IC’s back-to-back guarantee of 50% of
Chery’s obligations under Chery’s back-to-back guarantee of the Changshu Port’s guarantee. IC’s interest in the loan was transferred to us in connection with IC’s
transfer of its equity interests in Qoros to us.
We expect RMB25 million loan to convert into additional equity in Qoros upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the approval of the relevant
Chinese authority.
167
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of the shareholder loan was RMB350 million.
Other Capital Notes and Loans
In 2012, IC Green issued a five-year NIS 42 million capital note to IC. The capital note bears no interest and is not linked to the CPI. As of December 31,
2014, the outstanding balance of the capital note issued was NIS475 million.
IC Green also borrowed 18 million Euro from IC in 2012. The loan bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding
balance of this loan was 22 million Euro.
Additionally, in October 2014, IC Green issued a $7.5 million capital note to IC to fund any investments made by IC Green in Primus, in connection with the
investment agreement IC Green entered into with Primus in October 2014. This capital note bears no interest and is not linked to the CPI. The $7.5 million
outstanding has been added to the aggregate amount owed under the capital notes.
The following discussion sets forth the liquidity and capital resources of each of our businesses.
IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2014, IC Power had cash and cash equivalents of $583 million and short-term deposits and restricted cash of $208 million.
IC Power’s principal sources of liquidity have traditionally consisted of cash flows from operating activities, including dividends received from entities in
which it owns non-controlling interests; short-term and long-term borrowings; and sales of bonds in domestic and international capital markets.
IC Power’s principal needs for liquidity generally consist of capital expenditures related to the development and construction of generation projects and the
acquisition of other generation companies; working capital requirements (e.g., maintenance costs that extend the useful life of its plants); and dividends on its shares.
As part of IC Power’s growth strategy, it expects to develop, construct and operate greenfield development projects in the markets that it serves as well as acquire
controlling interests in operating assets within and outside Latin America. IC Power’s development of greenfield development projects and its acquisition activities
in the future may require it to make significant capital expenditures and/or raise significant capital.
IC Power is developing numerous generation assets and projects, including:
•
•
CDA , a run-of-the-river hydroelectric plant on the Mantaro River in central Peru, representing an expected 510 MW of capacity at an estimated cost of
$910 million, including a $50 million budget for contingencies. This project is financed by a $591 million syndicated credit facility (for 65% of the
estimated project cost) which was entered into in 2012 and equity contributions (for the remaining 35% of the project cost), which contributions have
been made. As of December 31, 2014, CDA has invested $647 million into the development of the CDA Project and has drawn $462 million under the
CDA Project Finance Facility. IC Power estimates that, as of December 31, 2014, construction of the CDA Project was approximately 2/3 completed;
Samay I , an open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in Mollendo, Arequipa (southern Peru), representing an expected 600
MW of capacity at an approximate cost of $380 million, excluding any related cost overruns. This project is to be financed by a $311 million seven-
year syndicated secured loan agreement (for approximately 80% of the estimated project cost), which was entered into in December 2014, and equity
contributions (for the remaining approximately 20% of the project cost), which contributions have been made. As of December 31, 2014, Samay I has
invested $110 million into the development of the facility and has drawn $153 million under its credit facility. IC Power estimates that, as of December
31, 2014, construction of Samay I was approximately 1/3 completed; and
•
Kanan thermal generation units, representing an expected 92 MW of capacity at an approximate cost of $70 million (including $40 million that Kanan
has already spent on the acquisition of its barges). The capital required for this project will be sourced from a combination of cash generated from
operating activities and cash generated by financing activities.
In 2014, IC Power spent $353 million on capital expenditures relating to its committed projects. IC Power anticipates that it will be required to spend
approximately $445 million on capital expenditures relating to its committed projects in 2015, excluding the additional $10 million it will pay to CDA’s EPC
contractors upon CDA’s lenders approval of the March 2015 amendment of the CDA EPC, and approximately $5 million - $20 million in additional capital
expenditures relating to projects for which IC Power has not contractually committed capital. IC Power expects that it will meet these cash requirements through a
168
Table of Contents
combination of cash generated from operating activities and cash generated by financing activities, including drawing down, or receiving disbursements from, the
$591 million or the $380 million financing agreements, relating to its construction of the CDA and the Samay I projects, respectively, new debt financings, as
appropriate, and the refinancing of any existing indebtedness as it becomes due.
Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013
IC Power’s cash and cash equivalents increased 13% to $583 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $517 million in cash and cash
equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013. The following table sets forth IC Power’s cash flows from its operating, investing and financing activities for the
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
Cash flows provided by operating activities
Cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities
Net change in cash in period
Cash – opening balance
Effect of exchange rate on the cash
Cash – closing balance
IC Power’s Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
$
Year Ended December 31,
2013
2014
$
(in millions of USD)
413
(378 )
47
82
517
(16 )
583
272
(258 )
320
334
184
(1 )
517
Cash flows provided by IC Power’s operating activities are IC Power’s primary source of liquidity and increased 52% to approximately $413 million for the
year ended December 31, 2014, compared to approximately $272 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by (i) first full-
year of OPC’s commercial operations; (ii) an increase in collections from customers (primarily as a result of the acquisitions of ICPNH, Surpetroil, JPPC and Puerto
Quetzal); and (iii) the increased sales of capacity and energy under its PPAs due to the addition of Las Flores’ plant capacity.
IC Power’s Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
Cash outflows used in IC Power’s investing activities increased by 47% to approximately $378 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to
approximately $258 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by IC Power’s acquisition of property, plant and equipment
(in particular, higher disbursements related to the CDA Project during 2014, the beginning of the Samay I and Kanan projects and the acquisitions of ICPNH, AEI
Jamaica, Surpetroil and Puerto Quetzal).
During 2014, investing activities for which IC Power used cash primarily consisted of acquisitions of property, plant and equipment of $496 million, of which
$270 million was used in connection with the construction of the CDA Project, $89 million was used in connection with the construction of the Samay I Project, and
$70 million (net of cash received) was used to complete the acquisitions of ICPNH, Surpetroil, JPPC, and Puerto Quetzal. The effects of these capital expenditures
were partially offset by $360 million net proceeds received by IC Power in connection with its sale of its indirect interest in Edegel.
During 2013, investing activities for which IC Power used cash primarily consisted of acquisitions of property, plant and equipment of $322 million, of which
$195 million was used in connection with the construction of the CDA Project, $56 million was used to complete the construction of OPC’s combined cycle, and
$28 million was used to complete the acquisition of Colmito. The effects of these capital expenditures were partially offset by the maturity of $74 million in time
deposits.
IC Power’s Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash inflows provided by IC Power’s financing activities decreased 85% to $47 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to
approximately $320 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This change was primarily driven by IC Power’s financing activities, which involved the receipt
of long-term loans and issuance of debentures, and the receipt of short-term credit from banks and the payments made to IC.
Net cash inflows in 2014 included proceeds from the following borrowing arrangements:
•
•
$319 million under CDA’s credit facility;
$153 million under Samay I’s credit facility;
169
Table of Contents
•
•
•
•
•
$102 million under ICPI’s credit facility;
$43 million from the issuance of the COBEE bonds;
$25 million from the issuance of the CEPP bonds;
$23 million under Colmito’s credit facility; and
$20 million from the investment of Energía del Pacífico in Samay I.
In addition, in 2014, IC Power made payments of approximately $300 million to IC. In May 2014, IC Power repaid $168 million of intercompany debt owed
to IC. In June 2014, IC Power repaid $95 million of capital notes owed to IC and declared and distributed dividends of $37 million to IC. As a result of such
repayment, no debt between IC Power and IC is owed. In June 2014, IC Power declared and distributed dividends of $37 million to IC.
Net cash flows from financing activities in 2014 and 2013 included $111 million and $67 million repayments of long-term loans and debentures, respectively.
Net cash inflows in 2013 included proceeds from the following borrowing arrangements:
•
•
•
•
•
$143 million under CDA’s credit facility;
$163 million from the issuance of the Inkia bonds;
$125 million from Inkia’s Credit Suisse facility;
$17 million borrowed under OPC’s credit facility; and
$28 million from the investment of Energía del Pacífico in CDA.
Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012
IC Power’s cash and cash equivalents increased 181% to $517 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $184 million in cash and cash
equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2012. The following table sets forth IC Power’s cash flows from its operating, investing and financing activities for the
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Cash flows provided by operating activities
Cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities
Net change in cash in period
Cash – opening balance
Effect of exchange rate on the cash
Cash – closing balance
IC Power’s Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
$
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2013
$
( in millions of USD)
272
(258 )
320
334
184
(1 )
517
114
(291 )
137
(40 )
221
3
184
Cash flows provided by IC Power’s operating activities are IC Power’s primary source of liquidity and increased 139% to approximately $272 million for the
year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $114 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by: (i) a 47%
increase in collections from customers to $811 million in 2013 as compared to $552 million in 2012, principally as a result of IC Power’s increased sales of capacity
and energy under its PPAs due to the full year of operations of its Kallpa combined cycle in 2013 and as a result of the commencement of OPC’s operations and
(ii) an 82% increase in dividends received from associates to $31 million in 2013 as compared to $17 million in 2012, primarily due to Edegel’s operating
performance, which resulted in an $11 million increase in dividends paid from Edegel as compared to $15 million 2012 to $26 million in 2013. These effects were
partially offset by a 30% increase in payments to suppliers and third parties to $527 million in 2013 as compared to $404 million in 2012 as a result of IC Power’s
increased production of energy.
170
Table of Contents
IC Power’s Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
Cash outflows used in IC Power’s investing activities decreased by 11% to approximately $258 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to
approximately $291 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
IC Power’s investing activities during 2013 are set forth above.
During 2012, investing activities for which IC Power used cash primarily consisted of acquisitions of property, plant and equipment of $357 million, of which
$180 million was used in connection with the construction of the CDA Project, $121 million was used in connection with the construction of OPC’s combined cycle
project, and $46 million was used in the conversion of Kallpa’s plant to combined-cycle operations. The effects of these capital expenditures were partially offset by
the maturity of $93 million time deposits.
IC Power’s Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities
Net cash inflows provided by IC Power’s financing activities increased 134% to $320 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to
approximately $137 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
IC Power’s net cash inflows in 2013 are set forth above.
Net cash inflows in 2012 included proceeds from the following borrowing arrangements:
•
•
•
•
$135 million under OPC’s credit facility;
$53 million under Kallpa’s syndicated loan;
$13 million from the issuance of bonds by COBEE; and
$48 million from the investment of Energía del Pacífico in CDA.
Net cash flows from financing activities in 2013 and 2012 included cash outflows for debt service.
IC Power’s Material Indebtedness
As of December 31, 2014, IC Power’s total outstanding consolidated indebtedness, excluding debt owed to its shareholders and related parties, was $2,348
million, consisting of $161 million of short-term indebtedness, including the current portion of long-term indebtedness, and $2,187 million of long-term
indebtedness. IC Power had no outstanding loans or notes owed to its shareholder as of December 31, 2014.
The following table sets forth selected information regarding IC Power’s principal outstanding short-term and long-term debt, as of December 31, 2014:
IC Power:
Hapoalim
Inkia:
Inkia notes
OPC:
Lenders consortium 1
Cerro del Águila:
Tranche A
Tranche B
Tranche 1D
Tranche 2D
Samay I
Kallpa:
Kallpa I lease
Kallpa II lease
Kallpa III lease
Outstanding Amount as of
December 31, 2014
(in millions of USD)
Interest Rate
Final maturity
12.0
447.4
—
8.375%
—
April 2021
400.1 2
4.85% -5.36%
July 2031
257.0
138.4
31.8
17.1
144.6
11.2
35.1
44.9
LIBOR + 4.25%
LIBOR + 4.25%
LIBOR + 4.25%
LIBOR + 2.75%
LIBOR + 2.125%
LIBOR + 3.00%
LIBOR + 2.05%
7.57%
August 2024
August 2024
August 2024
August 2024
December 2021
March 2016
December 2017
July 2018
171
Table of Contents
Las Flores lease
Kallpa bonds
Kallpa syndicated loan
IC Power Israel 3 :
Tranche A
Tranche B
COBEE:
COBEE II bonds
COBEE III bonds 4
COBEE IV bonds 6
CEPP:
CEPP bonds
Central Cardones:
Tranche 1
Tranche 2
Colmito:
Banco Bice
JPPC:
Royal Bank of Canada
Burmeister & Wain Scandinavian Contractor
ICPNH:
Amayo I
Amayo II
Tipitapa Power
Corinto
Puerto Quetzal :
Banco Industrial
Surpetroil:
Banco Corpbanca Colombia
Surpetroil leases
Debt Owed to Minority Shareholder
Dalkia Israel Ltd. Loan
Short Term Loans from Banks
Total
Outstanding Amount as of
December 31, 2014
(in millions of USD)
Interest Rate
Final maturity
101.1
159.3
72.6
7.15%
8.50%
LIBOR + 5.75%
October 2023
May 2022
October 2019
March 2017
2029
September 2015
Various
Various
January-
March 2019
4.85%-7.75%
7.75%
9.40%
Various
Various
6.00%
LIBOR + 1.90%
LIBOR + 2.75%
August 2021
February 2017
7.9%
December 2028
LIBOR + 5.5%
3.6%
March 2017
August 2018
Various
Various
8.35%
8.35%
October 2022
November 2025
November 2018
December 2018
39.9
53.2
6.8
23.3 5
42.4
24.8
28.8
19.4
19.8
7.0
1.2
51.7
37.0
7.7
12.0
21.8
LIBOR + 4.5%
September 2019
0.1
1.2
19.1
58.1
2,347.9
3.9%
Various
—
—
Various
November 2015
2015-2017
2016-2019
2015
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The consortium includes Bank Leumi and institutional entities from the following groups: Clal Insurance Company Ltd.; Amitim Senior Pension Funds;
Phoenix Insurance Company Ltd.; and Harel Insurance Company Ltd.
Represent NIS 1,556 million converted into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate for Israeli Shekels into U.S. Dollars of NIS 3,889 to $1.00. All debt has been
issued in Israeli currency (NIS) linked to CPI.
The mezzanine financing agreement also includes a Tranche C, pursuant to which up to NIS 350 million, at an interest rate of 11% per annum, may be drawn,
subject to certain conditions, and only to cover shortfall amounts. No Tranche C debt was outstanding under this facility as of December 31, 2014.
Represents $3.5 million of 6.50% notes due 2017, $5.0 million of 6.75% notes due 2017, Bs.44.2 million ($6.3 million) of 9.00% notes due 2020, and Bs.42.9
million ($6.2 million) of 7.00% notes due 2022.
Includes Bs.44.2 million ($6.3 million), the aggregate principal amount outstanding of COBEE’s 9.00% notes due 2020 as of December 31, 2014, and Bs.42.9
million ($6.2 million), the aggregate principal amount outstanding of COBEE’s 7.00% notes due 2022, in each case converted into U.S. Dollars at the
exchange rate for Bolivianos into U.S. Dollars of Bs.6.96 to $1.00 as reported by the Bolivian Central Bank on December 31, 2014. Excludes premium of
$2.3 million.
Represents $4.0 million of 6.0% notes due 2018, $4.0 million of 7.0% notes due 2020, Bs.84 million ($12.1 million) of 7.8% notes due 2024, $5.0 million of
6.70% notes due 2019 and Bs.105 million ($15.1 million) of 7.8% notes due 2024.
Some of the debt instruments to which IC Power’s operating companies are party require that Inkia, Kallpa, COBEE and CEPP comply with financial
covenants, semi-annually or quarterly. Under each of these debt instruments, the creditor has the right to accelerate the debt if, at the end of any applicable period the
applicable entity is not in compliance with the defined financial covenants ratios.
The instruments governing a substantial portion of the indebtedness of IC Power’s operating companies contain clauses that would prohibit these companies
from paying dividends or making other distributions in the event that the relevant entity was in default on its obligations under the relevant instrument.
172
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014, substantially all of the assets of Kallpa, other than the Kallpa I, Kallpa II, Kallpa III and Las Flores turbines, which are leased to
Inkia, are mortgaged or pledged as security for the financing agreements to which Kallpa is a party.
IC Power has entered into hedging arrangements with respect to a portion of its long term debt, swapping variable interest for fixed rate interest.
Inkia Bonds
In April 2011, Inkia issued and sold $300 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.375% Senior Notes due 2021, which are listed on the Global Exchange
Market of the Irish Stock Exchange. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears in April and October of each year and these notes mature in April
2021. Inkia used the net proceeds of the sale of these notes to finance a portion of its equity contributions to CDA, to repurchase all of its secured indebtedness, and
for working capital and general corporate purposes.
In September 2013, Inkia issued and sold $150 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.375% Senior Notes due 2021. Interest on these notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears in April and October of each year and these notes mature in April 2021. Inkia used the net proceeds of the sale of these notes to funds its
development pipeline of power projects, both through greenfield projects and acquisitions, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
The consummation of the spin-off would have constituted a change of control under Inkia’s bonds, which, subject to additional conditions, may have required
Inkia to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding bonds ($450 million principal amount), at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest.
However, in September 2014, Inkia received a waiver from its bondholders, which waived, among other things, the “change of control” implications resulting from
IC’s transfer of its indirect interest in Inkia to us in connection with the spin-off. In addition, IC Power’s sale of its indirect interest in Edegel constituted an “asset
sale” under the indenture, requiring that the net proceeds from Inkia’s sale of its interest in Edegel be used, within 365 days of the sale, to acquire assets useful in
Inkia’s business, make acquisitions or make capital expenditures, or repay senior debt. If the proceeds were not so applied within such period, Inkia would have been
required to offer to repurchase its bonds at 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest. However, in September 2014, Inkia amended its indenture, such
that Inkia is required to apply the net proceeds received from the sale of its indirect interest in Edegel within 30 months of Inkia’s receipt of such net proceeds up to
March 2017.
OPC Financing Agreement
In January 2011, OPC entered into a financing agreement with a consortium of lenders led by Bank Leumi L’Israel Ltd. for the financing of its power plant
project. As part of the financing agreement, the lenders committed to provide OPC a long-term credit facility (including a facility for variances in the construction
costs), a working capital facility, and a facility for financing the debt service, in the overall amount of approximately NIS 1,800 million (approximately $460
million). As part of the financing agreement, certain restrictions were provided with respect to distributions of dividends and repayments of shareholders’ loans,
commencing from the third year after the completion of OPC’s power plant. The loans are CPI-linked and is repaid on a quarterly basis beginning in the fourth
quarter of 2013 until 2030.
In exchange for IC Power’s provision of a guarantee to the lending consortium, IC has been released from its obligations under its guarantee to the lending
consortium. IC Power has also made cash collateral available for the benefit of the lending consortium. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding amount of the
loan is NIS 1,556 million (approximately $400 million).
CDA Project Finance Facility
In August 2012, CDA, as borrower, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative agent, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as SACE agent,
the Bank of Nova Scotia, as Offshore Collateral Agent, Scotiabank Peru, S.A.A., as onshore collateral agent, and certain financial institutions, as lenders, entered
into a senior secured syndicated credit facility for an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $591 million to finance the construction of CDA’s project. Loans
under this facility will be disbursed in three tranches.
Tranche A loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $342 million, will initially bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 4.25% per
annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2017 to LIBOR plus 5.50% per annum from the date
after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity. Principal of the Tranche A loans will be payable in 33 quarterly installments
commencing on the first quarterly payment date occurring after the project acceptance by CDA. Tranche A loans will be guaranteed by Corporación Financiera de
Desarollo S.A., or COFIDE.
173
Table of Contents
Tranche B loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $184 million, will initially bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 4.25% per
annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2017 to LIBOR plus 6.25% per annum from the date
after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity. Principal of the Tranche B loans will be payable on August 17, 2024. Tranche B
loans will be will be guaranteed by COFIDE.
Tranche D loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $65 million, will initially bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% per
annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2017 to LIBOR plus 3.60% per annum from the date
after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity. Principal of the Tranche D loans will be payable in 45 quarterly installments
commencing on the first quarterly payment date occurring after the project acceptance by CDA. Tranche D loans will be secured by a credit insurance policy
provided by SACE S.p.A. – Servizi Assicurativi del Commercio Estero, or SACE.
All loans under this facility will be secured by:
•
•
•
•
•
pledges of CDA’s movable assets and offshore and onshore collateral accounts;
a pledge of 100% of the equity interests in CDA;
mortgages of the CDA plant and CDA’s generation and transmission concessions;
a collateral assignment of insurances and reinsurances in respect of the CDA Project; and
a conditional assignment of CDA’s rights under certain contracts, including the CDA EPC Contract and CDA’s power purchase agreements.
The consummation of the spin-off may have constituted a change of control under CDA’s project finance facility. However, in October 2014, the syndicate of
lenders consented to the spin-off and, in connection therewith, CDA amended the credit facility to delete all references to, and obligations of, IC and to replace such
references to, and obligations of, IC with references to, and obligations of, IC Power. Additionally, the syndicate of lenders also approved the replacement of IC’s
guarantee under the credit facility with a guarantee from IC Power, such that IC was released from its obligations and all obligations thereunder were assumed by IC
Power. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate principal amount outstanding under this facility was $462 million ($444 million net of transaction costs).
Samay I Syndicated Secured Loan Agreement
In December 2014, Samay I entered into a $311 million, seven-year syndicated secured loan agreement with a syndicate including The Bank of Tokyo-
Mitsubishi, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and HSBC Bank to build an open-cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in Mollendo,
Arequipa (southern Peru), with an installed capacity of approximately 600 MW. The loan bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.125%. As of December 31, 2014,
the aggregate principal amount outstanding under this facility was $153 million ($145 million net of transaction costs).
Kallpa Leases
In March 2006, Kallpa entered into capital lease agreements with Citibank del Peru S.A., Citileasing S.A. and Banco de Crédito del Peru under which the
lessors provided financing for the construction of the Kallpa I facility in an aggregate amount of $56 million. Under these lease agreements, Kallpa will make
monthly payments to the lessors through the expiration of these leases in March 2016. Upon expiration of these leases, Kallpa has an option to purchase the property
related to Kallpa I for a nominal cost. These leases are secured by substantially all of the assets of Kallpa, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs.
In December 2007, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Banco de Crédito del Peru under which the lessor provided $82 million for the
construction of the Kallpa II turbine. Under this lease agreement, Kallpa will make aggregate monthly payments to the lessors through the expiration of this lease in
December 2017. Upon expiration of this lease, Kallpa has an option to purchase the property related to Kallpa II for a nominal cost. This lease is secured by
substantially all of the assets of Kallpa, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs.
In October 2008, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Scotiabank Peru under which the lessor provided financing for the construction of the
Kallpa III turbine in an aggregate amount of $88 million. Under this lease agreement, Kallpa will make monthly payments to the lessors through the expiration of
this lease in July 2018. Upon expiration of this lease, Kallpa has an option to purchase the property related to Kallpa III for a nominal cost. This lease is secured by
substantially all of the assets of Kallpa, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs.
174
Table of Contents
In April 2014, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Banco de Credito del Peru under which the lessor provided financing for the acquisition of
Las Flores from Duke Energy in an aggregate amount of approximately $107 million. Under this lease agreement, Kallpa will make quarterly payments to the lessors
through the expiration of this lease in October 2023.
Kallpa Bonds
In November 2009, Kallpa issued $172 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.50% Bonds due 2022. Holders of these bonds are required to make
subscription payments under a defined payment schedule during the 21 months following the date of issue. Kallpa received proceeds of these bonds in the aggregate
amount of $19 million, $36 million and $117 million in 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The proceeds of these bonds were used for capital expenditures related to
Kallpa’s conversion of its open-cycle turbines to a combined-cycle plant. Interest on these bonds is payable quarterly. Principal amortization payments under these
bonds in amounts varying between 0.25% and 5.00% of the outstanding principal amount of these bonds commenced in May 2013 and will continue until maturity
in May 2022. These bonds are secured by Kallpa’s combined-cycle plant and substantially all of Kallpa’s other assets, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs.
Kallpa Syndicated Loan
In November 2009, Kallpa entered into a secured credit agreement with The Bank of Nova Scotia and Banco de Crédito del Peru in the aggregate amount of
$105 million to finance capital expenditures related to Kallpa’s combined-cycle plant. The loans under this credit agreement are secured by Kallpa’s combined-cycle
plant and substantially all of Kallpa’s other assets, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs. The loans under this credit agreement bear interest payable monthly
in arrears at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 5.50% per annum through November 2012, 5.75% per annum from November 2012 through November 2015 and
6.00% from November 2015 through maturity in October 2019. Scheduled amortizations of principal are payable monthly commencing in February 2013 through
maturity in October 2019.
IC Power Israel Mezzanine Financing Agreement
In June 2014, IC Power, through its subsidiary ICPI, entered into a mezzanine financing agreement for NIS 350 million (approximately $93 million as of
December 31, 2014) to settle capital notes owed to IC. The agreement was entered into with Mivtachim Social Insurance and Makefet Fund Pension and Mivtachim
Insurance Ltd. The loan is guaranteed with all of OPC’s assets and is composed of three facilities: Facility A for NIS 150 million (approximately $40 million as of
December 31, 2014), Facility B for NIS 200 million (approximately $53 million as of December 31, 2014), and Facility C (only to cover shortfall amounts) for NIS
350 million. All facilities are CPI-linked.
The principal of Facility A will accrue interest at a rate of (i) 4.85% per year until five business days after the third anniversary of the completion of OPC’s
construction and (ii) 7.75% per year thereafter until March 31, 2017. Facility A’s principal together with interest and any linkage differentials thereon will be repaid
in full in one instalment on the earlier of: (i) five business days following the issuance of OPC’s financial statements for the fiscal year 2016; and (ii) March 31,
2017.
The principal of Facility B Loan will bear interest at a rate of 7.75% per year and accrue annually. Principal and any linkage differentials thereon shall be paid
in consecutive equal annual instalments until March 31, 2029, commencing on the earlier of: (i) the final maturity date of Facility A and (ii) the first anniversary
after the end of OPC’s lock-up period.
COBEE Bonds
COBEE II Bonds . In October 2008, COBEE issued and sold $20 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.40% Notes due 2015. COBEE used the
proceeds of this offering to refinance existing debt and for capital expenditures. Interest on these bonds is payable semi-annually. Principal on these notes is payable
in three equal annual installments commencing in September 2013. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding amount of these notes was approximately $7 million.
COBEE III Bonds . In February 2010, COBEE approved a bond program under which COBEE is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal
amount of up to $40 million in multiple series. In March 2010, COBEE issued and sold three series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $14 million. The
aggregate gross proceeds of these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $17 million. COBEE will amortize the premium of these notes over the respective
terms of these notes, reducing the interest expense related to these notes. The Series A Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $4 million pay interest semi-
annually at the rate of 5.00% per annum through maturity in February 2014. Principal on these notes is payable at maturity. The Series B Notes, in the aggregate
principal amount of $4 million, pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 6.50% per annum through maturity in February 2017. Principal on these notes will be paid in
two equal annual installments commencing in February 2016. The Series C Notes, in the principal amount of Bs.44.2 million ($6 million), pay interest semi-annually
at the rate of 9.00% per annum through maturity in January 2020. Principal on these notes will be paid in four equal annual installments commencing in February
2017.
175
Table of Contents
In April 2012, COBEE issued and sold two additional series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $11 million. The aggregate gross proceeds of
these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $13 million. IC Power will amortize the premium of these notes over the respective terms of these notes, reducing
the interest expense related to these notes. The first series of these notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $5 million pays interest semi-annually at the rate of
6.75% per annum through maturity in April 2017. Principal on these notes is payable at maturity. The second series of these notes, in the aggregate principal amount
of Bs.43 million ($6 million), pays interest semi-annually at the rate of 7% per annum through maturity in February 2022. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding
amount of these notes was approximately $23 million.
COBEE IV Bonds . In May 2013, COBEE approved a bond program under which COBEE is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal amount of
up to $60 million in multiple series. In February 2014, COBEE issued and sold three series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $19 million. The aggregate
gross proceeds of these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $21 million. The Series A Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $4 million pay interest
semi-annually at the rate of 6.0% per annum through maturity in January 2018. The Series B Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $4 million pay interest
semi-annually at the rate of 7.0% per annum through maturity in January 2020. The Series C Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of BS. 84 million pay interest
semi-annually at the rate of 7.8% per annum through maturity in January 2024.
In November 2014, COBEE issued and sold two series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20 million. The aggregate gross proceeds of these
notes, which were issued at a premium, were $22 million. The first series of these notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $5 million pay interest semi-annually
at the rate of 6.70% per annum through maturity in October 2019. The second series of these notes in the aggregate principal amount of Bs.105 million ($15
million), pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 7.80% per annum through maturity in October 2024. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding amount of these
notes is approximately $42 million.
CEPP Bonds
In December 2010, CEPP approved a program bond offering under which CEPP is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal amount of up to $25 million
in multiple series. In 2011 and 2010, CEPP issued and sold $20 million and $5 million of its 7.75% Bonds due 2013. CEPP used the proceeds of this offering to
finance its continuing operations and repay intercompany debt. Interest on these bonds is payable monthly and principal of these bonds is due at maturity in May
2014. During the first quarter of 2014, CEPP issued and sold $25 million of its 6.00% bonds due in December 2018. Part of these funds were used to prepay $15
million of its 7.75% Bonds outstanding due in May 2014.
Central Cardones
In connection with IC Power’s acquisition of Central Cardones in December 2011, IC Power consolidated the amounts outstanding under Central Cardones’
credit agreement entered with Banco de Crédito e Inversiones and Banco Itaú Chile. The loans under this credit agreement were issued in two tranches of $37
million and $21 million, respectively. Loans under the first tranche bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 1.9% per annum, and the principal of this tranche is
payable in 20 semi-annual installments through maturity in August 2021. Loans under the second tranche bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum,
interest is payable semi-annually, and the loan matures in February 2017.
Colmito
In January 2014, Colmito entered into a 12,579 million Chilean pesos (approximately $23 million) 14-year credit agreement with Banco Bice. The loan under
this facility bears interest at a rate of 7.9% Chilean pesos per annum and is paid semi-annually through maturity in December 2028. In February 2014, Colmito
entered into a cross-currency swap closing at a fixed interest rate of 6.025% in U.S. Dollars.
JPPC
In September 2012, JPPC entered into a 5-year $20.5 million syndicated loan agreement with RBC Royal Bank (Trinidad and Tobago) Limited, RBC Royal
Bank (Jamaica) Limited and RBC Merchant Bank (Caribbean) Limited. The loan under this facility bears interest at a rate of LIBOR + 5.5% per annum and is
payable in quarterly installments. JPPC entered into an interest rate swap contract to fix its interest at a rate of 6.46% per annum.
176
Table of Contents
ICPNH
In October 2007, Amayo I entered into a 15-year $71.25 million loan agreement with Banco Centroamericano de Integracion Economica, or CABEI. The term
loan is secured by a first degree mortgage over all of the improvements executed on Amayo I’s project site, cessation of all of the project contracts, and the creation
and maintenance of a reserve account for $2.4 million, to be controlled by CABEI. The loans under this facility bear interest at a rate of 8.45% or LIBOR +
4.00% per annum and are payable in quarterly installments.
In November 2010, Amayo II entered into a 15-year $45 million syndicated loan agreement with Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor
Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. and CABEI. The syndicated loan is secured by a first and second lien mortgage agreement, a first and second lien industrial pledge
agreement, and a first and second lien contract pledge agreement. The loans under this facility bears interest at a rate of 10.76%, 8.53%, or LIBOR + 5.75% per
annum and are payable in quarterly installments.
In November 2013, Tipitapa Power entered into a 5-year $7.2 million loan agreement with Banco de America Central, or BAC. The term loan is secured by a
commercial lien, industrial lien and a mortgage on the barge Margarita II. The loan under this facility bears interest at a rate of 8.35% and is payable in quarterly
installments.
In December 2013, Corinto entered into a 5-year $14.5 million loan agreement with BAC. The term loan is secured by a commercial lien and a mortgage on
the property. The loan under this facility bears interest at a rate of 8.35% and is payable in quarterly installments.
Short-Term Loans
IC Power’s consolidated short term debt was $58 million as of December 31, 2014.
Kallpa, CEPP, COBEE and Puerto Quetzal have entered into lines of credit with financial institutions in Peru, the Dominican Republic, Bolivia and
Guatemala, respectively, pursuant to which they are permitted to borrow up to $60 million, $37 million, $13 million and $25 million, respectively, expiring between
2015 and 2019, as applicable. Each of these lines of credit are used to finance their operating activities.
Qoros’ Liquidity and Capital Resources
Qoros’ cash and cash equivalents decreased 12% to RMB752 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to approximately RMB858 million in cash and cash
equivalents as of December 31, 2013.
Qoros’ cash and cash equivalents decreased 14% to RMB858 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to approximately RMB1 billion in cash and cash
equivalents as of December 31, 2012.
We have a 50% equity interest in Qoros and, as a result, we account for Qoros’ results of operations pursuant to the equity method, reflect our proportional
share in Qoros’ net income (loss) in our statement of income share in losses of associated companies, net of tax, do not reflect Qoros’ cash and cash equivalents in
our consolidated statement of financial position, and we do not exercise control over Qoros’ cash and cash equivalents.
Qoros’ principal sources of liquidity are cash inflows received from financing activities, including loans under its RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility, its
RMB1.2 billion syndicated credit facility and other short-term and working capital credit facilities, as well as inflows received in connection with the capital
contributions (in the form of equity contributions, or convertible or non-convertible shareholder loans).
Qoros will continue to need to raise significant additional debt financing, and obtain additional shareholder financing, to meet its operating expenses,
financing expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements to continue its commercial operations. Qoros’ business plan contemplates debt financing of
approximately RMB9 billion. Qoros has secured a portion of its expected third-party long-term debt financing needs via (i) a RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility
(secured by certain of Qoros’ fixed assets and certain guarantees provided by Chery) and (ii) a RMB1.2 billion syndicated credit facility, the proceeds of which are
to be used for the research and development of C-platform derivative models (secured by a pledge over a portion of Kenon’s and Wuhu Chery’s equity interests in
Qoros, including dividends therefrom). As of December 31, 2014, Qoros had drawn loans of approximately RMB2.9 billion and RMB1.1 billion under its two long-
term facilities, and had also drawn loans under its working capital and short-term credit facilities. Accordingly, there is limited capacity for additional borrowing
under existing credit facilities. Qoros is negotiating a new RMB1.2 billion facility, but this facility has not yet been obtained. Qoros’ ability to obtain the required
financing will depend on a number of factors, including its sales performance.
177
Table of Contents
In September 2014, IC approved an outline to provide Qoros with funding of RMB750 million and, in connection therewith, provided a shareholder loan of
RMB350 million in December 2014. Kenon provided to Qoros a RMB400 million in February 2015, using cash on hand and a $45 million drawdown under its
credit facility with IC. Chery also provided a RMB350 million shareholder loan in December 2014 and Chery has also agreed to provide a RMB400 million
shareholder loan to Qoros in connection with the release of its guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion
syndicated credit facility. In the event that Chery provides such shareholder loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not subsequently released, Kenon has agreed to
work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt
by the end of 2015, and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in
the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s
guarantee, among other possibilities.
Qoros commenced commercial operations at the end of 2013. Qoros sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014 and incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion, as
revenues were less than costs of sales. As a result, Qoros is dependent upon external financing, including shareholder funding, to meet its operating expenses,
financing expenses, and capital expenditures and Qoros will remain dependent on such financing sources until it experiences a significant increase in sales, and there
is no assurance that Qoros will experience such an increase in sales. As the volume of sales Qoros is able to achieve will have a significant impact on Qoros’
liquidity and future success, Qoros revised its business plan during the third quarter of 2014. As Qoros continues to pursue its commercial growth strategy, Qoros
will need to secure significant additional third-party debt financing to fund its business plan and support its operational expansion and development, and, until it
achieves a significant increase in sales, to meet operational expenses, financing expenses and capital expenditures. Qoros may be unable to secure such third-party
debt financing, particularly if it does not experience a significant increase in sales.
As of December 31, 2014, Qoros had current liabilities of RMB6.2 billion, including RMB1.6 billion (approximately $257 million) of shareholder loans, and
current assets of RMB2.1 billion, including cash and cash equivalents of RMB752 million. Qoros has short term and working capital credit facilities, but amounts
available under such facilities are limited, and availability of such funds is subject to lender approval. Accordingly, Qoros is dependent upon external financing (to
the extent available), shareholder funding, and other sources of revenue (e.g., revenues derived from the platform sharing agreement it recently entered into with
Chery) to meet its liquidity requirements, including its operating expenses, debt service payments and capital expenditures. If Qoros is not able to obtain required
financing, it would be unable to meet its operating expenses or service its debt. If so, Qoros may be unable to continue operations and we may not recoup any of the
investments that we (or IC) have made in Qoros.
We expect that a significant portion of our liquidity and capital resources will be used to support the development of Qoros. We also intend to adhere to our
capital allocation principles which, as set forth above, seek to limit cross-allocation of funds and capital contributions to our businesses, via debt or equity financings
or the provisions of guarantees. However, the cash resources currently on Kenon’s balance sheet (approximately $9 million as of the date of this annual report),
together with the $155 million available under our $200 million credit facility from IC, may not be sufficient to fund additional investments that we deem
appropriate in Qoros or other businesses. Alternatively, Kenon may choose not to provide such financing, which may adversely impact Qoros’ ability to obtain
financing from Chery or other third parties, in which case Qoros may be unable to meet its operating expenses and Kenon may not recoup its investment in Qoros.
Furthermore, in connection with the release of IC’s outstanding back-to-back guarantee in respect of certain of Qoros’ debt, and Kenon’s related reimbursement
obligations of up to RMB888 million to IC, Kenon has given an undertaking to restore equality in respect of Chery’s RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million)
guarantee, which may result in Kenon providing additional capital to, or in respect of, Qoros. Such capital would be in addition to Kenon’s current investment plans
with respect to Qoros, which Kenon expects to use a significant portion of its liquidity and capital resources to fund. As a result, this undertaking may require Kenon
to seek additional liquidity, including seeking funding from its other businesses. For a description of our capital allocation principles, see “ Item 4B. Business
Overview. ”
For information on the risks related to Qoros’ liquidity, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros – Qoros commenced commercial
sales at the end of 2013 and will therefore depend on external debt financing and guarantees or commitments from its shareholders to finance its operations .”
As a result of Qoros’ adoption of its new business plan in September 2014, impairment tests of Qoros’ operating assets were performed as of September 30,
2014 and as of December 31, 2014. For further information on Qoros’ impairment tests, including its key assumptions, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects – Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates – Impairment Analysis – Impairment Test of Qoros .”
Qoros’ consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, based upon certain assumptions, including the availability of liquidity
and funding for Qoros and Qoros is of the opinion that the assumptions which are included in the cash flow forecast are reasonable. For further information, see
Note 2(b) to Qoros’ consolidated financial statements, included in this annual report.
178
Table of Contents
Material Indebtedness
RMB3 Billion Syndicated Credit Facility
On July 23, 2012, Qoros entered into a consortium financing agreement with a syndicate of banks for the ability to draw down loans, in either RMB or USD,
up to an aggregate maximum principal amount of RMB3 billion. The RMB loans bear interest at the 5-year interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China from
time to time and the USD loans bear interest at LIBOR + 4.8% per annum. Outstanding loans are repayable within ten years from July 27, 2012, the first draw down
date. The first scheduled repayment date is July 27, 2015 (or 36 months after the first draw down date), with subsequent repayment dates occurring every six months
after the preceding repayment date.
Qoros’ RMB/USD dual currency fixed rate credit facility is secured by Qoros’ manufacturing facility, the land use right for the premises on which such
manufacturing facility is located, and its equipment, and properties, and several guarantees, including a joint, but not several, guarantee from each of Chery and
Changshu Port. Loans under this facility are severally guaranteed by (i) Changshu Port for up to 50% of amounts outstanding under this loan, or up to
RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million), plus related interest and fees and (ii) Chery for up to 50% of amounts outstanding under this loan, or up to RMB1.5
billion (approximately $241 million), plus related interest and fees. Until February 2015, when Kenon provided to Qoros a RMB400 million shareholder loan to
Qoros, IC had provided Chery with a back-to-back guarantee of 50% of Chery’s obligations under Chery’s guarantee. Additionally, until December 2014, when each
of Chery and IC provided a RMB350 million shareholder loan to Qoros, Chery had also provided a back-to-back guarantee of 100% of the Changshu Ports’
obligations under the Changshu Port’s guarantee of Qoros’ loans and IC had provided Chery with a back-to-back guarantee of 50% of Chery’s obligations under
Chery’s back-to-back guarantee of the Changshu Port’s guarantee. Chery has agreed to provide a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros in connection with the
release of its outstanding RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) guarantee in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion syndicated credit facility. In the event that
Chery provides such shareholder loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not subsequently released, Kenon has agreed to work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find
an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the end of 2015, and in any event, prior to
any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or
otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s guarantee, among other possibilities.
Qoros’ syndicated credit facility contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants, events of default or mandatory prepayments for contractual breaches,
including certain changes of control, and for material mergers and divestments, among other provisions. Although Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio is currently higher, and
its current ratio is lower, than the allowable ratios set forth in the terms of the syndicated credit facility, in 2014 the syndicated consortium recognized Qoros’
ongoing transition to commercial sales and operations and waived Qoros’ compliance with the financial covenants under this facility through the first half of the
2017 fiscal year. As a result, Qoros will not be required to comply with these financial covenants until July 2017 (or later, if additional waivers are granted). The
waiver also provides that, after Qoros enters into a continuous and sustained operating period, a request for adjustment of the financial covenants, as necessary, can
be submitted to the syndicated loan group for its consideration. Should Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio continue to exceed, or its current ratio continue to be less than, the
permitted ratio in any period after June 30, 2017, and Qoros’ syndicated lenders do not waive such non-compliance or revise such covenants so as to ensure Qoros’
compliance, Qoros’ lenders could accelerate the repayment of borrowings due under Qoros’ syndicated credit facility.
For further information on the risks related to Qoros’ indebtedness, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros — Qoros is
significantly leveraged .”
As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate amount outstanding on this loan was approximately RMB2.9 billion, at an interest rate of 6.15%.
RMB1.2 Billion Syndicated Credit Facility
In July 2014, Qoros entered into a consortium financing agreement with a syndicate of banks for the ability to draw loans, in either RMB or USD, up to an
aggregate maximum principal amount of RMB1.2 billion for the research and development of C-platform derivative models . The RMB loans bear interest at the 5-
year interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China from time to time + 10.0% and the USD loans bear interest at LIBOR + 5.0% per annum. Outstanding loans
are repayable within ten years from August 19, 2014, the first draw down date. The first scheduled repayment date is August 19, 2017, (or 36 months after the first
draw down date), with subsequent repayment dates occurring every six months after the preceding repayment date.
179
Table of Contents
Up to 50% of the indebtedness incurred under this facility is secured by Quantum’s pledge of a portion of its equity interests in Qoros, including dividends
deriving therefrom. Wuhu Chery has also pledged a portion of its equity interest in Qoros, including dividends derived therefrom, to secure up to 50% of the
indebtedness incurred under this facility. The pledge agreement under which Quantum has pledged its equity interest in Qoros includes provisions setting forth,
among other things, (i) minimum ratios relating to the value of Quantum’s pledged securities, (ii) Quantum’s ability to replace the pledge of its equity interest in
Qoros with a pledge of cash collateral or to pledge cash collateral instead of pledging additional shares, representing up to 100% of Quantum’s equity interest in
Qoros, and (iii) the events (e.g., Qoros’ default under the syndicated facility) that entitle the Chinese bank to enforce its lien on Quantum’s equity interest.
The syndicated loan agreement includes customary covenants (including financial covenants), and events of default and early payment for violation
provisions.
For further information on the risks related to Qoros’ indebtedness, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Interest in Qoros — Qoros is
significantly leveraged .”
As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate amount outstanding on this loan was approximately RMB1.1 billion, at an interest rate of 6.77%.
Working Capital Loan
Qoros is party to various short-term and working capital facilities including an unsecured, unguaranteed working capital loan with Bank of China, a Chinese
commercial bank. Loans drawn down under the facility are subject to lender approval, can be drawn for one- or three-year repayment periods from April 24, 2013
(the first draw down date), and accrue interest at the 1- or 3- year interest rate, as applicable, as quoted by the People’s Bank of China, from time to time and
adjusted annually. Once drawn and repaid, loans may not be redrawn. As of December 31, 2014, no additional drawdowns were permitted under this facility.
Currently, the maximum drawdown amount under the facility is RMB200 million.
The working capital facility contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants. Although Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio is currently higher, and its current
ratio is lower, than the allowable ratios set forth in the terms of the working capital loan, in 2014, the commercial bank under the loan arrangement recognized
Qoros’ ongoing transition to commercial sales and operations and waived Qoros’ compliance with the financial covenants under the loan arrangement through the
first half of the 2017 fiscal year. As a result, Qoros will not be required to comply with these financial covenants until July 2017 (or later, if additional waivers are
granted). The waiver also provides that, after Qoros enters into a continuous and sustained operating period, a request for adjustment of the financial covenants, as
necessary, can be submitted to the commercial bank for its consideration. Should Qoros’ debt-to-asset ratio continue to exceed, or its current ratio continue to be less
than, the permitted ratio in any period after June 30, 2017, and the arrangement and the commercial bank does not waive such non-compliance or revise such
covenants so as to ensure Qoros’ compliance, the commercial bank could accelerate the repayment of borrowings under Qoros’ working capital loan.
The aggregate amount outstanding under this facility on December 31, 2014 was RMB80 million of three-year loans, bearing interest at a rate of 6.15% per
annum.
ZIM’s Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2014, ZIM had an aggregate amount of $230 million in cash and cash equivalents, as compared to $123 million of cash and cash
equivalents as of December 31, 2013.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, ZIM generated $121 million from operating activities, used $92 million in investing activities and generated $82
million from financing activities.
ZIM has a large amount of debt and other liabilities. On July 16, 2014, ZIM completed its financial restructuring, reducing ZIM’s outstanding indebtedness
and liabilities (face value, including future off-balance sheet commitments in respect of operational leases and with respect to those parties participating in the
restructuring) from approximately $3.4 billion to a remaining balance of approximately $2 billion, and revising its minimum liquidity, fixed charge coverage ratio,
and total leverage ratio covenants. As of December 31, 2014, ZIM had approximately $1,616 million of outstanding loans and liabilities to be repaid between 2015
through 2026, of which $116 million constituted short-term debt.
In connection with the completion of ZIM’s restructuring, IC undertook to provide a credit line to ZIM in the amount of $50 million, at commercial terms and
conditions for a period of two years from the date of the completion of the restructuring, or the Period, against the debts of ZIM’s customers with a coverage ratio of
2:1.
180
Table of Contents
IC has the right to terminate its credit line obligation nine months after the date of the completion of the restructuring (i.e., April 15, 2015) if ZIM has not met certain
conditions set forth in the agreement. As of the date of this annual report, ZIM’s management believes that it will not be in a position to fulfill such conditions by
April 15, 2015, so as to maintain IC’s two-year commitment. As a result, IC may terminate its credit line to ZIM on April 15, 2015. Although ZIM is currently
negotiating the provision of an alternative facility from a third-party lender, it does not expect such facility to be in place by April 15, 2015. However, ZIM’s
management believes that the alternative facility will be concluded by September 30, 2015. Therefore, ZIM’s Tranche A agreements were amended (after the
balance sheet date) to allow ZIM to arrange the alternative credit facility for the Period by September 30, 2015, instead of April 15, 2015. For further information on
ZIM’s facility with IC, as well as ZIM’s financing agreements after the completion of its restructuring, see Note 10C.a.1. to our combined carve-out financial
statements included in this annual report.
ZIM expects to finance its debt obligations and other liabilities through expected cash flow generation from operating activities, in addition to cash on hand.
ZIM may also obtain funds from additional sources including debt issuance and/or other financing transactions and/or sale of assets and/or fund raising activities,
including initial public offerings or listings and/or re-finance its debt obligations by engaging potential new lenders and existing lenders in order to exchange
existing maturities to debt vehicles with longer maturities.
In addition to completing its financial restructuring, ZIM is continuing to revise its operational costs and is striving to implement additional cost reduction
practices in order to position itself as a more efficient and profitable carrier and to increase its liquidity. ZIM is continuing to implement “ZIMpact”, its
comprehensive strategy that is designed to improve ZIM’s commercial and operational processes, and aims to reduce ZIM’s operational expenses and improve
ZIM’s profitability. Since 2010, and its implementation of ZIMpact, ZIM has improved its cost structure and reduced the differential between its profitability level
and the industry’s average profitability level (as ZIM’s profits were lower than the industry average in previous years in terms of EBITDA). However, there is no
assurance as to the extent of the effectiveness such activities or when, if at all, the results of such activities will be reflected in ZIM’s liquidity and capital resources.
For further information on the risks related to ZIM’s liquidity, notwithstanding ZIM’s recent restructuring, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our
Business – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – ZIM’s business plan may not be effective in returning ZIM to profitability” and “Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks
Related to Our Business – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – As ZIM operates in the capital-intensive and cyclical marine shipping industry, ZIM may
continue to experience losses, working capital deficiencies, negative operating cash flow or shareholders’ deficiency in the future, despite the restructuring of its
financial obligations and the reduction of its indebtedness and liabilities .”
Other Businesses’ Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our “other” segment comprises holding company general and administrative expenses, and the results of Primus and our associates. For information on
Kenon’s liquidity and capital resources, see “ – Kenon’s Liquidity and Capital Resources .” For information on Qoros’ liquidity and capital resources, see “ – Qoros’
Liquidity and Capital Resources .”
Primus
As of December 31, 2014, Primus had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1 million.
As a development stage company, Primus will require significant additional capital and depends upon cash inflows received from financing activities,
generally in the form of equity investments previously made by IC, to conduct its operations and further its development. Primus’ principal liquidity requirements
relate to its operating expenses and investments in various development projects. A lack, or delay, of financing could delay, or prevent completely, Primus’ research
and commercial development or result in its immediate liquidation or dissolution. Pursuant to an investment agreement entered into with Primus in October 2014, we
may lend Primus up to $25 million via a series of convertible notes through December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, Primus has issued to IC Green an
aggregate principal amount of $3.5 million under the terms of the investment agreement. The amounts, and timing, of any additional convertible notes issued by
Primus to IC Green under the terms of the investment agreement shall be determined exclusively by IC Green. There is no guarantee that Primus will be able to raise
capital from third party financing sources, including from shareholders other than Kenon. Additionally, should Primus raise capital via equity issuances in the future,
without Kenon’s participation in such financing, we would experience a dilution in our existing ownership interest.
HelioFocus
As of December 31, 2014, HelioFocus had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $3 million.
As a development stage company that has not yet commenced commercial operation, HelioFocus depends upon cash inflows received from financing
activities, generally in the form of equity investments previously made by IC and other of
181
Table of Contents
HelioFocus’ shareholders, to conduct its operations and further its development. HelioFocus’ principal liquidity requirements relate to investments in various
construction and development projects, which will require significant additional capital. In December 2014, IC Green contributed an additional $3 million to
HelioFocus’ equity capital.
A lack, or delay, of additional financing could delay, or prevent completely, HelioFocus’ research and commercial development or result in an immediate
liquidation or dissolution. In particular, HelioFocus requires additional financing to conduct its expected operations through 2015 and there is no guarantee that
HelioFocus will be able to raise capital from third party financing sources, including from shareholders other than Kenon (in which case Kenon would experience a
dilution in its existing ownership interest), or from Kenon, during this timeframe. HelioFocus’ board of directors has decided to reduce HelioFocus’ activities and
maintain only a minimum number of personnel. This decision was made in response to HelioFocus’ expectation of insufficient financing during the 2015 fiscal year.
HelioFocus has also determined that its operations and personnel will remain at such levels until new investors have been retained, and if HelioFocus is unable to
find new investors, it may cease to conduct business. As a result of the HelioFocus board decision, Kenon recorded an impairment charge in the amount of
approximately $13 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 in respect of HelioFocus’ assets.
Material Indebtedness
Neither Primus nor HelioFocus have material indebtedness, other than related party indebtedness. For information on the indebtedness owed us by IC Green
and its businesses, see “Kenon’s Liquidity and Capital Resources – Debt Owed to Kenon from Subsidiaries .”
Tower
The following data is derived from Tower’s U.S. GAAP financial statements. As of December 31, 2014, Tower had an aggregate amount of $187 million in
cash, cash equivalents and interest bearing deposits, as compared to $123 million and $133 million of cash, cash equivalents and interest bearing deposits as of
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The cash, cash equivalent and interest bearing deposit figures as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 each includes $10
million of designated deposits.
The increase in Tower’s cash balance during the year was primarily attributed to:
•
$125.3 million cash generated from operating activities, including interest payments of $34 million (or $159 million of cash generated, excluding these
$34 million interest payments) and excluding Japanese employee retirement related payments;
•
•
•
•
investments of $99 million in fixed assets, net;
$58 million of cash in TPSCo associated with its establishment; repayment of $51 million of debt;
proceeds from exercise of options and bonds issuance of $20 million;
and a receipt of an $86 million loan from JA Mitsui Leasing, Ltd. and Bank of Tokyo (BOT) Lease Co., Ltd, two Japanese banks, that was used to
repay the bridge loan previously received from Panasonic.
In addition, funds received from Nishiwaki assets sale, net of Japanese employee retirement related payments, amounted to $13 million.
Tower has debt and other liabilities, primarily due in 2015 and 2016. As of December 31, 2014, Tower had approximately $194 million of outstanding
secured bank loans to be repaid in quarterly installments between March 2015 through June 2019. In October 2014, Tower re-financed its existing bank debt,
replacing a portion of its previous loans with a $111 million term loan maturing by October 2018. The repayment schedule of the $111 million term loan consists of
$10 million principal payment during 2015, $14 million during 2016, $56 million during 2017 and approximately $21 million during 2018. The term loan agreement
also contains a mechanism for the prepayment of principal based on excess cash flow Tower may generate.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2014, Tower had approximately $312 million of unsecured outstanding debentures to be repaid between June 2015 and
December 2018. As of March 26, 2015, following the redemption and/or conversion of certain debentures’ into ordinary shares of Tower, the principal amount of
the total amount of debentures outstanding is approximately $105 million.
182
Table of Contents
In order to finance Tower’s debt obligations and other liabilities, in addition to cash on hand and expected cash flow generation from operating activities,
Tower is exploring opportunities and ventures to re-finance its debt obligations by engaging potential new lenders and existing lenders in order to exchange existing
maturities to debt vehicles with longer maturities, and/or obtain funds from additional sources including debt issuance and/or other financing transactions and/or sale
of assets and/or fund raising activities, as well as exploring additional financing alternatives. For further information on the risks related to Tower’s debt obligations
and other liabilities, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Interest in Tower – Tower has debt and other liabilities, and its business and financial
position may be adversely affected if it will not be able to timely fulfill its debt obligations and other liabilities .”
Tower, as an independent specialty foundry semiconductor manufacturer, operates in the semiconductor industry which has historically been highly cyclical
and subject to significant and often rapid increases and decreases in product demand. Traditionally, companies in the semiconductor industry have expanded
aggressively during periods of decreased demand in order to have the capacity needed to meet expected demand in future upturns, including through acquiring
additional manufacturing facilities. If actual demand does not increase or declines, or if companies in the industry expand too aggressively, the industry may
experience a period in which industry-wide capacity exceeds demand. This could result in overcapacity and excess inventories, leading to rapid erosion of average
sales prices, as well as to underutilization of manufacturing facilities that as a result are unable to cover their fixed costs and other liabilities, potentially leading to
such facilities to cease their operations.
The prices that Tower can charge its customers for its services are significantly related to the overall worldwide supply of integrated circuits and
semiconductor products. The overall supply of semiconductor products is based in part on the capacity of other companies, which is outside of Tower’s control. In
periods of overcapacity, despite the fact that Tower utilizes niche technologies and manufactures specialty products, it may have to lower the prices it charges its
customers for its services which may reduce its margins and weaken its financial condition and results of operations. Tower cannot give assurance that an increase in
the demand for foundry services in the future will not lead to under-capacity, which could result in the loss of customers and materially adversely affect its revenues,
earnings and margins. Analysts believe that such patterns may repeat in the future. The overcapacity, underutilization and downward price pressure characteristic of
a downturn in the semiconductor market and/or in the global economy, as experienced several times in the past, may negatively impact consumer and customer
demand for Tower’s products, the end products of Tower’s customers and the financial markets, which may affect its ability to raise funds and/or re-structure and/or
re-finance our debt. This may harm Tower’s financial results, financial position and business, unless it is able to take appropriate or effective actions in a timely
manner in order to serve its debt and other liabilities and cover its fixed costs.
Tower is exploring various activities and ways to promote and fund its growth plans and the ramp-up of its business, technological capabilities and
manufacturing capacity and capabilities, increase its utilization rates, efficiently manage the operations of the fabs, achieve and maintain high utilization rates in all
of its manufacturing facilities, and fulfill its debt obligations and other liabilities. However, there is no assurance as to the extent of such activities or when, if at all,
such activities will be available to Tower. Such activities may include, among other things, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, debt restructuring and/or
refinancing, possible financing transactions, sales of assets, intellectual property licensing, possible sale and lease-backs of real estate assets and improving cash
flow from operations through operating efficiencies.
For implications on Tower’s operations if it does not generate increased levels of cash from operations and/or does not raise additional funding, see “ Item 3D.
Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Other Businesses – Risks Related to our Interest in Tower .”
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
For quantitative and qualitative information on our market risk, see “ Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. ”
C.
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
Kenon did not have significant research and development expenses during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
183
Table of Contents
D.
Trend Information
The following key trends contain forward-looking statements and should be read in conjunction with “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ”
and “ Item 3D. Risk Factors .” We believe these trends will aid us in our objective to achieve consistent growth and profitability in each of the industries in which
our businesses operate. Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that
are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our net revenues, income from operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause
the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future operating results or financial condition. For further information on the recent
developments of Kenon and our businesses, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Recent Developments” and “ Information Regarding
Tower .”
IC Power
IC Power operates electricity generation assets in Peru, the Dominican Republic, Bolivia, El Salvador, Chile, Jamaica, Nicaragua, Colombia, Guatemala and
Israel, and has investments and pipeline projects in Peru and Panama. IC Power is therefore subject to a wide range of conditions that may result in variability in its
earnings and cash flows from year to year. In general, IC Power’s net income is a result of its operating income from its generation businesses, as well as other
factors, such as foreign currency exchange rate effects, tax expenses, and income from unconsolidated related companies.
Operating income varies in each of the countries in which IC Power conducts operations due to numerous factors, such as hydrological conditions, the price /
kind of fuel used to generate electricity, and the prevailing spot market and regulated prices for electricity. IC Power expects to continue evidencing a reasonably
good operating performance over the coming years, given the favorable macroeconomic outlooks for each of the countries in which it operates, many of which are
emerging markets. In particular, the Dominican Republic, which is characterized by high electricity theft and delayed electricity payments, has forecasted positive
economic growth, which may result in a reduction in an increase in international reserves, less volatility in exchange rates, and a direct reduction in IC Power’s
accounts receivable.
With respect to its operations, as fuel is a significant cost for most of IC Power’s operating companies, the price of various fuels (e.g., gas, diesel, or heavy
oil) has a significant effect on IC Power’s costs, revenues and results of operations. However, as prices in the spot market tend to reflect current fuel prices and, as
most of IC Power’s PPAs contain a fuel price adjustment mechanism to reflect increases or decreases in the price of fuel, changes in fuel prices generally do not
affect IC Power’s margins or EBITDA. Crude oil prices, for example, fell considerably during the second half of 2014, with prices continuing to decline during the
first quarter of 2015. Although the decline in global oil prices is expected to result in a decline in IC Power’s 2015 revenues, such a decline is not expected to have a
corresponding effect on IC Power’s EBITDA as a result of the relatively stable margins that are achieved by the fuel price adjustment mechanisms included in many
of IC Power’s PPAs.
As IC Power continues to develop its projects by (i) drawing down on its credit facilities with third parties or (ii) securing additional third party to financing to
fund its capital expenditures, IC Power may experience an increase in interest costs. Many of the debt agreements of IC Power’s operating companies have floating
interest rates (e.g., many of the debt instruments are tied to LIBOR) and a continued increase in interest rates could increase the cost of the capital required to
continue to fund IC Power’s development and expansion efforts.
Finally, due to growing environmental restrictions, transmission line saturation, obstacles for fuel transportation and a scarcity of places in which new plants
may be located, new development projects in the countries in which IC Power operates – such as CDA, Samay I and Kanan – involve higher development costs than
in the past. Should average electricity prices adjust to recognize these increased costs, IC Power’s revenues and the value of its assets in this markets would increase,
especially in the case of hydroelectric power plants (such as CDA), of which only a few are in the process of being developed, and which have lower production
costs and therefore benefit from greater profitability if prices to end users are increased.
184
Table of Contents
Qoros
Qoros commenced commercial sales at the end of 2013. Qoros launched its first vehicle model, the Qoros 3 Sedan, in December 2013, and launched its
second model, the Qoros 3 Hatch, in late June 2014, and its third vehicle, the Qoros 3 City SUV, in mid-December 2014. As a result of the recent launch of these
models and the continued development of Qoros’ remaining vehicle models, Qoros expects to continue to incur a significant costs in connection with the launch of
these models. For example, Qoros expects to incur significant marketing expenses in the future in order to promote the sales and launch of the Qoros 3 Sedan, the
Qoros 3 Hatch, the Qoros 3 City SUV, or any other vehicle model that Qoros launches. Qoros also expects to incur significant expenses if it decides to commence
with the second stage construction of its production facilities.
As an early stage car manufacturer, Qoros is incurring significant costs, including costs in connection with the launch of its vehicles as well as operating and
debt service costs, but has not achieved significant revenues. In 2014, Qoros incurred a net loss of RMB2.1 billion. As of December 31, 2014, Qoros’ current
liabilities, excluding RMB1.6 billion (approximately $257 million) of shareholder loans, were significantly higher than its current assets, and Qoros does not have
sufficient cash or amounts available under credit facilities to meet its current liabilities. Accordingly, Qoros is dependent on external financing (to the extent
available), shareholder funding, and other sources of revenue (e.g. revenues derived from the platform sharing agreement it recently entered into with Chery) to meet
its liquidity requirements, including its operating expenses, debt service payments and capital expenditures. See “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Qoros’
Liquidity and Capital Resources .”
Qoros sold approximately 7,000 cars in 2014. Qoros’ sales in the first two months of 2015 were 1,423 vehicle models. As an early stage car manufacturer,
Qoros believes that its sales in the first two months of 2015, and its estimated sales in March 2015, are not necessarily indicative of meaningful trends and that sales
figures will continue to fluctuate in the near term.
As of December 31, 2014, 75 dealerships (representing 75 points of sales) were fully operational, 20 additional dealerships (representing 20 points of sales)
were under construction, and Qoros had signed 14 Memorandums of Understanding with respect to the development of 14 additional dealerships (representing 14
points of sales). As of the date of this annual report, 78 dealerships (representing 78 points of sales) were fully operational.
Qoros is continuing to focus its efforts on the expansion of its dealer network in key areas in China.
Similar to other early stage car manufacturers, Qoros estimates that it will continue to accumulate operating losses and net losses every quarter, until
significant sales of vehicles to agents begins, up to the point when large sale volumes are achieved.
In September 2014, Qoros’ board of directors reviewed a new business plan for the next ten years, and approved a five-year business plan, which reflected
lower forecasted sales volumes and assumed the minimal level of capital expenditure necessary for such sales volumes. As a result of Qoros’ adoption of its new
business plan in September 2014, impairment tests of Qoros’ operating assets were performed as of September 30, 2014 and as of December 31, 2014. Qoros did not
record an impairment as a result of either impairment test. For further information, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Critical
Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates – Impairment Analysis – Impairment Test of Qoros. ”
Qoros’ board of directors has recently appointed a new General Manager and chairman of the board and Qoros has also made a number of other changes at the
executive management level.
Qoros is also seeking to optimize its cost structure, and may undertake cost-cutting measures, including workforce optimizations to align its operations with
its business plan.
In March 2015, Qoros entered into a platform sharing agreement with Chery, pursuant to which Qoros provides Chery with the right to use Qoros’ platform in
exchange for a fee.
ZIM
Bunker prices fell considerably during the second half of 2014, with prices continuing to decline during the first quarter of 2015. Industry experts expect this
trend to stimulate demand for the transportation of containerized goods and thereby result in an increase in container volume growth, notwithstanding the current
oversupply of vessel capacity within the container shipping industry. Lower bunker prices are also expected to result in a decrease in operating costs and an increase
in revenues, which is reflected in the forecast earnings upgrades across the liner shipping sector.
Notwithstanding such forecasts, the decline in bunker prices may not impact shipping margins significantly in the long-term, as the competitive nature of the
shipping industry may require liner shippers to pass on any cost savings to their customers in the form of lower freight rates. Freight rates, which are mainly driven
by containerized demand and supply balance, have historically been highly volatile. Although they fluctuated significantly, freight rates declined overall in 2013 and
2014.
Finally, sulfur regulations, which became effective in January 2015, will require liner shipping companies to utilize more expensive, low sulfur fuel in their
operations, partially offsetting any gains realized as a result of the decline in bunker prices.
185
Table of Contents
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In February 2015, in connection with our recent provision of a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, Kenon has agreed in the event that Chery provides
a RMB400 million shareholder loan to Qoros, and Chery’s guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion (approximately $241 million) in respect of Qoros’ RMB3 billion
syndicated credit facility is not subsequently released, to work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery
and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the end of 2015, and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This
undertaking may involve Kenon guaranteeing Qoros’ debt in the future (e.g., Kenon may assume, or otherwise support, a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or share in
the amount of the payment obligations under Chery’s guarantee, among other possibilities. For further information, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review
and Prospects – Recent Developments – Qoros – Provision of RMB400 Million Shareholder Loan .”
Other than with respect to Kenon’s obligations, as set forth above, neither Kenon nor any of its businesses are party to off-balance sheet arrangements.
F.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
IC Power
The following table sets forth IC Power’s contractual obligations and commercial commitments (including future interest payments) as of December 31, 2014,
on a consolidated basis, which reflects the contractual obligations and commercial commitments of Kenon and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Credit from banks and others
Loans from banks and others, and debentures 1
Shareholder loan
Trade payables
Other payables and credit balances
Purchase obligations 2
Operating and maintenance agreements 3
Obligations under EPC Contract Retirement 4
Cash payments under stock option plan 5
Total contractual obligations and commitments
Payments Due by Period
Less than
One to Two
Two to Five
More than
Total
One Year
Years
Years
Five Years
(in millions of USD)
59
3,271
59
251
—
—
144
90
2,905
160
418
1
7,048
144
90
215
19
381
1
1,160
—
249
—
—
—
545
45
37
—
876
—
—
868
1,903
—
—
—
—
—
—
579
1,566
44
—
—
1,491
52
—
1
3,521
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Consists of estimated future payments of principal, interest and premium on loans from banks and others, and debentures, calculated based on interest rates
and foreign exchange rates applicable as of December 31, 2014 and assuming that all amortization payments and payments at maturity on loans from banks
and others, and debentures will be made on their scheduled payment dates.
Consists of purchase commitments for natural gas and gas transportation pursuant to binding obligations which include all significant terms, including fixed or
minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Based upon the applicable
purchase prices as of December 31, 2014.
Consists of future payments to be made under services contract with Siemens based on its projections of the hours of service of Kallpa’s turbines.
Consists of future payments to be made under EPC Contract, assuming that all progress and completion payments will be made on their scheduled payment
dates.
Consists of payments to be made to repurchase shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options under stock option plan based on its projections
regarding its EBITDA for 2014 and assuming that all holders of these options will exercise them prior to the relevant expiration date.
Additionally, IC Power is obligated to make up to $44 million of additional equity contributions to CDA in the event that CDA incurs certain cost overruns.
This amount is backed up by a customary letter of credit.
186
Table of Contents
Qoros
The following table sets forth Qoros’ contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2014:
Payments Due by Period
Less Than
One to Two
Two to Five
More than
Total
One Year
Years
Years
Five Years
(in millions of RMB)
8,991
2,833
2
11,826
3,712
2,833
1
6,547
332
—
—
332
1,940
—
—
1,940
3,007
—
—
3,007
Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Finance lease liabilities
Total contractual obligations
G.
Safe Harbor
See “ Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements .”
ITEM 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A.
Directors and Senior Management
Board of Directors
The following table sets forth information regarding our board of directors:
Name
Kenneth Cambie
Laurence N. Charney
Cyril Pierre-Jean Ducau
N. Scott Fine
Aviad Kaufman 1
Ron Moskovitz
Elias Sakellis
Vikram Talwar
Age Function
52
67
Chairman of the Board,
Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Compensation Committee Member
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Compensation Committee Member
35 Board Member
57 Audit Committee Member
44 Board Member
51 Chairman of the Compensation Committee
37 Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member
65
Audit Committee Member
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Member
1. Membership on the Kenon board of directors is effective as of April 1, 2015
Date
Appointed
2014
Term
Expires
2015
2014
2015
2014
2014
2015
2014
2014
2014
2015
2015
2016
2015
2015
2015
Our articles of association provide that, unless otherwise determined by a general meeting, the minimum number of directors is five and the maximum number
is 12.
Senior Management
Name
Yoav Doppelt
Robert Rosen
Tzahi Goshen
Barak Cohen
Age Position
45 Chief Executive Officer
42 General Counsel
39 Interim Chief Financial Officer and VP Finance
33 Vice President of Business Development and Investor Relations
187
Table of Contents
Biographies
Directors
Kenneth Cambie. Mr. Cambie is the Chief Financial Officer of Quantum Pacific Shipping Services PTE Ltd. From 2007 to 2013, Mr. Cambie was an
Executive Director and the Chief Financial Officer of Orient Overseas Container Liner (“OOCL”). During this time, Mr. Cambie also chaired OOCL’s Finance and
Share Committee and was a member of OOCL’s Executive Committee and Compliance Committee. Prior to joining OOCL, Mr. Cambie held various positions at
Citibank from 1986 to 2007, including as Director, Transportation, Asia Pacific Corporate Banking in Hong Kong, where Mr. Cambie was responsible for meeting
the banking and financing needs of a range of shipping, port, airline and airport companies in the Asia and Pacific regions. Prior to moving to Hong Kong in mid-
2001, Mr. Cambie was the corporate banking head for Citibank, New Zealand for seven years and had also spent several years with the bank in Australia in
corporate banking and leveraged finance roles. Mr. Cambie served as a market manager at Broadbank from 1985 to 1986 and as an auditor in Touche Ross from
1984 to 1985. Mr. Cambie is a member of the New Zealand Institute of Chartered Accountants and holds a Master of Commerce degree (first class honors) from
Auckland University in New Zealand.
Laurence N. Charney. Mr. Charney retired from Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) in June 2007, where, over the course of his more than 35-year career,
he served as Partner, Practice Leader and Senior Advisor. Since his retirement from Ernst & Young, Mr. Charney has served as a business strategist and financial
advisor to boards, senior management and investors of early stage ventures, private businesses and small to mid-cap public corporations across the consumer
products, energy, real estate, high-tech/software, media/entertainment, and non-profit sectors. His most recent affiliations have included board tenures with Pacific
Drilling S.A., Marvel Entertainment, Inc., Pure BioFuels, Inc., Mrs. Fields Original Cookies and Iconix Brand Group, Inc. He was appointed to the board of TG
Therapeutics, Inc. in April 2012. Mr. Charney is a graduate of Hofstra University with a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration (Accounting), and has also
completed an Executive Master’s program at Columbia University. Mr. Charney maintains active membership with the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants.
Cyril Pierre-Jean Ducau . Mr. Ducau is the Managing Director of Quantum Pacific Ventures Limited and a member of the board of directors of each of
Pacific Drilling S.A., Quantum Pacific Shipping Services Pte. Ltd., Ansonia Holdings B.V. and Jelany Corporation N.V. He was previously Head of Business
Development of Quantum Pacific Advisory Limited in London from 2008 to 2012. Prior to joining Quantum Pacific Advisory Limited, Mr. Ducau was Vice
President in the Investment Banking Division of Morgan Stanley & Co. International Ltd. in London and, during his tenure there from 2000 to 2008, he held various
positions in the Capital Markets, Leveraged Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions teams. Prior to that, Mr. Ducau gained experience in consultancy working for
Arthur D. Little in Munich and investment management with Credit Agricole UI Private Equity in Paris. Mr. Ducau graduated from ESCP Europe Business School
(Paris, Oxford, Berlin) and holds a Master of Science in business administration and a Diplom Kaufmann.
N. Scott Fine . Mr. Fine has been an investment banker for over 35 years, and formerly served as the Vice Chairman and Lead Director of Central European
Distribution Corporation (“CEDC”), a multi-billion dollar alcohol and beverage company domiciled in Delaware with the majority of its operations in Eastern
Europe. Mr. Fine served as a director of CEDC for over a decade, during which time he co-managed its IPO and listing on NASDAQ, and led the CEDC Board’s
successful efforts in 2013 to restructure the company through a pre-packaged Chapter 11 process whereby CEDC was acquired by the Russian Standard alcohol
group. Mr. Fine has been involved in corporate finance for over 30 years and has considerable experience in the medical and medical device sectors, having served
as an advisor for companies such as Research Medical, Derma Sciences, and Interleukin Genetics, among many others. Mr. Fine also acts as Chairman and Lead
Director of CTD Holdings, Inc., a specialty biopharmaceutical manufacturing and marketing company. Mr. Fine is the sole director of Better Place, Inc., an electric
car company, where he was brought in to design, oversee and manage the orderly liquidation of the Delaware holding company of the Better Place group. He is also
a director of Operation Respect, an anti-bullying education non-profit organization.
Aviad Kaufman . Mr. Kaufman is the Chief Financial Officer of Quantum Pacific (UK) LLP and is also a board member of IC (TASE: ILCO) and Israel
Chemicals Ltd. (NYSE: ICL, TASE: ICL), each of which are members of a group of companies associated with the same ultimate beneficiary, Mr. Idan Ofer. From
2008 until 2012, Mr. Kaufman served as Chief Financial Officer of Quantum Pacific Advisory Limited. From 2002 until 2007, Mr. Kaufman served as Director of
International Taxation and fulfilled different senior corporate finance roles at Amdocs Ltd. (NYSE:DOX). Previously, Mr. Kaufman held various consultancy
positions with KPMG. Mr. Kaufman is a certified public accountant and holds a BA in Accounting and Economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem (with
distinction), and a MBA majoring in Finance from Tel Aviv University.
Ron Moskovitz. Mr. Moskovitz is the Chief Executive Officer of Quantum Pacific (UK) LLP and the Chairman of IC and Pacific Drilling S.A., which is also a
member of a group of companies associated with the same ultimate beneficiary, Idan Ofer. From July 2008 until December 2012, Mr. Moskovitz served as Chief
Executive Officer of Quantum Pacific Advisory Limited.
188
Table of Contents
From July 2002 until November 2007, Mr. Moskovitz served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Amdocs Limited. From 1998 until July 2002,
he served as Vice President of Finance at Amdocs. Between 1994 and 1998, Mr. Moskovitz held various senior financial positions at Tower and served on Tower’s
board of directors from 2007 to September 2011. Mr. Moskovitz is a CPA in Israel and holds a BA in Accounting and Economics from Haifa University and a
Master of Business Administration from Tel Aviv University.
Elias Sakellis . Mr. Sakellis is the Managing Director of Quantum Pacific (UK) LLP and a member of the board of directors of Pacific Drilling S.A. From
May 2012 until December 2012, Mr. Sakellis served as Managing Director of Quantum Pacific Advisory Limited. Prior to joining Quantum Pacific Advisory
Limited, Mr. Sakellis worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in London from 2000 to 2012. During his tenure at Goldman, Sachs & Co., he held various positions,
including Executive Director of Leveraged Finance & Restructuring in the Investment Banking Division, Executive Director and Business Unit Manager in the
Investment Banking Division, and Financial Analyst and Associate in the Equities Division. Prior to joining Goldman, Sachs & Co., Mr. Sakellis gained experience
in the banking sector by working as an analyst for Lehman Brothers in London from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Sakellis is a graduate of Imperial College London with a
Master of Science in Finance and a Master of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering. He also holds a Master of Business Administration from INSEAD.
Vikram Talwar . In 1999, Mr. Talwar founded EXL Service Holdings, Inc. (“EXL Service”), a leading global Business Process Outsourcing company, in the
US. EXL Service was listed on NASDAQ in 2006. Mr. Talwar was the CEO of EXL Service until May 2008 when he was elevated to the position of Executive
Chairman of the Board. In April 2011, Mr. Talwar relinquished all his executive responsibilities and became the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board. After
having served 13 years on the Board, Mr. Talwar retired in December 2013. Prior to founding Exl Service, Mr. Talwar served as the Chief Executive Officer and
Managing Director of Ernst and Young Consulting India from 1998 to 1999. Earlier, Mr. Talwar had served in various senior capacities at Bank of America,
including Country Manager in India and other Asian countries from 1970 to 1996. In the past five years, Mr. Talwar has served on the boards of directors of a public
company in India and the U.K. and several private companies.
Senior Management
Yoav Doppelt. Yoav Doppelt has served as the Chief Executive Officer of XT Investments Group (formerly known as Ofer Investments Group) since its
inception in 2007 and as the Chief Executive Officer of XT Capital (formerly known as Ofer Hi-Tech) since 2001. Mr. Doppelt joined the XT Group (formerly
known as Ofer Group) in 1996 and has been with XT Capital (formerly known as Ofer Hi-Tech) since its inception in 1997, defining the vision and operational
methodology of its private equity and high-tech investments. Mr. Doppelt has held various finance and managerial positions in the XT Group since joining it.
Mr. Doppelt currently serves as a member of the board of directors of a number of public companies, including Lumenis Ltd and TowerJazz Ltd., and was actively
involved in numerous investments within the private equity and high-tech arenas.
He has extensive operational and business experience in growth companies and has successfully led several private equity exit transactions. Recently,
Mr. Doppelt was actively involved in the public offering of equity and debt instruments in the U.S. Mr. Doppelt holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and
management from the Faculty of Industrial Management at the Technion—Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel and an MBA degree from Haifa University,
Israel.
Robert Rosen . Prior to joining Kenon as General Counsel, Robert Rosen spent 15 years in private practice with top tier law firms, including Linklaters LLP
and Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP. During his time in private practice, Mr. Rosen was primarily involved in cross-border public and private capital
markets offerings and other securities transactions, as well as with the purchase and sale of US and international distressed assets, private equity investments,
structured finance transactions and SEC filings and related advice. Mr. Rosen is admitted to the Bar in the state of New York, holds a Bachelor’s degree with honors
from Boston University and a JD and MBA, both from the University of Pittsburgh, where he graduated with high honors.
Tzahi Goshen . Prior to joining Kenon as Interim Chief Financial Officer and VP Finance, Tzahi Goshen served as the Controller of IC since 2008 and as the
Controller of Gemini Israel Funds Ltd., a venture capital fund, from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Goshen was responsible for all aspects of IC’s financial reporting as a public
company. Mr. Goshen has vast experience in overseeing the corporate financial activities of traded companies, including acquisitions, tax planning, accounting and
reporting, and internal auditing. Mr. Goshen holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from the College of Management and is a certified public accountant in Israel.
Barak Cohen . Prior to joining Kenon as Vice President of Business Development and Investor Relations, Mr. Cohen worked in various capacities at IC since
2008, most recently as IC’s Senior Director of Business Development and Investor Relations. In this capacity, Mr. Cohen supported and monitored the development
of key growth companies throughout various stages of their lifecycles, contributed to the development of IC’s corporate investment strategy, evaluated new
investment
189
Table of Contents
opportunities, assisted in transaction execution. Additionally, Mr. Cohen headed IC’s global investor relations activity. Prior to joining IC, Mr. Cohen held positions
at Lehman Brothers (UK) and Ernst & Young (Israel). Mr. Cohen holds bachelor’s degrees in Economics, summa cum laude, and Accounting & Management,
magna cum laude, both from Tel Aviv University.
B.
Compensation
For the year ended December 31, 2014, the aggregate compensation paid (comprising remuneration and the aggregate fair market value of equity awards
granted) to our directors and executive officers was approximately $5.7 million. No amounts in respect of pensions, retirement or similar benefits have been accrued
in any of the periods presented in this annual report.
For further information on Kenon’s Share Incentive Plan 2014 and Share Option Plan 2014, see “ Item 6E. Share Ownership .”
C.
Board Practices
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the
NYSE’s rules for domestic U.S. issuers, provided that we disclose which requirements we are not following and describe the equivalent home country requirement.
However, notwithstanding our ability to follow the corporate governance practices of our home country Singapore, we have elected to apply the corporate
governance rules of the NYSE that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants that are not “controlled” companies.
Board of Directors
Our articles of association gives our board of directors general powers to manage our business. The board of directors, which consists of seven directors, and
of which Kenneth Cambie serves as our Chairman, oversees and provides policy guidance on our strategic and business planning processes, oversees the conduct of
our business by senior management and is principally responsible for the succession planning for our key executives.
Director Independence
Pursuant to the NYSE’s listing standards, listed companies are required to have a majority of independent directors. Under the NYSE’s listing standards, (i) a
director employed by us or that has, or had, certain relationships with us during the last three years, cannot be deemed to be an independent director, and
(ii) directors will qualify as independent only if our board of directors affirmatively determines that they have no material relationship with us, either directly or as a
partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with either us or IC. Ownership of a significant amount of our shares, by itself, does not
constitute a material relationship.
Although we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the requirement to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of independent
directors, we have determined that we are in compliance with this requirement and that a majority of our board of directors is independent according to the NYSE’s
listing standard. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Kenneth Cambie, Laurence N. Charney, Cyril Pierre-Jean Ducau, N. Scott Fine,
Ron Moskovitz, Elias Sakellis and Vikram Talwar, representing all of our seven directors, are currently “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules
and regulations of the NYSE.
Election and Removal of Directors
See “ Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association – Election and Re-election of Directors .”
Director Retirement Age
Under Sections 153(2) and (6) of the Singapore Companies Act, the office of a director of a public company or its subsidiary becomes vacant at the
conclusion of the annual general meeting of shareholders first held after such director attains the age of 70 years, and any re-appointment of such director must be
approved by our shareholders by ordinary resolution.
Service Contracts
None of our board members have service contracts with us or any of our businesses providing for benefits upon termination of employment.
190
Table of Contents
Indemnifications and Limitations on Liability
For information on the indemnification and limitations on liability of our directors, see “ Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association. ”
Committees of our Board of Directors
We have established three committees, which report regularly to our board of directors on matters relating to the specific areas of risk the committees oversee:
the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee, and the compensation committee. Although we are permitted to follow home country
practices with respect to our establishment of audit, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees, we have determined that we are in
compliance with the NYSE’s requirements in these respects.
Audit Committee
We have established an audit committee to review and discuss with management significant financial, legal and regulatory risks and the steps management
takes to monitor, control and report such exposures; our audit committee also oversees the periodic enterprise-wide risk evaluations conducted by management.
Specifically, our audit committee oversees the process concerning:
•
•
•
•
•
the quality and integrity of our financial statements and internal controls;
the appointment, compensation, retention, qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;
our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and
related party transactions.
The members of our audit committee, Laurence N. Charney, N. Scott Fine and Vikram Talwar, are independent directors and meet the requirements for
financial literacy as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of each of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Laurence N.
Charney is an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC, and that each of our audit committee members has the requisite
financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the
applicable standards of each of the SEC and the NYSE.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees the management of risks associated with board governance, director independence and
conflicts of interest. Specifically, our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying qualified candidates to become directors,
recommending to the board of directors candidates for all directorships, overseeing the annual evaluation of the board of directors and its committees and taking a
leadership role in shaping our corporate governance.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consider candidates for director who are recommended by its members, by other board members
and members of our management, as well as those identified by any third-party search firms retained by it to assist in identifying and evaluating possible candidates.
The nominating and corporate governance committee will also consider recommendations for director candidates submitted by our shareholders. The nominating and
corporate governance committee will evaluate and recommend to the board of directors qualified candidates for election, re-election or appointment to the board, as
applicable.
When evaluating director candidates, the nominating and corporate governance committee seeks to ensure that the board of directors has the requisite skills,
experience and expertise and that its members consist of persons with appropriately diverse and independent backgrounds. The nominating and corporate
governance committee will consider all aspects of a candidate’s qualifications in the context of our needs, including: personal and professional integrity, ethics and
values; experience and expertise as an officer in corporate management; experience in the industry of any of our portfolio businesses and international business and
familiarity with our operations; experience as a board member of another publicly traded company; practical and mature business judgment; the extent to which a
candidate would fill a present need on the board of directors; and the other ongoing commitments and obligations of the candidate. However, the nominating and
corporate governance committee does not have any minimum criteria for director candidates. Consideration of new director candidates will typically involve a series
of internal discussions, review of information concerning candidates and interviews with selected candidates.
191
Table of Contents
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the requirement to have a nominating and corporate governance
committee comprised entirely of independent directors. Nonetheless, we have determined that we are in compliance with this requirement and that the members of
our nominating and corporate governance committee, Kenneth Cambie, Elias Sakellis and Vikram Talwar, are independent directors as defined under the applicable
rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the
NYSE.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee assists our board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and officers, including all forms of
compensation to be provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
•
•
•
•
reviewing and determining the compensation package for our Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives;
reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;
reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior executive,
including evaluating their performance in light of such goals and objectives; and
reviewing periodically and approving and administering stock options plans, long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar
arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans for all employees, including reviewing and approving the granting of
options and other incentive awards.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the requirement to have a compensation committee comprised entirely
of independent directors. Nonetheless, we have determined that we are in compliance with this requirement and that the members of our compensation committee,
Kenneth Cambie, Laurence N. Charney and Ron Moskovitz, are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our
compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the NYSE.
Code of Ethics and Ethical Guidelines
Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics that describes our commitment to, and requirements in connection with, ethical issues relevant to business
practices and personal conduct.
D.
Employees
As of December 31, 2014, we, and our consolidated businesses, employed 1,379 individuals as follows:
Company
IC Power
Other
IC Power
Number of Employees
1,326
53
As of December 31, 2014, IC Power employed approximately 1,326 employees, of which 95% and 5% were located within Latin America and Israel,
respectively.
Qoros
As of December 31, 2014, Qoros employed 2,458 employees, consisting of 837 headquarter and 1,621 factory employees within and outside China.
192
Table of Contents
ZIM
As of December 31, 2014, ZIM employed approximately 4,315 employees (including employees of its subsidiaries), according to the following distribution:
•
•
Seamen – Approximately 218 Israeli officers and approximately 309 “rankings” and foreign officers; and
Coast workers – Approximately 3,788 employees, 833 of which are Israeli and 2,955 of which are foreign.
A significant number of ZIM’s Israeli employees are unionized and ZIM is party to numerous collective agreements with respect to its employees. For further
information on the risks related to ZIM’s unionized employees, see “ Item 3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Industries in Which Our Businesses Operate –
Our businesses may be adversely affected by work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force. ”
Tower
As of December 31, 2014, Tower employed 3,911 employees, including 1,291 employees located in Israel, 1,849 employees located in Japan, 760 employees
located in the United States, 6 employees located in South Korea, 4 employees located in China and 1 employee located in Taiwan.
Other
As of December 31, 2014, Primus employed 45 employees within the U.S.
E.
Share Ownership
Interests of our Directors and our Employees
Kenon has established the Share Incentive Plan 2014 and the Share Option Plan 2014 for its directors and management. The Share Incentive Plan 2014 and
the Share Option Plan 2014 provide grants of Kenon’s shares, and stock options in respect of Kenon’s shares, respectively, to management and directors of Kenon,
or to officers of Kenon’s subsidiaries or associated companies, as well as to officers of IC, pursuant to awards, which may be granted by Kenon from time to time.
The total number of shares underlying awards which may be granted under the Share Incentive Plan 2014 or delivered pursuant to the exercise of options granted
under the Share Option Plan 2014 shall not, in the aggregate, exceed 3% of the total issued shares (excluding treasury shares) of Kenon. Kenon granted awards of
shares to certain members of its management under the Share Incentive Plan 2014 in 2014 and vested in January 2015 upon the satisfaction of certain conditions,
which included the recipient’s continued employment in a specified capacity and Kenon’s listing on the NYSE and the TASE. The aggregate number of shares
granted was based upon the aggregate fair market value of the Kenon shares underlying the award granted, as determined in the award documents, divided by the
average closing price of Kenon’s shares over their first three trading days. The aggregate fair value of the shares granted was $5,443,794.
For further information on the compensation of our directors and executive officers, see “ Item 6B. Compensation ” and for further information on our
shareholders and related party transactions policy, see “ Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions .”
Equity Awards to Certain Executive Officers – Subsidiaries and Associated Companies
Kenon is a party to consulting agreements for executives of some of its subsidiaries and associated companies, which provide for cash payments or equity
compensation based on equity of the relevant business or associated company. Additionally, Kenon’s subsidiaries and associated companies may, from time to time,
adopt equity compensation arrangements for officers and directors of the relevant entity. Kenon expects any such arrangements to be on customary terms and within
customary limits (in terms of dilution).
ITEM 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major Shareholders
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 30, 2015, by each person or entity known to
us to beneficially own 5% or more of our ordinary shares, based upon the 53,629,200 ordinary shares outstanding as of such date, which represents our entire issued
and outstanding share capital as of the date of this annual report. Other than with respect to Kenon’s directors and executive officers, the persons or entities received
their ordinary shares in Kenon in connection with the spin-off, as set forth below.
To our knowledge, as of March 30, 2015, we had one shareholder of record in the United States holding approximately 99% of our outstanding ordinary
shares. Such numbers are not representative of the portion of our shares held in the United States nor are they representative of the number of beneficial holders
residing in the United States, since such ordinary shares (which includes the ordinary shares held by the TASE for trading on the TASE) were held of record by one
U.S. nominee company, CEDE & Co, which holds all of our shares traded on the NYSE and the TASE indirectly.
193
Table of Contents
Beneficial Owner (Name/Address)
Ansonia Holdings B.V. 1
Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.
XT Investments Ltd. 2
Directors and Executive Officers 3
Ordinary Shares Owned
24,491,492
9,679,614
5,727,128
—
Percentage of Ordinary Shares
45.7 %
18.0 %
10.7 %
—
1.
2.
3.
On January 9, 2015, or the Acquisition Date: (i) Millenium, in which Ansonia indirectly owns an 80% equity interest, transferred 20,235,298 of the ordinary
shares it received from IC in connection with the spin-off, to Ansonia, (ii) Kirby Enterprises Inc., which is indirectly held by the discretionary trust that is the
indirect ultimate owner of Ansonia, transferred 399,378 ordinary shares, representing all of the shares it received from IC in connection with the spin-off, to
Ansonia, (iii) Mr. Idan Ofer transferred 2,076,193 ordinary shares, representing all of the shares he received from IC in connection with the spin-off, to
Ansonia, and (iv) XT Investments Ltd. agreed to transfer 1,780,623 ordinary shares (the “Ansonia Shares”) to Ansonia. The Ansonia Shares have been placed
in escrow, to be released to Ansonia upon satisfaction of a condition, as set forth in the share purchase agreement (the “Ansonia Share Purchase Agreement”).
Pursuant to the terms of the Ansonia Share Purchase Agreement, Ansonia has the right to vote the Ansonia Shares while the Ansonia Shares are held in
escrow. Although the Ansonia Shares are still in escrow as of the date of this annual report, as a result of Ansonia’s power to direct the voting of the Ansonia
Shares, Ansonia is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the Ansonia Shares and the Ansonia Shares are therefore reflected in Ansonia’s ownership interest in
the above table. A discretionary trust in which Mr. Idan Ofer is the beneficiary is the indirect ultimate owner of Ansonia.
XT Investments Ltd., or XT Investments, received 668,304 shares from IC in connection with the spin-off. On the Acquisition Date: (i) Millenium transferred
5,058,824 of the ordinary shares it received from IC in connection with the spin-off, to XT Investments, (ii) XT Investments agreed to transfer the Ansonia
Shares to Ansonia (as set forth above), and (iii) XT Investments agreed to transfer 1,780,623 ordinary shares (the “A.A.R. Shares”) to A.A.R. Kenon Holdings
Ltd. The A.A.R Shares have been placed in escrow, to be released to A.A.R. upon satisfaction of a condition, as set forth in the share purchase agreement (the
“A.A.R. Share Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the A.A.R. Share Purchase Agreement, A.A.R. has the right to vote the A.A.R Shares while
the A.A.R. Shares are held in escrow. Although each of Ansonia and A.A.R. have the power to direct the voting of the Ansonia Shares and the A.A.R. Shares,
respectively, while such shares are held in escrow, XT Investments may still be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such shares as well. This beneficial
interest is reflected in XT Investment’s ownership interest in the above table. Upon the satisfaction of the aforementioned condition, XT Investment’s
beneficial interest in Kenon will decrease by an aggregate of 3,561,246 ordinary shares. XT Investments is owned by XT Holdings Group Ltd., or XT
Holdings; 50% of the ordinary shares of XT Holdings are owned by Orona Investments Ltd. (which is indirectly controlled by Mr. Ehud Angel) and the
remaining 50% of the ordinary shares of XT Holdings are owned by Lynav Holdings Ltd. (which is controlled by a discretionary trust in which Mr. Idan Ofer
is a prime beneficiary).
Each individual beneficially owns less than 1% of Kenon’s ordinary shares.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a
person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise
of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership
of any other person.
We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of our control.
B.
Related Party Transactions
Kenon
Pursuant to its charter, the audit committee must review and approve all related party transactions. The audit committee has a written policy with respect to
the approval of related party transactions. In addition, we have undertaken that, for so long as we are listed on the NYSE, to the extent that we or our subsidiaries
will enter into transactions with related parties, such transactions will be considered and approved by us or our wholly-owned subsidiaries in a manner that is
consistent with customary practices followed by companies incorporated in Delaware and shall be reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Delaware law.
We are party to numerous related party transactions with certain of our affiliates. Set forth below is a summary of these transactions.
IC Credit Facility
In connection with the consummation of the spin-off, IC will provide a $200 million credit facility to us, bearing interest at a rate of 12-Month LIBOR+
6% per annum. For further information on the terms of the credit facility from IC to Kenon, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – Kenon’s Commitments
and Obligations – IC Credit Facility. ” For information on the risks related to Kenon’s ability to repay, and compliance with, the credit facility from IC, see “ Item
3D. Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Diversified Strategy and Operations – Kenon has obligations owing to IC, which may be substantial. ”
194
Table of Contents
Separation and Distribution Agreement
In connection with the spin-off, we entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with IC which set forth, among other things, our agreements with IC
regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate our businesses from IC and its other businesses.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities
The Separation and Distribution Agreement identifies the assets transferred, the liabilities retained by IC or assumed by Kenon, and the contracts retained by
IC or assigned to Kenon in connection with the spin-off. IC also assigned and transferred to Kenon, IC’s full rights and obligations according to, and in connection
with, certain loans it provided to, and certain undertakings it made in respect of, the businesses it transferred to Kenon in connection with the spin-off.
Release of Claims
Except with respect to (i) those legal proceedings pending against IC at the time of the consummation of the spin-off, and relating to any of the businesses
transferred to Kenon, and (ii) certain other exceptions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Kenon assumed liability for the claims of each of the
businesses transferred to it, including such claims that arose out of, or relate to events, circumstances or actions occurring or failing to occur, or with respect to any
conditions existing prior to, the spin-off.
Indemnification and Legal Matters
Kenon and IC agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities incurred in connection with their respective businesses, and as otherwise allocated in
the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Additionally, Kenon agreed to indemnify IC for any liabilities arising after the consummation of the spin-off as a result
of legal matters relating to the businesses Kenon received in the spin-off.
Other Matters Governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement
Other matters governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement include access to financial and other information, access to and provision of records,
intellectual property, confidentiality, treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support and dispute resolution procedures.
The foregoing summary of the Separation and Distribution Agreement is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Separation and
Distribution Agreement, a copy of which was filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Kenon’s Registration Statement Form 20-F filed in connection with this spin-off and is
incorporated by reference herein.
Registration Rights Agreements
In connection with the spin-off, we entered into registration rights agreements with certain significant shareholders with regard to the shares that will be
owned by such shareholders, as well as in respect of any shares they may purchase in the future (all such shares, the “Registrable Securities”). Under the registration
rights agreements, these significant shareholders will have the right to cause us to register under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the offer and
sale of the Registrable Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions of our registration rights agreements, these registration rights allow these significant
shareholders or certain qualified assignees holding any Registrable Securities to require registration of such Registrable Securities and to include any such
Registrable Securities in a registration by us of common shares, including common shares offered by us or by any shareholder. In connection with any registration of
common shares held by these significant shareholders or certain qualified assignees, we have agreed to indemnify each shareholder participating in the registration
and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the
registration statement or prospectus. We have agreed to bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts.
The foregoing summary of the registration rights agreements is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, the full text of each registration rights agreement,
copies of which were filed as Exhibits 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 to Kenon’s Registration Statement Form 20-F filed in connection with this spin-off and are incorporated by
reference herein.
195
Table of Contents
IC Power
Bank Leumi, which holds approximately 18% of our ordinary shares, is the arranger of, and lender under, OPC’s NIS 1,800 million financing agreement.
Additionally, OPC makes deposits in the ordinary course of its business in a deposit account maintained at Bank Leumi on commercially reasonable terms.
For further information on OPC’s financing agreement, see “ Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC Power’s Liquidity and Capital Resources – IC
Power’s Material Indebtedness – OPC Financing Agreement ” and the full text of OPC’s financing agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.10
and is incorporated by reference herein.
Qoros
Qoros sources its engines, and certain spare parts, from Chery in the ordinary course of Qoros’ business. Additionally, Qoros has recently entered into a
platform sharing agreement with Chery, pursuant to which Qoros provides Chery with a license to utilize Qoros’ platform in exchange for a fee.
For further information on Qoros’ commercial arrangements with Chery, see Note 28 to Qoros’ consolidated financial statements, included in this annual
report.
C.
Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. Financial Information
A.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
For a list of all financial statements filed as a part of this annual report, see “ Item 17. Financial Statements .” For information on export sales as well as our
legal proceedings, see “ Item 4B. Business Overview .” For information on our dividend policy, see “ Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association. ”
B.
Significant Changes
For information on any significant changes that may have occurred since the date of our annual financial statements, see “ Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects – Recent Developments . ”
ITEM 9. The Offer and Listing
A. Offer and Listing Details.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ordinary shares on the NYSE.
Monthly Since January 6, 2015 Listing:
January 2015 (since January 6, 2015)
February 2015
March 2015 (through March 30, 2015)
196
Price per ordinary share
High
Low
$ 21.00
$ 18.43
$ 19.51
$ 16.24
$ 16.01
$ 17.72
Table of Contents
Location
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ordinary shares on the TASE.
Monthly Since January 6, 2015 Listing:
January 2015 (since January 6, 2015)
February 2015
March 2015 (through March 30, 2015)
B.
Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C. Markets
Our ordinary shares are listed on each of the NYSE and the TASE under the symbol “KEN”.
Price per ordinary share
High
Low
NIS81.99
NIS72.35
NIS76.87
NIS64.20
NIS63.00
NIS70.92
D.
Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.
Dilution.
Not applicable.
F.
Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. Additional Information
A.
Share Capital
Not applicable.
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
The information required by Item 10.B of Form 20-F is incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form 20-F (No. 001-36761), filed with the
SEC on January 5, 2015.
C. Material Contracts
For information concerning our material contracts, see “ Item 4. Information on the Company ” and “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects .
”
D.
Exchange Controls
There are currently no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.
E.
Taxation
The following summary of the United States federal income tax and Singapore tax consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares is based upon laws,
regulations, decrees, rulings, income tax conventions (treaties), administrative practice and judicial decisions in effect at the date of this annual report. Legislative,
judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may, however, be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set forth herein. Any
such changes or interpretations may be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders of our ordinary shares. This summary does not purport to be a
legal opinion or to address all tax aspects that may be relevant to a holder of our ordinary shares. Each prospective holder is urged to consult its own tax adviser as to
the particular tax consequences to such holder of the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including the applicability and effect of any other tax laws or
tax treaties, of pending or proposed changes in applicable tax laws as of the date of this annual report, and of any actual changes in applicable tax laws after such
date.
197
Table of Contents
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following summarizes U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders
that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.
This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and on judicial and
administrative interpretations of the Code and the Treasury regulations, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with
retroactive effect. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the consequences of the transactions described in this annual report, nor does it
address the application of estate, gift or other non-income federal tax laws or any state, local or foreign tax laws. The tax treatment of a holder of our ordinary shares
may vary depending upon that holder’s particular situation. Moreover, this summary does not address certain holders that may be subject to special rules not
discussed below, such as (but not limited to):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
persons that are not U.S. Holders;
persons that are subject to alternative minimum taxes;
insurance companies;
tax-exempt entities;
financial institutions;
broker-dealers;
persons that hold our ordinary shares through partnerships (or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
pass-through entities;
persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;
traders in securities that elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, holders that hold our ordinary shares as part of a “hedge,” “straddle,”
“conversion,” or other risk reduction transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
•
individuals who receive our ordinary shares upon the exercise of compensatory options or otherwise as compensation.
Moreover, no advance rulings have been or will be sought from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, regarding any matter discussed in this annual
report, and counsel to Kenon has not rendered any opinion with respect to any of the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to the transactions addressed
herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.
HOLDERS AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE
U.S. FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. AND OTHER TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES.
For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
•
•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
198
Table of Contents
•
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial
decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If a partnership (or other entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such
partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares,
you should consult your tax advisor.
Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on the Ordinary Shares
The gross amount of any distribution made to a U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares, including the amount of any non-U.S. taxes withheld from the
distribution, generally will be includible in income on the day on which the distribution is actually or constructively received by a U.S. Holder as dividend income to
the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A distribution in excess
of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), including the amount of any non-U.S. taxes withheld from
the distribution, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our ordinary shares and as a capital gain to the
extent it exceeds the U.S. Holder’s basis. We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, therefore,
U.S. Holders should expect that distributions generally will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such dividends will not be eligible for the
dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations.
Distributions treated as dividends that are received by a non-corporate U.S. Holder (including an individual) from “qualified foreign corporations” generally
qualify for a reduced maximum tax rate so long as certain holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends paid on our ordinary shares, should qualify for
the reduced rate if we are treated as a “qualified foreign corporation.” For this purpose, a qualified foreign corporation means any foreign corporation provided that:
(i) the corporation was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a PFIC (as discussed
below), (ii) certain holding period requirements are met and (iii) either (A) the corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the
United States that the IRS has approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules or (B) the stock with respect to which such dividend was paid is readily
tradable on an established securities market in the United States. The United States does not currently have a comprehensive income tax treaty with Singapore. The
ordinary shares should be considered to be readily tradable on established securities markets in the United States if they are listed on the NYSE. Therefore, we
expect that our ordinary shares should generally be considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, and we expect that
dividends with respect to such ordinary shares should qualify for the reduced rate. U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability
of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares.
If the dividends with respect to our ordinary shares are paid in foreign currency, such dividends will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder in an
amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency received calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is actually
or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars. If the foreign currency received as a
dividend is not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date
of actual or constructive receipt. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the foreign currency generally will
be foreign currency gain or loss, which is treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss, and will not be treated as a dividend. If dividends paid in foreign currency
are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are actually or constructively received, the U.S. Holder generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency
gain or loss in respect of the disposition of the foreign currency.
Dividends on our ordinary shares received by a U.S. Holder will generally be treated as foreign source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The rules
with respect to foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit in their particular
circumstances.
Taxation of Dispositions of the Ordinary Shares
A U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the
amount realized on such sale or other taxable disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares. The initial tax basis of our ordinary shares
to a U.S. Holder that received such ordinary shares in the distribution generally will equal the fair market value (in U.S. dollars) of such ordinary shares on the
distribution date. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain (taxable at a reduced rate for non-corporate U.S. Holders) or loss if, on the date of sale or
disposition, such ordinary shares were held by such U.S. Holder for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Gain
or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss, as the case may be for foreign tax credit purposes.
199
Table of Contents
The amount realized on a sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares for foreign currency generally will equal the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency
at the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of sale or other disposition or, if the ordinary shares are traded on an established securities market (such as the NYSE
or the TASE), in the case of a cash method or electing accrual method U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares, the settlement date. A U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in
the foreign currency received equal to the U.S. dollar amount realized. Any gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of
the foreign currency will be foreign currency gain or loss, which is treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company
In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable
year in which either (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of its assets
(determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive asset and
our unbooked intangibles will be taken into account and generally treated as non-passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets
and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the shares.
We do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2014. We do not anticipate being a PFIC for our current taxable year or in
the foreseeable future, although we can make no assurances in this regard. Our status as a PFIC in any year depends on our assets and activities in that year. We have
no reason to believe that our assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause us to be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future
year. Because, however, PFIC status is factual in nature and generally cannot be determined until the close of the taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will
not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.
If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to imputed
interest taxes, characterization of any gain from the sale or exchange of our ordinary shares as ordinary income, and other disadvantageous tax treatment with respect
to our ordinary shares unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below). Further, if we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year
during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a
proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each such non-U.S. subsidiary classified as a PFIC (each such subsidiary, a lower tier PFIC) for purposes of the
application of these rules. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.
As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election. A mark-to-market election may
be made with respect to our ordinary shares, provided they are actively traded, defined for this purpose as being traded on a “qualified exchange,” other than in de
minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. We anticipate that our ordinary shares should qualify as being actively traded, but no assurances
may be given in this regard. If a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares makes this election, the U.S. Holder will generally (i) include as income for each taxable year the
excess, if any, of the fair market value of our ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares and (ii) deduct as
a loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of our ordinary shares over the fair market value of such ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year, but
only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our ordinary
shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. In addition, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or
other disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount
previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a
PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any
period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC. In the case of a U.S. Holder who has held our ordinary shares during any taxable year in respect of which we
were classified as a PFIC and continues to hold such ordinary shares (or any portion thereof) and has not previously made a mark-to-market election, and who is
considering making a mark-to-market election, special tax rules may apply relating to purging the PFIC taint of such ordinary shares. Because a mark-to-market
election cannot be made for any lower tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s
indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
200
Table of Contents
We do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares to make qualified electing fund elections, which, if available,
would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.
If a U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such U.S. Holder may be subject to certain reporting obligations with
respect to our ordinary shares, including reporting on IRS Form 8621.
Each U.S. Holder should consult its tax adviser concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of our ordinary
shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.
Material Singapore Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a summary of Singapore income tax, goods and services tax, or GST, stamp duty and estate duty considerations relevant to the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by an investor who is not tax resident or domiciled in Singapore and who does not carry on business or
otherwise have a presence in Singapore. The statements made herein regarding taxation are general in nature and based upon certain aspects of the current tax laws
of Singapore and administrative guidelines issued by the relevant authorities in force as of the date hereof and are subject to any changes in such laws or
administrative guidelines or the interpretation of such laws or guidelines occurring after such date, which changes could be made on a retrospective basis. The
statements made herein do not purport to be a comprehensive or exhaustive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire,
own or dispose of our ordinary shares and do not purport to deal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers
in securities) may be subject to special rules. Prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers as to the Singapore or other tax consequences of
the acquisition, ownership of or disposal of our ordinary shares, taking into account their own particular circumstances. The statements below are based upon the
assumption that Kenon is tax resident in Singapore for Singapore income tax purposes. It is emphasized that neither Kenon nor any other persons involved in this
annual report accepts responsibility for any tax effects or liabilities resulting from the acquisition, holding or disposal of our ordinary shares.
Income Taxation Under Singapore Law
Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Ordinary Shares
Under the one-tier corporate tax system which currently applies to all Singapore tax resident companies, tax on corporate profits is final, and dividends paid
by a Singapore tax resident company will be tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or
not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.
Capital Gains upon Disposition of Ordinary Shares
Under current Singapore tax laws, there is no tax on capital gains. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a
gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of our ordinary shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore
income tax, if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore. However,
under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company between June 1, 2012 and May 31,
2017 are generally not taxable if immediately prior to the date of the relevant disposal, the investing company has held at least 20% of the ordinary shares in the
investee company for a continuous period of at least 24 months.
Goods and Services Tax
The issue or transfer of ownership of our ordinary shares should be exempt from Singapore GST. Hence, the holders would not incur any GST on the
subscription or subsequent transfer of the shares.
Stamp Duty
Where our ordinary shares evidenced in certificated forms are acquired in Singapore, stamp duty is payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of
0.2% of the consideration for or market value of our ordinary shares, whichever is higher.
Where an instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore or no instrument of transfer is executed, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition of our
ordinary shares. However, stamp duty may be payable if the instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is
borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary.
201
Table of Contents
On the basis that any transfer instruments in respect of our ordinary shares traded on the NYSE and the TASE are executed outside Singapore through our
transfer agent and share registrar in the United States for registration in our branch share register maintained in the United States (without any transfer instruments
being received in Singapore), no stamp duty should be payable in Singapore on such transfers.
Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding Taxes
There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore which applies to withholding taxes on dividends
or capital gains.
F.
Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G.
Statement by Experts
Not applicable.
H. Documents on Display
We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements will file
reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information and this annual report may be inspected without charge at 1 Temasek Avenue #36-01, Millenia
Tower, Singapore 039192 and inspected and copied at the public reference facilities of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may
also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov from which certain
filings may be accessed.
As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our
officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange
Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or
as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, for so long as we are listed on the NYSE, or any other
U.S. exchange, and are registered with the SEC, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by
the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and will submit to the SEC, on
a Form 6-K, unaudited quarterly financial information for the first three quarters of each year.
We maintain a corporate website at http://www.kenon-holdings.com . Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not
constitute a part of this annual report on Form 20-F. We have included our website address in this annual report solely as an inactive textual reference.
I.
Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our multinational operations expose us to a variety of market risks, which embody the potential for changes in the fair value of the financial instruments or
the cash flows deriving from them. Our risk management policies and those of each of our businesses seek to limit the adverse effects of these market risks on the
financial performance of each of our businesses and, consequently, on our consolidated financial performance. Each of our businesses bear responsibility for the
establishment and oversight of their financial risk management framework and have adopted individualized risk management policies to address those risks specific
to their operations.
Our primary market risk exposures are to:
•
currency risk, as a result of changes in the rates of exchange of various foreign currencies (in particular, the Euro and the New Israeli Shekel) in relation
to the U.S. Dollar, our functional currency and the currency against which we measure our exposure;
202
Table of Contents
•
•
index risk, as a result of changes in the Consumer Price Index;
interest rate risk, as a result of changes in the market interest rates affecting certain of our businesses’ issuance of debt and related financial instruments;
and
•
price risk, as a result of changes in market prices, such as the price of certain commodities (e.g., natural gas and heavy fuel oil).
For further information on our market risks and the sensitivity analyses of these risks, see Note 29 – Financial Instruments to our combined carve-out financial
statements included in this annual report.
ITEM 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
A.
Debt Securities
Not applicable.
B. Warrants and Rights
Not applicable.
C. Other Securities
Not applicable.
D.
American Depositary Shares
Not applicable.
203
Table of Contents
ITEM 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
PART II
ITEM 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
ITEM 15. Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and interim chief financial officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of
our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report, as required by Rule
13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and interim chief financial
officer, has concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the
time periods specified in by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and interim chief financial officer, as appropriate, to
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the
company’s registered public accounting firm due to the transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for a registrant’s first
annual report required to be filed under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Laurence N. Charney is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A. of Form 20-F under the
Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Laurence N. Charney satisfies the NYSE’s listed company “independence” requirements.
ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer and our interim chief
financial officer. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.kenon-holdings.com .
ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Somekh Chaikin, a member firm of KPMG International, was appointed as our independent registered public accounting firm, on February 16, 2015, for the
audit of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report.
The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by Somekh Chaikin,
and other member firms within the KPMG network, for the period ended December 31, 2014:
Audit Fees 1
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees 2
All Other Fees
Total
$ 930,000
—
$ 158,000
—
$ 1,088,000
1.
2.
The aggregate audit fees include fees billed or accrued for professional services rendered by the principal accountant, and member firms in their respective
network, for the audit of our annual financial statements, and those of our consolidated subsidiaries, as well as additional services that are normally provided
by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, except for those not required by statute or regulation. The above audit
fees do not include fees of $150,000 billed or accrued in connection with the principal accountant’s PCAOB audit of ZIM for the years 2012-2014 in
connection with Kenon’s statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
Tax fees consist of fees for professional services rendered during the fiscal year by the principal accountant mainly for tax compliance and assistance with tax
audits and appeals.
204
Table of Contents
ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
None.
ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
None.
ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance
None.
ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure
Not applicable.
205
Table of Contents
ITEM 17. Financial Statements
Not applicable.
ITEM 18. Financial Statements
PART III
The consolidated financial statements and the related notes required by this Item 18 are included in this annual report beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 19. Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
1.1
2.1*
2.2
2.3
2.4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Index to Exhibits
Description of Document
Kenon Holdings Ltd.’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s
Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on December 19, 2014)
Form of Specimen Share Certificate for Kenon Holdings Ltd.’s Ordinary Shares
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and Millenium Investments Elad Ltd. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.6 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and XT Investments Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.7 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Sale, Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Loan Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
English translation of Natural Gas Supply Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2006, as amended, among Kallpa Generación S.A., Pluspetrol Peru
Corporation S.A., Pluspetrol Camisea S.A., Hunt Oil Company of Peru L.L.C. Sucursal del Peru, SK Corporation Sucursal Peruana, Sonatrach Peru
Corporation S.A.C., Tecpetrol del Peru S.A.C. and Repsol Exploración Peru Sucursal del Peru (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to
Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
English translation of Natural Gas Transportation Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2007, as amended, between Kallpa Generación S.A. and
Transportadora de Gas del Peru S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form
20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
Turnkey Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract, dated as of November 4, 2011, among Cerro del Águila S.A., Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM
S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
English translation of Contract of Concession, dated as of October 23, 2010, as amended, between the Government of Peru and Kallpa Generación
S.A., relating to the provision of electric energy services to the public (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s
Draft Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
4.7†
Joint Venture Contract, dated as of February 16, 2007, as amended, between Wuhu Chery Automobile Investment Co., Ltd. and Quantum (2007)
LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on December 19, 2014)
206
Table of Contents
4.8
4.9*
4.10*
4.11*
Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to
Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Indenture, dated as of April 4, 2011, between Inkia Energy Limited, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A.as trustee, relating to Inkia Energy Limited’s 8.375%
Senior Notes due 2021
Facility Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2011, among O.P.C. Rotem Ltd., as borrower, Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M., as arranger and agent, Bank
Leumi Le-Israel Trust Company Ltd., as security trustee, and the senior lenders named therein
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2012, among Cerro del Águila S.A., as borrower, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative
agent, and other parties party thereto
8.1*
12.1*
12.2*
13.1*
15.1*
15.2*
15.3*
*
†
List of significant subsidiaries of Kenon Holdings Ltd.
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Consent of Somekh Chaikin, a Member Firm of KPMG International, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of Kenon Holdings Ltd.
Consent of Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co., a Member Firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent auditor of Tower Semiconductor Ltd.
Consent of KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership), independent auditor of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Filed herewith.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act. Omitted information has
been filed separately with the SEC.
207
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign
this annual report on its behalf.
Date: March 31, 2015
Kenon Holdings Ltd.
/s/ Yoav Doppelt
By:
Name: Yoav Doppelt
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings Carve-out
Combined Carve-out Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2014
Table of Contents
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDAT ED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Kenon Holdings and its Subsidiaries
Kenon Holdings
Combined Carve-out Financial Statements for Years Ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of Kenon Holdings
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of Tower Semiconductor Ltd.
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Financial Position of Kenon Holdings as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Income of Kenon Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Other Comprehensive Income of Kenon Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Parent Company Investment of Kenon Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and
2012
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows of Kenon Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements of Kenon Holdings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Affiliate Financial Statements Filed Pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated Financial Information for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Independent Auditors’ Report
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-10
F-98
F-99
F-100
F-102
F-103
F-105
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Kenon Holdings Ltd.:
We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out statements of financial position of the carved-out operations of certain holdings of Israel Corporation Ltd.
(“Kenon Holdings, Carve-out”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related combined carve-out statements of income, other comprehensive income, changes
in parent company investment and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These combined carve-out financial
statements are the responsibility of Kenon Holdings, Carve-out’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined carve-out financial
statements based on our audits.
We did not audit the financial statements of Tower Semiconductor Ltd., (Tower) (a 29%, 32% and 30% owned unconsolidated associated company as of
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively). Kenon Holdings, Carve-out’s investment in Tower at December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $14 million and
$0 million, respectively, and its equity in profit of Tower was $18.3 million for the year 2014, and its equity in losses in the amount of $31 million and $22 million
for the years 2013 and 2012, respectively. The financial statements of Tower were audited by other auditors whose reports were furnished to us, and our opinion,
insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Tower, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined carve-out financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined carve-out financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and on the report of the other auditors, the combined carve-out financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Kenon Holdings, Carve-out, as defined in Note 1C, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board.
/s/ Somekh Chaikin
Certified Public Accountants (Isr)
A member firm of KPMG International
Tel Aviv, Israel
March 31, 2015
F-1
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and the shareholders of
Tower Semiconductor Ltd.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tower Semiconductors Ltd. (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and
2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as
of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As described in Note 22, the consolidated financial statements include a reconciliation of the Company’s financial statements from the accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America to International Financial Reporting Standards.
Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co.
Certified Public Accountants
A Member Firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Tel Aviv, Israel
March 4, 2015
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Financial Position
Table of Contents
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments and deposits
Trade receivables
Other receivables and debit balances
Income tax receivable
Inventories
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Investments in associated companies
Deposits, loans and other debit balances, including derivative instruments
Deferred taxes, net
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
As at December 31
2014
2013
Note
US$ thousands
5
6
7
8
9
610,056
226,830
181,358
59,064
3,418
55,335
1,136,061
670,976
29,808
357,428
98,387
7,025
150,234
1,313,858
10
12
26
13
14
435,783
74,658
42,609
2,502,787
144,671
3,200,508
540,463
80,044
28,235
3,860,475
161,583
4,670,800
4,336,569
5,984,658
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-3
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Financial Position
Current liabilities
Credit from banks and others
Long-term liabilities reclassified to short-term
Trade payables
Other payables and credit balances, including derivative instruments
Provisions
Income tax payable
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Loans from banks and others
Debentures
Derivative instruments
Deferred taxes, net
Employee benefits
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Parent company investment
Non-controlling interests
Total parent company investment and non-controlling interests
Total liabilities and parent company investment and non-controlling interests
As at December 31
2014
2013
Note
US$ thousands
15
15
16
17
18
161,486
—
144,488
114,165
69,882
6,766
496,787
620,439
1,505,000
510,337 *
248,054
21,573 *
14,805
2,920,208
15
15
17
26
19
21
1,528,930
686,942
21,045
130,983
6,219
10,072
2,384,191
2,880,978
1,289,447
637,140
10,097
79,935
90,911
5,736
2,113,266
5,033,474
1,243,893
211,698
1,455,591
713,655
237,529
951,184
4,336,569
5,984,658
Kenneth Cambie
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Yoav Doppelt
CEO
Tzahi Goshen
Interim CFO
Approval date of the financial statements: March 31, 2015
(*) Reclassified – See Note 2E
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-4
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Income
Revenues from sale of electricity
Cost of sales and services (excluding depreciation and amortization)
Depreciation and amortisation
Gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Gains from disposal of investees
Asset write off
Gain on bargain purchase
Other expenses
Other income
Operating profit
Financing expenses
Financing income
Financing expenses, net
Share in losses of associated companies, net of tax
Profit/(loss) before income taxes
Tax expenses
Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations
Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after taxes)
Profit/(loss) for the year
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Basic profit/(loss) per share attributable to Kenon’s shareholders (in dollars):
Basic profit/(loss) per share
Basic profit/(loss) per share from continuing operations
Basic profit/(loss) per share from discontinued operations
(*) Reclassified due to discontinued operations (See Note 28, Note 3R)
Note
22
23
10.C.d
11.A.1.i&k
11.A.1.b
24
24
2014
2012*
For the year ended December 31
2013*
US$ thousands
1,372,230 873,394 577,266
(981,141 ) (593,802 ) (395,642 )
(100,434 ) (70,404 ) (50,728 )
290,655
130,896
209,188
(131,118 ) (72,955 ) (69,234 )
5,290
157,137
—
—
—
(47,844 )
—
1,320
68,210
(509 )
(5,338 )
(13,970 )
12,443
4,327
51,037
374,107
78,886
136,542
(110,179 ) (68,779 ) (38,961 )
16,243
2,998
4,789
(93,936 ) (63,990 ) (35,963 )
(170,897 ) (126,690 ) (52,185 )
(9,262 )
109,274
(54,138 )
(90,822 ) (41,930 ) (21,832 )
(96,068 ) (31,094 )
18,452
(512,489 ) (409,038 )
470,421
(608,557 ) (440,132 )
488,873
467,538
21,335
488,873
(625,627 ) (452,378 )
17,070
12,246
(608,557 ) (440,132 )
8.76
0.01
8.75
(11.72 )
(2.03 )
(9.69 )
(8.47 )
(0.70 )
(7.77 )
25
25
10
26
28
27
27
27
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-5
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Other Comprehensive Income
Profit/(loss) for the year
Items that were or may be reclassified to the Statement of Income
Foreign currency translation differences in respect of foreign operations
Foreign currency translation differences in respect of foreign operations recognised in profit or loss
Change in fair value of derivatives used to hedge cash flows
Group’s share in other comprehensive income/(loss) of associated companies
Income taxes in respect of components of other comprehensive income
Components of other comprehensive income/(loss) in respect from discontinued operations
Total
Items that will never be reclassified to the Statement of Income
Actuarial losses, net, from defined benefit plans
Group’s share in other comprehensive income/(loss) of associate companies
Components of other comprehensive loss that will not be recognized in the statement of income from discontinued operations
Total
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
Attributable to:
Kenon’s shareholders
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
(*) Reclassified due to discontinued operations (See Note 28, Note 3R)
2014
For the year ended December 31
2013*
US$ thousands
488,873 (608,557 ) (440,132 )
2012*
(10,782 ) (20,624 ) 11,654
(24,891 ) —
—
(13,144 ) (18,582 ) —
(1,580 )
(7,306 )
—
2,303
(4,025 )
6,097
(57,845 ) (29,498 ) 16,171
9,322
5,554
(5,168 )
(545 )
—
—
—
(3,978 ) —
(148 )
—
(3,978 )
(693 )
(61,823 ) (32,907 ) 15,478
(3,409 )
(3,409 )
427,050
(641,464 ) (424,654 )
410,192
16,858
427,050
(655,066 ) (436,900 )
13,602
12,246
(641,464 ) (424,654 )
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-6
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Changes in Parent Company Investment
Non-
controlling
Attributable to the Kenon’s shareholders
interests
Total
Parent
company
investment
Translation
reserve
Capital
reserves
Total
Balance at January 1, 2012
Contribution from parent company
Dividend to holders of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary
Issuance of shares of a subsidiary to holders of non-controlling interests
Transactions with holders of non-controlling interests
Loss of control in a subsidiary
Transactions with controlling shareholder
Income/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2012
Balance at January 1, 2013
Share-based payments in a subsidiary
Contribution from parent company
Dividend to holders of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary
Loss of control in subsidiary
Issuance of shares of subsidiary to holders of non-controlling interests
Transactions with controlling shareholder
Income/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2013
Balance at January 1, 2014
Share-based payments in a subsidiary
Share-based payments in Kenon
Payment to parent company (See Note 11.h)
Contribution from parent company (See Note 21)
Dividend to holders of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary
Acquisition of shares of subsidiary from holders of rights not conferring control
Loss of control in a subsidiary
Non-controlling shareholder contribution
Non-controlling interest in respect of business combination
Transactions with controlling shareholder
Income for the year
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2014
US$ thousands
1,335,939 76,691 (13,000 ) 1,399,630 178,447 1,578,077
— — 212,092 — 212,092
212,092
(3,358 )
(3,358 )
—
— —
—
47,617
— 47,617
— —
—
2,443
2,443
—
— —
—
(1,585 )
— —
(1,585 )
—
—
— —
37,986
37,986
37,986 —
— — (452,378 ) 12,246 (440,132 )
(452,378 )
15,478
1,448,618
1,134,808 91,000 (13,000 ) 1,212,808
1,169 14,309 —
15,478 —
235,810
1,134,808 91,000 (13,000 ) 1,212,808
—
154,482
—
—
—
1,431
(625,627 )
—
— —
— — 154,482
— —
— —
— —
— —
— — (625,627 ) 17,070
— (28,250 )
— (12,575 )
— 27,602
1,431
1,340
235,810 1,448,618
1,340
— 154,482
(28,250 )
(12,575 )
27,602
1,431
(608,557 )
(32,907 )
951,184
—
(3,468 )
(2,415 ) (18,819 ) (8,205 )
(29,439 )
662,679 72,181 (21,205 ) 713,655 237,529
5,444
—
428
—
662,679 72,181 (21,205 ) 713,655
—
—
(300,047 )
414,649
—
—
—
—
—
—
467,538
237,529 951,184
428
— —
— 5,444
5,444
— — (300,047 ) — (300,047 )
— 414,649
— — 414,649
(17,518 )
— —
5,550
— —
(86,743 )
— —
19,577
— —
35,800
— —
217
— —
488,873
— — 467,538
(61,823 )
1,240,727 28,440 (25,274 ) 1,243,893 211,698 1,455,591
— (17,518 )
—
— (86,743 )
— 19,577
— 35,800
217
—
21,335
(4,092 ) (43,741 ) (9,513 )
(57,346 )
(4,477 )
5,550
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-7
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows
2014
For the year ended December 31
2013
US$ thousands
2012
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit/(loss) for the year
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of tangible assets and other investments
Derecognition of payments on account of vessels
Financing expenses, net
Share in losses of associated companies, net
Capital gains, net
Share-based payments
Gain on bargain purchase (Negative goodwill)
Taxes on income
Change in inventories
Change in trade and other receivables
Change in trade and other payables
Change in provisions and employee benefits
Income taxes paid, net
Dividends received from investments in associates
Net cash provided by operating activities
488,873 (608,557 ) (440,132 )
4,463
(1,320 )
188,171 238,621 234,721
5,223
47,844
7,000
— 71,646 132,700
195,405 377,157 231,975
168,044 116,715 43,008
(767,216 ) (67,230 ) (42,945 )
4,099
8,413
(68,210 )
—
100,306 63,342 40,374
209,023
201,837
361,630
21,991
(14,894 )
16,932
(21,523 ) (122,186 ) (62,575 )
66,733
128,682
29,830
(6,124 )
26,030
49,872
441,800
192,163
251,295
(66,198 ) (47,441 ) (47,268 )
23,822
53,111
34,774
168,717
256,965
410,376
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-8
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings, Carve-Out
Combined Carve-Out Statements of Cash Flows
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from refund of payments on account vessels
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Short-term deposits and loans, net
Business combinations less cash acquired
Disposal of subsidiary, net of cash disposed of and exit from consolidation
Proceeds from sale of operations
Investment in associates
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of intangible assets
Provision of long-term loans
Interest received
Collection of long-term loans from associated company
Exit from the consolidation and transition to associate company less cash eliminated (See Note 28 (a))
Proceeds from sale of associate company
Payments for derivative investments used for hedging, net
Settlement of derivatives
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividend paid to non-controlling interests
Acquisition of shares not conferring control in subsidiary
Proceeds from issuance of shares to holders of non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Receipt of long-term loans and issuance of debentures
Repayment of long-term loans and debentures
Short-term credit from banks and others, net
Contribution from parent company
Payments for transactions in derivative (for hedging), net
Payment to the parent company
Interest paid
Net cash provided by financing activities
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on balances of cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
2014
For the year ended December 31
2013
US$ thousands
2012
1,758
—
— 30,000
—
17,449 95,934 88,929
(253,097 ) 62,112 93,900
—
(67,180 ) (27,850 )
3,454
2,405
3,549
—
(179,355 ) (154,492 ) (71,070 )
(425,184 ) (311,517 ) (399,987 )
(9,135 ) (17,451 )
(11,496 )
(628 )
—
—
3,949
6,637
3,934
3,340
—
—
—
(310,918 )
—
—
359,891 49,780
(734 )
(7,575 )
(16,100 )
(2,038 ) (10,615 ) (30,956 )
(882,336 ) (277,632 ) (320,389 )
(17,518 ) (28,250 )
—
—
27,602
19,577
744,183
360,552
(173,868 ) (213,758 )
(86,072 ) 171,637
154,482
414,649
(19,840 )
(650 )
47,617
376,480
(338,710 )
4,082
212,092
—
(427 )
(300,047 )
—
(170,885 ) (191,199 ) (158,776 )
122,295
280,940
429,592
(126 )
—
(42,368 ) 260,273
670,976
411,079
(18,552 )
610,056
670,976
(376 )
(29,377 )
437,967
2,489
411,079
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined carve-out financial statements.
F-9
Table of Contents
Kenon Holdings Ltd.
Notes to the Combined Carve-Out Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2014
Note 1 – Financial Reporting Principles and Accounting Policies
A.
The Reporting Entity
The combined carve-out financial statements include certain entities (subsidiaries and associates) (hereinafter – “the Group”) whose shares are held by Israel
Corporation Ltd. (hereinafter – “IC”).
B.
The split- up of Israel Corporation’s holdings
The split-up of Israel Corporation’s holdings on January 7, 2015 involved the contribution of IC’s holdings in I.C. Power Ltd., (hereinafter – “I.C. Power”),
Qoros Automotive Co. Ltd. (hereinafter – “Qoros”), ZIM Integrated Shipping Services Ltd. (hereinafter – “ZIM”), Tower Semiconductor Ltd. (hereinafter –
“Tower”) and other assets and entities, to Kenon Holdings Ltd. (hereinafter – “Kenon”), a Singapore corporation that was incorporated on March 7, 2014, in
exchange for shares of Kenon. Kenon’s shares were, in turn, distributed on January 9, 2015 to the shareholders of IC as a “dividend in kind”. IC’s debt to
banks and debenture holders remain in IC, and were not transferred to Kenon.
The split-up was completed on January 7, 2015 and from that day onwards Kenon shares have been traded on New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and on Tel
Aviv Stock Exchange (TASE) (NYSE and TASE: KEN).
After the split-up the primary subsidiary that kenon hold is I.C. Power. I.C. Power, through its operating subsidiaries and associates, provides electricity
generation using different technologies such as hydroelectric, natural gas and diesel turbines and heavy fuel oil engines, in Peru, Chile, Colombia, Dominican
Republic, Bolivia, El Salvador, Jamaica, Nicaragua, Guatemala, and Israel.
The split- up includes:
(A)
(B)
IC’s undertaking in a separation agreement (as detailed in Note 30G) with its wholly owned subsidiary, Kenon, which includes (among other things):
(i) transfer of the holdings in the companies being transferred to Kenon, as stated above, and transfer of certain rights and liabilities in connection with
the companies being transferred from IC to Kenon; (ii) execution of an investment in the capital of Kenon in the amount of $35 million and
(iii) issuance of shares of Kenon to IC in respect of the assets and rights to be transferred from IC to Kenon and
IC’s undertaking in a loan agreement whereby, among other things, IC will provide Kenon a credit framework in an aggregate amount of up to
$200 million, Kenon will pay an annual commitment fee equal to 2.1% of the undrawn amount of the credit facility and an annual interest of LIBOR +
2% interest on the drawn amount, and in the framework thereof it will be provided that in a case of realization of guarantees that IC will remain
responsible for with respect to Qoros, the amount for which IC will be liable in a case of realization of these guarantees will be considered a debt of
Kenon to IC and the provisions of the loan agreement will apply to it. Kenon did not use this credit facility in the reporting period. In 2015 Kenon
drawdown $45 million under its credit facility from IC and IC’s back-to-back guarantee of Qoros’ debt was released in full; and
(C) Distribution to IC’s shareholders as a dividend in kind of the shares of Kenon; including registration of these shares for trading, both on a New York
Stock Exchange and on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange.
C.
The combined carve-out financial statements
The combined carve-out financial statements have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of IC. The combined financial statements reflect
the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses directly attributable to the Group, as well as allocations deemed reasonable by management, to present the
combined financial position, results of operations, changes in parent company investment and cash flows of the Group.
Outstanding balances, investments, transactions and cash flows between Group entities have been eliminated. Certain balances that were eliminated in the
consolidation of the financial statements of IC were reinstated in the combined financial statements when they relate to transactions with entities held by IC
that were not transferred to the Group.
The Combined Carve-out Financial Statements may not necessarily be indicative of Kenon’s financial position, results of operating activities or cash flows
had it operated as a separate entity throughout the period presented or for future periods.
F-10
Table of Contents
Note 1 – Financial Reporting Principles and Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
Significant allocation and assumptions:
The assumptions in this report are based on the terms of the separation agreement between IC and Kenon with respect to the assets and liabilities that were
transferred to Kenon. Management has used the following assumptions in developing the carve-out financial statements.
Allocation of expenses – Management allocated IC general and administrative expenses to the Group for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
based on the time invested by IC management in the Group’s respective holdings. In addition, the general and administrative expenses includes specific split
expenses such as registration expenses were allocated to Kenon.
Debt and financial instruments – IC’s outstanding debt at the holding company level, other financial instruments and related finance expenses will not be
transferred to Kenon and therefore were not reflected in the combined Carve-out Financial Statements.
Guarantees, Loans and Capital notes from IC – Guarantees and loans (including capital notes) from IC to the Group companies that were transferred to
Kenon, were reflected in the combined Carve-out Financial Statements. Kenon did not use this credit facility in the reporting period.
Contingent Liabilities – Existing IC contingent liabilities, including those related to litigation, were not transferred to Kenon.
Associates – Investments in associates which were will be transferred to Kenon are included in the Carve-out Financial Statements.
Investments – Investments that have been made by IC in investee companies that were transferred to Kenon, and the financing of the Group, including holding
company expenses, for the periods shown, were treated as Contributions from Parent Company in the statement of changes in parent company investment.
Profit (loss) per share – On January 7, 2015 the split-up was completed and 53,383,015 ordinary shares were issued by Kenon. Therefore, the Profit (loss) per
share in the combined carve-out financial statements is based on this number of shares (in 2014, 2013 and 2012).
Operating segments – The operating segments disclosures are based on the reporting to IC’s CODM. However, in light of Kenon’s future expected reporting
practices to its CODM, Qoros is voluntarily presented as a separate segment.
D.
Definitions
In these carve-out financial statements -
1.
2.
3.
4.
Subsidiaries – Companies whose financial statements are fully consolidated with those of Kenon, directly or indirectly.
Associates – Companies in which Kenon has significant influence and Kenon’s investment is stated, directly or indirectly, on the equity basis.
Investee companies – subsidiaries and/or associated companies.
Related parties – within the meaning thereof in International Accounting Standard 24 “Related Parties”.
F-11
Table of Contents
Note 2 – Basis of Preparation of the Financial Statements
A.
Declaration of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
The combined carve-out financial statements (“consolidated financial statements”) were prepared by the Group in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
The consolidated financial statements were approved for publication by the Company’s Board of Directors on March 31, 2015.
B.
Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars, which is Kenon’s functional currency, and have been rounded to the nearest thousand,
except when otherwise indicated. The US dollar is the currency that represents the principal economic environment in which Kenon and most of its investees
operate.
C.
Basis of measurement
The statements were prepared on the historical cost basis, with the exception of the following assets and liabilities:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Derivative financial instruments.
Inventory measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Provisions.
Assets and liabilities in respect of employee benefits.
Investments in associates.
For additional information regarding measurement of these assets and liabilities – see Note 3 “Significant Accounting Policies”.
D.
Use of estimates and judgment
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The preparation of accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management of the Group to make assumptions
regarding circumstances and events that involve considerable uncertainty. Management prepares the estimates on the basis of past experience, various facts,
external circumstances, and reasonable assumptions according to the pertinent circumstances of each estimate.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the
estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.
Information about assumptions made by the Group with respect to the future and other reasons for uncertainty with respect to estimates that have a significant
risk of resulting in a material adjustment to carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the next financial year are set forth below:
1.
Useful life of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life.
At every year-end, or more often if necessary, the Group examines the estimated useful life of the property, plant and equipment by comparing it to the
benchmark in the relevant industry, taking into account the level of maintenance and functioning over the years. If necessary, on the basis of this evaluation,
the Group adjusts the estimated useful life of the property, plant and equipment. A change in estimates in subsequent periods could materially increase or
decrease depreciation expenses.
F-12
Table of Contents
Note 2 – Basis of Preparation of the Financial Statements (Cont’d)
2.
Recoverable amount of non-financial assets and Cash Generating Units
Each reporting date, the Group examines whether there have been any events or changes in circumstances which would indicate impairment of one or more of
its non-financial assets or Cash Generating Units (CGUs). When there are indications of impairment, an examination is made as to whether the carrying
amount of the non-financial assets or CGUs exceeds their recoverable amount, and if necessary, an impairment loss is recognized. Assessment of the
impairment of goodwill and of other intangible assets having an indeterminable life is performed at least once a year or when signs of impairment exist.
The recoverable amount of the asset or CGU is determined based on the higher of the fair value less selling costs of the asset or CGU and the present value of
the future cash flows expected from the continued use of the asset or CGU in its present condition, including the cash flows expected upon retiring the asset
from service and its eventual sale (value in use).
The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the
risks specific to the asset or CGU.
The estimates regarding future cash flows are based on past experience with respect to this asset or similar assets (or CGUs), and on the Group’s best possible
assessments regarding the economic conditions that will exist during the remaining useful life of the asset or CGU.
The estimate of the future cash flows relies on the Group’s budget and other forecasts. Since the actual cash flows may differ, the recoverable amount
determined could change in subsequent periods, such that an additional impairment loss needs to be recognised or a previously recognized impairment loss
needs to be reversed.
3.
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
The Group is a party to derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign currency risks, interest risks and price risks. The derivatives are recorded based
on their fair values. The fair value of the derivative financial instruments is determined using acceptable valuation techniques that characterize the different
derivatives, maximizing the use of observable inputs. Fair value measurement of long-term derivatives takes into account the counterparties credit risks.
Changes in the economic assumptions and/or valuation techniques could give rise to significant changes in the fair value of the derivatives.
4.
Separation of embedded derivatives
The Group exercises significant judgment in determining whether it is necessary to separate an embedded derivative from a host contract. If it is determined
that the embedded derivative is not closely related to the host contract and that it is necessary to separate the embedded derivative, this component is measured
separately from the host contract as a financial instrument at fair value through profit or loss. Otherwise, the entire instrument is measured in accordance with
the measurement principles applicable to the host contract.
Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss, as financing income or expenses.
5.
Taxes on Income
Deferred tax assets are recorded in connection with unutilized tax losses, as well as with respect to deductible temporary differences. Since such deferred tax
assets may only be recognized where it is probable that there will be future taxable income against which said losses may be utilized, use of discretion by
Management is required in order to assess the probability that such future taxable income will exist. Management’s assessment is re-examined on a current
basis and deferred tax assets are recognized if it is probable that future taxable income will permit recovery of the deferred tax assets.
F-13
Table of Contents
Note 2 – Basis of Preparation of the Financial Statements (Cont’d)
E.
Reclassification
Reclassifications were made in the combined carve-out statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2013, and for the year ended on that date
regarding: provisions and trade payables are presented in the statement of Financial Position, this presentation is more appropriate for our companies.
As at December 31, 2013:
Statement of Financial Position
Current liabilities:
Trade payables
Provisions
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies
Original
$ thousands
Reclassifications
Modified
531,910
—
(21,573 )
21,573
510,337
21,573
The accounting policies detailed below were applied consistently in all the periods included in these consolidated statements by the Group entities.
A.
Basis for consolidation
(1) Business combinations
The Group accounts for all business combinations according to the acquisition method.
The acquisition date is the date on which the Group obtains control over an acquiree. Control exists when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable
returns from its involvement with the acquiree and it has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the acquiree. Substantive rights held by the
Group and others are taken into account when assessing control.
The Group recognizes goodwill on acquisition according to the fair value of the consideration transferred less the net amount of the fair value of identifiable
assets acquired less the fair value of liabilities assumed.
If the Group pays a bargain price for the acquisition (meaning including negative goodwill), it recognizes the resulting gain in profit or loss on the acquisition
date.
Furthermore, goodwill is not adjusted in respect of the utilization of carry-forward tax losses that existed on the date of the business combination.
Costs associated with acquisitions that were incurred by the acquirer in the business combination such as: finder’s fees, advisory, legal, valuation and other
professional or consulting fees are expensed in the period the services are received.
(2)
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date
that control commences until the date that control is lost. The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed when necessary to align them with the
policies adopted by the Group.
(3) Non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests comprise the equity of a subsidiary that cannot be attributed, directly or indirectly, to the parent company, and they include
additional components such as: share-based payments that will be settled with equity instruments of subsidiaries and options for shares of subsidiaries.
F-14
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
Transactions with non-controlling interests, while retaining control
Transactions with non-controlling interests while retaining control are accounted for as equity transactions. Any difference between the consideration paid or
received and the change in non-controlling interests is included in the directly in parent company investment.
Allocation of comprehensive income to the shareholders
Profit or loss and any part of other comprehensive income are allocated to the owners of the Group and the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive
income is allocated to the owners of the Group and the non-controlling interests even if the result is a negative balance of non-controlling interests.
Furthermore, when the holding interest in the subsidiary changes, while retaining control, the Group re-attributes the accumulated amounts that were
recognized in other comprehensive income to the owners of the Group and the non-controlling interests.
Cash flows deriving from transactions with holders of non-controlling interests while retaining control are classified under “financing activities” in the
statement of cash flows.
(4) Loss of control
Upon the loss of control, the Group derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and the other components of equity
related to the subsidiary. If the Group retains any interest in the previous subsidiary, then such interest is measured at fair value at the date that control is lost.
The difference between the sum of the proceeds and fair value of the retained interest, and the derecognized balances is recognized in profit or loss under
other income or other expenses. Subsequently the retained interest is accounted for as an equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale asset depending
on the level of influence retained by the Group in the relevant company.
The amounts recognized in capital reserves through other comprehensive income with respect to the same subsidiary are reclassified to profit or loss or to
retained earnings in the same manner that would have been applicable if the subsidiary had itself realized the same assets or liabilities.
(5)
Investments in associates
Associates are entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Significant influence is
presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20% and 50% of another entity. In assessing significant influence, potential voting rights that are currently
exercisable or convertible into shares of the investee are taken into account.
Associates are accounted for using the equity method (equity accounted investees) and are recognized initially at cost. The cost of the investment includes
transaction costs. The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the income and expenses in profit or loss and of other comprehensive
income of equity accounted investees, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Group, from the date that significant influence
commences until the date that significant influence ceases.
When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long-term interests
that form part thereof, is reduced to zero. When the Group’s share of long-term interests that form a part of the investment in the investee is different from its
share in the investee’s equity, the Group continues to recognize its share of the investee’s losses, after the equity investment was reduced to zero, according to
its economic interest in the long-term interests, after the aforesaid interests were reduced to zero. The recognition of further losses is discontinued except to
the extent that the Group has an obligation to support the investee or has made payments on behalf of the investee.
F-15
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
(6) Loss of significant influence
The Group discontinues applying the equity method from the date it loses significant influence in an associate and it accounts for the retained investment as a
financial asset or subsidiary, as relevant.
On the date of losing significant influence, the Group measures at fair value any retained interest it has in the former associate. The Group recognizes in profit
or loss any difference between the sum of the fair value of the retained interest and any proceeds received from the partial disposal of the investment in the
associate or joint venture, and the carrying amount of the investment on that date.
Amounts recognized in equity through other comprehensive income with respect to such associates are reclassified to profit or loss or to retained earnings in
the same manner that would have been applicable if the associate had itself disposed the related assets or liabilities.
(7) Change in interest held in equity accounted investees while retaining significant influence
When the Group increases its interest in an equity accounted investee while retaining significant influence, it implements the acquisition method only with
respect to the additional interest obtained whereas the previous interest remains the same.
When there is a decrease in the interest in an equity accounted investee while retaining significant influence, the Group derecognizes a proportionate part of
its investment and recognizes in profit or loss a gain or loss from the sale under other income or other expenses.
Furthermore, on the same date, a proportionate part of the amounts recognized in equity through other comprehensive income with respect to the same equity
accounted investee are reclassified to profit or loss or to retained earnings in the same manner that would have been applicable if the associate had itself
realized the same assets or liabilities.
(8)
Intra-group Transactions
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the
consolidated financial statements. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of
impairment.
B.
Foreign currency
(1)
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currencies of Group entities at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at that
date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in denominated a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of
the transaction.
Foreign currency differences are generally recognized in profit or loss, except for differences relating to qualifying cash flow hedges to the extent the hedge is
effective which are recognized in other comprehensive income.
(2)
Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated into US dollars at exchange
rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated into US dollars at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign operation translation differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.
When the foreign operation is a non-wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, then the relevant proportionate share of the foreign operation translation
difference is allocated to the non-controlling interests.
When a foreign operation is disposed of such that control or significant influence is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that
foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as a part of the gain or loss on disposal.
Furthermore, when the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation changes, while retaining control in the subsidiary, a proportionate part
of the cumulative amount of the translation difference that was recognized in other comprehensive income is reattributed to non-controlling interests.
F-16
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
The Group disposes of only part of its investment in an associate that includes a foreign operation, while retaining significant influence, the proportionate part
of the cumulative amount of the translation difference is reclassified to profit or loss.
Generally, foreign currency differences from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, including foreign operations that are
subsidiaries, are recognized in profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned
nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in a foreign operation and are recognized in other comprehensive income,
and are presented within equity in the translation reserve.
C.
Financial instruments
(1) Non-derivative financial assets
Initial recognition of financial assets
The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date that they are created. All other financial assets acquired in a regular way
purchase, are recognized initially on the trade date on which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument, meaning on the date
the Group undertook to purchase or sell the asset. Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other
receivables and cash and cash equivalents.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights of the Group to the cash flows from the asset expire, or the Group transfers the rights to receive
the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are
transferred.
Sales of financial assets are recognized on a trade date basis.
See (2) hereunder regarding offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities.
Classification of financial assets into categories and the accounting treatment of each category
The Group classifies its financial assets according to the following categories:
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are
recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition loans and receivables are measured at
amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash balances available for immediate use and call deposits. Cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid investments
(with original maturities of three months or less) that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and are exposed to insignificant risks of change in
value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash
equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.
F-17
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
(2) Non-derivative financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities include loans and credit from banks and others, debentures, trade and other payables and finance lease liabilities.
Initial recognition of financial liabilities
The Group initially recognizes debt securities issued on the date that they originated. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date on
which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition these financial
liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Derecognition of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are derecognized when the obligation of the Group, as specified in the agreement, expires or when it is discharged or cancelled.
Change in terms of debt instruments
An exchange of debt instruments having substantially different terms, between an existing borrower and lender is accounted for as an extinguishment of the
original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability at fair value. Furthermore, a substantial modification of the terms of the existing
financial liability, or part of it, is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability.
The terms are considered to be substantially different if the discounted present value of the cash flows according to the new terms, including any commissions
paid, less any commissions received and discounted using the original effective interest rate, varies by at least ten percent from the discounted present value of
the remaining cash flows of the original financial liability.
In addition to the aforesaid quantitative criterion, the Group examines, inter alia, whether there have also been changes in various economic parameters
inherent in the exchanged debt instruments.
Upon the swap of debt instruments with equity instruments, equity instruments issued are regarded as a part of “consideration paid” for purposes of
calculating the gain or loss from de-recognition of the financial liability. The equity instruments are initially recognized at fair value, unless fair value cannot
be reliably measured – in which case the issued instruments are measured at the fair value of the derecognized liability. Any difference between the amortized
cost of the financial liability and the initial measurement amount of the equity instruments is recognized in profit or loss under financing income or expenses.
Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group currently has a
legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
(3) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting
The Group companies hold derivative financial instruments for purposes of reducing the exposure to commodity price risks, foreign currency risks, interest
risks, and prices of inputs, including separable embedded derivatives.
Hedge accounting
On initial designation of the hedge, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk
management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the
hedging relationship.
The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected
to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is
designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent.
F-18
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
Measurement of derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition,
derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as described below.
Cash flow hedges
Changes in the fair value of a derivative hedging instrument designated as a cash flow hedge are recognized through other comprehensive income directly in a
hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognized in profit or loss. The
amount recognized in the hedging reserve is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period as the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the
same line item in the statement of income as the hedged item.
If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge accounting is discontinued
prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized through other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains
there until the forecasted transaction occurs or is no longer expected to occur. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the cumulative
gain or loss previously recognized in the hedging reserve is recognized immediately in profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the
amount recognized in the hedging reserve is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when it is recognized. In other cases the amount recognized in the
hedging reserve is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.
Economic hedges
Hedge accounting is not applied to derivative instruments that economically hedge financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Changes
in the fair value of such derivatives are recognized in profit or loss.
Derivatives that do not serve hedging purposes
The changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss, as financing income or expense.
Separable embedded derivatives
Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and
the embedded derivative are not closely related, (b) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a
derivative, and (c) the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss.
If an instrument has more than one underlying variable, with one underlying variable being a non-financial variable specific to one of the parties, the Group
determines whether the instrument is a derivative or not based on its predominant characteristics. If the dominant variable is the non-financial variable specific
to one of the parties, the instrument is not a derivative, and therefore is not separated from the host contract. However, if the dominant variable is the financial
variable (or non-financial variable that is not specific to one of the parties), the instrument is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a
derivative.
Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.
(4)
Financial guarantees
A financial guarantee is initially recognized at fair value. In subsequent periods a financial guarantee is measured at the higher of the amount recognized in
accordance with the guidelines of IAS 37 and the liability initially recognized after being amortized in accordance with the guidelines of IAS 18. Any
resulting adjustment of the liability is recognized in profit or loss.
F-19
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
D.
Property, plant and equipment
(1) . Recognition and measurement
Property plant and equipment items, including the fleet of vessels, are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Cost includes expenditure that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and
direct labor, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use and capitalized borrowing costs.
Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is recognized as part of that equipment. In addition, payments on account of
acquisition of property, plant and equipment are presented as part of the property, plant and equipment.
Spare parts, servicing equipment and stand-by equipment are to be classified as property, plant and equipment assets when they meet the definition in IAS 16,
and are otherwise to be classified as inventory.
When major parts of a property, plant and equipment item (including costs of major periodic inspections) have different useful lives, they are accounted for as
separate items (major components) of property, plant and equipment.
Changes in the obligation to dismantle and remove the items and to restore the site on which they are located, other than changes deriving from the passing of
time, are added to or deducted from the cost of the asset in the period in which they occur. The amount deducted from the cost of the asset does not exceed the
balance of the carrying amount, and any balance is recognized immediately in profit or loss.
Gains and losses on disposal of a property, plant and equipment item are determined by the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and the
carrying amount of the asset.
(2)
Subsequent costs
The cost of replacing part of a property, plant and equipment item and other subsequent expenses are capitalized if it is probable that the future economic
benefits associated with them will flow to the Group and their cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part of a property, plant and
equipment item is derecognized. The costs of day-to-day servicing are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
Significant improvements that extend the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as part of the cost of the property, plant and equipment.
(3) . Depreciation
Depreciation is a systematic allocation of the depreciable amount of an asset over its useful life. The depreciable amount is the cost of the asset, or other
amount substituted for cost.
An asset is depreciated from the date it is ready for use, meaning the date it reaches the location and condition required for it to operate in the manner intended
by management.
Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss (unless the amount is included in the carrying amount of another asset) over the estimated useful lives of each part
of the Property, plant and equipment item, since this most closely reflects the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in
the asset. Leased assets under finance lease agreements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives, unless it is reasonably certain
that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Freehold land is not depreciated.
The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as follows:
Buildings
Thermal power plants
Wind power plants
Power generation and electrical
Facilities, machinery and equipment
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles, computer equipment and other
Power plants
Hydro-electric power plants
Years
23-43
10-35
25
20
8-25
3-20
25-35
70-90
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at the end of each reporting year and adjusted if appropriate.
F-20
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
E.
Intangible Assets
(1) Goodwill
Goodwill that arises upon the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented as part of intangible assets. For information on measurement of goodwill at initial
recognition, see Paragraph A (1) of this note.
In subsequent periods goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
(2) Research and development
Expenditures for research activities are recognized in profit or loss when incurred. A development expenditure is capitalized only if the development costs can
be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group has the intention
and sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. The expenditure capitalized in respect of development activities includes the cost
of materials, direct labor and overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Other development expenditures are
recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
In subsequent periods, capitalized development expenditures are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.
(3) Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets, that are acquired by the Group, which have finite useful lives, are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated
impairment losses.
Intangible assets having an indefinite useful life or not yet available for use are measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
(4) Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired as part of a business combination are recognized outside of goodwill if the assets are separable or arise from contractual or
other legal rights and their fair value can be measured reliably.
(5)
Subsequent expenditure
A subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. Any other
expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
(6) Amortization
Amortization is a systematic allocation of the amortizable amount of an intangible asset over its useful life. The amortizable amount is the cost of the asset.
Amortization is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets from the date they are available for
use, since these methods most closely reflect the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in each asset. Goodwill and
intangible assets having an indefinite useful life are not systematically amortized but are tested for impairment at least once a year.
The estimated useful lives for the current period and comparative periods are as follows:
Software costs
Capitalized software development costs
License
Customer relationships
Years
5
5-8
22-27
1-12
Amortization methods, useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting year and adjusted if appropriate.
The Group examines the useful life of an intangible asset that is not periodically amortized at least once a year in order to determine whether events and
circumstances continue to support the decision that the intangible asset has an indefinite useful life.
F-21
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
F.
Leases
(1) Leased assets
Leases where the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Upon initial recognition the leased assets
are measured and a liability is recognized at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset.
Other leases are classified as operating leases, and the leased assets are not recognized in the Group’s statement of financial position.
(2) Lease payments
Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are
recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense on a straight-line basis, over the term of the lease. Minimum lease payments made under operating
leases are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the financing expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The
financing expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the
liability.
Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
At inception or upon reassessment of an arrangement, the Group determines whether such an arrangement is or contains a lease. An arrangement is a lease or
contains a lease if the following two criteria are met:
•
•
Fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets; and
The arrangement contains rights to use the asset.
At inception or upon reassessment of the arrangement, the Group separates payments and other consideration required by such an arrangement into those for
the lease and those for other elements on the basis of their relative fair values.
Sale and leaseback
In sale and operating lease back transactions, gains from the sale are recognized in profit and loss where the sales price is equal to the fair value of the asset
disposed. In sale and finance lease back transactions any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount is deferred and amortized over the lease term.
G.
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Inventories consist of fuel, spare parts, materials and supplies. Cost is determined by
using the average cost method.
H.
Trade Receivable
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for the energy and capacity in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less
(or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.
I.
Borrowing costs
Specific and non-specific borrowing costs are capitalized to qualifying assets throughout the period required for completion and construction until they are
ready for their intended use. Non-specific borrowing costs are capitalized in the same manner to the same investment in qualifying assets, or portion thereof,
which was not financed with specific credit by means of a rate which is the weighted-average cost of the credit sources which were not specifically
capitalized. Foreign currency differences from credit in foreign currency are capitalized if they are considered an adjustment of interest costs. Other borrowing
costs are expensed as incurred.
F-22
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
J.
Impairment
(1) Non-derivative financial assets
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is tested for impairment when objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after
the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.
Evidence of impairment of debt instruments
The Group considers evidence of impairment for loans, trade receivables and other receivables per specific asset. All individually significant trade receivables,
loans and other receivables are assessed for specific impairment.
Accounting for impairment losses of financial assets measured at amortized cost
An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value
of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in a provision
for loss against the balance of the financial asset measured at amortized cost.
Reversal of impairment loss
An impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized (such as repayment by
the debtor). For financial assets measured at amortized cost, the reversal is recognized in profit or loss.
(2) Non-financial assets
Timing of impairment testing
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine
whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
Once a year and on the same date, or more frequently if there are indications of impairment, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of each cash
generating unit that contains goodwill, or intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or not yet available for use.
Determining cash-generating units
For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash
inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”).
Measurement of recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. In assessing value in use,
the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the assessments of market participants regarding
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash-generating unit, for which the estimated future cash flows from the asset or cash-generating
unit were not adjusted.
Allocation of goodwill to cash generating units
Subject to an operating segment ceiling test (before the aggregation of similar segments), for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, cash-generating
units to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated so that the level at which impairment testing is performed reflects the lowest level at which
goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. When goodwill is not monitored for internal reporting purposes, it is allocated to operating segments
(before the aggregation of similar segments) and not to a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) lower in level than an operating segment.
F-23
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of cash-generating units, including those existing in the Group before the business
combination, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.
For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, when the non-controlling interests were initially measured according to their relative share of the acquiree’s net
assets, the carrying amount of the goodwill is adjusted according to the rate the Group holds in the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill is allocated.
Recognition of impairment loss
An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized
in profit or loss. With respect to cash-generating units that include goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the cash-
generating unit, after including the balance of goodwill, exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the cash-
generating unit on a pro rata basis.
Reversal of impairment loss
An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, for which impairment losses were recognized in prior periods, an
assessment is performed at each reporting date for any indications that these losses have decreased or no longer exist. An impairment loss is reversed if there
has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been
recognized.
(3)
Investments in associates
An investment in an associate is tested for impairment when objective evidence indicates there has been impairment (as described in Paragraph (1) above).
If objective evidence indicates that the value of the investment may have been impaired, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the investment, which
is the greater of its value in use and its net selling price. In assessing value in use of an investment in an associate, the Group either estimates its share of the
present value of estimated future cash flows that are expected to be generated by the associate, including cash flows from operations of the associate and the
consideration from the final disposal of the investment, or estimates the present value of the estimated future cash flows that are expected to be derived from
dividends that will be received and from the final disposal.
An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the investment, after applying the equity method, exceeds its recoverable amount, and it is
recognized in profit or loss. An impairment loss is not allocated to any asset, including goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of the investment in
the associate.
An impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the investment after the
impairment loss was recognized, and only to the extent that the investment’s carrying amount, after the reversal of the impairment loss, does not exceed the
carrying amount of the investment that would have been determined by the equity method if no impairment loss had been recognized.
K.
Employee Benefits
The Group has a number of post-employment benefit plans. The plans are usually financed by deposits with insurance companies or with funds managed by a
trustee, and they are classified as defined contribution plans and as defined benefit plans.
1.
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution pension plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no
legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee
benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which related services are rendered by employees.
F-24
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
2.
Defined benefit plans
A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than a defined contribution plan.
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that
employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value
of any plan assets is deducted. The Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying
the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (assets). The
discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on Government debentures denominated in the same currency, that have maturity dates approximating the terms
of the Group’s obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.
When the calculation results in a net asset for the Group, an asset is recognized up to the net present value of economic benefits available in the form of a
refund from the plan or a reduction in future contributions to the plan. An economic benefit in the form of refunds or reductions in future contributions is
considered available when it can be realized over the life of the plan or after settlement of the obligation.
Gains or losses resulting from settlements of a defined benefit plan are recognized in profit or loss. Such gains or losses include any resulting change in the
present value of the obligation; any resulting change in the fair value of plan assets and any unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and past service cost.
The Group recognizes immediately, directly in other comprehensive income, all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans.
3.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Group is committed demonstrably, without realistic possibility of withdrawal, to a formal
detailed plan to terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage
voluntary redundancy. Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized as an expense if the Group has made an offer of voluntary redundancy,
it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are payable more than 12 months after the
reporting period, then they are discounted to their present value. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on Government debentures denominated in
the same currency, that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations.
4.
Other long-term benefits
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than pension plans, is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in
return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any related assets is
deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on long-term government bonds that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the
Group’s obligations. The calculation is performed using the projected unit credit method. Any actuarial gains or losses are recognized in profit or loss in the
period in which they arise.
5.
Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. The employee benefits
are classified, for measurement purposes, as short-term benefits or as other long-term benefits depending on when the Group expects the benefits to be wholly
settled.
L.
Provisions
A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is
probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The Group recognizes a reimbursement asset if, and only if, it is
virtually certain that the reimbursement will be received if the Group settles the obligation. The amount recognized in respect of the reimbursement does not
exceed the amount of the provision.
Legal claims
A provision for claims is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation and it is more likely than not that an
outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and the amount of obligation can be estimated reliably.
F-25
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
M. Revenue recognition
(1) Revenue from sale of electricity
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue
comprises the fair value for the sale of electricity, net of value-added-tax, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.
Revenues from the sale of energy are recognized in the period during which the sale occurs. Revenues from the power generation are recorded based upon
output delivered and capacity provided at rates specified under contract terms.
(2) Revenue from voyages and accompanying services
Revenue from cargo traffic is recognized in profit or loss in proportion to the stage of completion of the transaction at the reporting date. The stage of
completion is assessed for each cargo by reference to the time-based proportion.
The operating expenses related to cargo traffic are recognized immediately as incurred. If the incremental expenses related to the cargo exceed the related
revenue, the loss is recognized immediately in the income statement.
(3) Revenue from sale of vehicles (in associate company)
(i)
Sales of vehicles
Revenue from the sale of vehicles in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of
value-added tax (“VAT”) or other sales taxes, returns or allowances, trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized when persuasive
evidence exists, usually in the form of an executed sales agreement, that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the
customers, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of vehicles can be estimated reliably, there is no
continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.
(ii) Rendering of services
Revenue from services rendered is recognized in proportion to the stage of completion of the transaction at the reporting date. The stage of completion
is assessed based on surveys of work performed.
(iii) Rental income of vehicles
Rental income from operating leases is recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognized
as an integral part of the total rental income, over the term of the lease.
(4) Revenue from sale of biodiesel
Revenues are recorded if the material risks and rewards associated with ownership of the goods/merchandise sold have been assigned to the buyer. This
usually occurs upon the delivery of products and merchandise.
Revenue is recorded to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of the revenues can be reliably
measured.
N.
Lease payments
(1) Operating lease payments
Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are
recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.
(2)
Finance lease payments
Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense is allocated to each
period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
O.
Financing Income and Expenses
Financing income includes income from interest on amounts invested and gains from exchange rate differences. Interest income is recognized as accrued,
using the effective interest method.
Financing expenses include interest on loans received, changes in the fair value of derivatives financial instruments presented at fair value through profit or
loss, and exchange rate losses. Borrowing costs, which are not capitalized, are recorded in the income statement using the effective interest method.
F-26
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
In the statements of cash flows, interest received is presented as part of cash flows from investing activities. Dividends received are presented as part of cash
flows from operating activities. Interest paid and dividends paid are presented as part of cash flows from financing activities. Accordingly, financing costs that
were capitalized to qualifying assets are presented together with interest paid as part of cash flows from financing activities. Gains and losses from exchange
rate differences and gains and losses from derivative financial instruments are reported on a net basis as financing income or expenses, based on the
fluctuations on the rate of exchange and their position (net gain or loss).
P.
Taxes on Income
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that they relate to a business
combination, or are recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income to the extent they relate to items recognized directly in equity or in other
comprehensive income.
Current taxes
Current tax is the expected tax payable (or receivable) on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting
date. Current taxes also include taxes any tax arising from dividends.
Uncertain tax positions
A provision for uncertain tax positions, including additional tax and interest expenses, is recognized when it is more probable than not that the Group will
have to use its economic resources to pay the obligation.
Deferred taxes
Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences:
•
•
•
The initial recognition of goodwill,
The initial recognition of assets and liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or
loss,
Differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates, to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the
reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future, either by way of selling the investment or by
way of distributing dividends in respect of the investment.
The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to
recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary
differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax benefits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable
profits will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.
Offsetting of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes
levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis
or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized concurrently.
Additional tax on dividend distribution
The Group may be required to pay additional tax if a dividend is distributed by Group companies. This additional tax was not included in the financial
statements, since the policy of the Group companies is to not distribute a dividend which creates an additional tax liability for the recipient company in the
foreseeable future.
In such cases that an investee company is expected to distribute a dividend from profits involving additional tax for the Group, the Group creates a tax
provision in respect of the additional tax it may be required to pay in respect of the dividend distribution.
Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends by the Group are recognized in profit or loss at the same time that the liability to pay the
related dividend is recognized.
F-27
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
Q.
Earnings per share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share data for its ordinary share capital. The basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income or
loss allocable to the Group’s ordinary equity holders by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The diluted earnings
per share are determined by adjusting the income or loss allocable to ordinary equity holders and the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding
for the effect of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares including options for shares granted to employees.
R.
Discontinued operation
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business, the operations and cash flows of which can be clearly distinguished from the rest of the
Group and which:
•
•
•
Represents a separate major line of business or geographic area of operations
Is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographic area of operations; or
Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sale
Classification as a discontinued operation occurs at the earlier of disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale.
When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is re-presented as if
the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative year.
In the cash flow, the cash balance from discontinued operation is disclosed in a separate line. The changes based on operating, investing and financing
activities are reported in Note 28.
S.
Transactions with a Controlling Shareholder
Assets, liabilities and benefits with respect to which a transaction is executed with a controlling shareholder are measured at fair value on the transaction date.
The Group records the difference between the fair value and the consideration in the transactions with the parent company investment.
T.
First-Time Application of New Standards
The following standards have been adopted by the group for the first time for the financial year beginning on 1 January 2014:
Amendment to IAS 32 Financial instruments: Presentation on offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendment to IAS 32 clarifies that an
entity currently has a legally enforceable right to set-off amounts that were recognized if that right is not contingent on a future event; and it is enforceable
both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the entity and all its counterparties. The amendment did not
have a significant effect on the group financial statements.
Amendment to IAS 36 Impairment of assets: Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets. This amendment includes new disclosure
requirements for situations in which impairment is recognized and the recoverable amount is determined on the basis of fair value less costs of disposal and
also it removes the requirement to provide disclosure of the recoverable amount of material cash-generating units if no impairment was recognized in their
respect. As a result of the amendments to IAS 36, the group has expanded its disclosures of recoverable amounts, see Note 14.
Amendment to IAS 39 Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement on the novation of derivatives and the continuation of hedge accounting. This
amendment considers legislative changes to ‘over-the-counter’ derivatives and the establishment of central counterparties. Under IAS 39 novation of
derivatives to central counterparties would result in discontinuance of hedge accounting. The amendment provides relief from discontinuing hedge accounting
when novation of a hedging instrument meets specified criteria. The group has applied the amendment and there has been no significant impact on the
financial statements.
F-28
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Significant Accounting Policies (Cont’d)
IFRIC 21 Levies: sets out the accounting for an obligation to pay a levy if that liability is within the scope of IAS 37 Provisions. The interpretation addresses
what the obligating event is that gives rise to pay a levy and when a liability should be recognized. The group is not currently subjected to significant levies so
the impact on the group is not material.
Other standards, amendments and interpretations which are effective for the financial year beginning on 1 January 2014 are not material to the group.
U.
Standards required to be Applied in Later Periods
A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2014, and have not
been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these is expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial
statements of the Group, except the following set out below:
1)
International Financial Accounting Standard IFRS 15 “Revenues from Contracts with Customers” – the Standard replaces the presently existing
guidelines regarding recognition of revenue from contracts with customers and provides two approaches for recognition of revenue: at one point in time
or over time. The model includes five stages for analysis of transactions in order to determine the timing of recognition of the revenue and the amount
thereof. In addition, the Standard provides new disclosure requirements that are more extensive that those currently in effect.
The Standard is to be applied for annual periods commencing on January 1, 2017, with the possibility of early adoption. The Standard includes various
alternatives with respect to the transitional rules, such that companies may choose one of the following alternatives when applying the Standard for the
first time: full retroactive application, full retroactive application with practical relaxations or application of the Standard commencing from the initial
application date, while adjusting the balance of the retained earnings as at this date for transactions that have not yet been completed. The Group has
not yet commenced examining the impacts of adoption of the Standard on its financial statements.
2)
International Financial Accounting Standard IFRS 9 (2014) “Financial Instruments” – a final version of the Standard, which includes updated
provisions for classification and measurement of financial instruments, as well as a new model for measurement of impairment in value of financial
assets. These provisions are added to the Section regarding Hedge Accounting – General, which was published in 2013.
The Standard is to be applied for annual periods commencing on January 1, 2018, with the possibility of early adoption. The Standard is to be applied
retroactively, except in a number of circumstances. The Group has not yet commenced examining the impacts of adoption of the Standard on its
financial statements.
V.
Indices and Exchange Rates
Balances in foreign currency or linked thereto are included in the financial statements based on the representative rates of exchange as at the balance sheet
date. Balances linked to the Consumer Price Index (CPI) are included based on the index applicable to each linked asset or liability.
Set forth below is detail regarding the representative exchange rates and the Consumer Price Index:
As at December 31, 2014
As at December 31, 2013
As at December 31, 2012
The change for the year ended:
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
“Known”
Consumer
Price Index
119.77
119.89
117.64
Dollar–RMB
Exchange
Rate
Dollar–Shekel
Exchange
Rate
Dollar–Euro
Exchange
Rate
6.21
6.05
6.23
3.889
3.471
3.733
0.823
0.726
0.759
(0.1 %)
1.9 %
1.4 %
2.64 %
(2.9 %)
(1.2 %)
12.0 %
(7.0 %)
(2.3 %)
1.1 %
(4.3 %)
(1.9 %)
F-29
Table of Contents
Note 4 – Determination of Fair Value
As part of its accounting policies and disclosure requirements, the Group is required to determine the fair value of both financial and non-financial assets and
liabilities. The fair values have been determined for purposes of measurement and/or disclosure based on the following methods. Additional information
regarding the assumptions used in determining the fair values is disclosed in the notes relating to that asset or liability.
A.
Cash Generating Unit for impairment testing
See Note 14C.
B.
Derivatives
See Note 31 regarding “Financial Instruments”.
C.
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Non-derivative financial liabilities are measured at fair value, at initial recognition and for disclosure purposes, at each reporting date. Fair value for
disclosure purposes, is determined based on the quoted trading price in the market for traded debentures, whereas for non-traded loans, debentures and other
financial liabilities is determined by discounting the future cash flows in respect of the principal and interest component using the market interest rate as at the
date of the report.
Note 5 – Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash in banks
Demand deposits
Cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the statement of cash flows
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
420,391
189,665
610,056
559,276
111,700
670,976
The Group’s exposure to credit risk, interest rate risk and currency risk and a sensitivity analysis with respect to the financial assets and liabilities is detailed
in Note 31 “Financial Instruments”.
Note 6 – Short-Term Investments and Deposits
Short-term bank deposits *
Other
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
208,245
18,585
226,830
27,409
2,399
29,808
* Includes deposits and restricted accounts in the amount of $88,330 thousands on December 31, 2014 (December 31, 2013 – $26,241 thousands).
F-30
Table of Contents
Note 7 – Trade Receivables
Open accounts
Less – allowance for doubtful debts
As at December 31
2014
2013
US$ thousands
194,337
(12,979 )
181,358
364,655
(7,227 )
357,428
In connection with business combination of AEI Nicaragua Holding, AEI Jamaica Holding, AEI Guatemala Holding and Surpetroil, the Group
increased its account receivable by $67,909 thousands. This amount is shown net of $12,247 thousands of allowance for doubtful debts.
Note 8 – Other Receivables and Debit Balances
Government agencies*
Insurance recoveries
Advances to suppliers
Prepaid expenses
Other receivables
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
31,848
8,040
26
10,922
8,228
59,064
22,478
19,778
5,624
25,302
25,205
98,387
* The balance corresponds mainly to the VAT incurred in the construction of Cerro del Aguila and Samay I (“Puerto Bravo”) projects. Both projects have the tax
benefit of recovering the VAT incurred during the construction stage on a regular basis.
Note 9 – Inventories
Fuel *
Finished goods, work in progress and raw materials
Maintenance materials and spare parts **
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
11,873
—
43,462
55,335
107,133
20,785
22,316
150,234
*
As of December 31, 2014, $7,425 thousand corresponds to fuel inventories related to the subsidiaries acquired during 2014.
The plants in El Salvador, Nicaragua, Guatemala and Dominican Republic consume heavy fuel and the plants in Chile consume diesel in the generation of
electric energy. These plants must purchase fuel in the international market and import it into the respective countries. The plants must take into consideration
demand for the electric energy, available supply and transportation cost and timing when purchasing fuel.
**
Corresponds to spare parts held in storage to be used in maintenance work. As of December 31, 2014, $19,861 thousand corresponds to spare parts related to
the subsidiaries purchased.
During 2014, the Group recorded an expense of $1,992 thousands in cost of sales to present its fuel inventories at net realizable value.
F-31
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies
A.
1.
Condensed information regarding significant associated companies
Condensed financial information with respect to the statement of financial position
Principal place of business
Proportion of ownership interest
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Non-controlling interests
Total net assets attributable to the Group
Share of Group in net assets
Adjustments:
Excess cost
Loans
Non-controlling interests
Others
Book value of investment
ZIM**
Tower
Qoros
Generandes****
2014
2014
2013
As at December 31
2014
US$ thousands
2013
International
32%
International
China
29%*
32%*
50%
50%
2013
Peru
39%
762,507
394,084
290,414
342,357
303,355
199,368
1,393,767
479,650
403,734
1,467,668
1,228,044
1,454,035
(788,626 )
(325,947 )
(139,916 )
(1,005,603 )
(627,507 )
(209,464 )
(1,288,258 )
(7,118 )
72,272
(412,335 )
9,418
144,870
(491,782 )
—
62,450
(664,034 )
—
140,388
(499,450 )
—
404,442
(500,359 )
(444,906 )
498,674
23,127
42,012
19,984
70,194
202,221
194,483
167,942
—
—
—
4,524
—
(32,475 )
—
5,024
—
(25,008 )
—
—
129,134
—
21,710
—
—
—
23,677
—
—
—
82,055 ***
191,069
14,061
—
221,038
225,898
276,538
The ownership percentage assumes the impact of the conversion of convertible capital notes and shares.
Became an associate in 2014, hence, no comparatives (See Note 10.C.a).
Primarily reflects goodwill associated with the purchase of Generandes.
*
**
***
**** Sold in 2014 and hence no current year balances (See Note 10.C.d).
F-32
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
2.
Condensed financial information with respect to results of operations
Revenues
Income (loss)
ZIM**
Tower
For the year ended December 31
Qoros
Generandes
2014
2014
2013
2012
2014
2013
2012
2014
2013
2012
US$ thousands
1,667,107 828,008 505,009 638,831 138,260
2,170 — 193,000 512,685 597,936
(72,515 ) 24,723
(108,786 ) (65,910 )
(349,612 ) (255,420 ) (108,125 ) 29,628
85,855
79,130
Other comprehensive income (loss)
2,399
(8,287 ) (12,651 ) (5,567 )
(25 ) 21,990
3,842
—
—
—
Total comprehensive income (loss)
(70,116 ) 16,436
(121,437 ) (71,477 )
(349,637 ) (233,430 ) (104,283 ) 29,628
85,855
79,130
Kenon’s share of comprehensive income
(loss)
Adjustments
Kenon’s share of comprehensive income
(22,437 ) 4,696
13,687
9,665
(38,860 ) (21,800 )
—
7,852
(174,818 ) (116,715 ) (52,142 ) 11,554
33,483
12
—
(7,306 )
(12 ) (3,394 )
30,861
(152 )
(loss) presented in the books
(12,772 ) 18,383
(31,008 ) (21,800 )
(174,806 ) (116,715 ) (59,448 ) 11,542
30,089
30,709
Dividends received
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11,827
25,890
15,153
*
**
The ownership percentage assumes the impact of the conversion of convertible capital notes and shares.
Became an associate in 2014, hence, no comparatives (See Note 10.C.a).
F-33
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
B.
Associated companies that are individually immaterial
Book value of investments as at December 31
Share of Group in income/(loss)
Share of Group in other comprehensive income/(loss)
Share of Group in total comprehensive income/(loss)
(*) Reclassified due to discontinued operations (See Note 28)
C.
Additional information
Associated Companies
As at December 31
2014
2013*
US$ thousands
38,027
2,348
2,375
4,723
2012*
(8,881 )
(1,803 )
(10,684 )
9,614
8,334
(10,398 )
(2,064 )
a.
1.
ZIM
Upon completion of the debt arrangement in ZIM, on July 16, 2014, the Group declined to a rate of holdings of 32% of ZIM’s equity and as a result it
ceased to control ZIM. Commencing from this date, IC presents its investment in ZIM as an associated company (for details with respect to the debt
arrangement – see Note10.C.a.1.(a) to (l) below). ZIM’s results up to the completion date of the debt arrangement, together with the income due to loss
of control and the loss due to waiving all ZIM’s debts, were presented separately in the statements of income in the category “income (loss) from
discontinued operations (net of tax)”.
As at December 31, 2013, ZIM had a negative equity attributable to its owners in the amount of $583 million. ZIM’s deficit in its working capital
amounts to $1,927 million, mainly due to the reclassification of long term loans, debentures and liabilities in an amount of $1,505 million to short term,
as detailed below. ZIM’s results from operating activities for the year ended December 31 2013 amount to a loss of $191 million compared with a loss
of $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
In 2013 ZIM (a) reached agreements with its vessel lenders according to which the repayments of loans, in an aggregate amount of $111 million,
originally due during 2013, would be deferred to July 1, 2015, (b) reached agreements with certain ship owners regarding reductions in charter hire fees
and (c) was granted waivers from, and amended its financial covenants with, its financial creditors.
Due to, among other things, substantial doubt regarding ZIM’s ability to continue operating as a “going concern”, the aforesaid agreements were
terminated and all waivers and amendments granted to ZIM in March 2013 and thereafter, were terminated. Therefore, the financial covenants
applicable as at December 31, 2013 are those which were in force prior to March 31, 2013. ZIM did not comply with those financial covenants.
As a result, ZIM was in default in respect of most of its loan agreements and the lenders had the right to demand immediate repayment of these loans
and the respective deferred amounts were considered to be past due. Also, ZIM’s ship owners had the right to terminate the aforesaid agreements and to
demand that ZIM pay the original contractual charter rates rather than the current reduced charter rates and also to demand the immediate repayment of
accrued deferred charter hire.
As further described below, ZIM finalized the restructuring of its equity and debt, which annulled its pre-existing covenants. However, in accordance
with IAS 1, since the breach of the covenants and the default under the various arrangements occurred as at the end of the 2013 financial report, ZIM
classified on December 31, 2014 the long-term loans, debentures and liabilities in an amount of $1,505 million as current, notwithstanding that the
lenders have not demanded repayment.
F-34
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
Furthermore, during 2013, ZIM paid charter hire fees which have been further reduced according to the principles set out in the Term Sheet (a non-
binding agreement between ZIM and representatives of most of the groups of the financial creditors and other entities relevant to the arrangement,
which outlined the restructuring of ZIM’s capital and debt structure), and did not make principal amortization payments of the vessel lender loans, or of
the ship yard loan due during the period beginning January 1, 2014, each of which constitutes a non-payment default under the applicable
arrangements.
In order to cope with its financial position, during 2013, ZIM entered into negotiations with its financial creditors and other parties in an attempt to
reach a consensual restructuring agreement, structured so as to provide long term stability to ZIM. The restructuring was completed, and all conditions
precedent were satisfied, on July 16, 2014 (hereinafter: the “effective date of the restructuring”).
The negotiations in respect of ZIM’s debt restructuring involved representatives of the majority of ZIM’s financial creditors, related parties and
additional stakeholders. As a result of the restructuring, among other things, ZIM’s outstanding indebtedness and liabilities (face value, including future
commitments in respect of operating leases, and with regard to those parties participating in the restructuring) were reduced from approximately $3.4
billion to approximately $2 billion.
The main provisions contained in ZIM’s restructuring agreements are:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Partly secured creditors (other than those who elected to enter into the VesselCo arrangement detailed at (c) below) are entitled to new fully
secured loans in an amount equal to an agreed value of the assets securing the current existing debt (hereinafter: “Tranche A”). Tranche A debt
bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR + 2.8% and is to be repaid on the earlier of: (i) seven years from the effective date of the
restructuring; or (ii) the contractual date of repayment of the original loan with respect to each secured creditor plus approximately sixteen and
a half months. The original security shall continue to serve as a first ranking security to the new loan.
As a general rule, if ZIM disposes of a secured vessel at any time prior to the applicable maturity date, all Tranche A debt for that vessel is to
be repaid (see also (b) below).
ZIM undertook to scrap eight vessels during the period of sixteen months from the effective date of the restructuring. Accordingly, as at the
effective date of the restructuring, such vessels will be classified as held for sale and, as a result, impairment in an amount of $110 million will
be recorded in ZIM’s 2014 financial statements under other operating expenses However, such impairment loss will not have an impact on IC’s
financial statements since the loss will be recorded by ZIM immediately prior to the restructuring and will be accounted for by IC as part of the
restructuring transaction gain, as further described below.
Certain vessel loan creditors purchased, either directly or indirectly, the vessels secured in their favor, and undertook to lease them back to ZIM
on such terms and conditions as agreed in the restructuring agreements (hereinafter: “VesselCo”). Upon the lease-back of these vessels, five of
the vessels will be classified as capital leases and three of the vessels will be classified as operating leases.
The unsecured portion of the current existing debt (hereinafter: “the deficiency claim”) entitles creditors to new unsecured debt comprising
Series C Notes and, for certain creditors, Series D Notes (hereinafter: “Series C Notes” and “Series D Notes”, respectively), and equity in ZIM
(other than with respect to the shipyard’s loan, see (e) below). Both the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes shall bear interest at an annual
rate of 3%, and the Series D Notes shall further be entitled to an additional payment in kind (PIK) interest at a rate of 2% per annum.
Repayment of the Series C Notes is due on June 20, 2023 and repayment of the Series D Notes is due on June 21, 2023 (the “bullet”). In the
event of excess cash, as defined in the restructuring agreement, a mechanism for mandatory prepayments using excess cash flows will be
provided for each of the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes. Each of the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes has priority in early
repayments resulting from excess cash flow over Tranche A. The Series C Notes have priority in such early repayments over the Series D
Notes.
(e)
The amount outstanding of the shipyard’s loan, which originally entitled the creditor to a portion in the allocation of ZIM’s shares, has now
been converted into an unsecured loan (hereinafter: “Tranche E”). Tranche E will bear interest at an annual rate of 2%, with 1.75% thereof
accruing as PIK interest during the first nine years of the loan and, after the first nine years until the end of the twelfth year subject to the full
settlement of Tranche A, the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes, interest thereafter will be payable in cash.
F-35
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
New reduced charter hire floor rates and rate adjustment mechanisms were agreed with the ship owners, including related party ship owners. In
addition, the ship owners (excluding certain related parties as described in (i) below) are also entitled to ZIM’s Series C and D Notes and
ZIM’s equity.
Five leased vessels currently classified as capital leases are reclassified, in light of the change in lease terms, as operating leases.
The financial creditors and ship owners received shares amounting, in aggregate, to 68% of ZIM’s issued share capital (post-restructuring, after
IC’s investment in ZIM as set forth in (i) below).
All of ZIM’s existing shares and options, including any such shares held by IC, became null and void.
IC’s participation in the restructuring is as follows:
1.
2.
3.
IC invested an amount of $200 million in ZIM’s share capital, such that following the completion of the restructuring IC holds
approximately 32% of ZIM’s issued share capital. This investment will be transferred to Kenon; and
IC waived and discharged all ZIM’s liabilities towards it. Such liabilities arose mainly from the 2009 restructuring of ZIM and
comprised subordinated debt with a nominal face value of $240 million.
A waiver in the amount of approximately $12 million (NIS 45 million) deferred debt owed by IC to ZIM in connection with a certain
derivative claim shall be terminated, although the debt will be reinstated if the court determines that the waiver was not valid. In such an
event, the debt would be repaid following the full repayment of debts under the restructuring (Tranche A, the Series C Notes, the Series
D Notes and Tranche E); and
IC has further agreed to provide a receivable-backed credit line of $50 million (“IC’s credit line obligation”) for a period of two years as
of the restructuring date. It was also agreed that IC has the right to terminate IC’s credit line obligation following the lapse of nine
months from the restructuring date (i.e., April 15, 2015) if certain conditions set forth in the respective agreement were not met. This
credit line will not be transferred to Kenon.
In addition, certain related parties waived debt owed to them by ZIM (see also (k) below).
(k)
Certain related parties, which have chartered vessels to ZIM, agreed to receive a charter rate which, in general, will be $1,000 per day less than
that paid to the ship owners who are not related parties for similar vessels.
Also, certain related parties waived their rights to receive their part of the Series C Notes and the Series D Notes and ZIM’s equity, which was
primarily attributable to the reduction of the charter hire (see (f) above) in favour of certain third party creditors.
(l)
All previous covenants were cancelled and a new set of financial covenants was agreed as follows:
(i) Minimum Liquidity : ZIM is required to meet monthly minimum liquidity (including amounts held in the reserve account available for
general corporate purposes) in an amount of at least $125 million (tested on the last business day of each calendar month);
(ii) Fixed Charge Cover : ZIM is required to have a certain Fixed Charge Cover ratio, which is defined as Consolidated EBITDAL to Fixed
Charges. EBITDAL means Consolidated EBITDA (the Group’s Consolidated EBITDA after certain adjustments as specifically defined
in the facility agreements), after adding back charter hire lease costs. Fixed Charges mean mainly cash interest, scheduled repayments of
indebtedness and charter hire lease costs.
This ratio will gradually increase from 1.02:1 on December 31, 2015 to 1.07:1 on December 31, 2018 (based on the previous twelve-
month periods). Ratio levels will be tested quarterly from December 31, 2015;
(iii) Total Leverage : ZIM is required to have a certain Total Leverage ratio, which is defined as Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA. This
ratio will gradually decrease from 8.8:1 on June 30, 2015 to 4.9:1 on December 31, 2018 (based on the previous twelve-month periods).
Ratio levels will be tested quarterly from June 30, 2015.
Furthermore, ZIM is obligated under the Tranche A agreements to have a committed receivable-backed credit facility either from IC (as
mentioned in Note 10.(j).3 above) or from an alternative source for a period of two years as of the restructuring date (“the period”). For
the past few months ZIM has been holding negotiations with a third party financial institution to put in place an alternative facility. As at
the approval date of the Financial Statements, ZIM’s Management believes that by April 15, 2015 it will not be in a position to fulfill the
required conditions which have to be met by the said date as set forth in the agreement with IC, in order to maintain the IC commitment
for the period, and therefore, IC may terminate its commitment. ZIM’s Management also believes that the alternative facility will not be
concluded by April 15, 2015. However, the management of ZIM believes that the alternative facility will be concluded by September 30,
2015. Therefore, Tranche A agreements were amended (after the balance sheet date) to allow ZIM to arrange the alternative credit
facility for the period by September 30, 2015 instead of April 15, 2015. In addition, ZIM committed to certain limitations and
restrictions, relating to, among others, dividend distributions and incurrence of debt.
F-36
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
In the opinion of ZIM’s management and its Board of Directors, the completion of the restructuring, as detailed above and ZIM’s
expected performance in accordance with its business plan, enables ZIM to meet its liabilities and operational needs and to comply with
the new set of financial covenants for a period of at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.
Execution of IC’s part in the restructuring (as described in (j) above) was subject, inter alia, to updating the terms of the Special State
Share, such that it will not restrict the transfer of ZIM’s shares and will not prevent completion of the restructuring with all its conditions
due to the restrictions provided by the Special State Share relating to the holding of a minimum fleet of ships owned by ZIM (see note
11.C.1).
Upon completion of the debt arrangement in ZIM, on July 16, 2014, IC ceased to control ZIM and, therefore, in the third quarter of 2014
IC recorded income in the amount of $796 million as a result of loss of control of ZIM and presentation of its investment in ZIM as an
associated company based on its fair value as derived from the amount of IC’s investment in ZIM’s equity in accordance with the
arrangement, and also recorded a loss of $187 million due to IC’s waiver of all of ZIM’s debts, as noted above. The resulting amount of
the income created, in the amount of $609 million, as stated, was presented in the statement of income in the category “gain (loss) from
discontinued operations (after taxes)”.
As part of the debt arrangement, as stated above, IC invested $200 million in the shareholders’ equity of ZIM. Based on a PPA (purchase
price allocation) study made by an external appraiser, the excess cost was allocated, primarily, as follows: negative excess cost to ships,
in the amount of $104 million, negative excess cost in respect of unfavorable operating lease contracts, in the amount of $39 million,
positive excess cost in respect of containers and equipment, in the amount of $30 million, positive excess cost in respect of a brand
name, in the amount of $80 million, and goodwill, in the amount of $219 million.
2.
3.
In 2014, ZIM had decided to sell two ships for purposes of scrap. As a result, ZIM recorded a loss of about $17 million with an impact of $5 million on
Kenon.
Although there were no triggering events for Kenon’s impairment of its equity investment in ZIM as of December 31, 2014, Kenon performed a
valuation of its 32% equity investment in ZIM as of December 31, 2014 in accordance with IAS 36 and IAS 28. Kenon concluded that, as of December
31, 2014, the recoverable amount of its investment in ZIM exceeded the carrying amount and, therefore, Kenon did not recognize an impairment in its
financial statements in respect of its investment in ZIM.
Additionally, following the recent global economic crisis, which materially impacted the shipping industry and ZIM’s results of operations, and the July
2014 restructuring of ZIM’s debt, ZIM conducted an impairment test of its operating assets as of December 31, 2014.
For the purposes of IAS 36, ZIM, which operates integrated network liner activity, has one CGU, which consists of all of ZIM’s assets. ZIM estimated
its recoverable amount based upon the fair value of its assets less the costs of disposal, using the discounted cash flow method.
ZIM’s assumptions were made for a 4-year period starting in 2015 and a representative year intended to reflect a long-term, steady state. The key
assumptions are set forth below:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A detailed cash flow forecast for 4 years based upon ZIM’s business plan;
Bunker price: according to the future price curve of fuel;
Freight rates: a compound annual negative growth rate of 1.4% over the projection period, reflecting a change in cargo mix;
Increase in aggregate TEU shipped: a compound annual growth rate of 3.7% over the projection period, this assumes an increase in the leasing
of very large container vessels in ZIM’s fleet during 2017;
Charter hire rates: contractual rates in effect as of December 31, 2014, and assuming anticipated market rates for renewals of charters expiring
in the projection period;
Discount rate of 10.5%;
Long-term nominal growth rate of 1.5%, which is consistent with the expected industry average;
Capital expenditures that are less than or equal to ZIM’s expected vessel depreciation; and
Payment of tax at ZIM’s corporate tax rate of 26.5%; also assumes expected use of tax losses.
ZIM concluded that the recoverable amount of its CGU was higher than the carrying amount of the CGU, and therefore, no impairment was recognized
in ZIM’s financial statements in respect of its CGU.
Although ZIM believes the assumptions used to evaluate the potential impairment of its assets are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are
highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long bunker prices and freight rates will remain consistent with their current levels or whether
they will increase or decrease by any significant degree. Freight rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect
ZIM’s revenue and profitability.
4.
Associated and investee companies of ZIM
(i.)
During the second quarter of 2013, ZIM signed an agreement with an unrelated third party for transfer (by means of sale or dilution) of
about 25% of the shares of an equity method investee, which was held by ZIM. Prior to the sale, ZIM held 50% of the shares of the company
being sold. A gain of $10 million was recognized due to sale of the shares.
(ii.)
During the third quarter of 2013, ZIM signed an agreement with an unrelated third party for sale of ZIM’s holdings in two companies resulting
in a capital gain of $33 million that was recognized in 2013.
b.
Qoros Automotive Co. Ltd. (hereinafter – “Qoros”)
1.
As at December 31, 2014, the Group holds, through a wholly-owned and controlled company, Quantum (2007) LLC (“Quantum”) the shares of
Qoros in a 50/50 agreement with a Chinese vehicle manufacturer – Chery Automobiles Limited (hereinafter – “Chery”), which is engaged in
manufacture of vehicles using advanced technology, and marketing and distribution of the vehicles worldwide under a quality brand name.
2.
3.
4.
In July 2012, Chery provided a guarantee to the banks, in the amount of 1.5 billion RMB ($242 million), in connection with an agreement with
the banks to provide Qoros a loan, in the amount of 3 billion RMB ($482 million). In a back-to-back arrangement IC committed to Chery to
pay half of every amount it will be required to pay with respect to the above-mentioned guarantee (hereinafter – “the 2012 Guarantee”). IC and
Kenon agree that Kenon will assume any liabilities to IC in respect of back-to-back guarantees in connection with the spinoff. The fair value of
the guarantee has been recorded in the financial statements. Subsequent to the reporting period, the guarantee was released.
In 2013, IC (through a subsidiary) and Chery, each invested $137,988 thousand, respectively, in the shares of Qoros as part of the business
plan.
On January 16, 2014, IC (through a subsidiary) and Chery, each invested $41,021 thousand, in the capital of Qoros as part of the business plan.
F-37
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
On June 9, 2014, IC transferred to Qoros $81,205 thousand, by means of convertible shareholders’ loans, and thus completed its obligation to
invest in Qoros in accordance with the business plan, except for an amount of $4 million that has not yet been transferred. The loan will be
converted into equity of Qoros, among other things, at the request of Qoros, and after receipt of the required approvals from the authorities in
China. If the above mentioned approvals are not received, Qoros has undertaken to repay the loan with interest. In December 2014, $16,241
thousand were converted into equity of Qoros.
On July 31, 2014, IC provided an irrevocable guarantee for the benefit of Chery (hereinafter – “the 2014 Guarantee”), in respect of half of
every amount that Chery will pay under a guarantee provided by Chery. The 2014 Guarantee is up to an aggregate amount of RMB 750 million
plus accompanying expenses and interest (in the aggregate amount of about $155 million), on the basis of the terms Chery committed to (back
to back) and subject to the terms of the guarantee.
On December 11, 2014, IC transferred to Qoros $57,229 million, by means of shareholders’ loans. Qoros has undertaken to repay the loan with
interest. This loan is against release of the total amount of 2014 Guarantee (about $155 million) as mentioned above.
Prior to Kenon’s spin-off from IC, IC provided the 2012 Guarantee to Qoros. This guarantee by IC is a back-to-back guarantee of Chery’s
guarantee of up to RMB1.5 billion ($242 million) under this credit facility, and the obligation of IC under this back-to-back guarantee is up to
RMB888 million ($142 million), including related interest and fees. In connection with Kenon’s spin-off from IC, IC continued to provide this
guarantee and Kenon entered into a $200 million credit facility with IC, and to the extent that IC is required to make payments under its back-
to-back guarantee in respect of Qoros’ credit facility, the amount of the loans owed by Kenon to IC under the credit facility will be increased
accordingly.
Subsequent to the reporting period, on February 12, 2015, Kenon provided a RMB400,000 thousand ($64,360 thousand) loan to Qoros to
support its ongoing development, and in connection with the provision of this loan, IC’s back-to-back guarantee of Qoros’ debt was released in
full. Kenon funded its loan to Qoros through a combination of cash on hand and a $45 million drawdown under its credit facility from IC.
Chery’s guarantee under the Qoros facility of up to RMB1.5 billion ($242 million) is not being released in connection with the release of IC’s
back-to-back guarantees. However, Chery has separately committed to provide a shareholder loan of RMB400 000 thousand ($64,360
thousand) to Qoros in connection with the release of its guarantees in relation to Qoros’ credit facility. Kenon has agreed, in the event that
Chery provides such shareholder loan to Qoros and Chery’s guarantee is not subsequently released, to work with Chery and Qoros’ lenders to
find an appropriate mechanism to restore equality between Chery and Kenon in respect of Chery’s guarantee of Qoros’ debt by the end of 2015,
and in any event, prior to any required payments by Chery under its guarantee. This solution may involve a future guarantee of Qoros’ debt by
Kenon (i.e., Kenon may assume or otherwise support a portion of Chery’s guarantee) or Kenon’s sharing in the amount of the payment
obligations under Chery’s guarantee (RMB1.5 billion), among other possibilities.
On July 31, 2014, in order to secure additional funding for Qoros of approximately RMB 1.2 billion ($200 million as of August 7, 2014) IC
pledged a portion of its shares (including dividends derived therefrom) in Qoros, in proportion to its share in Qoros’s capital, in favor of the
Chinese bank providing Qoros with such financing. Simultaneously, the subsidiary of Chery that holds Chery’s rights in Qoros also pledged a
proportionate part of its rights in Qoros. Such financing agreement includes, inter alia, liabilities, provisions regarding covenants, events of
immediate payment and/or early payment for violations and/or events specified in the agreement. The lien agreement includes, inter alia,
provisions concerning the ratio of securities and the pledging of further securities in certain circumstances, including pledges of up to all of
Quantum’s shares in Qoros (or cash), provisions regarding events that would entitle the Chinese Bank to exercise the lien, certain
representations and covenants, and provisions regarding the registration and approval of the lien.
F-38
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
10.
11.
As at December 31, 2014, the balance of IC’s investment in Qoros amounts to $220,968 thousand (December 31, 2013 – $224,898 thousand).
In September 2014, Qoros board of directors approved a revised business plan which adopted a lower sales volume than was previously
adopted, as a result, an asset impairment test was performed in October 2014 and updated in February 2015. An impairment loss is recognized
if the carrying amount of an asset or its related cash – generation unit (“CGU”) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable
amount of the CGU, to which the fixed assets and intangible assets belong, was based on the greater of its value in use and its fair value less
costs to sell and was determined with the assistance of an independent valuer.
As the result of the impairment test showed the recoverable amount of the CGU higher than its book value as at December 31, 2014, no
impairment loss is recognized.
F-39
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
12.
Qoros incurred a net loss of RMB 2.2 billion and had net current liabilities in the amount of RMB4.1 billion (approximately $663 million) as of
and for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Qoros has given careful consideration to the future liquidity of Qoros and its available sources of finance in assessing whether Qoros will have
sufficient financial resources to continue as a going concern.
Qoros had unused bank loan facilities of RMB 824 million ($133 million) as at 31 December 2014. In addition, Qoros plans to refinance most
of its short-term loans in 2015.
Qoros included in the current liabilities loans from shareholders of RMB 1.6 billion ($258 million) as at 31 December 2014. Shareholders also
plan to lend additional loans of RMB 800 million ($129 million) to Qoros in 2015, of which, RMB 400 million ($65 million) was received in
February 2015 and the rest RMB 400 million ($65 million) is expected to be received in the second quarter of 2015.
Based on Qoros’ 2015 business plan, cash flow forecast, unutilized bank loan facilities and the plan to refinance the existing short-term loans,
Qoros believes they will generate sufficient cash flows to meet its liabilities as and when they fall due in the next twelve months from
December 31, 2014. In preparing the cash flow forecast, Qoros took into account the unused bank loan facilities of RMB 824 million ($133
million), the roll forward of its short-term loans from banks and additional RMB 800 million ($133 million) from Qoros’ shareholders. Qoros is
of the opinion that the assumptions which are included in the cash flow forecast are reasonable. Accordingly, the consolidated financial
statements of Qoros have been prepared on a going concern basis. If for any reason Qoros is unable to continue as a going concern, then this
would have an impact on the Qoros’ ability to realize assets at their recognized values and to extinguish liabilities in the normal course of
business at the amounts stated in the consolidated financial statements of Qoros and accordingly could have an impact on Kenon investment in
Qoros.
c.
Tower
1.
Tower is a publicly traded company (NASDAQ/TASE) engaged in the manufacture of semi-conductors, and integrated circuits spread.
In June 2013, IC acquired 333,974 rights units in Tower, at a cost of $7 million. Every rights unit may be converted into 4 Tower shares,
6 Tower options (Series 8) (each option may be exercised for one share, with an exercise premium of $5 up to July 22, 2013) and 5 Tower
options (Series 9) (each option may be exercised for one share, with an exercise premium of $7.33 up to June 27, 2017). In July 2013, IC
exercised all the options (Series 8) it held for shares of Tower in exchange for a consideration of $10 million. As a result of the above-
mentioned acquisition and exercise of the options, the share of IC’s holdings in Tower increased from about 30% to about 32%, assuming
conversion of all the capital notes held by the banks.
F-40
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
As of December 31, 2014, the Group own 18 million shares of Tower, representing a 29% equity interest in Tower, assuming the full
conversion of Tower’s approximately 4.5 million outstanding capital notes which conversion would result in approximately 62.5 million shares
outstanding. Group’s equity interest in Tower, based upon the approximately 58 million Tower shares currently outstanding, is 31%. The
Group may experience additional dilution of its equity interest in Tower if the holders of Tower’s outstanding convertible bonds, options and
warrants convert their bonds and exercise their options or warrants, as applicable. Should all outstanding convertible bonds, options and
warrants be converted and exercised, Group’s equity interest in Tower, which we refer to as Group’s fully-diluted equity interest, would
decrease to 18.9%.
2.
Subsequent to the period of the report, in March 2015, Kenon’s board of directors approved in-principal the distribution of all, or a portion, of
Kenon’s interest in Tower to Kenon’s shareholders as a dividend-in-specie or otherwise, a sale of Kenon’s interest in Tower, and/or a
combination of the two transactions. Kenon has not made any final determination as to the means of disposal of its interest in Tower and will
make an announcement when this is determined. The timing for any such transaction has not been determined, and while Kenon’s board has
approved Kenon’s completion of any, or all, of these transactions in-principal, there is no assurance that a distribution or sale of Kenon’s
interest in Tower will occur or when any such transaction will occur.
d.
Generandes Peru S.A
In 2013, Inkia (fully consolidated company under IC Group) announced its decision to sell its 39.01% direct equity in Generandes Peru S.A. (Holding
of Edegel S.A.A.)
In April 2014, the board of directors of I.C. Power approved the sale of Generandes Peru S.A. I.C. Power recorded its investment in Generandes Peru
S.A. as an associate, applying the equity method until April 30, 2014. Since such date.
On April 30, 2014, Inkia Americas Holdings Ltd. (the “Seller”) and IC Power Ltd as guarantor of the Seller, signed a share purchase agreement with
Enersis SA (Enersis) for the sale of its shares in Inkia Holdings (Acter) Limited that owns 21.14% indirect equity in Edegel S.A.A. for a sale price of
$413,000 thousand.
On September 3, 2014, Inkia Americas Holdings Ltd. completed the sale of its shares in Inkia Holdings (Acter) Limited, that has directly the equivalent
of 39.01% of Generandes Peru S. A., see note 5.
As a result of this sale the Group recorded a capital gain of $132,246 thousands (net of tax $84,981 thousands). In addition, the Group recorded a gain
from recycling of foreign exchange of $24,891 thousands.
D.
Details regarding securities registered for trading
2014
As at December 31
2013
Book
2012
Shares of Tower
E.
Details regarding dividends received from associated companies
From associated companies
F.
Restrictions
Qoros
Market
value
Book
value
Market
value
US$ thousands
14,061 240,340 — 102,694 18,940 116,837
Book
value
Market
value
value
For the Year Ended December 31
2012
2013
2014
US$ thousands
45,217
32,227
25,667
Qoros has restrictions with respect to distribution of dividends and sale of assets deriving from legal and regulatory restrictions, restrictions under the
joint venture agreement and the Articles of Association and restrictions stemming from credit received.
F-41
Table of Contents
Note 10 – Associated Companies (Cont’d)
ZIM
The holders of ordinary shares of ZIM are entitled to receive dividends when declared and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of ZIM. All
shares rank equally with regard to the ZIM’s residual assets, except as disclosed below.
In the framework of the process of privatizing ZIM, all the State of Israel’s holdings in ZIM (about 48.6%) were acquired by IC pursuant to an
agreement from February 5, 2004. As part of the process, ZIM allotted to the State of Israel a special State share so that it could protect the vital
interests of the State (preserving ZIM as an Israeli company, ensuring that at no time the operating and transportation ability of ZIM fall below a
minimum specified capacity so that the State may have effective use of a minimum fleet in times of emergency or for security purposes and in order to
prevent the influence of harmful or hostile elements on ZIM’s management).
On July 14, 2014 the State and ZIM have reached a settlement agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) that has been validated as a judgment by the
Supreme Court. The Settlement Agreement provides, inter alia, the following arrangement shall apply: State’s consent is required to any transfer of the
shares in ZIM which confers on the holder a holding of 35% and more of the ZIM’s share capital. In addition, any transfer of shares which confers on
the holders a holding exceed 24% but not exceed 35%, shall require a prior notice to the State. To the extent the State determines that the transfer
involves a potential damage to the State’s security or any of its vital interests or if the State did not receive the relevant information in order to
formulate a decision regarding the transfer, the State shall be entitled to inform, within 30 days, that it objects to the transfer, and it will be required to
reason its objection. In such an event, the transferor shall be entitled to approach a competent court on this matter.
The Special State Share is non-transferable. Except for the rights attached to the said share, it does not confer upon its holder voting rights or any share
capital related rights.
The Special State Share, and the permit which accompanies it, also imposes transferability restrictions on our equity interest in ZIM. Furthermore,
although there are no contractual restrictions on any sales of our shares by our controlling shareholders, if Idan Ofer’s ownership interest in Kenon
(controlling shareholders of Kenon) is less than 36%, or Idan Ofer ceases to be the controlling shareholder, or sole controlling shareholder of Kenon,
then Kenon’s rights with respect to its shares in ZIM (e.g., Kenon’s right to vote and receive dividends in respect of its ZIM shares),will be limited to
the rights applicable to an ownership of 24% of ZIM, until or unless the State of Israel provides its consent, or does not object to, this decrease in Idan
Ofer’s ownership or “control” (as defined in the State of Israel consent received by IC in connection with the spin-off). The State of Israel may also
revoke Kenon’s permit if there is a material change in the facts upon which the State of Israel’s consent was based, upon a breach of the provisions of
the Special State Share by Kenon, Mr. Ofer, or ZIM, or if the cancellation of the provisions of the Special State Share with respect to a person holding
shares in ZIM contrary to the Special State Share’s provisions apply (without limitation).
Note 11 – Subsidiaries
A.
Investments
1.
I.C. Power
a.
On September 5, 2013, I.C. Power through its subsidiaries IC Power Inversiones Limitada and IC Power Chile SpA entered into an
agreement with Inversiones Pacific Hydro Tinguiririca Ltda and SN Power Chile Tinguiririca y Compañía (“the sellers”) to acquire all
of the outstanding capital stock of Thermoelectrica Colmito Ltda (“Colmito”), for a consideration of US$ 27,850 thousand: At such date,
this amount was contributed into an escrow account until certain conditions related to the sale were fulfilled. Colmito owns and operates
a 58MW dual fuel open cycle generation plant located in Concón, Chile that commenced operations in August 2008. The closing of this
acquisition was completed on October 29, 2013. At such date, I.C. Power took control of Colmito and released the funds held in the
escrow account.
The total fair values of acquired net assets (in thousands of U.S. Dollars) were as follows:
Intangibles
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Total net assets at fair value
Consideration paid
Negative goodwill
Book value
2,327
27,015
—
29,342
27,850
1,492
Fair value
adjustment
on acquisition
163
(378 )
43
(172 )
—
(172 )
Fair value
2,490
26,637
43
29,170
27,850
1,320
Consequently, Inkia recorded a bargain purchase gain of US$ 1,320 thousand.
F-42
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
b.
During 2014, I.C. Power acquired the following companies:
AEI Nicaragua Holdings Ltd., AEI Jamaica Holdings Ltd.
On February 18, 2014, I.C. Power entered into an agreement with AEI Power Ltd. to acquire all of the shares of AEI Nicaragua Holdings
Ltd. and AEI Jamaica Holdings Ltd. for a purchase price of $54,144 thousand. On March 12, 2014, Inkia took control of AEI Nicaragua
Holdings and paid $36,644 thousand to AEI Power Ltd. in connection with the acquisition. As a result of the post-closing purchase price
adjustments, AEI Power Ltd. refunded $6,523 thousand to I.C. Power on April 14, 2014, therefore, the final purchase price of AEI
Nicaragua Holdings was $30,121 thousand.
On May 30, 2014, I.C. Power took control of AEI Jamaica Holdings and paid $17,500 thousand to AEI Power Ltd. in connection with
the acquisition. As a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustments, I.C. Power paid an additional $3,177 thousand to AEI Power
Ltd. on July 1, 2014; therefore, the final purchase price of AEI Jamaica Holdings was $20,677 thousand.
As of result of this transaction, I.C. Power increased its ownership from 15.57% to 100% in Jamaica Private Power Company (a
subsidiary of AEI Jamaica Holdings). The measurement to fair value of I.C. Power’s pre-existing share in Jamaica Power Company
resulted in a gain of $2,674 thousand ($6,044 thousand less $3,370 thousand carrying amount of such investment at the acquisition date).
Surpetroil
On March 12, 2014, I.C. Power through its subsidiary Samay III signed a share purchase agreement to acquire a 60% stake of Surpetroil,
a company involved in power generation, natural gas transport and distribution using Colombia’s stranded gas, as well as a 60% stake in
two companies: Surenergy S.A.S. E.S.P. (Colombia) and Surpetroil S.A.S. (Peru) for a total purchase price of $18,000 thousand. On
March 28, 2014, I.C. Power took control of Surpetroil and paid $12,000 thousand at closing. The remaining $6,000 thousand has been
retained by I.C. Power to be reinvested by the minority shareholders in new projects.
AEI Guatemala Holdings Ltd.
On August 13, 2014, I.C. Power entered into an agreement with AEI Power Ltd. to acquire all of the shares of AEI Guatemala Holdings
Ltd for a purchase price of $29,000 thousand. On September 17, 2014, I.C. Power completed the acquisition of AEI Guatemala Holdings
and paid $29,000 thousand to AEI Power Ltd.
On October 22, 2014, I.C. Power paid an additional of $5,568 thousand as a result of the post-closing purchase price adjustments, and
$350 thousand for reorganization costs. Therefore, the final purchase price of AEI Guatemala Holdings was $34,918 thousand.
F-43
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
c.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The following table summarizes the recognized amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible
Deferred income tax assets
Trade receivables, net
Other assets
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Deferred income tax liabilities
Other liabilities
Non-controlling interest
Total net assets
Fair value of pre-existing share
Total consideration
Gain on bargain purchase
Goodwill
Cash consideration
Consideration retained by I.C. Power
Total consideration transferred
Cash and cash equivalent acquired
Net cash flow on acquisition
d.
Measurement of fair values
AEI
AEI
AEI
Guatemala
Total
76
Nicaragua
2,375
Jamaica Surpetroil
US$ thousands
157,211 39,585 15,173 60,896 272,865
925 30,181
20,783 3,305 5,168
201
2,831
179
29,072 5,998
900 31,939 67,909
40,716 24,325 1,835 38,777 105,653
— (1,722 ) (2,361 ) (17,500 ) (21,583 )
(115,241 ) (10,199 ) (2,390 ) (23,021 ) (150,851 )
(33,722 ) (1,102 ) (2,671 ) (7,550 ) (45,045 )
(16,804 ) (9,532 ) (2,901 ) (29,181 ) (58,418 )
(30,618 ) — (5,182 ) — (35,800 )
167,742
50,837
7,772
53,772
—
(6,044 )
(6,044 ) —
(30,121 ) (20,677 ) (18,000 ) (34,918 ) (103,716 )
68,210
—
23,651
10,228
10,228
—
20,443
—
55,361
—
24,116
—
20,677
—
20,677
30,121
—
30,121
(19,310 ) (5,371 )
10,811
15,306
12,000
6,000
12,000
34,918
—
34,918
97,716
6,000
97,716
(168 ) (2,881 ) (27,730 )
69,986
11,832
32,037
I.C. Power has established the value of the acquired assets, liabilities, and contingent liabilities considering the fair value basis on March 12,
2014; March 28, 2014; May 30, 2014; and on September 17, 2014, dates in which I.C. Power took control of AEI Nicaragua Holdings,
Surpetroil, AEI Jamaica Holdings and AEI Guatemala Holdings, respectively. The criteria considered to establish the fair value of the main
items were the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Fixed assets were valued considering the market value established by an appraiser;
Intangibles consider the valuation of its Power Purchase Agreements (“PPAs”);
Contingent liabilities were determined over the average probability established by third party legal processes;
Deferred tax was valued over the temporary differences between the accounting and tax basis of the business combination; and,
Non-controlling interest was calculated over a proportional basis of the net assets identified on the acquisition date.
F-44
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
e.
Gain of bargain purchase
After reviewing and analyzing the fair values of the Nicaraguan, Jamaican and Guatemalan assets and compare them to the carrying value, a
gain on bargain purchase of $23,651 thousand, $24,116 thousand and $20,443 thousand, respectively, was determined. The differences between
fair value and carrying value are derived in principal:
•
•
•
Seller’s need to complete transaction.
Lack of alternative buyers.
Regions low interest from international power players.
f.
Recognition of Revenues and Profit or Loss
During the period from the acquisition date to December 31, 2014 the revenues and profit or loss contributed by these acquired companies to
the consolidated results are as follows:
Companies acquired
AEI Nicaragua Holdings Ltd
Surpetroil S.A.S.
AEI Jamaica Holdings Ltd.
AEI Guatemala Holdings Ltd.
Total
Control Date
Revenues
Profit (loss)*
US$ thousands
March 12, 2014
March 28, 2014
May 30, 2014
September 17, 2014
124,578
9,263
40,752
33,302
207,895
5,874
1,759
(2,242 )
(1,028 )
4,363
* These figures do not include any effect arising from the purchase price allocation adjustments and from non-controlling interest.
g.
On September 3, 2014, Inkia Americas Holdings Ltd. (the “Seller”), and IC Power as guarantor of the Seller, closed the sale of its shares
in Inkia Holdings (Acter) Limited (“Acter”), that has indirectly the equivalent of 39.01% of Generandes Peru SA, the holding company of
Edegel SAA for a total consideration of $413,000 thousand in cash.
As a consequence of the sale of Acter, I.C. Power transferred all the following companies to Enersis: Southern Cone Power Ltd.; Latin America
Holding I Ltd.; Latin America Holding II Ltd. and Southern Cone Power Peru S.A.A.
Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, prior to the consummation of the Acter Disposition, Acter was required to repay the
outstanding indebtedness (the “Acter Debt”) held with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch. In order to repay the Acter Debt, the
Company received a short-term loan from IC Power on August 26, 2014 in an amount of $125,000 thousand (the “Acter Contribution”), and
used the proceeds to repay the Acter Debt on September 22, 2014.
Pursuant to the terms of the debentures issued by Inkia, Inkia is subject to restriction with respect to the proceeds of the sale. On September 16,
2014, Inkia received the consent to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds related to the Acter Disposition within 30 months (originally was 365 days)
of such asset sale.
Inkia expects to reinvest the net proceeds in cash deriving from sale of Edegel.
h.
i.
In May and June 2014, I.C. Power repaid $167,811 thousand of intercompany debt owed to IC, repaid $94,865 thousand of capital notes to IC,
and made a dividend distribution to IC of $37,324 thousand. As a result of I.C. Power’s $167,811 thousand repayment of loans and $94,865
thousand repayment of capital notes to IC, no debt currently exists between I.C. Power and IC. In this report this amount (approximately $300
million) was recorded as a payment to parent company.
In September 2014, a subsidiary of Inkia updated its five-year budget as a result of a downward trend in its results combined with anticipated
impacts of recent political changes in the country in which the subsidiary operates, which affects the power generation business therein, and
expectations of an increase in operating costs and unchanged electricity prices, which will lead to a decrease in its profitability. As a result,
Inkia considered a potential impairment in this subsidiary and conducted an impairment analysis using the value in use method and a discount
rate of 7.6%. Accordingly, Inkia determined that the book value of the subsidiary’s assets exceeded its recoverable amount and therefore
recorded an impairment loss of $34,673 thousand.
F-45
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
j.
On December 9, 2014, IC Green signed an agreement for sale of all its holdings (about 69%) in the shares of Petrotec AG (hereinafter – “Petrotec”), a
public company traded on the Frankfurt stock exchange, to the Renewable Energy Group (hereinafter – “REG”), a public company traded on the
NASDAQ. As part of the agreement, REG paid ICG in exchange for Petrotec’s shares, the amount of about $20.9 million, by means of an issuance of
shares of REG, along with payment of an additional amount in cash, of $15.8 million, in respect of the balance of loans and accrued interest ICG
granted to Petrotec. The number of shares REG issued to IC Green is 2 million shares (about 4.6% of REG’s capital). The shares issued will be
restricted for trading and will be released in three equal portions after six, nine and twelve months from the issuance date.
On December 24, 2014 (hereinafter – “the Closing Date”), all the approvals required for execution of the agreement were received and the Group
ceased to control Petrotec.
The fair value of the restricted shares as at the date of the report is $18.5 million.
As a result of the sale, the Group reported a capital loss in its financial statements, in the amount of $5 million.
k.
Subsequent to the date of the report and due a lack of sufficient sources of financing for 2015, the Board of Directors of HelioFocus decided to reduce
the company’s activities and to maintain only a minimum number of personnel until new investors are recruited.
As a result of that stated, the Group examined the amount of its investment in HelioFocus and decided to write down the balance to the amount of about
$1.5 million, representing the cash equivalents less the pension liabilities. As a result of the write down, the Group recorded a capital loss of $13,171
thousand.
F-46
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
B.
The following table summarizes the information relating to each of the Group’s subsidiaries that has material non-controlling interests
(NCI):
NCI percentage
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Carrying amount of NCI
Revenues
Profit/(loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Profit attributable to NCI
OCI attributable to NCI
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities excluding
dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Effect of changes in the exchange rate on cash and cash
As at and for the year ended December 31
2014
2013
2012
Samay
I.S.A
Nicaragua
Energy
Holding
Kallpa
Generacion
S.A.
Cerro
del Aguila
S.A.
Kallpa
Generacion
S.A.
Cerro
del Aguila
S.A.
Kallpa
Generacion
S.A.
Cerro
del Aguila
S.A.
US$ thousands
25.10 %
35.42 %
25.10 %
25.10 %
25.10 %
25.10 %
25.10 %
25.10 %
9,176
138,153 52,850 83,954 128,242 71,948
102,668 172,240 645,927 662,055 541,079
221,225
(18,713 ) (23,376 ) (153,302 ) (25,138 ) (113,532 ) (30,767 ) (80,881 ) (21,754 )
(144,679 ) (131,327 ) (405,360 ) (460,081 ) (352,515 ) (114,864 ) (391,308 ) —
208,647
52,365
171,219
42,976
305,078
76,575
70,387
24,931
77,429
19,435
305,051
76,568
146,980
36,892
194,697
48,869
109,750
557,136
72,670
378,012
—
(311 )
(245 )
124,578
4,472
—
436,673
53,090
1,150
—
6,964
(6,938 )
394,055
43,665
1,396
—
264
(13,805 )
276,341
34,798
—
—
374
—
(78 )
(62 )
1,584
—
13,326
289
1,748
(1,742 )
10,960
350
66
(3,465 )
8,734
—
94
—
—
(88,644 )
16,605
19,522
116,915
(26,259 )
—
(247,724 )
142,495
(16,566 )
—
(178,664 )
54,534
(41,257 )
—
(166,904 )
195,135
—
(20,445 )
—
(78,982 )
—
296,868
—
(135,043 )
(23,266 )
235,090
—
16,792
—
166,649
—
equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash equivalents
(265 )
106,226
411
16,093
(824 )
10,850
—
49,144
(1,245 )
(33,625 )
—
56,426
1,080
31,149
—
(255 )
F-47
Table of Contents
Note 11 – Subsidiaries (Cont’d)
C.
Restrictions
I.C. Power
Inkia’s subsidiaries have no restrictions to transfer cash or other assets to the parent company as long as each subsidiary is in compliance with the
financial covenants deriving from receipt of credit – see Note 15.
OPC has restrictions to transfer cash or other assets to the parent company up to the third anniversary of Construction Completion occur.
Inkia has restrictions to transfer cash or other assets to the parent company. Pursuant to its senior notes agreement, dividend payments are treated as
restricted payments and are subject to mainly the following conditions:
•
•
Inkia is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional indebtedness pursuant to the incurrence covenant test (unconsolidated interest coverage ratio is
equal or greater than 2.0 to 1.0); and
The amount (dividend payments) cannot exceed the sum of: 100% of cumulative consolidated net income of the company accrued on a
cumulative basis, beginning on January 1, 2011 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been provided
to the Trustee, deducting any non-cash charges or expense (other than depreciation and amortization), non-cash gains and the cumulative effect
of changes in accounting principles.
Note 12 – Deposits, Loans and Other Debit Balances, including Derivative Instruments
Composition:
Deposits in banks and others – restricted cash
Financial derivatives not used for hedging
Tower-series 9 options (1)
Long-term loans (2)
Other receivables (3)
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
29,700
322
10,056
—
34,580
74,658
3,963
—
1,706
33,767
40,608
80,044
(1)
1,669,795 series 9 options of Tower are held by Kenon to purchase 1,699,795 shares of Tower exercisable up to June 27, 2017 at an exercise price of $7.35
per option.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, mainly ZIM’s loans to associated companies regarding which the repayment terms have not been determined, bearing PIK interest
(mainly Belgium prime + 2%). The interest and the principal will be repaid at the same time.
(3) As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, other receivables correspond mainly to non-current prepaid expenses (connecting to high voltage and gas contract) in
O.P.C.
F-48
Table of Contents
Note 13 – Property, Plant and Equipment
A.
Composition
Cost
Land, land development, roads, buildings and leasehold
improvements
Installations, machinery and equipment
Dams
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and other
equipment
Vessels
Containers
Plants under construction
Spare parts for installations
Accumulated depreciation
Land, land development, roads, buildings and leasehold
improvements
Installations, machinery and equipment
Dams
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and other
equipment
Vessels
Containers
Prepayments on account of property, plant & equipment
As at December 31, 2014
Balance at
beginning
of year
Additions Disposals Impairment
Differences
in
translation
reserves
Companies
entering the
consolidation
Companies
exiting the
consolidation
Balance at
end
of year
US$ thousands
297,115 24,991
(511 )
1,513,921 110,413 (8,704 )
(278 )
138,538 —
(4,935 )
—
7,062
— (58,677 ) 259,194
—
— —
(43,104 ) 280,618
(36,671 ) 1,779,476
— 138,260
90,788 6,803 (3,129 )
2,317,153 3,545 —
683,311 3,208 (11,891 )
5,040,826 148,960 (24,513 )
(314 )
387,773 405,771
(861 )
17,438 28,677
5,446,037 583,408 (25,688 )
3,707
(53,137 )
— (2,320,698 )
— (674,628 )
43,381
(1,651 )
—
—
— —
— —
—
— (65,263 ) 269,963 (3,128,238 ) 2,241,735
(4,006 ) 789,681
480
—
27,084
3,004
—
— (66,385 ) 273,447 (3,152,319 ) 3,058,500
(23 )
(1,099 )
(20,075 )
81,719 7,538
2,229
360,101 94,657 (2,205 ) 17,356
(193 )
(3,596 )
(30 ) 14,901 —
28,944 1,674
(222 )
52
—
—
(26,650 )
64,473
(36,814 ) 429,499
45,489
—
20,829
267
(42,315 )
58,959 5,154 (1,328 )
—
— (758,845 )
714,828 44,017 —
—
— (355,391 )
341,011 23,266 (8,886 )
1,585,562 176,306 (12,671 ) 34,673
319 (1,220,015 ) 560,290
3,860,475 407,102 (13,017 ) (34,673 ) (62,501 ) 273,128 (1,932,304 ) 2,498,210
4,577
2,502,787
187
(95 )
— —
— —
(3,884 )
—
3,860,475
F-49
Table of Contents
Note 13 – Property, Plant and Equipment (Cont’d)
As at December 31, 2013
Differences
Balance at
beginning
of year
Additions Disposals
reserves
Transfers
and
reclassifications
Companies
entering the
consolidation
Companies
exiting the
consolidation
Balance at
end
of year
in
translation
Cost
Land, land development, roads, buildings and leasehold
improvements
Installations, machinery and equipment
Dams
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and other
equipment
Vessels
Containers
Plants under construction
Spare parts for installations
Accumulated depreciation
Land, land development, roads, buildings and leasehold
improvements
Installations, machinery and equipment
Dams
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and other
equipment
Vessels
Containers
Prepayments on account of property, plant & equipment
(*) Reclassification
US$ thousands
(62 )
292,559 10,278
(5,366 )
993,760 58,561
138,538 — —
35,129
3,792
408,362 * 34,893
— —
1,618
23,711
—
(46,199 ) 297,115
— 1,513,921
— 138,538
(8,605 )
102,240 22,570
2,341,404
645 (24,896 )
797,413 9,773 (123,875 )
4,665,914 101,827 (162,804 )
615,514 196,674 —
(26 )
5,289,324 325,557 (162,830 )
7,896 27,056
—
590
— —
— —
443,491
39,275
(424,415 )* —
234
(19,076 )
39,509
—
49
—
—
25,378
—
1,354
26,732
(26,056 )
90,788
— 2,317,153
— 683,311
(72,255 ) 5,040,826
— 387,773
17,438
—
(72,255 ) 5,446,037
83,307 7,997
291,900 68,201
(584 )
(1,924 )
27,206 1,738 —
—
—
—
356
1,924
—
—
—
—
(9,357 )
81,719
— 360,101
28,944
—
69,897 6,035
(2,174 )
639,755 89,528 (14,455 )
355,972 50,782 (65,743 )
1,468,037 224,281 (84,880 )
3,821,287 101,276 (77,950 )
101,685
3,922,972
—
—
—
—
—
(62 )
—
—
2,218
37,291
—
—
—
—
26,732
(14,737 )
58,959
— 714,828
— 341,011
(24,094 ) 1,585,562
(48,161 ) 3,860,475
—
3,860,475
F-50
Table of Contents
Note 13 – Property, Plant and Equipment (Cont’d)
B.
Depreciated balances
Land, land development, roads, buildings and leasehold improvements
Installations, machinery and equipment
Dams
Office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and other equipment
Vessels
Containers
Plants under construction
Spare parts for installations
As at December 31
2014
2013
US$ thousands
216,145
1,349,977
92,771
22,552
—
—
789,681
27,084
2,498,210
215,396
1,153,820 *
109,594
31,829
1,602,325
342,300
387,773 *
17,438
3,860,475
(*) Reclassification
C.
During the period ended December 31, 2014, I.C.Power acquired assets with a cost of $576,588 thousand, mainly for the construction of the Cerro del
Aguila and Samay I projects, the acquisition of Las Flores power plant, and $272,865 thousand in connection with AEI Nicaragua Holdings Ltd, AEI
Jamaica Holdings Ltd, AEI Guatemala Holdings Ltd and Surpetroil business combinations, see note 11.A.1.6.
Cerro del Aguila (CDA) is a run-of-the-river hydroelectric project on the Mantaro River located in Huancavelica, in central Peru. The plant will have an
installed capacity of 510 MW. Construction of the hydroelectric plant is underway (approximately 64% advanced as of December 31, 2014). It is
expected that CDA will commence commercial operation during the second half of 2016 and it is estimated to cost approximately $910,000 thousand,
including a $50,000 thousand budget for contingencies. The CDA Project is financed with a $591,000 thousand syndicated credit facility, representing
65% of the total estimated cost of the project, with export credit agencies, development banks and private banks, and is collateralized by the assets of
the project. The remaining 35% of the CDA Project’s cost has been financed with equity from each of Inkia and Energía del Pacífico, in proportion to
their ownership interests in CDA.
On November 29, 2013, Samay I won a public bid auction conducted by the Peruvian Investment Promotion Agency to build an open cycle diesel and
natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in Mollendo, Arequipa (southern Peru), with an installed capacity of approximately 600 MW at an
estimated cost of $380,000 thousand, approximately 80% of which is to be financed with a $311,000 thousand seven-year syndicated secured loan
agreement with Bank of Tokyo, Sumitomo and HSBC and approximately 20% of which has been financed with equity from each of Inkia and Energía
del Pacífico. Samay I’s agreement with the Peruvian government is for a 20-year period, with fixed monthly capacity payments and pass-through of all
variable costs. Construction of Samay I’s thermoelectric plant is in its early stages and it is expected that Samay I will commence commercial
operations in mid-2016, in accordance with the terms of its agreement with the Peruvian government.
In April 2014, Kallpa Generacion S.A., a subsidiary of Inkia, completed its $114,000 thousand purchase of the 193 MW single turbine natural gas fired
plant “Las Flores”, located in Chilca, Peru. Las Flores, which commenced its commercial operation in May 2010, permits for a future 190 MW gas-
fired expansion and has sufficient space to locate such a facility, as well as a combined cycle expansion, on its existing premises.
D.
In I.C. Power, property, plant and equipment includes assets acquired through financing leases. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the cost and
corresponding accumulated depreciation of such assets are as follows:
Land and buildings
Plant and equipment
As of December 31, 2014
Accumulated
As of December 31, 2013
Accumulated
US$ thousands
Cost
depreciation Net cost
Cost
depreciation Net cost
42,280
277,272
319,552
(4,488 ) 37,792 29,880
(88,679 ) 188,593 178,516
(93,167 ) 226,385 208,396
(3,509 ) 26,371
(72,409 ) 106,107
(75,918 ) 132,478
F-51
Table of Contents
Note 14 – Intangible Assets
A.
Composition:
Cost
Balance as at January 1, 2013
Acquisitions as part of business combinations
Acquisitions – self development
Sales
Exit from consolidation
Translation differences
Customer
Goodwill
relationship* Technology* Software Others **
US$ thousands
Total
88,028
—
16,601
—
50,476 107,954 28,618 291,677
2,503
— — 2,503
—
—
—
(2,378 )
—
—
—
—
12
7,026 8,757 15,795
—
(28 ) (2,194 )
(2,222 )
—
(109 ) —
(109 )
46
12
1
(2,319 )
Balance as at December 31, 2013
85,650
16,601
50,534 114,855 37,685 305,325
Acquisitions as part of business combinations
25,765
24,473
—
137 5,708 56,083
Acquisitions – self development
Sales
Exit from consolidation
Translation differences
Balance as at December 31, 2014
Amortization and impairment
Balance as at January 1, 2013
Amortization for the year
Eliminations
Translation differences
Balance as at December 31, 2013
Amortization for the year
Acquisitions – business combination
Sales
Exit from consolidation
Impairment
Translation differences
—
—
—
—
—
2,939 15,537 18,476
—
(196 ) —
(196 )
(28,367 )
—
(50,534 ) (116,142 ) (5,472 ) (200,515 )
(1,564 )
—
—
(71 )
1
(1,634 )
81,484
41,074
—
1,522 53,459 177,539
12,927
7,781
46,023 56,752 7,171 130,654
4
1,415
631 11,226 1,319 14,595
—
—
—
—
—
(80 ) (2,194 )
(2,274 )
782
(15 ) —
767
12,931
9,196
47,436 67,883 6,296 143,742
—
3,395
843
5,513
747 10,498
—
—
(12,931 )
15,537
—
—
—
109 —
109
—
(196 ) —
(196 )
—
—
(48,986 ) (72,582 ) (3,012 ) (137,511 )
— — — 15,537
—
—
707
(18 ) —
689
Balance as at December 31, 2014
15,537
12,591
—
709 4,031 32,868
Carrying value
As at January 1, 2013
As at December 31, 2013
As at December 31, 2014
75,101
8,820
4,453 51,202 21,447 161,023
72,719
7,405
3,098 46,972 31,389 161,583
65,947
28,483
—
813 49,428 144,671
*
**
Comprise mainly identified intangible assets as a result of the business combination such as the acquisition of “customer relationships” and others in the
purchase of its subsidiaries and associates.
The 2014 and 2013 additions in the caption “others” include mainly development cost. Expenditures incurred in the design and evaluation of future power
plant facilities in the countries in which the Company currently operates. These projects have different level of advance such as: temporal concessions,
environmental impact studies in process and others.
As of December 31, 2014, balance of “others” intangible assets mainly corresponds to cost incurred in the construction and improvements of public access
roads in connection with CDA project.
F-52
Table of Contents
Note 14 – Intangible Assets (Cont’d)
B.
The total carrying amounts of intangible assets with a finite useful life and with an indefinite useful life or not yet available for use
Intangible assets with a finite useful life
Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life or not yet available for use
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
30,002
114,669
144,671
58,929
102,654
161,583
C.
Examination of impairment of cash generating units containing goodwill
For the purpose of testing impairment goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units that represent the lowest level within the Group at
which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to the cash-generating units is as follows:
Goodwill
I.C. Power and its subsidiaries
ZIM and its subsidiaries
Other
* Goodwill arises from the following Group entities in I.C Power (cash generating unit):
Nejapa Power Company LLC and Compañia de Energía de Centroamerica S.A. de C.V.
Kallpa Generación S.A.
Surpetroil S.A.C.
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
60,029 *
—
5,918
65,947
51,627
15,174
5,918
72,719
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
40,693
10,934
8,402
60,029
40,693
10,934
—
51,627
The recoverable amount of each CGU is based on the estimated value in use using discounted cash flows. The cash flows are derived from the 5-year
budget approved by the Board of Directors and its Shareholders.
The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set below. The values assigned to key assumptions represent management’s
assessment of future trends in the power sector and have been based on historic data from external and internal sources.
Discount rate
Peru
El Salvador
Colombia
Terminal value growth rate
2014
2013
In percent
6.9
9.2
11.1
2.0
7.6
9.7
—
2.0
The discount rate is a post-tax measure based on the characteristics of each CGU with a possible debt leveraging of 43% in 2014 and of 40% in 2013.
F-53
Table of Contents
Note 14 – Intangible Assets (Cont’d)
The cash flow projections included specific estimates for five years and a terminal growth rate thereafter. The terminal growth rate was determined
based on management’s estimate of the long term inflation.
In addition to the discount and growth rates, the key assumptions used to estimate future cash flows, based on past experience and current sector
forecasts, are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Existing power purchase agreements (PPAs) signed
Investment schedule - The management has used the updated investment schedule in countries in which those companies operate, in order that
the supply satisfies the demand growth in an efficient manner.
The production mix of each country was determined using specifically-developed internal forecast models that consider factors such as prices
and availability of commodities, forecast demand of electricity, planned construction or the commissioning of new capacity in the country’s
various technologies.
Fuel prices have been calculated based on existing supply contracts and on estimated future prices including a price differential adjustment
specific to every product according to local characteristics.
Assumptions for energy sale and purchase prices and output of generation facilities are made based on complex specifically-developed internal
forecast models for each country.
Demand - Demand forecast has taken into consideration the best economic performance as well as growth forecasts of different sources.
Technical performance- The forecast take into consideration that the power plants have an appropriate preventive maintenance that permits
their proper functioning.
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
With regard to the assessment of value in use of the CGUs, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key
assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to materially exceed its recoverable amount.
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others
This Note provides information regarding the contractual conditions of the Group’s interest bearing loans and credit, which are measured based on
amortized cost. Additional information regarding the Group’s exposure to interest risks, foreign currency and liquidity risk is provided in Note 30, in
connection with financial instruments.
Current liabilities
Short-term credit:
Short-term loans from financial institutions
Long-term liabilities reclassified to short-term*
Current maturities of long-term liabilities:
Loans from financial institutions
Non-convertible debentures
Liability in respect of financing lease
Other
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Non-convertible debentures
Loans from banks and financial institutions
Other long-term balances
Liability in respect of financing lease
Total other long-term liabilities
Less current maturities
Total non-current liabilities
As at December 31
2014
2013**
US$ thousands
58,137
—
58,137
228,475
1,505,000
1,733,475
56,757
17,010
29,582
—
103,349
161,486
181,027
32,584
81,421
96,932
391,964
2,125,439
703,952
1,373,245
48,486
193,538
2,319,221
(103,349 )
2,215,872
669,724
882,606
325,061
441,160
2,318,551
(391,964 )
1,926,587
*
**
Long-term loans and other liabilities that were reclassified from long-term to short-term (see Note 15.C.1) are presented in Section A below based on the
expected repayment dates, which would have been required if they had not been reclassified to short-term.
ZIM’s debentures and unsecured debt were annulled as part of ZIM’s debt restructuring.
F-54
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
Composition of I.C. Power loans from Banks and Others
Short-term loans from banks
Ceep
Various entities
Kallpa Generación
Banco de Crédito del Perú
Cobee
Various entities
Acter
Credit Suisse (D)
Surpetroil
Various entities
PQP
Banco Industrial Guatemala
Subtotal
Loans from Banks and others
Financial institutions:
Cobee
Various entities
Kallpa Generación (E)
Syndicated Loan – Various entities
Central Cardones (F)
Tranche One
BCI / Banco Itaú
Tranche Two
BCI / Banco Itaú
Cerro del Aguila (G)
Tranch A
Tranche B
Tranche 1D
Tranche 2D
Samay I (H)
Sumitomo /HSBC / Bank of Tokyo
Colmito (I)
Banco Bice
Empresa Energética Corinto, Ltd.
Banco de América Central (BAC)
Tipitapa Power Company, Ltd.
Banco de América Central (BAC)
Consorcio Eólico Amayo, S.A.(J)
Banco Centroamericano de Integración Económica
Consorcio Eólico Amayo (Fase II), S.A.(K)
Various entities
Jamaica Private Power Company
Royal Bank of Canada
Burmeister & Wain Scandinavian Contractor A/S
Surpetroil S.A.S.
Banco Corpbanca Colombia S.A.
As at December 31, 2014 As at December 31, 2013
US$ thousands
Nominal Annual
Interest rate
Maturity
Current
Non-
Current
Current
Non-
Current
3.25 - 4.00%
2014/2015 5,000
— 22,850 —
1.15%
2015
29,107
—
— —
5.00%-7.00% 2014/2015 12,503
—
7,601 —
LIBOR + 4%
2014
—
— 122,073 —
3.10 - 3.93%
2015
1,527
—
— —
4.75%
2015
10,000
58,137
—
— 152,524
— —
—
TRE+4.75-
TRE+6.0%
2014
—
—
678
—
LIBOR+5.75%
2019
13,895
58,663 13,788
72,559
LIBOR+1.9%
2021
3,276
25,536
3,024
28,812
LIBOR+2.8%
2017
—
19,384
—
19,384
LIBOR+4.25%
LIBOR+4.25%
LIBOR+4.25%
LIBOR+2.75%
2024
2024
2024
2024
—
—
—
—
257,022
138,396
31,766
17,105
—
—
—
—
62,792
33,811
7,761
4,179
LIBOR+2.125%
2021
—
144,636
—
—
7.90%
8.35%
8.35%
8.45% -
LIBOR+4%
LIBOR+5.75,
8.53%, 10.76%
2028
622
19,176
—
—
2018
2,634
9,392
—
—
2018
1,951
5,781
—
—
2023
4,533
47,147
—
—
2025
2,838
34,209
—
—
LIBOR + 5.50%
3.59%
2017
2018
2,983
315
3,990
897
—
—
—
—
DTF + 3.9%
2015
135
—
—
—
F-55
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
PQP (i)
Banco Industrial
OPC Rotem Ltd
Lenders Consortium (M)
Dalkia Israel Ltd. (N)
IC Israel Ltd (O)
Facility A - Amitim and Menora
Pension Funds
Facility B - Amitim and Menora
Pension Funds
IC Power Ltd
Bank Hapoalim New York
Liabilities in respect of finance leases:
Kallpa Generación
Banco de Crédito del Perú/ Citibank (P)
Banco de Crédito del Perú (Q)
Scotiabank Perú (R)
Banco de Crédito del Perú (S)
Surpetroil S.A.S.
Banco de Occidente S.A.
Subtotal
Debentures
Cobee
Bonds Cobee II (T)
Bonds Cobee III-1A (U)
Bonds Cobee III-1B (U)
Bonds Cobee III-1C (bolivianos) (U)
Bonds Cobee III-2 (U)
Bonds Cobee III-3 (U)
Bonds Cobee IV – 1A (V)
Bonds Cobee IV – 1B (V)
Bonds Cobee IV – 1C (V)
Cobee Bonds- IV Issuance 3 (V)
Cobee Bonds- IV Issuance 4 (V)
Kallpa Generación
Kallpa Bonds (W)
Inkia Energy Ltd
Inkia Bonds (X)
Cepp
Cepp Bonds (Z)
Cobee
Cobee Bonds (Premium)
Subtotal
Total
Nominal Annual
Interest rate
LIBOR +
4.50%
As at December 31, 2014 As at December 31, 2013
US$ thousands
Maturity
Current
Non-Current Current
Non-
Current
2019
4,757
17,034 —
—
4.85% - 5.36%
2030
2016
18,818 381,246 19,459 448,681
19,012
—
19,060 —
4.85%/7.75%
2017
—
39,902 —
—
7.75%
1.25%
2029
—
53,203 —
—
2016
—
—
56,757 1,335,548 36,949 696,991
12,003 —
LIBOR+3.00%
6.55%
7.57%
7.15%
2016
2017
2018
2023
8,901
6,473
7,140
6,624
2,335 8,242
28,667 6,399
37,755 7,065
94,440 —
11,235
35,141
44,895
—
DTF + 3.5%
2017
444
759 —
29,582 163,956 21,706
—
91,271
86,339 1,499,504 58,655 788,262
9.40%
5.00%
6.50%
9.00%
6.75%
7.00%
6.00%
7.00%
7.80%
6.70%
7.80%
8.50%
8.38%
2015
2014
2017
2020
2017
2022
2018
2020
2024
2019
2024
6,803
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 6,800
— 4,000
3,500 —
6,343 —
5,000 —
6,160 —
3,967 —
3,964 —
12,020 —
4,950 —
15,029 —
6,803
—
3,500
6,344
5,000
6,160
—
—
—
—
—
2022
10,207 149,105 6,768 159,311
2021
— 447,357 — 447,014
6.00 - 7.75%
2014/2019
—
—
17,010 682,150 32,568 634,132
24,755 15,000
2014 - 2024
F-56
—
3,008
17,010 686,942 32,584 637,140
4,792
16
161,486 2,186,446 243,763 1,425,402
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
A.
Classification based on currencies and interest rates
Current liabilities (without current maturities)
Short-term loans from financial institutions
In dollars
In euro
In other currencies
Long-term liabilities (including current maturities)
Non-convertible debentures
In CPI-linked shekels (ZIM)
In dollars
In other currencies
Loans from financial institutions
In dollars
In unlinked shekels
In other currencies
Weighted-average
interest rate
12/31/14
%
As at December 31
2014
2013
US$ thousands
4.43
—
2.59
—
8.17
6.12
5.10
5.69
7.87
15,000
—
43,137
58,137
194,948
8,838
24,689
228,475
—
661,200
42,752
703,952
860,145
493,169
19,931
1,373,245
2,077,197
191,607
694,659
14,620
900,886
1,541,087
468,275
1,438
2,010,800
2,911,686
B.
Liability in respect of financing lease
Information regarding the financing lease liability broken down by payment dates is presented below: 1
Less than one year
From one year to five years
More than five years
As at December 31, 2014
As at December 31, 2013
Minimum
future
lease
rentals
Present
value of
minimum
Interest
component
lease
rentals
Minimum
future
lease
rentals
Present
value of
minimum
Interest
component
lease
rentals
US$ thousands
40,722 11,140 29,582 115,558 34,137 81,421
153,396 33,122 120,274 388,998 87,428 301,570
5,043 43,682 171,335 32,965 138,370
48,725
242,843 49,305 193,538 675,891 154,530 521,361
1 Long-term financing leases in ZIM, in the amount of $80 million, which were classified as at December 31, 2013, as short-term, are presented based on the
repayment dates provided in the agreements that would have been required if they had not been reclassified to short-term.
F-57
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
Under the terms of the lease agreements, no contingent rents are payable.
ZIM signed lease contracts classified as a finance lease in respect of vessels and containers. The lease term for the containers ranges between 5 and 15 years.
Based on most of the lease contracts for containers, ZIM has an option to acquire the containers at a price expected to be lower than the fair value on the date
the option may be exercised.
C.
1.
Restrictions on the entity due to receipt of credit
ZIM
As at December 31, 2013, ZIM was not in compliance with the relevant financial covenants. As a result, long-term debentures, loans and liabilities, in the
amount of $1,505 million, were reclassified to short term, in accordance with IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”. As described in Note 10.C.a.,
ZIM finalized the restructuring of its equity and debt, and, in connection therewith, its previous covenants were annulled.
2.
I.C. Power
Set forth below is information regarding the main financial covenants determined for I.C. Power and its subsidiaries, as part of the loan agreements:
I.C. Power companies
Kallpa Generacion S.A.
COBEE (Bonds)
Central Cardones
JPPC
Amayo (Nicaragua)
Corinto (Nicaragua)
Debt service
to coverage ratio
Not less than 1.2
Greater than or equal to 1.2
Greater than or equal to 1.1
Not less than 1.1
Not less than 1.25
Not required
Tipitapa (Nicaragua)
Not required
O.P.C Rotem
Greater than or equal to 1.10 (for distribution of a
dividend – greater than or equal to 1.25 and restriction
of 3 years from the construction completion)
Minimum
leverage
Not more than 3.0
Less than or equal to 1.2
Not required
Not more than 0.4
Not more than 3.33
Not less than 3.25 until December 31, 2014, than
3.00 until December 31, 2015, than 2.50 until
December 31, 2016 and 2.00 thereafter.
Not less than 3.00 until December 31, 2014, than
2.75 until December 31, 2015 and 2.00 thereafter
Not required
Hedge of
interest rate
Required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
As at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, I.C. Power and its subsidiaries were in compliance with the required financial covenants as stated above.
F-58
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
D.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Debentures
Bonds Cobee II - In October 2008, COBEE a consolidated company of IC Group issued and sold in the Bolivian market $20,403 thousand aggregate
principal amount of its 9.40% notes due 2015 Interest is escrowed monthly by the trustee and is paid semiannually. Principal on these notes is payable
in three equal installments in 2013, 2014 and 2015. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under these bonds was
$6,803 thousand ($13,603 thousand as of December 31, 2013).
Bonds Cobee III - In February 2010, COBEE approved a bond program under which it is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal amounts of up
to $ 40,000 thousand in multiple series. On March 12, 2010, COBEE issued and sold in the Bolivian market three series of notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $13,844 thousand. The aggregate gross proceeds of these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $17,251 thousand. The
Series A Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $4,000 thousand pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 5.00% per annum through maturity in
February 2014. Principal on these notes is payable at maturity. The Series B Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $3,500 thousand, pay interest
semi-annually at the rate of 6.50% per annum through maturity in February 2017. Principal on these notes will be paid in two equal annual installments
commencing in February 2016. The Series C Notes, in the principal amount of Bs.44.2 million ($6,343 thousand), pay interest semi-annually at the rate
of 9.00% per annum through maturity in January 2020. Principal on these notes will be paid in four equal annual installments commencing in February
2017.
In April 2012, COBEE issued and sold two additional series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $11,160 thousand. The aggregate gross
proceeds of these notes, which were issued at premium, were $12,919 thousand. COBEE will amortize the premium reducing the interest expense
related to these notes. The first series of these notes, in the aggregate of $5,000 thousand pays interest semi-annually at the rate of 6.75% per annum
through maturity in April 2017. Principal on these notes is payable at maturity. The second series of these notes in the aggregate principal amount of
Bs.43 million ($6,160 thousand), pays interest semi-annually at the rate of 7% per annum through maturity in February 2022. These funds were used
mainly to pay a tranche of Bolivian bonds due in June 2012.
Bonds Cobee IV - In May 2013, COBEE approved a bond program under which COBEE is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal amount of
up to $60,000 thousand in multiple series. In February 2014, COBEE issued and sold three series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $19,934
thousand. The aggregate gross proceeds of these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $20,617 thousand. The Series A Notes, in the aggregate
principal amount of $3,967 thousand pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 6.0% per annum through maturity in January 2018. The Series B Notes, in
the aggregate principal amount of $3,964 thousand pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 7.0% per annum through maturity in January 2020. The
Series C Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of Bs.84 million ($12,020 thousand) pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 7.8% per annum
through maturity in January 2024.
In November 2014, COBEE issued and sold two series of notes in the aggregate principal amount of $20,086 thousand. The aggregate gross proceeds
of these notes, which were issued at a premium, were $22,100. The first series of these Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $4,950 thousand pay
interest semi-annually at the rate of 6.70% per annum through maturity in October 2019. The second series of these notes in the aggregate principal
amount of Bs.105 million ($15,029 thousand) pay interest semi-annually at the rate of 7.80% per annum through maturity in October 2024.
Kallpa Bonds - In November 2009, Kallpa issued $172,000 thousand aggregate principal amount of its 8.5% Bonds due 2022. Holders of these bonds
are required to make subscription payments under a defined payment schedule during the 21 months following the date of issue. Kallpa received
proceeds of these bonds in the aggregate amount of $36,120 thousand and $116,960 thousand in 2010 and 2011, respectively. The proceeds of these
bonds are being used for capital expenditures related to Kallpa’s combined-cycle plant. Interest on these bonds accrues based on the principal received
by Kallpa and is payable quarterly. Principal amortization payments under these bonds in amounts varying between 0.25% and 5.00% of the
outstanding principal amount of these bonds commenced in May 2014 and will continue until maturity in May 2022. These bonds are secured by
Kallpa’s combined-cycle plant and related assets. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of these bonds was $159,312
thousand ($166,079 thousand as of December 31, 2013).
F-59
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
e.
Inkia Bonds - On April 4, 2011, Inkia issued senior unsecured notes for an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 thousand in the international capital
market under the rule 144A Regulation S. These notes accrue interest at a rate of 8.375% and will be payable semi-annually with final maturity in April
2021 and were recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. The proceeds from this issue were used mainly to
finance Inkia’s equity contribution in the development of Cerro del Aguila Project and to repurchase all of the Inkia Bonds.
On September 9, 2013, Inkia reopened its 8.375% senior notes due 2021 for an aggregate principal amount of $ 150,000 thousand. The new notes have
terms and conditions identical to the initial $300,000 thousand notes issued on April 4, 2011 and were issued at 104.75% plus accrued interest from
April 4, 2013, resulting in gross proceeds of $ 157,125 thousand plus $5,653 thousand of accrued interest. The proceeds from this issue will be used
mainly for working capital and general corporate purposes. Subsequent to initial recognition, these notes are measured at amortized cost using the
effective interest method. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal amount under these notes was $447,357 thousand ($447,014 thousand as
of December 31, 2013).
On September 16, 2014, Inkia received the consents from holders of a majority of its outstanding US$450,000 thousand Senior Notes due 2021, in
connection with its previously announced solicitation of Consents to certain proposed amendments to the Indenture, dated as of April 4, 2011.
f.
In December 2010, CEPP approved a program bond offering under which CEPP is permitted to offer bonds in aggregate principal amount of up to
$25,000 thousand in multiple series. In 2011 and 2010, CEPP issued and sold $ 20,326 thousand and $4,674 thousand of its 7.75% Bonds. CEPP used
the proceeds of this offering to finance its continuing operations and repay intercompany debt. Interest on these bonds is payable monthly and principal
of these bonds is due at maturity in May 2014. During the first quarter of 2014, CEPP issued and sold $25,000 thousand of its 6.00% Bonds due in
December 2018. Part of these funds was used to prepay $15,000 thousand of its 7.75% Bonds outstanding due in May 2014. As of December 31, 2014,
the outstanding principal amount net of transaction costs under these notes was $24,755 thousand ($15,000 thousand as of December 31, 2013).
E.
Loans
Short-term loans from banks
Credit Suisse - On December 20, 2013, Inkia Holdings Acter, together with certain of its subsidiaries, executed a one-year secured credit agreement
with Credit Suisse AG in an aggregate principal amount of $ 125,000 thousand. The loan under this facility bears interest on a quarterly basis at LIBOR
plus a margin of 4% per annum and was secured with the shares of certain of Inkia’s subsidiaries: Latin America Holding I, Ltd., Latin America
Holding II, Ltd. and Southern Cone Power Ltd.
As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance under this facility was $125,000 thousand. ($122,073 thousand. net of transaction costs). In August
2014, in connection with Inkia’s recent sale of its indirect equity interest in Edegel, Inkia repaid $126,028 thousand to Credit Suisse, representing the
aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under this facility, plus accrued interest.
F-60
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
Loans from banks and others
a.
b.
c.
Kallpa Syndicated Loan - In November 2009, Kallpa entered into a secured credit agreement in the aggregate amount of $105,000 thousand to
finance capital expenditures related to Kallpa’s combined-cycle plant. The loans under this credit agreement are secured by Kallpa’s combined-
cycle plant substantially all of Kallpa’s other assets, including Kallpa’s revenues under its PPAs. The loan under this credit agreement bear
interest payable monthly in arrears at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 5.50% per annum through November 2012, 5.75% per annum from
November 2012 through November 2015 and 6.00% from November 2015 through maturity in October 2019. Scheduled amortizations of
principal are payable monthly commencing in February 2013 through maturity in October 2019. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding
principal amount under this credit agreement was $72,558 thousand.
In connection with Inkia´s acquisition of Central Cardones in December 2011, Inkia consolidated the amounts outstanding under Central
Cardones’ credit agreement entered with Banco de Crédito e Inversiones and Banco Itaú Chile. The loans under this credit agreement were
issued in two tranches of $37,296 thousand and $20,884 thousand, respectively. Loans under the first tranche bear interest at the rate of LIBOR
plus 1.9% per annum, and the principal of this tranche is payable in 20 semi-annual installments through maturity in August 2021. Loans under
the second tranche bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum, interest is payable semi-annually, and the loan matures in
February 2017. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal amount under these loans was $48,196 thousand.
In August 2012, CDA, as borrower, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative agent, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,
as SACE agent, the Bank of Nova Scotia, as Offshore Collateral Agent, Scotiabank Peru, S.A.A., as onshore collateral agent, and certain
financial institutions, as lenders, entered into a senior secured syndicated credit facility for an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$591,000 thousand to finance the construction of CDA’s project. Loans under this facility will be disbursed in three tranches.
The loans under this credit agreement are secured by CDA’s power plant and related assets, comprise three tranches and bear interest payable
on quarterly basis in arrears at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin. The margin applicable to each tranche is as follows:
Amount*
US$ thousands
341,843
184,070
65,000
From July 2014
From August 2017
From august 2020
From august 2023
To August 2017
To August 2020
To august 2023
To august 2024
4.25 %
4.25 %
2.75 %
4.75 %
5.00 %
3.25 %
5.25 %
5.75 %
3.60 %
5.50 %
6.25 %
3.60 %
Tranche A loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $381,843 thousand, will initially bear interest at the rate of
LIBOR plus 4.25% per annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2017 to
LIBOR plus 5.50% per annum from the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity. Principal of the
Tranche A loans will be payable in 33 quarterly installments commencing on the first quarterly payment date occurring after the project
acceptance by CDA. Tranche A loans will be guaranteed by Corporación Financiera de Desarollo S.A. (COFIDE).
F-61
Tranche
A
B
D
* Up to
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
Tranche B loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $184,070 thousand, will initially bear interest at the rate of LIBOR plus
4.25% per annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2017 to LIBOR plus 6.25% per
annum from the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity. Principal of the Tranche B loans will be payable
on August 17, 2024. Tranche B loans will be guaranteed by COFIDE.
Tranche D loans under this facility, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $65,000 thousand, are divided in two parts: Tranche 1D, in an aggregate
principal amount of up to $42,250 thousand and Tranche 2D, in an aggregate principal amount of up to $22,750 thousand. Both parts will initially bear
interest at the rate of LIBOR plus 2.75% per annum, increasing over time beginning on the date after the interest payment date occurring after
August 17, 2017 to LIBOR plus 3.60% per annum from the date after the interest payment date occurring after August 17, 2023 through maturity.
Principal of Tranche 1D and Tranche 2D will be payable in 33 and 12 quarterly installments, respectively. Tranche 1D payments will commence on the
first quarterly payment date occurring after the project acceptance by CDA and Tranche 2D payments will commence 33 quarters after project
acceptance by CDA. All Tranche D loans will be secured by a credit insurance policy provided by SACE S.p.A. – Servizi Assicurativi del Commercio
Estero, or SACE.
CDA received proceeds from these facilities in the aggregate amount of $462,000 thousand ($319,000 thousand and $143,000 during 2014 and 2013,
respectively). This amount is shown net of $17,711 thousand of transaction costs.
In December 2014, Samay I S.A. signed a project finance credit agreement with The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking
Corporation and HSBC Bank in order to finance $311,000 thousand, approximately 80% of the total cost of the project. This loan bears an interest rate
of LIBOR plus 2.125%. On December 18, 2014 Samay entered into an interest rate swap closing at a fixed interest rate of 0.794% for 40% of total
notional and only during the construction period. During 2014, Samay received $153,000 thousand under this facility. This amount is shown net of
$8,364 thousand of transaction costs.
In January 2014, Colmito Spa signed a credit agreement with Banco Bice in an aggregate amount of Chilean pesos 12,579,160 thousand ($22,600
thousand). This loan bears an interest rate of 7.9% in Chilean pesos and is paid semiannually. In February 2014 Colmito entered into a cross currency
swap closing at a fixed interest rate of 6.025% in U.S. Dollars. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal amount under this loan was $20,226
thousand.
As of result of the business combinations described in Note 11.A.1.6., Inkia assumed the following main long-term loans:
Consorcio Eolico Amayo S.A. – In October 2007, Amayo I entered into a 15 year $71,250 thousand loan agreement with Banco Centroamericano de
Integración Economica (CABEI). This loan is secured by a first degree mortgage over all the improvements executed on Amayo I´s project site,
cessation of all the project contracts and the creation and maintenance of a reserve account for $2,400 thousand, to be controlled by CABEI. Part of this
loan ($50,343 thousand) bears an interest rate of 8.45% and the other part ($20,907 thousand) an interest rate of LIBOR+4%, and is payable in
quarterly installments.
Consorcio Eolico Amayo (Fase II) S.A. – In November 2010, Amayo II entered into a 15 year $45,000 thousand loan agreement with Nederlandse
Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V (FMO) and Central American Bank for Economic Integration (CABEI). This syndicated
loan is secured by a list of guarantees. These loans under this credit agreement bear interest rates of 10.76%, 8.53% and LIBOR+5.75%. All three loans
are payable in quarterly installments.
Puerto Quetzal Power LLC – In March 2012, Puerto Quetzal Power LLC (“PQP”) signed a loan agreement with seven financial institutions for an
amount of $35.0 million. The loan is payable in quarterly installments until September 2019. Interest is accrued at LIBOR plus 4.5% annually. PQP
entered into an interest rate swap contract to fix its interest at a rate of 6.0% per annum. The loan is secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets
of PQP and Poliwatt Ltd (“Poliwatt”), including PQP and its subsidiaries shares.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
F-62
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
i.
OPC Lenders Consortium – In January 2011, OPC entered into a financing agreement with a consortium of lenders led by Bank Leumi L’Israel Ltd. for
the financing of its power plant project. The financing consortium includes Bank Leumi and institutional entities from the following groups: Clal
Insurance Company Ltd.; Amitim Senior Pension Funds; Phoenix Insurance Company Ltd.; and Harel Insurance Company Ltd (hereinafter – “OPC’s
lenders”). As part of the financing agreement, the lenders committed to provide OPC a long-term credit facility (including a facility for variances in the
construction costs), a working capital facility, and a facility for financing the debt service, in the overall amount of approximately NIS 1,800 million.
As part of the financing agreement, certain restrictions were provided with respect to distributions of dividends and repayments of shareholders’ loans,
commencing from the third year after the completion of OPC’s power plant. The loans are CPI linked and is repaid on a quarterly basis beginning in the
fourth quarter of 2013 until 2031.
As part of the Facility Agreement, OPC is required to keep a Debt Service Reserve equivalent to the following two quarterly debt payments
(hereinafter- “the reserve”) within the period of two years following power plant construction completion. As of December 31, 2014 the amount of the
reserve is NIS 72,150 thousand (equivalent to US$ 18,552 thousand).
j.
Dalkia Israel Ltd. – It corresponds to equity contributions made by Dalkia (OPC´s minority shareholder) and presented as a capital note. In July 2013,
Dalkia paid the loan to the bank.
The date of the repayment shall be no earlier than March 2017, bearing no interest or linkage differences. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the
balance of the capital notes is NIS 71,649 thousands ($ 19,060 thousand) and NIS 65,993 thousands ($ 19,012 thousand), respectively.
k.
IC Power Israel Ltd. (“ICPI”) - On June 22, 2014, ICPI entered into a mezzanine financing agreement with Mivtachim Social Insurance and Makefet
Fund Pension (“Amitim Pension Funds”) and Menora Mivtachim Insurance Ltd in the aggregate amount of NIS 350,000 thousand ($93,105 thousand),
consisting of three Facilities: (i) Tranche A bridge loan for NIS 150,000 thousand, bearing interest of 4.85% p.a. to be repaid until March 31, 2017;
(ii) Tranche B long-term loan for NIS200,000 thousand, bearing interest of 7.75% p.a., repayable on annual basis until March 2029; and (iii) Tranche C
(only to cover shortfall amounts) for NIS350,000 thousand. As of December 31, 2014, no disbursements have been made under Tranche C. These loans
are linked to CPI.
Liabilities in respect of finance leases
l.
m.
n.
o.
Citibank Perú and Banco de Crédito del Perú - In March 2006, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Citibank del Peru S.A., Citileasing
S,A. and Banco de Credito del Perú under which the lessors provided financing for the construction of the Kallpa I facility at Chilca in an aggregate
amount of $56,000 thousand. Under the lease agreements, Kallpa will make monthly payments beginning in December 2007 until the expiry of the
lease in March 2016. These leases are secured by the assets of Kallpa in Peru. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount
under this lease was $11,236 thousand. The lease bears an interest rate of 90 day LIBOR plus 3.00%. Kallpa entered into an interest rate swap to fix the
interest rate, see note 17(b).
Banco de Crédito del Perú - In December 2007, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Banco de Credito del Perú under which the lessor
provided financing for the construction of the Kallpa II turbine in an aggregate amount of $81,500 thousand. Under the lease agreement, Kallpa will
make monthly payments beginning in December 2009 until the expiry of the lease in December 2017. These leases are secured by the assets of Kallpa
in Peru. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under this lease was $35,140 thousand. The lease bears an interest rate
of 90 day LIBOR plus 2.05%. Kallpa entered into an interest rate swap to fix the interest rate.
Scotiabank - In October 2008, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Scotiabank Peru under which the lessor provided financing for the
construction of the Kallpa III turbine in an aggregate amount of $88,000 thousand. Under the lease agreement, Kallpa will make monthly payments
beginning in September 2010 until the expiry of the lease in July 2018. As of December 31, 2014, the aggregate outstanding principal amount under
this lease was $44,895 thousand. The lease bears a fixed interest rate of 7.57% p.a.
In April 2014, Kallpa entered into a capital lease agreement with Banco de Credito del Peru for $ 107,688 thousand in order to finance the acquisition
of the 193MW single turbine natural gas fired plant Las Flores from Duke Energy. Under the lease agreement, Kallpa will make quarterly payments
beginning in July 2014 until the expiry of the lease in October 2023. The lease bears a fixed interest rate of 7.15% p.a.
F-63
Table of Contents
Note 15 – Loans and Credit from Banks and Others (Cont’d)
F.
G.
Regarding commitments secured by liens – see Note 20.D.
The split-up of IC’s holdings may result in a change of control under debt instruments on Group’s subsidiaries or associated companies, which required
such companies to obtain a waiver, or failing that, may result in an event of default under such instruments which could permit the lenders to declare all
amounts thereunder to be due and payable. As a result, and to avoid any change of control or event of default implications, some of our subsidiaries or
associated companies received waivers from their creditors.
Note 16 – Trade Payables
Open accounts
Checks payable
Note 17 – Other Payables and Credit Balances, including Derivative Instruments
Current liabilities:
Financial derivatives not used for hedging
Financial derivatives used for hedging
The State of Israel and government agencies
Employees and payroll-related agencies
Customer advances and deferred income
Accrued expenses
Employee benefits
Interest payable
Other(a)
Non-current liabilities:
Financial derivatives not used for hedging
Financial derivatives used for hedging
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
144,333
155
144,488
504,556
5,781
510,337
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
1,318
14,868
562
3,039
1,526
16,369
1,750
17,260
57,473
114,165
2,006
15,476
11,642
13,377
25,489
77,640
24,537
13,626
64,261
248,054
2,798
18,247
21,045
3,182
6,915
10,097
(a)
It corresponds mainly to payables related to CDA and Puerto Bravo projects in the amount of $29,697 thousand and $16,173 thousand in 2014 and 2013
respectively.
Note 18 – Provisions
It corresponds mainly to a provision made by an IC Power´s subsidiary as a result of a regulator charge. Expenses related to this provision were recognized in
the cost of sales in the amount of $51,875 thousand and $20,742 thousand in 2014 and 2013 respectively.
F-64
Table of Contents
Note 19 – Employee Benefits
A.
Composition
Present value of obligations (see section (F) below)
Fair value of the plan assets (see section (F) below)
Recognized liability for defined benefit obligations
Termination benefit – liability for early retirement
Other long-term benefits
Short-term benefits:
Liability for annual leave
Current portion of liability for early retirement
Other
Total employee benefits
Presented in the statements of financial position as follows:
Short-term – see Note 17
Long-term
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
—
—
—
6,219
—
60,752
(24,502 )
36,250
37,544
17,117
—
1,750
—
7,969
7,549
7,153
9,835
115,448
1,750
6,219
7,969
24,537
90,911
115,448
B.
Defined contribution pension plans
According to the Israeli Severance Pay Law – 1963, an employee who is dismissed, or who reaches retirement age, is entitled to severance payments, in
a sum equal, in essence, to 8 1 ⁄ 3 % of his last monthly salary multiplied by the actual months of employment (hereinafter – Severance Obligation).
The Severance Pay Law allows employers to be relieved from part or all of the Severance Obligation by making regular deposits to pension funds and
insurance companies, if it is approved (beforehand) by a relevant regulation or Collective Agreement. Some companies make regular deposits to
pension funds and insurance companies.
With respect to some of its employees, the companies make such payments replacing their full Severance Obligation regarding those employees and,
therefore, treat those payments as if they were payments to a defined contribution pension plan. With respect to most of the other employees, the
companies make such payments replacing only (6%)/(8 1 ⁄ 3 %) of the respective Severance Obligation. Therefore, the Group treats those payments as
payments to a defined contribution pension plan and treats the remainder (2 1 ⁄ 3 %)/(8 1 ⁄ 3 %) as payments to a defined benefit pension plan.
Defined benefit pension plan
The post-employment liability included in the statement of financial position represents the balance of liabilities not covered by deposits and/or
insurance policies in accordance with the existing labor agreements, the Severance Pay Law and the salary components which Management believes
entitle the employees to receipt of compensation.
In order to cover their pension and severance liabilities, certain subsidiaries make regular deposits with recognized pension and severance pay funds in
the employees’ names and purchase insurance policies.
The reserves in compensation funds include accrued linkage differentials (for Israeli CPI), interest accrued and deposited in compensation funds in
banks and insurance companies. Withdrawal of the reserve monies is contingent upon fulfilment of detailed provisions in the Severance Pay Law.
C.
(i)
(ii) ZIM retirees receive, in addition to the pension payments, benefits which consist mainly of a holiday gift and vouchers. The liability in respect of these
costs accumulates during the service period. The contractual costs are in respect of the post-employment period, and are based on an actuarial
calculation for existing retirees and for the serving employees entitled to this benefit according to their contractual retirement age.
F-65
Table of Contents
Note 19 – Employee Benefits (Cont’d)
D. Other long-term employee benefits
Provision for annual absence
Under the labor agreements, employees retiring with pension benefits are entitled to certain compensation in respect of unutilized annual absence. The
provision was calculated on the basis of actuarial calculations. The assumptions in connection with this section based on the experience according to the
likelihood of payment of annual absence pay at retirement age and utilization of days by the LIFO method.
E. Movement in the present value of the defined benefit pension plan obligation
Defined benefit obligation at 1 January
Benefits paid by the plan
Current service cost and interest
Foreign currency exchange rate changes in plan of which the relevant functional currency is
different from the entity’s functional currency recognized directly in other comprehensive
income
Foreign currency exchange rate changes in plan measured in a currency different from the entity’s
functional currency
Exit from the consolidation
Actuarial losses recognized in other comprehensive income
Defined benefit obligation at 31 December
Movement in the present value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at 1 January
Contribution paid into the plan
Benefits paid by the plan
Return on plan assets
Foreign currency exchange rate changes in plan of which the relevant functional currency is
different from the entity’s functional currency recognized directly in other comprehensive
income
Foreign currency exchange rate changes in plan measured in a different from the entity’s
functional currency
Exit from the consolidation
Fair value of the plan assets at 31 December
F-66
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
61,204
(5,436 )
3,032
60,752
(3,554 )
1,576
56,278
(1,556 )
5,502
2012
—
—
(1,380 )
453
(63,462 )
4,235
—
3,177
(1,869 )
644
60,752
1,255
—
1,105
61,204
2012
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
26,671
1,245
(3,670 )
916
24,502
793
(2,901 )
486
23,364
1,729
(1,273 )
998
—
137
(1,380 )
184
(23,064 )
—
1,203
(2,000 )
24,502
2,821
412
26,671
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions
A. Guarantees
1.
Non-financial guarantees
Pursuant to the terms of the tender for the power plant construction, OPC provided a bank guarantee in favor of the Ministry of Infrastructures, in the
amount of $1 million (approx. NIS 3.9 million), that was collateralized by Israel Corporation and Dalkia in accordance with their proportionate
interests.
According to the PPA, on February 2014, I.C. Power issued two guarantees in favor of Israel Electric Company (“IEC”) in the amount of NIS
52 million ($13 million) and NIS 48 million ($12 million) (linked to CPI). These guarantees were collateralized by IC Power and Dalkia in accordance
with their proportionate interests. These guarantees replaced the previous guarantee in the amount of NIS 125 million ($31 million) as of December 31,
2013.
In 2011, I.C. Power together with IC and Dalkia, provided an owner’s guarantees of NIS 80,000 thousand ($20,571 thousand) and NIS 20,000 thousand
($5,143 thousand), respectively, as part of the Facility Agreement. These guarantees are linked to the CPI of November 2010. As of December 31,
2014, the amount of the guarantees was NIS 106,000 thousand ($27,256 thousand).
In December 2014, in light of Israel Corporation spinoff, OPC replaced IC guarantee with one from I.C. Power as well as NIS 45,000 thousand ($
11,571 thousand) cash deposit as collateral.
2.
Financial guarantees
IC has provided financial guarantees to Chery, in respect of an obligation of Qoros, in the amount of $142 million (see Note 10.C.6.8.).
B.
1.
Claims
ZIM
a.
On August 5, 2014, a request was filed in the District Court in Tel-Aviv–Jaffa (the Economics Division) for certification of a claim as a
derivative claim (hereinafter – “the Request for Certification”), by a IC’s shareholder that allegedly holds 19 of IC’s shares (hereinafter – “the
Requesting Party”) against the IC, ZIM, Messrs. Gideon Langholtz, Oded Dagani, Zahavit Cohen and Michael Bricker (who serve as
Corporation directors) and against Millennium Investments Elad Ltd. (hereinafter – “Millennium”) and Mr. Idan Ofer (hereinafter – “the
Respondents”). A copy of the statement of claim is attached to the Request for Certification.
In brief, the Requesting Party contends that the Corporation’s undertaking and its execution of an interested party transaction as part of ZIM’s
debt arrangement were made in violation of the authorization and contrary to the approval of the General Meeting of IC’s shareholders, and
also that the precondition for IC’s undertaking in this transaction was not fulfilled. In this context, the Requesting Party refers to the condition
for transfer of ZIM’s shares by virtue of the Special State Share, which the Requesting Party claims was not fulfilled. The Requesting Party
further argues that as a result of this undertaking and its execution, the Corporation suffered damage, which in the Requesting Party’s
estimation amounts to tens of millions of dollars. As part of the Request for Certification, the Court is requested to require the Respondents
(except for the Corporation and ZIM) to convene an additional meeting of the shareholders whereat it will be decided whether to approve IC’s
undertaking in ZIM’s debt arrangement, or alternatively to instruct the Respondents (except for IC) to compensate IC in an amount of not less
than $27.4 million, as a result of the lower value of the ZIM shares issued to IC due to non-compliance with the precondition, as contended. In
addition, the Requesting Party claims various causes of action against the directors noted above, the members of the Special Committee of the
Board of Directors for Accompaniment of ZIM’s Debt Arrangement, including breach of a legislative duty, violation of an authorization,
breach of the duty of caution and the duty of trust, as well as that they, Millenium and Mr. Ofer, as the controlling shareholders of IC, were
required to act to convene an additional General Meeting of the shareholders.
Concurrently, the Requesting Party filed a request that the parties shall submit their contentions in writing with short timeframes and that a
close date be set for hearing the Request for approval of the claim as a derivative claim (hereinafter – “the Request to Set Dates”).
F-67
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
After all the responses (objections) were filed on behalf of the respondents and after the Requesting Party replied to these responses, the Court
determined, in its decision dated August 26, 2014, that no grounds were found for specially accelerating the proceedings.
On October 5, 2014, IC filed a request for postponement of the dates for submission of statements of claims and dates. After the reply
(objection) of the Requesting Party was filed, the Court decided, in its decision dated October 7, 2014, that the responses to the request for
approval are to be filed no later than November 9, 2014, the reply of the Requesting Party is to be filed no later than November 30, 2014 and
the hearing is to be held on December 15, 2014.
On November 9, 2014, the Requesting Party filed a request with the Court to instruct IC and ZIM to disclose various documents, pursuant to
Section 198(A) of the Companies Law, 1999. On the same date, the Court instructed IC and ZIM to respond to the request no later than
November 26, 2014 and the Requesting Party to reply to the response no later than December 3, 2014.
On November 11, 2014, (after an agreed postponement) the response (objection) was filed on behalf of IC to the request for approval
(concurrent with the filing of the responses of ZIM and the directors and the short notice on behalf of the controlling shareholders). In brief, IC
contends that the request for approval of the claim as a derivative claim must be rejected, both summarily (due to incongruity between the main
relief requested therein – issuance of an Order instructing convention of another General Meeting of IC’s shareholders – and the hearing course
of a derivative claim), as well as substantively, since the claim does not show a cause having a chance against any of the respondents; is not for
the benefit of IC; suffers from delay and is directed against “an act already committed”; indicates the impropriety of the Requesting Party,
along with other defects in the request for approval, as detailed in the response. On November 18, 2014, the Requesting Party filed a request to
cancel the request for disclosure of documents to the extent it relates to ZIM. On November 19, 2014, the Requesting Party filed a request to
instruct IC to deliver the documents requested for disclosure without blacking out the restricted parts. On the same date, the Court instructed IC
to make reference to this request as part of its response to the request for disclosure of documents. On November 23, 2014, IC responded to the
request for disclosure of documents.
On January 20, 2015, the Court notified that the Securities Authority decided to assist in paying the expenses of the proceeding.
On February 16, 2015, an agreed to request was submitted for approval of the schedule of hearings, and on the same date the Court determined
that the Requesting Party is to submit its summations no later than March 12, 2015, the Respondents (including the Corporation) are to submit
their summations no later than April 18, 2015, and the Requesting Party is to submit reply summations within 12 days from the date on which
the summations of the Respondents are received.
At this stage of the proceedings, it is difficult for IC to estimate the chances of the claim and its risks. In any event, the derivative claim does
not pose a significant threat of a liability for a monetary amount on the part of IC.
On May 22, 2014 ZIM filed with the District Court in Haifa an urgent motion under Section 350(a) of the Israeli Companies Law, 1999 (the
“Companies Law”) for convening of a meeting of ZIM’s shareholders and holders of rights to receive and/or acquire shares from ZIM
(“options”). The subject matter of the said motion is the convening of the said meeting which shall vote on an arrangement under Section 350
of the Companies Law according to which on the closing of the creditors’ arrangement by and among ZIM and its financial creditors and
others, all ZIM’s shares and rights to receive and\or acquire ZIM’s shares shall be declared null and void (other than rights to convert debts
thereof into its shares which will be cancelled under agreements with the relevant creditors by the said closing). In addition, under the said
proceedings the Court is requested to revise the Special State Share under ZIM’s Articles of Association, while cancelling limitations on the
transferability of the Special State Share and other revisions with respect to certain aspects of the said share, or alternatively, declare it null and
void and to approve the cancellation of ZIM’s memorandum and the adoption of new Articles of Association. On May 26, 2014, the Court
ruled, among others, to convene a meeting of ZIM’s ordinary shareholders’ and option holders, to appoint a trustee in connection with the
proposed arrangement and, with respect to the Special State Share, that in the event ZIM and the State would not reach an agreement on this
issue, the Court will conduct a hearing on this matter. On July 15, 2014, the Court confirmed the restructuring arrangement by and among ZIM,
its shareholders, and holders of rights to receive and/or acquire shares of ZIM. According to this arrangement, on the closing of ZIM’s debt
restructuring, all of ZIM’s shares (other than the Special State Share) and options shall become null and void. In addition, pursuant to the
Court’s ruling, ZIM’s memorandum has been cancelled, and ZIM’s articles of association were also replaced by new articles of association. On
July 16, 2014, ZIM completed its restructuring. See Note 10.C.a.
F-68
b.
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
2.
a.
I.C. Power
Nejapa Power Company, LLC
Legal process with a Minority shareholder
Crystal Power, Nejapa’s minority shareholder brought claims against Nejapa Holdings and Inkia Salvadorian, Limited, collectively, the Inkia
Defendants, as well as against the majority shareholder of Nejapa Holdings, and certain subsidiaries of El Paso Corporation (the former owner of
Inkia’s interest in Nejapa Holdings), before the Court of the State of Texas at Brazoria County. The claims against the Inkia Defendants included claims
relating to an issuance of new shares to Crystal Power by Nejapa Holdings, and allegations that Crystal Power had taken actions (i) preventing Nejapa
Holdings from making distributions into an account opened by a New York Court as a result of an interpleader action filed by Nejapa Holdings,
(ii) causing Nejapa to distribute dividends disproportionately and (iii) causing Inkia Salvadorian, Limited to use its majority position to harm Crystal
Power. Crystal Power did not specify the amount of monetary damages against the Inkia Defendants.
The Inkia Defendants have asserted defenses in respect of these claims.
The plaintiff filed a request for partial summary judgment before the Texas State District Court of Brazoria County. The Brazoria Court denied the
motion. The Inkia Defendants filed a claim against the plaintiff in the Texas State District Court of Harris County requesting the court to order the
plaintiff to withdraw its claims pursuant to contractual undertakings under a settlement agreement entered into with El Paso Corporation.
The Parties were ordered by the Brazoria Court to assist a mediation hearing during July 2014. No settlement resulted from such hearing. A second
mediation session was ordered by the Brazoria Court on October 30th, 2014.
On December 31, 2014 the parties reached a settlement agreement in application of which the Inkia Defendants bought the shares of Crystal in Nejapa
Holdings for a consideration of $20,000 thousand which become effective on January 6, 2015. The parties agreed to file the dismissal motions and
judgments to the courts for filing and entry. The parties had agreed to release, discharge and forever hold harmless the other party and each of their
present and former parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, managing agents, employees, among others. As a result of this agreement, Inkia owns
100% of the shares in Nejapa Power LLC.
b.
Cerro del Aguila (CDA)
Rio Mantaro Claim
In April 2014, Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A. delivered a claim to CDA. The claim requested a six-month extension for the completion of the CDA
project and an approximately $92,000 thousand increase in the total contract price of the CDA project. CDA responded to Rio Mantaro’s claim in July
2014. The response stated that the EPC Contract stipulates that as a condition to making a claim, each of Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A. has to
demonstrate that (i) the events giving rise to its right to demand an extension in time or an adjustment to the lump sum price were attributable to acts or
omissions on the part of CDA, (ii) other force majeure events have occurred, or (iii) other causes that contractually create the right of such extension of
time or adjustment of price have occurred and that Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A. have failed to demonstrate any such thing and that therefore, they were
not entitled to the requested adjustment and extension.
Subsequent to the date of the report, in March 2015, CDA and the CDA EPC contractors amended the CDA EPC to address such claims. Pursuant to
the amendment, which is subject to CDA’s lender’s approval, CDA has agreed to pay an additional $40 million, subdivided into 4 payments over the
course of the remaining construction period, and has granted the six-month extension previously requested.
c.
Compañía Boliviana de Energía Electrica (“COBEE”)
Energy Tariff Adjustment in Bolivia
As a result of a tariff review conducted by Autoridad de Fiscalización y Control Social (“AE”), the Bolivian electricity supervisory authority, the AE
concluded that COBEE had collected excessive electricity tariffs equal to an amount of $7,300 thousand and as a result, the AE determined COBEE’s
account in the electricity price stabilization fund (the “Stabilization Account”) should be debited with said excess.
F-69
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
After several filings, the amount of the excess was reduced to approximately $5,219 thousand and the Stabilization Account was credited in proportion
to said reduction. COBEE continues to challenge this conclusion.
In September 2013, the AE issued Resolution 498-2014 (“Resolution VIII”), revoking resolutions V and VII and calculating an aggregate adjustment
amount of $5,400 thousand. Cobee challenged this last ruling, claiming review and recognition of $500 thousand as last discussion item.
As of the date herein, the AE has issued Resolution 20-2014 (“Resolution IX”), accepting COBEE’s petition, in part, and ruling a $5,000 thousand as
aggregate adjustment amount for the tariffs period 2006-2008.
Management considers that the result of these proceedings is uncertain. However, the risk derived from this process in immaterial because COBEE has
not recorded the net revenues assigned in the stabilization account due to COBEE’s inability to collect such balances. These revenues offset the
contingency described above.
d.
Kallpa Generación S.A.
Import Tax Assessment against Kallpa.
Since 2010, the Peru Customs Authority (known as “SUNAT” for its abbreviation in Spanish) issued tax assessments to Kallpa and its lenders for
payment of import taxes allegedly owed by Kallpa in connection with imported equipment for installation and construction of Kallpa I, II, III and IV.
The assessments were made on the basis that Kallpa did not include the value of the engineering services rendered by the contractor of the project in the
tax base of import taxes. Kallpa disagrees with this tax assessment on the grounds that the engineering services rendered include the design of the plant
and not the design of the imported equipment. Kallpa appealed the tax assessments before SUNAT in first instance and before the Peruvian Tax Court
(known as “Tribunal Fiscal”) in second instance. SUNAT and the Peruvian Tax Court are administrative institutions under the Ministry of Economy
and Finance. As of December 31, 2014, the decisions of the Peruvian Tax Court on this matter were pending.
In January 2015, Kallpa was notified that the Tax Court rejected Kallpa’s appeal regarding the Kallpa I assessment. Kallpa disagrees with the court´s
decision and will appeal this decision to the Peruvian Judiciary. In order to appeal, Kallpa is required to pay the tax assessment of Kallpa I in the
amount of approximately $12.6 million, including interests and fines. As of the date of this annual report, Kallpa has paid approximately $10 million of
the $12.6 million assessment, and expects to pay the remaining amount once SUNAT formally notifies Kallpa of the remaining assessment.
As of the end of February 2015, the total amount of import taxes claimed by SUNAT against Kallpa in connection with the import of equipment related
to Kallpa I, II, II and IV projects, equals approximately $34.8 million, subsequent penalties, fines and interest in the amount of $ 27.6 million.
Management and the Company´s legal advisors are of the opinion that Kallpa´s appeal should be more likely than not be successful, accordingly, no
provision was recorded in the financial statements.
3.
Quantum
On each of July 20, 2008, March 17, 2010 and October 16, 2013, V Cars LLC (formerly Visionary Vehicles) filed claims against IC, Quantum, Chery
and/or individuals related to Chery in U.S., Hong Kong and Israeli forums. Generally, the claims, which are at various stages of adjudication, allege V
Cars LLC conducted negotiations with Chery for the establishment of a joint venture for production of vehicles in China and distribution thereof in the
United States and was forcibly removed from such discussions by IC, Quantum Chery and/or individuals related to Chery. With respect to the 2013
suit, V Car LLC asserts it is entitled to approximately NIS 600 million in damages, or 28% of the value of Qoros as of the filing date of V Car LLC’s
claim. Alternatively, V Car LLC claims it is entitled to a customary fee (amounting to approximately 10% of IC’s investment in Qoros).
At the Court’s recommendation, the parties are carrying on talks with respect to submitting the matter to a reconciliation proceeding, without this
delaying the timetables set for hearing the case before the Court.
IC believes and IC’s legal advisors are of the opinion that the chances the claim will be accepted are low, and in any event, in IC’s estimation, the
chances IC will be held liable to pay the Plaintiff a significant amount are weak.
F-70
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
C.
Commitments
I.C. Power
a.
Inkia Energy Ltd
As of December 31, 2014, Inkia has issued standard by letters of credit for a total amount of $ 79,925 thousand for guarantee, as follows:
Guarantee party
Kanan overseas I, Inc
Kanan overseas I, Inc
Lihuen S.A.
Samay I S.A.
Cerro del Aguila
b.
Cobee, Bolivia
Concession from the Bolivia Government
Description
Bid Process in Panama
Power Purchase agreement
Bid Process in Chile
Bond performance
Contigent equity for over costs
Amount
(In thousand)
1,100
18,334
1,300
15,000
44,191
Cash
Collateral
1,100
9,200
—
—
—
As of December 2010, COBEE was engaged in the generation of electricity under a concession granted to it by the Government of Bolivia, in October 1990
for a period of 40 years. The Bolivian government unilaterally transformed by supreme decree, all concessions to generate, transmit and distribute electricity
to special temporary licenses. However, to date, the government has not issued regulations nor approved any procedure or guideline to convert such special
temporary licenses into permanent licenses.
The Bolivian government under the mandate of Evo Morales has nationalized companies that were privatized during President Gonzalo Sánchez de Lozada’s
1993-1997 administration and some other companies that were never owned by the Bolivian government. In addition, Evo Morales s announced that the
government intends to control the electricity market and it intends to hold an open discussion regarding the conditions under which the process will take place.
As of the date of this report, the Bolivian government has not taken any specific action nor threatened to take any specific action against COBEE. Currently,
Inkia has full control of COBEE´s operations and maintains all the associated economic rights and risks.
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA)
In March 2008, COBEE signed a long-term PPA agreement with Minera San Cristobal. Pursuant to the agreement, COBEE will supply 43 MW of availability
and energy, commencing from December 22, 2008. The PPA agreement provides a fixed price for availability, and an energy price that is linked to the price
of natural gas for production of electricity in Bolivia. Surplus energy and availability are sold in the spot market. The PPA agreement is scheduled to expire in
2017.
c.
Kallpa, Peru
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)
As of December 31, 2014, Kallpa has entered into twenty three PPAs with unregulated consumers to provide capacity and the associated energy of 510 MW
(twenty seven PPAs of 509 MW as of December 31, 2013). These contracts have various commencement dates, and vary in duration between 2013 and 2028.
Also, as of December 31, 2014, the Company has signed twenty six PPAs with 7 distribution companies for 580 MW (thirteen PPAs with 4 distribution
companies for 570 MW as of December 31, 2013).
The Peruvian market functions on the marginal cost method in which the generators bid their marginal cost to the market regulator who instructs the most
efficient generators to produce electricity for the system. In the event the Company is not capable to meet its commitments under the contracts, the Company
will be required to purchase energy in the spot market.
Gas Supply and Transportation
Kallpa purchases natural gas for its generation facilities from the Camisea consortium under an exclusive natural gas supply agreement dated January 2, 2006,
as amended. Under this agreement, the Camisea Consortium agreed to supply Kallpa’s natural gas requirements, subject to a daily maximum amount and
Kallpa agreed to acquire natural gas exclusively from the Camisea Consortium.
The Camisea consortium is obligated to provide a maximum of 4.3 million cubic meters of natural gas per day to our Kallpa plant and Kallpa is obligated to
purchase a minimum of approximately 2.2 million cubic meters of natural gas per day. In the event that Kallpa does not consume the contracted minimum on
any given day, Kallpa is permitted to use that lacking quantity on any day during the course of the following 18 months from the day of under-consumption.
F-71
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
The price that Kallpa pays to the Camisea consortium for the natural gas supplied is based on a base price in U.S. dollars set on the date of the agreement,
indexed monthly based on a basket of market prices for heavy fuel oil, with discounts available based on the volume of natural gas consumed. This agreement
expires in June 2022.
Kallpa’s natural gas transportation services are rendered by Transportadora de Gas del Peru S.A.(TGP) pursuant to a natural gas firm transportation agreement
dated December 2007, as amended. In April 2014, this agreement was further modified to include the transportation agreement between Duke Energy Egenor
S. en C. por A. and Las Flores. Pursuant to the modified agreement, TGP is obligated to transport up to 3.4 million cubic meters of natural gas per day from
the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s facilities. This obligation will be reduced, first, by
approximately 199,312 cubic meters per day beginning in March 2020 and, second, 206,039 cubic meters per day beginning in April 2030. This agreement
expires in December 2033. Additionally, Kallpa is party to two additional gas transportation agreements, to become effective at the completion of the
expansion of TGP’s pipeline facilities (which is currently expected to occur during the second half of 2016). Pursuant to the first agreement, TGP will be
obligated to transport up to 565,130 cubic meters of natural gas per day from the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas
fields to Kallpa’s facilities. This agreement expires in April 2030. Pursuant to the second agreement, TGP will be obligated to transport up to 935,000 cubic
meters of natural gas per day from the Camisea Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s facilities. This agreement
expires in April 2033. Additionally on April 1, 2014, Kallpa entered into an agreement with TGP to cover the period up to the completion of the expansion of
TGP’s pipeline facilities. Pursuant to this agreement, TGP is obligated to transport up to 120,679 cubic meters of natural gas per day from the Camisea
Consortium’s delivery point located at the Camisea natural gas fields to Kallpa’s facilities. Pursuant to the terms of each of these agreements, Kallpa pays a
regulated tariff approved by the OSINERGMIN.
d.
Samay I, Peru
Power Node Bid Awarded
On November 29, 2013, Samay I won one of the public bid auctions promoted by the Peruvian Investment Promotion Agency (“Proinversion”) to build an
open cycle diesel and natural gas (dual-fired) thermoelectric plant in Mollendo, Arequipa (southern Peru) , with an installed capacity of approximately
600MW. The project has two operational stages: (i) cold reserve plant operating in diesel until natural gas becomes available in the area; and (ii) natural gas-
fired power plant operating once a new natural gas pipeline is built and natural gas is available. The agreement with the Peruvian government is for a 20-year
period with fixed monthly capacity payments and pass- through of all variable costs during the cold reserve phase.
The total investment for this plant is expected to be around $380 million and to be funded with around 80% of debt and the remaining 20% with equity. The
power plant is required to enter into commercial operation no later than April 30, 2016.
e.
CDA, Peru
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, CDA has entered into PPA with three distributions companies and a PPA with Electroperu to provide capacity and the
associated energy of 402 MW. The PPA with distributions companies is for 200MW, with 10-year terms, starting from January 2018 with final expiration in
December 2027. The PPA with Electroperu is for 202MW, with 15-year terms, starting from January 2016 with final expiration in December 2030.
f.
OPC, Israel
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)
On November 2, 2009, O.P.C. signed a “power purchase agreement” (hereinafter – “the PPA”) with Israel Electric Company Ltd. (hereinafter – “IEC”)
whereby O.P.C. undertook to construct a power plant within 49-52 months from the PPA signing date, and IEC undertook to purchase capacity and energy
from O.P.C., over a period of twenty (20) years from the commencement date of commercial operation (“COD”) of the plant. The PPA is a “capacity and
energy” agreement, meaning, a right of O.P.C. to provide the plant’s entire production capacity to IEC, and to produce electricity in the quantities and on the
dates as required by IEC.
Pursuant to the PPA, O.P.C. bears the responsibility for obtaining all the approvals and permits required for construction of the power plant within 23 months
from the PPA signing date, executing the financial closing within 24 months from the PPA signing date, starting commercial operation of the project within
49-52 months from the PPA signing date, and construction and operation of the power plant.
In March 2013 O.P.C. received a letter from IEC, claiming a breach of the PPA due to the delay in COD. O.P.C responded that it rejects the aforementioned
claim. No legal claim has been filed by IEC. Based on the legal consultants,O.P.C. does not consider that it is more likely than not that IEC claim will be
successful and therefore no provision was made in the financial statements.
F-72
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
Natural supply gas agreement
On November 25, 2012, O.P.C. signed an agreement with Tamar Partners regarding the natural gas supply to the power plant for a period commencing from
the start of natural gas flowing to the power plant and ending 16 years later or the date on which O.P.C. will consume the total contractual quantity, whichever
is earlier. In addition, each party has the right to extend the period of the agreement for a period of up two additional years under certain conditions or until the
date of consuming the total contract quantity by O.P.C., whichever is earlier (hereinafter – the Agreement). According to the Agreement, O.P.C. will purchase
natural gas from the Tamar Partners, and the total contractual quantity of the Agreement is 10.6 BCM (billions of cubic meters).
The Agreement is subject to receipt of the approval of the Antitrust Authority, which to date, has not been received yet.
On September 3, 2013 the Tamar Partners informed O.P.C that the contract price for the natural gas should be updated. O.P.C. rejects such position based on
its legal consultants and following a clarification published by the PUA on October 20, 2013, stating that the definition replacing the “Production Cost”
reflects a tariff equal to 33.32 Agurot/KWh. O.P.C. considers that the lower tariff in amount of 33.32 Agurot/KWh shall apply for calculating the natural gas
contract price under the natural gas supply agreement and therefore, does not include provision in the financial statements.
Israeli Electricity Reform
In July 2013, the Government of Israel appointed a steering committee for the execution of a reform in IEC and in the Israeli electricity industry (hereinafter –
“the Committee”). The Committee, which is headed by the Supervisor of the Government Companies Authority, includes Ministry representatives from the
National Infrastructures, Energy and Water Resources and Finance sectors. The Committee’s main tasks include among others: the evaluation of the optimum
structure for the electricity industry and for IEC and a proposal of an efficiency plan for IEC, and of an overall reform plan for the electricity industry and for
IEC. In March 2014, a draft of the recommendations was issued, however these recommendations are still under discussion. Until these recommendations are
not certain, O.P.C. is not able to estimate the impacts of the reform on its activities.
The tariff (TAOZ)
In January 2015, the Public Utility Authority - Electricity (hereinafter – “PUA”) updated the generation component of the time of use electricity tariff
(TAOZ). This tariff is the basis for the price calculation between OPC and the end users, and for the natural gas price indexation according to the gas purchase
agreement. According to the tariff update, the generation component will be divided into a number of different tariffs. In this decision, the PUA clarified that
the generation component that replaces the former component is 33.32 Agurot/Kwh. The weighted average generation component according the update is
30.09 Agurot/Kwh.
g.
CEPP, The Dominican Republic
CEPP had a contract with the distribution companies for the delivery of 50MW of capacity that expired on September 30, 2014.
h.
Nejapa El Salvador
Power Purchase Agreement
In May 2013, Nejapa entered into two PPAs that were awarded as a result of two tenders for 71.2 MW and 38.8 MW of capacity, with 54-month and 48-
month terms, respectively. Each PPA was divided among the seven distribution companies that conducted the tenders. The term of each PPA commenced in
August 2013.
i.
Poliwatt, Guatemala
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)
As of December 31, 2014, Poliwatt has entered into twelve PPA to provide capacity and energy of 193 MW. These contracts have various commencement
dates, and vary in duration between 2013 and 2017.
j.
IC Power Nicaragua, Nicaragua
Power Purchase Agreements (PPA)
As of December 31, 2014, Tipitapa Power Company and Empresa Energetica Corinto have entered into two PPAs with Distribuidora de Electricidad del
Norte (“DISNORTE”) and Distribuidora de Electricidad del Sur (“DISSUR”) to supply and sell firm power and energy.
In addition, Consorcio Eólico Amayo and Consorcio Eólico Amayo (Fase II) also entered into PPAs with these distribution companies, and are committed to
supply and sell all the energy at the supply node as part of the wholesale market.
F-73
Table of Contents
Note 20 – Contingent Liabilities, Commitments and Concessions (Cont’d)
These contracts have various commencement dates, and vary in duration, as follows:
Company
Tipitapa Power Company
Empresa Energetica Corinto
Consorcio Eólico Amayo
Consorcio Eólico Amayo (Fase II)
k.
Kanan Overseas I, Inc, Panama
Power Purchase Agreement
Commencement
June 1999
April 1999
March 2009
March 2010
Expiration
December 2018
December 2018
March 2024
March 2025
Contracted
Capacity
(MW)
50.9
50.0
39.9
23.1
In October 2014, Kanan was awarded a contract to supply energy with a maximum contractual capacity of 86 MW with distributions companies for a 5 year
term that will be effective starting in July, 2015. For such purpose, Kanan will be developing a project to install and operate thermal generation units with a
total capacity of 92 MW.
D.
Liabilities secured by liens
I.C. Power
The majority of I.C. Power’s loans are secured by I.C. Power’s power plant and related assets.
Note 21 – Parent Company Investment
A.
Contribution from Parent Company
ICPower
Qoros
Zim
Other
General and administrative funding
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
2014
US$ thousands
— (14,000 ) 4,690
179,455 136,988 59,523
786 99,282
200,000
7,500 16,708 31,211
27,694 14,000 17,386
212,092
414,649
154,482
* Upon consummation of the spin-off, as describe in Note 1.B, Kenon has 53,383,015 ordinary shares, no par value, issued and outstanding.
B.
Translation reserve of foreign operations
The translation reserve includes all the foreign currency differences stemming from translation of financial statements of foreign activities as well as from
translation of items defined as investments in foreign activities commencing from January 1, 2007 (the date IC first adopted IFRS).
C.
Capital reserves
Capital reserves reflect the unrealized portion of the effective part of the accrued net change in the fair value of hedging derivative instruments that have not
yet been recorded in the statement of income.
F-74
Table of Contents
Note 21 – Parent Company Investment (Cont’d)
D. Kenon’s shares plan
Kenon has established a share incentive plan for its directors and management. The plan provides grants of Kenon shares, as well as stock options in respect
of Kenon’s shares, to management and directors of Kenon or to officers of the Group and IC pursuant to awards, which may be granted by Kenon from time
to time, representing up to 3% of the total issued shares (excluding treasury shares) of Kenon. As of the approval date of these financial statements, Kenon has
granted awards of shares to certain members of its management. Such shares are vested upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the recipient’s
continued employment in a specified capacity and Kenon’s listing on each of the New York Stock Exchange and the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. The aggregate
number of shares that will vest will be determined based upon the aggregate fair market value of the Kenon shares underlying the award granted the grants, as
determined in the award documents, divided by the average closing price of Kenon’s shares over the first three trading days commencing upon the listing date.
The aggregate fair value of the shares granted is $5,444 thousand. Kenon recognized $5,444 thousand as general and administrative expenses in 2014.
Note 22 – Cost of Sales and Services
Payroll and related expenses
Manufacturing, operating expenses and subcontractors
Fuel, gas and lubricants
Other
(*) Reclassification due to discontinued operation (see Note 28)
Note 23 – General and Administrative Expenses
Payroll and related expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Professional fees
Other expenses
(*) Reclassification due to discontinued operation (see Note 28)
F-75
2012*
For the Year Ended December 31
2013*
2014
US$ thousands
31,369 21,817 16,486
276,652 243,410 92,868
502,170 286,484 253,213
170,950 42,091 33,075
395,642
593,802
981,141
For the Year Ended December 31
2014
2012*
2013*
US$ thousands
38,161
4,202
8,598
21,994
72,955
57,669
7,724
37,944
27,781
131,118
34,170
4,156
9,041
21,867
69,234
Table of Contents
Note 24 – Other Income and Expenses
Other Income
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
From changes in interest held in associate (See Note 10)
Insurance claims (a)
Dividend income from other companies (b)
Other
Other expenses
Loss from sale of interest in subsidiaries, associates and dilution
Other
(a) Corresponds mainly to Consorcio Eolico Amayo (Fase II) claim in relation to three wind towers damaged.
(b)
(*) Reclassification due to discontinued operation (see Note 28)
In 2014, it corresponds to dividends received from Edegel/ Generandes.
Note 25 – Financing Income (Expenses), Net
For the Year Ended December 31
2014
2012*
2013*
US$ thousands
—
19,553
7,452
18,178
5,854
51,037
43
—
—
—
4,284
4,327
980
5,487
—
—
5,976
12,443
—
13,970
13,970
4,630
708
5,338
—
509
509
For the Year Ended December 31
2013*
2014
US$ thousands
2012*
Financing income
Interest income from bank deposits
Net changes in fair value of options series 9 Tower
Net change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
Other income
Financing income
Financing expenses**
Interest expenses to banks and others
Net change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
Other expenses
Financing expenses
Net financing expenses recorded in the statement of income
438
2,226
103
8,350 1,706 —
— 2,645 —
5,667 — 2,895
2,998
16,243
4,789
(108,224 )
(592 )
(1,363 )
(110,179 )
(93,936 )
(67,741 )
—
(1,038 )
(68,779 )
(63,990 )
(35,864 )
(3,097 )
—
(38,961 )
(35,963 )
*
**
Reclassification due to discontinued operation (see Note 28)
Regarding group capitalized financing expenses to property, plant and equipment. The Group capitalized financing expenses to property, plant and equipment,
in the amount of approximately $52,124 thousands and $17,381 thousands in 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Note 26 – Taxes on Income
A.
Components of the taxes on income
Current taxes on income
In respect of current year
Deferred tax income
Creation and reversal of temporary differences
Total taxes on income
F-76
93,734
36,075
15,673
(2,912 )
90,822
5,855
41,930
6,159
21,832
2014
For the Year Ended December 31
2013*
US$ thousands
2012*
Table of Contents
Note 26 – Taxes on Income (Cont’d)
B.
Reconciliation between the theoretical tax on the pre-tax income and the tax expenses
2014
For the Year Ended December 31
2013*
US$ thousands
2012*
Profit/(loss) before taxes on income
Statutory tax rate
Tax computed at the principal tax rate applicable to the Group
109,274
26.5 %
28,958
(54,138 )
25 %
(13,535 )
(9,262 )
25 %
(2,316 )
Increase (decrease) in tax in respect of:
Elimination of tax calculated in respect of the Group’s share in losses of associated
companies
Income subject to tax at a different tax rate
Non-deductible expenses
Tax in respect of foreign dividend
Exempt income
Taxes in respect of prior years
Impact of change in tax rate
Changes in temporary differences in respect of which deferred taxes are not recognized
Tax losses and other tax benefits for the period regarding which deferred taxes were not
recorded
Other differences
Taxes on income included in the statement of income
45,288
12,846
8,442
8,047
(21,145 )
(1,518 )
(3,131 )
(3,795 )
16,183
647
90,822
34,051
8,023
8,522
—
(422 )
61
50
—
81
5,099
41,930
14,313
5,773
5,653
—
(2,115 )
69
—
—
(156 )
611
21,832
(*) Reclassification due to discontinued operation (see Note 28)
C.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
1.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized
The deferred taxes in respect of companies in Israel are calculated based on the tax rate expected to apply at the time of the reversal as detailed below.
Deferred taxes in respect of subsidiaries operating outside of Israel were calculated based on the tax rates relevant for each country.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities are allocated to the following items:
Property
plant
and
equipment*
Carryforward
Employee
of losses and
deductions for
benefits
tax purposes Other
Total
US$ thousands
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at January 1, 2013
Changes recorded on the statement of income
Changes recorded to equity reserve
Translation differences
Business combination
Impact in change in tax rates
Exit from the consolidation
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at December 31, 2013
Changes recorded on the statement of income
Changes recorded to equity reserve
Translation differences
Reclassification
Changes in respect of business combinations
Exit from the consolidation
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at December 31, 2014
F-77
(333,697 ) 21,243
6,884 4,706
— (2,443 )
28
(324 )
43 —
(15,968 ) 1,262
21
(12 )
(343,074 ) 24,817
(24,081 )
(27 )
—
—
4,576
(5,276 ) —
76
(46 )
(35,243 )
263,557
(139,541 )
(23,996 )
824
14,625
(1,453 )
283,931 (17,227 ) (45,750 )
(13,936 ) (2,809 ) (5,155 )
— 5,839 3,396
349 (2,720 ) (2,667 )
43
— —
(1 )
80
(122 ) (1,566 )
(16,959 ) (51,700 )
7,400
5,015
2,303
2,303
(44 ) 2,005
5,276
—
(7,082 ) (42,215 )
(6,167 )
(88,374 )
283,516
26,493
—
(2,481 )
—
34
(260,791 ) 15,063
3,567
46,771
Table of Contents
Note 26 – Taxes on Income (Cont’d)
2.
The deferred taxes are presented in the statements of financial position as follows:
As part of non-current assets
As part of non-current liabilities
D.
Taxation of companies in Israel
2014
As at December 31
2013
US$ thousands
42,609 28,235 25,621
(130,983 ) (79,935 ) (71,672 )
(46,051 )
(88,374 )
(51,700 )
2012
On August 5, 2013, the plenary Knesset approved the Budget Law and the Law for Change of National Priorities (Legislative Changes for Achieving the
Budget Targets for 2013 and 2014), 2013. As part of the legislation, the Company Tax rate was increased to 26.5% effective from January 1, 2014 (25% in
2013).
As defined in the Law for Encouragement of Industry, OPC’s power station constitute an “Industrial Enterprise” upon fulfillment of the all the conditions
provided by the Taxes Authority in Israel. “Industrial Companies” are entitled to benefits of which the most significant ones are as follows:
(a) Higher rates of depreciation.
(b) Amortization in three equal annual portions of issuance expenses when registering shares for trading as from the date the shares of the company were
registered.
(c) An 8-year period of amortization for patents and know-how serving in the development of the enterprise.
(d)
The possibility of submitting consolidated tax returns by companies in the same line of business.
E.
Taxation of companies outside of Israel
Non-Israeli subsidiaries are assessed based on the tax laws in their resident countries.
I.C. Power
Current income tax from operations in El Salvador includes income tax from the consolidated subsidiaries of Nejapa Power Company Sucursal and
Cenergica,. Income tax rate in El Salvador is 30% effectively as of January 1, 2012. In addition, a 5% to 25% withholding tax has been approved depending
on whether the payments are to countries with preferential tax regimes or nil taxes.
In the Dominic Republic, Compañía de Electricidad de Puerto Plata (CEPP) was tax exempt from the payment of all direct taxes, including income tax and
withholding tax until April 2012, under the provisions of the National Development Incentives Law. Up to November 2012, the Dominican Statutory tax rate
was 29% and the withholding tax rate was 25%. This withholding tax was applicable against future income taxes. From November 2012, the Dominican
government introduced significant changes in the current tax regulations. As a result of this, income tax rate was set at 28% for 2014 (27% from 2015
thereafter) and withholding tax will be 10% with no credit against future taxes.
In Bolivia the company has 25% income tax and a 12.5% withholding tax on the Bolivian branch profits credited to the shareholder.
In December 2014, a tax reform Law was enacted in Peru. Among other changes, the Law decreases corporate income tax rates and increases withholding tax
rates on dividends. The corporate income tax rate will reduce from 30% in 2014 to: 28%, in 2015 and 2016, to 27%, in 2017 and 2018 and to 26% starting
2019. The withholding tax rates will increase from 4.1% in 2014 to: 6.8% in 2015 and 2016, 8.0% in 2017 and 2018; and 9.3% starting 2019. Kallpa and
CDA have signed tax stability agreements that expire in 2020 and 2022, respectively. Only after these tax agreements expire, Kallpa and CDA will be affected
by the changes in income tax and withholding tax rates described above.
F-78
Table of Contents
Note 26 – Taxes on Income (Cont’d)
In September 2014, a tax reform in Chile was enacted, which makes substantial changes to the Chilean tax system, including two alternative methods for
computing shareholder-level income taxation (attribution-basis and cash-basic methods), additional corporate tax rate increases, and other substantial
modifications. As a result, the corporate income tax rate will increase gradually from 20% in 2013 to: 21% in 2014; 22.5% in 2015, 24% in 2016; and 25% in
2017 for shareholders on the attribution method, and 25.5% for shareholders on the cash-basis method. Starting 2018 onwards, the income tax rate will be
25% for shareholders on the attribution method and 27% for shareholders on the cash-basis method.
In Nicaragua, Empresa Energética Corinto and Tipitapa Power Company are subject to 25% income tax, based on a Foreign Investment Agreement signed in
June 2000, which protect the companies from any unfavorable changes in the tax Law. In addition, Consorcio Eólico Amayo S.A and Consorcio Eólico
Amayo Fase II, are tax exempt from income tax payments, in accordance with Law No. 532 for Electric Power Generation with Renewable Sources Incentive,
up to a period of seven years since the beginning of operations of the plants.
In Guatemala, PQP is subject to a 28% income tax rate and a 5% withholding tax on distributions. Income tax rate will reduce to 25% starting 2015.
In Colombia, Surpetroil and Surenergy are subject to a 34% income tax rate (25% income tax and a 9% income tax for equality). Dividends distributed by
Colombian companies, paid from the profits that have been taxed at the corporate level, are not subject to taxes at shareholder’s level.
Note 27 – Earnings per Share
Data used in calculation of the basic earnings per share
A.
Income (loss) allocated to the holders of the ordinary shareholders
Income (loss) for the year attributable to Kenon’s shareholders
Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after tax)
Less: Non-controlling interests
Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (after tax) attributable to Kenon’s
shareholders
Income (loss) for the year from continuing operations attributable to Kenon’s shareholders
B.
Number of ordinary shares
2014
For the Year Ended December 31
2013
2012
US$ thousands
467,538 (625,627 ) (452,378 )
(409,038 )
(512,489 )
(5,672 )
(4,724 )
470,421
(3,495 )
466,926
612
(517,213 )
(108,414 )
(414,710 )
(37,668 )
For the Year Ended December 31
2012
2013
2014
Thousands of ordinary shares
Number of shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share (See Note 1C)
53,383
53,383
53,383
F-79
Table of Contents
Note 28 – Discontinued Operations
(a)
ZIM
Upon completion of the debt arrangement in ZIM, on July 16, 2014, Kenon declined to a rate of holdings of 32% of ZIM’s equity and as a result it
ceased to control ZIM. Commencing from this date, Kenon presents its investment in ZIM as an associated company (for details with respect to the
debt arrangement – see Note 10.c.a.l. above). ZIM’s results up to the completion date of the debt arrangement, together with the income due to loss of
control and the loss due to waiving all ZIM’s debts, were presented separately in the statements of income in the category “income (loss) from
discontinued operations (after tax)”.
Set forth below are the results attributable to the discontinued operations
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit (loss)
Operating loss
Loss before taxes on income
Taxes on income
Loss after taxes on income
Income from realization of discontinued operations
Income (loss) for the period from discontinued operations
Six Months
Ended June 30,
Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
US$ thousands
2012
1,741,652
(1,681,333 )
60,319
(17,694 )
(119,168 )
(9,735 )
(128,903 )
608,603
479,700
3,682,241
(3,770,354 )
(88,113 )
3,960,370
(4,053,212 )
(92,842 )
(190,610 )
(496,554 )
(22,861 )
(519,415 )
—
(519,415 )
(206,297 )
(393,306 )
(18,788 )
(412,094 )
—
(412,094 )
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash flows used in financing activities
Impact of fluctuations in the currency exchange rate on the balances of cash and cash
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents used in discontinued operations
41,031
(24,104 )
(28,480 )
11,753
134,007
(208,967 )
92,847
40,088
(139,410 )
(801 )
(12,354 )
(1,061 )
(64,268 )
208
(6,267 )
Set forth below is the impact on the statement of financial position
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments, deposits and loans
Trade receivables and other receivables and debit balances
Inventory
Vessels, containers, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Other assets
Credit from banks and others
Trade payables
Long-term loans from banks and others
Other liabilities
Holders of non-controlling interests
Net liabilities
Payment made in cash
Balance of cash eliminated
Exit from the consolidation, less cash eliminated
F-80
July 1, 2014
US$ thousands
110,918
50,817
290,969
106,266
1,962,434
65,103
(1,968,475 )
(515,825 )
(498,603 )
(131,600 )
(79,775 )
(607,771 )
(200,000 )
(110,918 )
(310,918 )
Table of Contents
Note 28 – Discontinued Operations (Cont’d)
(b)
Petrotec AG
In December 2014, IC Green sold its equity interest (69%) in Petrotec, IC Green received shares of REG, a NASDAQ-listed entity. Petrotec’s results up
to the completion date of the sale, together with the loss from the sale were presented separately in the statements of income in the category “income
(loss) from discontinued operations (after tax).
Set forth below are the results attributable to the discontinued operations
Sales
Expenses
Operating results before taxes on sales
Taxes on sales
Results after taxes
Loss from realisation of discontinued operation
Income (loss) for the period from discontinued operations
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash flows used in investing activities
2014
2012
Year Ended December 31
2013
221,791 256,816 213,525
(226,323 ) (251,339 ) (210,715 )
2,810
246
3,056
—
3,056
5,477
1,449
6,926
—
6,926
(4,532 )
252
(4,280 )
(4,999 )
(9,279 )
15,214
(3,263 )
15,498
(1,884 )
(6,544 )
(1,452 )
5,097
183
(2,716 )
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities
Impact of fluctuations in the currency exchange rate on the balances of cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents used in discontinued operations
(8,644 )
(1,753 )
1,554
(7,267 )
571
6,918
In addition to the cash, IC Green received shares of Renewable Energy Group Ltd (“REG”) in value of US$18,400 thousands. IC Green is subject to a
lock-up restriction with respect to the REG shares.
Set forth below is the impact on the statement of financial position
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventory
Tangible and intangible assets
Trade payables
Accounts payables
Assets and liabilities, net
Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents
Subtracted balance of cash and cash equivalents
Positive cash flow, net
F-81
December 31, 2014
US$ thousands
13,501
9,718
9,254
25,414
(8,158 )
(19,774 )
29,955
15,259
(13,501 )
1,758
Table of Contents
Note 29 – Segment Information
A. General
Commencing from July 16, 2014, upon completion of the debt arrangement in ZIM, The Group ceased controlling ZIM, and commencing from this
date, ZIM is accounted for using the equity method of accounting in the financial statements. Upon completion of the debt arrangement and loss of the
control, the marine shipping lines by means of containers that are incorporated under ZIM, which were previously included as a separate reportable
segment, are presented, commencing from the period of the report, as part of other segments.
The Group has two reportable segments, as described below, which form the Group’s strategic business units. The strategic business units are
comprised of different legal entities, and the allocation of resources and evaluation of performance are managed separately. For each of the strategic
business units, the Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM) reviews internal management reports on at least a quarterly basis. However, in
light of Kenon’s future expected reporting practices to its CODM, Qoros is voluntarily presented as a separate segment. The following summary
describes the legal entities in each of the Group’s operating segments:
1)
2)
3)
I.C. Power Ltd. – I.C. Power through its subsidiary companies, is engaged in the production, operation and sale of electricity in countries in
Latin America, the Caribbean region and Israel. It also is engaged in the construction and operation of power stations in Latin America.
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd – A China-based automotive company that is jointly-owned with a subsidiary of Chery, a state controlled holding
enterprise and large Chinese automobile manufacturing company. Qoros seeks to deliver international standards of quality and safety, as well
as innovative features, to the large and fast-growing Chinese market. Qoros’ vision is to build high quality cars for young, modern, urban
consumers based upon extensive research and product tailoring. Qoros launched and sold its first car, the Qoros 3 Sedan, in December 2013.
Qoros is an associated company.
Other – In addition to the segments detailed above, the Group has other activities, such as a shipping services, a semi-conductor business and
renewable energy businesses.
Evaluation of the operating segments performance is based on the EBITDA.
Information regarding the results of the activity segments is detailed below. Inter-segment pricing is determined based on transaction prices
during the ordinary course of business.
F-82
Table of Contents
Note 29 – Segment Information (Cont’d)
B.
Information regarding reportable segments
Information regarding activities of the reportable segments is set forth in the following table.
2014:
Sales to external customers
Inter-segment sales
Elimination of inter-segment sales
Total sales
EBITDA
Depreciation and amortization
Asset write-off
Gain from disposal of investee
Gain on bargain purchase
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Segment assets
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
* Associated Company – See Note 10.H.2, 10.C.b
I.C. Power Qoros *
Other
Adjustments
Total
US$ thousands
1,358,174 — —
14,056 — —
1,372,230
—
—
— 1,358,274
14,056
—
1,372,230
—
(14,056 )
1,358,174
—
—
—
—
14,056
14,056
—
1,372,230
(43,175 )
(255 )
347,937
108,413
34,673
—
—
13,171
—
—
(157,137 ) —
—
(68,210 ) —
(38,622 )
—
(8,858 )
9,533
—
131,883
9,633
174,806
(13,542 )
174,806
27,222
(6,540 )
(174,806 ) (36,635 )
320,715
—
(86,335 )
(174,806 ) (41,122 )
234,380
(4,487 )
—
—
—
—
—
31,237
(31,237 )
—
—
—
—
—
3,848,878
9,625
—
221,038
836,596
205,120
(784,688 )
—
304,762
108,158
47,844
(157,137 )
(68,210 )
(16,243 )
110,179
170,897
195,488
109,274
(90,822 )
18,452
3,900,786
435,783
4,336,569
2,859,331
592,388
—
—
806,335
12,377
(784,688 ) 2,880,978
604,765
—
F-83
Table of Contents
Note 29 – Segment Information (Cont’d)
2013:
Sales to external customers
Inter-segment sales
Elimination of inter-segment sales
Total sales
EBITDA
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Segment assets
Investments in associated companies
Segment liabilities
Capital expenditure
2012:
Sales to external customers
Inter-segment sales
Elimination of inter-segment sales
Total sales
EBITDA
Depreciation and amortization
Financing income
Financing expenses
Share in losses (income) of associated companies
Income (loss) before taxes
Taxes on income
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Capital expenditure
* Associated company – See Note 10.A.2, 10.C.B.
I.C. Power Qoros *
Other
US$ thousands
Adjustments
Total
866,370 —
7,000 —
873,370 —
(7,000 ) —
866,370 —
—
—
—
—
—
— 866,370
7,000
—
873,370
—
7,000
—
7,000 873,370
247,064 —
75,081 —
(5,543 ) —
85,694 —
(32,018 ) 127,012
123,214 127,012
123,850 (127,012 )
42,037 —
81,813 (127,012 )
(30,624 )
4,817
(31,307 )
15,146
31,696
20,352
(50,976 )
(107 )
(50,869 )
—
—
32,061
(32,061 )
—
—
—
—
—
216,440
79,898
(4,789 )
68,779
126,690
270,578
(54,138 )
41,930
(96,068 )
2,748,676 —
286,385 225,898
3,831,625
28,180
(1,136,106 ) 5,444,195
540,463
5,984,658
—
2,236,651 —
351,143 —
3,932,928
—
(1,136,106 ) 5,033,473
351,143
—
I.C. Power Qoros *
Other
US$ thousands
Adjustments
Total
576,256 —
— —
576,256 —
—
576,256 —
—
1,010
—
1,010
—
1,010
— 577,266
—
—
577,266
—
—
—
577,266
—
154,238 —
55,279 —
(5,137 ) —
49,629 —
(33,196 ) 54,063
66,575 54,063
87,663 (54,063 )
21,205 —
66,458 (54,063 )
390,808 —
(16,485 )
3,588
(23,817 )
15,288
31,318
26,377
(42,862 )
627
(43,489 )
—
—
—
25,956
(25,956 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
137,753
58,867
(2,998 )
38,961
52,185
147,015
(9,262 )
21,832
(31,094 )
390,808
F-84
Table of Contents
Note 29 – Segment Information (Cont’d)
C.
Information at the entity level
Information based on geographic areas
In presentation of the information on the basis of geographic areas, the segment revenues are based on the geographic location of the assets. The segment’s
assets are based on the geographic location of the assets.
The Group’s revenues from sales to external customers on the basis of the geographic location of the assets are as follows:
America
Israel
Total revenues
The Group’s non-current assets on the basis of geographic area:
Europe
America
Israel
ZIM – Discontinued operations
Total assets
Composed of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
Note 30 – Related-party Information
A.
Identity of related parties:
2014
For the year ended December 31
2013
US$ thousands
2012
958,652
413,578
1,372,230
685,973
187,421
873,394
576,256
1,010
577,266
As at December 31
2014
2013
US$ thousands
—
2,185,612
461,936
—
28,471
1,432,786
530,325
2,030,476
4,022,058
2,647,548
The Group’s related parties are as defined in IAS 24 (2009) – Related Party Disclosures and included: IC, IC’s beneficial owners and IC’s subsidiaries,
affiliates and associates companies.
In the ordinary course of business, some of the Group’s subsidiaries and affiliates engage in business activities with each other.
Ordinary course of business transactions are aggregated in this Note. This Note also includes detailed descriptions of material related party transactions.
B
Transactions with directors and officers (Kenon’s directors and officers):
Directors fees
Directors – share plan
Officers fees
Officers – share plan
F-85
2014
2013
2012
US $ thousands
124
418
185
5,026
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Table of Contents
Note 30 – Related-party Information (Cont’d)
C.
D.
Regarding the ZIM’s restructuring and IC’s part in restructuring, see Note 10.c.a.
Transactions with related parties (excluding associates):
All the transactions are at market terms unless otherwise indicated.
Sales from shipping*
Sales of electricity
Operating expenses of voyages and services*
Administrative expenses
Other income, net
Financing expenses, net
* Presented under discontinued operations.
E.
Transactions with associates:
Sales of electricity
Operating expenses of voyages and services
F-86
2012
For the year ended December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
7,138 20,126 22,887
—
214,494
1,808
76
37,042
90,216
189,525
2,081
1,962
31,957
124,636
37,511
2,000
33
17,443
2014
For the year ended December 31
2013
US$ thousands
7,300
12,572
14,056
—
—
11,386
2012
Table of Contents
Note 30 – Related-party Information (Cont’d)
F.
Balances with related parties:
Cash and short-term deposit
Trade receivables
Trade and other payables
Long-term credit
In dollars or linked thereto
In CPI-linked Israeli currency
Weighted-average interest rates (%)
CPI-linked shekel debentures
Repayment years
Current maturities
Second year
Third year
Fourth year
Fifth year
Sixth year and thereafter
*
Bank Mizrahi Group, IC, ICL, ORL.
** Mainly effective interest of financing leases.
As at December 31
2014
2013
Bank Leumi
Group
Associates
Other
related
parties *
Total
Total
US$ thousands
214,557
— 22,859 237,416 93,929
—
1,250
16,667
17,917
116,278
—
—
—
—
21,114
—
—
—
—
275,615
62,228
—
—
62,228
121,051
5 %
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,704
2,925
2,560
3,155
3,348
2,686
47,554
62,228
Regarding commitments with related parties in respect of operating leases of vessels and the equipping thereof – see Note 19.C.1.
G.
The separation agreement
The following discussion summarizes the material provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement between Kenon and IC in connection with the
consummation of the spin-off. The Separation and Distribution Agreement sets forth, among other things, Kenon agreements with IC in respect of the
principal transactions necessary to separate Kenon’s businesses from IC and its other businesses. The Separation and Distribution Agreement also sets forth
other agreements that govern the distribution, as well as certain aspects of our relationship with IC after the consummation of the spin-off.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities
The Separation and Distribution Agreement identifies the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be retained by IC or assumed by Kenon, and the contracts to
be retained by IC or assigned to Kenon in connection with the spin-off and transfer of IC’s transfer of its interests, direct or indirect, in each of IC Power,
Quantum (the holder of IC’s 50% equity interest in Qoros), ZIM, Tower and IC Green to Kenon.
F-87
Table of Contents
Note 30 – Related-party Information (Cont’d)
Concurrently with IC’s transfer of the aforementioned business to Kenon, IC shall assign and transfer to Kenon, IC’s full rights and obligations according to,
and in connection with, certain loans it has provided to, and certain undertakings it has made in respect of, these businesses. Set forth below is a summary of
the material rights and obligation that IC will transfer to Kenon in connection with the spin-off:
Business
Instrument
Financial Instruments
Qoros
IC Green
Qoros
Capital note issued by Quantum to IC
Capital note issued by IC Green to IC
Loan borrowed by IC Green
Shareholder loan to be provided to Qoros
Outstanding Amount as of
December 31, 2014
$626 million
NIS 508 million
22 million Euro
In February 2015, Kenon provided RMB400 million as a
shareholder loan to Qoros, subject to the release of IC’s
back-to-back guarantees in respect of certain of Qoros’
indebtedness.
Additionally, certain guarantees and undertakings made by IC in connection with OPC’s financing agreement shall not be transferred to Kenon and, instead,
have been replaced with guarantees or undertakings of IC Power, as well as a provision of cash collateral, so that IC is released from its obligations under the
existing guarantee or undertaking, as applicable.
Representations and Warranties
Other than certain limited corporate representations and warranties made by Kenon and IC, neither Kenon nor IC make any representations or warranties
regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with such transfers or assumptions, the
value or freedom from any lien or other security interest of any assets transferred, the absence of any defenses relating to any claim of either party or the legal
sufficiency of any conveyance documents, or any other matters. Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or in any ancillary
agreement, all assets were transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis.
Termination
The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated by IC at any time in its sole discretion prior to the consummation of the spin-
off.
Release of Claims
Except with respect to (i) those legal proceedings pending against IC at the time of the consummation of the spin-off, and that relate to any of the businesses
to be transferred to Kenon, and (ii) certain other exceptions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Kenon shall be liable for the claims of
each of the businesses being transferred to it as part of the spin-off, including such claims that arose out of, or relate to events, circumstances or actions
occurring or failing to occur, or with respect to any conditions existing prior to, the distribution date.
Indemnification
Kenon and IC agree to indemnify each other against certain liabilities incurred in connection with Kenon respective businesses, and as otherwise allocated to
each of us in the Separation and Distribution Agreement. These indemnities are principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and
liabilities of our business, and each of our businesses, with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of IC and its business with IC. The
Separation and Distribution Agreement also specifies procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.
Legal Matters
Kenon agrees to indemnify IC for any liabilities arising after the consummation of the spin-off as a result of legal matters relating to the businesses Kenon will
receive in the spin-off.
Allocation of Spin-Off Expenses
The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that IC will be responsible for all fees, costs and expenses relating to it and will finance all fees, costs
and expenses related to Kenon, in each case as incurred prior to the distribution date in connection with the spin-off.
F-88
Table of Contents
Note 30 – Related-party Information (Cont’d)
Other Matters Governed by the Distribution Agreement
Other matters governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement include access to financial and other information, access to and provision of records,
intellectual property, confidentiality, treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support and dispute resolution procedures.
Conditions
The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that the distribution of our ordinary shares is subject to several conditions that must be satisfied or
waived prior to the distribution. Each of IC and Kenon may, in their sole discretion, waive the conditions precedent applicable to their entry into the
Separation and Distribution Agreement. IC may, in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the record date of the distribution, decide to abandon the
distribution.
Note 31 – Financial Instruments
A. General
The Group has extensive international activity in which it is exposed to credit, liquidity and market risks (including currency, interest, inflation and other price
risks). In order to reduce the exposure to these risks, the Group holds derivative financial instruments, (including forward transactions, SWAP transactions,
and options) for the purpose of economic (not accounting) hedging of foreign currency risks, inflation risks, commodity price risks, interest risks and risks
relating to the price of inputs. Furthermore, the Company holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its risk in respect of changes in the cash flows of
issued bonds, and such instruments are accounting hedges.
This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, and the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and
managing the risk.
The risk management of the Group companies is executed by them as part of the ongoing current management of the companies. The Group companies
monitor on a regular basis. The hedge policies with respect to all the different types of exposures are discussed by the boards of directors of the companies.
The comprehensive responsibility for establishing the base for the Group’s risk management and for supervising its implementation lies with the Board of
Directors and the senior management of the Group.
B.
Credit risk
Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the financial benefits of contracts with a specific counterparty will be lost if a counterparty defaults on their obligations
under the contract. This includes any cash amounts owed to the Group by those counterparties, less any amounts owed to the counterparty by the Group where
a legal right of set-offs exist and also includes the fair values of contracts with individual counterparties which are included in the financial statements. The
maximum exposure to credit risk at each reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial assets mentioned in this note.
(1) Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.
The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables, as of the date of the report, by geographic region was as follows:
Israel
Euro-zone countries
India
The Far East
South America
North America
Other regions
F-89
As at December 31
2013
2014
US$ thousands
41,260
—
—
—
52,809
—
87,289
181,358
82,064
54,851
2,486
47,999
40,260
57,021
72,747
357,428
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
(2) Aging of debts and impairment losses
Set forth below is an aging of the trade receivables:
Not past due
Past due up to 3 months
Past due 3 – 9 months
Past due more than one year
C.
Liquidity risk
As at December 31, 2014
As at December 31, 2013
For which
impairment
was not
recorded
For which
impairment
was recorded
Gross
Impairment
For which
impairment
was not
recorded
For which
impairment
was recorded
Gross
Impairment
US$ thousands
133,443
25,445
22,188
282
181,358
8,057
127
293
4,502
12,979
(8,057 )
(127 )
(293 )
(4,502 )
(12,979 )
247,292
93,475
14,568
2,223
357,558
65
307
383
6,342
7,097
(65 )
(307 )
(382 )
(6,473 )
(7,227 )
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to
ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and adverse credit and market
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.
The Group manages the liquidity risk by means of holding cash balances, short-term deposits, other liquid financial assets and credit lines.
As of December 31, 2013, the Group has a deficit in the working capital. The deficit in the working capital derives from classification of long-term loans,
liabilities and debentures in ZIM, in the amount of $1,505 million, which were reclassified from long-term to short-term, in accordance with the accounting
treatment under IAS 1. For additional information – see Note 15.C.1.
Set forth below are the anticipated repayment dates of the financial liabilities, including an estimate of the interest payments. This disclosure does not include
amounts regarding which there are offset agreements:
Book
value
Projected
cash
flows
As at December 31, 2014
Up to
1 year
1–2
years
US$ thousands
2–5
years
More
than
5 years
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Credit from banks and others *
Trade payables
Other payables and credit balances
Non-convertible debentures **
Loans from banks and others **
Liabilities in respect of financing lease
Loans and capital notes from the parent company
Financial liabilities – hedging instruments
Interest SWAP contracts
Forward exchange rate contracts
Financial liabilities not for hedging
Interest SWAP contracts and options
90,618
58,137
58,646 58,646 — —
144,488 144,488 144,488 — —
90,618 90,618 — —
—
—
—
703,952 1,058,547 74,800 71,816 259,191 652,740
1,373,245 1,950,227 134,568 141,343 520,034 1,154,282
77,166
193,538 242,842 40,722 35,529 89,425
—
592 — —
592
592
27,713
5,402
27,713 10,105 7,018 7,164
639 —
5,402 4,763
3,426
—
4,116
4,116 1,318
985 1,390
423
877,204 1,888,037
*
**
Excludes current portion of long-term liabilities and long-term liabilities which were classified to short-term.
Includes current portion of long-term liabilities and long-term liabilities which were classified to short-term.
F-90
2,601,801
3,583,191
560,607
257,330
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Credit from banks and others *
Trade payables
Other payables and credit balances
Non-convertible debentures **
Loans from banks and others **
Liabilities in respect of financing lease
Financial liabilities – hedging instruments
Interest SWAP contracts
Forward exchange rate contracts
Financial liabilities not for hedging
Interest SWAP contracts and options
Derivatives on exchange rates
Forward contracts on commodity prices
Derivatives from debt restructure
Book
value
Projected
cash
flows
As at December 31, 2013
Up to
1 year
1–2
years
US$ thousands
2–5
years
More
than
5 years
—
228,475 239,285 239,285 —
—
510,337 510,337 510,337 —
145,645 145,645 145,645 —
—
901,886 1,722,673 112,176 96,244 301,681 1,213,572
2,333,398 3,040,534 342,759 454,539 834,635 1,409,601
521,360 676,460 117,263 108,823 280,522 169,852
—
—
—
8,867
11,524
8,867
11,524
6,386 8,835
7,090 3,919
5,347
515
(11,701 )
—
5,005
550
7
176
157
—
—
8
—
4,667,230 6,361,063 1,483,497 672,594 1,423,483 2,781,489
1,999 1,226
550 —
7 —
8
5,005
550
7
176
1,623
—
—
160
*
**
Excludes current portion of long-term liabilities and long-term liabilities which were classified to short-term.
Includes current portion of long-term liabilities and long-term liabilities which were classified to short-term.
D. Market risks
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, the CPI, interest rates and prices of capital products and instruments will
affect the fair value of the future cash flows of a financial instrument.
The Group buys and sells derivatives in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. All such
transactions are carried out within the guidelines set by the Boards of Directors of the companies. For the most part, the Group companies enter into hedging
transactions for purposes of avoiding economic exposures that arise from their operating activities. Most of the transactions entered into do not meet the
conditions for recognition as an accounting hedge and, therefore, differences in their fair values are recorded on the statement of income.
(1) CPI and foreign currency risk
Currency risk
The Group’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The exposures of the Group companies are measured with reference to the changes in the exchange rate of
the dollar vis-à-vis the other currencies in which it transacts business.
The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases, assets and liabilities that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional
currencies of the Group entities. The primary exposure is to the shekel, euro, pound, Peruvian nevo and yuan (RMB).
The Group uses options and forward exchange contracts on exchange rates for purposes of hedging short-term currency risks, usually up to one year, in order
to reduce the risk with respect to the final cash flows in dollars deriving from the existing assets and liabilities and sales and purchases of goods and services
within the framework of firm or anticipated commitments, including in connection with future operating expenses.
The Group is exposed to currency risk in connection with loans it has taken out and debentures it has issued in currencies other than the dollar. The principal
amounts of these bank loans and debentures have been hedged by swap transactions the repayment date of which corresponds with the payment date of the
loans and debentures.
Inflation risk
The Group has CPI-linked loans. The Group is exposed to high payments of interest and principal as the result of an increase in the CPI. It is noted that part of
the Group’s anticipated revenues will be linked to the CPI. The Group does not hedge this exposure beyond the expected hedge included in its revenues.
F-91
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
(a) Exposure to CPI and foreign currency risks
The Group’s exposure to CPI and foreign currency risk, based on nominal amounts, is as follows:
As at December 31, 2014
Foreign currency
Dollar
Shekel
Unlinked CPI linked
US$ thousands
Euro
Other
Non-derivative instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments, deposits and loans
Trade receivables
Other receivables and debit balances
Long-term deposits, loans and debit balances
Total financial assets
Credit from banks and others
Trade payables
Other payables and credit balances
Long-term loans from banks and others and debentures
Loans and capital notes from the parent company
Total financial liabilities
Total non-derivative financial instruments, net
Derivative instruments
Net exposure
Non-derivative instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments, deposits and loans
Trade receivables
Other receivables and debit balances
Long-term deposits, loans and debit balances
Total financial assets
Credit from banks and others
Trade payables and provisions
Other payables and credit balances
Long-term loans from banks and others and debentures
Total financial liabilities
Total non-derivative financial instruments, net
Derivative instruments
Net exposure
F-92
411,274 157,940 —
230 40,639
191,015 30,124 — — 5,691
90,277 41,260 — — 49,821
10,301 1,249 — — 36,592
2,379 — — — 27,321
160,064
43,137
26,376
31,248
63,884
—
164,645
(4,581 )
—
(4,581 )
705,246
15,000
62,875
57,377
1,713,683
—
1,848,935
(1,143,689 ) 172,809 (493,168 )
(37,231 ) — —
(1,180,920 ) 172,809 (493,168 )
230,573 —
— —
55,237 —
1,935 —
— 493,168
—
57,764 493,168
203
—
—
58
—
—
58
145
—
145
592
As at December 31, 2013
Foreign currency
Dollar
Shekel
Unlinked CPI linked
US$ thousands
Euro
Other
24,255
492,607 106,422 — 27,884 44,063
130 — 1,387 4,036
169,980 43,522 — 49,029 94,898
36,750 1,346 — 6,305 18,198
9,384 1,078 — 26,407 8,058
169,253
9,939
91,303
23,284
39,551
164,077
5,176
245
5,421
111,012
732,976
14,979
1,888,452
41,568
291,008
8,681
73,022
1,693
1,416,782
3,669,264
66,921
(2,936,288 ) 4,428 (659,747 ) 44,091
152,498 —
1,003 211,066
108,031 —
19,156 —
19,880 448,681
148,070 659,747
(2,963,434 ) 4,428 (659,747 ) 44,086
(27,146 ) — —
(5 )
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
(b)
Sensitivity analysis
A strengthening of the dollar exchange rate by 5%–10% against the following currencies and change of the CPI in rate of 5%–10% would have increased
(decreased) the net income or net loss and the equity by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates,
remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2013.
Non-derivative instruments
Shekel/dollar
CPI
Dollar/other
Non-derivative instruments
Shekel/dollar
CPI
(2)
Interest rate risk
10% increase
5% increase
5% decrease
10% decrease
US$ thousands
As at December 31, 2014
40,110
(57,731 )
(2,813 )
21,286
(28,865 )
(1,333 )
(25,237 )
28,865
(1,206 )
(50,865 )
57,731
2,302
10% increase
5% increase
5% decrease
10% decrease
US$ thousands
As at December 31, 2013
75,258
(72,223 )
39,327
(36,111 )
(43,257 )
36,111
(91,102 )
72,223
The Group is exposed to changes in the interest rates with respect to loans bearing interest at variable rates, as well as in connection with swap transactions of
liabilities in foreign currency for dollar liabilities bearing a variable interest rate.
The Group has not set a policy limiting the exposure and it hedges this exposure based on forecasts of future interest rates.
The Group enters into transactions mainly to reduce the exposure to cash flow risk in respect of interest rates. The transactions include interest rate swaps and
“collars”. In addition, options are acquired and written for hedging the interest rate at different rates.
Type of interest
Set forth below is detail of the type of interest borne by the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments:
Fixed rate instruments
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
Variable rate instruments
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
As at December 31
2014
2013
Carrying amount
US$ thousands
239,629
(1,479,700 )
(1,240,071 )
321,738
(2,163,305 )
(1,841,567 )
26,682
(849,172 )
(822,490 )
23,453
(1,773,240 )
(1,749,787 )
The Group’s assets and liabilities bearing fixed interest are not measured at fair value through the statement of income. Therefore, a change in the interest
rates as at the date of the report would not be expected to affect the income or loss with respect to changes in the value of fixed – interest assets and liabilities.
F-93
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
E.
Fair value
(1)
Fair value compared with book value
The Group’s financial instruments include mainly non-derivative assets, such as: cash and cash equivalents, investments, deposits and short-term loans,
receivables and debit balances, investments and long-term receivables; non-derivative liabilities: such as: short-term credit, payables and credit balances,
long-term loans, finance leases and other liabilities; as well as derivative financial instruments.
Due to their nature, the fair value of the financial instruments included in the Group’s working capital is generally identical or approximates the book value.
The following table shows in detail the carrying amount and the fair value of financial instrument groups presented in the financial statements not in
accordance with their fair value.
ICP
Non-convertible debentures
Long-term loans from banks and others
ZIM
Non-convertible debentures
Long-term loans from banks and others
ICP
Non-convertible debentures
Long-term loans from banks and others
As at December 31, 2014
Carrying
amount
Level 2
US$ thousands
Discount Rate
(range)
703,952
1,643,980
819,572
1,772,052
5% - 8%
1% - 9%
As at December 31, 2013
Carrying
amount
Level 2
US$ thousands
Discount
Rate
(range)
231,162
1,985,607
290,095
1,101,644
16%-19%
14%-67%
669,724
1,009,972
712,591
1,044,898
6%-8%
3%-10%
* The fair value is measured using the technique of discounting the future cash flows with respect to the principal component and the discounted interest using the
market interest rate on the measurement date.
F-94
Table of Contents
Note 31 – Financial Instruments (Cont’d)
(2) Hierarchy of fair value
The following table presents an analysis of the financial instruments measured at fair value, using an evaluation method. The various levels were defined as
follows:
•
•
•
Level 1: Quoted prices (not adjusted) in an active market for identical instruments.
Level 2: Observed data, direct or indirect, not included in Level 1 above.
Level 3: Data not based on observed market data.
Assets
Marketable securities held for trade
Derivatives not used for accounting hedge
Liabilities
Derivatives used for accounting hedge
Derivatives not used for accounting hedge
Liabilities
Derivatives used for accounting hedge
Derivatives not used for accounting hedge
As at December 31,
2014
Level 2
US$ thousands
18,515
322
18,837
33,115
4,116
37,231
Level 1
As at December 31, 2013
Level 3
Level 2
US$ thousands
Total
—
—
—
22,390
5,013
27,403
—
176
176
22,390
5,189
27,579
(3) Data regarding measurement of the fair value of financial instruments at Level 2
Level 2
The fair value of forward contracts on foreign currency is determined using trading programs that are based on market prices. The market price is determined
based on a weighting of the exchange rate and the appropriate interest coefficient for the period of the transaction along with an index of the relevant
currencies.
The fair value of contracts for exchange (SWAP) of interest rates and fuel prices is determined using trading programs which incorporate market prices, the
remaining term of the contract and the credit risks of the parties to the contract.
The fair value of currency and interest exchange (SWAP) transactions is valued using discounted future cash flows at the market interest rate for the
remaining term.
The fair value of transactions used to hedge inflation is valued using discounted future cash flows which incorporate the forward CPI curve, and market
interest rates for the remaining term.
F-95
Table of Contents
Note 32 – Events Occurring Subsequent to the Period of the Report
A.
B.
C.
Regarding the split-up of IC’s investments on January 7, 2015 – see Note 1.B and Note 30.G.
Regarding an investment in Qoros, in the amount of $65 million and the release of the 2012 guarantee – see Note 10.C.b.8.
Regarding the distribution of all, or a portion, of Kenon’s interest in Tower to Kenon’s shareholders as a dividend-in-specie or otherwise, a sale of
Kenon’s interest in Tower, and/or a combination of the two transactions – see Note 10.C.c.2.
F-96
Table of Contents
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements
31 December 2014
Table of Contents
The Board of Directors
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.:
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Independent Auditors’ Report
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated
statements of financial position as of 31 December 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2014, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the
preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing
standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures
selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to
fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated
financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial
statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
and its subsidiaries as of 31 December 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31
December 2014 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
/s/ KPMG Huazhen (SGP)
Shanghai, China
30 March 2015
F-98
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and
other comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross loss
Other income
Research and development expenses
Selling and distribution expenses
Administration expenses
Other expenses
Operation loss
Finance income
Finance costs
Net finance (cost)/income
Share of profit of equity-accounted investee, net of nil tax
Loss before tax
Income tax expense
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign operations – foreign currency translation differences
Available-for-sale financial assets – net change in fair value
Available-for-sale financial assets – reclassified to profit or loss
Related tax
Other comprehensive income, net of nil tax
Total comprehensive income for the year
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-99
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Note
6
7
8
9
2012
2014
864,957
(1,019,264 )
(154,307 )
37,349
2013
13,135 —
(29,256 ) —
(16,121 ) —
12,672
19,073
(264,019 ) (408,196 ) (342,508 )
(927,211 ) (269,696 ) —
(591,611 ) (864,813 ) (341,058 )
(1,759 )
(1,962,515 ) (1,545,866 ) (672,653 )
18,125
38,003
(29,190 ) —
(11,065 ) 38,003
—
(2,154,153 ) (1,556,931 ) (634,650 )
(196 ) —
(2,154,686 ) (1,557,127 ) (634,650 )
(62,716 )
(6,113 )
(533 )
25,822
—
10 (a)
10 (a) (217,337 )
10 (a) (191,515 )
(123 )
16
11
(154 )
—
—
—
(154 )
(19 ) —
5,158
—
(5,158 )
—
—
—
(19 ) —
(2,154,840 ) (1,557,146 ) (634,650 )
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of financial position
as at 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Prepayments for purchase of equipment
Lease prepayments
Trade and other receivables
Equity-accounted investees
Non-current assets
Inventories
Available-for-sale financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Prepayments
Pledged deposits
Cash and cash equivalents
Current assets
Total assets
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-100
Note
2014
2013
12
13
14
15
16
4,039,948
4,638,364
117,922
208,128
96,533
2,025
17
15
18
19
9,102,920
197,522
—
729,906
154,655
290,840
752,088
2,125,011
11,227,931
3,728,190
3,423,933
—
212,541
106,239
—
7,470,903
167,216
32,000
482,721
103,539
193,136
857,900
1,836,512
9,307,415
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of financial position (continued)
as at 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Equity
Paid-in capital
Reserves
Accumulated losses
Total equity
Liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Deferred income
Provisions
Non-current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Finance lease liabilities
Deferred income
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Note
2014
2013
20 6,531,840 5,931,840
105
(26 )
(5,660,541 ) (3,505,855 )
2,426,090
871,273
22
23
21 3,928,224
479
179,982
12,971
4,121,656
21 3,374,660
24 2,833,459
1,541
25,342
6,235,002
10,356,658
11,227,931
22
2,856,000
2,251
190,570
—
3,048,821
1,254,468
2,551,077
1,567
25,392
3,832,504
6,881,325
9,307,415
Approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors.
Chen Anning
Chairman
Phil Murtaugh
CEO
John Meng
CFO
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-101
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Balance at 1 January 2012
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Capital injection from investors
Total contributions
Balance at 31 December 2012
Balance at 1 January 2013
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Capital injection from investors
Total contributions
Balance at 31 December 2013
Balance at 1 January 2014
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Capital injection from investors
Total contributions
Balance at 31 December 2014
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-102
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Paid-in
capital
Capital Translation Accumulated
reserve
reserve
3,481,840 74 —
— — —
— — —
—
—
—
750,000
—
4,231,840
—
4,231,840
—
4,231,840
—
—
(19 )
—
—
(19 )
—
1,700,000
—
1,700,000
(19 )
5,931,840
5,931,840
(19 )
—
—
(154 )
—
(154 )
—
—
600,000
—
600,000
(173 )
6,531,840
—
—
—
74
74
—
—
—
50
50
124
124
—
—
—
23
23
147
losses
(1,314,078 )
(634,650 )
—
(634,650 )
—
—
(1,948,728 )
(1,948,728 )
(1,557,127 )
—
(1,557,127 )
—
—
(3,505,855 )
(3,505,855 )
(2,154,686 )
—
(2,154,686 )
—
—
(5,660,541 )
Total
2,167,836
(634,650 )
—
(634,650 )
750,000
750,000
2,283,186
2,283,186
(1,557,127 )
(19 )
(1,557,146 )
1,700,050
1,700,050
2,426,090
2,426,090
(2,154,686 )
(154 )
(2,154,840 )
600,023
600,023
871,273
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Cash flows from operating activities
Loss for the year
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
Amortisation of
- intangible assets
- lease prepayments
Impairment losses on inventories
Net finance cost/(income)
Tax expense
Loss on disposal of property, plant, and equipment
Gain on disposal of lease prepayments
Changes in:
- inventories
- other receivables
- prepayments
- trade and other payables
- deferred income
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Interest received
Proceeds from disposal of available-for-sale financial assets
Proceeds from disposal of lease prepayment
Collection of pledged deposits
Placement of pledged deposits
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Acquisition of lease prepayment
Acquisition of available-for-sale financial assets
Acquisition of equity in associate
Development expenditures
Net cash used in investing activities
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-103
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Note
2014
2013
2012
(2,154,686 ) (1,557,127 ) (634,650 )
143,586
34,871
15,185
52,315
4,413
—
200,600
533
172
—
2,583
5,072
—
(27,401 )
—
—
(10,586 )
(1,753,067 ) (1,499,789 ) (649,797 )
8,940
4,413
5,654
3,264
196
—
—
(51,116 )
(30,306 ) (172,870 )
—
(235,444 ) (221,610 ) (184,786 )
(8,969 )
73,207
211,744
(1,576,010 ) (1,451,139 ) (558,601 )
525,310
4,218
504,561
(10,638 )
(86,398 )
60,393
15,771
32,000
16,479
23,000
—
162,259
29,180
2,460,000
258,393
5,608
(18,536 )
(190,840 ) (296,714 )
(497,891 ) (1,517,499 ) (1,448,430 )
(220,631 )
(55,000 ) (2,020,000 )
—
(1,446,012 ) (851,090 ) (874,480 )
(2,028,604 ) (2,518,565 ) (1,828,896 )
—
—
(2,025 )
—
—
Table of Contents
Consolidated statement of cash flows (continued)
for the year ended 31 December
In thousands of RMB
Cash flows from financing activities
Capital injection from investors
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Interest paid
Collection of guarantee deposit
Placement of guarantee deposit
Net cash from financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
The notes on pages F-105 to F-148 form part of these financial statements.
F-104
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Note
2014
2013
2012
—
5,442,286
(1,649,847 )
(325,157 )
31,520
3,498,802
(105,812 )
857,900
752,088
1,700,050
2,577,342
(369,440 )
(174,782 )
—
—
3,733,170
(236,534 )
1,094,434
857,900
750,000
1,935,993
(113,427 )
(37,821 )
—
(100,000 )
2,434,745
47,248
1,047,186
1,094,434
Table of Contents
Notes to the financial statements
1
Reporting entity
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd. (“the Company”) is a sino-foreign joint equity enterprise established on 24 December 2007 in the People’s Republic of China
(“PRC”) by Wuhu Chery Automobile Investment Co., Ltd (“Wuhu Chery”) and Quantum (2007) LLC. The Company’s registered office is Changshu, Jiangsu
Province, PRC. The Company has two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries, Qoros Automotive Europe GmbH incorporated in Germany and Qoros Car Sales
Co., Ltd. incorporated in Changshu (“the Subsidiaries”). These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and the Subsidiaries (collectively the
“Group” and individually “Group companies”).
The Group’s principal activities are research and development, manufacture and sale of automobiles and related fittings and spare parts.
2
Basis of preparation
(a) Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), which collective
terms includes International Accounting Standards and related interpretations, promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).
They were authorised for issue by the Company’s board of directors on 26 March 2015.
(b) Going concern basis of accounting
The Group incurred a net loss of RMB 2.2 billion and had net current liabilities of approximately RMB 4.1 billion as of and for the year ended
31 December 2014.
We have given careful consideration to the future liquidity of the Group and its available sources of finance in assessing whether the Group will have
sufficient financial resources to continue as a going concern.
Bank Financing
The Company had unused bank loan facilities of RMB 824 million as at 31 December 2014 (Note 21). In addition, the Company plans to refinance
most of its short-term loans in 2015.
Shareholders’ loans
Included in the current liabilities were loans from shareholders of RMB 1.6 billion as at 31 December 2014. Shareholders also plan to lend additional
loans of RMB 800 million to the Company in 2015, of which, RMB 400 million was received in February 2015 and the rest RMB 400 million is
expected to be received in the second quarter of 2015.
F-105
Table of Contents
2
Basis of preparation
(b) Going concern basis of accounting
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Based on the Group’s 2015 business plan, cash flow forecast, unutilised bank loan facilities and the plan to refinance the existing short term loans, we
believe the Group will generate sufficient cash flows to meet its liabilities as and when they fall due in the next twelve months from 31 December 2014.
In preparing the cash flow forecast, we took into account unused bank loan facilities of RMB824 million, the roll forward of its short term loans from
banks and the additional RMB800 million from the shareholders, and they are of the opinion that the assumptions which are included in the cash flow
forecast are reasonable. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. If for any reason the Group is
unable to continue as a going concern, then this could have an impact on the Group’s ability to realise assets at their recognised values and to extinguish
liabilities in the normal course of business at the amounts stated in the consolidated financial statements.
(c) Basis of measurement
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except that the financial instruments classified as available-for-
sale are measured at their fair value (see note 4 (l)(ii)).
(d) Functional and presentation currency
These consolidated financial statements are presented in Renminbi (“RMB”, the “presentation currency”), which is also the Company’s functional
currency. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand unless otherwise stated.
F-106
Table of Contents
3
Change in accounting policy
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Except for the changes below, the Group has consistently applied the accounting policies to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.
The Group has adopted the following new standards and amendments to standards, including any consequential amendments to other standards, with a date of
initial application of 1 January 2014.
A. IFRIC 21 Levies.
B. Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets(Amendments to IAS 36)
The nature and effects of the changes are explained below.
A. Levies
The group has adopted IFRIC 21 Levies with a date of initial application of 1 January 2014. The Group operates in two countries where it is subject to
government levies. As a result of the adoption of IFRIC 21, the Group has reassessed the timing of when to accrue environment taxes imposed by legislation
at the end of the year on the entity that manufactures cars.
The interpretation clarifies that levy is not recognised until obligating event specified in the legislation occur, even if there is no realistic opportunity to avoid
the obligation.
There is no material impact on the Group’s net loss and no impact on the total operating, investing or financing cash flows for the years ended 31 December
2014 and 2013.
B. Disclosure of recoverable amount for non-financial assets
As a result of the amendments to IAS 36, the Group has expanded its disclosures of recoverable amount when they are based on fair value less costs of
disposals and recognised an impairment.
F-107
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Except for the changes described in Note 3, the accounting polices set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial
statements.
(a) Basis of consolidation
(i)
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its
involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries
are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.
(ii)
Loss of control
When the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary, and any related non-controlling
interests and other components of the entity. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss. Any interest retained in the former
subsidiary is measured at fair value when control is lost.
(iii)
Transaction eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated.
Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s
interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of
impairment.
F-108
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(a) Basis of consolidation (continued)
(iv)
Interests in equity-accounted investees
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The Group’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interests in associates.
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating
policies.
Interests in associates are accounted for using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, which includes transaction costs.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and OCI of equity-
accounted investees, until the date on which significant influence ceases.
(b) Revenue
(i)
Sale of goods
Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net
of value-added tax (“VAT”) or other sales taxes, returns or allowances, trade discounts and rebates. Revenue is recognised when persuasive
evidence exists, usually in the form of an executed sales agreement, that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to
the customers, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no
continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.
(ii)
Rental income
Rental income from operating leases is recognised as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are
recognised as an integral part of the total rental income, over the term of the lease.
F-109
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(c) Government grants
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Government grants are initially recognised as deferred income at fair value if there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and the Group will
comply with the conditions associated with the grant; they are then recognised in profit or loss as other income on a systematic basis over the useful life
of the asset.
Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are
recognised.
(d) Finance income and finance costs
Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets) and gains on the disposal of available-for-
sale financial assets.
Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings and losses on disposal of available-for-sale financial assets.
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or
production of a qualifying asset are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method.
(e) Foreign currency
(i)
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Group companies at exchange rates at the dates of
the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting
date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the
exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences are generally recognised in profit or loss. Non-monetary items
that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are not translated.
However, foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the following items are recognised in OCI:
•
available-for-sale equity investments (except on impairment, in which case foreign currency differences that have been recognised in
OCI are reclassified to profit or loss);
•
•
a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation to the extent that the hedge is effective, and
qualifying cash flow hedges to the extent that the hedges are effective.
F-110
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(e) Foreign currency (continued)
(ii)
Foreign operations
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, are translated into RMB at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of
foreign operations are translated into RMB at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign currency differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.
(f)
Employee benefits
(i)
Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability
is recognised for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligations to pay this amount as a result of
past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
(ii)
Contributions to defined contribution retirement plans in the PRC
Contributions to local retirement schemes pursuant to the relevant labour rules and regulations in the PRC are recognised as an expense in
profit or loss as incurred.
F-111
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(f)
Employee benefits (continued)
(iii)
Other long-term employee benefits
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for
their service in the current and prior periods. That benefit is discounted to determine its present value. Remeasurements are recognized in profit
or loss in the period in which they arise.
(iv)
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the Group
recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date, then they are
discounted.
(g)
Income tax
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or
items recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.
(i)
Current tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to tax payable or
receivable in respect of previous years. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Current tax also
includes any tax arising from dividends.
Current tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
(ii)
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:
•
temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects
neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
•
temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements to the extent that the Group is able to
control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
•
taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.
F-112
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(g)
Income tax (continued)
(ii)
Deferred tax (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable
that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised, such reductions are reversed when the probability
of future taxable profits improves.
Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future
taxable profits will be available against which they can be used.
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or
substantively enacted at the reporting date.
The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting
date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. For this purpose, the carrying amount of investment property measured
at fair value is presumed to be recovered through sale, and the Group has not rebutted this presumption.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
(h)
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average principle, and includes
expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred to bring them to their existing location and
condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost includes direct labour and an appropriate share of production overheads
based on normal operating capacity.
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.
F-113
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(i)
Property, plant and equipment
(i)
Recognition and measurement
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the followings:
•
•
•
the cost of materials and direct labour;
any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use;
when the Group has an obligation to remove the asset or restore the site, an estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the items
and restoring the site on which they are located; and
•
capitalised borrowing costs.
If significant parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major
components) of property, plant and equipment.
Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal
and the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss.
(ii)
Subsequent costs
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the
Group. Ongoing repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred.
F-114
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(i)
Property, plant and equipment (continued)
(iii)
Depreciation
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated from the date that they are installed and are ready for use, or in respect of internally
constructed assets, from the date that the asset is completed and ready for use.
Except for toolings, depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values
using the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the
shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.
No depreciation is provided on construction in progress.
The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:
• Buildings
• Equipment
• Leasehold improvements
30 years
3-20 years
3 years
Toolings are depreciated on a systematic basis based on the quantity of related products produced.
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
(j)
Intangible assets
(i)
Research and development
Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is
recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development
expenditure is capitalised only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible,
future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the
asset. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset
for its intended use, and capitalised borrowing costs. Other development expenditure is recognised in profit or loss as incurred subsequent to
initial recognition. Capitalised development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.
F-115
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(j)
Intangible assets (continued)
(ii)
Other intangible assets
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses.
(iii)
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All
other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised in profit or loss as incurred.
(iv)
Amortisation
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual values from the date they are available for use
using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives or other systematic basis, and is generally recognised in profit or loss.
Except for capitalised development costs, the estimated useful lives of intangible assets are as follows:
• Software
10 years
Capitalised development costs are amortised on a systematic basis based on the quantity of related products produced.
Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.
(k)
Lease prepayments
All land in PRC is state-owned and no private land ownership exists. The Group acquired the right to use certain land and the premiums paid for such
right are recorded as lease prepayment. Lease prepayment is carried at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.
Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the respective periods of the rights.
F-116
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(l)
Financial instruments
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The Group classified non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity
financial assets, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets.
(i)
Non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities – recognition and derecognition
The Group initially recognises loans and receivables and debt securities on the date when they are originated. All other financial assets and
financial liabilities are initially recognised on the trade date.
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive
the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred, or
it neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and does not retain control over the transferred assets. Any
interest in such derecognised financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability.
The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire.
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group
has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability
simultaneously.
(ii)
Non-derivative financial assets - measurement
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are
recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.
Loans and receivables comprise cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits and other receivables.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits with maturities of three months or less from the acquisition date that are
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in their fair value, and are used by the Group in the management of its short-term commitments.
F-117
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(l)
Financial instruments (continued)
(ii)
Non-derivative financial assets - measurement (continued)
Available-for-sale financial assets
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as loans and
receivables, held-to maturity investments, or financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Available-for-sale financial assets are
recognised initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs.
Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency
differences on debt instruments, are recognised in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair value reserve in equity. When an
investment is derecognised, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.
(ii)
Non-derivative financial liabilities - measurement
All non-derivative financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial
recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Other financial liabilities comprise loans and borrowings and trade and other payables.
F-118
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(m)
Impairment
(i)
Non-derivative financial assets
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Financial assets not classified as at fair value through profit or loss are assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective
evidence of impairment. A financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that
occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that loss event(s) had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be
estimated reliably.
Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
default or delinquency by a debtor;
restructuring of an amount due to the Group on terms that the Group would not consider otherwise;
indications that a debtor or issuer will enter bankruptcy;
adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers or issuers;
the disappearance of an active market for a security;
observable date indicating that there is measureable decrease in expected cash flows from a group of financial assets.
For an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value
below its cost. The Group considers a decline of 20% to be significant and a period of nine months to be prolonged.
Financial assets measured at amortised costs
The Group considers evidence of impairment for these assets at both an individual asset and a collective level. All individually significant
assets are individually assessed for impairment. Those found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment
that has been incurred but not yet identified. Assets that are not individually significant are collectively assessed. Collective assessment is
carried out by grouping together loans and receivables with similar risk characteristics.
In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss
incurred, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely
to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.
F-119
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(m)
Impairment (continued)
(i)
Non-derivative financial assets (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
An impairment loss of an asset is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash
flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Losses are recognised in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account
against the asset. When the Group considers that there are no realistic prospects of recovery of the asset, the relevant amounts are written off. If
the amount of impairment loss subsequently decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment
was recognized, then the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.
Available-for-sale financial assets
Impairment losses on available-for-sale financial assets are recognised by reclassifying the loss accumulated in the fair value reserve in equity
to profit or loss. The cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any
principal repayment and amortisation, and the current fair value, less any impairment losses recognised previously in profit or loss. If, in a
subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available-for-sale debt security increases and the increase can be related objectively to an event
occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, then the impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss. Otherwise, it is reversed
through other comprehensive income.
(ii)
Non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets (other than inventories) are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether
there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. In addition, intangible
assets that are not yet available for use are tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset
or its related cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount.
For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are
largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGUs.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the
estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU,
and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis.
F-120
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(m)
Impairment (continued)
(ii)
Non-financial assets (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been
determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
(n) Warranty costs
A provision for warranties is recognised when the underlying products or services are sold, based on estimate by the Group’s technicians and by
reference to industrial data.
(o)
Provision and contingent liabilities
Provisions are recognised for other liabilities of uncertain timing or amount when the Group or the Company has a legal or constructive obligation
arising as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can
be made. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditure expected to settle the obligation.
Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as
a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by
the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic
benefits is remote.
(p)
Leases
(i)
Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
At inception of an arrangement, the Group determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease.
At inception or on reassessment of an arrangement that contains a lease, the Group separates payments and other consideration required by the
arrangement into those for the lease and those for other elements on the basis of their relative fair values. If the Group concludes for a finance
lease that it is impracticable to separate the payments reliably, then an asset and a liability are recognised at an amount equal to the fair value of
the underlying asset. Subsequently, the liability is reduced as payments are made and an imputed finance cost on the liability is recognised
using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.
F-121
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(p)
Leases (continued)
(ii)
Leased assets
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Assets held by the Group under leases which transfer to the Group substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as
finance leases. The leased assets are measured initially at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the minimum
lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the assets are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset.
Assets held under other leases are classified as operating leases and are not recognised in the Group’s statement of financial position.
(iii)
Lease payments
Payments made under operating leases are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives
received are recognised as an integral part of the total lease expenses, over the term of the lease.
Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability.
The finance expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining
balance of the liability.
F-122
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(q) Related parties
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
(a)
A person, or a close member of that person’s family, is related to the Group if that person:
(i)
has control or joint control over the Group;
(ii)
has significant influence over the Group; or
(iii)
is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or the Group’s parent or ultimate controlling shareholders.
(b)
An entity is related to the Group if any of the following conditions applies:
(i)
The entity and the Group are members of the same Group;
(ii) One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate of joint venture of a member of a Group of which the other
entity is a member);
(iii) Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;
(iv) One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;
(v)
The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of the Group or an entity related to the Group;
(vi) The entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a);
(vii) A person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity (or of
a parent of the entity);
Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings
with the entity.
F-123
Table of Contents
4
Significant accounting policies (continued)
(r)
Standards and interpretation issued but not yet adopted
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
A number of new standards and amendments to standards are effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2014; however, the Group has not
applied the following new or amended standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements.
• IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
• IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Effective annual
financial periods
beginning on or after
1 January 2018
1 January 2017
The Group is in the process of making an assessment of what the impact of these amendments and new standards is expected to be in the period of
initial application. So far it has concluded that the adoption of them is unlikely to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position and results
of operations.
The following new or amended standards are not expected to have significant impact of the Group’s consolidated financial statements:
•
•
•
•
•
•
IFRS 14 Regulatory Deferral Accounts
Accounting for Acquisition of Interests in Joint Operations (Amendments to IFRS 11)
Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortization (Amendment to IAS 16 and IAS 38)
Defined Benefit Plans: Employee Contributions (Amendments to IFRS 11)
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle
Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle
F-124
Table of Contents
5
Use of estimates and judgements
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of the
Group’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively.
(a)
Judgements
(i)
Research and development costs
Determining capitalisation of development costs involves management judgements in assessing whether a product is technically and
commercially feasible, and whether the Group has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset.
(ii)
Lease classification
Lease classification is made at the inception of the lease. Determining the lease classification involves management judgements in assessing
whether all the risks and rewards incidental are substantially transferred to ownership. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership. A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not transfer substantially all
the risks and rewards incidental to ownership.
(b) Assumptions and estimation uncertainties
(i)
Research and development costs
During the process of formulation of relevant cash flow forecasts for quantifying the future economic benefits generated from the development
costs for the new product, a variety of assumptions, bases and estimations including market popularity of the products, the pricing trend of raw
materials acquired, and etc. would have to be made by the management. Thus, any significant deviations from these assumptions, bases as well
as estimations made by the management would have impact on determining whether the related development costs incurred should be
capitalised or expensed.
(ii)
Depreciation and amortisation
Property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and lease prepayments are depreciated/amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated
useful lives or other systematic basis, after taking into account the estimated residual value. The Group reviews annually the useful life of an
asset and its residual value, if any. The useful lives are based on the management’s knowledge and historical experience with similar assets and
taking into account anticipated technology changes. The depreciation and amortisation expenses for future periods are adjusted if there are
significant changes from previous estimates.
F-125
Table of Contents
5
Use of estimates and judgements (continued)
(b) Assumptions and estimation uncertainties (continued)
(iii)
Net realisable value of inventories
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The management reviews the carrying amounts of the inventories at each reporting period end date to determine whether the inventories are
carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Management estimates the net realisable value based on the current market situation and
their historical experience on similar inventories. Any change in the assumptions would increase or decrease the amount of inventories write-
down or the related reversals of write-downs and affect the Group’s net asset value.
(iv)
Impairment for non-current assets
If circumstances indicate that the carrying value of property, plant and equipment, lease prepayments, intangible assets may not be recoverable,
their recoverable amounts are estimated. An impairment loss is recognised when the recoverable amount has declined below the carrying
amounts in accordance with IAS 36, “ Impairment of assets ”. In addition, for intangible assets that are not yet available for use, the recoverable
amount is estimated annually whether or not there is an indication of impairment.
Determining the recoverable amount requires an estimation of the fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use of these assets or the CGU
to which these assets belong. It is difficult to precisely estimate fair value of these assets because quoted market prices for most of these assets
are not readily available. In determining the value in use, expected cash flows generated by the asset are discounted to their present value,
which requires significant judgment relating to level of sales volume, sales revenue and amount of operating costs. The Group uses all readily
available information in determining an amount that is a reasonable approximation of recoverable amount, including estimates based on
reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of sales volume, sales revenue and amount of operating costs.
(v)
Deferred taxation
Determining recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of accumulated tax losses and deductible temporary differences involves judgement
on whether it is probable that future taxable profits against which these losses can be utilised within the unexpired period and which the
temporary differences can be deducted under current tax legislation will be available. In assessing the need to recognise a deferred tax asset,
management considers all available evidence, including projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, historical taxable income, and
the expiration period of the losses carried forward.
F-126
Table of Contents
6
Revenue
In thousands of RMB
Sales of goods
Others
Total
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
2014
822,630
42,327
864,957
2013
7,416
5,719
13,135
2012
—
—
—
7
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses are the expenses incurred for the research and development activities of car platform and models as follows:
In thousands of RMB
CF1X
CF11
CF14 and CF14K
CF16
Others
Total
F-127
2014
2012
2013
8,964 145,440 274,473
123,721 41,492 1,663
30,490 3,807
801
74,776 195,043 65,571
26,068 22,414 —
342,508
408,196
264,019
Table of Contents
8
Selling and distribution expenses
In thousands of RMB
Advertising
Marketing and promotion
Consulting fees
Personnel expenses
Others
Total
9
Administration expenses
In thousands of RMB
Personnel expenses
Consulting fees
Office expenses
Depreciation and amortisation
Rental expenses
Travelling expenses
Low-valued consumables
Recruiting expenses
Taxes and duties
Testing expenses
IT expense
Others
Total
F-128
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
2014
2013
2012
453,586 130,860 —
120,872 73,166 —
192,292 34,379 —
117,958 19,243 —
42,503 12,048 —
—
927,211
269,696
2014
2012
2013
194,943 336,003 202,765
84,856 280,749 13,451
15,451 57,649 9,201
74,221 33,666 22,758
46,403 41,028 24,763
16,076 17,691 12,326
2,076 17,877
982
13,593 19,410 18,665
14,287 4,749 17,315
21,281
699 —
64,462 25,158 10,675
43,962 30,134 8,157
341,058
591,611
864,813
Table of Contents
10
Loss before income tax
Loss for the year is arrived at after charging/(crediting):
In thousands of RMB
(a) Net finance (cost)/income:
Interest income from available-for-sale financial assets
Interest income from bank deposits
Net foreign exchange gain
Finance income
Net foreign exchange loss
Interest expense
Finance costs
Net finance (cost)/income
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
2014
2013
2012
720
16,583
8,519
25,822
—
(217,337 )
(217,337 )
(191,515 )
2,079
16,046
—
18,125
(7,801 )
(21,389 )
(29,190 )
(11,065 )
5,158
22,243
10,602
38,003
—
—
—
38,003
Interest expenses of RMB 84,571 thousand (2013: RMB 192,066 thousand; 2012: RMB 42,840 thousand) incurred on borrowings were capitalised in
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (see Note 12 and 13).
(b) Personnel expenses
Contributions to defined contribution retirement plan
Salaries, wages and other benefits
(c) Other items:
Amortisation
- lease prepayment
- intangible assets
Depreciation
- property, plant and equipment
Operating lease charges
- hire of office rentals
- hire of cars
Write down of inventory to the net realisable value
F-129
(36,710 )
(490,120 )
(526,830 )
(21,498 )
(341,341 )
(362,839 )
(9,545 )
(193,220 )
(202,765 )
(4,413 )
(52,315 )
(56,728 )
(4,413 )
(8,940 )
(13,353 )
(5,072 )
(2,583 )
(7,655 )
(143,586 )
(34,871 )
(15,185 )
(53,340 )
(4,714 )
(58,054 )
—
(45,006 )
(4,312 )
(49,318 )
(5,654 )
(24,763 )
(4,870 )
(29,633 )
—
Table of Contents
11
Income taxes
Amounts recognised in profit or loss
In thousands of RMB
Current tax expense – Germany Income Tax
Current year
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
2014
2013
2012
533
196
—
The statutory corporate income tax rate of the Company is 25% (2012: 25%). The statutory corporate income tax rate of Qoros Automotive Europe
GmbH, the Company’s subsidiary incorporated in Germany, is 15%.
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
In thousands of RMB
Loss before tax
Income tax credit at the applicable PRC income tax rate of 25%
Effect of tax rate differential
Effect of tax losses not recognised
Effect of other temporary differences not recognised
Non-deductible expenses
Income tax expense
F-130
2014
2013
2012
91
(2,154,153 ) (1,556,931 ) (634,650 )
(538,538 ) (389,233 ) (158,663 )
15 —
448,814 314,590 28,587
40,735 129,606
470
34,089
—
196
89,857
309
533
Table of Contents
11
Income taxes (continued)
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items because it is not probable that future taxable profit will be available against
which the Company can utilise the benefits therefrom:
In thousands of RMB
Tax losses
Other temporary differences
Total
Under current tax legislation, the above deductible tax losses will expire in the following years:
In thousands of RMB
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
F-131
2014
As at 31 December
2013
3,373,796
2,121,104
5,494,900
1,690,380
1,761,674
3,452,054
2012
516,085
1,598,735
2,114,820
As at 31 December 2014
92,479
158,364
114,346
1,213,347
1,795,260
3,373,796
Table of Contents
12
Property, plant and equipment
In thousands of RMB
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2013
Additions
Transfer
Disposal
Balance at 31 December 2013
Additions
Transfer
Disposal
Balance at 31 December 2014
Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2013
Depreciation for the year
Written off on disposal
Balance at 31 December 2013
Depreciation for the year
Written off on disposal
Balance at 31 December 2014
Carrying amount
Balance at 31 December 2012
Balance at 31 December 2013
Balance at 31 December 2014
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Leasehold
improvements Equipment Building
Construction
in progress
Total
— 1,509,771 1,258,439 (2,865,566 )
—
—
(239 )
—
11,283
6,793
59,277
—
18,076
4,914
—
—
22,990
1,568,809
—
933,383
(352 )
2,501,840
— 1,630,621 1,701,181
— 2,182,562 2,189,355
(97,356 )
(239 )
3,792,941
947,617
714,922
719,836
(1,222,544 ) (264,320 )
(352 )
4,248,105
—
439,995
1,258,439
—
24,841
—
1,283,280
(8,639 )
(3,323 )
—
(11,962 )
(8,045 )
—
(21,477 )
(26,032 )
236
(47,273 )
(95,959 )
180
(20,007 ) (143,052 )
—
(5,516 )
—
(5,516 )
(39,582 )
—
(45,098 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(30,116 )
(34,871 )
236
(64,751 )
(143,586 )
180
(208,157 )
2,644
6,114
2,983
37,800
1,521,536
2,358,788
—
1,252,923
1,238,182
1,630,621
947,617
439,995
1,671,065
3,728,190
4,039,948
Leased plant and machinery
The Group leases pressing machinery as a lessor under operating leases. As at 31 December 2014, the net carrying amount of leased machinery was RMB
82,083 thousand (31 December 2013: 90,776 thousand; 31 December 2012: nil).
Property, plant and equipment under construction
Included in additions of construction in progress is an amount of RMB 24,432 thousand representing borrowing costs capitalised during 2014, (2013: RMB
112,303 thousand; 2012: RMB 21,689 thousand), using a capitalisation rate of 7.56% per annum (2013: 4.64%; 2012: 1.88%).
As at 31 December 2014, all equipment, properties and construction in progress were pledged to bank as security for a consortium financing agreement. (Note
21)
F-132
Table of Contents
13
Intangible assets
In thousands of RMB
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2013
Additions
Transfer from construction in progress
Balance at 31 December 2013
Additions
Transfer from construction in progress
Balance at 31 December 2014
Amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2013
Amortisation for the year
Balance at 31 December 2013
Amortisation for the year
Balance at 31 December 2014
Carrying amount
Balance at 31 December 2012
Balance at 31 December 2013
Balance at 31 December 2014
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Development
Software
costs
Total
43,415
13,611
97,356
154,382
14,491
264,320
433,193
1,230,956
2,051,066
—
3,282,022
987,935
—
4,269,957
1,274,371
2,064,677
97,356
3,436,404
1,002,426
264,320
4,703,150
(3,531 )
(6,527 )
(10,058 )
(30,439 )
(40,497 )
—
(2,413 )
(2,413 )
(21,876 )
(24,289 )
(3,531 )
(8,940 )
(12,471 )
(52,315 )
(64,786 )
39,884
144,324
392,696
1,230,956
3,279,609
4,245,668
1,270,840
3,423,933
4,638,364
The amortisation of software and capitalised development cost is included in administration expenses and cost of sales, respectively, in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
See Note 24 for payables for research and development activities as at reporting date.
Included in capitalised development costs is an amount of RMB 60,138 thousand representing borrowing costs capitalised during 2013, (2013: RMB
79,763 thousand, 2012: RMB 21,151 thousand), using a capitalisation rate of 7.56% (2013: 4.64%; 2012: 1.88%).
F-133
Table of Contents
13
Intangible assets (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
On 11 September 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a revised business plan which adopted a lower sales volume than was previously
adapted, as a result, an asset impairment test was performed in October 2014 and updated in February 2015. An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying
amount of an asset or its related cash-generating unit (“CGU”) exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of the CGU, to which the
fixed assets and intangible assets belong, was based on the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell and was determined with the assistance
of an independent valuer.
As the result of the impairment test showed the recoverable amount of the CGU higher than its book value as at 31 December 2014, no impairment loss is
recognised.
14
Lease prepayments
In thousands of RMB
Cost
Balance at 1 January
Addition for the year
Disposal for the year
Balance at 31 December
Amortisation
Balance at 1 January
Amortisation for the year
Written back on disposal
Balance at 31 December
Carrying amount
Balance at 1 January
Balance at 31 December
2014
2013
220,631 220,631
— —
— —
220,631
220,631
(8,090 )
(4,413 )
—
(12,503 )
(3,677 )
(4,413 )
—
(8,090 )
212,541
208,128
216,954
212,541
As at 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Group’s lease prepayments represented the lease prepayments of land use rights located in Changshu, Jiangsu
Province. Such lease prepayments were pledged to bank as security for a consortium financing agreement (Note 21).
F-134
Table of Contents
15
Trade and other receivables
In thousands of RMB
Trade receivables
Value-added tax recoverable
Deposits
Deferred expenses
Receivables due from employees
Receivables due from related parties 28(c)
Others
Less: allowance for doubtful debts
Non-current
Current
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
At 31 December
2014
12,558
662,391
70,270
35,829
28,196
5,065
12,526
826,835
(396 )
826,439
96,533
729,906
826,439
2013
—
428,845
72,940
40,607
36,810
1,325
8,829
589,356
(396 )
588,960
106,239
482,721
588,960
16
Equity-accounted investees
On 30 July 2014, a car rental company, Fond&Liberty Car Rental/Leasing Co., Ltd (the “investee” or “Fond”), was established by Qoros Europe, Changshu
Port Development and Construction Co., Ltd. (“CPDC”) and Daqian Investment Co., Ltd. ( “Daqian”).
The registered capital of the investee is USD 10 million, with Qoros Europe, CPDC and Daqian holding 25%, 25% and 50% of the equity interests in the
investee, respectively. Qoros Europe injected an initial capital contribution of USD 375,000, equivalent of RMB 2.2 million.
The main business scope of the investee includes vehicle rental, sales of car parts and components, and designated driving service, with an operation period of
12 years.
The Group has a significant influence on Fond, as it holds 25% of the voting power of the investee. The Group accounts for the investment by using equity
method, under which the carrying amount of investment is increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the
date of acquisition. The investor’s share of the investee’s profit or loss is recognised in the investor’s profit or loss.
F-135
Table of Contents
17
Inventories
In thousands of RMB
Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
At 31 December
2014
44,484
3,279
149,759
197,522
2013
34,112
28,465
104,639
167,216
During the period, raw materials and consumables, and changes in work in progress and finished goods included in “cost of sales” amounted to RMB 999,439
thousand.
There were no inventory write-downs recognised as at 31 December 2014.
18
Pledged deposits
Bank deposits of RMB 290,840 thousand (31 December 2013: RMB 193,136 thousand) have been pledged as security for bank guarantees and a letter of
credit facility. The pledge in respect of the bank deposits will be released with the expiration of the relevant bank guarantees and the letter of credit facilities,
which is less than one year.
19 Cash and cash equivalents
In thousands of RMB
Bank deposits with maturity of 3 months or less
Cash at bank
20
Paid-in capital
In thousands of RMB
Wuhu Chery
Quantum (2007) LLC.
F-136
At 31 December
2014
2013
1,566 82,970
750,522 774,930
857,900
752,088
At 31 December
2014
3,265,920
3,265,920
6,531,840
2013
2,965,920
2,965,920
5,931,840
Table of Contents
21
Loans and borrowings
In thousands of RMB
Denominated in:
RMB
USD
EUR
Non-current
Current
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
At 31 December
2014
2013
5,946,000
1,356,884
—
7,302,884
3,928,224
3,374,660
7,302,884
3,673,000
379,715
57,753
4,110,468
2,856,000
1,254,468
4,110,468
Details of non-current loans and borrowings are set out below.
(1) On 23 July 2012, the Company entered into a consortium financing arrangement with a Group of banks. Under the arrangement, the Company can draw
down loans in either RMB or USD, up to an aggregate maximum principal amount of RMB 3 billion. The RMB loan bears the 5-year interest rate
quoted by the People’s Bank of China from time to time and the USD loan bears interest rate of LIBOR+4.8% per annum. The repayment schedule of
loans is based on the instalments schedule as set out in the agreement within 10 years from the first draw down date. The arrangement is secured by the
Company’s land use right, equipment, properties and construction in progress and is guaranteed by Wuhu Chery and Changshu Port Development and
Construction Co., Ltd (“CPDC”) respectively. Each party provides guarantee to an aggregate principal amount of no more than RMB 1.5 billion or its
equivalent. The guarantee from Wuhu Chery and CPDC are several but not joint. In connection with Wuhu Chery’s guarantee, Israel Corporation Ltd.
provided a counter-guarantee up to the aggregate principal amount of no more than RMB 750 million or its equivalent. In connection with CPDC’s
guarantee, the Company made a guarantee deposit of RMB 100 million to CPDC and Wuhu Chery also entered into an agreement to provide a counter-
guarantee to CPDC in September 2012. The guarantee deposit was treated as deferred expenses and carried at amortised cost.
As at 31 December 2014, the Company has drawn down RMB loans of RMB 2,866 million (31 December 2013: RMB 2,856 million) with an interest
rate of 6.15%.
F-137
Table of Contents
21
Loans and borrowings (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
The loans are repayable within 10 years from 23 July 2012. The first repayment date is set as 36 months after the first draw down date 27 July
2012. On 27 July 2015 and every 6 months after the preceding repayment date, payments are due based on the following schedule:
27 July 2015
27 January 2016
27 July 2016
27 January 2017
27 July 2017
Remaining
Repayment of loan principal as
a % of the outstanding loan
balance on 23 July 2015
1.667 %
1.667 %
1.667 %
6.667 %
6.667 %
81.665 %
The loans drawn down from this consortium arrangement contains financial related covenants. In 2013, the Company obtained a confirmation
from the banks that compliance of the financial covenants is not required for 2013 and 2014. In September 2014, the banks further extended the
covenant waiver to July 2017.
(2)
On 29 November 2012, the Company entered into a loan arrangement with Bank of China, a PRC commercial bank. Under this arrangement,
the Company can draw down loans in RMB to an aggregate maximum principal amount of RMB 800 million, including a working capital loan
of RMB 200 million. The arrangement is unsecured and unguaranteed. The loan bears either 1-year, 3-year or 5-year interest rate quoted by the
People’s Bank of China due to specific loan duration and the latter rate is adjusted annually after the first draw down date 24 April 2013.
As of 31 December 2014, the Company has cumulatively drawn down loans of RMB 160 million (31 December 2013: RMB 160 million) with
the interest rate of 6.15%. The loan is repayable in 3 years after the first draw down date of 24 April 2013, and was divided into four
instalments which are repayable in May 2014, November 2014, May 2015 and November 2015 respectively. The loan contains financial
covenants. In February 2014, the Company obtained a confirmation from the bank that compliance of the financial covenants is not required for
2013 and 2014. After the Company enters into continuous and sustained operating period, a request for adjustment of the financial covenants,
as necessary, can be submitted to the bank for consideration. The Company repaid the loan of RMB 80 million out of the RMB 160 million in
2014, with an outstanding loan balance of RMB 80 million.
(3)
On 31 July 2014, the Company entered into an additional consortium financing arrangement with a bank consortium. Under this arrangement,
the Company can draw down loans in either RMB or USD, up to an aggregate maximum principal amount of RMB 1.2 billion. The RMB loan
bears the 5-year interest rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China with 10% mark-up and the USD loan bears interest rate of LIBOR+5% per
annum. The repayment schedule of loans is based on the installments schedule as set out in the agreement within 10 years from the first draw
down date.
F-138
Table of Contents
21
Loans and borrowings (continued)
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
Wuhu Chery Automobile Investment Co., Ltd. and Quantum (2007) LLC, shareholders of the Company, have each pledged 17.5% of its equity interest
in the Company, which is currently being equivalent to a registered capital of RMB 1.1 billion respectively to the bank consortium.
As of 31 December 2014, the Company has drawn down loans of RMB 1.11 billion with the interest rate of 6.765%.
Current loans and borrowings represented unsecured bank loans with maturity period within one year with the interest rates from 1.28% to 7.32% and
shareholder loans from Wuhu Chery and Quantum (2007) totalling RMB1.6 billion.
As at 31 December, 2014, the Company has unutilised loan facilities of RMB 824 million (31 December 2013: RMB 784 million). An additional loan facility
of RMB 120 million can be released if the Company repay the outstanding loan of RMB 80 million as mentioned in Note 21 (2) above.
22 Deferred income
In November 2012, the Group received RMB 213.5 million from the Management Committee of Changshu Economic & Technology Development Zone, as a
result of the Group’s investment in the Development Zone. Such government grant was initially recognised as “deferred income” upon receipt and is
amortised and recognized as “other income” over the Group’s expected remaining period of operation.
23
Provision
The provision balance as at 31 December 2014 mainly represents warranties related to cars sold as of 31 December 2014. As no historical warranty data
associated with cars sold is available, the Group accrues warranty provisions based on the estimation made by the Group’s technical department taking into
account available warranty data of similar cars in the market.
F-139
Table of Contents
24
Trade and other payables
In thousands of RMB
Trade payables
Note payables
Other payables for
-research and development activities
-property, plant and equipment
-services
Accrued payroll
Interest payable
Others
All the balances are repayable on demand.
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
At 31 December
2014
321,258
217,208
2013
219,102
—
825,309
624,545
673,004
64,952
17,606
89,577
2,833,459
1,343,524
511,827
301,100
104,702
40,856
29,966
2,551,077
25
Financial risk management and fair values of financial instruments
Exposure to credit, liquidity, interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business.
The Group’s exposure to these risks and the financial risk management policies and practice used by the Group to manage these risks are described below.
(a) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and
arises principally from the Group’s receivables from counterparties and the Group’s deposits with banks (including available-for-sale financial assets).
The Group establishes an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of other receivables. The main components
of this allowance are a specific loss component that relates to individually significant exposures.
The Group limits its exposure to credit risk by investing only in liquid investment products issued by financial institutions. Management actively
monitors credit ratings and given that the Group only has invested in investment products with high credit ratings, management does not expect any
counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, other receivables and available-for-sale financial assets represent its maximum
credit exposure on these assets.
F-140
Table of Contents
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
25
Financial risk management and fair values of financial instruments (continued)
(b)
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by
delivering cash or another financial asset.
The Group’s policy is to regularly monitor its liquidity requirements and its compliance with lending covenants, to ensure that it maintains sufficient
reserves of cash and readily realisable marketable securities and adequate committed lines of funding from major financial institutions and/or from
other group companies to meet the liquidity requirements in the short and long term.
The following are the remaining contractual maturities at the end of the reporting period of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments
and excluding the impact of netting agreements:
Contractual undiscounted cash flow
More than
Within 1
year or
on demand
1 year but
less than
2 years
More than
2 years but
less than
5 years
More than
5 years
Total
Carrying
amount at
balance sheet
date
As at 31 December 2014
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Total
As at 31 December 2013
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Total
2,833,459 —
— 2,833,459 2,833,459
3,712,075 331,812 1,940,001 3,007,045 8,990,933 7,302,884
2,020
6,547,075 332,291 1,940,001 3,007,045 11,826,412 10,138,363
1,541
2,020
479
—
—
—
— 2,551,077 2,551,077
2,551,077 —
1,474,257 258,344 1,344,938 2,127,887 5,205,426 4,110,468
3,818
4,026,963 259,974 1,345,593 2,127,887 7,760,417 6,665,363
1,629 1,630
3,914
—
655
—
F-141
Table of Contents
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
25
Financial risk management and fair values of financial instruments (continued)
(c) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates will affect the Group’s income or the value of its
holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable
parameters, while optimising the return.
- Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk on purchases relating to research and development activities, bank borrowings as well as normal productions that
are denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies of Group companies. The currencies in which these transactions primarily are
denominated are RMB, US dollars and Euro. The functional currency of Group companies is primarily the RMB.
In respect of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group’s policy is to ensure that its net exposure is kept to an
acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances.
Exposure to currency risk
The summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to currency risk as reported to the management of the Group is as follows:
EUR
Cash and cash equivalent
Prepayments
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Net statement of financial position exposure
USD
Cash and cash equivalent
Prepayments
Trade and other payables
Loans and borrowings
Net statement of financial position exposure
F-142
At 31 December
2014
RMB’ 000
612
854
(16,170 )
—
(14,704 )
2013
RMB’ 000
—
3,653
(94,413 )
—
(90,760 )
At 31 December
2014
RMB’ 000
395,034
25,848
(6,420 )
(995,132 )
(580,670 )
2013
RMB’ 000
—
9,313
(634 )
(379,709 )
(371,030 )
Table of Contents
25
Financial risk management and fair values of financial instruments (continued)
(c) Market risk (continued)
- Currency risk (continued)
The following significant exchange rates have been applied during the year:
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
EUR
USD
Average rate
2014
2013
Year end spot rate
2013
2014
7.9373 8.3683 7.4556 8.4189
6.1080 6.1912 6.1190 6.0969
A reasonably possible strengthening (weakening) of the Euro and US dollar against RMB at 31 December would have affected the measurement of
financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency and affected equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. The analysis assumes that
all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant and ignores any impact of forecast sales and purchases.
EUR (10% movement)
USD (10% movement)
- Interest rate risk
Profile
At 31 December
2014
2013
Strengthening
RMB’000
(1,470 )
(58,067 )
Weakening
RMB’000
1,470
58,067
Strengthening
RMB’000
(9,076 )
(37,103 )
Weakening
RMB’000
9,076
37,103
The Group’s interest rate risk arises primarily from bank deposits and bank loans. The Group’s policy is to obtain the most favourable interest rates
available in respect of its bank deposits. The Group has not used any derivatives to mitigate its interest rate risk exposure.
Bank deposits are with fixed interest rates ranging from 0.35%~3.30%, 0.35%~3.25%, 0.35%~3.25% per annum as at 31 December 2014, 2013 and
2012 respectively.
The Group’s interest-bearing borrowings and interest rates as at 31 December 2014 and 2013 are set out as follows:
Borrowings
Loan interest rates are disclosed in Note 21.
F-143
At 31 December
Interest rate
2014
1.28%-7.32%
RMB’000
7,302,884
2013
RMB’000
4,110,468
Table of Contents
25
Financial risk management and fair values of financial instruments (continued)
(c) Market risk (continued)
- Interest rate risk (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates would have increased or decreased equity by RMB 92,915 thousand (2013: RMB 31,922; 2012: RMB
3,356 thousand).
(d) Fair value
The fair value of each financial instrument is categorised in its entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to that fair value
measurement. The levels are defined as follows:
•
•
•
Level 1: (highest level): fair values measured using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial instruments;
Level 2: fair values measured using quoted prices in active markets for similar financial instruments, or using valuation techniques in which all
significant inputs are directly or indirectly based on observable market data;
Level 3 (lowest level): fair values measured using valuation techniques in which any significant input is not based on observable market data.
If the input used to measure the fair value of an assets or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement
is categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.
As at 31 December 2014, the Company had no financial instruments carried at fair value.
During the years ended 31 December 2014, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, or transfers into or out of Level 3. The group’s policy
is to recognise transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting period in which they occur.
(e) Capital management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of
the business. Capital consists of paid in capital and retained earnings.
There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.
F-144
Table of Contents
26 Operating leases
(a)
Leases as lessee
Non-cancellable operating lease rentals are payable as follows:
In thousands of RMB
Within 1 year
After 1 year but within 5 years
(b)
Leases as lessor
The Group leases out its part of machinery.
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
At 31 December
2014
22,638
341
22,979
2013
43,771
18,138
61,909
As at 31 December, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases are receivable as follows:
In thousands of RMB
Within 1 year
After 1 year but within 5 years
27 Capital commitments
Capital commitments outstanding not provided for in the financial statements:
In thousands of RMB
Contracted for
Authorised but not contracted for*
At 31 December
2014
15,389
9,367
24,756
2013
48,844
24,756
73,600
At 31 December
2014
954,515
23,309
977,824
2013
758,622
54,799
813,421
* The authorised but not contracted for capital commitment represented the research and development costs and construction costs for the factories in Changshu to
be incurred. The Board of Directors has approved these commitments but the related written approval document is still under preparation.
F-145
Table of Contents
28 Related parties
(a)
Parent and ultimate controlling party
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
As at 31 December 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company was jointly-controlled by Wuhu Chery and Quantum (2007) LLC. Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.
(“Chery Auto”) is the ultimate parent company of Wuhu Chery and Israel Corporation Ltd. is the ultimate parent company of Quantum (2007) LLC.
The following is a summary of principal related parties transactions carried out by the Group with the related parties for the year presented.
(b)
Transactions with key management personnel
In thousands of RMB
Salaries, benefit and contribution to the defined contribution retirement plan
2014
2013
10,941
13,215
2012
10,607
(c) Other related party transactions
The Group entered into the following material related party transactions:
In thousands of RMB
Loan from Wuhu Chery
Loan from Quantum (2007)
Car sales to Fond & Liberty Car Rental/Leasing Co., Ltd. (“Fond”)
Rental expenses paid to Chery Auto’s subsidiary
Service fee payable to Chery Auto
Service fee payable to Shanghai SICAR Vehicle Technology Development Co., Ltd. (“SICAR”)
Purchase from Chery Auto
Travel expense paid on behalf of Chery Auto and SICAR
Other expense charged to
-Israel Corporation Ltd.
-Chery Huiyin Motor Finance Service Co., Ltd. (“Huiyin”)
2014
800,000
800,000
4,520
80
8,495
13,182
90,306
—
2013
—
—
—
—
12,863
13,395
13,856
—
2012
—
—
—
62
3,385
17,490
3,436
334
1,321
1,777
1,292
—
1,039
—
In addition to the above transactions, guarantees provided by Wuhu Chery and Israel Corporation Ltd. in respect of the consortium financing agreement
were disclosed in Note 21.
F-146
Table of Contents
28 Related parties (continued)
(c) Other related party transactions (continued)
The outstanding balances arising from the above transactions at the end of the reporting periods are as follows:
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
In thousands of RMB
Amounts due from related parties
- trade receivables from Fond
- other receivables from Chery Auto
- other receivables from Chery Auto’s subsidiary
- other receivables from Israel Corporation Ltd.
- prepayments to Chery Auto
- prepayments to Huiyin
- prepayments to SICAR
Amounts due to related parties
-loan payable to Wuhu Chery
-loan payable to Quantum (2007) LLC
-payables to Chery Auto
-payables to Chery Auto’s subsidiary
-payables to SICAR
F-147
At
31 December
2014
At
31 December
2013
3,664
75
5
1,321
5,065
86,000
1,645
—
87,654
92,719
800,000
800,000
22,523
7
1,557
1,624,087
—
75
5
1,245
1,325
1,675
—
2,430
4,105
5,430
—
—
598
—
2,176
2,774
Table of Contents
Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
Consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014
28 Related parties (continued)
(c) Relationship with the related parties under the transactions stated in 28(c) above
Name of the entities
Wuhu Chery
Quantum (2007) LLC
Wuhu Chery Car Rental Co., Ltd
Huiyin
SICAR
Fond
Relationship with the Group
Parent Company
Parent Company
Chery Auto’s subsidiary
Chery Auto’s subsidiary
Joint venture invested by Chery Auto
Associate invested by the Group
F-148
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
1.1
2.1*
2.2
2.3
2.4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7†
4.8
4.9*
4.10*
4.11*
Index to Exhibits
Description of Document
Kenon Holdings Ltd.’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s
Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on December 19, 2014)
Form of Specimen Share Certificate for Kenon Holdings Ltd.’s Ordinary Shares
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and Millenium Investments Elad Ltd. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.5 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 99.6 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Kenon Holdings Ltd. and XT Investments Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.7 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Sale, Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Loan Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to
Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
English translation of Natural Gas Supply Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2006, as amended, among Kallpa Generación S.A., Pluspetrol Peru
Corporation S.A., Pluspetrol Camisea S.A., Hunt Oil Company of Peru L.L.C. Sucursal del Peru, SK Corporation Sucursal Peruana, Sonatrach Peru
Corporation S.A.C., Tecpetrol del Peru S.A.C. and Repsol Exploración Peru Sucursal del Peru (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment
No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
English translation of Natural Gas Transportation Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2007, as amended, between Kallpa Generación S.A. and
Transportadora de Gas del Peru S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form
20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
Turnkey Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract, dated as of November 4, 2011, among Cerro del Águila S.A., Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM
S.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
English translation of Contract of Concession, dated as of October 23, 2010, as amended, between the Government of Peru and Kallpa Generación
S.A., relating to the provision of electric energy services to the public (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Draft
Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on August 14, 2014)
Joint Venture Contract, dated as of February 16, 2007, as amended, between Wuhu Chery Automobile Investment Co., Ltd. and Quantum (2007) LLC
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Amendment No. 1 to Kenon’s Registration Statement on Form 20-F, filed on December 19, 2014)
Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Kenon Holdings Ltd. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to
Kenon’s Report on Form 6-K, furnished to the SEC on January 8, 2015)
Indenture, dated as of April 4, 2011, between Inkia Energy Limited, as issuer, and Citibank, N.A.as trustee, relating to Inkia Energy Limited’s 8.375%
Senior Notes due 2021
Facility Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2011, among O.P.C. Rotem Ltd., as borrower, Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M., as arranger and agent, Bank
Leumi Le-Israel Trust Company Ltd., as security trustee, and the senior lenders named therein
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2012, among Cerro del Águila S.A., as borrower, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative
agent, and other parties party thereto
8.1*
List of significant subsidiaries of Kenon Holdings Ltd.
12.1*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
12.2*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
13.1*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1*
Consent of Somekh Chaikin, a Member Firm of KPMG International, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of Kenon Holdings Ltd.
15.2*
Consent of Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co., a Member Firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent auditor of Tower Semiconductor Ltd.
15.3*
Consent of KPMG Huazhen (Special General Partnership), independent auditor of Qoros Automotive Co., Ltd.
*
†
Filed herewith.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act. Omitted information has
been filed separately with the SEC.
149
Exhibit 2.1
KENON HOLDINGS LTD.
THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON REQUEST AND SUBJECT TO A PAYMENT OF $5 OR SUCH LESSER SUM AS
MAY BE FIXED BY THE DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION, A COPY OF THE CORPORATION’S MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF
ASSOCIATION.
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to
applicable laws or regulations:
TEN COM
TEN ENT
JT TEN
– as tenants in common
– as tenants by the entireties
– as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as
tenants in common
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- Custodian
(Cust) (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act
(State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT- Custodian (until age )
(Cust)
under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
to Minors Act
(State)
In consideration of the sum of $ , for value received, (“Transferor”) hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF TRANSFEREE
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF TRANSFEREE)
(“Transferee”)
fully paid, non-assessable Ordinary Shares of Kenon Holdings Ltd. represented by the within Certificate, does hold unto the said Transferee, its
Executors, Administrators, and Assign, subject to several conditions on which the Transferor held the same immediately before the execution hereof; and the said
Transferee, does hereby agree to accept the said Ordinary Shares, subject to the conditions aforesaid and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
Attorney
to transfer and register the said shares on the Branch Register of Members of the within named Corporation maintained by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in
Massachusetts, the United States of America.
Dated:
As Witness our Hands this day of in the year of our Lord Two Thousand .
Signed, sealed and delivered by the above named
If the Transferor is a corporation
Transferor
in the presence of
Signed, sealed and delivered by
For and on behalf of
Address
Occupation
(Signature)
Transferor
Name:
Designation:
in the presence of
Address
Occupation
(Signature)
Signed, sealed and delivered by the above named
If the Transferee is a corporation
Transferee
in the presence of
Signed, sealed and delivered by
For and on behalf of
Address
Occupation
(Signature)
Transferee
Name:
Designation:
in the presence of
Address
Occupation
(Signature)
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS TRANSFER INSTRUMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF
THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed
By
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT
UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN
APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM),
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Exhibit 4.9
EXECUTION VERSION
INKIA ENERGY LIMITED
8.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
INDENTURE
Dated as of April 4, 2011
Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
Section 1.01
Section 1.02
Definitions
Rules of Construction
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01
Section 2.02
Section 2.03
Section 2.04
Section 2.05
Section 2.06
Section 2.07
Section 2.08
Section 2.09
Section 2.10
Section 2.11
Section 2.12
Section 2.13
Section 3.01
Section 3.02
Section 3.03
Section 3.04
Section 3.05
Section 3.06
Section 3.07
Section 3.08
Section 3.09
Section 4.01
Section 4.02
Section 4.03
Section 4.04
Section 4.05
Section 4.06
Section 4.07
Section 4.08
Section 4.09
Section 4.10
Section 4.11
Form and Dating
Execution and Authentication
Registrar and Paying Agent
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
Holder Lists
Transfer and Exchange
Replacement Notes
Outstanding Notes
Treasury Notes
Temporary Notes
Cancellation
Defaulted Interest
CUSIP/ISIN Numbers
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Notices to Trustee
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
Notice of Redemption
Effect of Notice of Redemption
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
Optional Redemption
Repurchases
Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Cash Proceeds
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Payment of Notes
Maintenance of Office or Agency
Reports
Compliance Certificate
Taxes
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
Restricted Payments
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
Asset Sales
Transactions with Affiliates
Page
1
22
22
23
23
24
24
24
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
35
35
36
36
36
36
37
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
41
44
46
49
51
Section 4.12
Section 4.13
Section 4.14
Section 4.15
Section 4.16
Section 4.17
Section 4.18
Section 4.19
Section 4.20
Section 4.21
Section 4.22
Liens
Conduct of Business
Corporate Existence
Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Project Finance Subsidiaries
Additional Amounts
Currency Indemnity
Suspension of Covenants
Section 5.01
Section 5.02
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
Successor Corporation Substituted
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01
Section 6.02
Section 6.03
Section 6.04
Section 6.05
Section 6.06
Section 6.07
Section 6.08
Section 6.09
Section 6.10
Section 6.11
Section 6.12
Section 6.13
Section 6.14
Section 7.01
Section 7.02
Section 7.03
Section 7.04
Section 7.05
Section 7.06
Section 7.07
Section 7.08
Section 7.09
Section 7.10
Events of Default
Acceleration
Other Remedies
Waiver of Past Defaults
Control by Majority
Limitation on Suits
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
Collection Suit by Trustee
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
Priorities
Undertaking for Costs
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
Duties of Trustee
Rights of Trustee
Individual Rights of Trustee
Trustee’s Disclaimer
Notice of Defaults
Notice of Listing
Compensation and Indemnity
Replacement of Trustee
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
Eligibility; Disqualification
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01
Section 8.02
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
ii
Page
52
52
52
53
54
54
54
54
55
57
57
58
59
59
61
61
61
61
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
64
64
65
66
66
67
67
67
68
69
69
69
69
Section 8.03
Section 8.04
Section 8.05
Section 8.06
Section 8.07
Covenant Defeasance
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
Repayment to Company
Reinstatement
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01
Section 9.02
Section 9.03
Section 9.04
Section 9.05
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
With Consent of Holders of Notes
Revocation and Effect of Consents
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
Section 12.01
Section 12.02
Satisfaction and Discharge
Application of Trust Money
ARTICLE 10
RESERVED
ARTICLE 11
RESERVED
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01
Section 13.02
Section 13.03
Section 13.04
Section 13.05
Section 13.06
Section 13.07
Section 13.08
Section 13.09
Section 13.10
Section 13.11
Section 13.12
Section 13.13
Section 13.14
Section 13.15
Notices
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
Rules by Trustee and Agents
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
Governing Law
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
Successors
Severability
Counterpart Originals
Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
Waiver to Jury Trial
Waiver of Immunity
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
FORM OF NOTE
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBITS
iii
Page
70
70
71
71
72
72
72
73
74
74
74
75
75
76
77
77
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
79
79
79
INDENTURE dated as of April 4, 2011, among Inkia Energy Limited, an exempted limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda, and
Citibank, N.A., as trustee.
The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 8.375%
Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions.
“ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend
and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
“ Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the
time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.
Such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it merges or consolidates with the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Indebtedness is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.
“ Additional Amounts ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.20 hereof.
“ Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part
of the same series as the Initial Notes.
“ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this
definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meaning.
“ Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.11 hereof.
“ Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
“ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the
Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
“ Asset Acquisition ” means:
(1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person will become a Restricted
Subsidiary, or will be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) which constitute
all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person
other than in the ordinary course of business; or
1
(3) any Revocation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary.
“ Asset Sale ” means any direct or indirect sale, disposition, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary
course of business), assignment or other transfer (other than a Lien or Sale and Leaseback Transaction incurred in accordance with this Indenture) (each, a
“disposition”), by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of:
(1) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) any property or assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents or Capital Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not in the ordinary course
of business.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:
(1) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as permitted under Section 5.01 hereof or any
disposition which constitutes a Change of Control;
(2) any transaction or series of related transactions involving assets with a Fair Market Value not in excess of U.S.$10.0 million;
(3) the sale, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, consignment, conveyance or other disposition of real property, capital assets or equipment, inventory,
indefeasible right of uses, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
(4) the making of a Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07 hereof and any Permitted Investment;
(5) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary), including a Person that is or will become a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) immediately after the disposition;
(6) a disposition to a Project Finance Subsidiary by another Project Finance Subsidiary, including a Person that is or will become a Project Finance
Subsidiary immediately after the disposition;
(7) a disposition of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(8) the sale or disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(9) dispositions of receivables and related assets or interests in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course
of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;
(10) any issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock otherwise permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; and
(11) the settlement, compromise, release, dismissal or abandonment of any action or claims against any Person.
“ Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.10 hereof.
“ Asset Sale Offer Amount ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.10 hereof.
“ Asset Sale Offer Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth under Section 3.09 hereof.
2
“ Asset Sale Transaction ” means any Asset Sale and, whether or not constituting an Asset Sale, (1) any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock, (2) any
Designation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary and (3) any sale or other disposition of property or assets excluded from the
definition of Asset Sale by clause (5) of that definition.
“ Authentication Order ” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.02 hereof.
“ Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bermuda Bankruptcy Act 1989, the relevant provisions of the Companies Act 1981 and the Companies (Winding-Up) Rules
1982, or any similar laws for the relief of debtors.
“ beneficial owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.
“ Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors, management committee or similar governing body of such Person or any duly
authorized committee thereof; provided that, if such Person has a dual board structure, the term “Board of Directors” shall refer to the board body responsible for the
oversight of the business operations of such Person unless the members of such body may be replaced by action taken by the other board body (a “senior board”), in
which case the term “Board of Directors” shall refer to the senior board.
“ Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been
duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
“ Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
“ Bolivian Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness issued by a Subsidiary incorporated in Bolivia.
“ Capital Expenditures ” means, for any Person, the aggregate amount of all expenditures of such Person for fixed or capital assets made during such period
which, in accordance with IFRS, would be classified as capital expenditures.
“ Capital Stock ” means:
(1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or
not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person;
(2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity or ownership interests of such Person; and
(3) any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any of the instruments or interests referred to in clause (1) or (2) above, but excluding
Indebtedness convertible into equity.
“ Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as
capital lease obligations under IFRS, including any Refinancing of such obligations that does not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof as of the date of
Refinancing. For purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date will be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in
accordance with IFRS.
“ Cash Equivalents ” means at any time, any of the following:
(1) United States dollars or money in other currencies received in the ordinary course of business;
3
(2) direct obligations of, or unconditionally guaranteed by any country or a state thereof (or any agency or political subdivision thereof, to the extent
such obligations are supported by the full faith and credit of the government of such country or a state thereof), maturing not more than one year after such
time of purchase, that is rated A2 or higher by Moody’s or A or higher by S&P;
(3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of purchase thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having an Investment Grade
Rating from Moody’s and S&P;
(4) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued
by (a) any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (b) any member State of the
European Union, (c) any U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than
U.S.$250.0 million, (d) with respect to Cash Equivalents made by any Person whose principal place of business is in a jurisdiction other than the United States
or such member state of the European Union, a bank operating in such other jurisdiction that either (A) has a long-term local currency rating of A2 or higher
from Moody’s, A or higher from S&P or A or higher from Fitch, or (B) is ranked (by any applicable governmental regulatory authority or by any reputable,
non-governmental ranking organization) as one of the top three banks in such jurisdiction (ranked by total assets), or (e) any bank to the extent the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries maintains any deposits with such bank in the ordinary course of business, so long as no such deposit is outstanding for longer than
14 days;
(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with
any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; and
(6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (4) above.
“ Cerro del Aguila Project ” means, the project to be developed pursuant to the Peruvian government’s Supreme Resolution No. 064-2010-EM, as such
resolution may be amended or replaced from time to time.
“ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
(1) prior to the first underwritten Public Equity Event, Israel Corp. ceases to be, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner (as defined below) of more
than a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (including a Surviving Entity, if applicable);
(2) at the time of, or subsequent to, the first underwritten Public Equity Event, the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing
pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or
disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or
in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 35% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company and the
Permitted Holders shall own, directly or indirectly, less than such Person or group of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;
(3) if at any time, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Company’s Board of Directors (together with any new members
whose election to such Board of Directors, or whose nomination for election by our shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
members of the Company’s Board of Directors then still in office who were either members at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination
for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the members of the Company’s Board
of Directors then in office;
4
(4) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether or
not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; or
(5) the Company ceases to be, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than (x) a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
Kallpa (including a Surviving Entity, if applicable) or (y) a majority of the economic value of the outstanding Capital Stock of Kallpa (including a Surviving
Entity, if applicable); provided , that this clause (5) shall only be applicable if Kallpa constitutes more than 30% of the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA at
the time the Company ceases to beneficially own more than (x) a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Kallpa (including a Surviving
Entity, if applicable) or (y) a majority of the economic value of the outstanding Capital Stock of Kallpa (including a Surviving Entity, if applicable).
For purposes of this definition:
(a)
(b)
“beneficial owner” will have the meaning specified in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act; and
“Person” will have the meanings for “person” as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.
“ Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.15 hereof.
“ Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.15 hereof.
“ Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.15 hereof.
“ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.
“ COES ” means the Committee for the Efficient Operation of the System ( Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema ), an independent and private
Peruvian entity composed of all of the members of the national interconnected electrical system of Peru ( Sistema Eléctrico Interconectado Nacional ) which is
responsible for planning and coordinating the operation of the generation, transmission and distribution systems that form the national interconnected electrical
system of Peru ( Sistema Eléctrico Interconectado Nacional ).
“ Common Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting
or non-voting) of such Person’s common equity interests, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all
series and classes of such common equity interests.
“ Company ” means Inkia Energy Limited, an exempted limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda, and any and all successors thereto.
“ Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security or securities selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or
interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary
financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.
5
“ Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption
date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.
“ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period:
(1) consolidated revenue; minus
(2) consolidated cost of sales; minus
(3) consolidated administrative expenses; plus
(4) consolidated other non-operating income, net; plus
(5) non-cash or non recurring losses or expenses included in any of the foregoing; plus
(6) any dividends, distributions or cash received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person in
which the Company owns a minority interest;
as each such item is reported on the most recent consolidated financial statements delivered by the Company to the Trustee and prepared in accordance with IFRS.
“ Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated
Total Net Indebtedness for such Person as of such date to Consolidated EBITDA for such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which financial
statements are available ending prior to the date of such determination.
For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis in
good faith for the period of such calculation for the following:
(1) the Incurrence, repayment or redemption of any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
(Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Project Finance Subsidiary) in the case of the Company), and the application of the proceeds thereof, including the
Incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the application of the proceeds thereof, giving rise to the need to make such
determination, occurring during such period or at any time subsequent to the last day of such period and prior to or on such date of determination, to the
extent, in the case of an Incurrence, such Indebtedness is outstanding on the date of determination, as if such Incurrence, and the application of the proceeds
thereof, repayment or redemption occurred on the first day of such period; and
(2) any Asset Sale Transaction or Asset Acquisition by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Project Finance
Subsidiary) in the case of the Company), including any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such determination, occurring during
the such period or at any time subsequent to the last day of such period and prior to or on such date of determination, as if such Asset Sale Transaction or
Asset Acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.
For purposes of making such pro forma computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility will be computed based on:
(a) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such period; or
(b) if such facility was created after the end of such period, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such
facility to the date of such calculation, in each case giving pro forma effect to any borrowings related to any transaction referred to in clause (2) above.
6
“ Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with IFRS; provided , that there shall be excluded therefrom to the extent reflected in such aggregate net
income (loss):
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is (i) not a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) accounted for by the equity method of accounting or (iii) a Project
Finance Subsidiary, except, in each case, to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Person (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary);
(2) any non-cash charges or expense (other than depreciation, depletion or amortization) and non-cash gains; and
(3) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
“ Consolidated Total Assets ” means the aggregate amount of total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with IFRS, based (i) on the Company’s most recent annual or quarterly balance sheet which are available, (ii) in accordance with IFRS and
(iii) on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions, lines of businesses or operations by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries subsequent to such date and on or prior to the date of determination.
“ Consolidated Total Net Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount (without
duplication) of all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Project Finance Subsidiary) in the case of the Company)
outstanding at such time less the sum of (without duplication) consolidated cash and Cash Equivalents and consolidated marketable securities recorded as current
assets (including the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes so long as such proceeds are invested in cash and Cash Equivalents and/or consolidated marketable
securities recorded as current assets), except for any Capital Stock in any Person, in all cases determined in accordance with IFRS and as set forth in the most recent
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any Project Finance Subsidiaries).
“ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” means (i) for purposes of transfer of Notes and, presentment and surrender of Notes for the final distributions
thereon, Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, 15th Floor, New York, New York, 10005, Attention: 15th Floor Window, and (ii) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A.,
388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: Global Transaction Services—Inkia Energy Limited; or any other address that the
Trustee may designate with respect to itself from time to time by notice to the Company and the Holders.
“ Covenant Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth under Section 8.03 hereof.
“ Covenant Suspension Event ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22 hereof.
“ Currency Agreement ” means, in respect of any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which
such Person is a party designed to hedge foreign currency risk of such Person.
“ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
“ Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto.
7
“ Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the
Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture.
“ Designation ” and “ Designation Amount ” have the meanings set forth under Section 4.19 hereof.
“ Disqualified Capital Stock ” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof, in any case, on or prior to the 91st day after the final maturity date of the Notes.
“ DTC ” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.03 hereof.
“ Edegel ” means Edegel S.A.A.
“ Equity Event ” means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company that yields gross proceeds in excess of U.S.$25.0 million.
“ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
“ EU Country ” means any member state of the European Union.
“ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth under Section 6.01 hereof.
“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.
“ Existing Committed Financing ” means each of: (1) Import Credit Facility Agreement (for the issuance of letters of credit), dated August 4, 2010, between
Kallpa Generación S.A. and Banco de Crédito del Perú; (2) Bond ( Fianza ) Agreement for U.S.$5,500,000, dated August 4, 2010, between Kallpa Generación S.A.
and Banco de Crédito del Perú; (3) Bond ( Fianza ) Agreement for U.S.$19,000,000, dated August 4, 2010, between Kallpa Generación S.A. and Banco de Crédito
del Perú; (4) Bond ( Fianza ) Agreement for U.S.$6,500,000, dated April 8, 2010, between Kallpa Generación S.A. and Banco de Crédito del Perú; (5) Master Bond
Issuance Agreement (with financing), dated January 26, 2010, between Kallpa Generación S.A. and Scotiabank Perú S.A.A.; (6) U.S.$5,000,000 short-term Credit
Facility Approval from Banco Citibank de El Salvador, S.A. to Nejapa Power Co. LLC and Cenérgica S.A. de C.V.; (7) U.S.$20,000,000 Letter of Credit Facility
Approval from Scotiabank El Salvador S.A. to Nejapa Power Company LLC; (8) Bank Bond, dated March 12, 2010, from Banco Bisa S.A. to COBEE for the
benefit of Empresa Minera San Cristobal; (9) Letter of Credit Agreement, dated July 20, 2010, between Banco Bisa S.A. and COBEE; (10) Letter of Credit
Agreement, dated October 21, 2010, between Banco Bisa S.A. and COBEE; (11) Amendment and Extension, dated December 29, 2010, between Banco Mercantil
Santa Cruz S.A. and COBEE, to a U.S.$1,500,000 Letter of Credit Agreement, dated December 3, 2008; (12) U.S.$300,000 Bank Bond, dated December 14,
2010, from Banco Union S.A. to COBEE for the benefit of Yacimientos Petrolíferos Fiscales Bolivianos; (13) U.S.$308,400 Bank Bond, dated December 14,
2010, from Banco Union S.A. to COBEE for the benefit of Yacimientos Petrolíferos Fiscales Bolivianos; (14) Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated
December 16, 2008, between Banco Union S.A. and COBEE; (15) Secured Credit Facility (for the issuance of Letters of Credit), dated July 2, 2010, between
Citibank, N.A. and Compañia de Electricidad de Puerto Plata, S.A.; (16) Credit Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2009, among Kallpa Generación S.A., as
borrower, the lenders named therein, as lenders, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as co-lead arranger & co-bookrunner, Banco de Crédito del Perú S.A., as co-lead
arranger & co-bookrunner, and The Bank of Nova
8
Scotia, as administrative agent; (17) Line of Credit, dated as of December 30, 2010, among Nejapa Power Company, LLC and Cenérgica, S.A. de C.V., as
borrowers, and Banco Citibank de El Salvador, S.A., as lender; (18) Letter of Credit Agreement, dated April 16, 2009, between Southern Cone Power Peru S.A. and
Banco de Crédito del Peru; (19) Letter of Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2010, between Cenérgica, S.A. de C.V. and Banco HSBC Salvadoreño, S.A.; and
(20) Revolving Line of Credit, dated as of December 31, 2010, between Nejapa Power Company, LLC, as borrower, and Scotiabank El Salvador, S.A., as lender.
“ Existing Management Incentive Plan ” means the management incentive plan in existence of the Issue Date as described in the Offering Memorandum under
the heading “Management—Stock Option Plan.”
“ Fair Market Value ” means the value that would be paid by a buyer to an unaffiliated seller, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture) and evidenced by a Board Resolution; provided , that with respect to any price less than U.S.$2.0 million (or
the equivalent in other currencies) only a good faith determination by the Company’s senior management will be required.
“ Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Ltd. and its successors.
“ Fuel Agreement ” of any Person means any fuel price protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars, derivative
instruments and similar agreements) and/or other types of hedging agreements designed to hedge fuel price risk of such Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the term
“Fuel Agreement” does not include long-term fuel supply purchase agreements.
“ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
“ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4) or 2.06(d)(2) hereof.
“ Governmental Authority ” means the government of the Bermuda, Peru or any other nation or any political subdivision of any thereof, whether provincial,
state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other Person exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing,
regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
“ Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United
States pledges its full faith and credit.
“ Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person:
(1) to purchase or pay, or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of, such Indebtedness of such other Person, whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise, or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against
loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part,
provided , that “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. “Guarantee” used as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
9
“ Hedging Obligations ” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Fuel Agreement.
“ Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
“ Holding Company Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:
(1) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation
of, the relevant acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided , that :
(a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company and
(b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company other than the property that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time
such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company and are no more favorable to the lienholders than the Liens securing the Acquired
Indebtedness prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company;
(2) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS have been made in respect thereof;
(3) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have
been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated has not expired;
and
(4) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of
business, provided that:
(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof
and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and
(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto.
“ IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
“ Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence,” “Incurred”
and “Incurring” will have meanings correlative to the preceding). For the avoidance of doubt, any completion guarantee entered into by a Person that qualifies as
Indebtedness of such Person shall be Incurred on the date the completion guarantee becomes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person.
“ Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all obligations of such Person for borrowed money;
10
(2) the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments;
(3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, other than power purchase agreements and fuel supply and transportation agreements that are
treated as such;
(4) Purchase Money Indebtedness;
(5) all letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar credit transactions, including reimbursement obligations in respect thereof;
(6) Guarantees and other contingent obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clauses
(8) through (10) below;
(7) all Indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
Person (other that the Capital Stock of such Person, if any such Person is a Project Finance Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the amount of such
Indebtedness being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or asset or the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;
(8) all obligations under Hedging Obligations of such Person to the extent such Hedging Obligations appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such
Person, prepared in accordance with IFRS;
(9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to
the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any; provided ,
that:
(a)
if the Disqualified Capital Stock does not have a fixed repurchase price, such maximum fixed repurchase price will be calculated in
accordance with the terms of the Disqualified Capital Stock as if the Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which
Indebtedness will be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and
(b)
if the maximum fixed repurchase price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of the Disqualified Capital Stock, the fair
market value will be the Fair Market Value thereof; and
(10) all liabilities recorded on the balance sheet of such Person in connection with any equity commitments made to a Project Finance Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Indebtedness shall not include: (a) any intercompany loan provided by Israel Corp. or any of its
Affiliates that is subordinated, in the event of a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, insolvency or
receivership, to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; provided , that any future intercompany loan provided by Israel Corp. or
any of its Affiliates shall be subordinated, in the event of a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, insolvency
or receivership, to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes, and shall contain subordination provisions that are not more
disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect, taken as a whole, than the subordination provisions in the intercompany loans provided by Israel Corp. or
any of its Affiliates as of the Issue Date, (b) any liabilities recorded on the balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any equity
contribution commitments for the Cerro del Aguila Project or (c) completion guarantees or equity commitments that are treated as Restricted Payments at the
election of the Company.
“ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
11
“ Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting firm, appraisal firm, investment banking firm or consultant that is, in the reasonable judgment of the
Company’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and which is independent in connection with the relevant transaction.
“ Independent Investment Banker ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.
“ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
“ Initial Notes ” means the first U.S.$300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.
“ Interest Rate Agreement ” of any Person means any interest rate protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars,
derivative instruments and similar agreements) and/or other types of hedging agreements designed to hedge interest rate risk of such Person.
“ Intermediate Holding Company ” means Inkia Americas Holdings Limited, Inkia Americas Limited and any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that owns directly or indirectly at least 25% of the Capital Stock of Edegel or Kallpa; provided , that such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a “passive” holding
company.
“ Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any:
(1) direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a Guarantee) to any other Person (other than advances or
extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business or any debt or extension of credit by a bank deposit other than a time deposit),
(2) capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others) to any other Person, or
(3) any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued
by, any other Person.
The Company will be deemed to have made an “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Project Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, at the time of its
Designation, which will be valued at the Fair Market Value of the sum of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Project Finance Subsidiary, as
applicable, at the time of its Designation and the amount of any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Project Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, owed to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such Designation. Any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Project
Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise
disposes of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including any issuance and sale of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary) such that, after giving effect to
any such sale or disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment
on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to sum of the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such sale or other disposition and the amount of any Indebtedness of such former Restricted Subsidiary Guaranteed
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such sale or other disposition.
“ Investment Grade Rating ” means BBB- or higher by S&P, Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by Fitch, or the equivalent of such global ratings
by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch.
“ Issue Date ” means the first date of issuance of Notes under this Indenture.
“ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth under Section 7.07 hereof.
12
“ Kallpa ” means Kallpa Generación S.A.
“ Kallpa Completion Date ” means the commercial operation date of the Kallpa combined cycle plant, as determined by COES.
“ Legal Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth under Section 8.02 hereof.
“ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or Bermuda or at a place of payment are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on
the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.
“ Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest); provided that the lessee in respect of a Capitalized Lease
Obligation or Sale and Leaseback Transaction will be deemed to have Incurred a Lien on the property leased thereunder.
“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
“ Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred
payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of:
(1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking
fees, brokerage commissions, sales commissions and other direct costs);
(2) taxes paid or payable in respect of such Asset Sale after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
(3) repayment of Indebtedness including premiums and accrued interest that are either (a) secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture that is
required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale or (b) otherwise required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale; and
(4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with IFRS,
against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any
indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, but excluding any reserves with respect to Indebtedness.
“ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
“ Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all
purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
“ Obligor ” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
“ Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum for the Notes dated March 29, 2011.
13
“ Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel, Chief Accounting
Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Company.
“ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers.
“ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company (except as otherwise provided in this
Indenture), and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, containing customary exceptions and qualifications and which shall not be at the expense of the
Trustee.
“ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,
respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
“ Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.03 hereof.
“ Payor ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.20 hereof.
“ Permitted Business ” means (i) the business or businesses conducted by the Company, its Subsidiaries and other operating businesses described in the
Offering Memorandum as of the Issue Date , and (ii) any business reasonably ancillary, complementary, similar or related to the business or businesses provided for
in clause (i) above.
“ Permitted Holders ” means Israel Corp., any fund managed by Israel Corp. or any Affiliate thereof.
“ Permitted Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.09 hereof.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(1) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) in any Person that is, or that result in any
Person becoming, immediately after such Investment, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) or constituting a merger or
consolidation of such Person into the Company or with or into a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary);
(2) Investments in the Company (including purchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes or any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary);
(3) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(4) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to written agreements existing on, the Issue Date and any extension, modification or renewal of such
Investments (but not Investments involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof (unless a
binding commitment therefore has been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date), other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue
discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Issue Date);
(5) Investments permitted pursuant to clause (2)(c) or (d) of Section 4.11 hereof;
(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of Persons that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of
any Persons; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;
14
(7) Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of non-cash consideration permitted to be received in connection with an
Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant described under Section 4.10 hereof;
(8) Investments permitted under clause 2(d) of Section 4.09 hereof,
(9) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed U.S.$2.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(10) any Investment acquired from a Person which is merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Investment of any Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, in either such case, is not created as a result of or in connection with or in anticipation
of any such transaction;
(11) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the
Company; and
(12) Investments in Project Finance Subsidiaries and in Edegel in the aggregate not to exceed the aggregate of (i) U.S.$100.0 million plus (ii) the net
proceeds from this offering that is not used to repay existing Indebtedness, at any one time outstanding
“ Person ” means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, company, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint
venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.
“ Preferred Stock ” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect
to dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation.
“ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where
otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
“ Project Finance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary and any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that is a special purpose vehicle established to finance
a project for the acquisition, construction, development and exploitation of any power plant, transmission facility, distribution facility, fuel shipment receiving
facility, gas pipeline or other related facility.
“ Public Equity Event ” means a public offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company in excess of U.S.$100.0 million.
“ Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means all obligations of a Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement due more than six months after such property is acquired and excluding trade accounts payable
and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted.
“ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“ Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock and any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire Capital
Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock or that are not convertible into or exchangeable into Disqualified Capital Stock.
“ Rating Agency ” means any of S&P, Fitch or Moody’s; or if, at the relevant time of determination, S&P, Fitch or Moody’s do not have a public rating in
effect on the Notes, an internationally recognized U.S. rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which will be substituted for S&P,
Fitch or Moody’s, as the case may be.
15
“ Rating Event ” means that at any time within 90 days (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced
consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of the date of public notice of a Change of Control and of the Company’s
intention or that of any Person to effect a Change of Control, (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the Rating
Agencies prior to such public notice, the rating of the Notes by any Rating Agency shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; (ii) in the event the Notes are rated
below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the Rating Agencies prior to such public notice, the rating of the Notes by any Rating Agency shall be
decreased by one or more categories, or (iii) the Notes shall not be, or cease to be, rated by at least one of the Rating Agencies; provided that, in each case, any such
Rating Event is in whole or in part in connection with a Change of Control.
“ Reference Treasury Dealers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or their affiliates which
are primary United States government securities dealers and not less than two other leading primary United States government securities dealers in New York City
reasonably designated by the Company; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary United States government securities dealer in
New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.
“ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the
Company, of the bid and asked price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the
Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m. New York time on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
“ Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to issue any Indebtedness in exchange for or to refinance, replace, defease or refund such Indebtedness in
whole or in part or, in the case of a revolving credit facility, any re-borrowing of amounts previously advanced and re-paid thereunder. “Refinanced” and
“Refinancing” will have correlative meanings.
“ Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) issued to Refinance
any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) so long as:
(1) the aggregate principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness as of the date of such proposed Refinancing does
not exceed the aggregate principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium
required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and the amount of reasonable fees, expenses and defeasance costs, if any,
incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing);
(2) such new Indebtedness has:
(a)
a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced, and
(b)
a final maturity that is equal to or later than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
(3) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is:
(a)
Indebtedness of the Company, then such Refinancing Indebtedness will be Indebtedness of the Company,
16
(b)
(c)
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, then such Refinancing Indebtedness will be Indebtedness of the Company and/or such
Restricted Subsidiary, and
Subordinated Indebtedness, then such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinate to the Notes at least to the same extent and in the
same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
“ Registrar ” has the meaning set forth under Section 2.03 hereof.
“ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement
Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
“ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.20 hereof.
“ Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other officer of the
Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate
trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall, in each case,
have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“ Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
“ Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.07 hereof.
“ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
“ Restricted Subsidiary Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:
(1) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, material-men, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law
(including tax Liens) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(2) Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and
other types of social security (including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection
therewith) or (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government performance and return-of-
money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
(3) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to
such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;
(4) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company,
including rights of offset and set-off;
17
(5) Liens securing Hedging Obligations that relate to Indebtedness that is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
(6) Liens existing on the Issue Date and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof or of any Lien in clauses (7), (8) or (9) below; provided,
however , that the total amount of Indebtedness so secured is not increased plus any premiums, fees and expenses in connection with such extension, renewal
or replacement;
(7) Liens on any property or assets (including Capital Stock of any person) securing Indebtedness Incurred solely for purposes of financing the
acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or assets after the Issue Date; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
secured by the Liens will not exceed (but may be less than) the cost (i.e., purchase price) of the property or assets so acquired, constructed or improved and
(b) the Lien is incurred before, or within 365 days after the completion of, such acquisition, construction or improvement and does not encumber any other
property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and provided , further , that to the extent that the property or asset acquired is Capital Stock,
the Lien also may encumber other property or assets of the person so acquired;
(8) any Lien securing Indebtedness for the purpose of financing all or part of cost of the acquisition, construction or development of a project; provided
that the Liens in respect of such Indebtedness are limited to assets (including Capital Stock of the project entity) and/or revenues of such project; and
provided, further , that the Lien is incurred before, or within 365 days after the completion of, that acquisition, construction or development and does not
apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(9) any Lien existing on any property or assets of any person before that person’s acquisition (in whole or in part) by, merger into or consolidation with
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; provided that the Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such
acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to IFRS have been made in respect thereof;
(11) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may
have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated has not
expired;
(12) Liens constituting any interest of title of a lessor, a licensor or either’s creditors in the property subject to any lease (other than a capital lease);
(13) any Lien securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clauses (2)(i) or (2)(l) under Section 4.09 hereof.
(14) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred by a Subsidiary that was a Project Finance Subsidiary at the time of such Incurrence and the granting of such
Liens that continue to exist after the date that the Company revokes the designation of such Subsidiary as a Project Finance Subsidiary; and
(15) Liens securing an amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any one time not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Total Assets.
“ Reversion Date ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22 hereof.
“ Revocation ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.19 hereof.
18
“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors.
“ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which
has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person by whom funds have been or are to be
advanced on the security of such property.
“ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“ Senior Indebtedness ” means the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that ranks equal in right of payment with the Notes.
“ Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company constituting a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company in accordance with Rule l-02(w) of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act in effect on the date hereof; provided , that for the purposes of Event of Default (7) with respect to a Project Finance
Subsidiary only, the significance of such Subsidiary shall be calculated with respect to the Company’s (i) investment in and advances to, and (ii) equity in the
income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in, such Subsidiary.
“ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such
security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at
the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
“ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.
“ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any Person the account of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in
the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS as of such date.
“ Surviving Entity ” has the meaning set forth under Section 5.01 hereof.
“ Suspended Covenants ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22 hereof.
“ Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.22 hereof.
“ Taxes ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.20 hereof.
“ Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity or interpolated
maturity (on a day count basis) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal
amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.
19
“ Trustee ” means Citibank, N.A., until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor serving hereunder.
“ Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, for any Person , for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
statements of such Person have been provided to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, the ratio of Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow to Unconsolidated Interest
Expense for such period; provided that:
(1) if the Company has
(a)
(b)
Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on the date of the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Unconsolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow and Unconsolidated Interest Expense for
such period will be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period, except that
in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the day of such calculation
will be deemed to be (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such period or such shorter period for which such facility
was outstanding; or (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such period, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during
the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation); or
repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to
be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit
facility, unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow and Unconsolidated Interest
Expense for such period will be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if
the Company had not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Cash Equivalents used to repay,
repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness; and
(2) if since the beginning of such period or on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio,
the Company has made or makes any Asset Sale Transaction or Asset Acquisition, then Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow for such period will be
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Asset Sale Transaction or Asset Acquisition had occurred on the first day of such period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever Unconsolidated Interest Expense or Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow is to be calculated on a pro forma basis,
the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate
of interest and the effects of such Indebtedness are to be calculated on a pro forma basis, the interest expense related to such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the
rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any interest rate agreement applicable to such
Indebtedness if such interest rate agreement has a remaining term as at the date of determination in excess of twelve months).
“ Unconsolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Person, for any period, such Person’s aggregate accrued interest expense for such period (determined on
an unconsolidated basis, without duplication), including the portion of any payments made in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations allocable to interest expense,
but excluding any interest expense incurred in connection with any intercompany loan provided by Israel Corp. or any of its Affiliates.
20
“ Unconsolidated Operating Cash Flow ” means, for any period, for any Person, the sum of the following amounts (determined on an unconsolidated basis,
without duplication), but only to the extent received in cash by the Company from a Person during such period:
(1) dividends paid to the Company by its Subsidiaries during such period;
(2) consulting and management fees paid to the Company for such period;
(3) interest and other distributions paid during such period with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company;
(4) distributions arising from any capital reduction;
(5) interest payments made with respect to any intercompany loans provided to any Subsidiary; and
(6) loans made or repaid to the Company from Subsidiaries in anticipation of the payment of dividends which funds for the payment of such dividends have
been set aside for such period,
less the sum of the following expenses (determined on an unconsolidated basis without duplication), in each case to the extent paid by the Company during
such period and regardless of whether any such amount was accrued during such period:
(1) income tax expenses of the Company, and
(2) Unconsolidated Operating Expenses.
“ Unconsolidated Operating Expenses ” means the expenses paid in cash in conducting normal business operations, including wages, salaries, administrative
expenses, professional expenses, insurance and rent, of any Person, for any period, determined on an unconsolidated basis.
“ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Designated as such pursuant to Section 4.19 hereof; any such
Designation may be revoked by a Board Resolution of the Company, subject to the provisions of such covenant.
“ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.
“ Voting Stock ” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or
only so long as no senior class of stock has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors (or equivalent
governing body) of such Person.
“ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth)
obtained by dividing:
a)
the then outstanding aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, as the case may be, of such Indebtedness into
21
b)
the sum of the products obtained by multiplying:
1.
the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal or liquidation
preference, as the case may be, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by
2.
the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.
Section 1.02 Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by
the SEC from time to time.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating.
(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum
denominations of U.S.$200,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by
their execution and delivery of this Indenture, and the Holders by their acceptance of the Notes, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.
(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but
without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent
such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to
time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given
by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
22
(c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to
transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.
Two Officers must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic (including “.pdf”) signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue that
may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes, up to the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes, plus Additional Notes issued
pursuant to this Section 2.02 and Section 4.09 hereof; provided , that if such Additional Notes will bear the same CUSIP number or otherwise will be
indistinguishable from the Notes, no such Additional Notes may be issued unless the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
Additional Notes will not be issued with more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that all conditions
precedent in this Indenture to such issuance have been complied with. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the
aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07
hereof. Such Authentication Order shall specify the principal amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the issue of the Notes is to be authenticated,
the number of separate Notes certificates to be authenticated, the registered Holder of each such Note and delivery instructions, and, in the case of an issuance of
Additional Notes after the Issue Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.
The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The
Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or
Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
23
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or
the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by
the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee of all amounts that it is obligated to
pay, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent,
it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists.
The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.
(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a
nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a
nominee of such successor Depositary. The Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes only in the following limited circumstances:
(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act at a time when it is required to be so registered in order to act as depository, and in each case, a successor
Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;
(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers
a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or
(3) there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct
the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however,
beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.
(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected
through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, nor
any agent of the Company shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests in a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
24
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either
subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private
Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in
this Section 2.06(b)(1).
(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that
are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
(A) both:
(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be
credited with such increase; or
(B) both:
(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive
Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in Section 2.06(b)(1) above.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or
otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
25
(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this clause (4) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue
and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this clause (4).
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) Reserved .
(E) Reserved .
26
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or
(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and
in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive
Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may
exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof;
and if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal
amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
27
(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) Reserved .
(E) Reserved .
(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or
(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause
(A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the
Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.
(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (4) thereof;
and if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
28
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or
cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable
Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2) or (3) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive
Notes so transferred.
(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the
provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the
requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any
additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof; and
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar
receives the following:
(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
29
(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated
otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(1) Private Placement Legend .
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
(i) If a Rule 144A Note:
“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST
HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS
ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A
U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S
AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ACCOUNT; (2) AGREES FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL
INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT
HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
JURISDICTIONS; AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S.
PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 2A(V) ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE
RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS (IN THE FORM ATTACHED AS EXHIBITS TO
THE INDENTURE), OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE
AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL
ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF INKIA ENERGY LIMITED.”
(ii) if a Regulation S Global Note:
“PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S (“REGULATION S”) UNDER
THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”)), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE REOFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A
U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S), EXCEPT TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN”
30
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)
(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(2) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN
CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE
INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
INKIA ENERGY LIMITED.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”
(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive
Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of
Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by
the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.
31
(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in
connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06,
3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.04 hereof).
(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:
(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of
any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;
(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part; or
(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for
all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. So long as the Depositary or its nominee is
the registered owner of a Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder represented by the
Global Note for all purposes under this Indenture. Owners of beneficial interests in respect of a Global Note will not be entitled to have Notes represented by
such Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes, and will not be considered the
owners or holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee
thereunder, except as provided under Section 13.02 hereof. Accordingly, each Holder owning a beneficial interest in respect of a Global Note must rely on the
procedures of the Depositary and, if such Holder is not a participant or an indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such Holder
owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a Holder of Notes under this Indenture or such Global Note.
(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration
of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically by “.pdf”.
(9) The Trustee shall be entitled to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signatures of the transferor and
the transferee. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under
this Indenture, Applicable Procedures or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or
among Depositary Participants or beneficial
32
owners of interests in any certificated Note or Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If
required by the Trustee or the Company an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company
and the Trustee may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those
reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not
outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note;
however, Notes held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8.03 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to
pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be
protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so
disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s
right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will
authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
33
Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation.
The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes
surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. Certification of disposal of
such Notes will be delivered to the Company upon its request therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.
If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest
payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in
Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the
proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall provide two Business Day’s written notice
thereof to the Trustee; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15
days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will
mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Section 2.13 CUSIP/ISIN Numbers.
The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed
on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will as promptly as practicable notify the
Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.
If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:
(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;
(2) the redemption date;
(3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and
(4) the redemption price.
34
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, selection of Notes for redemption shall be made (i) in compliance with
the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which Notes are listed and any applicable depository procedures, (ii) by lot or such other
similar method in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC (if the Notes are global notes), or (iii) if there are no such requirements of such exchange or the
Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange or DTC, on a pro rata basis or by such other method the Trustee deems fair and reasonable. No Notes of a
principal amount of U.S.$200,000 or less may be redeemed in part and Notes of a principal amount in excess of U.S.$200,000 may be redeemed in part in multiples
of U.S.$1,000 only.
The Trustee shall promptly (and in any event, within 5 Business Days) notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in
the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.
Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (except that with respect to a
redemption described in Section 3.07(c) hereof, notice shall be given within 120 days after the date of the closing of the Equity Event), the Company shall mail or
cause to be mailed, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that
redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof.
The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:
(1) the redemption date;
(2) the redemption price;
(3) if any Definitive Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date
upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof (if any) will be issued in the name of the
Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;
(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
(8) the CUSIP number, together with a statement that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in
such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Company’s written request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that
the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, or such shorter period agreed to by the Company and the Trustee, an
Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
35
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of redemption. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
At or before the close of business one Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the
Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary
to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such
record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply
with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent
lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. Upon redemption or purchase of
any Notes by the Company, such redeemed or purchased Notes will be cancelled.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered,
subject to the minimum denomination set forth in Section 2.01 hereof.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.
(a) At any time prior to April 4, 2016, the Company shall have the right, at its option, to redeem any of the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from
time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 101% of the principal amount of such Notes and (2) the present value to be calculated by an
Independent Investment Banker at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at April 4, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in the table
below) plus (ii) all required interest payments thereon through April 4, 2016 on such Notes (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), in each
case, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis
points, plus in each case any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Notes to, but excluding, the date of redemption.
(b) At any time, or from time to time, after April 4, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole or in part, at the following redemption
prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount on the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month
period commencing on April 4 of any year set forth below:
Year
2016
2017
2018
2019 and thereafter
36
Percentage
104.188 %
102.792 %
101.396 %
100.000 %
(c) At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to April 4, 2014, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Events to
redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued (calculated after giving effect to the issuance of Additional
Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to 108.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption
(subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however , that at
least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving effect to the original issuance of Additional
Notes, if any) shall remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries). Notice of any such redemption shall be given within 120 days after the date of the closing of the relevant Equity Event.
(d) If, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) or treaties of (i) Bermuda, (ii) any other jurisdiction in
which the Company is organized, (iii) any other Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (iv) any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein affecting
taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation or application of such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment to or change of such laws,
treaties, rules or regulations becomes effective on or after the date on which the Notes are issued (or in the case of (ii) after the date when the Company becomes
organized in such jurisdiction), a Payor would be obligated, after taking all reasonable measures to avoid this requirement, to pay Additional Amounts (it being
understood that changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company shall not be a reasonable measure), then, at the Payor’s option, all, but not less than all, of
the Notes may be redeemed at any time on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Amounts due thereon up to, but excluding, the date of redemption; provided , however , that (1) no
notice of redemption for tax reasons may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor would be obligated to pay these Additional
Amounts if a payment on the Notes were then due, and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in
effect.
Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(d), the Payor will deliver to the Trustee:
(1) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Payor is entitled to effect the redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions
precedent to such redemption have occurred; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of recognized standing to the effect that no later than the next succeeding date on which
interest is to be paid, the Payor has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such change or amendment.
As long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to this Indenture, interest will
cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on and after the applicable redemption date.
(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section 3.08 Repurchase.
The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time purchase Notes at any price or prices in the open market or otherwise. Notes redeemed pursuant to the
terms of this Indenture or so purchased may be held or resold or, at the Company or any of its Affiliates’ discretion, surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.
37
Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Cash Proceeds.
In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it will follow the procedures specified below.
To the extent there exist remaining Net Cash Proceeds, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer from all
tendering Holders on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments made so that no Notes will be purchased in an unauthorized denomination), and, at the Company’s
option, on a pro rata basis with the Holders of any other Senior Indebtedness with similar provisions requiring the Company to offer to purchase the other Senior
Indebtedness with the proceeds of Asset Sales, that principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued with original issue discount) of Notes and
the other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased equal to such Net Cash Proceeds. The purchase date shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the
date notice of such Asset Sale Offer is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “ Asset Sale Offer Payment Date ”).
If the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest
will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
Within 30 days following an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, electronically or by first class mail, a notice to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.
The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, including the Asset Sale
Offer Payment Date. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain
open;
(2) the remaining Net Cash Proceeds, Asset Sale Offer Amount and the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue
interest after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in whole or in part in integral
multiples of U.S.$1,000 only in exchange for cash, provided that the principal amount of such tendering Holder’s Note shall not be less than U.S.$200,000;
(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the
Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;
(7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives a telegram,
telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
38
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Senior Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of
remaining Net Cash Proceeds, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Senior Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on
amounts tendered as set forth above (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of
U.S.$1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased, provided that the principal amount of such tendering Holder’s Note shall not be less than
U.S.$200,000); and
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the portion thereof not purchased
upon cancellation of the original Notes (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in Global Notes, as appropriate)
On or before the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the
Asset Sale Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Asset Sale Offer
Amount has been tendered, all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company in accordance with the
terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary, the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days
after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and
accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order from the
Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company
will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date. By the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Asset Sale
Offer Payment Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Asset Sale Offer Amount in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01
through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.
The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.
Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds at or
before the close of business one Business Day prior to the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under
Section 2.03 hereof, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. If such office or agency is other than an office of the Trustee or an
Affiliate of the Trustee, the Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders, may
be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
39
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03
hereof.
Section 4.03 Reports.
So long as any Notes remain outstanding:
(a) The Company shall provide the Trustee with annual consolidated financial statements audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants within 180 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and, commencing with the first full quarter after the Issue Date, unaudited quarterly financial
statements (including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding
fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year, except that the comparison of the balance sheet will be as of the end of the previous fiscal year) within
90 days of the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will be prepared in accordance with
IFRS and be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations and liquidity and capital resources of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations
and liquidity and capital resources of the Company and its Subsidiaries contained in the Offering Memorandum. All of the foregoing documents will be in English.
(b) The Company will provide the Trustee copies (including English translations of documents prepared in another language) of all public filings made with
any securities exchange or securities regulatory agency or authority within thirty (30) Business Days of such filing.
(c) The Company will make available, upon request, to any Holder and any prospective purchaser of Notes the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)
(4) under the Securities Act.
(d) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information and
documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Company’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder or the Notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’
Certificates).
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.
(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 135 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the
Company has complied with its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her
knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events
of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her
knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited
or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
40
(b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default as
promptly as practicable (and in any event within 5 Business Days) written notice of any event that would constitute a Defaults or Events of Default, their status and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. In the absence of any such notice of Default or Event of Default from the Company and
any description of Default or Event of Default in such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any
Default or Event of Default.
Section 4.05 Taxes.
The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of
this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Section 4.07 Restricted Payments.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions (each, a “ Restricted
Payment ”):
(a) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution or return of capital on or in respect of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to holders of such Capital Stock, other than:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,
dividends, distributions or returns of capital payable to the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary,
except to the extent that the dividend, distribution or return of capital is made by a Project Finance Subsidiary to another Project Finance
Subsidiary), or
dividends, distributions or returns of capital made on a pro rata basis to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Project
Finance Subsidiary, except to the extent that the dividend, distribution or return on of capital is made by a Project Finance Subsidiary to
another Project Finance Subsidiary), on the one hand, and the other holders of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, on the other hand
(or on a less than pro rata basis to any minority holder);
(b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company except for Capital Stock held by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary, except to the extent that the purchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement is made by a Project Finance
Subsidiary from another Project Finance Subsidiary):
(c) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, scheduled repayment or scheduled
sinking fund payment, as the case may be, any Subordinated Indebtedness except (i) a payment of interest, (ii) a repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of
such repurchase, defeasance or acquisition or retirement and (iii) Subordinated Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted
Indebtedness”;
41
(d) make any Restricted Investment; or
(e) pay any interest, principal or other amount on any intercompany loan provided by Israel Corp. or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary);
if immediately after giving effect thereto:
(1) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(2) the Company is not able to Incur at least U.S.$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (1)(a) of Section 4.09 hereof,
(3) if such Restricted Payment is a Restricted Payment described in clauses (a), (b) or (e) of the definition thereof, the Kallpa Completion Date shall not
have occurred, or
(4) the aggregate amount (the amount expended for these purposes, if other than in cash, being the Fair Market Value of the relevant property) of the
proposed Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date up to the date thereof shall exceed the sum of:
(A) 100% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Company (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, treated as one accounting period, beginning on January 1, 2011 to the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the Company have been provided to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture; plus
(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company from any Person
from any:
(1) (i) contribution to the equity capital of the Company not representing an interest in Disqualified Capital Stock and, (ii) issuance and
sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company subsequent to January 1, 2011, or
(2) issuance and sale subsequent to January 1, 2011 (and, in the case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, at such time as it was a
Restricted Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness included in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) and (9) of the definition thereof of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the
Company;
excluding, in each case, any net cash proceeds:
(w) received from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or
(x) applied in accordance with clause (2) or (3) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.07; plus
(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the cash proceeds with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) in the case of any sale, liquidation or
repayment and the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Restricted Investments as of the date of Designation in the case of any Designation; provided ,
that if such Restricted Investment was made prior to the Issue Date, such amount shall not be included in determining if the Company can make a
Restricted Payment provided for in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07; plus
42
(D) to the extent that:
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company Designated as such on or after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary
and not as a Project Finance Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such
redesignation; and
(2) any Project Finance Subsidiary of the Company Designated as such on or after the Issue Date has such Designation revoked and such
Project Finance Subsidiary remains a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such
Subsidiary as of the date of such revocation; plus
(E) to the extent that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary terminates all or any part of any commitment to make an Investment that was
previously accounted for as a Restricted Payment under clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph, the amount of the terminated commitment; plus
(F) to the extent not included above under this clause, 100% of any dividends, distributions or cash received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, Project Finance Subsidiary or any Person in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
owns a minority interest.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, this Section 4.07 does not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or call for redemption
if such payment would have been permitted on the date of declaration or call for redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph;
(2) any Restricted Payment either (i) in exchange for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (ii) through the application of the net cash proceeds
received by the Company from (x) a substantially concurrent sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or (y) a contribution to the Capital Stock of the
Company not representing an interest in Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, not received from a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the
value of any such Qualified Capital Stock issued in exchange for such acquired Capital Stock and any such net cash proceeds will be excluded from clause (3)
(B) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 (and were not included therein at any time);
(3) the voluntary prepayment, purchase, defeasance, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness solely in
exchange for, or through the application of net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, of:
(x) Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or
(y) Refinancing Indebtedness for such Subordinated Indebtedness;
provided , that the value of any Qualified Capital Stock issued in exchange for Subordinated Indebtedness and any net cash proceeds referred to above shall be
excluded from clause (3)(B) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 (and were not included therein at any time);
(4) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other similar rights if such Capital Stock represents a
portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other similar rights or nominal cash payments in lieu of issuances of fractional shares;
(5) (i) the payment of dividends, distributions or other amounts to fund the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of
the Company’s Capital Stock under the Existing Management Incentive Plan and (ii) the payment of other dividends, distributions or other amounts to fund
the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of the Company’s
43
Capital Stock or any Capital Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries held by any then-existing or former director, officer, employee, independent contractor
or consultant of the Company, its direct or indirect parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective assigns, estates or heirs; provided, however ,
that with respect to clause (ii) only, the price paid for all repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital Stock, other than as a result of death or disability,
does not exceed U.S.$15.0 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year; provided, further , that the amounts in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount
not to exceed: (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Capital Stock of the Company to any present or former employees, directors,
officers or consultants (or their respective permitted transferees) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Issue Date; plus (B) the
cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date;
(6) the payment at any time of all or any part of a Restricted Investment, if at the time of the entering into the commitment to make the Restricted
Investment, the making of such Restricted Investment would have been permitted under any provision of this Indenture; provided , that at the time of entering
into such commitment to make the Restricted Investment (i) the entire amount of such commitment was permitted to be made as a Restricted Payment under
this Indenture as if the entire amount was made on the date of such commitment and (ii) the entire amount of such commitment is included in the calculation
required under clause (3) of the first paragraph above;
(7) repurchases of Subordinated Indebtedness at a purchase price not greater than (a) 101% of the principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of
such Subordinated Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the event of a Change of Control or (b) 100% of the principal amount or accreted
value, as applicable, of such Subordinated Indebtedness and accrued and unpaid interest thereon in the event of an Asset Sale, in connection with any Change
of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer required by the terms of such Subordinated Indebtedness, but only if: (i) in the case of a Change of Control, the Company
has first complied with and fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.15 hereof; or (ii) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Company has first complied with
and fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.10 hereof; and
(8) Restricted Payments in an amount which, when taken together with all Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (8), does not exceed
U.S.$20.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies).
In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date, only amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1) (without
duplication for the declaration of the relevant dividend), (5) and (6) (without duplication of the original commitment) above shall be included in the calculation
required by clause (3) of the first paragraph above and amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (7) and (8) above shall not be included in such calculation.
The amount of any Restricted Payments not in cash will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the property, assets or securities
proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed
to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;
44
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on
the ability to make loans or advances); or
(3) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
(b) Paragraph (a) above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) applicable law, rule, regulation or order (including, without limitation, (i) by any national stock exchange on which any Restricted Subsidiary has its
Capital Stock listed and (ii) pursuant to any fiduciary obligations imposed by law);
(2) this Indenture or the Notes;
(3) the terms of any Indebtedness or other agreement existing on the Issue Date and any extensions, renewals, replacements, amendments or
refinancings thereof; provided , that such extension, renewal, replacement, amendment or refinancing is not, taken as a whole, materially more restrictive with
respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in existence on the Issue Date;
(4) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, agreements, leases, permits and licenses;
(5) restrictions with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for the
sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such restrictions apply solely to the
Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary being sold;
(6) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials;
(7) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations for assets acquired in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to the covenant
described under Section 4.09 hereof that impose encumbrances and restrictions only on the assets so acquired or subject to lease;
(8) customary provisions in a joint venture or other similar agreement with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that was entered into in the ordinary
course of business;
(9) any agreement governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of
any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;
(10) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Holding Company Permitted Lien or Restricted Subsidiary Permitted Lien;
(11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts or other arrangements entered into or agreed to in the
ordinary course of business;
(12) the terms of any Indebtedness of any Project Finance Subsidiary;
(13) with respect to any agreement governing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted to be Incurred in accordance with
Section 4.09 hereof and any extensions, renewals, replacements, amendments or refinancings thereof; provided that (i) the encumbrance or restriction is not
materially disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings and (ii) the Company determines that on the date of the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness, that such encumbrance or restriction would not be expected to materially impair the Company’s ability to make principal or
interest
45
payments on the Notes; provided , further , that such extension, renewal, replacement, amendment or refinancing is not, taken as a whole, materially more
restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those in existence in such agreement being extended, renewed, amended or refinanced; and
(14) Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially
more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced.
Section 4.09 Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.
(1) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness, except that the
Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence thereof and the application of
the proceeds therefrom:
•
with respect to Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Intermediate Holding Company, the Company’s Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
is equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0, and
•
with respect to Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Intermediate Holding Company):
(a) the Company’s Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0, and
(b) the Company’s Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than (i) 4.5 to 1.0, if such Indebtedness is incurred on or prior to December 31,
2013, and (ii) 4.0 to 1.0, if such Indebtedness is incurred thereafter.
The foregoing restrictions on the Incurrence of Indebtedness shall not be applicable with respect to Project Finance Subsidiaries.
(2) Notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, may Incur the following Indebtedness (“ Permitted
Indebtedness ”):
(a) Indebtedness in respect of the Notes and guarantees thereof, excluding Additional Notes and guarantees thereof;
(b) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date;
(c) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance
Subsidiary) permitted under this Indenture provided , that if any such Guarantee is of Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Guarantee of the Company of such
Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes;
(d) Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not for speculative purposes;
(e) intercompany Indebtedness between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) or between any
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary); provided that:
(1) such Indebtedness must be (i) unsecured and (ii) if the Company is the Obligor and the obligee is a Restricted Subsidiary, expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, and
46
(2) in the event that at any time any such Indebtedness ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness
shall be deemed to be Incurred by the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and not permitted by this clause
(e) at the time such event occurs;
(f) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within
five Business Days of Incurrence;
(g) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’
compensation claims, bid, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with, insurance premiums or similar obligations, security deposits and
bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in connection with, in lieu of or in respect of each of the foregoing);
(h) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of:
(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (1) above; or
(2) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (a), (b), (h) and (m) hereof;
(i) Indebtedness represented by existing or undrawn amounts as of the Issue Date, under any Existing Committed Financing permitted to be
Incurred under such Existing Committed Financing;
(j) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or
letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in
any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount does not exceed the
gross proceeds (including non-cash proceeds) actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition;
(k) Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations in respect of trade or performance letters of credit entered into in the ordinary course of
business;
(l) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to finance working capital; provided ,
that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness in respect of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not exceed (x) U.S.$50.0 million, if such Indebtedness is
incurred prior to the Kallpa Completion Date, and (y) the greater of (i) U.S.$75.0 million and 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Assets, if such
Indebtedness is incurred thereafter;
(m) Indebtedness consisting of debt securities of, or financing Incurred by, Compañia de Electricidad de Puerto Plata S.A. and/or Nejapa Power
Company LLC in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed U.S.$60.0 million;
(n) Indebtedness in the form of equity contribution commitments to a Project Finance Subsidiary;
(o) performance or other similar Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any contingent liabilities all calculated in
accordance with IFRS) supporting the obligations of a Project Finance Subsidiary under construction management agreements, construction agreements, fuel
supply agreements, operation and maintenance agreements, fuel handling agreements and other similar agreements relating to the business of such Project
Finance Subsidiary (and letters of credit in connection with, in lieu of or in respect of each of the foregoing);
47
(p) Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance
with this Indenture; and
(q) in addition to Indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (p) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed (x) U.S.$50.0 million, if such Indebtedness is incurred prior to the Kallpa Completion Date, and (y) the greater of
(i) U.S.$75.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Total Assets, if such Indebtedness is incurred thereafter.
(3) The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness, unless such
Indebtedness is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes to the same extent and on the same terms as such Indebtedness is subordinate to such
other Indebtedness; provided , however , that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis.
(4) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of, any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in
compliance with this Section 4.09:
(a) the outstanding principal amount of any item of Indebtedness will be counted only once (without duplication for guarantees or otherwise);
(b) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses
(a) through (q) above, the Company may, in its sole discretion, divide and classify (or at any time reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that
complies with this Section 4.09;
(c) the amount of Indebtedness Incurred by a Person on the Incurrence date thereof shall equal the amount recognized as a liability on the balance
sheet of such Person in accordance with IFRS and the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to
the amount of liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS. Accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the
payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on
Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional Disqualified Capital Stock with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness
for purposes of this covenant; and
(d) with respect to any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to
Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be
exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such
Indebtedness being Refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may incur
pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of
any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated
based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such
Refinancing.
48
Section 4.10 Asset Sales.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(a) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of
the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and
(b) at least 75% of the consideration received for the assets sold by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in the Asset Sale shall be in
the form of (1) cash or Cash Equivalents, (2) assets (other than current assets as determined in accordance with IFRS or Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business, (3) Capital Stock in a Person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business that will become a Restricted Subsidiary
as a result of such Asset Sale, (4) Indebtedness assumed pursuant to a customary novation agreement or (5) a combination of any of the foregoing.
The Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, may apply within 365 days of any Asset Sale an amount equal to the Net Cash
Proceeds from any such Asset Sale to:
(a) repay any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary unless the Asset Sale was made by a
Project Finance Subsidiary) for borrowed money (including any such Indebtedness represented by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments)or
constituting a Capitalized Lease Obligation, or
(b) purchase or enter into a binding contract to purchase (or within such 365-day period, the Board of Directors shall have made a good faith determination to
purchase; provided , that the Company or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries shall have purchased or entered into a binding contract to purchase within 365 days of
such good faith determination to purchase):
(1) assets (other than current assets as determined in accordance with IFRS or Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than a Project Finance Subsidiary unless the Asset Sale was made by a Project Finance Subsidiary) in a Permitted Business, or
(2) Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become, upon purchase, a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance
Subsidiary unless the Asset Sale was made by a Project Finance Subsidiary);
from a Person other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(c) to make Capital Expenditures.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Asset Sale is the result of an involuntary expropriation, nationalization, taking or similar action by or on behalf of any
Governmental Authority, such Asset Sale need not comply with clauses (a) and (b) of the first paragraph of this covenant. In addition, the proceeds of any such
Asset Sale shall not be deemed to have been received (and the 365-day period in which to apply any Net Cash Proceeds shall not begin to run) until the proceeds to
be paid by or on behalf of the Governmental Authority have been paid in cash to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary making such Asset Sale and if any
litigation, arbitration or other action is brought contesting the validity of or any other matter relating to any such expropriation, nationalization, taking or other
similar action, including the amount of the compensation to be paid in respect thereof, until such litigation, arbitration or other action is finally settled or a final
judgment or award has been entered and any such judgment or award has been collected in full.
For the purpose of this Section 4.10, any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee will be deemed to be cash to the extent, and in the amount, that they are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash
Equivalents within 90 days of the receipt thereof (subject to ordinary settlement periods).
49
To the extent there are any remaining Net Cash Proceeds that have not been applied as described in clause (a) and (b) of the second preceding paragraph 365
days after the Asset Sale, the Company will make an offer to purchase Notes (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “ Asset Sale Offer Amount ”). The Company will purchase
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer from all tendering Holders on a pro rata basis and, at the Company’s option, on a pro rata basis with the Holders of any other Senior
Indebtedness with similar provisions requiring the Company to offer to purchase the other Senior Indebtedness with the proceeds of Asset Sales, that principal
amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued with original issue discount) of Notes and the other Senior Indebtedness to be purchased equal to such
remaining Net Cash Proceeds. The Company may satisfy its obligations under this covenant with respect to the remaining Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale by
making an Asset Sale Offer prior to the expiration of the relevant 365-day period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may defer an Asset Sale Offer until there is an aggregate amount of remaining Net Cash Proceeds from one or
more Asset Sales equal to or in excess of U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies). At that time, the entire amount of remaining Net Cash Proceeds,
and not just the amount in excess of U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies), will be applied as required pursuant to this Section 4.10.
Each notice of an Asset Sale Offer will be provided to the Holders within 30 days following such 365 th day, with a copy to the Trustee, offering to purchase
the Notes as described above. Each notice of an Asset Sale Offer will state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than the Asset Sale Offer
Payment Date. Upon receiving notice of an Asset Sale Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in
exchange for cash; provided that the principal amount of such tendering Holder’s Note shall not be less than U.S.$200,000.
On the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer;
(2) deposit (no later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time) with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Asset Sale Offer Amount in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.
To the extent Holders of Notes and holders of other Senior Indebtedness, if any, which are the subject of an Asset Sale Offer properly tender and do not
withdraw Notes or the other Senior Indebtedness in an aggregate amount exceeding the amount of remaining Net Cash Proceeds, the Company will purchase the
Notes and the other Senior Indebtedness on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered) as set forth above. If only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion thereof not purchased will be issued, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee
shall authenticate in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a
Global Note will be made, as appropriate).
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws in connection with the
purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with these laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. If it would be unlawful in any jurisdiction to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will not
be obligated to make such offer in such jurisdiction and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by doing so.
50
Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of remaining Net Cash Proceeds will be reset at zero. Accordingly, to the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and other Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the aggregate amount of remaining Net Cash Proceeds, the Company
may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates.
(1) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction or series of related
transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) involving aggregate
consideration in excess of U.S.$1.0 million (or equivalent in other currencies) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction
”), unless:
(a) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable in all material respects to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary
than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an
Affiliate of the Company;
(b) in the event that such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments, or transfers of property or services with a Fair Market Value, in
excess of U.S.$5.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies), the terms of such Affiliate Transaction will be approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested members thereof, but only to the extent there are disinterested members with
respect to such Affiliate Transaction), the approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution stating that the Board of Directors has determined that such
transaction complies with the preceding provisions; and
(c) in the event that such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments, or transfers of property or services with a Fair Market Value, in
excess of U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies), the Company will, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a favorable opinion as to the
fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Company and the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (if any) from a financial point of view from an Independent
Financial Advisor and file the same with the Trustee.
(2) Paragraph (1) above will not apply to:
(a) Affiliate Transactions with or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Project Finance Subsidiary) and Affiliate Transactions between or among a Project Finance Subsidiary and any other Project Finance Subsidiary;
(b) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and any indemnity provided on behalf of (and entering into related agreements with), officers,
directors, employees, consultants or agents of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(c) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Company;
(d) Affiliate Transactions undertaken pursuant to (i) any contractual obligations or rights in existence on the Issue Date, (ii) any contractual
obligation of any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is merged into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the date such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) any amendment or replacement agreement to the obligations and
rights described in clauses (i) and (ii), so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material
respect, taken as a whole, than the original agreement;
(e) (i) transactions with customers, clients, distributors, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course
of business and on market terms, or (ii) transactions with joint ventures or other similar arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, on
market terms and consistent with past practice or industry norms;
51
(f) the provision of administrative services to any joint venture, Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary on substantially the same
terms provided to or by Restricted Subsidiaries or other transactions to such entities on terms consistent with generally accepted transfer pricing guidelines;
(g) any Restricted Payments made in compliance with Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments permitted under this Indenture; and
(h) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for travel, moving and other relocation
expenses, in each case made in the ordinary course of business and not exceeding U.S.$2.0 million outstanding at any one time.
Section 4.12 Liens.
The Company covenants and agrees that:
(a) it will not, and will not permit any Intermediate Holding Company to, Incur any Liens to secure any Indebtedness (except for Holding Company Permitted
Liens) against or upon any of their properties or assets whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom; and
(b) it will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Project Finance Subsidiary) to Incur any Liens to secure any Indebtedness (except for
Restricted Subsidiary Permitted Liens) against or upon any of their properties or assets (other than any Capital Stock of a Project Finance Subsidiary) whether
owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the
Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture in each case, equally and ratably with such Indebtedness or other obligation (or, in the event that such
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, as the case may be, prior to such Indebtedness or other obligation) with a Lien on the same properties
and assets securing such Indebtedness or other obligation for so long as such Indebtedness or other obligation is secured by such Lien.
Section 4.13 Conduct of Business.
The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.
Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.
Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:
(1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Significant Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary; and
(2) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Significant
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and
its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.
52
Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Rating Event, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a
portion (in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000; provided , that the remaining principal amount of such Holder’s Note will not be less than U.S.$200,000) of the
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) (the “ Change of Control Payment
”). Within 30 days following the date upon which a Change of Control that results in a Rating Event occurred, the Company must send, by electronic or first-class
mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, offering to purchase the Notes as described above (a “ Change of Control Offer ”). The Change of Control
Offer shall state:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, except
as may be required by law (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed (or with appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a
Global Note, as appropriate), to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day
preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of
Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and
(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000, provided that the principal amount of such Holder’s Note will not be less than U.S.$200,000.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent
those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will
not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. If it would be unlawful in any jurisdiction to make a Change of
Control Offer, the Company will not be obligated to make such offer in such jurisdiction and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Indenture by doing so.
(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
53
(2) deposit (no later than 9:00 a.m. Eastern time) with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn; and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of
Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.
If only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion thereof not purchased
will be issued, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or
appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note will be made, as appropriate); provided , that the remaining principal amount of such
Holder’s Note will not be less than U.S.$200,000 and will be in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.
(c) The Company is only required to make a Change of Control Offer in the event that a Change of Control results in a Rating Event. Consequently, if a
Change of Control were to occur which does not result in a Rating Event, the Company would not be required to offer to repurchase the Notes. In addition,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if (1) a third party makes the
Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption for all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.03
hereof unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the
consummation of such Change of Control and/or a Rating Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control
Offer is made.
The obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived or modified at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control
with the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.
Section 4.16 Reserved.
Section 4.17 Reserved.
Section 4.18 Reserved.
Section 4.19 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Project Finance Subsidiaries.
The Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” or a “Project
Finance Subsidiary” under this Indenture (a “ Designation ”) only if:
(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
after giving effect to, such Designation and any transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiary or
Project Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, are in compliance with Section 4.11 hereof;
(2) the Company would be permitted to make an Investment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation and treating
such Designation as an Investment at the time of Designation) as a Restricted Payment pursuant to the first paragraph or clause (8) of the second paragraph of
Section 4.07 hereof or, in the case of a Designation of a Project Finance Subsidiary only, clause (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” in an
amount (the “ Designation Amount ”) equal to the amount of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary on such date (as determined in accordance with
the second paragraph of the definition of “Investment”).
54
Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time provide credit support for, subject any of its property or assets (other than the Capital
Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary) to the satisfaction of, or Guarantee, any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project
Finance Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness) or be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary unless such credit support or Indebtedness was permitted to be Incurred as Indebtedness under Section 4.09
hereof.
The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary (a “ Revocation ”) only if:
(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
after giving effect to such Revocation; and
(2) all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, outstanding immediately following such Revocation
would, if Incurred at such time, be permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Indenture.
The Designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Project Finance Subsidiary, as applicable, shall be deemed to include the
Designation of all of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary. All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by a Board Resolution and Officers’ Certificate,
delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the preceding provisions.
Section 4.20 Additional Amounts.
All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or a successor thereto (each, a “ Payor ”) under, or with respect to, the Notes will be made free and clear
of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including
penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (collectively, “ Taxes ”) imposed, levied, collected or assessed by or on behalf of (1) Bermuda or any political
subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes is made on behalf of
the Payor, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which a Payor is
organized, resident or deemed to be doing business, or any political or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1), (2) and
(3), a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof.
If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction will at any time be required from any payments made
with respect to the Notes, including payments of principal, premium, if any, redemption price or interest, the Payor will pay (together with such payments) such
additional amounts (the “ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid by the Payor or its agent in respect of such payments to each
Holder, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), will not be less than the amounts which
would have been paid to each Holder in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however , that no such Additional
Amounts will be payable with respect to:
(1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or beneficial
owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, the relevant Holder or beneficial owner, if the relevant Holder or
beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, limited liability company, partnership or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the receipt
of such payment or the acquisition or ownership of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder);
(2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer or personal property tax;
55
(3) any Taxes which are imposed, payable or due because the Notes are held in definitive registered form and are presented (where presentation is
required) for payment more than 30 days after the date such payment was due and payable or was provided for, whichever is later, except for Additional
Amounts with respect to Taxes that would have been imposed had the Holder presented the Note for payment on the last day of such 30-day period;
(4) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note to comply, at our written request, with
certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection of the
Holder or such beneficial owner with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or to make, at our written request, any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is
entitled if (a) such compliance, making a claim or filing for exemption is required or imposed by a statute, treaty or regulation or administrative practice of the
taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Taxes, and (b) the Payor has given the Holder or the beneficial owner at least 30
days’ notice that the Holder or beneficial owner will be required to provide such certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirement;
(5) any withholding or deduction imposed on a payment to an individual and required to be made pursuant to EC Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the
taxation of savings income which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council (the Council of EU Finance and Economic Ministers) on June 3, 2003, or any law
implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform to, such directive, or pursuant to related measures entered into on a reciprocal basis between
member states of the European Union and certain non-European Union countries and dependent or associated territories;
(6) any Taxes which could have been avoided by the presentation (where presentation is required) of the relevant Note to another available Paying
Agent of the Payor in a EU Country; or
(7) any combination of the above.
Also such Additional Amounts will not be payable with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Note to any Holder
who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such
fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary,
settlor, member or beneficial owner held such Note directly.
The Payor will (1) make any required withholding or deduction and (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the applicable taxing authority in the
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. The Payor will provide to the Trustee certified copies of tax receipts or, if such tax receipts are not
reasonably available, such other documentation evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing
such Taxes. The Payor will attach to such documentation a certificate stating (x) that the amount of withholding Taxes evidenced by the certified copy was paid in
connection with payments in respect of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such withholding Taxes paid per dollar principal
amount of the Notes.
If the Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee,
at least three Business Days prior to the relevant payment date, an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, the amounts so
payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to distribute such Additional Amounts to Holders of Notes on the payment date.
Each such Officers’ Certificate shall be relied upon by the Trustee without further enquiry until receipt of a further Officers’ Certificate addressing such matters.
The Payor will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary, value added, excise, property or other similar taxes and other duties (including interest and
penalties) which are levied by Bermuda, any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein, in respect of the creation, issue, offering, execution or
performance of the Notes, this Indenture or any documentation with respect thereto, the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes or the enforcement of the
Notes (including following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default) and the Company will agree to indemnify each of the Trustee, the Paying
Agents and the Holders of the Notes for any such amounts paid by the Trustee, the Paying Agents or such Holders.
56
The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which
any successor Person to a Payor is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.
Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, (2) redemption prices or purchase
prices in connection with the redemption or purchase of Notes or (3) any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to
include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, deducted or withholding Taxes are, were or would be payable in respect
thereof.
Section 4.21 Currency Indemnity.
The Company will pay all sums payable under this Indenture or the Notes solely in U.S. dollars. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than
U.S. dollars in respect of any sum expressed to be due to the Trustee or any Holder from the Company will only constitute a discharge of the Company to the extent
of the U.S. dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount received or recovered in that other currency on the date of the receipt or recovery
or, if it is not practicable to make the purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is possible to do so. If the U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar
amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, the Company will indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event, the
Company will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any purchase of U.S. dollars.
For the purposes of this Section 4.21, it will be sufficient for a Holder or the Trustee to certify in a satisfactory manner that it would have suffered a loss had
an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery or, if it was not practicable to make
the purchase on that date, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, and to certify in a satisfactory manner the need for a change of the purchase date.
These indemnities (1) constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Company, (2) will give rise to a separate and
independent cause of action, (3) will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder and (4) will continue in full force and effect despite any other
judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note.
Section 4.22 Suspension of Covenants.
If on any date following the Issue Date:
(1) the Notes have been assigned an Investment Grade Rating by any two Rating Agencies; and
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being
collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants
(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”):
(a) Section 4.09 hereof;
(b) Section 4.07 hereof;
(c) Section 4.10 hereof;
(d) Section 4.08 hereof;
57
(e) clause (b) of Section 5.01 hereof; and
(f) Section 4.11 hereof, other than any transaction with any affiliated shareholder of the Company or Affiliate thereof other than the Company or
any Subsidiary thereof.
In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing,
and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”), the Notes cease to have an Investment Grade Rating from any two Rating Agencies, then the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants. The period of time between the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event and
the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will
be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with any of the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the
Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).
On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09
hereof or one of the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a) through (q) of clause (2) of Section 4.09 hereof (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be
incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion
Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been
outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (b) of paragraph (2) of Section 4.09 hereof.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets .
The Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person (whether or not the Company is
the surviving or continuing Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets
(determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), to any Person unless:
(a) either:
(1) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing corporation, or
(2) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries
substantially as an entirety (the “ Surviving Entity ”):
(A) shall be a corporation (or company or similar entity as applicable) organized and validly existing under the laws of (i) Bermuda, (ii) the
United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) Peru or (iv) any country which is a member country of the Organization
for Economic Co-Operation and Development, and
(B) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to
the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance and observance
of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
58
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (a)(2)(B) above (including giving effect on a pro forma
basis to any Indebtedness, including any Acquired Indebtedness, Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the
Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, (i) will be able to Incur at least U.S.$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (1)(a) and (1)(b) of
Section 4.09 hereof or (ii) would have (y) an Unconsolidated Interest Coverage Ratio that is equal to or greater than the Company’s Unconsolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction, and (z) a Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio that is equal to or less than the Company’s Consolidated Net
Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
(c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (a)(2)(B) above (including, without limitation, giving effect
on a pro forma basis to any Indebtedness, including any Acquired Indebtedness, Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in
respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and
(d) the Company or the Surviving Entity has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation,
merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if required in connection with such transaction, the supplemental indenture, comply
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to the transaction have been satisfied.
The provisions of this Section 5.01 will not apply to any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
properties and assets, of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) to the Company, or any merger of the Company into a wholly owned
Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) of the Company created for the purpose of holding the Capital Stock of the Company so long as the
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole is not increased thereby.
Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.
Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the continuing Person, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into
which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer
instead to the Surviving Entity and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same
effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such. Upon such substitution, unless the successor is one or more of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries, the
Company will be released from its obligations hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, compliance with this Section 5.02 will not affect the obligations of the
Company (including a Surviving Entity, if applicable) under Section 4.15 hereof, if applicable.
Section 6.01 Events of Default.
The following are “Events of Default”:
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
(1) default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Notes, including the failure to make a required payment to purchase
Notes tendered pursuant to an optional redemption, Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer;
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Amounts on any Notes;
(3) the failure to perform or comply with any of the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof;
59
(4) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in the Notes
for 45 days or more after written notice to the Company from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes;
(5) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which shall not have been cured or waived under any Indebtedness (other than any Bolivian
Indebtedness) which:
(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness after the expiration of any applicable grace
period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity;
and the principal or accreted amount of Indebtedness covered by (a) or (b) at the relevant time exceeds U.S.$25.0 million individually or in the aggregate (or
the equivalent in other currencies) or more;
(6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay one or more final, non-appealable judgments against any of them, aggregating
U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies) or more (excluding therefrom any amount reasonably expected to be covered by insurance), which
judgment(s) are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more;
(7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case,
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and
(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for
60 consecutive days.
60
Section 6.02 Acceleration.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) shall occur and be
continuing and has not been cured or waived, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of
(and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee
specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration.” In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof, with
respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that,
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will
become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences by written notice to the Company, if:
(1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree; and
(2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived, except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the
acceleration.
No rescission will affect any subsequent Default or impair any rights relating thereto.
Section 6.03 Other Remedies.
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided, however, that the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment
default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to
have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05 Control by Majority.
Subject to the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
61
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.
No Holder of any Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless:
(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holders of the Notes provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against any cost, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply within 60 days after receipt of such notice and offer of indemnity; and
(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a written
direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request;
provided , that a Holder of a Note may institute suit for enforcement of payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a
Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the
Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the
Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other Obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and
empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
62
payments to the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to
the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,
payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such
proceeding.
Section 6.10 Priorities.
If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall distribute out the money in the following order:
First : to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including
payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second : to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and
Third : to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee,
a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims
or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit
by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
Section 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such
proceedings, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or
remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall,
to the extent
63
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The
assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy.
Section 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such
right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the
Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the
same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that
are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the form required
by this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent
jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant
to Section 6.05 hereof.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and
(c) of this Section 7.01.
(e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
64
(f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust
by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of (A) the existence of any Change of Control or Asset Sale, or (B) any Default or Event of Default
hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or
any Holder and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; provided the Trustee shall be deemed to have notice of the failure of the Company to deliver
funds.
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate or verify any fact or matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for
any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. No such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel
shall be at the expense of the Trustee. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full
and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its agents, attorneys, custodians and nominees and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent,
attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its discretion, rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an
Officer of the Company.
(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against the losses, costs, liabilities and expenses that
might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused,
directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military
disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents; labor
disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume
performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).
(h) Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of
any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action;
(i) The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in any account in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction
from the Company. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no
liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its Stated Maturity;
65
(j) Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance
or any action of the Company, or any of its directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employee, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the
malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy in the information obtained from the Company or for the any
inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties as set forth herein as a result of any
inaccuracy or incompleteness.
(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to,
and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian, and other person employed to act hereunder.
(l) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability for the performance of any of its duties hereunder or
the exercise of any of its rights or powers if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or reasonably adequate indemnity against such
risk or liability is not assured to it.
(m) The Trustee shall not have any duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Indenture or any Indenture referred to herein or any financing
statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any rerecording,
refiling or redepositing of any thereof or (ii) to see to any insurance.
(n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the powers granted hereunder.
(o) To the extent not inconsistent herewith, the rights, protections and immunities afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture also shall be afforded to
the Paying Agent and the Registrar;
(p) In accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain,
verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the
name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or
opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents
to be provided.
(q) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole
discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary, and/or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the email
communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process. Information and assistance on registering and using the email encryption technology can
be found at the Trustee’s secure website www.citigroup.com/citigroup/citizen/privacy/email.htm or by calling (866) 535-2504 (in the U.S.) or (904) 954-6181 at any
time.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for
the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will
not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or
recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication.
66
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs, is continuing and is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder, a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after a Responsible Officer acquires actual knowledge or has received written notice of such Default or
Event of Default, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.
Section 7.06 Notice of Listing.
The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any securities exchange and of any delisting thereof.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity.
(a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable fees and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its
services, except any such fee or expense as may be attributable to the Trustee’s misconduct, negligence or bad faith. Such expenses will include the reasonable fees
and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
(b) The Company will indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee, and its officers, directors, employees
and agents and hold each of the foregoing harmless against any and all losses, liabilities, expenses, claims or damages (including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel and taxes other than those based upon the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its
duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself
against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any
of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The
Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company will defend the claim and the Trustee will, and will cause its officers, directors, employees and agents to,
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the
Company will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense with counsel acceptable to and approved by the Trustee (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Company
need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Company need not make
any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the
Trustee.
(d) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to distribute principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.
67
(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy
Law.
(f) Reserved.
(g) All indemnities to be paid under this Indenture, shall be payable promptly when due in U.S. dollars in the full amount due, without deduction for any
variation in any rate of exchange. The Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against any losses incurred by such the Trustee as a result of any judgment or order
being given or made for the amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than U.S.
dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into Judgment Currency for the purpose of
such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange at which the Trustee is then able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the Judgment Currency actually
received by the Trustee. The indemnity set forth in this Section 7.07 shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Company and shall continue in full
force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee.
(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
(b) The Trustee may resign, upon 30 days written notice to the Company, in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting; or
(5) upon 30 days written notice and upon payment of all amounts owing to the Trustee, it appoints a successor Trustee which is a recognized financial
institution that is domiciled in a G-7 Country and has a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50.0 million (or its equivalent in any other currency).
(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense),
the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.
(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder
may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
68
(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all
the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper with any party hereto or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. As soon as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice to the Company and the Holders of Notes
informing them of such merger, conversion or consolidation.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification.
There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state
thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has
a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company will, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions
set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05
hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 8.02, on the 91st day after the deposit specified in clause (1) of
Section 8.04 hereof, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Amounts) on the Notes
when such payments are due;
(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.07, 2.10 and 4.02 hereof;
69
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, the paying agent, the registrar, the transfer agent and the Irish listing agent hereunder
and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and
(4) this Article 8.
Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under
Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.
Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company will, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.09, 4.03, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11,
4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21, 4.22 and 4.23 hereof, and any covenant added to this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 9.01
hereof and clauses (a)(2)(A), (b) and (c) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04
hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver,
consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for
all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance
means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set
forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any
such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(3) through 6.01(6), hereof will not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, certain direct non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants or investment bank, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Amounts) on the Notes on the
stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from counsel in the
United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and independent of the Company confirming that:
(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall state that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
70
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit pursuant to clause (1) of this Section 8.04 (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the failure to comply with Section 4.09 hereof, as a result of the borrowing of the funds required to effect
such deposit);
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture or other any
material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
(6) the Company shall not have made the deposit with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or any Subsidiary of
the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and
(7) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from counsel in the United States, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in
trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law
is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company
any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2) hereof), are in
excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the
Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to
the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent
71
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street
Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of
such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as
the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided,
however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, from time to time, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the
consent of any Holder of Notes:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to comply with Article 5 hereof;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to Holders or that does not adversely affect in any respect the legal rights
hereunder of any Holder;
(5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee;
(6) to conform the text of this Indenture and the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Company’s Offering
Memorandum; or
(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
Except as provided in this Section 9.02, other modifications and amendments of this Indenture or the Notes may be made with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, the Notes) issued hereunder, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes outstanding thereunder
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding”
for purposes of this Section 9.02. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not:
72
(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Notes;
(3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes or change the date on which any Notes may be
subject to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of
the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver
of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration)
(5) make any Notes payable in a currency or place of payment other than that stated in the Notes;
(6) make any change in provisions of this Indenture entitling each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment;
(7) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 4.20 hereof that adversely affects the rights of any Holder; and
(8) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes that adversely affect the ranking of the Notes; provided that a change to
Section 4.12 hereof shall not affect the ranking of the Notes.
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Section 9.02 or Section 9.01 hereof, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, to the extent necessary, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05 hereof, the Trustee will
join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental Indenture. In connection with executing an amendment pursuant to this Section 9.02 or Section 9.01 hereof, the Trustee will be entitled to
rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including solely on an Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate.
The consent of the Holders of Notes is not necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 or Section 9.01 hereof. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section 9.02 or Section 9.01 hereof becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,
supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such
amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note.
73
However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before
the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter binds every Holder.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at the close of business
on such record date (or their designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or revoke any
consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be the Holders after such record date.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through
(8) of Section 9.02 hereof, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note.
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange
for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of
Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01
hereof) be fully protected in relying on, in addition to the documents and Opinion of Counsel described in Section 13.04 hereof, an Opinion of Counsel and Officers’
Certificate stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental
indenture is valid and binding on the Company in accordance with its terms.
ARTICLE 10
RESERVED
ARTICLE 11
RESERVED
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.
This Indenture (other than those provisions which by their express terms survive) will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding
Notes issued hereunder, when:
(1) either:
74
(a) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(b) (i) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable at the
stated date for payment thereof within one year or will be called for redemption within one year or (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise, and, in each case, the Company has irrevocably
deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds or certain direct, non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States sufficient without
reinvestment to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not thereto for delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the
payment;
(2) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by it; and
(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture
relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.
Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money.
Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it,
in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its
own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money
has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Until such time as the money is
applied by the Trustee as described in the preceding sentence, the money shall be invested in Government Securities or such other investment as directed in writing
by the Company.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal
proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof;
provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or
Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01 Notices.
Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing, in the English language, and delivered in Person or by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’
address:
If to the Company:
Inkia Energy Limited
75
Avenida Victor Andrés Belaúnde 147
Torre Real 5, Piso 13
San Isidro
Lima, Perú
Attention: Daniel Urbina, General Counsel
Telephone: (511) 708-2218
Facsimile: (511) 708-2201
With a copy to:
Inkia Energy Limited
Canon’s Court
22 Victoria St.
Hamilton HM12
Bermuda
If to the Trustee:
Citibank, N.A.
388 Greenwich Street, 14th floor
New York, New York 10013
USA
Attention: Global Transaction Services-Inkia Energy Limited
Telephone: 713-693-6677
Facsimile: 212-816-5527
The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. All notices
and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be
deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
the same time.
In addition, from and after the date the Notes are listed on Irish Stock Exchange for trading on the Global Exchange Market and, so long as it is required by
the rules of such exchange, the Company will publish all notices to Holders of Notes in English in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London (which
is expected to be the Financial Times) and, if so long as the Notes are listed on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange and the guidelines of such
stock exchange shall so require, the Company will also publish such notices through the Irish Stock Exchange’s Companies Announcement Office.
Notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of mailing or of publication as aforesaid or, if published on different dates, on the date of the first such
publication.
Section 13.02 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
Any Holder, or group of Holders or beneficial owners, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may communicate
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes, and may instruct the Trustee to deliver such communications to other Holders.
76
Section 13.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action
have been satisfied; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.04
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or
give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel,
unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which
his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, and may state that it is based, insofar as it relates to factual matters,
upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers of the Company stating that information with respect to such factual matters is in
possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate of opinion or representations with
respect to such matters are erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments
under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
Section 13.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate
or opinion are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express
an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
If giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
77
Section 13.05 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions.
Section 13.06 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
No past, present or future incorporator, director, officer, employee, shareholder or controlling person of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claims based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations. By accepting a Note, each
Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive
liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws or under Bermuda corporate law, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver may be contrary to public policy.
Section 13.07 Governing Law.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE
FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND HAVE APPOINTED AN AGENT FOR
SERVICE OF PROCESS WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTIONS BROUGHT IN THESE COURTS ARISING OUT OF OR BASED ON THIS INDENTURE OR
THE NOTES.
Section 13.08 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such
indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 13.09 Successors.
All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its
successors.
Section 13.10 Severability.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 13.11 Counterpart Originals.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 13.12 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
78
Section 13.13 Waiver to Jury Trial.
EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE
NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 13.14 Waiver of Immunity.
To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service
or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, or otherwise) with respect of its obligations hereunder it waives such immunity to the extent
permitted by applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company agrees that the waivers set forth herein shall have force and effect to the
fullest extent permitted under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976 of the United States and are intended to be irrevocable for purposes of such Act.
Section 13.15 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.
(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting,
in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any court thereof, in respect
of actions, suits or proceedings brought against such party as a defendant arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or any transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby (a “ Proceeding ”), and waives any immunity (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) from the jurisdiction of such courts over any
Proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture or the Notes and any right to which it may be entitled on account of place of residence or domicile.
Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may do so under applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying
of the venue of any such Proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such Proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto agrees that final judgment in any such Proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such
party and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided , in the case of the Company, that
service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by this Indenture.
(b) The Company agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any suit, action or proceeding brought in connection with this Indenture or the
Notes against the Company in any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, may be made upon CT Corporation System located at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, whom the Company irrevocably appoints as its
authorized agent for service of process. The Company represents and warrants that CT Corporation System, the Company’s authorized representative in the United
States, has agreed to act as the Company’s agent for service of process. The Company agrees that such appointment shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Notes
remain outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company of a successor in The City of New York as its authorized agent for such purpose and the
acceptance of such appointment by such successor. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and
instruments that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. If CT Corporation System shall cease to act as the agent for
service of process for the Company, the Company shall appoint without delay another such agent and provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of such
appointment. With respect to any such action in any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York, service of process on CT Corporation System as the authorized agent of the Company for service of process, and written notice of such
service to the Company, shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.
(c) Nothing in this Section 13.15 shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.
[ Signatures on following page ]
79
Dated as of April , 2011
INKIA ENERGY LIMITED
By:
Name: Javier García Burgos
Title: Chief Executive Officer
By:
Name: Yitzhak Mandelman
Title: Chief Financial Officer
CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee
By:
Name:
Title:
[Indenture]
EXHIBIT A
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE
INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE,
(3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND
(4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF INKIA ENERGY
LIMITED.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
[Insert the applicable Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Rule 144A Global Note:] THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT, AND ANY
ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING, (A) IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE
903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S AND, WITH RESPECT TO (A) AND (B), EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH
ACCOUNT; (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) PURSUANT TO A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE
UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS; AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,”
“UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.
PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 2A(V) ABOVE, THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE
RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS (IN THE FORM ATTACHED AS EXHIBITS TO
THE INDENTURE), OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE
AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS LEGEND WILL
ONLY BE REMOVED AT THE OPTION OF INKIA ENERGY LIMITED.
[Regulation S Global Note:] PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S
(“REGULATION S”) UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”)), THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE
REOFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S) OR TO, OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S), EXCEPT TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO HEREIN.
A-1
No.
[Face of Note]
8.375% Senior Notes due 2021
INKIA ENERGY LIMITED
CUSIP
ISIN
up to $
promises to pay to or registered assigns,
the principal sum of up to DOLLARS on April 4, 2021.
Interest Payment Dates: April 4 and October 4
Record Dates: March 20 and September 19
Dated: , 2011 in the principal sum of $
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same
effect as if set forth at this place.
A-2
INKIA ENERGY LIMITED
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Citibank, N.A., as Trustee
By:
Authorized Signatory
A-3
[Reverse of Note]
8.375% Senior Notes due 2021
Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1) I NTEREST . Inkia Energy Limited, an exempted limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.375% per annum from April 4, 2011 until maturity. The Company will pay interest semi-annually in arrears
on April 4 and October 4 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”).
Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date
shall be October 4, 2011. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
(2) M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . The Company will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on
the March 20 and September 19 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such
Interest Payment Date except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal,
premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may
be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available
funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
(3) P AYING A GENT AND R EGISTRAR . Initially, Citibank, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
(4) I NDENTURE . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 4, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company and the Trustee.
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement
of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and
be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued
thereunder.
(5) O PTIONAL R EDEMPTION .
(a) At any time prior to April 4, 2016, the Company shall have the right, at its option, to redeem any of the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time
and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 101% of the principal amount of such Notes and (2) the present value to be calculated
by an Independent Investment Banker at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Notes at April 4, 2016 (such redemption price being set
forth in the table below) plus (ii) all required interest payments thereon through April 4, 2016 on such Notes (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the
redemption date), in each case, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus in each case any accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of such Notes to, but excluding, the date of
redemption.
A-4
(b) At any time, or from time to time, after April 4, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole or in part, at the following
redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount on the redemption date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the
redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed
during the twelve-month period commencing on April 4 of any year set forth below:
Year
2016
2017
2018
2019 and thereafter
Percentage
104.188 %
102.792 %
101.396 %
100.000 %
(c) At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to April 4, 2014, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more
Equity Events to redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued (calculated after giving effect to the
issuance of Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to 108.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but
excluding, the date of redemption (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date); provided , however , that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving
effect to the original issuance of Additional Notes, if any) shall remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to each such redemption (excluding any
Notes held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). Notice of any such redemption shall be given within 120 days after the date of the closing of the
relevant Equity Event.
(d) If, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) or treaties of (i) Bermuda, (ii) any other
jurisdiction in which the Company is organized, (iii) any other Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (iv) any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation or application of such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment to or
change of such laws, treaties, rules or regulations becomes effective on or after the date on which the Notes are issued (or in the case of (ii) after the date when
the Company becomes organized in such jurisdiction), a Payor would be obligated, after taking all reasonable measures to avoid this requirement, to pay
Additional Amounts (it being understood that changing the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company shall not be a reasonable measure), then, at the
Payor’s option, all, but not less than all, of the Notes may be redeemed at any time on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption
price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Amounts due thereon up to, but excluding, the
date of redemption; provided , however , that (1) no notice of redemption for tax reasons may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which
the Payor would be obligated to pay these Additional Amounts if a payment on the Notes were then due, and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given
such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect.
(6) M ANDATORY R EDEMPTION . The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
(7) R EPURCHASE AT THE O PTION OF H OLDER . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Rating Event, each Holder will have the right
to require the Company to purchase all or a portion (in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000, provided that the principal amount of such Holder’s Note will not be
less than U.S.$200,000) of the Holder’s Notes (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date) (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control that results
in a Rating Event occurred, the Company must send, by first-class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, offering to purchase the Notes as
described above and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
A-5
(a) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any Asset Sales, when the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds
exceeds U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies), the Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer in accordance with Section 4.10 of the
Indenture. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date
and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “ Option of Holder to Elect Purchase ” attached to the Notes.
(8) N OTICE OF R EDEMPTION . Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.07(c), 3.08 and 3.09 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-
class mail, postage prepaid at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than U.S.$200,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of U.S.$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.
(9) D ENOMINATIONS , T RANSFER , E XCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S.$200,000 and
integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The
Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note
or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, none of the Company, the Trustee
or the Registrar need exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period
between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
(10) P ERSONS D EEMED O WNERS . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(11) A MENDMENT , S UPPLEMENT AND W AIVER . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any
existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any
Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, as applicable, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to Holders or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to evidence and provide for the
acceptance of an appointment by a successor trustee, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes”
section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated March 29, 2011, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, or to provide for the issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the date of the Indenture. Without the consent of each Holder affected
thereby, no amendment or waiver may (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent
to an amendment, supplement or waiver; reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted
interest, on any Notes; reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes
may be subject to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor; waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default
A-6
and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); make any Notes payable in a currency or place of payment other than that stated in
the Notes; make any change in provisions of the Indenture entitling each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Note
on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment; make any change in the provisions of the Indenture described under “Additional
Amounts” that adversely affects the rights of any Holder; and make any change to the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes that adversely affect the
ranking of the Notes; provided that a change to Section 4.12 of the Indenture shall not affect the ranking of the Notes.
(12) D EFAULTS AND R EMEDIES . Events of Default include: (i) default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Notes,
including the failure to make a required payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an optional redemption, Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale
Offer; (ii) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Amounts on any Notes; (iii) the failure to perform or comply with
any of the provisions of Section 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or
agreement contained in the Indenture or in this Note for 45 days or more after written notice to the Company from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; (v) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which shall not have been cured or waived
under any Indebtedness (other than any Bolivian Indebtedness) which: (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such
Indebtedness after the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity; and the principal or accreted amount of Indebtedness covered by (a) or (b) at the relevant time exceeds
U.S.$25.0 million individually or in the aggregate (or the equivalent in other currencies) or more; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to pay one or more final, non-appealable judgments against any of them, aggregating U.S.$25.0 million (or the equivalent in other currencies) or
more (excluding therefrom any amount reasonably expected to be covered by insurance), which judgment(s) are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of
60 days or more; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy described in the Indenture affecting the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are
Significant Subsidiaries or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. If any Event of Default (other than
an Event of Default specified in clause (vii) above with respect to the Company) shall occur and be continuing and has not been cured or waived, the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid
interest on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the Event of Default and that it is a
“notice of acceleration.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (vii) above with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the unpaid principal of (and premium, if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided
in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or
Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an
acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default.
(13) T RUSTEE D EALINGS WITH C OMPANY . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
A-7
(14) N O R ECOURSE A GAINST O THERS . No past, present or future incorporator, director, officer, employee, shareholder or controlling person of the
Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claims based on, in respect of or by
reason of such obligations. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws or under Bermuda corporate law, and it is the
view of the SEC that such a waiver may be contrary to public policy.
(15) A UTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
(16) A BBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN
ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
(17) CUSIP N UMBERS . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
(18) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE
INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Inkia Energy Limited
Avenida Victor Andrés Belaúnde 147
Torre Real 5, Piso 13
San Isidro
Lima, Perú
Attention: Daniel Urbina, General Counsel
Fax: (511) 708 2201
A-8
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
A SSIGNMENT F ORM
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for it.
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
Date:
Signature Guarantee*:
Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
*
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
A-9
O PTION OF H OLDER TO E LECT P URCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
—Section 4.10 —Section 4.15
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you
elect to have purchased:
Date:
$
Your Signature:
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Tax Identification No.:
Signature Guarantee*:
*
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
A-10
S CHEDULE OF E XCHANGES OF I NTERESTS IN THE G LOBAL N OTE *
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global
Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
Date of Exchange
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note
Principal Amount
of this Global Note following
such decrease (or increase)
Signature of
authorized officer of
Trustee or Custodian
*
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form .
A-11
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT B
Inkia Energy Limited
Avenida Victor Andrés Belaúnde 147
Torre Real 5, Piso 13
San Isidro
Lima, Perú
Attention: Daniel Urbina, General Counsel
Citibank, N.A.
111 Wall Street, 15 th Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: 15 th Floor Window
Re: 8.375% Senior Notes due 2021
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 4, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), between Inkia Energy Limited, an exempted limited liability
company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.
, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer,
the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. (cid:1) Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A .
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is
purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment
discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated
in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
2. (cid:1) Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to
Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was
outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or
(y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its
behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the
requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
B-1
3. (cid:1) Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests
in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) (cid:1) such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;
or
(b) (cid:1) such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
4. (cid:1) Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .
(a) (cid:1) Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act
and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject
to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture.
(b) (cid:1) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under
the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will
no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive
Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) (cid:1) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
Dated:
B-2
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.
The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a) (cid:1) a beneficial interest in the:
(i) (cid:1) 144A Global Note (CUSIP / ISIN ), or
(ii) (cid:1) Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP / ISIN ), or
(b) (cid:1) a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.
After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a) (cid:1) a beneficial interest in the:
(i) (cid:1) 144A Global Note (CUSIP / ISIN ), or
(ii) (cid:1) Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP / ISIN ), or
(iii) (cid:1) Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP / ISIN ); or
(b) (cid:1) a Restricted Definitive Note; or
(c) (cid:1) an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
B-3
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT C
Inkia Energy Limited
Avenida Victor Andrés Belaúnde 147
Torre Real 5, Piso 13
San Isidro
Lima, Perú
Attention: Daniel Urbina, General Counsel
Citibank, N.A.
111 Wall Street, 15 th Floor
New York, New York 10013
Attention: 15 th Floor Window
Re: 8.375% Senior Notes due 2021
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 4, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), between Inkia Energy Limited, an exempted limited liability
company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”), and Citibank, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.
, (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in
such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note
(a) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal
amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “
Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States.
(b) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of
the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States.
(c) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
C-1
(d) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted
Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.
2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes
(a) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the
Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
(b) (cid:1) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] (cid:1) 144A Global Note, (cid:1) Regulation S Global Note, (cid:1) IAI Global Note with
an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.
Dated:
C-2
[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:
Name:
Title:
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Exhibit 4.10
FACILITY AGREEMENT
DATED JANUARY 2 ND , 2011
BETWEEN
O.P.C ROTEM LTD.
as the Borrower
BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.
as Arranger
BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.
as Agent
BANK LEUMI LE – ISRAEL TRUST COMPANY LTD.
as Security Trustee
and
the Senior Lenders named herein
Page 1 of 158
Facility Agreement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 D EFINITIONS
1.2 I NTERPRETATION
2. THE FACILITIES
2.1 T HE F ACILITIES
2.2 R IGHTS OF S ENIOR L ENDERS
2.3 O BLIGATIONS OF S ENIOR L ENDERS
3. PURPOSE
4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1 I NITIAL C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT
4.2 F URTHER C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT
4.3 W AIVER
5. UTILISATION
5.1 A VAILABILITY P ERIOD
5.2 G IVING O F D RAWDOWN R EQUESTS
5.3 C OMPLETION OF D RAWDOWN R EQUESTS
5.4 D EVIATION FROM THE D RAWDOWN S CHEDULE
5.5 A PPROVAL OF A D RAWDOWN R EQUEST
5.6 O PTIONAL AND M ANDATORY L ONG T ERM F ACILITY D RAWDOWN R EQUESTS
5.7 L ENDERS C ONTRIBUTIONS
5.8 P AYMENT OF P ROCEEDS
5.9 C URRENCY OF L OANS
6. REPAYMENT
7. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
7.1 V OLUNTARY P REPAYMENT
7.2 M ANDATORY P REPAYMENT
7.3 M ISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7.4 V OLUNTARY C ANCELLATION
8. INTEREST
8.1 C ALCULATION OF I NTEREST
8.1.2 R ECALCULATION OF I NTEREST IN A CCORDANCE WITH THE R ATING
8.2 D UE D ATES
8.3 C APITALISATION OF I NTEREST
8.4 D EFAULT I NTEREST
8.5 N OTIFICATION OF RATES OF INTEREST
9. INTEREST PERIODS
9.1 D URATION
9.2 C OMMENCEMENT
9.3 C OINCIDENCE WITH F INAL R EPAYMENT D ATE
9.4 O THER A DJUSTMENTS
Page 2 of 158
Facility Agreement
9
9
45
48
48
48
49
49
49
49
50
50
50
50
52
52
53
53
53
54
55
55
56
57
57
57
57
58
59
59
59
60
60
60
60
60
60
61
61
61
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
10. LINKAGE
11. PAYMENTS
11.1 P LACE
11.2 T IME OF S ETTLEMENT
11.3 P AYMENTS BY THE A GENT
11.4 N O S ET - OFF OR C OUNTERCLAIM
11.5 N ON -B USINESS D AYS
11.6 P ARTIAL P AYMENTS
11.7 D ISTRIBUTION OF P ROCEEDS
12. TAXES
12.1 W ITHHOLDING TAX EXEMPTION
12.2 G ROSS - UP
12.3 T AX C REDITS
12.4 T AX R ECEIPTS
12.5 VAT
13. MARKET DISRUPTION
13.1 M ARKET D ISRUPTION
13.2 S USPENSION OF D RAWDOWN R EQUESTS
13.3 R EVIEW
14. INCREASED COSTS
14.1 I NCREASED C OSTS
14.2 P REPAYMENT
15. ILLEGALITY
16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
16.1 S TATUS
16.2 P OWERS AND A UTHORITY
16.3 L EGAL VALIDITY
16.4 N ON -C ONFLICT
16.5 N O D EFAULT
16.6 P ROJECT C ONSENTS
16.7 L ITIGATION
16.8 R IGHTS TO P ERFORM P ROJECT
16.9 S ECURITY AND C OLLATERAL
16.10 I NTELLECTUAL P ROPERTY
16.11 W INDING - UP
16.12 T AXES
16.13 E NVIRONMENT
16.14 I NSURANCE
16.15 I NFORMATION
16.16 M ODELS AND B UDGETS
16.17 F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS
16.18 F INANCIAL I NDEBTEDNESS
16.19 N O O THER B USINESS
16.20 T RANSACTION D OCUMENTS
16.21 N O F ORCE M AJEURE
16.22 C APITALISATION AND O PTIONS
16.23 T RANSACTIONS WITH A FFILIATES
16.24 N O A DDITIONAL F EES
16.25 U TILITY A VAILABILITY
16.26 S TATUS OF THE O BLIGATIONS
16.27 R ELIANCE ON R EPRESENTATIONS
16.28 R EPETITION
Page 3 of 158
Facility Agreement
61
62
62
62
62
63
63
63
64
64
64
64
64
65
65
65
65
66
66
66
66
67
68
68
68
69
69
69
70
70
71
71
72
72
73
73
73
74
74
74
75
75
76
76
76
77
77
77
78
78
78
78
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17. UNDERTAKINGS AND COVENANTS
17.1 F INANCIAL I NFORMATION
17.2 O THER I NFORMATION
17.3 R ECORDS AND S TATEMENTS OF A CCOUNT
17.3A I NSPECTION
17.4 N OTIFICATION OF D EFAULT
17.5 P ROJECT G UARANTEES
17.6 E XISTENCE , P ROJECT C ONSENTS AND S ITE
17.7 R ANKING
17.8 N EGATIVE P LEDGE
17.9 S ECURITY
17.10 D ISPOSITIONS
17.11 P ERMITTED F INANCIAL I NDEBTEDNESS
17.12 C ONDUCT OF B USINESS
17.13 C HANGES IN S ENIOR M ANAGEMENT P ERSONNEL
17.14 I NVESTMENTS , A CCOUNTS
17.15 M ERGERS AND A CQUISITION OF A SSETS
17.16 S HARE C APITAL AND S UBORDINATED D EBT
17.17 A MENDMENTS
17.18 C ONSTRUCTION
17.19 O PERATION AND M AINTENANCE
17.20 G AS A GREEMENTS
17.20A O IL N UMBER T WO C ONTRACT
17.21 P OWER P URCHASE A GREEMENTS
17.22 O THER P ROJECT D OCUMENTS
17.23 U SE OF P ROPERTY
17.24 U SE OF P ROCEEDS
17.25 F INANCING OF THE P ROJECT
17.26 A CCOUNTS
17.27 H EDGING
17.28 R ESERVE R EQUIREMENTS
17.29 D ISTRIBUTIONS
17.30 A PPLICABLE L AWS
17.33 L ITIGATION ; C ONSTRUCTION AND O PERATION AND M AINTENANCE D ISPUTES
17.34 A DVISERS AND C ONSULTANTS
17.35 A UDITORS
17.36 P RESS R ELEASES AND A DVERTISING
17.37 F URTHER A CTIONS
17.38 R ATING
17.39 F ORCE M AJEURE
17.40 D URATION
18 CALCULATIONS AND REVISIONS CLAUSE
18.1 M ODEL , B UDGETS AND P ROJECTED C OSTS TO C OMPLETE
19. INSURANCES
20. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
20.1 N ON -P AYMENT
20.2 N ON -C OMPLIANCE
20.3 M ISREPRESENTATION
20.4 C ROSS -D EFAULT
20.5 I NSOLVENCY
20.6 I NSOLVENCY P ROCEEDINGS
20.7 A PPOINTMENT OF R ECEIVERS AND M ANAGERS
20.8 C REDITORS ’ P ROCESS
20.9 C ESSATION OF B USINESS
20.10 P ROJECT D OCUMENTS AND D IRECT A GREEMENTS
20.11 F INANCE D OCUMENTS
20.12 M ATERIAL A DVERSE E FFECT
20.13 E FFECTIVENESS OF S ECURITY
Page 4 of 158
Facility Agreement
79
79
80
82
83
84
84
85
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
88
88
89
89
90
91
91
92
92
94
94
94
95
95
95
96
96
99
101
102
103
103
103
104
104
104
104
104
105
107
107
107
108
109
110
110
110
111
111
112
112
113
113
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
20.14 C ONSTRUCTION C OMPLETION
20.15 E VENT OF L OSS
20.16 G OVERNMENTAL A CTION
20.17 I NSURANCE
20.18 P ROJECT E VENTS
20.19 R ATIOS AND C ONTRIBUTIONS
20.20 R ATING
20.21 O WNERSHIP
20.22 L IABILITY IN RESPECT OF C ONTRACTORS
20.23 J UDGEMENTS
20.24 A CCELERATION ; O THER R EMEDIES
20.25 A UTOMATIC A CCELERATION AND C ANCELLATION
20.26 R EMEDIES C UMULATIVE
22. FEES
22.1 U P F RONT
22.2 C OMMITMENT FEE
22.3 A DMINISTRATION FEE
22.4 A DVISERS ’ FEES
22.5 VAT
22.6 N O R EFUND OF FEES
23. COSTS AND EXPENSES
23.1 I NITIAL AND S PECIAL C OSTS
23.2 E NFORCEMENT C OSTS
23.3 R ETENTION
24. STAMP DUTIES
25. INDEMNITIES
25.1 C URRENCY I NDEMNITY
25.2 O THER INDEMNITIES
25.3 B REAKAGE C OSTS AND P REPAYMENT F EES
26. EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS
26.1 S TATEMENTS AND ACCOUNTS
26.2 S TATEMENTS AND ACCOUNTS
26.3 C ERTIFICATES AND D ETERMINATIONS
26.4 C ALCULATIONS
27. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
27.1 A MENDMENTS IN W RITING
27.2 C UMULATIVE R IGHTS
28. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
28.1 T RANSFERS BY B ORROWER
28.2 T RANSFERS BY S ENIOR L ENDERS
28.3 T RANSFER P ROCEDURE
28.4 R ESPONSIBILITY OF E XISTING L ENDER
28.5 R EGISTER
29. AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE
29.1 A PPOINTMENT AND D UTIES
29.2 R OLE OF THE A RRANGER
29.3 N O F IDUCIARY D UTIES
29.4 R IGHTS AND DISCRETIONS OF THE A GENT
29.5 A PPOINTMENT TO HOLD A CCOUNTS
29.6 R ESPONSIBILITY FOR D OCUMENTATION
Page 5 of 158
Facility Agreement
113
113
113
114
114
114
115
115
115
115
116
117
117
118
118
118
118
118
118
119
119
119
120
120
120
120
120
121
122
122
122
122
122
123
123
123
123
124
124
124
125
126
127
127
127
128
128
128
129
129
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
29.7 E XCLUSION OF L IABILITY
29.8 I NDEMNITIES
29.9 I NDIVIDUAL C APACITIES
29.10 D EFAULT
29.11 R ESIGNATION
29.12 C REDIT APPROVAL AND APPRAISAL
29.13 S ENIOR L ENDERS ’ INSTRUCTIONS
29.14 N OTICE TO L ENDERS
29.15 W RITTEN D ECISIONS
29.16 S ENIOR L ENDERS ’ M EETINGS TO T AKE D ECISIONS
29.17 Q UORUM AT L ENDERS M EETINGS
29.18 A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS
29.19 E NFORCEMENT ACTION
29.20 T AKING AN E NFORCEMENT A CTION
29.21 O THER A CTIONS
30. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
31. SET-OFF
32. PRO RATA SHARING
32.1 R EDISTRIBUTION
32.2 R EVERSAL OF REDISTRIBUTION
32.3 E XCEPTIONS
33. SEVERABILITY
34. COUNTERPARTS
35. NOTICES
35.1 G IVING OF N OTICES
35.2 A DDRESSES FOR N OTICES
36. BORROWER IN CONTROL
37. ABSENCE OF FIDUCIARY RELATIONS
38. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
39. INTEGRATION
40. SURVIVAL
Page 6 of 158
Facility Agreement
129
130
130
131
131
132
133
133
134
135
135
136
138
138
138
138
140
141
141
141
142
142
142
143
143
143
143
144
144
144
144
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Schedule
Title
LIST OF SCHEDULES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9A
9B
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
22A
22B
23
24
Senior Lenders and their Commitments
Form of Construction Completion Certificate
Form of Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser Certificate
Initial Construction Period Budget
Construction Schedule
Form of Optional/Mandatory Long Term Facility Drawdown Request
Form of Drawdown Request
Drawdown Schedule
Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee
Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee
Sponsors Guarantees
Conditions Precedent
Order of Payments
Enforcement Action
Repayment Schedule
Project Consents
Insurances
O&M Report
Financial Officer’s Certificate
Form of Transfer Certificate
Initial O&M Period Budget
Reserved Discretions
Base Case Financial Model
Borrower’s Report
Borrower’s Auditor’s Audit Letter
Borrower’s Auditor’s Review Letter
List of Managers
Form of Amendments to the IEC PPA
Page 7 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
25
26
27
28
29
30
Transactions with Affiliates
Interest on the Deposit of the Advance Loan
Form of Notice in accordance with Regulation 29(A)
Form of Electricity License
Amendment No. 1 to the LTSA Contract
Form of Gas Supply Agreement with the Additional Gas Supplier
Page 8 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
THIS FACILITY AGREEMENT is made on January 2 nd , 2011,
BETWEEN:
(1) O.P.C. ROTEM LTD., a limited liability company organised and existing under the laws of the State of Israel (the “Borrower”);
(2) BANK LEUMI LE - ISRAEL B.M., a banking corporation incorporated in the State of Israel, as arranger (in this capacity, the “Arranger”);
(3)
The banks, insurance companies, pension funds and provident funds whose names, addresses and facsimile numbers are set out respectively in columns 1 and
2 of Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and their Commitments) (the “Senior Lenders”); and
(4) BANK LEUMI LE - ISRAEL B.M., a banking corporation incorporated in the State of Israel, as agent (in this capacity, the “Agent”),
(5) BANK LEUMI LE - ISRAEL TRUST COMPANY LTD. a limited liability company, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Israel, as agent
and trustee for the benefit of the Senior Lenders (the “Security Trustee”)
RECITALS
WHEREAS,
the Borrower has requested the Senior Lenders to extend credit in order to enable the Borrower, on the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, to borrow from time to time during the Availability Period, under the Facilities, in an aggregate principal amount not in excess
of the Total Commitments;
WHEREAS,
the proceeds of the Facilities will be used by the Borrower for the purposes specified herein below;
WHEREAS,
the Senior Lenders are willing to extend such Facilities to the Borrower, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
IT IS AGREED as follows
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
In this Agreement, the terms appearing in this Clause 1.1 (Definitions) of this Agreement shall have the meanings set opposite them as follows:
Accounts
Each account which the Borrower is required to maintain under the Accounts Agreement
Accounts Bank
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
Page 9 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Accounts Agreement
The agreement dated 28 December, 2010 between the Borrower and the Accounts Bank.
Accumulation Date of
the DSRA
Additional Gas Supplier
24 months following the date of Construction Completion.
Noble Energy Mediterranean Ltd.; Delek Drilling Limited Partnership; Isramco Negev 2 Limited Partnership; Avner Oil
Exploration Limited Partnership; and Dor Gas Exploration Limited Partnership.
Additional Insurance
As defined in Clause 19(a)(ii) (Insurances) of this Agreement.
Advanced Loan
Advanced Loan
Shortfall Amount
Adviser
Affiliate
Agent
A principal amount actually made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.1(a)(1) by way of a drawdown from the Long
Term Facility, which shall not exceed NIS 800,000,000 (Eight Hundred Million NIS), unless increased in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 5.1 (a)(2), as from time to time, increased by Linkage Differentials and by virtue of the capitalization of
Interest.
shall mean the difference between (i) the amount of Interest and Linkage Differentials with respect to each Advanced Loan accrued
from the date of Drawdown thereof up to the date of Early Termination, and (ii) the amount of interest accrued in the Facility Loans
Account from the date of Drawdown of such Advanced Loan up to the date of Early Termination; all, less the Upfront Fee, as
defined in Clause 22.1, in its entirety.
The Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser, the Senior Lenders’ Insurance Adviser, the Senior Lenders’ Auditor and any other
professional consultant or adviser whether local or international, including legal adviser appointed by the Agent on behalf of the
Senior Lenders or for any Senior Lender, in connection with the Project.
With respect to any Person, another Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under common Control with that
Person.
Bank Leumi le - Israel B.M, or any other Person to which its rights are transferred in accordance with Clause 29 (Agent And
Security Trustee) of this Agreement.
Page 10 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Annual Debt Service
Cover Ratio or ADSCR
Arranger
Assumption
Auditors
Authorisation
For each 12 month period, means the ratio of:
(i) Cash Flow Available for Debt Service; to
(ii) Debt Service for such 12 month period.
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
As defined in Clause 18A.1 (Model, Budgets and Projected Costs to Complete) of this Agreement.
KPMG Somekh Chaikin.
Any authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration, action, order, lease, ruling, permit, rate,
tariff, permission, concession, certification, order, decree, publication, declaration or registration.
Authorised Investments
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Availability Period
Shall mean:
(a) with respect to the Long Term Facility, the period commencing on the date of First Drawdown and ending on the earlier of:
(i) Construction Completion; or (ii) the Construction Completion Deadline; to be extended, however, by up to three (3)
months thereafter to fund payments under the Construction Budget approved by the Agent prior to the Construction
Completion which are due and payable thereafter;
(b) with respect to the Standby Facility, the period commencing on the date on which the Long Term Facility shall have been
fully utilized and ending at the end of the Availability Period of the Long Term Facility;
(c) with respect to the Debt Service Reserve Facility, the period commencing on Construction Completion and ending two (2)
years thereafter;
(d) with respect to the Working Capital Facility, the period commencing on Construction Completion and ending on the Final
Maturity Date of the Long Term Facility.
Page 11 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Average Generation
Component
the weighted average generation component as published by the PUA from time to time (currently 28.66 Agurot per kWh as
published in table 1-6.3 to the PUA Tariff Schedule).
Bank
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
Banking Corporation
As defined in the Banking (License) Law, 1981.
Base Case Financial
Model
The base case Financial Model and business plan prepared by the Borrower and agreed by the Arranger setting out financial
projections and forecasts relating to the Project, attached hereto as Schedule 21 (Base Case Financial Model) .
Base CPI Index
means the Index on 15 December 2010, which is 107.6.
Borrower
O.P.C. Rotem Ltd.
Breakage Costs
(a) With respect to a Banking Corporation, the difference between:
(i) the Initial Interest Rate as of the date of Drawdown Date of granting the applicable Loan; and
(i) the Initial Interest Rate on the Repayment Date
(provided that such amount is positive)
Multiplied by the principal amount of the applicable Facility plus linkage differentials being prepaid and multiplied further by
the average remaining period of the applicable Facility (capitalised up to the date of payment by the Initial Interest Rate as of
such date of prepayment).
(b) With respect to the Institutional Lenders, the difference between:
(i) the Reference Bonds Interest Rate as of the date of Drawdown Date of granting the applicable Loan; and
(i) the Reference Bonds Interest Rate on the Repayment Date
(provided that such amount is positive)
Multiplied by the principal amount of the applicable Facility plus linkage differentials being prepaid and multiplied further by
the average remaining period of the applicable Facility (capitalised up to the date of payment by the Reference Bonds Interest
Rate as of such date of prepayment).
Page 12 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Building Permit
The Authorisation(s) provided by the relevant Governmental Authority for the building of the Project.
Business Day
Any day that is neither a Saturday, nor a Sunday for foreign currencies, nor a day on which banking institutions licensed in the State
are required or authorised to be closed, nor any day which is recognised by the Bank of Israel as not being a business day.
Calculation Date
The last business day of each Quarter.
Calculation Period
Each period commencing on the date immediately after a Calculation Date and ending on (and including) the next Calculation Date,
provided that the first Calculation Period shall commence on the date of the First Drawdown.
Cancellation Fee
An amount equal to 0.3% p.a. (capitalized) of the amount of a Commitment being cancelled.
Capital Cost
Means (without double-counting):
(a) capital expenditure incurred by the Borrower in carrying out the Works, including each of the following:
(i) all sums payable under the EPC Contract;
(ii) fees and costs of any professional adviser engaged by the Borrower in respect of the design and construction of the Works
incurred prior to Construction Completion;
(iii) costs of any site investigation surveys and tests;
(iv) premia in respect of Insurances (other than Insurances to be effected and paid for by the EPC Contractor), but excluding
premia under Insurances relating to the O&M Period;
(v) legal, accounting and other professional fees and costs incurred by the Borrower in connection with the negotiation and entry
into of the Transaction Documents and any documents referred to in the Transaction Documents; and
Page 13 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(vi) any Tax in respect of any of the above (excluding VAT);
all of which, up to an amount not exceeding the amount of such fees and expenses at such time set out in the Construction
Budget and the Financial Model; and
(b) fees and costs of the Advisers incurred prior to the Construction Completion; and
(c) Development Costs; and
(d) any other costs and expenses agreed as such by the Agent;
but excluding:
(a) Financing Costs;
(b) Financing Principal; and
(c) O&M Costs.
Cash Flow Available
for Debt Service
The aggregate of all of the followings:
(a) with respect to the previous 12 months period: Project Revenues including CDM Revenues and Compensation and Insurance
Proceeds, actually received during such period (without double-counting);
with respect to the upcoming 12 months period: Project Revenues projected to be received during such period excluding any
CDM Revenues; and
(b) any amount in excess of the DSRA requirement;
Minus (i) the aggregate of all capital, operating, maintenance costs and tax-related payments already paid in respect of the Project
during the previous 12 months period; or (ii) the aggregate of all capital, operating, maintenance costs and tax-related payments
projected to be paid in respect of the Project during the upcoming 12 months period, excluding, however, any payment with respect
to which the Borrower is entitled to a credit in respect thereof.
Page 14 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
For the purpose of the above calculation, (i) all payments and credit terms shall be deemed to mean the terms of such in accordance
with the provisions of the Permitted Financial Indebtedness specified under Clause 17.11; (ii) any advanced payment received by
the Borrower will not be taken into account; (iii) any payment obligation of the Borrower which is overdue shall be deemed as
made when due.
Cash Flow Insurance
Proceeds
Insurance Proceeds for delay in start up, business interruption, anticipated loss in revenue, third party liability or employers
liability.
CDM Revenues
Charged Assets
Collateral
Commitment
Any revenue received by the Borrower from sale of clean development mechanism rights accorded to the Project.
All or any of the assets which are, may become, or are or may be purported to be charged or pledged by or by operation of the
Debenture.
All assets, properties, rights, title and interest of any kind or character covered or purported to be covered by any or all of the
Security Documents (irrespective of the grantor).
With respect to each Senior Lender, the principal amount (which amount includes interest to be capitalised under this Agreement up
until the dates specified in Clause 8.3 (Capitalisation of Interest)) which each Senior Lender is obliged to commit with respect to
each Facility as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and their Commitments) against the name of each Senior Lender. Such
amount shall be reduced from time to time by the amount of each Senior Lender’s contribution in each Loan or as otherwise
cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The undrawn reduced Commitments and the capitalised interest accrued
thereon, shall be linked to the Index.
Commitment Fee
As defined in Clause 22.2 (Commitment Fee) of this Agreement.
Compensation
Any sum (other than any Insurance Proceeds) (i) under Project Documents payable to or for the account of the Borrower or (ii)
under Law in respect of naturalization, confiscation, forfeiture, suspension of other similar action or intervention of the Project by
any Governmental Authority.
Page 15 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Contract Capacity
As defined in the IEC PPA.
Construction Account
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Construction
Completion
The completion in full to the satisfaction of the Agent of all the requirements set forth below:
(a) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent and the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser a certificate in the form attached
hereto as Schedule 2 (Construction Completion Certificate) signed by the Financial Officer of the Borrower, and approved
by the Agent certifying that:
(i) the IPP has been constructed, tested and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser
(acting in accordance with the industry practice);
(ii) the IPP has been tested and commissioned in accordance with the IEC PPA and the EPC Contract;
(iii) the IPP has been connected to and synchronized with the IEC’s electricity network;
(iv) the IPP, including all materials, services, equipment and other parts of the Works, is free and clear of all claims,
Security Interests, encumbrances in the nature of mechanics, labour or material men’s liens and possessory liens (except
for Permitted Security Interests);
(v) all Project Consents required to be obtained have been obtained, are in full force and effect and all conditions to any
such Project Consents have been satisfied (except for any Project Consents which may be obtained only after
Construction Completion or which have been waived); and
(vi) all Insurances are in full force and effect.
(b) The Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser shall have delivered to the Agent a certificate in the form attached hereto as
Schedule 3 (Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser Certificate) certifying, inter alia , that the matters set forth in paragraph
(a)(i) above are true and correct and have been completed.
Page 16 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Construction
Completion Deadline
Construction Period
Construction Period
Budget
Construction Period
Costs
31.12.2013
The period commencing on the date on which the “Notice to Commence” (as defined in the EPC Contract) is issued and ending
on Construction Completion.
The Initial Construction Period Budget, as amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
All of the following:
(a) Capital Costs incurred or to be incurred by the Borrower up to Construction Completion;
(b) Financing Costs accruing prior to Construction Completion;
(c) O&M Costs incurred by the Borrower prior to Construction Completion, if any;
(d) Taxes required to be paid prior to Construction Completion; and
Construction Period
Revenues
Construction Schedule
any other costs incurred by the Borrower prior to Construction Completion in connection with the construction of the IPP in
accordance with the Project Documents or the Construction Period Budget, each as approved by the Agent in writing.
Project Revenues received by the Borrower during the period ending on Construction Completion.
The schedule for the performance of the construction of the Project in accordance with the EPC Contract a copy of which is
attached hereto as Schedule 5 (Construction Schedule), as may be updated from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof and subject to the terms of this Agreement.
Control
Shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1 of the Securities Law, 1968.
Page 17 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Corporate Guarantee
each of the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee, the Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee and the Sponsor
Guarantees.
Cost Overrun
Actual or anticipated expenditure which would have been deemed to be Construction Period Cost:
CP Fulfilment Date
Dalkia International
S.A. Corporate
Guarantee
Dangerous Substance
(a) had it been included in the Initial Construction Period Budget on the date of this Agreement; or
(b) had it not exceeded the budgeted amount in the Base Case Financial Model for such item of expenditure;
In each case as approved by the Agent in writing.
The date by which the Initial Conditions Precedent shall be fulfilled or waived in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4
(Conditions Precedent) of this Agreement, provided that such date shall occur no later than the Longstop Date.
A corporate guarantee to be provided by Dalkia International S.A. in the form attached hereto as Schedule 9 (Dalkia International
S.A. Corporate Guarantee) .
Any natural or artificial substance or emission (whether in solid or liquid form or in the form of a gas or vapour and whether alone
or in combination with any other substance) which is capable of causing harm to man or any other living organism or damaging the
environment or public health or welfare including but not limited to any controlled, special, hazardous, toxic, radioactive or
dangerous waste: defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous
waste”, “toxic substance”, “toxic pollutant”, “contaminant” or “pollutant” or words of similar import under any applicable Law; or
with respect to which any handling, transportation, disposal or release into the environment or any human exposure is prohibited,
limited or otherwise regulated by any Governmental Authority by reason of its hazardous nature.
Debenture
The debenture dated the date hereof containing fixed and floating charges entered into by the Borrower in favour of the Security
Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Lenders.
Page 18 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Debt Service
In respect of any period, the aggregate amount of:
Debt Service Reserve
Account (“DSRA”)
Debt Service Reserve
Facility
Debt Service Reserve
Facility Commitment
Debt Service Reserve
Facility Repayment
Date
Debt Service Reserve
Requirement
(a) all Financing Costs due and payable by the Borrower during that period; and
(b) all repayments of Financing Principal due and payable during that period.
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Shall mean the debt service reserve facility made available pursuant to this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1(c) of this
Agreement.
The aggregate amount of the Commitments with respect to the Debt Service Reserve Facility as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior
Lenders and their Commitments).
Each Calculation Date, provided that the Borrower has available cash flow for repayment of the Debt Service Reserve Facility
pursuant to the Provisions of Schedule 11 (Order of Payments), and provided that all Loans made under the Debt Service Reserve
Facility shall be repaid in full by the Final Maturity Date of the Debt Service Reserve Facility.
Shall mean with respect to the period commencing on the Accumulation Date of the DSRA and ending on the Final Maturity Date
of the Long Term Facility: on any Calculation Date the amount of Debt Service due during the two Calculation Periods following
that date.
Default Interest
As specified in Clause 8.4 (Default Interest) of this Agreement.
Demonstrated Net
Capacity
Development Costs
As defined in the IEC PPA.
The costs incurred by the Borrower or the Sponsors prior to the Effective Date, as approved by the Borrower’s Auditors, and which
have been approved by the Agent and as stated in the Financial Model.
Direct Agreement
(a) the Direct Agreement dated on or about the date hereof between the Borrower, the EPC Contractor and the Agent (the “ EPC
Direct Agreement ”);
Page 19 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b) the Direct Agreement to be entered between the Borrower, the O&M Contractor and the Agent (the “ O&M Direct
Agreement ”);
(c) the Direct Agreement to be entered between the Borrower, Israeli Land Authority and the Agent (the “ Site Direct Agreement
”);
(d) the Direct Agreement to be entered between the Borrower, the Gas Supplier and the Agent, and the Direct Agreement to be
entered into between the Borrower, the Additional Gas Supplier and the Agent (if applicable) (the “ Gas Supply Direct
Agreement ”);
Disbursement
Any withdrawal from an Account (including a transfer to another Account) in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts
Agreement.
Disbursement Notice
Any request for Disbursement.
Distribution
As defined in Clause 17.29 (Distributions) of this Agreement.
Distribution Account
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Drawdown Date
Any date on which a Loan is made.
Drawdown Request
A request for a Loan under this Agreement substantially in the form of Schedule 7 (Form of Drawdown Request) of this
Agreement.
Drawdown Schedule
For each of the Facilities, the schedule of Drawdown Requests as set out in Schedule 8 (Drawdown Schedule) attached hereto.
Early Termination
Shall have the meaning given to it under Clause 5.1(a)(7).
Effective Date
The signature date of this Agreement.
Electricity License
The model licence for the generation and sale of electricity attached as Schedule 28 to this Agreement.
Page 20 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Electricity Buyer(s)
Any Person who enters into a Power Purchase Agreement or otherwise purchases electricity from the Borrower.
Enforcement Action
Shall mean any of the actions listed in Schedule 12 (Enforcement Action) hereto.
Engagement Letters
Each of:
(a) the agreement between the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser and the Agent with respect to the Project;
(b) the agreement between the Senior Lenders’ Insurance Adviser and the Agent with respect to the Project;
(c) the agreement between the Senior Lenders’ Model Auditor and the Agent with respect to the Project; and
(d) the agreement between the Senior Lenders’ Legal Adviser and the Agent with respect to the Project.
Environmental Claim
Any administrative, regulatory or judicial action, suit, demand letter, claim, Security Interest, notice of noncompliance or violation
or investigation or proceeding conducted or initiated by any Person as a result of, under or in connection with any violation of
Environmental Law (including, without limitation, Project Consents issued thereunder) or any environmental contamination relating
to the Project which could reasonably be expected to give rise to any remedy or penalty (whether interim or final) or liability
against the Borrower or any Senior Lender.
Environmental Laws
any law or regulation concerning:
(i) health and safety;
(ii) the protection of human health or the environment; and
(iii) any emission or substance which is capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment.
Environmental
Licenses
All business licences, licences regarding nuisance, noise, emission of particles into the atmosphere, emission of odorous substances,
sewage, recycling of water or Dangerous Substances, and conditions of building permits or approvals of the Israel Standards
Institute, as well as any other Authorisations required under any Environmental Law.
Page 21 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
EPC Back to Back
Agreement
EPC Contract
The contract dated 27.6.2010 between the EPC Contractor and POSCO E&C.
The EPC Contract dated 27.6.2010 between the Borrower and the EPC Contractor for the engineering, procurement and
construction of the Project in the form of a turnkey agreement.
EPC Contractor
Daewoo International Corporation.
EPC Performance
Guarantee(s)
Each bank guarantee provided to the Borrower by the EPC Contractor under EPC Contract.
Equity Bridge Facility
Shall mean the Equity Bridge Facility made available pursuant to the Equity Bridge Facility Agreement.
Equity Bridge Facility
Agreement
Equity Bridge Facility
Guarantee
Equity Bridge Finance
Documents
The Equity Bridge Facility Agreement dated the date hereof, between the Equity Bridge Lender, the Equity Bridge Agent and the
Borrower.
Shall have the meaning given to it under the Equity Bridge Facility Agreement.
The finance documents defined in the Equity Bridge Facility Agreement.
Equity Bridge Lender
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
Equity Contributions
The amounts contributed by the Sponsors to the Borrower as share capital, capital notes or Subordinated Debt as set out in the
Equity Subscription Agreement.
Equity Documents
Each of:
(a) the Subordinated Loan Documents;
(b) the Shareholders Agreement.
Equity Interest
Any shares of the Borrower (whether or not fully paid up).
Page 22 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Equity Pledge
The Equity Pledge dated 2.1.2011 between the Sponsors, the Borrower, the Original Subordinated Lenders and the Security Trustee
for the benefit of the Senior Lenders.
Equity to Loan Ratio
20:80
Equity Subscription
Agreement
The Equity Subscription Agreement dated 28 December, 2010 between the Borrower, the Sponsors, the Security Trustee, the Equity
Bridge Lender and the Agent.
Euro
Freely transferable lawful currency for the time being of the European Union or any successor currency.
Event of Default
Any of the events set out in Clause 20 (Events of Default) of this Agreement.
Event of Loss
Any of the following events:
(a) loss of all or any substantial part of the Project or the use thereof due to destruction or substantial loss or damage, which is
uninsured or which available proceeds of insurance (or other funding irrevocably committed from creditworthy third party
entities and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent) are inadequate to repair; or
(b) the condemnation, seizure, or appropriation, or confiscation or nationalisation or taking or requisition of title or use for an
indefinite period or a period in excess of six (6) months, by any Governmental Authority which constitutes the taking of all or
a substantial part of the Project or the Site.
Excess Cash
On any Calculation Date following Construction Completion shall mean all amounts of cash which are not on such date a part of
any reserve fund or dedicated for a specific use.
Facility
Each of the following:
(a) The Long Term Facility;
(b) The Standby Facility;
(c) The Debt Service Reserve Facility; and
(d) The Working Capital Facility.
Page 23 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Facility Loans Account
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Facility Office
The facility office notified by each Senior Lender to the Agent from time to time.
Final Maturity Date
With respect to each of the Facilities, the last day of the Maturity Period thereof.
Finance Documents
Each of:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) each Security Document;
(c) any fee letter;
(d) the Equity Subscription Agreement;
(e) Equity Bridge Finance Documents;
(f) Equity Pledge;
(g) the Intercreditor Agreement;
(h) the Accounts Agreement;
(h) the Hedging Agreement;
Finance Party
Each of the following:
(a) the Senior Lenders;
(b) the Agent;
(c) the Accounts Bank;
(d) the Arranger;
(e) the Security Trustee;
(f) the Hedging Bank;
(g) the Equity Bridge Lender; and
(h) the Equity Bridge Agent.
Page 24 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Financial Indebtedness
Any indebtedness in respect of:
(a) moneys borrowed or debit balances at banks and other financial institutions;
(b) any charge or other security;
(c) any acceptance or documentary credit;
(d) receivables sold or discounted;
(e) the acquisition cost of any asset to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable
where the advance or deferred payment is advanced or deferred, and as such is arranged primarily as a method of raising
finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;
(f) any lease entered into primarily as a method of raising finance or converting fixed assets into liquid assets;
(g) any currency swap or interest rate swap, cap or collar arrangement or any other derivative or hedging instrument;
(h) any amount raised under any other transaction having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money;
(i) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any Person; or
(j) the available amount of all letters of credit issued for the account of any Person, other than letters of credit issued in
connection with trade transactions issued in the ordinary course of business.
The Base Case Financial Model as amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
With respect to any Person, the chief financial officer or any other authorised signatory of such Person.
Page 25 of 158
Facility Agreement
Financial Model
Financial Officer
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Financing Costs
Any of the following:
(a) interest (including Default Interest), Linkage Differentials, fees, commissions, costs, expenses and all other amounts payable by
the Borrower under the Finance Documents; and
(b) without limitation to paragraph (a) of this definition, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clause 23 (Costs and
Expenses), Clause 12 (Taxes), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) and Clause 25 (Indemnities), if applicable;
but excluding:
(a) Financing Principal; and
(b) any payment in respect of Subordinated Debt.
Financing Principal
Principal amounts (including any Linkage Differentials thereon) outstanding under the Finance Documents (excluding, for the
avoidance of doubt, any payment in respect of Subordinated Debt).
First Drawdown
The first Loan made or to be made under this Agreement (other than the Advanced Loan).
First Drawdown
Request
The Drawdown Request submitted by the Borrower prior to the First Drawdown.
Fiscal Year
The accounting year of the Borrower commencing each year on 1 January and ending on the following 31 December.
Force Majeure
As defined in the IEC PPA
Further Conditions
Precedent
Gas Suppliers)
Gas Supply
Agreement(s)
The conditions precedent listed in Part 2 of Schedule 10 (Conditions Precedent) to this Agreement.
East Mediterranean Gas S.A.E and the Additional Gas Supplier (if applicable).
The agreement dated 12.12.2010 between the Gas Supplier and the Borrower for the supply of gas to the IPP, and, if applicable, the
additional agreement which will be executed between the Borrower and the Additional Gas Supplier (as shall be approved by the
Agent; all in accordance with the provisions of clause 1.28 (Gas Supply Agreement) of Schedule 10 (Conditions Precedent) of this
Agreement).
Page 26 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Gas Supply Agreement
Termination due to
Force Majeure
Gas Transportation
Agreement
Shall mean the issuance of a termination notice by the Gas Supplier in accordance with the provisions of the Gas Supply
Agreement due to an event of force majeure (as defined thereunder).
The agreement between the Gas Transporter and the Borrower for the transport of gas to the IPP.
Gas Transporter
Israel Natural Gas Lines Ltd.
Good Industry Practice
Government Bonds
The exercise of that degree of skill, diligence, efficiency, prudence and foresight which would reasonably and ordinarily be
expected from a skilled and experienced Person engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar
circumstances including, without limitation, in accordance with sound engineering, construction, operating, financial and
business practices, as applicable.
The two (2) bonds denominated in NIS, issued by the State, traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, fully linked to the CPI,
bearing interest at a fixed rate, which (a) have an average time to maturity closest to that of the relevant Loan and (b) have a
total trading volume of at least NIS 5,000,000 per trading day on the last five (5) trading days immediately prior to the relevant
date. If one or both of the CPI indexed bonds issued by the State with maturity date closest to the average life of the loan do
not meet all the aforesaid requirements, then such bond or bonds, as the case may be, will be substituted by a fixed rate CPI
indexed bond or bonds issued by the State, as the case may be, with a maturity date as aforementioned.
Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, as of the Effective Date, “Galil 5903” and “Galil 5904” constitute
Government Bonds for the purposes of this definition.
Governmental Authority
Any government and/or governmental, department, ministry, cabinet, commission, board, bureau, agency, tribunal, regulatory
authority, instrumentality, judicial legislative or administrative body or entity, domestic or foreign, federal, national, state,
regional, provincial or local, having or exercising jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question.
Page 27 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Gross-up Amount
Hedging Agreement
Hedging Bank
Holding Account
IEC
Any amount paid under Clause 12.1 (Gross-Up) of this Agreement.
The general terms of operation of non traded (OTC) derivative transactions signed by and between the Borrower and the
Hedging Bank on 15.12.2010, including the Foreign Currency Hedge, and\or Interest Rate Hedge.
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M..
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Israel Electric Company Ltd.
IEC Bonds Account
Means a bank account in the name of the Borrower, No. 84723/02 at branch 800 with the Bank.
IEC Bonds Account
Pledge
Means a first ranking charge in favour of the Bank on all funds and rights standing from time to time to the credit of the IEC
Bonds Account, as security for the issuance by the Bank of the IEC Bonds (IEC Bonds, as defined under the Equity
Subscription Agreement).
IEC Power Purchase
Agreement (“IEC PPA”)
The Agreement dated November 2 nd , 2009, between the Borrower and IEC, including all appendices thereto, as may be
amended from time to time.
Index
Index Determination
Date
Initial Conditions
Precedent
Shall mean the Israeli Consumer price Index (“CPI”) published from time to time by the Israeli Central Bureau of Statistics. If
the CPI ceases to exist or becomes unavailable, the Agent and the Borrower shall agree to a substitute index that reasonably
measures inflation within Israel. The CPI on any applicable date shall mean the effective CPI on the morning of such date.
Any date on which the Index is determined and published.
The conditions precedent listed in Part 1 of Schedule 10 (Conditions Precedent) of this Agreement.
Page 28 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Initial Construction
Period Budget
Initial Interest Rate
The budget prepared by the Borrower, approved by the Agent and attached to this Agreement as Schedule 4 (Initial Construction
Period Budget) specifying the costs by item of all projected Construction Period Costs.
The interest rate determined by the Agent, in its discretion, from time to time, to be the base interest (before margin) for loans that
the Agent extends to its customers in general, for the same amount, currency, type and for the same period as the loan requested by
the Borrower on the date of determining the interest rate for such loan.
Interest Rate Hedge
Shall have the meaning in Clause 17.27(b).
Initial O&M Period
Budget
Institutional Lender
Insurance
The budget prepared by the Borrower, approved by the Agent and attached to this Agreement as Schedule 19 (Initial O&M Period
Budget) specifying the costs by item of all projected O&M Costs.
means: (i) the Senior Lenders specified in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and their Commitments) and marked as “Institutional
Lenders”; and (ii) any New Lender which is listed in sections (l)-(4) of the 1 st Schedule to the Security Law, 1968 (excluding a
Banking Corporation.
All contracts and policies of insurance of any kind which are required to be taken out by, or on behalf of or for the benefit of the
Borrower in accordance with the Transaction Documents or (to the extent of its interest) in which the Borrower has an interest, any
replacements, renewals, substitutes therefor and any additional insurance contracts or policies covering all or any part of the Project,
all as set out in Clause 19 (Insurance) of this Agreement.
Insurance Proceeds
All proceeds of Insurances including proceeds of any Insurance in respect of liabilities arising under any of the Project Documents
whether by way of claims, adjustments thereof, return of premiums or otherwise (excluding any proceeds paid in respect of insured
events under the insurance against third party liability, employers’ liability and directors and officers’ insurance).
Intellectual Property
Rights
All intellectual property rights including, without limitation, all other licences, user rights, formulas, patents, trademarks, trade
names, business names, service marks, logos, designs, copyrights, design rights (in each case
Page 29 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
including applications), moral rights, franchises, permits, inventions, confidential information, know-how, research and
development data, manufacturing methods and data, specifications and drawings, formula, algorithms, prototypes, research
materials, and all books, records, plans, drawings, operating manuals and computer software and firmware relating thereto,
together with any applications for the registration of registerable rights and registrations thereof and rights of like nature arising
or subsisting anywhere in the world in relation to any of the foregoing, whether registered or unregistered.
Intercreditor
Agreement
The Intercreditor Agreement dated 2.1.2011 between the Borrower, the Senior Lenders, the Equity Bridge Lender, the Agent,
the Security Trustee, the Equity Bridge Security Trustee (as such term is defined in the Equity Bridge Facility Agreement), the
Hledging Bank, the Shareholders, Israel Corporation Ltd, and Dalkia International S.A.
Interest
The gross interest payable pursuant to this Agreement.
Interest Payment Date
The last day of each Interest Period as specified in Clause 9 (Interest Periods) of this Agreement.
Interest Period
Interest Rate
IPP
The interest period applicable to each Loan as stipulated by Clause 9 (Interest Periods) of this Agreement.
The rate of interest applicable to a Loan as specified in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of Interest) of this Agreement.
The dual fired combined-cycle power plant with a net capacity of 427MW, to be constructed by the EPC Contractor pursuant to
the EPC Contract.
Israel Corporation Ltd.
Corporate Guarantee
A corporate guarantee to be provided by Israel Corporation Ltd. in the form attached hereto as Schedule 9A (Israel
Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee) .
Israeli GAAP
Law
Generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied in Israel.
Any constitution, treaty, statute, code, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgement, rule of law, official order, judicial order, writ,
decree, approval, concession, grant, franchise, licence, directive, guideline, policy, standard, requirement, or other governmental
restriction; and any
Page 30 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any official and binding interpretation or administration of any of the
foregoing of any Governmental Authority, whether or not having the force of law (including, without limitation, PUA Standards (‘
amot hamida ’), the measures taken to implement the proposals made by the Basle Committee on Bank Regulations and
Supervisory Practices for the International Convergence of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards and the Proper Conduct
of Banking Business Regulations, regulations or directives issued by the Bank of Israel or the Supervisor of Banks and guidelines
and directives with respect to single borrowers (“ Loveh Boded ”) groups of borrowers (“ Kvutzat Lovim ”), connected persons (“
Anashim Kshurim ”) or any other limit or limitations imposed thereunder, whether in effect as of the date hereof or thereafter and
in each case as amended, re-enacted or replaced.
Lender Contributions
With respect to any Senior Lender, means the amount from time to time of such Senior Lender’s contribution in each Loan.
Linkage Date
The day upon which any payment on account of principal and/or Interest or any other amount is expressed to be payable in
accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents or is actually paid thereunder.
Linkage Differentials
Any amount added to a base amount as a result of the linkage of that base amount to the Index.
Loan
The principal amount of each borrowing (actually made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5 (Utilization)) by the
Borrower under this Agreement by way of a drawdown from each Facility (including the Advanced Loan), as from time to time
increased by Linkage Differentials and by virtue of capitalisation of Interest.
Loan Life Cover Ratio
or LLCR
At any date means the ratio of:
(i) Available Discounted Cash Flow for the period from the calculation date of such ratio to the final Repayment Date;
to
(ii) the total amount of principal outstanding under all of the Facilities
Page 31 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
“ Available Discounted Cash flow ” with respect to any period means the sum of Cash Flow Available for Debt Service
excluding any CDM Revenues and interest on cash balance/overdraft, as projected in the Financial Model and approved by the
Arranger or the Agent, for the period from the calculation date to the final Repayment Date, discounted back to the beginning of
such period at the Discount Rate; plus the available cash balance at the beginning of such period.
“ Discount Rate ” means the rate equal to the weighted average Interest Rate applicable to the Long Term Facility.
Long Term Facility
Shall mean the long term facility made available pursuant to this Agreement as describe in Clause 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
Long Term Facility
Commitment
Longstop Date
LTSA Contract
The aggregate amount of the Commitments with respect to the Long Term Facility as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders
and their Commitments).
As defined in Clause 5.1(b) (Availability Period) of this Agreement.
The contract dated 27.6.2010 between the Borrower and the LTSA Contractor for the long term maintenance of the Project, and
any amendment thereto.
LTSA Contractor
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
LTSA Parent Company
Guarantee
The corporate guarantee to be provided by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd. in the form attached as appendix 15 of the LTSA
Contract.
Maintenance Reserve
Account
Manager
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Shall mean each of the managers listed in Schedule 23 (List of Managers) with respect to each Institutional Lender specified
therein.
Majority Lenders
Shall mean:
(a) prior to the end of the Availability Period with respect to the Long Term Facility, a Senior Lender or group of Senior
Lenders whose Relevant Commitments at such time amount in aggregate to at least 75% (Seventy Five percent) of the
aggregate Relevant Commitments at such time; and
Page 32 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b) following such date as aforesaid, a Senior Lender or group of Senior Lenders whose Lenders’ Contributions amount in
aggregate to at least 75% (Seventy Five percent) of the total Lenders’ Contributions at such time;
Market Disruption
As defined in Clause 13.1 (Market Disruption) of this Agreement.
Material Adverse
Effect
Any effect which is materially adverse to:
(a) the ability of the Borrower and/or the Sponsors and/or Israel Corporation Ltd. and/or Dalkia International S.A. to perform or
comply with any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;
(b) the ability of any Obligor (other than those specified in paragraph (a) above) to perform or comply with any of its material
obligations under the Transaction Documents;
(c) the material interests, rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any Finance Document (including, without limitation, any
Security Interest granted pursuant thereto, or the value thereof);
(d) the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), affairs, prospects or assets of the Borrower, or the Project; or
(e) the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents.
Maturity or Maturity
Period
Shall mean:
(a) with respect to the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility, 18 years following Construction Completion;
(b) with respect to the Debt Service Reserve Facility, 36 months following Construction Completion.
New Index
New Lender
The level of the Index on a Linkage Date.
As defined in Clause 28.2 of this Agreement.
Page 33 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Notices
As defined in Clause 35 of this Agreement.
Obligations
All payment and performance obligations and any other undertaking under or in connection with any Finance Document or any other
Transaction Document for the benefit of any Finance Party or to which any Finance Party is a party, including without limitation in connection
with:
(a) the principal of and interest on the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, Linkage Differentials,
indemnities, fees, expenses, Breakage Costs, Cancellation Fees) incurred under, arising out of or in connection with the Loans, the Facility
Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(b) any and all sums advanced by the Finance Parties required to preserve the Collateral or preserve their Security Interests created or
purported to be created under the Security Documents in such Collateral;
(c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of the Obligations, after an Event of Default shall have occurred, the
reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or lease, selling or otherwise disposing or realising on the Collateral, or of any
exercise by any Finance Party of its rights under any of the Finance Documents, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees, receiver’s fees and
court costs;
Obligor
Each of:
(a) the Borrower;
(b) each Sponsor;
(c) the EPC Contractor and POSCO E&C
(d) the O&M Contractor;
(e) the LTSA Contractor;
(f) the Gas Supplier, and the Additional Gas Supplier (if applicable);
(g) the Gas Transporter;
(h) each of the Project Guarantors (other than those specified in sub-clauses (b), (d) and (e) above); and
Page 34 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
O&M Bonds
O&M Budget
O&M Contract
Each bank guarantee provided to the Borrower by the O&M Contractor under the O&M Contract.
The Initial O&M Period Budget, as amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
The agreement dated December 28, 2010, between the borrower and the O&M Contractor for the operation and maintenance of the
Project.
O&M Contractor
IPP Rotem Operation and Maintenance Ltd., jointly owned by IC Power Israel Ltd and Dalkia Israel Ltd., in the following proportions:
1. IC Power Israel Ltd. 35%
2. Dalkia Israel Ltd. 65%
O&M Period
O&M Costs
The period commencing on Construction Completion and ending on the date of termination of the Electricity License.
Shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business including but not limited to:
(a) operating costs and expenses set out in the O&M Budget;
(b) liabilities of the Borrower under the Project Documents;
(c) premia on Insurances;
(d) maintenance expenditure in respect of the Project;
(e) administrative, management and employee costs; and
(f) any other costs and expenses agreed by the Agent and the Borrower,
Page 35 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
but excluding:
(a) Capital Costs;
(b) any Tax;
(c) Financing Principal;
(d) Financing Costs;
(e) any Distribution; and
Oil Number Two
Oil Number Two
Contract
(f) depreciation, non-cash charges, reserves, amortisation of intangibles and similar book-keeping entries.
As defined in the IEC PPA.
An agreement for the purchase of Oil Number Two in a form and substance to the satisfaction of the Agent.
Order of Payments
The priority of payments detailed in Schedule 11 (Order of Payments) attached hereto.
Organisational
Documents
Original Subordinated
Lenders
Permitted Financial
Indebtedness
Permitted Security
Interest
The organisational documents of any Person organised or otherwise existing under the Laws of the State or other relevant
jurisdiction, including without limitation, the memorandum of association, articles of association, articles of incorporation,
bylaws, the shareholders’ agreement, joint venture agreement and partnership agreement of such Person, as applicable.
The Sponsors.
As defined in Clause 17.11 (Permitted Financial Indebtedness) of this Agreement.
(i) any Security Interest created under the Finance Documents;
(ii) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business and not as a result of any default or omission by
the Borrower;
Page 36 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iii) any Security Interest arising out of title retention provisions in a supplier’s standard conditions of supply in respect of goods
acquired by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business;
(iv) any other Security Interest agreed to in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders); and provided
further that Security the Financial Indebtedness secured by all such Security Interests shall not, at any time exceed NIS 1,000,000
(or its Equivalent Currency Amount) in the aggregate;
(iv) the Financial Indebtedness secured by such Security Interest is Permitted Financial Indebtedness as defined in Clause 17.11
(Permitted Financial Indebtedness) hereinbelow; and
(v) the IEC Bonds Account Pledge.
Person
Any individual, company, firm, trust, organisation, corporation, state, local, municipal or other Governmental Authority, association,
joint venture or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) and any international organisation.
Pledge of Account
The Debenture, the Equity Bridge Facility Debenture and the Equity Pledge of each of the Sponsors.
Pledged Shares
In respect of each Shareholder, all present and future rights, title and interest in and to:
(a) all Equity Interest (whether paid up or not) including, without limitation, Subscription Shares (as such terms are defined in the
Equity Pledge); and
(b) any other share capital, stocks and other securities in the Borrower and options, warrants and other rights to acquire share capital
or securities convertible into or exchangeable for share capital in the Borrower,
held by or for the benefit of such Shareholder from time to time.
Page 37 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Potential Default
Power Purchase
Agreement (“PPA”)
Prepayment Fees
Any event, act or condition (as determined by the Agent) which occurred and which would, with the giving of notice or any
certificate, the lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other applicable condition (or any combination of the foregoing), constitute an
Event of Default;
An agreement for the purchase of electricity to be executed between the Borrower and Electricity Buyer(s)
(a) With respect to a Banking Corporation, an amount equal to the Financing Principal together with Linkage Differentials being
prepaid, multiplied by 0.5%, multiplied further by the average remaining period of the applicable Facility (capitalized by the
Initial Interest Rate as of such date of prepayment).
(b) With respect to the Institutional Lenders, an amount equal to the Financing Principal together with Linkage Differentials being
prepaid, multiplied by 0.5%, multiplied further by the average remaining period of the applicable Facility (capitalized by the
Reference Bonds Interest Rate as of such date of prepayment).
Proceeds Account
As defined in the Accounts Agreement.
Project
Project Consents
Shall mean the design and construction of the IPP and the production and sale of net electric energy in accordance with the provisions
of the IEC PPA and PPA’s with Electricity Buyers.
Any Authorisation (including but without limitation, all Environmental Licenses, the Electricity License and the Building Permits)
required contractually, under any Law or otherwise, for any Person to hold in connection with the entry into, performance, validity or
enforceability of, or in connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or otherwise
necessary in order for the Project to be implemented in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.
Page 38 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Project Documents
Each of:
(a) the EPC Contract;
(b) the EPC Back to Back Agreement;
(c) the O&M Contract;
(d) the LTSA Contract;
(e) the Gas Supply Agreement;
(f) the Gas Transportation Agreement;
(g) each PPA;
(h) IEC PPA;
(i) each Direct Agreement;
(j) each Project Guarantee;
(k) Insurance contracts;
(1) the letter issued by the Israel Land Authority to the Borrower on December 6, 2010 and the Site Agreement;
(m) the Electricity License and the Supply License;
(n) the Shareholders Agreement;
(o) Organisational Documents of Borrower and the O&M Contractor;
Project Guarantees
Each of:
(a) the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee;
(b) the Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee;
(c) the EPC Performance Guarantees;
(d) the O&M Bonds;
(e) the LTSA Parent Company Guarantee;
(f) the SBLC (as defined in the Gas Supply Agreement);
Page 39 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(g) the IEC PPA Construction Guarantee;
(h) the IEC PPA Operation Guarantee;
(i) the Sponsors Guarantees;
(j) other guarantees as shall be required following the execution of Project Documents following the Effective Date;
Project Guarantor
The issuer from time to time of each Project Guarantee.
Project Revenues
means, in relation to any period (without counting any item more than once), all moneys received by the Borrower in that period:
(a) under a Project Document;
(b) as Cash Flow Insurance Proceeds (but only to the extent that the Borrower is entitled to apply such amounts in or towards
payment of Financing Costs and Financing Principal);
(c) as a refund of Tax the payment of which was a Project Cost;
(d) CDM Revenues; or
(e) as interest earned or to be earned on the Accounts (other than the Distributions Account and the Dalkia Equity Account);
Quarter
A calendar quarter.
but excluding any Compensation.
Reference Bonds
Interest Rate
Weighted average of the gross yield to maturity (before tax), stated as a percentage and rounded up to the nearest four places after the
decimal point, of the Government Bonds, as published by the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange daily bulletin (“Gilaion Shearim”) or any other
publication, on the last five (5) trading days immediately prior to the relevant date (the last of such trading days being the last trading
day before the relevant date). The weighted average shall be calculated according to the trade value (financial turnover in thousands
NIS) of the said Government Bonds during such five trading days’ period.
Page 40 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Reduced Commitment
Shall have the meaning ascribed thereto under the Equity Subscription Agreement.
Relevant Commitments
The Long Term Facility Commitment and the Standby Facility Commitment.
Repayment Date
The date of payment of each Repayment Instalment as set out in Schedule 13 (Repayment Schedule).
Repayment Instalment
Each instalment for the repayment of Loans.
Representative Rate
Scheduled Drawdown
Dates
Secured Creditors
As of any date, the representative rate of exchange for NIS to the relevant foreign currency (and vice-a-versa) published by the
Bank of Israel and if no representative rate is published on that date, the last known representative rate.
A scheduled Drawdown Date as detailed in the Drawdown Schedule.
Shall mean the Security Trustee, the Facility Agent, the Arrangers, the Account Bank, the Senior Lenders; provided that, with
respect to any Senior Lender or other parties not being a party to the Intercreditor Agreement on the date hereof, such Senior
Lender or other parties shall have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement by executing an Accession Agreement pursuant to and
in accordance with Clause 21.4 (First Creditors) of the Intercreditor Agreement;
Security Documents
Each of:
(a) the Debenture;
(b) the Equity Pledge;
(c) the Equity Documents;
(d) the Direct Agreements;
(e) each Power of Attorney (as defined in the Debenture);
(f) the Project Guarantees;
(g) any other Security Interest created in favour of the Security Trustee and/or the Agent (as the case may be) for the benefit of
the Senior Lenders,
Page 41 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Security Interest
Security Trustee
Senior Lenders
Senior Lenders’
Auditor
and any other document or instrument including, without limitation, any financing statement evidencing, creating or perfecting or
continuing the perfection of any Security Interest over any asset of the Borrower or any other Obligor to secure any of the
Obligations.
Any mortgage, deed, deposit, arrangement, pledge, claim, lien (statutory or other) charge, encumbrance, conditional sale, title
retention, preferential right, priority, trust arrangement, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or
agreement having the effect of conferring security.
Either of Bank Leumi le-Israel Trust Company Ltd. or Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M., in the sole discretion of the Agent, for the
benefit of the Senior Lenders.
As set out in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and their Commitments) .
Any firm of auditors as may be appointed from time to time by the Agent at the expense of the Borrower to (among other things)
audit the Financial Model and advise each Senior Lender in connection with the Financial Model.
Senior Lenders’
Insurance Consultant
Marsh Israel Insurance Agency Ltd. or such other Person appointed from to time by the Agent at the expense of the Borrower to
independently review and opine on the insurance coverage proposed by the Borrower and/or the Senior Lenders.
Senior Lenders’
Technical Adviser
Sinclair Knight Merz (Europe) Limited or such other Person appointed from time to time by the Agent at the expense of the
Borrower to independently review the technical aspects of the Project and to appraise and periodically report on the works carried
out by the EPC Contractor (including approval of progress on a monthly basis as determined in the Drawdown Schedule) by the
O&M Contractor, and by the LTSA Contractor.
Shareholders
The Sponsors and any permitted transferee, assignee or successor of the foregoing in accordance with the terms hereof.
Page 42 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Shareholders
Agreement
Site
Site Agreement
The agreement dated 25 September, 2008 between Israel Corporation Ltd. and Dalkia Israel Ltd. and the Borrower with respect to
the Borrower as amended on 17 October and 28 December 2010, including all appendices thereto, and the agreement dated 27
December, 2010 between IC Power Israel Ltd. and Dalkia Israel Ltd. and the O&M Contractor with respect to the O&M Contractor,
including all appendices thereto.
The site upon which the Project is being built in Mishor Rotem, known as part of block 100113 parcel 2.
The lease agreement to be entered between the Borrower and Israel Land Authority regarding the lease of the Site in a form and
substance to the satisfaction of the Agent.
Sponsors
The shareholders of the Borrower, in the following proportions:
1. IC Power Israel Ltd. 80%
2. Dalkia Israel Ltd. 20%
Sponsor Guarantee
Standby Facility
Standby Facility
Commitment
State
Subordinated Debt
Each of the corporate guarantees to be provided by each of the Sponsors in the form attached hereto as Schedule 9B (Sponsors
Guarantees)
Shall mean the standby facility made available pursuant to this Agreement as describe in Clause 2.1(c) of this Agreement.
The aggregate amount of the Commitments with respect to the Standby Facility as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and
their Commitments).
The State of Israel.
Shall mean a loan or any other provision of funds to the Borrower (other than an investment in paid up equity) provided by any of
the Sponsors or Shareholders.
Subordinated Lender
Each Original Subordinated Lender and any permitted transferee, assignee or successor of the foregoing in accordance with the
terms hereof.
Page 43 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Subordinated Loan
Document
Subordinated Loan
Interests
Means any agreement for the provision of Subordinated Debt between the Borrower and the Original Subordinated Lenders
including by way of the Capital Note.
The rights and interests of a Subordinated Lender under the Subordinated Loan Document.
Supply License
As defined in the Electricity Sector law, 1996.
Tax
All present and future taxes (including without limitation, income taxes, documentary taxes, stamp taxes, VAT, transaction
taxes, withholding taxes, registration and other similar taxes), withholdings, levies, imposts, duties, charges, compulsory loans,
fees, assessments, surcharges, deductions, other compulsory payments and similar charges of whatever nature and howsoever
arising that are now or at any time hereinafter imposed, assessed, charged, levied, collected, demanded, withheld or claimed, by
the State any other applicable jurisdiction or any Governmental Authority thereof or therein (including any penalty or interest or
other liabilities payable in connection with any of the foregoing).
Time of Acceleration
As defined in Clause 20.23 (Automatic Acceleration and Cancellation) of this Agreement.
Total Commitments
the aggregate amount of:
(a) the Long Term Facility Commitment;
(b) the Standby Facility Commitment;
(c) the Debt Service Reserve Facility Commitment; and
(d) the Working Capital Facility Commitment.
Total Project Costs
Construction Period Costs actually incurred by the Borrower.
Transaction Documents
The Finance Documents, the Equity Documents and the Project Documents.
Transfer Certificate
Any transfer certificate (substantially in the form contained in Schedule 18 (Form of Transfer Certificate) issued under this
Agreement.
Page 44 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Transfer Date
Transferee
The date upon which a transfer occurs.
A party that has received from another party the other party’s rights, benefits and obligations under the Finance Documents, subject
to Clause 28 (Changes to the Parties) of this Agreement.
VAT
Value Added Tax.
Working Capital
Facility
Shall mean the working capital facility made available pursuant to this Agreement as describe in Clause 2.1 (f) of this Agreement.
Working Capital
Facility Commitment
The aggregate amount of the Commitments with respect to the Working Capital Facility as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders
and their Commitments).
Works
Means materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, buildings, computer hardware and software, apparatus, roads, ways,
services, works and other items of whatever nature, whether temporary or permanent, required to achieve Construction Completion,
whether to be provided under the EPC Contract for incorporation in the Plant (as defined in the EPC Contract) or any other Project
Document.
1.2
Interpretation
(a) Unless specified to the contrary:
(i)
a reference to: an “amendment” includes a supplement, reinstatement or re-enactment and “amended” is to be construed accordingly;
(ii)
assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
(iii)
an authorization includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration or notarisation;
(iv) disposal means a sale, transfer, grant, lease or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;
(v)
a guarantee includes any form of indemnity or other assurance against loss (including, without limitation, any obligation to pay, purchase or provide
funds for the purchase of any liability), and the verb to guarantee will be construed accordingly;
Page 45 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(vi)
indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money;
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
know your customer requirements are the identification checks that a Finance Party requests in order to meet its obligations under any
applicable Law to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;
a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, joint venture or
consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;
a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the
force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental
agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
a currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being of the relevant country;
a Default being outstanding means that it has not been remedied or waived;
(xii)
a Clause, a sub-Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a Clause or sub-Clause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement;
(xiii)
a “month” or a period of one or more “months” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the following calendar month
on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month in which such period started, provided that if such period started on the
last day in a calendar month, or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, such period shall end on the last day in the following
calendar month (and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly);
(xiv)
a reference to any Law or any provision thereof is a reference to such Law or provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted or any
successor thereof and includes any subordinate legislation;
(xv)
the Table of Contents to and the headings in any document or instrument shall not affect the interpretation of such document or instrument;
(xvi) words and defined terms denoting the singular number include the plural and vice versa and the use of any gender shall be applicable to all
genders;
Page 46 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(xvii) any representation by the Borrower or by any officer thereof being to the best of such Person’s knowledge shall be deemed to be to the best of
such Person’s knowledge after diligent inquiry;
(xviii) a reference to any document or any provision of any document are references to it as amended, modified, replaced or supplemented but where
any Finance Document requires the prior consent of the Agent in connection with any such amendment or supplement, this sub-Clause shall not
affect such requirement;
(xix)
a Party means a party to this Agreement or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;
(xx)
a reference to a time of day is a reference to Tel-Aviv time; and
(b)
(c)
The Recitals, Schedules, Appendices, Annexes and Exhibits of any Finance Document form an integral part of such Finance Document.
For the purpose of the term “Equivalent Currency Amount”, wherever any sum in NIS must be translated to or expressed as an equivalent of a
foreign currency or vice versa, the translation shall be made at the Representative Rate for the Business Day immediately preceding the date upon
which such translation is to be made. In the absence of a Representative Rate, the rate shall be determined by the Agent, based on the average of the
buying and selling rates for transfers and remittances of the relevant currency in question for transactions placed on order as published by the Agent, as
relevant, for the Business Day immediately preceding the date in question. If for any reason such translation cannot be made or equivalent cannot be
calculated as provided above, the Agent, shall calculate the equivalent on such basis as it deems fair and equitable in light of the circumstances then
prevailing.
(d) Unless otherwise specifically provided, the provisions of this Agreement shall supersede over the provisions of any Finance Document.
(e) Nothing in this Agreement shall create or confer upon any person or entity, other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted
assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities, except as expressly provided herein.
(f)
Each of the warranties, representations and undertakings given under this Agreement by the Borrower are separate and independent and shall be in
addition to and shall not prejudice, or be prejudiced by, any other warranty, representation or undertaking or other provision contained in this
Agreement or in any other Finance Document or Project Document to which the Borrower is a party.
(g) All payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of, and without any deductions for or on account of, any set-off or
counterclaim.
Page 47 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(h) Any consent, agreement or approval required from the Agent under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be of no effect if it is not in writing.
2.
THE FACILITIES
2.1 The Facilities
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Senior Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower:
(a)
(b)
a Long Term Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Long Term Facility Commitment, which shall not exceed NIS 1,560,000,000 (One Billion,
Five Hundred and Sixty Million); and
a Standby Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Standby Facility Commitment, which shall not exceed NIS 130,000,000 (One Hundred and
Thirty Million);
Provided, however, that the amount of the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility in the aggregate, shall not exceed the lesser of: (i) 80% of the Total
Project Costs; and (ii) NIS 1,690,000,000 (One Billion, Six Hundred and Ninety Million).
(c)
(d)
a Debt Service Reserve Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Debt Service Reserve Facility Commitment up to NIS 77,000,000 (Seventy Seven
Million);
a Working Capital Facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Working Capital Facility Commitment up to: (i) during the period commencing on
Construction Completion and ending 12 months thereafter, NIS 30,000,000 (Thirty Million); and (ii) during the period commencing 12 months
following Construction Completion and ending on the Final Maturity Date of the Long Term Facility, NIS 15,000,000 (Fifteen Million);
and each Senior Lender agrees to lend up to its respective Commitment as set forth in Schedule 1 (Senior Lenders and their Commitments). No Senior
Lender will be obligated to lend more than its respective Commitment and each Senior Lender shall only be obliged to lend if the Conditions Precedent under
Clause 4 (Conditions Precedent) have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of that Clause and subject to the provisions of Clause 5
(Utilization).
2.2 Rights of Senior Lenders
The rights of the Senior Lenders under the Finance Documents are several and independent, and shall be exercised exclusively through the Agent.
Page 48 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
2.3 Obligations of Senior Lenders
(a)
The obligations of the Senior Lenders under the Finance Documents are several and independent and, as such, inter alia, a debt arising under a Finance
Document to a Senior Lender, is a separate and independent debt; accordingly, a failure of a Senior Lender to perform its obligations under the Finance
Documents shall not result in:
(i)
(ii)
the obligations of any other Senior Lender being increased; nor
the Borrower or any other Senior Lenders being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under the Finance Documents.
(b) No Senior Lender is responsible for any obligation of any other Senior Lender under the Finance Documents.
3.
PURPOSE
The Borrower shall use each of the Facilities as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
the Long Term Facility, wholly and exclusively to finance the Construction Period Costs;
The Standby Facility, wholly and exclusively to finance Costs Overruns during the Construction Period after the Long Term Facility has been
exhausted;
The Debt Service Reserve Facility, wholly and exclusively to finance the Debt Service Reserve Requirement, in the absence of sufficient available cash
flow in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 11 (Order of Payments); and
The Working Capital Facility, wholly and exclusively to fund the Borrower’s working capital requirements taking into account any monies standing to
the credit of any Account (not including the Debt Service Reserve Account or the Maintenance Reserve Account, each as defined in the Accounts
Agreement).
Without affecting the obligations of the Borrower in any way, no Finance Party owes a duty to any Person to verify or monitor the purpose for which, or the
person to whom, sums so advanced are actually paid.
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1
Initial Conditions Precedent
The obligation of the Senior Lenders to make the First Drawdown available to the Borrower is subject to the fulfilment of each of the Initial Conditions
Precedent (to the satisfaction of the Agent, unless waived in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.3 (Waiver)).
Page 49 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
4.2 Further Conditions Precedent
The obligation of the Senior Lenders to make each Loan (including the First Drawdown) available to the Borrower is subject to the fulfilment, at the time of
the making of (and after giving effect to) each such Loan, of each of the Further Conditions Precedent, including with respect to any Facility under which such
Loan is being made, to the satisfaction of the Agent unless waived in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.3 (Waiver).
4.3 Waiver
(a)
The Agent shall be entitled to waive any of the Conditions Precedent set out in Clause 4.1 (Initial Conditions Precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further
Conditions Precedent), either with or without imposing any conditions thereto.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Conditions Precedent set forth in Clauses 1.3 (Security Documents) (other than the Direct
Agreements), 1.4 (Project Documents) (only with respect to the EPC Contract, the LTSA Contract, the O&M Contract and the Gas Supply Agreement),
1.25 (Minster or National Infrastructure Approval) (only to the extent that such approval was denied), 1.27 (Compliance with the IEC PPA) and 1.32
(The Electricity License) (only to the extent that the granting of the Electricity License was denied), the Agent shall be entitled to waive such
Conditions Precedent, subject to the prior consent of the Senior Lenders as follows:
(i)
(ii)
prior to the end of the Availability Period of the Long Term Facility, a Senior Lender or group of Senior Lenders whose Relevant
Commitments at such time amount in aggregate to at least 51% (fifty one percent) of the aggregate Relevant Commitments at such time; and
following such date as aforesaid, a Senior Lender or group of Senior Lenders whose Lenders’ Contributions amount in aggregate to at least
51% (fifty one percent) of the total Lenders’ Contributions at such time.
5.
UTILISATION
5.1 Availability Period
(a)
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Loans under each Facility will be made to the Borrower during the Availability Period of the applicable
Facility on the Scheduled Drawdown Dates thereof.
(a)(1)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the request of the Borrower, and subject to the creation and registration of the Pledge of Account, the Senior
Lenders shall make the Advanced Loan available in the Facility Loans Account.
Page 50 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(a)(2)
In the event that the Interest Rate shall be in the range of 5.65% - 5.75% per annum, the Senior Lenders shall make available to the Borrower the
then undrawn Long Term Commitment which is not covered by the Hedging Agreements with respect to the base interest rate, as an addition to the
Advanced Loan.
(a)(3)
(a)(4)
(a)(5)
For the purposes of this Agreement, the term Advanced Loan shall be deemed to include any additional amount in accordance with the provisions of
this Clause.
The amount of each Senior Lender’s share of the Advanced Loan shall be the proportion of such Senior Lender’s Commitment under the Long Term
Facility to the total Commitments of the Long Term Facility.
Following the issuance of the request of the Borrower, the Agent shall have 3 (three) Business Days to transfer the applicable amounts to the
Facility Loans Account.
All interest with respect to the Advanced Loan while deposited in the Facility Loan Account shall be in accordance with the interest rate quotes
listed in Schedule 26 (Interest on the Deposit of the Advance Loan), and will be added to the balance of the Facility Loan Account. The quotes
stated in Schedule 26 (Interest on the Deposit of the Advance Loan), are valid until the dates specified therein.
(a)(6)
The Borrower shall only be entitled to utilize the Advanced Loan in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.2(a).
(a)(7)
Following the occurrence of an Event of Default prior to the CP Fulfillment Date (to the extent applicable during the period prior to the CP
Fulfillment Date), or in the event that the CP Fulfillment Date shall not have occurred by the Longstop Date (Early Termination), then without
derogating form generality of the other provisions of this Agreement with respect to the termination thereof:
(i)
the Borrower shall prepay the Advanced Loan, and all Commitments which are still available on such date shall be immediately cancelled;
provided however, that notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7 (Prepayment and Cancellation) and 25.3 (Breakage Costs and
Prepayment Fees), the Borrower shall not be required to pay a Cancellation Fee, Breakage Cost or Prepayment Fees following the
prepayment of the Advance Loan and the cancellation of the Commitment; and
(ii)
The Borrower shall pay the Advanced Loan Shortfall Amount to the Senior Lenders, and, to the extent the Borrower does not pay such
amount, the Agent shall demand payment pursuant to the provisions of Clause 3 of the Corporate Guarantee.
(b)
The undrawn Total Commitments shall be automatically cancelled (without any Cancellation Fees) if the CP Fulfilment Date has not occurred by
30 June, 2011 (the Longstop Date).
Page 51 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(c)
Each Commitment of each Lender (unless drawn in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement), will be automatically cancelled at the close of
business on the last day of the Availability Period for that Facility. Cancellation of Commitments shall be further subject to the provisions of Clause 7.4
(Voluntary Cancellation).
5.2 Giving Of Drawdown Requests
(a)
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement and only following the CP Fulfilment Date, the Borrower may utilize the Advanced Loan (or any part
thereof), or, borrow under the Long Term Facility, by giving to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Request; provided however that, with respect to
each such Drawdown Request, in the event that the total amounts of the Advanced Loan and other Loans under the Long Term Facility made until such
date plus the notional amount of the Hedging Agreements with respect to the base interest rate, exceeds 120% of the total Long Term Facility
Commitments, such Drawdown Request shall be coordinated with the Agent.
(b) Unless the Agent otherwise agrees, the latest time for receipt by the Agent of a duly completed Drawdown Request is 11.00 a.m. 15 (fifteen) Business
Days before each Scheduled Drawdown Date.
(c)
Each Drawdown Request is irrevocable.
5.3 Completion of Drawdown Requests
A Drawdown Request will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
it identifies the Advance Loan or Facility the Drawdown Request applies to;
it identifies the applicable Scheduled Drawdown Date (provided, however, that no Loan or utilization of the Advanced Loan shall be made available to
the Borrower on a Friday or on an Index Determination Date);
it specifies the purpose of such Loan (which must be permitted by Clause 3 (Purpose) and which must be categorised into one of the purposes set out in
the form of the Drawdown Request set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Drawdown Request);
the amount of the requested Loan shall be in the amount provided for such Loan in the Drawdown Schedule, provided however that the amount of the
last Loan prior to Construction Completion shall be reduced by any amount standing to the credit of any Account, unless such credit serves to pay any
Construction Period Cost approved by the Agent and in no event shall exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments under the respective Facility,
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities);
Page 52 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e)
(f)
(g)
the Senior Lenders’ Technical Advisor has approved the matters subject to his approval as set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Drawdown Request), and a
copy of such approval in the requisite form shall be attached thereto;
the Agent has approved that the Equity to Loan Ratio has been met; and
all conditions precedent to the making of the Loan, as referred to in Clause 4.2 (Further Conditions Precedent), as applicable, shall be fully satisfied or
waived, as of the relevant Scheduled Drawdown Date.
5.4 Deviation from the Drawdown Schedule
(a)
(b)
notwithstanding Clause 5.3(d), but subject to the other provisions of this Agreement including, for the avoidance of doubt, the cap set forth in Clause
2.1 (The Facilities) above), the Borrower shall be entitled to request a Loan to be in an amount that varies from the amount provided for such Loan in
the Drawdown Schedule; provided however that such amount shall not be less than or exceed 10% of the applicable Loan.
notwithstanding Clause 5.3(b), but subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall be entitled to request a Loan to be on a date
that varies from the designated date in the Drawdown Schedule; provided however that such date shall not occur later than 90 days following the
designated Drawdown Date.
5.5 Approval of a Drawdown Request
(a)
(b)
The Agent shall approve the Drawdown Request or notify the Borrower, as soon as possible, of the need to re-submit or amend the Drawdown Request
and provide the details which need to be re-submitted or amended.
The Borrower shall re-submit or amend a Drawdown Request in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.2 (Giving of Drawdown Requests) in the
event that a Drawdown Request is not approved by the Agent.
5.6 Optional and Mandatory Long Term Facility Drawdown Requests
(a) On the date of each Drawdown Request with respect to the Long Term Facility, but at least once a month, the Borrower shall provide the Agent with a
calculation of the Reference Bonds Interest Rate plus 2.7% per annum, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
(b)
In the event that the Reference Bonds Interest Rate plus 2.7% per annum determined pursuant to the provisions of sub-clause (a) above
(“Determination Date”):
(i)
is equal to, or higher than, 4.85% per annum, and notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 5.2 (Giving of Drawdown Requests) and 5.3
(Completion of Drawdown Request), immediately following the Determination Date, the Borrower shall be entitled (but not obligated) to issue
a Drawdown Request in order to utilize the entire undrawn Long Term Facility (“Optional Long Term Facility Drawdown Request”);
Page 53 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
is equal to, or higher than, 5.75% per annum, the Borrower shall be obligated, within 3 Business Days, to either: (A) provide the Agent with
Hedging Agreements in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.27(b) to the full satisfaction of the Agent; or (B) issue a Long Term
Facility Drawdown Request for the entire undrawn Long Term Facility (including under the Advanced Loan) (“Mandatory Long Term
Facility Drawdown Request”).
(c)
Following the issuance of an Optional Long Term Facility Drawdown Request or a Mandatory Long Term Facility Drawdown Request and without
derogating from the provisions of Clause 5.8 (Payment of Proceeds), the Agent shall have 3 (three) Business Days to transfer the applicable amounts to
the Facility Loans Account.
(d) Any utilization of the proceeds of the Long Term Loan deposited in the Facility Loans Account shall be subject to the issuance of a Facility Loans
Account Disbursement Request in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement and the provisions of Clauses 5.2 (Giving of Drawdown
Requests) and 5.3 (Completion of Drawdown Request), shall apply with respect to such request, mutatis mutandis.
5.7 Lenders Contributions
(a)
(b)
The Agent must promptly notify each Senior Lender of the details of the approved Drawdown Request and the amount of its share in such Loan.
The amount of each Senior Lender’s share of the Loan will be the proportion of the Drawdown Request which its Commitment under the relevant
Facility (if any) bears to the Total Commitments under that Facility on the proposed Drawdown Date.
(c) Not Used.
(d) No Senior Lender is obliged to participate in a Loan if as a result:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
its share in the Loan under a Facility would exceed its Commitment for that Facility;
the Loans would exceed the Total Commitments for that Facility: or
the Loans under the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility, in the aggregate, shall exceed the cap set forth in Clause 2.1 (The Facilities)
above.
(e)
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, on each Drawdown Date each Senior Lender shall, by no later than 11.00 a.m., make available to the Agent its
share in the Loan, after having pre-advised the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event at least three (3) Business Day prior
to the Drawdown Date that it shall make available its share in the Loan on such Drawdown Date.
Page 54 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(f)
In the event that a Senior Lender fails to fund its share in a Loan (the “Breaching Lender”) (for reasons other than as specified under the provisions of
Clause 13 (Market Disruption) and Clause 15 (Illegality) or where the Agent has exercised any of its rights pursuant to the provisions of Clause 20.24
(Acceleration; Other Remedies)):
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
no other Senior Lender shall be obligated to fund its share in the Loan;
the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the other Senior Lenders of such failure as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within three
(3) Business Days;
any other Senior Lender may elect to participate in the funding of the failing Senior Lender’s share in the Loan on a pro rata basis, by giving
proper notice to the Agent within five (5) Business Days of receipt of Agent’s notice which shall be provided to all the Senior Lenders (other
than the Breaching Lender);
the Borrower may, but shall not be obliged to (without incurring any liability with respect thereto), propose alternative sources of funding,
provided that the providers of such alternative finance and the terms of such finance shall be acceptable to the Agent, (such approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld). Any such provider of alternative finance shall become a Senior Lender and a party to any relevant Finance
Document, in accordance with, and subject to, the provisions of Clause 28 (Changes to the Parties).
(v)
In the absence of alternative finance as described in sub paragraph (iv) above, the Borrower may provide the relevant share by making
available additional Equity Contributions.
(vi)
The Breaching Lender empowers the Agent to act in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 5.7(f).
5.8 Payment of Proceeds
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, and provided that all Senior Lenders made their share in the Loan available to the Agent according to the provisions of
this Clause 5, the Agent shall forthwith (by no later than 13:00) transfer all amounts made available to it prior thereto pursuant to Clause 5.7 (Lender
Contributions) (including where a Loan is made pursuant to an Optional Long Term Facility Drawdown Request or a Mandatory Long Term Facility
Drawdown Request), to the Facility Loans Account.
Notwithstanding the above, if a Loan should otherwise be transferred to Facility Loans Account on a Friday or on an Index Determination Date, such payment
will instead be transferred on the next Business Day.
5.9 Currency of Loans
All Loans shall be made in NIS.
Page 55 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
6.
REPAYMENT
6.1 Repayment of Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility
(a)
(b)
(c)
Subject to Clauses 6.1 (b) and (c), the Borrower shall repay the Loans under the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility in full by
consecutive instalments on the Repayment Dates and in amounts equal to the Percentage set opposite that Repayment Date set forth in
Schedule 13 (Repayment Schedule).
The first Repayment Instalment with respect to the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility shall fall due 6 (six) months following
Construction Completion.
The final Repayment Instalment shall fall due 18 (eighteen) years following Construction Completion at which time the Borrower shall pay the
final Repayment Instalment and all other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents.
6.2 Repayment of Debt Service Reserve Facility
The Borrower shall repay the Loans under the Debt Service Reserve Facility on each Debt Service Reserve Facility Repayment Date.
6.3 Repayment of Working Capital Facility
The Repayment Date for each Loan under the Working Capital Facility shall be mutually determined prior to the date of the applicable Loan.
6.4 Final Maturity Date
Without limiting this Clause 6 (Repayment), any Loans under a Facility outstanding on the Final Maturity Date for that Facility must be repaid in full
on that Final Maturity Date.
6.5 Miscellaneous Provisions
(a)
(b)
All Loans shall be repaid by the Borrower in the currency in which such Loan was made.
If a Repayment Date falls due on: (i) an Index Determination Date; or (ii) on a day which is not a Business Day; such Repayment Date shall be
rescheduled and shall become due one day prior to such Index Determination Date or on the Business Day one day prior to such Repayment
Date, as the case may be.
(c)
With the exception of repayments of the Working Capital Facility, no amount repaid under this Agreement may be subsequently re-borrowed.
Page 56 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(d)
All Repayment Instalments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement.
7.
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
7.1 Voluntary Prepayment
(a)
The Borrower may, prior to Construction Completion, by giving written notice to the Agent of not less than ninety (90) days, and, following
Construction Completion, by giving written notice to the Agent not less than forty five (45) days prior to a Repayment Date:
(i)
(ii)
Prepay the Loan(s) or part thereof by way of additional Equity Contributions, provided however that the prepayment shall be in an amount
equal to whole multiples of 10,000,000 NIS, and the prepayment shall be made by the Borrower on a Repayment Date (if applicable) and not
more than twice per annum;
prepay all Loans provided, however, that such notice of prepayment shall also be deemed to constitute written notice of voluntary cancellation
of all Commitments which are still available on such date and such prepayment shall be subject to the provisions of sub-Clause 7.3(a) below.
(b) Any notice provided by the Borrower pursuant to this Clause 7.1 (Voluntary Prepayment) shall be irrevocable and shall specify the Loans, the date
fixed for prepayment, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be prepaid and the Interest thereon, and the Borrower’s best estimate of the
Linkage Differentials and other amounts to be paid on the prepayment date. The Agent shall furnish a copy of the said prepayment notice to each
Senior Lender, together with the details of such computation.
7.2 Mandatory Prepayment
The Agent may demand mandatory prepayment from the Borrower following the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been remedied in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 20 (Event of Default) (if a cure period has been granted under the provisions of Clause 20 (Event of Default)).
7.3 Miscellaneous provisions
(a) Any prepayments under this Agreement (including, without limitation, following an Event of Default) shall be made together with accrued Interest,
Linkage Differentials, and a Prepayment Fee and all other amounts accrued and payable under the Finance Documents including, without limitation the
Breakage Costs and, with respect to Commitments cancelled pursuant to Clause 7.1(a)(ii), Cancellation Fee.
Page 57 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Prepayment Fees or Cancellation Fee shall apply in the case of any prepayment or cancellation made pursuant to
Clause 5.7 (e) (Lenders Contributions), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) or Clause 15 (Illegality).
(b) No prepayment is permitted except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
(c) No amount prepaid under this Agreement may be subsequently re-borrowed, except for prepayments of Loans under the Working Capital Facility.
(d) All prepayments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement.
(e) Any amounts prepaid under this Agreement shall be applied in inverse order to any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents such that
the most recent amounts shall be paid first such that the future Repayment Instalments shall not be reduced in amount but that the final Repayment Date
shall be brought forward.
7.4 Voluntary Cancellation
(a)
Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the conditions set out in this Clause 7.4 (Voluntary Cancellation), the Borrower may, by giving written
notice to the Agent not less than ninety (90) days prior to a scheduled Drawdown Date, cancel all or any part of undrawn Commitment provided that it
first demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Agent that:
(i)
the Borrower has and will continue to have sufficient funds available to achieve Construction Completion by the Construction Completion
Deadline; and
(ii)
the cancellation will not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Default.
(b)
For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall have no right to fund any cancellation of any undrawn Commitment by means of the raising of any
additional finance apart from by way of additional Equity Contributions provided by the Sponsors, save where the cancellation is for the reason set out
in Clause 5.7(e) (Lenders Contributions), Clause 7.1(a)(ii) (Voluntary Prepayment), Clause 13 (Market Disruption), Clause 14 (Increased Costs),
Clause 15(b)(ii) (Illegality) or where the Borrower cancels all Commitments which are still available and prepays all Loans.
(c)
Subject to the provisions of the Equity Subscription Agreement, the Borrower shall be obligated to cancel the Long Term Facility Commitment by the
Reduced Commitment.
Page 58 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(d)
(e)
(f)
Any cancellation in part (other than under Clause 14 (Increased Costs) or Clause 15(b)(ii) (Illegality) hereof) will reduce the applicable
Commitments of each Senior Lender pro rata.
No amount cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated.
The Borrower shall pay the Cancellation Fee with respect to any cancellation under this Agreement, provided, however, that the Cancellation Fee
will not apply if the cancelled amount of the applicable Facility has been replaced by Equity Contributions or if the cancellation is for the reason
set out in Clause 5.7(e) (Lenders Contributions), this Clause 7.4(c), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) or Clause 15(b)(ii) (Illegality).
8.
INTEREST
8.1 Calculation of Interest
8.1.1 Rate of Interest
(a)
(a)(1)
(b)
(c)
The per annum rate of interest applicable to each Loan under the Long Term Facility and each Loan under the Standby Facility made available
shall be equal to the Reference Bonds Interest Rate on the applicable Drawdown Date plus 2.7% provided, however, that in any event such total
per annum rate of interest shall not be less than 4.85%.
In the event that the Advanced Loan (up to an amount of NIS 800,000,000) has been requested within 60 days following the Effective Date, and
until the earlier of: (i) 12 months as of the first Loan under the Advanced Loan is made; and (ii) a Loan under the Long Term Facility (other than
the Advanced Loan) is made, the Interest Rate (as determined pursuant to sub-clause (a) above), with respect to the part of the Advanced Loan
deposited in the Loan Facility Account, shall be reduced by 0.2% provided, however, that the Interest Rate shall not be less than 4.9%.
The per annum rate of interest applicable to each Debt Service Reserve Facility’s Loan shall be equal to Initial Interest Rate on the applicable
Drawdown Date plus 1.5%.
The per annum rate of interest applicable to each Working Capital Facility’s Loan shall be equal to Initial Interest Rate on the applicable
Drawdown Date plus 1.6%.
8.1.2 Recalculation of Interest in Accordance with the Rating
Without derogating from the provisions of Clause 20.20 (Rating), in the event that a rating obtained in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.38(a)
(Rating) is lower than AA- (as published by S&P Ma’alot, or the equivalent rating published by a different rating agency), then, as of the date of such rating
and until the Final Repayment Date of each Loan provided under each of the Facilities, the per annum rate of interest applicable to each of the Loans shall
be increased by 0.5%.
Page 59 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
8.2 Due Dates
The Borrower shall pay the interest (together with Linkage Differentials thereon in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) on each Loan on each
Interest Payment Date.
8.3 Capitalisation of Interest
(a) Notwithstanding Clause 8.2 (Due Dates), until three (3) months following Construction Completion, the Interest on each Loan (together with Linkage
Differentials thereon in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) shall be capitalised on the relevant Interest Payment Dates and shall be added to
the principal amount of the Loans in question.
(b)
Interest capitalised under this Clause 8.3 (Capitalisation of Interest) shall accrue Linkage Differentials and Interest at the Interest Rate or Rates
applicable to the Loan in respect of which that Interest would have otherwise been payable.
8.4 Default Interest
(a) Without derogating from any remedy available to the Senior Lenders, if the Borrower fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance
Documents, it shall forthwith on demand by the Agent pay interest (together with Linkage Differentials thereon in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement) on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (before and after determination), at a rate of three per cent
(3%) per annum above the Interest Rate specified in Clause 8.1 (Calculation of Interest) (the “Default Interest”). Notwithstanding Clause 8.3
(Capitalisation of Interest), Default Interest shall be payable and shall not be capitalised.
(b)
For the purposes hereof, any amount payable by the Borrower on demand shall be deemed overdue when a demand has been made for the payment
thereof and the amount has not been paid.
8.5 Notification of rates of interest
The Agent shall, if so requested by the Borrower, notify the Borrower of the Interest Rate determination under this Clause 8 (Interest).
9.
INTEREST PERIODS
9.1 Duration
(a)
The interest period (the “Interest Period”) for each Loan shall be three (3) months.
Page 60 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on an Index Determination Date or on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end
on the next Business Day (in that calendar month (if there is one) or in the last Business Day of the preceding month (if there is not) and shall be linked
to the effective Index prior to that Index Determination Date.
9.2 Commencement
The first Interest Period for each Loan shall commence on the Drawdown Date for such Loan. Each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry
of the previous Interest Period.
9.3 Coincidence with Final Repayment Date
If an Interest Period would otherwise overrun the final Repayment Date, it shall be shortened so that it ends on the final Repayment Date.
9.4 Other adjustments
The Agent may make such adjustments to the duration of Interest Periods, either to accord with current market practice or to facilitate the administration of
the Facility.
10. LINKAGE
All Loans in NIS and all Interest thereon, and any other amount required to be linked to the Index under the Finance Documents, shall be linked to the Index
in accordance with the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
If on any Linkage Date, the New Index shall have risen in comparison to the Base CPI Index, the Borrower shall make all payments to the Agent on
such Linkage Date (whether in respect of principal, interest or any other amount payable in NIS hereunder), duly multiplied by the New Index and
divided by the Base CPI Index.
If on any Linkage Date, the New Index shall not have risen or shall have fallen in comparison to the Base CPI Index, the Borrower shall effect payment
in full of all such amounts payable hereunder at their stated values, without any reduction.
If the Index due to be published preceding any Linkage Date, shall not be published for any reason before any Linkage Date, then the “New Index”
with respect to any payment made on such Linkage Date, shall mean, the last Index published prior thereto, provided that such “New Index” shall serve
as a provisional index until the publication of the official New Index.
If it transpires that the New Index which shall have been published late and after the aforesaid Linkage Date, shall have risen in comparison to the
Index which served as a provisional basis for making the aforesaid payments (as in Clause 10 (c) provided above), then the Borrower shall pay to the
Senior Lenders, the resulting differentials within five (5) Business Days from the date of publication of the New Index.
Page 61 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Conversely, if it transpires that the New Index which shall been published late and after the aforesaid Linkage Date, shall have fallen in comparison to
the Index which served as a provisional basis for making the aforesaid payments (as in Clause 10 (c) provided above), then the Senior Lenders shall pay
to the Borrower the resulting differentials by way of set-off against the next payment due from the Borrower to the Senior Lenders. Notwithstanding the
above, for the purposes of calculating any such differentials, the New Index taken into account shall not fall below the Base CPI Index.
11. PAYMENTS
11.1 Place
All payments by the Borrower or a Senior Lender under this Agreement shall be made to the Agent to the account designated by the Agent or at such office or
bank as it may notify the Borrower or any Senior Lender for this purpose.
11.2 Time of Settlement
Payments under this Agreement to the Agent shall be made for value on the due date by no later than 11.00 AM on the due date or at such later times as the
Agent may otherwise specify to the party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions.
11.3 Payments by the Agent
(a)
Each payment received by the Agent under this Agreement for another party shall, subject to Clause 11.3(b) below, be made available by the Agent to
that party by payment:
(i)
(ii)
in the case of a party other than the Borrower, to its account as it shall have notified to the Agent for this purpose by not less than five
(5) Business Days’ prior notice, no later than one (1) Business Day following the date of receipt; and
in the case of the Borrower, to the Construction Account (during the Construction Period) or Proceeds Account (thereafter), no later than five
(5) Business Day following the date of receipt.
(b) Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under this Agreement for another party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that party until it has
established that it has actually received that sum. The Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid to it in accordance with this Agreement,
and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that party a corresponding amount. If the sum has not been made available but the Agent has paid
a corresponding amount to
Page 62 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
another party, that party shall forthwith on demand by the Agent refund the corresponding amount together with interest on that amount from the date
of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate determined by the Agent at its sole discretion to reimburse it for its costs and expenses.
11.4 No Set-off or Counterclaim
The Borrower hereby waives any set-off or counterclaim right with respect to any payment made under this Agreement.
11.5 Non-Business Days
(a)
If a payment under this Agreement is due on an Index Determination Date or on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall
be deemed the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Clause 11.5 (Non-Business Days) interest shall be payable on that
principal at the rate payable on the original due date.
11.6 Partial Payments
(a)
If the Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts that are due and payable on the day of such payment by the Borrower under
this Agreement, the Agent shall, apply that payment towards the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in the following order:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees (including, without limitation, Commitment Fees and other fees) and expenses, costs,
and indemnities of the Agent and the Senior Lenders (other than Gross-up Amounts) due and payable;
secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of all amounts of interest (including capitalised interest, Default Interest, Linkage Differentials in
respect of interest and any Gross Up amount) due and payable under the Finance Documents;
thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of all amounts, if any, of principal and Linkage Differentials in relation thereof due and payable under
this Agreement;
fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any Cancellation Fees, Breakage Costs and Prepayment Fees due and payable under the Finance
Documents;
(v)
fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata any other amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents.
Page 63 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
The Agent shall, if so directed by the Senior Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (v) of Clause 11.6(a) above.
(c) Clauses 11.6(a) and (b) above shall override any appropriation made by the Borrower.
11.7 Distribution of Proceeds
All monies and other assets received by the Senior Lenders or the Agent or the Security Trustee from the realisation of any Charged Asset shall be applied pro
rata between the Senior Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
12. TAXES
12.1 Withholding tax exemption
Each Finance Party (and any respective successor or assign thereof) (other than the Bank), shall present, on the Effective Date, a full exemption from
withholding of income tax on all payments to such Finance Party under this Agreement, and deliver to the Agent (and to the Borrower, if requested) any
applicable certificate or approval issued by the Israeli tax authorities in evidence thereof.
12.2 Gross-up
All payments by the Borrower under the Finance Documents shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any Taxes, except
to the extent that the Borrower is required by applicable Law to make payment subject to any deduction or withholding of any Taxes. If any Tax or amounts in
respect of Tax must be deducted according to any applicable Law from any amounts payable or paid by the Borrower, or paid or payable by the Agent to a
Senior Lender (other than an Institutional Lender) under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to
ensure that the relevant Finance Party receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment not been made subject to Tax
(other than Tax on the overall net income of a Finance Party or the overall net income of a division or branch of the Finance Party) or other deduction.
In the event that following a change in Law the Institutional Lenders shall not be exempt from withholding of income tax with respect to payments under this
Agreement, the parties shall negotiate in order to try and resolve the issue.
12.3 Tax Credits
If and to the extent that the Borrower pays an additional amount to any Finance Party pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Gross-up) with respect to any Tax, and that
Finance Party determines that it has received and retained a refund of such Tax or that its liability for Israeli corporate income tax has been reduced by the
allowance of a credit for such Tax ( “ Tax Credit ” ) which is attributable to that Tax payment, then that Finance Party shall
Page 64 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
reimburse the Borrower such amount as will leave the Finance Party (after that reimbursement) in no better or worse position in respect of its tax liabilities
than it would have been in if such Tax had not been required to be paid or withheld with respect to any payment to the Finance Party under this Agreement,
provided that the Finance Party shall not be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this Clause 12.1 (Gross-up) if an Event of Default has
occurred, in which case such Tax Credit shall be set-off against any amount owed by the Borrower to the Finance Party, if any, according to the Finance
Documents. Nothing in this Clause 12.2 (Tax Credits) shall restrict the right of each Finance Party to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit.
No Finance Party shall be obliged to disclose any information regarding its Tax affairs to the Borrower.
12.4 Tax Receipts
All Taxes required by law to be deducted by the Borrower from any amounts paid or payable under the Finance Documents shall be paid by the Borrower
when due and the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days of the payment being made, deliver to the Agent for the relevant Senior Lender evidence
satisfactory to that Senior Lender (including all relevant tax receipts) that the payment has been duly remitted to the appropriate authority.
12.5 VAT
Unless expressly stated otherwise, all amounts payable by the Borrower specified in the Finance Documents do not include value added tax, to the extent
applicable to such payment under applicable Law. The Borrower shall pay to the Finance Parties all value added tax, if any, payable in respect of any payment
to be made by the Borrower to such Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
13. MARKET DISRUPTION
13.1 Market Disruption
If by reason of changes affecting the capital and /or financing markets:
(a)
(b)
the Reference Bonds Interest Rate cannot be determined; or
the Agent receives notification from a Senior Lender that:
(i)
(ii)
matching deposits for the relevant period will not be available to it in the ordinary course of business to fund its Lender Contributions in that
Loan; or
the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits for the relevant period would be in excess of the rate of interest in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 8.1.1 (Rate of Interest);
then the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Senior Lenders of the fact that this Clause 13 (Market Disruption) is in operation.
Page 65 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
13.2 Suspension of Drawdown Requests
If a notification under Clause 13.1 (Market Disruption) applies to a Drawdown Request which has not been made that Drawdown Request shall not be made,
and:
(a) Upon receipt of the notification, the Borrower and the Agent shall enter into negotiations for a period of not more than thirty (30) days with a view to
agreeing an alternative basis for the borrowing of the Loan under that Drawdown Request and any future Loans;
(b) Any alternative basis agreed shall be binding on all relevant parties; and
(c)
If no alternative basis is agreed, the Borrower may cancel all Commitments under the Facility (including, without limitation, any Cancellation Fees). In
the absence of cancellation, the provisions of Clause 13.3(c)-(e) shall apply.
13.3 Review
So long as any alternative basis determined in accordance with Clause 13.2 above is in force, the Agent, in consultation with the Borrower shall from time to
time, but not less than monthly, review whether or not the circumstances referred to in Clause 13.1 (Market Disruption) still prevail with a view to returning to
the original provisions of this Agreement. Upon any return to the original provisions of this Agreement ( “Date of Resumption” ): (i) all Loans extended to
the Borrower prior to the Date of Resumption shall bear the Interest Rate determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.3 (Alternative Basis for
Outstanding Loans), and (ii) all Loans extended to the Borrower following to the Date of Resumption shall bear the Interest Rate which would have applied) if
the provisions of this Clause 13 (Market Disruption) had not been implemented.
14.
INCREASED COSTS
14.1 Increased Costs
(a)
Subject to this Clause 14.1 (Increased Costs), the Borrower shall upon no less than ten (10) days prior written notice of demand by a Senior Lender pay
to that Senior Lender the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by it as a result of the introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the binding
interpretation or application of, any applicable Law (including any Law relating to taxation (excluding taxes on income), or reserve assets, special
deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary control).
Page 66 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means:
(i)
an additional cost incurred as a result of the Senior Lender having entered into, or performing, maintaining or funding its obligations under any
Finance Document; or
(ii)
a reduction in the effective return to a Senior Lender under the Finance Documents or on its overall capital; or
(iii)
a reduction of an amount due and payable under any Finance Document.
(c)
Sub-Clause (b) above does not apply to any increased cost:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
compensated for under Clause 12 (Taxes);
attributable to any change in the rate of, or change in the basis of calculating Tax on the overall net income of a Senior Lender (or the overall
net income of a division or branch of the Senior Lender), imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal office or Facility Office is situated;
arising solely by reason of a Senior Lender’s unreasonable delay in making its demand under Clause 14.1(b) (Increased Costs) after it has
become aware of and is able to ascertain the amount of its claim; or
(iv)
attributable to and consequent upon any transfers under Clause 28 (Changes to the Parties).
(d) Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, each Finance Party shall take all reasonable steps to remove the circumstances leading to the
Increased Costs and to mitigate the consequences thereof to the Borrower.
(e) Any demand made by a Senior Lender under this Clause 14.1 (Increased Costs) shall be made on the Borrower (through the Agent) promptly upon its
becoming aware of the same and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower that it has received such demand from the affected Senior Lender. Any
demand made by a Finance Party under this Clause 14.1 (Increased Costs) shall be contained in a certificate which shall be conclusive, shall reasonably
specify the circumstances of such event and include a computation of the relevant amount in reasonable detail together with relevant supporting
information, to the extent applicable.
14.2 Prepayment
If Increased Costs have been and continue to be payable to a Senior Lender in accordance with Clause 14.1 (Increased Costs) for a period in excess of thirty
(30) days, the Borrower may forthwith prepay that Senior Lender its share in the Loans together with accrued Interest, Linkage Differentials and all other
amounts payable by it to that Senior Lender under this Agreement provided, however, that under such circumstances, the restrictions set out in Clause 7.1(a)
shall not apply and no Prepayment Fee shall be due.
Page 67 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
15.
ILLEGALITY
If after the date hereof it becomes unlawful for a Senior Lender to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or
maintain its Lender Contributions in the Facility (including as a result of the introduction of, any change in, or any change in the binding interpretation or
application of, any applicable Law), then:
(a)
that Senior Lender may notify the Borrower through the Agent accordingly specifying the nature of such event and the latest date until which such
obligations may remain in effect without causing it to be in breach of applicable Law as aforesaid (in this Clause the “effective date” ), and further
specify that to the extent necessary to avoid any such illegality or breach of applicable Law as aforesaid, the Senior Lender’s obligations under the
Finance Documents should be terminated in accordance herewith; and
(b)
(i) on or prior to the effective date, the Borrower shall prepay that Senior Lender its share in the Loans with all accrued Interest and Linkage
Differentials and other amounts payable by it to that Senior Lender under this Agreement on the date specified by the Agent in the notice delivered
to the Borrower (including, without limitation, any Breakage Costs). For avoidance of doubt, no Prepayment Fee shall apply to such payments; and
(ii) the unfunded Commitment of that Senior Lender will forthwith be cancelled. For avoidance of doubt, no Cancellation Fee shall apply to such
payments.
Notwithstanding the above, in the event illegality exists according to this Clause 15 (Illegality), the Agent, if requested by the Borrower, shall allow the
Borrower (and provide reasonable assistance to Borrower in its attempts) to try and raise an alternative source of funds within a period of three (3) months
from the date the Borrower is notified of such illegality.
16. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in each of Clauses 16.1 (Status) through 16.29 (Accuracy of Representations) to each Finance
Party:
16.1 Status
The Borrower and the O&M Contractor are limited liability single purpose companies:
(a)
duly organised and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation possessing the capacity to sue and be sued in its own name; and
(b) with full power and authority to own the property and assets owned by it and to lease the properties leased by it and to carry on its business as it is now
being conducted or proposed to be conducted.
Page 68 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.2 Powers and Authority
The Borrower and each Sponsor:
(a)
(b)
has all requisite power and authority and has taken all necessary action to enable it carry on its business as it is being conducted or is intended to be
conducted as at the date of this Agreement, and to enter into and comply with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;
and
in the case of any Transaction Document not yet executed as of the date of this Agreement to which such entity will be a party, will have the requisite
power and authority, and shall have taken all necessary action to enter into, and comply with its obligations under, that Transaction Document when
that Transaction Document is executed.
16.3 Legal validity
(a)
Each Transaction Document to which the Borrower and each Sponsor is a party constitutes (and each Transaction Document executed after the date
hereof to which it will be a party, when executed in accordance with its terms shall constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity
enforceable in accordance with its respective terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by:
(i)
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally;
and
(ii)
general equitable principles (regardless of whether the issue of enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(b)
(c)
Each Transaction Document to which the Borrower or a Sponsor is a party is in proper legal form under the Laws of the State or under the respective
governing law selected in each respective Transaction Document for the enforcement thereof.
The Transaction Documents to which the Borrower or a Sponsor is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Borrower and
Sponsors and have not been amended, modified, supplemented, repudiated or terminated and are in full force and effect.
16.4 Non-conflict
The execution, entry into and delivery by the Borrower and the Sponsors of (and performance by the Borrower and the Sponsors of the transactions
contemplated by) the Transaction Documents to which the Borrower or the Sponsors are a party to do not contravene, violate or conflict with:
(a)
any applicable Law;
Page 69 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
(c)
(d)
the Organisational Documents of the Borrower or such Sponsor;
any Authorisation or Project Consent currently in effect; or
any document which is binding upon the Borrower or such Sponsor or which governs any of its assets,
and will not result in the creation or imposition of (or enforcement of) any Security Interest (other than under the Security Documents) on any of its assets
pursuant to the provisions of any agreement, instrument or document.
16.5 No Default
(a) No Event of Default or Potential Default is outstanding or will result from the execution of, or the performance of, any Transaction Document.
(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes or might constitute a default under any Transaction Document or which has had or will
likely have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
the Borrower is not in breach of or in violation of:
(i)
(ii)
any applicable Law;
its Organisational Documents; or
(iii)
any Project Document;
in any manner which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d)
To the Borrower’s best knowledge no Sponsor is in breach of or in violation of:
(i)
(ii)
any applicable Law; or
its Organisational Documents;
in any manner which has had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.6 Project Consents
(a) All Project Consents are set forth in Schedule 14 (Project Consents) of this Agreement. Schedule 14 (Project Consents) further sets out the dates by
which each such Project Consent must be received so that the Project is constructed in accordance with the Construction Schedule, in order to reach
Construction Completion by the Construction Completion Deadline and in order to sell electricity during the O&M Period.
Page 70 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b) All Project Consents have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect or will be obtained or effected (by the Borrower or pursuant to a
Project Document) and will be in full force and effect on the date they are required.
(c)
The Borrower is not aware of:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
any reason why any Project Consent will not be obtained or effected by the time it is required;
any steps to revoke or cancel any Project Consent;
any reason why any Project Consent will not be renewed when it expires and will be so renewed, to the best of its knowledge and opinion,
without the imposition of any new restriction or condition.
(d)
(e)
The Project, if constructed and operated in accordance with the plans and specifications therefor and the Project Documents, will conform to and
comply with the Project Consents, the Transaction Documents applicable thereto and all applicable Laws.
The Agent has received a true and complete copy of each Project Consent heretofore obtained or made by the Borrower or any other Person set forth in
Schedule 14 (Project Consents) of this Agreement.
16.7 Litigation
(a) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are current or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, pending or threatened, which have, or if
adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
There is no injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order or any order of any nature issued against the Borrower by an arbitrator, court or other
Governmental Authority directing that any of the material transactions provided for in any of the Transaction Documents shall not be consummated as
herein or therein provided.
(c)
To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, the Borrower is not in default with respect to any writ, order, decree, injunction or other decision of any
Governmental Authority except where such default has not had and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.8 Rights to Perform Project
The Borrower has or at the relevant time will have all the contractual and proprietary rights, powers and authorities necessary for the present and proposed
conduct of its business to commence, execute, implement, build, operate, complete, maintain and carry out the Project, as contemplated by the Transaction
Documents (including all rights of use, entry, and exit in relation to the Site).
Page 71 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.9 Security and Collateral
(a)
Each Security Document confers the Security Interests it purports to confer over all of the Collateral referred to in such Security Document and those
Security Interests are first ranking, and not subject to any prior or pari passu Security Interests on the date of execution of the relevant Security
Document.
(b) Other than the Security Interests created or purported to be created under the Security Documents and Permitted Security Interests, there are no other
Security Interests covering the Project, the Site or the Collateral and no obligations on behalf of Borrower to create any such Security Interests.
(c)
The Security Documents have been duly filed, recorded and/or registered in each office and in each jurisdiction where required to create, perfect and
maintain in full force and effect all Security Interests under the Security Documents.
(d)
Except as created under the Finance Documents or as expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing on the date hereof:
(i)
(ii)
the Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Charged Assets and to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, each other Person
granting any Security Interest in any of the Collateral to the Senior Lenders under any Security Document is the sole legal and beneficial owner
of such Collateral;
there are no covenants, agreements, stipulations, reservations, conditions, interests, rights or other matters which have an adversely effect the
Collateral, its assignability and/or the rights of the Senior Lenders pursuant to the Security Documents; and
(iii)
the Borrower has received no notice of any adverse claim by any Person in respect of the ownership of the Collateral or any interest in it.
16.10 Intellectual Property
(a)
(b)
The Borrower has, or shall at the relevant time have, all necessary legal and other rights to use all the Intellectual Property Rights which are required in
order to execute and operate the Project in accordance with the Transaction Documents.
Pursuant to the Project Documents, the Borrower is granted all rights of whatever nature necessary for the conduct of its business and execution of the
Project, in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
(c) None of the Intellectual Property Rights which are necessary for the Project is, to the Borrower’s knowledge, being infringed nor, to its knowledge, is
there any threatened infringement of those Intellectual Property Rights by any third party.
Page 72 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.11 Winding -up
(a) No proceedings for the bankruptcy, winding up, insolvency, or reorganisation of or for any moratorium or scheme of arrangement or any other similar
proceedings relating to the Borrower are, to the Borrower’s best knowledge, threatened, contemplated or outstanding.
(b) No proceedings for the bankruptcy, winding up, insolvency, or reorganisation of or for any moratorium or scheme of arrangement or any other similar
proceedings relating to any Obligor (other than the Borrower) are, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, contemplated or outstanding
which have had or are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
16.12 Taxes
(a)
The Borrower:
(i)
(ii)
has filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns which are required to be filed by the Borrower; and
has paid all Taxes due and payable with respect to such returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property.
(b) No Tax lien has been filed, no claim is being asserted with respect to any Tax, and there are no material questions or disputes pending or, to the
Borrower’s best knowledge, threatened by any Governmental Authority with respect to any Tax.
(c)
The Borrower has no knowledge of any Tax in connection with the execution and delivery of and performance of its obligations under the Transaction
Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and for which adequate
provision is not made in the Financial Model.
16.13 Environment
(a) No circumstances have occurred which would prevent the Borrower’s compliance with the provisions of Clause 17.32, in a manner or to the extent
which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) No Environmental Claim has been commenced or, to the Borrower’s best knowledge, is threatened against the Borrower or against any Sponsor where
that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against the Borrower and/or Sponsor to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
The cost of compliance with existing Environmental Laws to the Borrower (including Environmental Licenses), is adequately provided for in the
Financial Model.
Page 73 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.14 Insurance
All Insurances are, or at the time they are required to be maintained or effected will be, in full force and effect and to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge no
event or circumstance has occurred, nor has there been any omission to disclose a fact, which would in either case entitle any insurer to avoid or otherwise
reduce its liability under any policy relating to the Insurances.
16.15 Information
(a) As of its date, the Financial Model fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Borrower
and as of Effective Date, no material changes have occurred which affect the correctness of the Financial Model.
(b)
The Financial Model and all other written information in connection with the Project and the transactions contemplated thereby provided to any
Finance Party by or on behalf of the Borrower is true, correct, complete and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such Financial
Model and other written information is dated or certified and as of such date does not contain any misrepresentation or untrue statement of a material
fact or omit any information the omission of which renders any other information therein false or misleading in any material respect.
(c) No disclaimer or limitation, other than reasonable assumptions or predictions relating to the Financial Model, expressed to be for the benefit of the
Borrower contained in the Financial Model shall affect the representations and warranties made hereunder.
16.16 Models and Budgets
(a)
The Financial Model and each other projection or budget furnished to the Finance Parties by or on behalf of the Borrower:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
is based on assumptions and projections which at the time made, the Borrower considered were reasonable as to all legal and factual matters
material to any estimates included therein and, as of the date thereof, otherwise fairly represents the Borrower’s expectations as to the matters
covered therein;
is, as of the date on which such documents are dated, consistent with the provisions of the Transaction Documents in all material respects;
has been prepared in good faith and with due care after careful and proper evaluation and on a professional basis; and
takes due account of all Laws as they apply for the time being, where such Laws are relevant to any estimates included therein.
Page 74 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
(c)
(d)
The Construction Period Budget and the O&M Budget accurately specifies all costs and expenses incurred by the Borrower and the Borrower’s good
faith estimate of all costs and expenses anticipated by it to be incurred by it during the relevant period to finance the construction, operation and
maintenance of the Project in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
The Borrower is not aware of any matter which would render the Financial Model or other projection or budget prepared by or on behalf of the
Borrower misleading in any material respect as of the date on which such document is dated.
The arithmetic and methodology of all calculations contained in the Base Case Financial Model are correct and in keeping with best professional
practice in all material respects.
16.17 Financial Statements
The financial statements including without limitation the balance sheet and related statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the Borrower, and
any other Sponsor most recently furnished to the Agent:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
have been, with respect to the Borrower and any such Sponsor organised in Israel, prepared in accordance with Israeli GAAP or with respect to any
other Sponsor, prepared in accordance with the applicable Laws and GAAP of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Sponsor;
have been audited by the Auditors with respect to their annual financial statements and reviewed with respect to their quarterly financial statement;
are true, correct, complete and accurate in all material respects as of the dates specified therein; and
fully and fairly represent the financial condition and state of affairs of each such Person as at the date to which they were drawn up and for the periods
specified therein and the results of their respective financial operations during such period,
and there has been no change in the financial condition of the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s best knowledge, of any of the other entities specified in this
Clause 16.17 (Financial Statements) that has had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect since the date to which those financial statements were drawn
up.
16.18 Financial Indebtedness
The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness of any kind nature, save for Permitted Financial Indebtedness.
Page 75 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.19 No Other Business
(a)
The Borrower has not engaged in any business or activities (either alone or in partnership or joint venture) or incurred any other liabilities other than in
connection with the Project and the Transaction Documents.
(b)
The Borrower has no subsidiaries and owns no equity interest in any other Person.
16.20 Transaction Documents
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The copies of the Transaction Documents and Project Consents which the Borrower and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each other relevant
Person has delivered to the Agent, are true, correct and complete copies of those documents.
There are no material agreements to which the Borrower is a party other than the Transaction Documents, and the Transaction Documents constitute the
entire agreement between the respective parties thereto with respect to the transactions contemplated thereby, except for modification to the Transaction
Document approved by the Agent.
Each Transaction Document is in full force and effect in all respects and is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms.
To the best knowledge of the Borrower, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene,
conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or give the Borrower or any other person the right to exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the
maturity or performance of, or to cancel or modify, any Transaction Document.
(e)
There are no disputes subsisting between the Borrower and any other party to any Transaction Document which is likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect, if adversely determined.
(f) No waivers have been granted by or in favour of the Borrower pursuant to any term of any Project Document.
(g) No amendments have been made to any Transaction Documents, other than as permitted in according to the provisions of this Agreement.
16.21 No Force Majeure
The Borrower is not aware of any event of Force Majeure which would allow any party to a Project Document to exercise a right of termination thereunder or
the right to declare a material delay with respect to such event.
Page 76 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.22 Capitalisation and Options
(a)
The Borrower has an authorised share capital of NIS 100,000 divided into 100,000 ordinary shares of NIS 1 each, none of which is subject to any
Security Interest other than those created by the Security Documents.
(b) A total of 100 non-redeemable ordinary shares have been duly authorised and validly issued by the Borrower:
(i)
(ii)
80 ordinary shares, constituting 80 percent of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Borrower, are legally, beneficially and directly
owned by IC Power Israel Ltd., such ownership by IC Power Israel Ltd. is not subject to or pending any approval (under contract or Law) or
fulfilment of any additional obligation;
20 ordinary shares, constituting 20 percent of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Borrower, are legally, beneficially and directly
owned by Dalkia Israel Ltd., such ownership by Dalkia Israel Ltd. is not subject to or pending any approval (under contract or Law) or
fulfilment of any additional obligation,
in each case, free from any Security Interests, provided that the Pledged Shares shall be registered in the name of and held by the Security Trustee in
accordance with the terms of the Equity Pledge.
(c)
The Borrower does not have outstanding any securities convertible into or exchangeable for its share capital or any options, warrants or other rights to
acquire share capital or securities convertible or exchangeable into share capital, or any agreements, arrangements or understandings providing for the
issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, or any calls, commitments or claims of any character relating to, its share capital.
16.23 Transactions with Affiliates
Except as stated in Schedule 25 (Transactions with Affiliates), the Borrower is not a party to any contract or agreement with, or any other commitment to
(whether or not in the ordinary course of business) any Affiliate of the Borrower, any Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Transaction
Documents).
16.24 No Additional Fees
The Borrower has not paid or become obligated to pay any fee or commission to any broker, finder or intermediary for or on account of arranging the
financing of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents which have not been included in the Financial Model.
Page 77 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
16.25 Utility Availability
Subject only to payment of costs contemplated in the Construction Period Budget and the O&M Budget, all services, materials, utilities, transportation,
facilities and infrastructure reasonably necessary for the design and construction, operation and maintenance of the Project are available for use at the Site or
will be available and arrangements reflected accurately in the Construction Period Budget and the O&M Budget on reasonable terms have been made for the
provision of such services, materials, utilities, transportation, facilities and infrastructure.
16.26 Status of the Obligations
The Obligations of the Borrower constitute direct, unconditional, and general obligations of the Borrower and rank, not less than pari passu as to priority of
payment to all other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower except for obligations mandatorily preferred by Law applying to companies generally.
16.27 Reliance on Representations
The rights and remedies of the Finance Parties in relation to any misrepresentations or breach of warranty on the part of the Borrower shall not be prejudiced
by any investigation by or on behalf of the Finance Parties into the affairs of the Borrower, by the execution, delivery or performance of any other Transaction
Document.
16.28 Repetition
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 16 (Representations and Warranties)
(a)
(b)
are made on the date hereof;
shall survive the execution hereof and shall be repeated upon the date of First Drawdown; and
(c) will be deemed to be repeated on the date of the giving of each Drawdown Request, on each Drawdown Date, on the date of the giving of each
Disbursement Notice and, (other than those specified in sub-clauses 16.1(b), 16.5(a), 16.5(c), (d), 16.6, 16.7(a), 16.11(a), 16.12(a) 16.12(c), 16.13(a),
16.14, 16.18 (Financial Information), 16.19(a), 16.20(g), 16.22 (Capitalisation and Options) and 16.26 (Status of Obligations)) on each Calculation
Date.
as if each such representation and warranty was made as of such time with reference to the facts and circumstances then subsisting.
Page 78 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17. UNDERTAKINGS AND COVENANTS
The Borrower makes each of the following undertakings and covenants to each Finance Party:
17.1 Financial Information
The Borrower shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient number of copies for each of the Senior Lenders):
(a)
as soon as they are available (and in any event, within ninety (90) days of the end of each Fiscal Year):
(i)
(ii)
the audited annual financial statements for that Fiscal Year of the Borrower on a stand alone basis;
the audited annual financial statements for that Fiscal Year of the Sponsors, Israel Corporation Ltd. and Dalkia International S.A. on a stand
alone and consolidated basis (if applicable);
(b)
as soon as they are available (and in any event within sixty (60) days of the end of each of the first three quarterly accounting periods of each of its
Fiscal Year) the unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and the Sponsors, for such quarterly period and for the elapsed portion of the Fiscal
Year ended with the last day of such quarterly period.
(c) All of the financial statements referred to above shall be, with respect to the Borrower and any Sponsor organised in Israel, prepared in accordance with
Israeli GAAP and with respect to any other Sponsor, prepared in accordance with the applicable Laws and GAAP of the jurisdiction of incorporation of
such Sponsor and shall be certified by the Financial Officer or general manager of such Person (acting for and on behalf of such Person) as to fairness
of presentation;
(d)
upon the request of the Agent at any time that there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, the monthly management financial
statements of the Borrower; and
(e)
promptly after the Borrower’s receipt thereof, a copy of any amendments to the Borrower’s financial statements;
(f) within sixty (60) days of the end of each Quarter and within ninety (90) days of the end of each year until Construction Completion, a report showing
performance against the Construction Period Budget (by line item); and
(g)
together with the delivery of the Borrower’s annual financial statements, the semi annual financial statements and at any other time requested by the
Agent, a report of the Borrower (executed by a Financial Officer) in the form attached hereto as Schedule 22 (Borrower’s Report) along with:
(i)
With respect to annual financial statements, the Borrower’s Auditors’ approval, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 22A (Borrower’s
Auditors’ Audit Letter);
Page 79 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii) With respect to semi annual financial statements and at any other time requested by the Agent, the Borrower’s Auditors’ approval, in the form
attached hereto as Schedule 22B (Borrower’s Auditors’ Review Letter).
17.2 Other Information
(a)
The Borrower shall supply to each Senior Lender in sufficient copies as requested by the Agent:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Progress Reports during Construction. Commencing three (3) months after Effective Date and until the later of (a) Construction
Completion; or (b) completion of the Punch List (as such term is defined in the EPC Contract), a monthly progress report with respect to the
Works executed by the Borrower’s project manager, submitted not later than fifteen (15) days following the end of the relevant month, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent;
Updated Construction Period Budget. The Borrower must supply the Agent on or before the date falling 30 days before the end of the six
month period following Effective Date and each subsequent six month period up to the Construction Completion a draft of an updated
Construction Period Budget following the form of the Initial Construction Period Budget updated to reflect the values of the assumptions for
Construction Period Costs estimated by the Borrower for the period up to Construction Completion;
Reports during Operation. By not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each Quarter during the O&M Period, a quarterly operating
report, for the preceding Quarter, in the form attached hereto as Schedule 16 (O&M Report), detailing, inter alia, O&M Costs of the Borrower
for such preceding Quarter, opening and closing balances of each Account for such preceding Quarter, payments made and to be made by the
Borrower and environmental information required for the estimation of the performance of the IPP;
Annual O&M Budget. The Borrower shall as soon as available but, in any event, at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of each
Fiscal Year during the O&M Period, provide the Agent with an O&M Budget for the forthcoming Fiscal Year prepared by the Borrower
including any major maintenance events anticipated in such Fiscal Year. The O&M Budget shall cover the period from the Construction
Completion through the end of the Fiscal Year in which such date occurs and, if such period consists of less than six months, for the
immediately succeeding Fiscal Year, and shall be submitted to the Agent by the commencement of the O&M Period.
Each O&M Budget shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
Page 80 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(v)
(vi)
Expenditure. The Borrower must promptly provide the Agent details of any actual or anticipated expenditure likely to result in the budgeted
cost for that line item to be exceeded by more than 5% (but in any event no less than NIS 500,000).
Litigation and Disputes. Promptly upon becoming aware of them, copies of documents or items relating to details of any claims and/or
litigation (including any arbitration, administrative proceedings or investigations or proceedings by any Governmental Authority) which is
pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened and which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (1) with respect to
the Project, (2) on any Transaction Document or (3) on any agreement to which the Borrower is a party, and, in the case of litigation to which
the Borrower is party, with details of how the Borrower proposes to conduct the litigation, arbitration or proceedings or otherwise resolve the
dispute in question.
(vii) Disputes relating to the Project or Transaction Documents. Promptly upon but in any event within seven (7) days of becoming aware of
them, details of any material dispute between the Borrower, or any other Obligor and the State or any Governmental Authority and the IEC
relating to the Project or any Transaction Document which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(viii) Security Interest. Forthwith upon receipt thereof, details of any Security Interest becoming enforceable over any of the Collateral and any
information which is required to create, maintain, perfect and protect the Security Interests under the Security Documents in favour of the
Security Trustee and/or the Agent for the benefit of the Senior Lenders;
(ix) Material Documents. Promptly, but in any event within seven (7) days of delivery or receipt thereof, all material notices or other documents
delivered or received by the Borrower to or from the Obligors, party to a Project Document or its creditors (or any class thereof) regarding the
Project or the Transaction Documents which have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(x)
Damage to or Destruction of Property. Promptly upon becoming aware of them, but in any event within seven (7) days of obtaining
knowledge thereof, details of any damage to or destruction of property relevant to the Project where the cost of repair, re-instatement or
replacement is reasonably likely to exceed NIS 3,000,000 (as linked to the Base CPI Index) or its Equivalent Currency Amount;
Page 81 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(xi)
(xii)
Force Majeure. Promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any event or circumstances which is claimed to be an event of force
majeure under any of the Transaction Document;
Proposed Material Change. Promptly upon, but in any event within seven (7) days of becoming aware of it, details of any proposed material
change in the nature or scope of the Project or the Site or business or operation of the Borrower;
(xiii) Equipment and Facilities. Promptly upon but in any event within seven (7) days of submission thereof to the PUA, a copy of the report to be
submitted in accordance with the provisions of clause 41 of the Electricity Sector Regulations (Terms and Procedures for Granting Licenses
and the Duties of License Holders), 1997;
(xiv) Manpower. Promptly upon but in any event within seven (7) days of submission thereof to the PUA, a copy of the report to be submitted in
accordance with the provisions of clause 42 of the Electricity Sector Regulations (Terms and Procedures for Granting Licenses and the Duties
of License Holders), 1997;
(xvi)
such other information or documents (financial or otherwise) as the Agent may reasonably request with respect to the Project.
(b) Upon becoming aware that as of the date that any written information was supplied by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Obligor to any Finance
Party such written information was misleading or contained any misrepresentation, or, in respect of factual information which was untrue in any
material respect, or might have had the effect of varying any of the Transaction Documents or the assumptions contained in the Financial Model in a
manner that had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent thereof.
(c)
The provision of information required to be provided pursuant to this Clause 17.2 (Other Information) shall not constitute any consent to, approval of,
or waiver of any condition or requirement by any Senior Lender.
17.3 Records and Statements of Account
(a)
The Borrower shall, at its expense, procure that the designated representatives of the Agent be given the right, on reasonable advance notice and during
normal business hours (but if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time and without notice) to visit the Site and to inspect the
Project, the technical and statistical data, financial statements, records and other data in the possession or control of the Borrower with respect to the
Project, to discuss the affairs, finances and the financial statements of the Borrower.
Page 82 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
(c)
(d)
The Borrower shall, at its expense, keep and maintain in a manner adequate to reflect truly and fairly the financial condition and results of operations of
the Borrower (including the progress of the Project and construction and maintenance budget milestones in compliance with the Financial Model) and
in accordance with Israeli GAAP and all applicable Laws, up to date statutory books, books of account, bank statements and other records of the
Borrower. The Borrower shall maintain adequate management information and cost control systems.
The Borrower will at all times cause a complete set of the current and (when available) as-built plans (and all supplements thereto) relating to the
Project to be maintained at the Borrower’s main office for inspection by the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser and/or the Agent.
The Borrower shall authorise its Auditors to respond directly to the Agent, the Advisers and/or the Senior Lenders’ Auditor at reasonable intervals (but
if an Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time) regarding the Borrower’s financial statements and operations
and shall furnish to the Agent, at its request, its written consent to such communication.
17.3A Inspection
(a)
In this sub-clause (17.3(A):
(i)
(ii)
“Attendee” means the Agent and the Senior Lenders’ Technical Advisor;
“Tests on Completion” means the Acceptance Tests (as defined in the EPC Contract); and
(iii)
“Site Acceptance Test” means the Acceptance Tests (as defined in the Gas Transportation Agreement).
(b)
Each Attendee may attend:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
any progress meeting with the EPC Contractor under the EPC Contract;
any progress meeting with the O&M Contractor under the O&M Contract;
any progress meeting with the LTSA Contractor under the LTSA Contract; and
in the case of the Technical Adviser, any Test on Completion and the Site Acceptance Test.
(c)
The Borrower must:
(i)
(ii)
give reasonable prior notice to each Attendee of any meeting it is entitled to attend; and
give the Senior Lenders’ Technical Advisor 14 days’ prior notice of any Test on Completion;
Page 83 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(d)
Except as provided in paragraph (e) below, each Attendee may only observe and may not participate in any meeting it is entitled to attend.
(e) An Attendee may participate in and make representations at any meeting if it has placed any issues which it desires to have specifically addressed at the
meeting on the agenda in advance of that meeting.
(f)
The Borrower must promptly send each Attendee a copy of the minutes (if any) of any meeting attended by that Attendee.
(g)
The Borrower must, at the request of the Agent and upon reasonable notice:
(i)
(ii)
(h) No:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
attend any meeting scheduled with any Adviser at reasonable times during normal business hours; and
use all reasonable endeavours to ensure the attendance of representatives of other relevant parties (if appropriate) at those meetings.
approval of any drawing or specification;
passing of any work;
visit to the Project; or
attendance at any meeting,
by the Agent or any Adviser, its respective officers, employees or agents will excuse the Borrower from its obligations under the Finance Documents.
17.4 Notification of Default
(a)
(b)
The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any event of default or potential default (including any Event of Default or Potential Default) under any of the
Transaction Documents (and the steps, if any, being taken for the remedy thereof) promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence thereof.
The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, together with the financial statements specified in Clause 17.1 (Financial Information) of this Agreement, a
certificate signed by a Financial Officer acting for and on its behalf certifying that, to its best knowledge, no Event of Default or Potential Default is
outstanding or, if an Event of Default or Potential Default is outstanding, specifying the Event of Default or Potential Default and the steps, if any,
being taken to remedy it.
17.5 Project Guarantees
The Borrower shall enforce its rights so that each Project Guarantee shall be in full force and effect in accordance with this Agreement and the terms of the
relevant Transaction Document.
Page 84 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.6 Existence, Project Consents and Site
(a)
The Borrower shall at all times preserve and maintain in full force and effect:
(i)
(ii)
its existence as a special purpose company with limited liability and its good standing under the Laws of the State;
all of its powers, rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the development, construction, operation and maintenance of the Project; and
(iii)
good and marketable title to its properties and assets (subject to Permitted Security Interests).
(b)
The Borrower shall (i) obtain, maintain, and renew from time to time; or (ii) enforce its rights under the Project Documents, as the case may be, so that
all Project Consents required to perform the obligations under the Transaction Documents and all Laws, including the Project Consents listed in
Schedule 14 (Project Consents) of this Agreement shall be obtained and in force by the required time (or, with respect to the Project Consents listed in
Schedule 14 (Project Consents) by the times or within the periods set forth opposite such Project Consents therein). The Borrower will comply with
all such Project Consents.
The Borrower shall ensure that each such Project Consent shall be free from conditions or requirements which are not reasonably expected to be
satisfied by the date they are required to be satisfied pursuant to the terms of such Project Consent or the non-compliance of which is reasonably likely
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
(d)
The Borrower shall ensure that it has or at the relevant time will have all rights necessary to commence, execute, implement, design, build, finance,
operate, complete and maintain the Project (including, without limitation, any right of use or right of way over or in connection with the Site).
The Borrower shall execute the Site Agreement, and to the extent required by the Agent, a Site Direct Agreement, by no later than December 31 st ,
2011.
17.7 Ranking
The Borrower shall procure that its obligations under the Finance Documents do and will rank in all aspects ahead of all its other present and future
obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by applicable Law of the State.
17.8 Negative Pledge
Except for Permitted Security Interests, the Borrower shall not create, or permit to subsist, any Security Interest over any of its present or future assets unless
permitted by the Agent.
Page 85 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.9 Security
(a)
The Borrower shall, within five (5) days following the Effective Date, file or record with any public registry required by applicable Law the Security
Documents.
The Borrower shall, no later than fourteen (14) days following the execution of any Project Document which shall be executed following the Effective
Date, and the approval thereof by the Agent, and following arrival to the State of the Major Items of Equipment (as such term is defined in the EPC
Contract), file or record any such Project Document and Major Item of Equipment as part of the Debenture, with any public registry required by
applicable Law.
(b)
The Borrower shall defend the Collateral and take any action necessary to remove any Security Interest (other than Permitted Security Interests) over
the Collateral, and shall defend the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee and/or the Agent and the Senior Lenders in and to any such asset or
Collateral against the claims and demands of all other Persons.
(c)
The Borrower will maintain all Security Interests created under the Security Documents in favour of the Security Trustee and/or the Agent for the
benefit of the Senior Lenders and will effect all registrations relating thereto.
17.10 Dispositions
(a)
The Borrower shall not either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, sell,
convey, transfer, grant or lease or otherwise dispose of (whether by operation of any applicable Law or otherwise) (or agree to do any of the foregoing
at any future time):
(i)
its interest in the Project or any rights (including receivables and Intellectual Property Rights) or interests of any kind or equipment necessary
for its operation above NIS 500,000 in value;
(ii)
the benefit of any of the Transaction Documents; or
(iii)
any other asset,
without the prior written consent of the Agent.
(b)
For the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Agent shall not be required for disposals of: (i) assets subject only to the floating charge made in the
ordinary course of business of the Borrower for their market value or (ii) certified emission reduction units (sale of CDMs).
Page 86 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.11 Permitted Financial Indebtedness
(a)
(b)
Except as provided below the Borrower must not incur any Financial Indebtedness.
Sub-Clause (a) does not apply to:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Transaction Documents;
any Subordinated Debt approved by the Agent in writing;
the acquisition cost of any asset or service to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable where
the advance or deferred payment is advanced or deferred, and by a period which does not exceed ninety (90) days;
Financial Indebtedness not referred to in sub-Clause (i)-(iii) above, up to an amount not exceeding NIS 500,000 or equivalent in aggregate at
any time; and
(v)
any Financial Indebtedness approved by the Agent in writing.
17.12 Conduct of Business
The Borrower shall:
(a) maintain in full force and effect each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party (other than by reason of full performance of such Transaction
Documents or expiry of its stated term);
(b)
(c)
take all action within its control required to ensure that each Transaction Document is in proper legal form under the Laws of the State and under the
applicable Laws which apply on each Transaction Document, for the enforcement thereof in such jurisdictions without any further action on the part of
the Senior Lenders;
not engage in any activities or carry on any business (including, without limitation, the granting of any right of use or right of way over or in connection
with the Site) other than as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents, whether alone, in joint venture, or otherwise, without prior written
consent from the Agent;
(d)
not take any action whether by acquiescence or otherwise that would constitute or result in any alteration to the nature of its business or the nature or
scope of the Project;
Page 87 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e)
not enter into:
(i)
any partnership, joint-venture, profit-sharing agreement, royalty agreement or other similar arrangement whereby the Borrower’s income or
profits are, or might be, shared with any other Person;
(ii)
any management contract or similar arrangement whereby its business or operations are managed by any other Person; or
(iii)
any agreement with an Affiliate,
without prior written consent from the Agent;
(f)
(g)
(h)
not change its name or principal place of business without the prior consent of the Agent. The Borrower shall not adopt or change any trade name or
business name without the prior consent of the Agent;
not voluntarily change the accounting classification of the Project by adopting IFRIC Interpretation 12 (Service Concession Arrangement), without the
prior consent of the Agent; or
in all material respects develop, construct, operate and maintain the Project and conduct its business in a reasonable and prudent manner and in
accordance with Good Industry Practice.
17.13 Changes in Senior Management Personnel
The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any changes to the senior management personnel of the Borrower, including the CEO, CFO and COO (or equivalent).
17.14 Investments, Accounts
The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Agent:
(a)
(b)
(c)
invest in the share capital of any corporate body or other entity or purchase or acquire any shares, obligations or securities of, or any interest in or make
any capital contribution to any Person or make any other investments except Authorised Investments, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement and the Accounts Agreement;
form or acquire or otherwise have any subsidiary; or
open or maintain any accounts other than the Accounts.
17.15 Mergers and Acquisition of Assets
(a)
The Borrower shall not enter into any voluntary liquidation, bankruptcy, winding up, dissolution, merger, demerger, amalgamation or reorganisation.
Page 88 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
The Borrower shall not acquire any assets (other than purchases and acquisitions of inventory and materials, each relating to the Project and in the
ordinary course of business, without Agent’s consent).
17.16 Share Capital and Subordinated Debt
(a)
The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Agent:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
purchase, cancel, redeem or take steps to reduce any of its share capital;
issue any shares or any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe, purchase or acquire any shares of the Borrower or securities convertible
into or exchangeable for its share capital;
grant or create any rights or options to participate directly or indirectly in the revenues or profits of the Borrower; or
permit or consent to any transfer or disbursement of shares of the Borrower.
Notwithstanding (i)-(iv) above the Borrower may, subject to the prior written consent of the Agent, permit or consent to the transfer of shares of the
Borrower in a manner which shall not result in IC Power Israel Ltd. holding less than 50.01% of the outstanding and issued share capital of the
Borrower: (a) to Dalkia Israel Ltd., provided that the Agent shall have determined, in its sole discretion, that no adverse change in the financial
condition and state of affairs of Dalkia International S.A. has occurred and provided further that Dalkia International S.A. shall increase the amount of
the Guaranteed Amount under the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee in order to reflect such transfer of shares; and (b) to any third party,
commencing on the fifth anniversary of the Construction Completion.
(b)
(c)
(d)
The Borrower will ensure that it shall have, at all times, sufficient authorised unissued share capital to issue shares.
The Borrower shall not permit or consent to any transfer or assignment by any Subordinated Lender of any of its Subordinated Loan Interests.
The Borrower shall procure that its share capital is of one class only, comprising non-redeemable ordinary voting shares.
17.17 Amendments
(a)
The Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, unless required under applicable Law:
(i)
amend or modify its Organisational Documents; or
Page 89 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
change its Fiscal Year; or
(iii)
change its accounting or classification policy.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Promptly upon becoming aware of them, the Borrower shall provide the Agent with details of any proposal for an amendment or waiver of a Project
Document.
The Borrower shall not terminate, cancel or suspend, or permit or consent to any termination, cancellation or suspension of, or enter into any of the
Transaction Documents other than as required by the terms of the Finance Documents.
The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, amend, modify, supplement or waive, or permit or consent to the amendment, modification, supplement
or waiver of, any of the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents without the prior approval of the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower
of its response with respect to any of the foregoing, within twenty one (21) days, provided however that if the mater is of an urgent nature then the
Agent shall provide its response as soon as is practicable under the circumstances.
(e) Other than the assignment as security of the Project Documents to the Security Trustee and/or the Agent, the Borrower will not assign any of its rights
or obligations under any Transaction Document or consent to any other assignment.
17.18 Construction
The Borrower:
(a)
shall procure that the Works are designed, constructed, completed, tested, commissioned, equipped and maintained by the EPC Contractor in
accordance with:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Good Industry Practice;
the EPC Contract and the requirements relating to the Works in any other Project Document (including the IEC PPA), using materials of good
quality which are consistent with the requirements of the EPC Contract;
all Project Consents and applicable Laws;
the Construction Schedule;
and that Construction Completion occurs by not later than the Construction Completion Deadline;
(b)
shall only exercise its discretions in respect of the EPC Contract, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 20
(Reserved Discretions).
Page 90 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.19 Operation and Maintenance
The Borrower:
(a)
shall procure the operation and maintenance of the Project by the O&M Contractor and the LTSA Contractor in accordance with:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Good Industry Practice;
the requirements relating to maintenance of the Project in the O&M Contract, the LTSA Contract and any other Project Document (including
the IEC PPA);
the O&M Budget; and
all Project Consents and applicable Laws;
(b)
shall only exercise its discretions in respect of the O&M Contract and the LTSA Contract, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the
provisions of Schedule 20 (Reserved Discretions).
17.20 Gas Agreements
The Borrower:
(a)
shall use its commercial best efforts to procure the supply of gas in accordance with:
(i)
(ii)
Good Industry Practice;
the Gas Supply Agreement, the Gas Transportation Agreement and any other relevant Project Document; and
(iii)
all Project Consents and applicable Laws;
(b)
(c)
(d)
shall only exercise its discretions in respect of the Gas Supply Agreement, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of
Schedule 20 (Reserved Discretions); and
shall only exercise its discretions in respect of the Gas Transportation Agreement, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions
of Schedule 20 (Reserved Discretions).
if, by no later than 31 December, 2027, the term of the Gas Supply Agreement has not been extended until the Final Maturity Date of the Long Term
Facility, the Borrower shall be required to present an alternative solution for the supply of natural gas to the satisfaction of the Agent. In the absence of
such acceptable solution the Borrower shall not be entitled to make any Distribution.
Page 91 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e)
Following a Gas Supply Agreement Termination due to Force Majeure, the Agent may instruct the Borrower to pay the Gas Shortfall Amount (as such
terms are defined under the provisions Corporate Guarantee) in accordance with the provisions of Gas Supply Agreement, including by way of utilizing
amounts in the Debt Service Reserve Account; provided, however, that the Agent may so instruct the Borrower only in the event that: (i) a recovery
plan for the restoration of the damage, which includes all financial sources for its implementation, has been approved by the Agent and such sources are
available to the Borrower (and for such purpose, all payments pursuant to the Corporate Guarantee shall be deemed to be available sources); and (ii) the
LTA has determined that restoration of the damage can be completed within the availability period of such financial sources
17.20A Oil Number Two Contract
The Borrower shall:
(a)
use its commercial best efforts to procure the supply of Oil Number Two in accordance with:
(i)
(ii)
Good Industry Practice;
all Project Consents and applicable Laws;
(b)
execute the Oil Number Two Contract by no later than 6 (six) months prior to the Construction Completion.
17.21 Power Purchase Agreements
The Borrower shall only enter into any PPA’s in accordance with all of the following provisions:
(a) With respect to an aggregate capacity of 75MW, the Borrower may enter into PPA at its discretion provided that; (i) no individual PPA or series of PPA
with one Electricity Buyer will exceed 20MW; (ii) each PPA will include the Borrower’s right to assign (including by way of a pledge) all its rights and
obligation under the PPA to the Senior Lenders; and (iii) none of the parameters of sub-Clause (b) below are exceeded.
The Borrower shall provide the Agent with copies of PPA’s entered into in accordance with this sub-Clause.
(b) Notwithstanding (a) above, the Borrower shall submit for the Agent’s approval, any PPA with an Electricity Buyer where:
(i)
The PPA is for 40MW or more;
Page 92 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
(iii)
The discount granted to the Electricity Buyer with respect to the Generation Component exceeds 10%;
The term of the PPA is for a period shorter than 10 years from the commencement of supply of electricity to the Electricity Buyer (the
“Commencing Date”), excluding an early termination option of the Electricity Buyer (subject to a first refusal right of the Borrower), such
termination may not become effective for a period of at least five (5) years from the Commencing Date (unless such early termination option of
the Electricity Buyer has been provided with respect to PPAs executed prior to the Construction Completion with Electricity Buyers which are
contemplating to build their own IPPs, for which the termination may not become effective for a period of at least three (3) years from the
Commencing Date); and/or
(iv)
The PPA is with an Affiliate of the Borrower.
(c)
For any PPA which exceeds the capacity referred to under (a) above:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
The PPA will include the Borrower’s right of early termination in case the Average Generation Component decreases below 24.36 Agurot per
KWh linked to the consumer price index.
The PPA will not require the Borrower to sell the electricity at a discount in case of a shortage of natural gas.
During the term of the PPA, the Electricity Buyer shall not purchase electricity at a single site that is being consumed through the meters in this
site from any other source except for the Borrower.
(iv)
The PPA will include the Borrower’s right to assign all its rights and obligation under the PPA to the Senior Lenders.
(d)
In addition, the Borrower:
(i)
(ii)
Shall only exercise its discretions in respect of any PPA, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 20
(Reserved Discretions).
Shall only exercise its discretions in respect of the IEC PPA, if required to do so by the Agent, in accordance with the provisions of Schedule
20 (Reserved Discretions).
Page 93 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e)
If the Borrower shall fail to maintain the ratios specified in Clause 20.19(a) then, without derogating from the any other rights of the Agent and the
Senior Lenders pursuant to the provisions of the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall suspend or terminate all PPAs with Electricity Buyers (in
compliance with the provisions thereof), and supply the IEC a Contract Capacity which is equal to 100% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity, in
accordance with the provisions of the IEC PPA. The provisions of this Clause shall not be deemed to or construed as derogating from the provisions of
the Sponsors Guarantee and the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee and the Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee
17.22 Other Project Documents
The Borrower shall only exercise its discretions in respect of Project Documents executed following the Effective Date, if required to do so by the Agent, in
accordance with the provisions of Schedule 20 (Reserved Discretions), as shall be amended by the Agent following the execution of each such Project
Document.
17.23 Use of Property
The Borrower shall:
(a)
(b)
keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted);
not use, maintain, operate or occupy or allow the use, maintenance, operation or occupancy of any portion of the Site or the Project in any manner:
(i)
(ii)
which, in the sole discretion of the Agent, constitutes or may be reasonably likely to constitute a public or private nuisance resulting in a
Material Adverse Effect;
which may make void, voidable, liable to cancellation or increase the premium of any of the Insurances in force with respect to the Site or the
Project or any part thereof unless, in the case of an increase in premium, the Borrower gives proof of payment of such increase; or
(iii)
otherwise than for the intended purpose thereof in the construction, operation, maintenance and use of the Project.
17.24 Use of Proceeds
The Borrower shall apply the proceeds of the Loans and Equity Contributions wholly and exclusively to pay Construction Period Costs and the Development
Costs, strictly in accordance with the Construction Period Budget and the Finance Documents.
Page 94 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.25 Financing of the Project
(a)
The Borrower shall not make any expenditures not provided for in the Construction Period Budget and/or the O&M Budget; provided that the Borrower
may make expenditures not provided for in the current Construction Period Budget and/or current O&M Budget in the event of an emergency affecting
life, safety or the environment, to the extent reasonably necessary (“Emergency Expenditure”); and provided further that should the Emergency
Expenditure exceed NIS 1,000,000 than the Borrower shall demonstrate to the Agent that a Person (other than the Borrower) shall be responsible for
the payment or reimbursement of the Emergency Expenditure.
(b) Once approved by the Agent, the Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, amend, modify, allocate, re-allocate or supplement any of the provisions of
any O&M Budget or the Construction Period Budget, except with the prior consent of the Agent. Notwithstanding the above, the Borrower shall be
entitled to amend, modify, allocate, re-allocate or supplement to the O&M Budget and/or the Construction Period Budget so long as such amendment,
modification, allocation, re-allocation or supplement shall not cause an increase in the total O&M Budget and the total Construction Period Budget and
provided further that any item shall not be increased or decreased by more than 5% thereof.
(c) Without derogating from the generality of any other Clause of this Agreement, in the event the applicable Facilities shall not be sufficient to finance the
Construction Period Costs, the Borrower undertakes to finance any such Cost Overruns in order to achieve Construction Completion by the
Construction Completion Deadline.
17.26 Accounts
The Borrower shall maintain all Accounts in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement.
17.27 Hedging
During the period commencing on the CP Fulfilment Date and ending on Construction Completion, the Borrower shall:
(a)
(b)
, maintain all Hedging Agreements in full force and effect required to reasonably hedge USD and JPY payments in accordance with the EPC Contract,
in coordination with the Agent (“Foreign Currency Hedge”).
provide the Agent, twice a year, its hedging policy with respect to exposure of changes to the Reference Bonds Interest Rate, in form and substance
acceptable to the Agent, taking into account the provisions of Clause 5.6, the Sponsor Guarantees, the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee
and the Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee (“Interest Rate Hedge”).
Page 95 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(c)
The Borrower undertakes to enter into Hedging Agreements for the sole purpose of hedging interest rate and foreign currency exposures with respect to
the Project.
17.28 Reserve Requirements
(a) Maintenance Reserve Requirement. Eighteen (18) months prior to the termination of the LTSA Contract and as of such date, the Borrower shall be
required to enter into a long term service agreement in a form satisfactory to the Agent with a long term service contractor acceptable to the Agent (the
“New LTSA Contract”). Subject to the terms of the New LTSA Contract, the Agent may instruct the Borrower to make contributions to a
Maintenance Reserve Account in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement, including, inter alia, in order to comply with
maintenance reserve requirement, which requirements shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Agent.
(b) Debt Service Reserve Requirement. Upon Construction Completion and as of such date, the Borrower shall make contributions to the Debt Service
Reserve Account in accordance with the provisions of the Accounts Agreement, in order to comply with Debt Service Reserve Requirement.
Without derogating from the foregoing or from its obligation to maintain the Debt Service Reserve Requirement at all times, the Borrower shall be
entitled to, and required to if so instructed by the Agent, utilize funds in the Debt Service Reserve Account in accordance with provisions of clause 8.2
of the Account Agreement.
17.29 Distributions
(a)
The Borrower shall not:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
authorise, declare or pay any dividends, or return any capital, to its shareholders;
authorise or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property (in cash or in kind) to the Shareholders and/or Subordinated Lender
except for payments under the Project Documents made in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and such Project Document;
make any payments with respect to the Subordinated Loan Interests or any other Subordinated Debt whether of interest, principal, fees or
otherwise;
(iv)
set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes, except as contemplated by this Agreement; or
(v)
purchase or redeem any Subordinated Debt,
Page 96 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(each of the foregoing events being a “Distribution”) other than where the Distribution is made in accordance with the procedure detailed in Clause
17.29 (b) below.
(b) Commencing on the third anniversary of Construction Completion, the Borrower may, within fourteen (14) days after the end of each calendar year
transfer amounts in cash standing to the credit of the Proceeds Account to the Holding Account, if each of the following conditions are:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
no Event of Default or Potential Default is then in existence (or would be in existence after giving effect to such transfer);
the Distribution is in accordance with the Order of Payments;
the Loans under the Debt Service Reserve Facility have been repaid in full and the amounts standing to the credit of the Debt Service Reserve
Account shall equal the Debt Service Reserve Requirement at such time;
full contributions shall be made to the Maintenance Reserve Accounts required to be maintained under this Agreement for the forthcoming
periods (if applicable), including that the amounts standing to the credit of the Maintenance Reserve Account shall equal the Maintenance
Reserve Requirement at such time;
(v)
There are no amounts outstanding with respect to Loans made under the Working Capital Facility
(vi)
a Distribution has not been made in a twelve month period;
(vii)
as of 31 December, 2027 [ eighteen (18) months prior to the end of the term of Gas Supply Agreement ], the Borrower has complied with the
provisions of Clause 17.20(d).
(viii)
the Excess Cash shall be not less than NIS 25,000,000, and either of the following:
(A)
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is equal to, or lower than, 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity, the
Borrower shall demonstrate the following:
(i)
(ii)
a minimum Annual Debt Service Cover Ratio of 1.25 (calculated both for the previous 12 months period and for the upcoming 12
months period based on the Borrower’s forecast);
a minimum Loan Life Cover Ratio of 1.25 which will be calculated for a successive year on the basis of a forecast of the
Borrower’s financial performance;
Page 97 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(B)
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is higher than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity, the Borrower
shall demonstrate the following:
(i)
(ii)
a minimum Annual Debt Service Cover Ratio of 1.2 (calculated both for the previous 12 months period and for the upcoming 12
months period based on the Borrower’s forecast);
a minimum Loan Life Cover Ratio of 1.2 which will be calculated for a successive year on the basis of a forecast of the
Borrower’s financial performance;
(c)
The Borrower must not transfer any money from the Holding Account to the Distributions Account unless as at the date of the transfer:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
all of the conditions in paragraphs (b)(i), (iii) and (v) above are satisfied; and
the Annual Debt Service Cover Ratio for the previous 12 months period specified in paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(i) above or paragraph (b)(vii)(B)(i)
above, as the case may be, has been finally determined, based on the Borrower’s Report and Borrower Auditors’ Letter (as such terms are
defined in Clause 17.1(a)(iii) above), as meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(i) above or paragraph (b)(vii)(B)(i) above, as the
case may be.
the Annual Debt Service Cover Ratio for the upcoming 12 months period specified in paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(i) above or paragraph (b)(vii)(B)(i)
above, as the case may be, has been finally determined, after the completion of the annual payment reconciliation pursuant to the provisions of
the Gas Supply Agreement, as meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(i) above or paragraph (b)(vii)(B)(i) above, as the case may be;
the Loan Life Cover Ratio has been finally determined, after the completion of the annual payment reconciliation pursuant to the provisions of
the Gas Supply Agreement, as meeting the requirements of paragraph (b)(vii)(A)(ii) above or paragraph (b)(vii)(B)(ii) above, as the case may
be.
(d)
The Agent shall upon written request by the Borrower, if all of the conditions specified in paragraph (b) are satisfied, confirm to the Account Bank in
writing the amount which the Agent determines in good faith which may be transferred to the Holding Account or, if all the conditions specified in
paragraph (c) above are satisfied, from the Holding Account to the Distributions Account in accordance with the Finance Documents.
Page 98 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.30 Applicable Laws
(a)
(b)
The Borrower shall comply with all applicable Laws.
The Borrower shall procure that the Shareholders will comply with the provisions of the Law applicable to the Borrower and the Shareholders with
respect to the provision of funding by the Shareholders, as defined therein. The Borrower or the Sponsors shall not (by virtue of the provisions of this
clause), be prevented from claiming that the equity contributions made pursuant to the Finance Documents satisfy the provisions of the Law with
respect to equity funding by the Shareholders, as defined therein; provided that and for so long as no notification of cancellation of the License, or the
equivalent thereof shall have been issued by any Governmental Authority.
(c)
If by December 31, 2011, it is illegal, in the opinion of the Agent, to effect sale of electricity to Electricity Buyers, the Borrower shall be deemed to be
providing 100% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity to IEC, and all applicable provisions of this Agreement with respect to such scenario shall apply.
(d)
To the extent not included in the Electricity License, the Borrower shall obtain the Supply License in compliance with all applicable Law.
17.31 Taxes
The Borrower shall:
(a)
(b)
file, or procure the filing of, all Tax and informational returns that are required to be filed by it in any jurisdiction;
pay and discharge, when due, all Taxes and other governmental charges imposed on it, its income or profits, or any of its property, or in connection
with the execution, issue, delivery, performance, registration or notarisation, assignment or transfer of any interest in, or for the legality, validity, or
enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Transaction Document, except that the Borrower may contest in good faith the validity or amount of
any such Tax by proper proceedings, and may allow the Tax so contested to remain unpaid during the period of such contest provided all the following
conditions are fulfilled:
(i)
(ii)
the Borrower diligently prosecutes such contest;
during the period of such contest the enforcement of any contested item is effectively stayed;
(iii)
such contest does not in the opinion of the Agent involve a material risk of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral; and
Page 99 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iv)
the Borrower shall promptly pay or cause to be paid any valid judgement enforcing such Tax and cause the same to be satisfied of record;
to the fullest extent it is able to do so, apply any and all Tax credits, losses, reliefs or allowances taken into account in the Financial Model in the
manner and to the extent that they were taken into account and promptly inform the Agent to the extent that it is not able to do so unless it demonstrates
to the satisfaction of the Agent that doing otherwise would result in a material advantage to the Project and could not adversely affect the respective
interest of the Senior Lenders in any way; and
not surrender or dispose of any Tax credit, loss, relief or allowance.
Procure that any of the Tax rulings, pre-rulings, concessions and exemptions shall be in full force and effect.
(c)
(d)
(e)
The Borrower will make all Tax filings and responses in a timely manner and will pursue all remedies and appeals and will defend its rights and properties
with diligence and will take all lawful action to avoid anything which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
17.32 Environmental Matters
(a)
The Borrower shall comply fully, and will make reasonable endeavours to cause all other Persons occupying, using or present at the Site to comply
fully with:
(i)
(ii)
all applicable Environmental Laws; and
the terms and conditions of all Environmental Licences,
and for this purpose will implement procedures to monitor compliance and contain liability in accordance with its obligations under the Transaction
Documents.
(b)
The Borrower must promptly upon becoming aware notify the Agent of:
(i)
(ii)
any Environmental Claim current, or to its knowledge, pending or threatened;
any circumstances which is likely to result in an Environmental Claim; or
(iii)
any suspension, revocation or modification of any Environmental License.
(c)
Forthwith upon becoming aware thereof, the Borrower shall provide the Agent with details of any non-compliance with any Environmental Law or
Environmental Licence or of any Environmental Claim or of any material safety hazard or risk which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
Page 100 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(d)
(e)
(f)
The Borrower must indemnify each Senior Lender against any loss or liability incurred by that Senior Lender as a result of a final and non-appealable
judgement regarding any breach of any Environmental Law for which the Borrower is liable pursuant to the Transaction Documents, and which would
not have arisen if a Finance Document had not been entered into.
The Borrower will promptly take all actions and pay or cause to be paid all costs necessary to comply with all Environmental Laws and eliminate any
material risk to human health or property or the environment. If the Borrower fails to take the actions or pay or cause to be paid the costs required under
this Clause 17.31 (Environmental Matters), the Agent may, following delivery to the Borrower of written notice of such intention within seven (7) days,
but will have no obligation to, take such actions or pay such costs as may be necessary to bring the Borrower into compliance and eliminate such risks
(including by virtue of exercising the Sponsors Guarantees and/or the Dalkia International S.A. Corporate Guarantee and/or the Israel Corporation Ltd.
Corporate Guarantee), and all amounts so expended by the Agent will be Obligations of the Borrower to the Senior Lenders under the Finance
Documents payable upon demand and secured by the Security Interests under the Security Documents. Nothing in this Clause 17.31 (Environmental
Matters) imposes any obligation or liability whatsoever on the Senior Lenders.
From time to time, and at any time when there are reasonable grounds to believe there has been a violation of Environmental Law or that there are any
circumstances which may give rise to any Environmental Claim or as may be required by any Law, which are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect
the Agent may cause an environmental assessment and audit of the Project and the Site to be conducted to confirm the Borrower’s compliance with this
Clause 17.31 (Environmental Matters). The Borrower agrees to cooperate fully with the Agent and any of its Advisors in connection with any such
assessment or audit and to pay the costs thereof. The costs of the environmental audit or assessment shall be approved in advance by the Borrower and
the Borrower shall be entitled to review all drafts of the reports before signature and comment thereon, provided, however, that if an Event of Default
occurs or is reasonably likely to occur, the Agent may cause such environmental assessment and audit at its sole discretion and the Borrower shall fully
cooperate with such environmental assessment and audit and pay the cost thereof.
17.33 Litigation; Construction and Operation and Maintenance Disputes
(a)
In any arbitration, claim, suit, litigation, demand, proceeding, complaint, assessment, lien, injunction, order, judgement, notice of non-compliance or
violation, investigation or other action by or before any Governmental Authority or any other Person involving the Borrower or the Project, concerning
a matter that has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower
Page 101 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
(c)
will make all filings and responses in a timely manner, will pursue all remedies and appeals, will defend its rights and properties with diligence and will
take all lawful action to avoid anything which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
In any action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding commenced or levied against the Borrower under the EPC Contract, the O&M Contract, the LTSA
Contract, the IEC PPA the Gas Supply Agreement or any other Project Document, concerning a matter that has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect the Borrower shall notify the Agent about such action, claim, arbitration and other proceedings, shall defend its rights and
properties vigorously, and shall keep the Agent apprised of all material events in such action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding. Any settlement or
compromise of any such action, claim, arbitration or proceeding for any amount or on any other terms shall be subject to the prior written consent of the
Agent unless such action, claim or proceeding involves an amount of less than NIS 1,000,000 (as linked to the Base CPI Index) (or its Equivalent
Currency Amount).
In the event that the Borrower commences or is required to commence any action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding against the EPC Contractor
under the EPC Contract, the O&M Contractor under the O&M Contract, the LTSA Contractor under the LTSA Contract, Electricity Buyer under a
PPA, the IEC under the IEC PPA, the Gas Supplier under the Gas Supply Agreement or the Gas Distributor under the Gas Distribution Agreement, the
Borrower shall notify the Agent about such action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding, shall pursue such action, claim, arbitration or other
proceeding vigorously, and shall keep the Agent appraised of all material events in such action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding. Any settlement
or compromise by the Borrower of any such action, claim, arbitration or other proceeding shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Agent
unless such action, claim or proceeding involves an amount of less than NIS 1,000,000 (or its Equivalent Currency Amount) (as linked to the Base CPI
Index).
17.34 Advisers and Consultants
(a)
The Agent may, in consultation with the Borrower:
(i)
(ii)
appoint additional Advisers to act on behalf of the Senior Lenders in relation to the Project; and
appoint a replacement Adviser if any Adviser resigns or its appointment otherwise ceases or is terminated, provided that the Agent shall
provide the Borrower with a prior notice to that effect.
Provided, however, that if an Event of Default occurs or is reasonably likely to occur, the Agent may appoint or replace Advisor(s) on any terms, at its
sole discretion.
Page 102 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
The Borrower agrees to:
(i)
(ii)
each of the Advisers carrying out their respective roles described in the Finance Documents, the relevant Project Documents and the
Engagement Letters; and
cooperate with each of the Advisers, and to ensure that each such Person will be provided with all information reasonably required by such
Person and will exercise due care to ensure that any information which it may supply to such Person is materially accurate and not, by omission
of information or otherwise, misleading in any material respect.
For the avoidance of doubt, such additional and replacement Advisers fees shall be borne by the Borrower according to the provisions of Clause 22.4
(Advisers’ Fees).
17.35 Auditors
The Borrower shall appoint and maintain at all times as the Auditors of the Borrower a firm of independent public accountants licensed to practice in Israel of
recognised public standing, being one of the ‘big four’ accounting firms and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.
17.36 Press Releases and Advertising
The Borrower shall not issue or consent to the issuance of any press release or other announcement or advertisement that refers to the provision of financing
by the Senior Lenders for the Project without the prior consent of the Agent, except that no consent shall be required where the issuance of any such press
release, announcement or advertisement is required by applicable Law.
17.37 Further Actions
(a)
(b)
The Borrower shall take all further actions and execute and deliver, from time to time as reasonably requested by the Agent, at the Borrower’s expense,
such other documents as shall be necessary or advisable or that the Agent may reasonably request, in connection with the rights and remedies of the
Senior Lenders granted or provided for by the Transaction Documents, as applicable, and to consummate the transactions contemplated therein.
The Borrower shall cooperate with the Agent and shall use its commercial best efforts in order to cause the EPC Contractor, the O&M Contractor, the
LTSA Contractor, the Gas Supplier and any other relevant party on its behalf to cooperate with the Agent, as required, for the purpose of achieving
participation by other senior lenders in the Facility (or any other method of financing), as determined by the Agent. The costs resulting from such
participation (or any other method of financing) shall be borne by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Clause 28.2 (Transfers by Senior
Lenders) below.
Page 103 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
17.38 Rating
The Borrower shall -
(a) without derogating from the provisions of Clause 20.20 (Rating), by no later than 3 months following Construction Completion or earlier, if required
due to a change in Law (within a reasonable period of time under the circumstance), obtain a rating with respect to the O&M Period or the Project, as
applicable, by a rating company or entity satisfactory to the Agent; and
(b)
thereafter, maintain a rating to be reassessed on an annual basis, by a rating company or entity satisfactory to the Agent.
The costs resulting from such rating requirements, including the rating fee and the fees of legal advisers, shall be borne by the Borrower.
17.39 Force Majeure
The Borrower shall inform the Agent of:
(a) Any event which constitutes an event of Force Majeure under the provisions of the IEC PPA or any other PPA’, the EPC Contract, the O&M Contract,
the LTSA Contract, the Gas Supply Agreement or the Gas Transportation Agreement; and
(b) Details of such event including the date on which such event occurred or commenced, actions being taken to mitigate the consequences of such event
and the date of cessation of any such event.
17.40 Duration
The undertakings hereunder shall remain in force from the date hereof for so long as any amount is or may be outstanding hereunder. All of those
undertakings (and any undertakings or restrictions in any other clause hereof) are cumulative, and accordingly none of them shall (except to the extent
expressly stated) be limited by any exception to any other undertaking or by implication from the terms of any other undertaking.
18. CALCULATIONS AND REVISIONS CLAUSE
18.1 Model, Budgets and Projected Costs to Complete
Upon any of the followings:
(a)
Pursuant to a change to the Project affecting:
(i)
(ii)
the Construction Period Budget;
the O&M Budget;
Page 104 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iii)
(iv)
and/or
the assumptions upon which the Construction Budget, the O&M Budget or the Financial Model were based (“Assumption”); or
the projections since the date on which the Construction Budget, the O&M Budget, or the Financial Model (including inter alia, as a result of a
change in the allocation of capacity between IEC and the Electricity Buyer) were last updated;
(b)
upon the commencement of each calendar year;
The Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days or less, if so requested by the Agent, prepare an updated Financial Model (which shall be marked and include
explanations of the changes introduced by the Borrower), Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable), which reflects accurately such change and
deliver such updated Financial Model, Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable) to the Agent.
(A) The Agent shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt by it of a revised Financial Model, Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable),
following consultation with the any of the Advisers of the Senior Lenders’, notify the Borrower whether or not such updated Financial Model,
Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable), has been approved.
(B)
(C)
If a notice disapproving the updated Financial Model, Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable), is given pursuant to sub-Claus (c) above,
the Agent and the Borrower shall negotiate for a period of thirty (30) days in good faith in order to agree on the updated Financial Model, Construction
Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable).
If the Agent and the Borrower are unable to agree to the Financial Model, the Construction Budget or the O&M Budget (as applicable), within the thirty
(30) day period noted in sub-Clause (d) above, then the Financial Model, the Construction Budget or the O&M Budget (as applicable), shall be
amended in accordance with the instructions of the Agent at its sole discretion.
(D) Pursuant to the updated Financial Model, Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable) being approved in accordance with sub-Clauses (c) or
(e) above, it shall constitute the Financial Model, Construction Budget or O&M Budget (as applicable), for the purposes of this Agreement.
19.
INSURANCES
(a)
The Borrower shall:
(i)
maintain in force and cause to be maintained in force all Insurances required under Schedule 15 (Insurance) and any other the Transaction
Document regarding Insurance and shall not amend any of the Insurances without the prior written consent of the Agent;
Page 105 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
keep or cause to be kept its present and future properties and business insured with financially sound and reputable insurers satisfactory to the
Agent against loss or damage in such manner and to the extent required in Schedule 15 (Insurance) of this Agreement and additional
insurance (“Additional Insurance”) as may otherwise be required by the Agent to cover new, materially different or increased risks or
contingencies arising or occurring after the Effective Date that would be insured by a reasonable and prudent insurer acting in accordance with
Good Industry Practice (taking into account the availability of such Additional Insurance in the international insurance market on reasonable
commercial terms), which are not covered to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent by existing Insurances;
at the commencement and upon each renewal of each insurance policy and at the reasonable request of the Agent promptly provide cover notes,
policies and endorsements of the policies maintained or caused to be maintained by the Borrower, coverage limits of liability, effective dates of
coverage, insurance carrier names and policy numbers; and
provide the Agent with copies of the insurance contracts relating to the Insurances required by Schedule 15 (Insurance) on or prior to the dates
such policies are required to be delivered to the Agent in accordance with such Schedule 15 (Insurance), such policies to be in the English
language or Hebrew language, in form and substance, and issued by companies, satisfactory to the Agent based on consultation with the Senior
Lenders’ Insurance Adviser.
In determining whether Additional Insurance is available on reasonable commercial terms the Borrower shall have on-going regard to the cost and
scope of such insurance and the Senior Lenders’ need to protect their own interests in relation to the Project and in such circumstances the Borrower
shall approach the insurance markets at reasonable intervals but not less frequently than every three (3) months to determine whether any Additional
Insurance has become available, and shall keep the Agent fully informed of the availability of such Insurance, and shall, if required by the Agent, effect
such Additional Insurance (to the extent that such Insurance is available on reasonable commercial terms).
The provisions of this Clause 19 (Insurances) shall be deemed supplemental to, but not duplicative of, the provisions of the Transaction Documents that
require the maintenance of Insurances. In the event that any insurance whatsoever is purchased, taken or otherwise obtained by the Borrower with
respect to the Project otherwise than as required hereunder or if not properly endorsed to the Agent as the sole loss payee and name insured or
beneficiary or otherwise made upon the terms required in this Clause 19 (Insurances), such insurance (excluding third party liability insurance,
employers’ liability insurance and directors and officers’ insurance) shall be considered assigned by the Borrower hereunder to the
(b)
(c)
Page 106 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Agent with the right of the Agent to make, settle, compromise and liquidate any and all claims thereunder, without prejudice to the exercise of any
other rights and remedies that the Senior Lenders may have under any of the Transaction Documents, or under any applicable Law.
20. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The occurrence and continuance of any of the events, conditions or circumstances set out in this Clause 20 shall constitute an Event of Default.
20.1 Non-payment
The Borrower does not pay within five (5) Business Days of the due date (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), any amount due and payable by
it under any Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable.
20.2 Non-compliance
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The Borrower does not perform, comply with or observe any provision of (or a default otherwise occurs thereunder) Clauses 17.8 (Negative Pledge),
17.9 (Security), 17.10 (Dispositions), 17.11 (Permitted Financial Indebtedness), 17.12(a)-(d), (g) and (h), 17.14 (Investments, Accounts), 17.15
(Mergers and Acquisitions of Assets), 17.29 (Distributions), 19 (Insurances) of this Agreement;
The Borrower, Israel Corporation Ltd., Dalkia International S.A. or any Sponsor does not perform, comply with or observe any provision of (or a
default otherwise occurs thereunder) Clauses 2-11 of the Equity Subscription Agreement;
Israel Corporation Ltd. does not perform, comply with or observe any provision of the Israel Corporation Ltd. Corporate Guarantee, Dalkia
International S.A. does not perform, comply with or observe any provision of the Dalkia International Corporate Guarantee and/or any Sponsor does
not perform, comply with or observe any provision of the Sponsor Guarantees;
The Borrower or any Obligor does not perform, comply with or observe any other provision of any Finance Document (other than those referred to in
Clauses 20.1 (Non-payment), 20.2 (a) and (b), 20.10 (a) and (b) and 20.17 with respect to which no cure periods or additional cure periods are granted
pursuant to the provisions of this Clause 20.2(c)), or a default otherwise occurs thereunder and, if capable of remedy, that breach or default is not cured
within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from the Agent specifying the breach or default (or if earlier, of the Borrower or such Obligor first becoming
aware of the breach or default), provided however that such grace period will be increased by up to an additional fifteen (15) days at the request of the
Borrower prior to the expiry of such thirty (30) day period (as shall be necessary for the Borrower or such Obligor, to cure such breach or default),
where the Agent is satisfied, that:
(i)
the breach or default cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and is capable of cure within such additional fifteen (15) day period;
Page 107 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
(iii)
the Borrower or such Obligor is diligently and in good faith pursuing such cure; and
none of the breach or default, the continuance thereof or the action of the Borrower or other Obligor in pursuing such cure has had or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(e)
The Borrower or any Sponsor does not perform, comply with or observe any provision of the Equity Bridge Finance Documents and/or the Equity
Documents or a default otherwise occurs thereunder and:
(i)
(ii)
with respect to any breach or default involving the non-payment of money by such Person, such Person does not pay within five (5) Business
Days from the due date (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any amount due and payable by it under the Equity Documents at
the place and in the currency it is expressed to be payable; or
with respect to any breach or default that does not involve the non-payment of money, such breach or default, if capable of cure, is not cured
within thirty (30) days of the Borrower’s or Sponsor’s receipt of notice from the Agent specifying the breach or default (or if earlier, of the
Borrower or such Person first becoming aware of the breach or default), provided however that such grace period shall be increased by up to
fifteen (15) days at the request of the Borrower (as shall be necessary for the Borrower or Sponsor to cure such breach or default), where the
Agent is satisfied that:
(1)
(2)
(3)
the breach or default cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and is capable of cure within such additional fifteen (15) day
period;
the Borrower or Sponsor is diligently and in good faith pursuing such cure; and
none of the breach or default, the continuance thereof or the action of the Borrower or Sponsor in pursuing such cure has had or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
20.3 Misrepresentation
A representation, warranty or statement made or repeated or deemed made or repeated in or in connection with any Transaction Document or in any document
delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Obligor (other than the Senior Lenders) under or in connection with any Transaction Document is
incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated or deemed repeated and shall continue to be
Page 108 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days from the date such representation or warranty is or is deemed to have been made or repeated provided , that such
grace period shall be increased by up to fifteen (15) days at the request of the Borrower (as shall be necessary for the Borrower or Sponsor to cure such
incorrect warranty or statement), where the Agent is satisfied, that:
(1)
(2)
(3)
the warranty or statement cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period and is capable of cure within such additional fifteen
(15) day period;
the Borrower or Sponsor is diligently and in good faith pursuing such cure; and
none of the breach or default, the continuance thereof or the action of the Borrower or Sponsor in pursuing such cure has had or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
20.4 Cross-default
(a) Any outstanding Financial Indebtedness (other than in respect of Subordinated Debt) of the Borrower in an amount exceeding NIS 500,000, is not paid
when due after giving effect to any grace period applicable thereto.
(b) A Transaction Document (other than PPA(s) executed pursuant to the provisions of Clause 17.21(a)), is terminated.
(c) An event of default howsoever described (or any event which with the giving of notice or any certificate, lapse of time, or the satisfaction of any other
condition (or any combination of the foregoing), would constitute such an event of default), is declared by a party to a Transaction Document or occurs
under any Transaction Document and/or under any document or instrument evidencing, securing or relating to outstanding Financial Indebtedness
(other than in respect of Subordinated Debt) of the Borrower, any Sponsor or any Shareholder which, if not remedied, in accordance with the relevant
provisions therein, will give rise to the termination of a Transaction Document;
(d)
any outstanding Financial Indebtedness of any of the Sponsors and/or Israel Corporation Ltd. and/or Dalkia International S.A. above NIS 5,000,000 (or
its Equivalent Currency Amount) (as linked to the Base CPI Index), becomes prematurely due and payable which is likely to constitute a Material
Adverse Effect; or
(e)
any Security Interest securing Financial Indebtedness over any asset of the Borrower or any Shareholder becomes enforceable and is not cured within
seven (7) days.
Page 109 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
20.5 Insolvency
The Borrower or any Obligor:
(a)
(b)
commits an act of bankruptcy, is, or is deemed for the purposes of any law applicable to it to be, generally unable to pay its debts as they fall due or to
be insolvent, or admits a general inability to pay its debts as they fall due; or
suspends making payments on all or any class of its debts or announces an intention to do so, or a moratorium is declared in respect of any of its
indebtedness;
Provided that it shall not be an Event of Default where (i) any of the foregoing events had occurred with respect to any Obligor (other than the Borrower and
the Shareholders) and such event has not had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) an event specified in sub-Clause 20.5(a) had occurred with
respect to the EPC Contractor and Posco E&C has assumed all of the EPC Contractors’ obligation pursuant to the provisions of the EPC Contract.
20.6 Insolvency Proceedings
(a) Any step (including petition, proposal or convening a meeting) is taken with a view to a composition, assignment or arrangement with any creditors of
the Borrower or any Obligor; or
(b)
any order (provisional or otherwise and if provisional - only if not removed within forty five (45) days) is made or resolution passed for, or any step
(including petition, proposal or convening a meeting) is taken by the Borrower or any other Obligor with a view to the liquidation, administration,
winding up, entry into receivership, re-organisation, dissolution or any other insolvency proceedings of the Borrower or any other Obligor; or
(c)
any Person presents a petition which is not withdrawn or set aside within forty five (45) days for the winding-up, liquidation, bankruptcy, receivership,
reorganisation or for the administration of the Borrower or any Obligor.
provided that it shall not be an Event of Default where any of the foregoing events had occurred with respect to any Obligor (other than the Borrower and the
Shareholders) and such event has not had and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or an event specified in this Clause 20.6 had occurred
with respect to the EPC Contractor and Posco E&C has assumed all of the EPC Contractors’ obligation pursuant to the provisions of the EPC Contract.
20.7 Appointment of Receivers and Managers
(a) Any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, permanent or interim receiver, administrator or the like is appointed in
respect of the Borrower or any other Obligor over all or any part of their respective assets; or
Page 110 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
any Person requests the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, interim or permanent receiver,
administrator or the like for the Borrower or any other Obligor and such request in not withdrawn or set aside within twenty one (21) days (or such
shorter period if such request has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect).
provided that it shall not be an Event of Default where any of the foregoing events had occurred with respect to any Obligor (other than the Borrower and the
Shareholders) and such event has not had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.
20.8 Creditors’ Process
Any distress, execution, attachment, sequestration, or other proceeding affecting any material asset (irrespective of the actual value of such asset) of the
Borrower or any other Obligor is initiated and, if such proceeding is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is not removed, discharged
or paid out within ninety (90) days after the initiation thereof or such shorter period as may render such asset liable to forfeiture, seizure or sale, provided that
it shall not be an Event of Default where any of the foregoing events had occurred with respect to any Obligor (other than the Borrower and the Shareholders)
and such event has not had and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect an event specified in this Clause 20.8 had occurred with respect to
the EPC Contractor and Posco E&C has assumed all of the EPC Contractors’ obligation pursuant to the provisions of the EPC Contract.
20.9 Cessation of Business
(a)
(b)
(c)
The Borrower or any Obligor ceases, or threatens in writing to cease to carry on all or a substantial part of its business, and with respect to an Obligor,
such cessation of business has had or will have a Material Adverse Effect or unless such event had occurred with respect to the EPC Contractor and
Posco E&C has assumed all of the EPC Contractors’ obligation pursuant to the provisions of the EPC Contract.
The construction, operation or maintenance of the Project (or any related activity of any of the foregoing) is ceased or suspended for a continuous
period in excess of 90 days or periods in aggregate in excess of 90 days in any 12 month period
The Borrower abandons the Project or any material Part thereof, instructs the EPC Contractor to suspend the Works or a material part thereof for a
period or periods in aggregate in excess of 90 days in any 12 month period, or instructs or suffers the O&M Contractor or the LTSA Contractor to
abandon the Project or any material part thereof or to suspend their obligations for a period or periods in aggregate in excess of 90 days in any 12
month period.
Page 111 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
20.10 Project Documents and Direct Agreements
(a) An Obligor fails to perform any of its material obligations under any Project Documents which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and where such failure is capable of being cured and the relevant Project Document provides for a cure period, such failure has not been cured
within the relevant period.
(b) A notification by a party to any Project Document or Direct Agreement which gives the other party to such Project Document or Direct Agreement the
right to terminate or exercise any material remedy under the document, and where such event, condition or circumstance is capable of being cured and
the relevant Project Document provides for a cure period, such event, condition or circumstance has not been cured within the relevant period.
(c) Any Project Document or Direct Agreement is or becomes void or unenforceable or is amended, assigned or otherwise transferred other than as
permitted hereunder.
(d) Any material obligation of the Borrower or any other Obligor under a Project Document or Direct Agreement is not or ceases to be a valid, legal and
binding obligation of such Person, or is repudiated by, such Person or becomes void, illegal or unenforceable or any party thereto (other than a Senior
Lender) shall so assert in writing, in a manner or to an extent, which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e) Any material provision of any Project Document or any Direct Agreement is terminated, or cancelled or the Borrower or any Sponsor issues a notice of
termination of a Project Document or Direct Agreement in each case otherwise than:
(i)
(ii)
by reason of full performance of such agreement or expiry of its term; or
in the case of any of the Project Documents where such Project Document has been supplemented, modified or replaced to the satisfaction of
the Agent.
20.11 Finance Documents
Any material provision of any Finance Document (as determined by the Agent acting in its sole discretion):
(a)
(b)
(c)
is terminated (other than by expiration of its stated term), suspended for more than 30 days or cancelled other than in accordance with the Finance
Documents;
is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable or any party thereto (other than any Senior Lender) shall so assert in writing; or
ceases to be in full force and effect or is assigned or otherwise amended, transferred or prematurely terminated other than as permitted under the
Finance Documents, or shall cease to give the Senior Lenders the Security Interests, rights, powers and privileges purported to be created thereby or
any party thereto (other than any Senior Lender) shall so assert in writing.
Page 112 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
20.12 Material Adverse Effect
Any event, condition or circumstance or series of events, conditions or circumstances occurs which has had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
20.13 Effectiveness of Security
Any Security Interest created by any Security Document ceases to be a valid and perfected first priority Security Interest in the Collateral covered thereby or
is otherwise ineffective, or any party thereto shall so assert in writing.
20.14 Construction Completion
The Agent shall have determined that:
(a) Construction Completion is not expected to be achieved within the Construction Period Budget; or
(b) Construction Completion is not expected to be achieved by the Construction Completion Deadline.
20.15 Event of Loss
There occurs an Event of Loss, provided, however, that if following such occurrence the Borrower can maintain the ratios specified under the provisions of
Clause 20.19 (Ratios and Contributions), the Agent shall not exercise its rights under the provisions of sub-Clauses 20.24(b) and 20.24(c).
20.16 Governmental Action
The State or any other Governmental Authority takes any step or series of steps (individually or in aggregate together with similar prior steps or series of
steps) or initiates any proceeding with a view to the condemnation, seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, appropriation, requisition, confiscation or
acquisition or otherwise assumes custody or control (whether compulsory or otherwise, in whole or in part, and whether or not for fair compensation) of:
(a)
(b)
all or any part of the Borrower or any of its share capital; or
any substantial part of the Borrower’s undertaking, rights and obligations or any of its assets or its business or operations;
and provided that such steps are not withdrawn within 90 days.
Page 113 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
20.17 Insurance
Any Insurance required in accordance with the Transaction Documents:
(a)
(b)
is not or ceases to be in full force and effect and has not been replaced in accordance with the Transaction Documents prior thereto; or
is avoided or any insurer is or will be entitled to avoid or otherwise materially reduce its liability under any policy relating thereto or any insurer
repudiates or will be entitled to repudiate any Insurance or any Security Interests of the Senior Lenders therein (unless before such avoidance,
reduction, or repudiation, the Borrower replaces such insurer with the result that such avoidance, reduction, or repudiation is prevented).
20.18 Project Events
(a) Any Project Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or has otherwise become unenforceable.
(b)
The CP Fulfilment Date shall not have occurred by the Longstop Date.
20.19 Ratios and Contributions
(a)
The Borrower shall fail to maintain:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is equal to 100% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity—a minimum Annual Debt
Service Cover Ratio of 1.05;
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is higher than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity - a minimum Annual
Debt Service Cover Ratio of 1.08;
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is lower than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity - a minimum Annual
Debt Service Cover Ratio of 1.1
calculated both with respect to each previous 12 month period and forthcoming 12 months period based on the Borrower’s forecast; and
(i)
(ii)
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is equal to 100% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity—a minimum Loan Life
Cover Ratio of 1.05;
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is higher than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity - a minimum Annual
Debt Service Cover Ratio of 1.08;
Page 114 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iii)
If the Contract Capacity supplied to the IEC under the IEC PPA is lower than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity - a minimum Loan Life
Cover Ratio of 1.1;
which will be calculated for each forthcoming 12 months period based on the Borrower’s forecast.
(b)
The Borrower shall fail to maintain the Debt Service Reserve Account or the Maintenance Reserve Account (if applicable), in compliance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
20.20 Rating
The first rating obtained by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of clause 17.38 (Rating) is lower than A+ (as published by S&P Ma’alot, or the
equivalent rating published by a different rating agency),.
20.21 Ownership
(a) At any time any Sponsor shall transfer by sale, assignment or otherwise cease to own any Equity Interest or Subordinated Loan Interest, without the
prior written consent of the Agent;
(b) Any Project Guarantor shall, directly or indirectly, cease to own and control, free and clear of any Security Interests, the percentage of the total shares
or other means of Control in the entity which obligations are guaranteed by such Project Guarantee.
(c) A Shareholder disposes of any of its shares in the Borrower other than in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.16 (Share Capital and
Subordinated Debt).
20.22 Liability in respect of Contractors
At any time, the issuer of the EPC Performance Guarantee shall cease to be liable for the obligation of the EPC Contractor under the EPC Contract, or the
issuer of the LTSA Parent Company Guarantee shall cease to be liable for the obligation of the LTSA Contractor under the LTSA Contract, respectively.
20.23 Judgements
One or more judgements, arbitration awards or decree is entered:
(a)
against the Borrower involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by a reputable insurance company which has accepted liability in
writing) in an amount of NIS 5,000,000 (as linked to the Base CPI Index) (or its Equivalent Currency Amount) or more; or
Page 115 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
against any of the Sponsors and/or Israel Corporation Ltd. and/or Dalkia International S.A. involving any liability (not paid or fully covered by a
reputable insurance company which has accepted liability in writing) except where such liability has not had and is not reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect,
and such judgements, arbitration awards and decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed pending an appeal made in good faith on reasonable
grounds with appropriate reserves established on the books of Borrower, or any other Obligor, as the case may be in respect thereof within thirty (30) days after
the entry thereof.
20.24 Acceleration; Other Remedies
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default (which is continuing unremedied and unwaived) the Agent may:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
take any actions necessary to cure such Event of Default and/or declare an Event of Default; and/or
declare that the relevant Commitments are terminated in whole or in part, whereby such Commitments shall be cancelled and the relevant Cancellation
Fees shall be immediately due and payable; and/or
declare that all or part of the relevant Loans, together with accrued Interest, Linkage Differentials and all other amounts accrued under the respective
Finance Documents (including, without limitation, any Breakage Costs, Prepayment Fees and Cancellation Fees) and other amounts outstanding under
the Financing Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or
take actions on behalf of the Borrower or require the Borrower to exercise its rights under the Transaction Documents; and/or
give any notice regarding the payment of Insurance Proceeds; and/or
proceed to enforce or exercise or cause the Security Trustee and/or the Agent to enforce or exercise any or all of the rights, remedies and powers
available to it under all or any of the Transaction Documents and to enforce all or any remedies thereunder; and/or
proceed to enforce or exercise or cause the Security Trustee and/or the Agent to enforce or exercise any or all of the rights, remedies and powers
available to the Borrower under any or all Project Guarantee and to enforce all or any remedies thereunder; and/or
(h) Give notice to the Accounts Bank that an Event of Default has occurred and give any directions to the Accounts Bank; and/or
Page 116 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Any such notice or instruction will take effect in accordance with its terms.
20.25 Automatic Acceleration and Cancellation
At the Time of Acceleration (unless otherwise agreed by the Agent at its sole discretion):
(a)
(b)
all Commitments shall be automatically and immediately terminated without any declaration, presentment, demand, protest or notice or any act of any
kind by any Senior Lender whatsoever and the relevant Cancellation Fees shall be immediately due and payable; and
the entire amount of the Loans, together with accrued Interest, Linkage Differentials and all other amounts accrued under the respective Finance
Documents (including, without limitation, any Breakage Costs, Prepayment Fees and Cancellation Fees) shall be deemed to have been become
immediately due and payable without any declaration, presentment, demand, protest or notice or any act of any kind by any Senior Lender whatsoever.
In this Clause 20.23 (Acceleration and Cancellation):
“Time of Acceleration” means the earlier of:
(a)
(b)
the date of issuance of a notice by the Agent pursuant to the provisions of Clause 20, subject to the applicable cure period specified therein;
notwithstanding the provisions of (a) above, the time of the occurrence of any Event of Default under any of Clause 20.5 (Insolvency) to Clause 20.8
(Creditors’ Process) (inclusive) with respect to the Borrower or any of its assets, subject to the applicable cure period specified therein; and
(c)
the time at which the Electricity License is revoked, rescinded, terminated or expires.
20.26 Remedies Cumulative
If an event or occurrence constitutes an Event of Default under more than one of the provisions of this Clause 20 (Events of Default), the Agent on behalf of
the Senior Lenders, may during the continuance of such Event of Default take all actions and remedies provided hereunder upon expiration of the shortest
grace period, if any, applicable to such Event of Default.
Page 117 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
21. Reserved
22. FEES
22.1 Up Front
The Borrower shall pay the Senior Lenders a front-end fee of 0.4% of the Total Commitments (Up front Fee), which shall be paid on the Effective Date.
22.2 Commitment fee
(a)
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution rateably to the Senior Lenders pro rata to their respective Commitments, a commitment fee
calculated at the rate of 0.5% per annum on any undrawn portion of each Facility,
(b) Accrued commitment fees are payable quarterly such that the commitment fees for any quarter will be payable on the last day of such quarter and until
and on the last day of the Availability Period. Accrued commitment fee is also payable to the Agent for a Senior Lender on the cancelled amount of its
Commitment at the time the cancellation takes effect in respect of the period up to and including the date of cancellation.
(c)
The first date for payment of the Commitment Fee shall be on the last day of the Quarter in which this Facility Agreement was executed,
notwithstanding whether a drawdown was made by the Borrower at, or prior to, said time.
22.3 Administration fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account an administration fee of USD120,000 per annum for the period from the Effective Date until
Construction
Completion, and USD75,000 per annum thereafter.
The first payment of the Administration Fee is payable on the Effective Date. Each subsequent payment is payable semi annually in advance on each 6 month
period following the Effective Date.
22.4 Advisers’ fees
The Borrower shall pay directly to the Advisers the fees, costs and expenses of any Advisers in accordance with the fee arrangements with such Advisers, to
be approved by the Borrower in advance. Notwithstanding the above, the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if an Event of Default occurs or is
reasonably likely to occur.
22.5 VAT
Any fee referred to in this Clause 22 (Fees) is exclusive of any VAT or any other Tax which might be chargeable in connection with that fee. If any VAT or
other Tax is so chargeable, it shall be paid by the Borrower at the same time as it pays the relevant fee against a tax invoice.
Page 118 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
22.6 No Refund of fees
No fee referred to in this Clause 22 (Fees) shall under any circumstances (in the absence of manifest error) be refundable to the Borrower.
22.7 Arranger Fee
The Borrower shall pay the Arranger an Arranger Fee in an amount to be agreed between such Parties.
22.8 Security Trustee Fee
The Borrower shall pay the Security Trustee a fee in an amount of USD30,000 per annum as of the Effective Date and until Construction Completion, and
thereafter, an amount of USD10,000 per annum.
The first payment of this fee shall be payable on the Effective Date. Each subsequent payment shall be payable semi annually in advance on each six months
period following the Effective Date.
23. COSTS AND EXPENSES
23.1 Initial and Special Costs
The Borrower shall, whether or not the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents are consummated, forthwith on demand pay the Agent and
the Arranger (and any Affiliate of the foregoing), on a full indemnity basis, the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses and other charges
(including any VAT thereon and including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of the Advisers and all other professional and out of pocket expenses (in
accordance with any fee arrangements)) incurred by any of them in connection with:
(a)
(b)
the review of the Transaction Documents and any other related documentation to which the Borrower is or becomes a party;
the negotiation, preparation, syndication, printing, execution, delivery and (where appropriate) filing and registration of:
(i)
(ii)
the Transaction Documents and any other documents referred to therein or related thereto (including the legal opinions); and
any other Transaction Document (other than a Transfer Certificate) executed after the date hereof;
Page 119 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(c)
(d)
(e)
any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or any proposal for any of the foregoing) in connection with or ongoing
administration of any Transaction Document or any document referred to in any Transaction Document or related thereto; and
the filing and registration (where appropriate) and delivery of evidence of Financial Indebtedness relating to the Loans.
the filing and registration relating to the Security Interests, including the pledging and holding in trust of the Pledged Shares.
When applicable and if possible, the above fees shall be agreed with the Borrower in advance, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
23.2 Enforcement Costs
The Borrower shall, whether or not the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents are consummated, forthwith on demand pay to the relevant
Senior Lender or other Finance Party, on a full indemnity basis, the amount of all reasonable costs and expenses (as well as VAT thereon and including but
not limited to all professional and out of pocket expenses) incurred by such Person:
(a)
(b)
in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights and remedies under, any of the Transaction Documents; and
in investigating any Event of Default or Potential Default.
23.3 Retention
The Agent may retain sums from the amount of any Loan toward payment in full of any costs and expenses due and payable referred to in this Clause 23
(Costs and Expenses).
24.
STAMP DUTIES
The Borrower shall pay, and forthwith on demand indemnify each Senior Lender against any liability that Senior Lender incurs in respect of, any stamp,
registration and similar tax which is or becomes payable in connection with the entry into, registration, recording, performance or enforcement of any
Transaction Document.
25.
INDEMNITIES
25.1 Currency Indemnity
(a)
If a Senior Lender receives an amount in respect of the Borrower’s liability under the Finance Documents or if that liability is converted into a claim,
proof, judgement or order in a currency other than the currency (the “contractual currency”) in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the
relevant Finance Document (or other Transaction Document):
(i)
the Borrower shall indemnify that Senior Lender as an independent obligation against any loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the
conversion;
Page 120 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
if the amount received by that Senior Lender, when converted into the contractual currency at a market rate in the usual course of its business is
less than the amount owed in the contractual currency, the Borrower shall forthwith on demand pay to that Senior Lender an amount in the
contractual currency equal to the deficit; and
(iii)
the Borrower shall forthwith on demand pay to the Senior Lender concerned any exchange costs and taxes payable in connection with any such
conversion.
(b)
The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it
is expressed to be payable.
25.2 Other indemnities
The Borrower shall forthwith on demand (which shall include details of the loss or liability incurred) indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or
liability properly incurred that the Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Default;
the operation of Clause 20.23 (Acceleration; Other Remedies) and 20.25 (Automatic Acceleration and Cancellations);
any payment of interest or any other overdue amount being received from any source otherwise than on the relevant Interest Payment Date relative to
the amount so received;
(other than by reason of negligence or default by a Senior Lender) any Loan (or part thereof) not being prepaid in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; or
any Environmental Claim to the extent that the loss or liability incurred by the Senior Lender would not have arisen if this Agreement or any of the
other Finance Document had not been executed;
Including, any losses, charges or expenses on account of funds acquired, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under this Agreement or any
amount repaid or prepaid. A certificate of the Finance Party as to the amount of any such loss or expense shall be prima facie evidence in the absence of
manifest error.
Nothing in the above shall derogate from the rights of the Finance Parties under any Law.
Page 121 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
25.3 Breakage Costs and Prepayment Fees
Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement:
(a) Where any principal amount is received on a date prior to its original due date under the terms of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever the
Borrower shall on demand pay to the Agent for the account of the Senior Lenders the Breakage Costs and Prepayment Fees;
(b) Where any Commitment is cancelled according to the provisions of Clause 7.4 (Voluntary Cancellation), the Borrower shall on demand pay to the
Agent for the account of the Senior Lenders the Cancellation Fees
26. EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS
26.1 Statements and accounts
(a)
Each Senior Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owed to it
hereunder.
(b)
The Agent shall maintain on its books a control account or accounts in which shall be recorded:
(i)
(ii)
the amount of the Loans made or arising hereunder and each Senior Lenders’ share therein;
the amount of all principal, Interest, Linkage Differentials and other amounts due from the Borrower to any of the Senior Lenders hereunder
and each Senior Lenders’ share therein; and
(iii)
the amount of any sum received or recovered by the Agent hereunder and each Senior Lenders’ share therein.
26.2 Statements and Accounts
Unless expressly provided to the contrary, statements and accounts maintained by the Agent and/or a Senior Lender in connection with the Finance
Documents are (as between such Senior Lender and any Obligor) absent manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
26.3 Certificates and Determinations
Unless expressly provided to the contrary, any certification or determination by the Agent and/or a Senior Lender of a rate or amount under the Finance
Documents is (as between such Senior Lender and any Obligor), in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.
Page 122 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
26.4 Calculations
Interest and the fees payable under Clause 22.2 (Commitment Fee) and Clause 22.3 (Administration Fee) accrues from day to day and shall be calculated on
the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (or 366 days, in the case of a leap year).
27. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
27.1 Amendments in Writing
No term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived except in writing, signed by each party or its relevant agent on its behalf and any such
amendment shall be binding on all relevant parties.
27.2 Cumulative Rights
(a)
The rights, powers and remedies of each Finance Party under the Transaction Documents:
(i)
(ii)
may be exercised as often as necessary;
are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights, powers and remedies under the general law or which such Senior Lenders would otherwise have;
and
(iii)
may be waived only in writing and specifically.
(b) No course of dealing between the Borrower and any Finance Party, nor any delay in exercising or non-exercise of any right, power or privilege of any
Finance Party shall operate as a waiver of any right, power or privilege of any Finance Party, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power
or privilege under any Transaction Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege
thereunder. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other
circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of any Finance Party to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.
(c)
The rights and remedies of the Finance Parties under the Transaction Documents or at law or in equity, may be pursued separately, successively or
concurrently against the Borrower or any Collateral, at the discretion of the Agent, in accordance with the Finance Documents.
Page 123 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
28. CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
28.1 Transfers by Borrower
The Borrower may not assign, transfer, or dispose of any of, or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents (other than in respect
of Permitted Security Interests) except with the prior written consent of the Agent.
28.2 Transfers by Senior Lenders
Subject to this Clause 28.2 (Transfers by Senior Lenders) and to the Agent’s approval solely with respect to the issues noted in Clause 28.3 below, a Senior
Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause
28.3 (Transfer Procedure) below, to any bank, financial institution, insurance company, pension fund or provident fund which is licensed to practice business
in Israel (the “New Lender” ), provided that:
(a)
the monetary value of such rights, benefits and obligations is no less than 3% of the then outstanding balance of the Loans under the Long Term
Facility and the Standby Facility, or, if the then outstanding balance of the Existing Lender’s Loan is less than 3% of the total then outstanding balance
of the Loans under the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility of the Existing Lender - the entire then outstanding balance of the Existing
Lender’s Loan;
(b) Under no circumstances shall Agent’s outstanding Commitments or Lender Contributions under the Long Term Facility and the Standby Facility (as
applicable) fall below ten (10) percent of the then outstanding balance of the Commitments or Lender Contributions under the Long Term Facility and
the Standby Facility (as applicable); and
(c) Any transfer by a Senior Lender to a bank in Israel shall be subject to Borrower’s approval, which could only be withheld in the event that following
such transfer the Sponsors or Israel Corporation Ltd. shall exceed limits under the Bank of Israel guidelines and directives with respect to single
borrowers ( “Loveh Boded” ), groups of borrowers ( “Kvutzat Lovim” ), connected persons ( “Anashim Kshurim” );
The provisions of sub-clauses (a) and (c), shall not apply with respect to an assignment or transfer of any of the rights, benefits and obligations of a Senior
Lender under the Finance Documents to an Affiliate; without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, with respect to Amitim, the provisions of sub-
Clause (a) and (c) above, shall not apply with respect to an assignment or transfer of any of the rights, benefits and obligations to any of the Funds or any of
their respective Affiliates.
Page 124 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
For the purpose of this Clause:
(a)
“Funds” means: (i) Mivtachim The Workers Social Insurance Fund Ltd. (under special management), (ii) Keren Makefet Pension and Provident Center
Cooperative Society Ltd. (under Special Management), (iii) Keren Hagimlaot Hamerkazit Histadrut Central Pension Fund Ltd. (under Special
Management), (iv) Nativ Pension Fund of the Histadrut Industries Workers and Employees Ltd. (under Special Management), (v) Insurance and
Pension Fund for Agricultural and Unskilled Workers in Israel A.S. Ltd.(under Special Management), (vi) Insurance and Pension Fund of Building and
Public Workers’ Employees A.S. Ltd (under Special Management., (vii) The “Hadassah” workers Pension Fund Ltd. (under special management),
(viii) The “Egged” Members Pension Fund Ltd. (under special management) and (ix) other entities managed by the same management entity as the
management entity of any of the companies set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) or by an entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such management entity, and any successor thereof.
(b)
“Amitim” means any or all of the Funds.
For the purposes of Clauses 29.13 (Senior Lenders Instructions), 29.14 (Notice to the Lenders), 29.15 (Written Decisions), 29.16 (Senior Lender’s Meetings to
Take Decisions), 29.17 (Quorum at Lenders Meetings), 29.18 Amendments and Waivers), 29.19 (Enforcement Action), 29.20 (Taking an Enforcement
Action), and 29.21 (Other Actions), including for the purposes of establishing quorums or majority requirement, the rights of such Affiliate or Fund transferee
or assignee shall be aggregated and shall only be exercised by the Manager; provided that, in the event that such Affiliate or Fund transferee or assignee is
sold to a non-affiliated third party, said rights shall be exercised by the non-affiliated third party.
28.3 Transfer Procedure
(a) Any assignment or transfer by the Existing Lender shall be effected by the execution by the Agent of an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate
delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after
receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
(b)
(c)
The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has
complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable Laws in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.
The date of such transfer or assignment (the “Transfer Date”) shall be the later of (i) the date specified for the transfer or assignment in the Transfer
Certificate; and (ii) 30 days after the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.
(d)
The Agent will provide the Borrower with a copy of such Transfer Certificate within ten (10) days of delivery thereof to the Agent.
Page 125 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e) On the Transfer Date:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
the Borrower and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their
respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred to in this Clause 28.3 as “discharged rights
and obligations”)
the Borrower and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from
such discharged rights and obligations only insofar as the Borrower and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the
Borrower and the Existing Lender;
the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and the other Senior Lenders shall acquire the same rights and benefits and assume the same
obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an original party to the Finance
Documents as a Senior Lender with the rights, benefits and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of such transfer; and
(iv)
the New Lender shall become a party hereto as a “Senior Lender”.
(f)
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) to decline to accept and/or countersign any Transfer Certificate if the Transfer Date would fall less than
five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which any payment would fall to be made under the Finance Documents to the Existing Lender, and the
Agent shall have no liability or responsibility to any person in consequence thereof.
(g) Not used.
(h) On the Transfer Date the New Lender shall pay to the Agent for its own accord a transfer fee of NIS10,000, as linked to the Base CPI Index.
28.4 Responsibility of Existing Lender
(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:
(i)
(ii)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
the financial condition of any Obligor or the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance Document;
(iii)
the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
Page 126 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iv)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,
and any representations or warranties implied by Law are excluded.
(b)
Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
(i)
(ii)
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor
and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by
the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may
be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
28.5 Register
The Agent shall keep a register of all the Senior Lenders and shall supply any other party to this Agreement (at that party’s expense) with a copy of the
register on request.
29. AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE
29.1 Appointment and Duties
Each other Finance Party hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each of the Agent, the Accounts Bank and the Security Trustee as the agent of such
Finance Party under this Agreement and each other Finance Document, as appropriate, to take such actions, to perform such duties and to exercise such
powers, in the manner described herein, as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, together with such
other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
None of the Agent, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee or the Arranger shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this
Agreement and the Finance Documents.
Subject to the provisions of Clause 29.13(c), none of Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger shall have any duty to take any discretionary action
permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of any Finance Document or to consent (or withhold its consent) to or approve (or not approve) of any
action required to be consented to or approved by it, unless it shall be instructed in writing to do so by all Senior Lenders or by the Majority Lenders, in
accordance with the provisions herein below.
Page 127 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
29.2 Role of the Arranger
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other party under or in connection with any
Finance Document.
29.3 No Fiduciary Duties
The relationship between the Agent, the Account Bank, the Security Trustee or the Arranger and each Senior Lender is that of agent and principal only.
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, nothing in this Agreement or any other Finance Document, constitutes the Agent, the Arranger or
the Security Trustee as trustee or fiduciary (except in relation to the Security Trustee’s capacity as fiduciary of the security created by the Security
Documents) for any other party or any other person.
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee need not hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party or be liable to account for interest on those moneys.
29.4 Rights and discretions of the Agent
(a)
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each rely on (and shall be fully protected in so relying):
(i)
(ii)
any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
any statement made by a director or authorised signatory of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within
his knowledge or within his power to verify.
(b)
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as such) (and shall be
fully protected in so assuming) that:
(i)
(iii)
(iii)
no Event of Default has occurred;
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any party or the Senior Lenders has not been exercised; and
any notice or request made by the Borrower is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.
(c)
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each engage, pay for and rely on (and shall be fully protected in so relying) the advice or
services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
(d)
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
Page 128 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee shall not be obliged to
do or omit to do anything if such action or omission may, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any Law, a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty
of confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply
with any Law.
29.5 Appointment to hold Accounts
Pursuant hereto the Agent and the Account Bank is hereby appointed by the Borrower and the Senior Lenders to establish and maintain the Accounts (as
described in the Accounts Agreement) to invest funds in each such Account. The Agent shall hold and safeguard the Accounts during the term of this
Agreement. Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate of the Borrower shall have any rights against the Agent hereunder (other than rights which may arise as a
result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgement), as a third
party beneficiary or otherwise, including, without limitation, any right to direct the Agent to distribute or allocate any funds in the Accounts (except as
expressly provided herein).
29.6 Responsibility for Documentation
None of the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee:
(a)
is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by another person, including the
Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or in any other information provided in
connection with the financing of the Project; or
(b)
is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or
document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Transaction Document.
29.7 Exclusion of Liability
(a) None of the Agent, Security Trustee or the Arranger or any officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates thereof shall:
(i)
(ii)
be liable to any Senior Lender or any party to the Finance Document for any action taken or not taken by it under or in connection with any
Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
be responsible in any manner to any Senior Lender, Party or any other Person for any failure of any other party to perform its obligations
hereunder or under any other Finance Document or under any other agreement executed in connection therewith;
Page 129 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iii)
be responsible in any manner to any Senior Lender or any other Person for the collectability of amounts payable under any Transaction
Document.
(b) No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger in respect of any claim it
might have against them or any of them or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance
Document. Each such officer, employee or agent may rely on this Clause.
29.8 Indemnities
(a) Without limiting the liability of the Borrower under the Finance Documents, each Senior Lender shall indemnify the Agent, the Security Trustee and
the Arranger for that Senior Lender’s proportion of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgements, suits, costs,
expenses (including counsel fees) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (“Liability”) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger (as appropriate) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other
Finance Document, the Collateral or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
or any action taken or omitted by the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger under or in connection with any of the foregoing or with respect to the
Collateral, except to the extent that the Liability (i) arises directly from such entity’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or (ii) is reimbursed by the
Borrower.
(b) A Senior Lender’s proportion of the Liability set out in paragraph (a) above will be the proportion of its Commitment(s) in relation to the Total
Commitments or, after the Commitments have been cancelled, terminated or reduced to zero, in the proportion in which its Lender Contribution relates
to the aggregate Lenders’ Contributions on the date of the demand.
29.9 Individual Capacities
(a)
If it is also a Senior Lender, each of the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger has the same rights and powers under the Finance Documents as
any other Senior Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger.
(b)
Each of the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger may:
(i)
(ii)
carry on any business with the Borrower, any party to the Transaction Documents or their respective Affiliates;
act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any financing involving the Borrower, any party to the Transaction Documents or their respective
related entities; and
Page 130 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iii)
retain for its own account any profits or remuneration in connection with its activities under this Agreement or in relation to any of the
foregoing.
(c)
(d)
If it is also a Senior Lender, any reference in the Finance Documents to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger means the administrative unit
of the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger (as applicable) specifically responsible for acting as such under and in connection with this
Agreement, as referred to in Clause 35 (Notices).
In acting as Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger (as applicable) such administrative unit shall be treated as a separate entity from its other
divisions and departments. Any information acquired by the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger which, in its opinion, is acquired by it
otherwise than in its capacity as the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger may be treated as confidential by such entity and will not be deemed
to be information possessed by the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger in its capacity as such.
(e)
The Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Arranger to disclose any information which, in its opinion, is received by
it in its capacity as such to the other Finance Parties.
29.10 Default
(a) Neither the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger are obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or not an Event of Default or Potential Default
has occurred and they will not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default or Potential Default. However, if the Agent, the
Security Trustee or the Arranger receives notice from a party referring to this Agreement, describing the Event of Default or Potential Default and
stating that the event is an Event of Default or Potential Default, it shall promptly notify the Senior Lenders.
(b)
The Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger may require the receipt of security satisfactory to such entity, whether by way of payment in advance
or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may incur in taking any proceedings or action arising out of or in connection with any Finance
Document before it commences those proceedings or takes that action.
29.11 Resignation
(a)
Each of the Agent and the Security Trustee may resign by giving sixty (60) days’ notice to the Senior Lenders provided, however, that during the period
as of the Effective date and until two (2) years following Construction Completion, such resignation shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower
(such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The approval of the Borrower shall not be required following the period stated herein, or in the
event that an Event of Default shall have occurred.
Page 131 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Following such resignation, other than in the circumstances described in sub-clause (d) below, the Senior Lenders shall appoint from among the Senior
Lenders (or Affiliates thereof) a successor agent or security trustee, for the Senior Lenders (or Affiliates thereof), provided that such successor
(ii)
can demonstrate appropriate experience in carrying out duties of an agent and\or security trustee), as the case may be; and
(iii)
has not conducted enforcement action against Israel Corporation Ltd. and\or main subsidiaries directly held thereby.
(b)
The resignation of the Agent or the Security Trustee and the appointment of any successor will both become effective only upon the successor notifying
all the Finance Parties that it accepts its appointment. On giving the notification, the successor will succeed to the position of Agent or the Security
Trustee as applicable and the term “Agent” or “Security Trustee” will mean the successor entity. At such time, the former Agent’s, or Security
Trustee’s rights, powers and duties as Agent or Security Trustee, as applicable, shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part
of such former Agent, Security Trustee or any of the parties to this Agreement.
(c)
The resigning Agent or Security Trustee shall, at its own cost, make available to its successor such documents and records and provide such assistance
as the successor may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon indefeasible payment in full of all Obligations to the Senior Lenders, the Agent and
the Security Trustee shall automatically resign as Agent and Security Trustee, respectively, under this Agreement without any other or further action on
the part of any Person.
(e) After any retiring Agent’s or Security Trustee’s resignation as Agent or Security Trustee, as applicable, the provisions of this Clause 29 (Agent and
Security Trustee) shall inure as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent, or Security Trustee, under this Agreement and the
other Finance Documents.
29.12 Credit approval and appraisal
Without affecting the responsibility of the Borrower for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Senior
Lender confirms that it has independently and without reliance upon Agent, the Security Trustee or the Arranger or any other Senior Lender, and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the financial condition, creditworthiness,
operations, affairs, status and nature of the Borrower and the Sponsors, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement.
Page 132 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
29.13 Senior Lenders’ instructions
Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee shall each:
(a)
(b)
be deemed to have been appointed by all Senior Lenders to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in such capacity, to act or
refrain from acting as it considers to be in the best interest of the Senior Lenders;
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of all Senior Lenders or by the
Majority Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may
incur in complying with the instructions;
(c) Without derogating from the generality of the provisions of Clause 29.7 (Exclusions of Liability), in the absence of instructions from all Senior Lenders
or the Majority Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 29.18 (Amendments and Waivers) and 29.19 (Enforcement Action) herein, the
Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee may each act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Senior
Lenders;);
(d)
(e)
The Agent, the Arranger and the Security Trustee are not authorised to act on behalf of a Senior Lender (without first obtaining that Senior Lender’s
consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document;
provide, upon reasonable request of any Senior Lender, any information provided to it in its capacity as Agent, Arranger or Security Trustee (as
applicable) pursuant to the Finance Documents.
29.14 Notice to Lenders
(a)
In the event that a decision of the Senior Lenders is required in connection with the provisions of Clauses 29.18 (Amendments and Waivers) 29.19
(Enforcement Action) or otherwise under any of the Finance Documents, the Agent or the Security Trustee, as appropriate, shall send written notice to
the Senior Lenders asking for their instructions in connection with such decision, setting out the following information:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
the details of the required decision;
the percentage of the Senior Lenders required to make such decision in accordance with the terms hereof;
the period of time in which each Senior Lender is requested to submit its response to the proposed decision (approval, rejection or abstention)
which shall not be less than 14 days (unless the Agent or the Security Trustee considers that the decision is urgent, in which case the Agent or
the Security Trustee may stipulate a shorter period), or such earlier period as may be required;
Page 133 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(iv)
an explanation of the mechanism set out in Clause 29.15(b) below in relation to the requested response from the Senior Lenders;
(v)
with respect to a decision required in connection with the provisions of Clauses 29.18 (Amendments and Waivers), an explanation of the legal
advisor to the Senior Lenders, as to the amendment or waiver requested and its implications (if applicable); and
(vi)
any other matters which the Agent or the Security Trustee believes to be relevant to the said decision.
To the extent that the need for the decision is a result of correspondence with the Borrower or any other party, the Agent or the Security Trustee shall
provide the Senior Lenders with copies of such correspondence.
29.15 Written Decisions
(a) Where the Agent or the Security Trustee has issued a written notice to the Senior Lenders asking for their response regarding a decision to be taken
hereunder, the provisions of Clauses 29.18 (Amendments and Waivers) and/or 29.19 (Enforcement Action) below shall apply as to the required
percentage for such decision;
(b) Notwithstanding the above, where such decision requires only the approval of the Majority Lenders, such a decision shall be taken in accordance with
the responses of Senior Lenders who have responded within 14 days of the notice sent by the Agent or the Security Trustee, or such earlier period as
may be required (in this clause, the “Reduced Majority Lenders”) and whose Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate) at
such time constitute more than 75% of the aggregate Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate) held by all of the Senior
Lenders who have responded within 14 days of the notice sent by the Agent or the Security Trustee, or such earlier period as may be required, provided
that: (i) the Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate) of the Reduced Majority Lenders at such time constitute at least 50% of
the Relevant Commitments or the total Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate) held by all of the Senior Lenders at such time; and (ii) at least two
Senior Lenders have responded within said period.
For the avoidance of doubt, any decisions which require the approval of all of the Senior Lenders shall not be subject to the above mechanism.
Page 134 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
29.16 Senior Lenders’ Meetings to Take Decisions
(a)
Each of the Agent and the Security Trustee shall, when requested to do so in writing by any 2 Senior Lenders whose Commitments or Lenders’
Contributions (as appropriate) at such time constitute more than 15% of the Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate), call a Senior
Lenders Meeting, by sending a written notice in accordance with Clause 29.15(b) above.
(b) Notwithstanding Clause 29.14 (Notice to Lenders) above, each of the Agent and the Security Trustee may, where it considers it in the best interests of
the Senior Lenders to do so, convene a Senior Lenders Meeting in connection with a decision of the Senior Lenders that is required in connection with
the Finance Documents instead of asking the Senior Lenders for a written decision.
(c) At least 7 (seven) Business Days before the date of the Senior Lenders Meeting (unless, the Agent or the Security Trustee considers that the convening
of the Senior Lenders Meeting is urgent, in which case the Agent may decide on a shorter period), a notice of the Senior Lenders Meeting shall be sent
by the Agent or the Security Trustee, to all Senior Lenders. In addition, a Senior Lenders Meeting may be convened earlier than as specified in the
notice or upon shorter notice than 7 (seven) Business Days, or without notice, by agreement between or waiver of such notice by all Senior Lenders.
(d)
The Agent’s or Security Trustee’s notice calling for a Senior Lenders Meeting shall specify the time and place at which the Senior Lenders Meeting is
to be convened, as well as the agenda and the information set out in Clause 29.14 (Notice to Lenders) above regarding each of the decisions to be
discussed at the meeting.
29.17 Quorum at Lenders Meetings
(a) Without derogating from Clauses 29.18 (Amendments and Waivers) and 29.19 (Enforcement Action) below, the quorum at the Senior Lenders
Meetings shall be constituted when the presence of Senior Lenders constituting a Majority Lenders, or all Senior Lenders, if the item on the agenda is
one with respect to which the consent of all the Senior Lenders is required.
(b)
If within half an hour from the time designated for the commencement of the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall be dissolved and the
meeting shall be adjourned to in the next week (unless, the Agent or the Security Trustee considers that the convening of the Senior Lenders Meeting is
urgent, in which case the Agent may decide on a shorter period and send notices to that effect) at the same time and place (“Deferred Senior Lenders
Meeting”).
(c) At such Deferred Senior Lenders Meeting, only the decisions that were due to be discussed at the Senior Lenders Meeting may be discussed. To the
extent that such decisions require only the approval of a Majority Lenders, such approval may be given by Senior Lenders present at such Deferred
Senior Lenders Meeting (in this clause, the “Reduced Majority Lenders”) whose Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate)
at such time constitute more than 75% of the Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as appropriate) held by all of the Senior Lenders
present at the Deferred Senior Lenders Meeting, provided that: (i) the Relevant Commitments or Lenders’ Contributions (as
Page 135 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
appropriate) of the Reduced Majority Lenders at such time constitute at least 50% of the aggregate Relevant Commitments or the total Lenders’
Contributions (as appropriate) of all the Senior Lenders at such time; and (ii) at least two Senior Lenders are present in such Deferred Senior Lenders
Meeting.
For the avoidance of doubt, any decisions which require the approval of all of the Senior Lenders shall not be subject to the above mechanism.
29.18 Amendments and Waivers
(a)
The parties hereto shall not make or agree to any amendment or waiver under the Facility Agreement or under any other Finance Document (an
“Amendment or Waiver”) which is specified in Clauses 29.18(c)-29.18(e) (inclusive) below, unless agreed to in writing in accordance with the
provisions of such clauses.
(b) Any Amendment or Waiver which requires a Senior Lenders decision in accordance with Clauses 29.18(c)-29.18(e) below will be referred by the
Agent or the Security Trustee to the Senior Lenders, and the Senior Lenders will deliver their position to the Agent or the Security Trustee as soon as
reasonably practicable but in any event no more than 12 Business Days from the date of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s request, or such earlier
period as may be required.
(c) Any Amendment or Waiver in relation to:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
the ranking of the amounts owed to the Secured Creditors as set out in Clause 13.1 (Order of Application) of the Intercreditor Agreement;
the interest rates (including the margins) as determined pursuant to the provisions of the Facility Agreement, and any increase or decrease in
the amount of any fees or commissions or the introduction of any new fees (other than general changes in the fees charged by the Account
Bank in connection with the Accounts in accordance with the standard tariffs of the Account Bank);
any provision of the Finance Documents governing the subordination of the Equity Contributions and ranking and limitation of recourse of the
Equity Bridge Lender;
the provisions of Clause 28 (Changes to the Parties) of the Facility Agreement or Clause 5 (Ownership of the Borrower) of the Equity
Subscription Agreement;
a reduction in the proportion to which any Senior Lender is entitled of any amount received or recovered (whether by way of set-off or
otherwise) in respect of any amount due from the Borrower under the Facility Agreement;
Page 136 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(vi)
a change in the principal amount or currency of any Commitment or of any Obligation, save for a reduction of Commitments pro rata to all
Senior Lenders;
(vii)
the definition of any Final Maturity Date;
(viii)
the release of any security over any assets pursuant to any Security Document;
(ix)
(x)
Clause 27 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement;
the definition of Majority Lenders (including any definition within such defined word) or the provisions of this Clause 29 (Agent and Security
Trustee);
(xi)
any other provision of the Finance Documents, if any, which, by its terms, requires the need for the consent or approval of all Senior Lenders;
shall be subject to the prior consent of all the Senior Lenders;
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Amendment or Waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Trustee or which
subjects the Agent or the Security Trustee to any additional obligations shall not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Security Trustee;
(e) Any Amendment or Waiver in relation to:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
any of the provisions relating to prepayment of the Loans, respectively), including relating to date or time for, amount, currency or form of any
repayment or prepayment under the Facility Agreement, or to the Availability Period
any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement not referred to in Clause 29.18(c)above;
the occurrence or definition of any Potential Default or Event of Default;
any of the covenants set out in Clause 17 (Undertakings and Covenants) of the Facility Agreement,
shall be subject to the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
(e) Any amendment or waiver in relation to the dates, amounts, currencies or form specified in Schedule 13 (Repayment Schedule) (other than pursuant to
sub-Clause (c)(vii)), shall be subject to the prior consent as follows:
(i)
prior to the end of the Availability Period of the Long Term Facility, a Senior Lender or group of Senior Lenders whose Relevant
Commitments at such time amount in aggregate to at least 85% (eighty five percent) of the aggregate Relevant Commitments at such time; and
Page 137 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(ii)
following such date as aforesaid, a Senior Lender or group of Senior Lenders whose Lenders’ Contributions amount in aggregate to at least
85% (eighty five percent) of the total Lenders’ Contributions at such time.
(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Clause 29.18, in the event that the any other Senior Lenders’ majority is specifically required under any other
provision of this Agreement, such majority requirement shall prevail.
29.19 Enforcement Action
Without derogating from the provisions of this Agreement, any decision to take any Enforcement Action may be made only if (i) approved by the Majority
Lenders; or (ii) required by the Majority Lenders, by written notice to the Agent and the Security Trustee.
29.20 Taking an Enforcement Action
(a) Upon receipt of instructions in accordance with Clause 29.19 (Enforcement Action) above the Agent may either take an Enforcement Action itself, or
direct the Security Trustee or any other Person to take an Enforcement Action.
(b)
For the removal of doubt, no Enforcement Action may be taken by any Secured Creditor unless instructions as aforesaid in Clause 29.20(a) above have
been received accordingly. Each Secured Creditor hereby waives all rights it may have to take such Enforcement Action independently, other than in
accordance with this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding the above, a Secured Creditor may exercise any set-off right it has against the Borrower, provided that all sums received or recovered
through such set-off shall be applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Finance Documents.
29.21 Other Actions
Other than as set out in this Clause 29, all other decisions of the Senior Lenders may be taken by the Agent (without need for the approval of the Senior
Lenders) and without the Agent assuming any liability for any such act.
30. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
Any information disclosed by the Borrower, its Auditors or any other Obligor or the insurers under the Insurances to any Senior Lender, the Agent, the
Arranger or the Security Trustee in connection with the Project and all calculations and determinations made in accordance with the Transaction Documents,
if designated by such Obligor as
Page 138 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
“confidential”, shall be kept confidential by each Person to whom such information is disclosed (each, a “recipient”) and will not be disclosed to any third
party or used for any purpose that is not connected with the Project, provided that:
(a)
each recipient shall be entitled to disclose such information (subject to the recipient being bound by a confidentiality obligation similar in terms to this
Clause 30, except for disclosure pursuant to the provisions of sub-clause (iii) and (iv)):
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
to its directors, officers, employees, agents, legal advisers, accountants, consultants and professional advisers, to any other party to any of the
Transaction Documents and to directors, officers, employees; agents, legal advisers, accountants, consultants and professional advisers of any
such party who have a need to know such information for the benefit of the transactions contemplated herein;
to the Advisors and any other professional advisers of such recipient (provided that such advisers are subject to confidentiality obligations
similar in terms to this Clause 30);
to any extent that the recipient is required to disclose such information pursuant to any applicable Law or any legal proceeding or pursuant to
any request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law but, where such recipient is a Senior Lender, being a body with whose
requests it is customary for such Senior Lender to comply) of any Governmental Authority, including without limitation the examiner of banks,
financial institutions, insurance companies, pension funds or provident funds or statutory auditors;
(iv)
to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such recipient;
(v)
as the recipient may consider necessary, expedient or desirable for the purposes of the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents or the
preservation or maintenance of its rights in connection therewith (subject to a non-disclosure agreement to be sent to the Borrower);
(vi)
to the insurers under the Insurance;
(vii) with the prior consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or
(viii)
to prospective purchasers of any of the Collateral (provided that such purchasers are subject to confidentiality obligations similar in terms to
this Clause 30).
Page 139 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
the provisions of this Clause 30 (Disclosure of Information) shall not apply to:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
any information already known to any recipient, other than by reason of a breach by such recipient of its confidentiality obligations;
any information subsequently received by any recipient, other than by reason of a breach of any fiduciary or confidentiality obligations;
any information which is or becomes public knowledge, other than by reason of a breach by such recipient of this Clause 30 (Disclosure of
Information);
(iv)
any information disclosed by the Borrower, its Auditors or any other Obligor to a third party without obligations of confidentiality.
(v)
any information disclosed by the Agent to any Finance Party in its capacity as such.
(c)
any Senior Lender may at any time disclose to any Person in connection with any actual or proposed transfer, participation, assignment or other
agreement in relation to any of the Finance Documents with such Person, upon agreement by such Person to be bound by the terms of this Clause 30
(Disclosure of Information), the Transaction Documents, any notices or other documents delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, any
information memorandum prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower, details of the amounts outstanding under any of the Finance Documents and any
other relevant information relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Person may request.
31.
SET-OFF
In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under Law or otherwise (and not by way of limitation of any such rights), any Senior Lender may and is
hereby authorised at any time or from time to time, without notification, demand, protest or other notice of any kind to the Borrower or to any other Person
(any such notice being hereby expressly waived), to set off and to appropriate and apply any and all amounts and any other obligation at any time held or
owing by such Senior Lender, to, or for the credit of the account of the Borrower against and on account of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Finance
Documents, irrespective of whether said Obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured and regardless of the place of
payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Senior Lender shall convert the obligations into the
currency of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the
set off. If either obligation is unliquidated or unascertained, the Senior Lender may set off in an amount estimated by it in good faith to be the amount of that
obligation. Each Senior Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Agent immediately after any such set-off and application made by such Senior Lender.
The provisions of the Clause 31 (Set-Off) shall not entitle a Senior Lender to set off any amounts due to the Agent in its capacity as an Agent.
Page 140 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Finance Party may set-off or withhold any obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrower or that Shareholder in
respect of insurance rewards or other compensation payable under any insurance policies issued by such Finance Party (or any affiliate thereof) to the
Borrower or Shareholder (as applicable) and/or in respect of any “provident fund” (as the term is defined in the Law for Supervision of Financial Services
(Provident Funds), 5765-2005) against any obligation owed by the Borrower or a Shareholder under this Agreement.
32. PRO RATA SHARING
32.1
Redistribution
If any amount that is owed by the Borrower under the Finance Documents is received or recovered by a Senior Lender (the “recovering Senior Lender”) by
payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the Agent in accordance with Clause 11 (Payments) (a “recovery”), then:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
the recovering Senior Lender shall, within three (3) Business Days, notify details of the recovery to the Agent;
the Agent shall determine whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Senior Lender would have received had the recovery
been received by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 11 (Payments) (in this clause, the “Excess”);
subject to Clause 32.3 (Exceptions), the recovering Senior Lender shall within three (3) Business Days of demand by the Agent pay to the Agent an
amount (the “redistribution”) equal to the Excess;
the Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it were a payment by the Borrower under Clause 11 (Payments) and shall pay the redistribution to the Senior
Lenders (other than the recovering Senior Lender) in accordance with Clause 11.6 (Partial payments); and
after payment of the full redistribution, the recovering Senior Lender will be subrogated to the portion of the claims paid under paragraph (d) above and
the Borrower will owe the recovering Senior Lender a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally
discharged.
32.2
Reversal of redistribution
If under Clause 32.1 (Redistribution):
(a)
a recovering Senior Lender must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to the Borrower; and
Page 141 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
the recovering Senior Lender has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,
each Senior Lender shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by the recovering Senior Lender through the Agent, reimburse the recovering Senior
Lender all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Senior Lender. Thereupon, the subrogation in Clause 32.1 (Redistribution) will operate
in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.
32.3
Exceptions
(a) A recovering Senior Lender need not pay a redistribution to the extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the Borrower in
the amount of the redistribution pursuant to Clause 32.1 (Redistribution).
(b) A recovering Senior Lender is not obliged to share with any other Senior Lender any amount which the recovering Senior Lender has received or
recovered as a result of taking legal proceedings, if the other Senior Lender had an opportunity to participate in those legal proceedings but did not do
so and did not take separate legal proceedings.
33.
SEVERABILITY
If a provision of any Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:
(a)
(b)
the validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of the Finance Documents; or
the validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other provision of the Finance Documents.
Where provisions of any applicable Law resulting in such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability may be waived, they are hereby waived by Borrower and
each Senior Lender to the full extent permitted by applicable Law so that the Finance Documents shall be deemed valid and binding agreements, in each case
enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
34. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of
this Agreement.
Page 142 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
35. NOTICES
35.1
Giving of Notices
All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals, designations and other communications under or in connection with the Finance Documents (in this
Clause 35 (Notices) “Notices”) shall be given in writing and, unless otherwise stated may be made by letter or facsimile. Any Notice will be deemed to be
given as follows:
(a)
(b)
if by letter, when delivered personally or on actual receipt; and
if by facsimile, when received in legible form.
However, a Notice given in accordance with the above but received on a day which is not a Business Day or after business hours in the place of receipt will
only be deemed to be given on the next Business Day in that place.
35.2
Addresses for Notices
The address and facsimile number of each for all Notices, and all other documents or instruments to be furnished, delivered or provided under or in
connection with the Finance Documents are:
For the Arranger or the Agent :
Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.
32 Yehuda Halevy St.
Tel-Aviv, Israel
Fax: 03- 5149514
Attn: Mr. Ori Goldstein
For the Borrower :
O.P.C. Rotem Ltd.
19 Ha’arba’a St.
Tel Aviv, Israel
Fax: 073-2296664
Attn: Mr. Giora Almogy
Failure in sending the above mentioned copy shall not derogate, in any manner, from the validity of the notice sent to the Borrower and shall not constitute
grounds for any claim or demand against the sender.
36. BORROWER IN CONTROL
In no event shall the rights and interests of any Finance Party under the Transaction Documents be construed to give any such party, or be deemed to indicate
that any such party has, control of the business, management or properties of the Borrower or power over the daily management functions and operating
decisions made by Borrower.
Page 143 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
37. ABSENCE OF FIDUCIARY RELATIONS
Each Finance Party undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its agreements and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Transaction Documents,
and no implied agreements, covenants or obligations with respect to the Borrower, any Sponsor, any Affiliate of the Borrower, or any other party to any of the
Project Documents, shall otherwise be read into any of the Transaction Documents against any Finance Party. None of the Senior Lenders is a fiduciary of and
shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the Borrower, any Sponsor, any Affiliate of the Borrower, any other party to any of the Project
Documents.
38. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State and each party hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of
the courts of Tel-Aviv-Jaffa in connection with any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
39.
INTEGRATION
The Transaction Documents to which the Finance Parties are a party with the Borrower contain the complete agreement among the Borrower and the Finance
Parties with respect to the matters contained therein and supersede all prior commitments, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with
respect to the matters contained therein.
40.
SURVIVAL
All indemnities set forth in any of the Finance Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of each such Finance Document, any cancellation or
termination of any of the Commitments, the termination of any Finance Document, the making and repayment of the Loans or the rights and obligations of
any Finance Party under any Finance Document.
[rest of page left intentionally blank]
Page 144 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
OPC Rotem Ltd.
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
As Senior Lender
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
As Arranger
Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M.
As Agent
Page 145 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
SCHEDULE 10
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
PART 1 – INITIAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The Initial Conditions Precedent are as follows:
1.1 Base Case Financial Model and Initial Construction Period Budget
(a)
The Borrower shall have delivered the Base Case Financial Model, the Initial Construction Period Budget and the Initial O&M Period Budget, each of
which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent, attesting to the matters set out in Clause 16.16 (Models and Budgets) which matters shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Agent based on consultation with the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser, the Senior Lenders’ Auditor, and any other consultant the
Agent desires to consult with.
(b)
The Base Case Financial Model shall demonstrate (taking into account the Standby Facility), a Loan Life Cover Ratio and a projected Annual Debt
Service Cover Ratio as follows:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
If the Base Case Financial Model reflects a Contract Capacity equal to, or lower than, 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity: not less than
1.22 for each 12 month period and an average of 1.25 for all 12 month periods until the amounts due under the Finance Documents have been
repaid in full;
If the Base Case Financial Model reflects a Contract Capacity higher than 25% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity: not less than 1.18 for each
12 month period and an average of 1.2 for all 12 month periods until the amounts due under the Finance Documents have been repaid in full;
If the Base Case Financial Model reflects a Contract Capacity equal to 100% of the Demonstrated Net Capacity: not less than 1.08 for each 12
month period and an average of 1.1 for all 12 month periods commencing on Construction Completion and until the amounts due under the
Finance Documents have been repaid in full.
(“Required Financial Ratios”)
1.2 Finance Documents and Equity Documents
(a)
Each of the Finance Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all relevant parties in form and on terms satisfactory to the Agent and shall
be, or on the Effective Date shall have become, fully effective and all conditions precedent thereunder shall have been fully satisfied or waived in
accordance with its respective terms.
Page 146 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
Each of the Equity Documents shall have been executed and delivered by all relevant parties in form and on terms satisfactory to the Agent and shall
be, or on the Effective Date shall have become, fully effective and all conditions precedent thereunder shall have been fully satisfied or waived in
accordance with its respective terms.
1.3
Security Documents
(a)
The Security Interests under each Security Document shall have been duly created in favour of the Security Trustee and/or the Agent for the benefit of
the Senior Lenders, and perfected with first priority and all actions, registrations and consents in connection thereto required by Law or by the Agent
shall have been taken and/or made and/or obtained. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Borrower shall have duly authorised, executed and
delivered, or as the case may be, provided:
(i)
(ii)
acknowledgement copies of all instruments duly filed under the Law of each jurisdiction as may be necessary to perfect the Security Interests
created or purported to be created by the Security Documents;
evidence of the completion of all other recordings and filings and evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent,
desirable to perfect and protect the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents has been taken.
(b)
Each of the Sponsors and/or the Borrower, for the purposes of the Equity Pledge, shall have transferred and delivered to the Security Trustee, as
pledgee, the shares representing all of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Borrower and the Security Trustee.
1.4 Project Documents
Each Project Document (other than the Site Agreement, the Oil Number Two Contract and the PPAs with Electricity Buyers), including the Project
Guarantees, shall have been executed and delivered, and to the extent applicable, amended by all parties thereto, in form and on terms satisfactory to the
Agent and with parties acceptable to the Agent, shall have become, fully effective and all conditions precedent set out in any of the relevant Project
Documents shall have been fully satisfied or waived on terms acceptable to the Agent in accordance with its respective terms.
Page 147 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
1.5 Organisational Documents
(a)
The Agent shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it:
(i)
a certificate substantially in the form attached as Schedule 17 (Financial Officers’ Certificate), dated the Effective Date, signed by a
Financial Officer acting for and on behalf of the Borrower;
(ii)
copies of the Organisational Documents of the Borrower; and
(iii)
copies of resolutions of the board of directors and minutes of shareholders’ meetings (to the extent relevant) of the Borrower.
(b)
The Agent shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
1.6
Insurance
a certificate substantially in the form attached as Schedule 17 (Financial Officers’ Certificate), dated the Effective Date, signed by a
Financial Officer acting for and on behalf of the O&M Contractor, the Sponsors and the Shareholders;
copies of the Organisational Documents of the O&M Contractor, the Sponsors and the Shareholders; and
copies of resolutions of the board of directors, and minutes of shareholders’ meetings and decisions of other governing bodies (each to the
extent relevant), of the O&M Contractor, the Sponsors and the Shareholders.
The Borrower shall have obtained or caused to have been obtained the Insurances described in Schedule 15 (Insurances) in accordance with the obligations
set out in this Agreement and the Agent shall have received:
(a)
(b)
a certified copy or evidence (in the form of cover notes or such other evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) of each of the
Insurances described in Schedule 15 (Insurances), such Insurances (and endorsements thereof) to be in form and substance and issued by companies
satisfactory to the Agent, together with evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all premiums then due with respect to such Insurances (and endorsements
thereof) shall be paid out of proceeds of the Loans; and
a written report of the Senior Lender’s Insurance Adviser (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) describing the Insurances (and endorsements
thereof) obtained by the Borrower or the EPC Contractor as of the Effective Date with respect to the Borrower, the EPC Contractor, the Project and the
Site and stating that the insurance required to be obtained by such date pursuant to the Transaction Documents is in full force and effect and provides
reasonable and adequate coverage for the Project, the Site, the Borrower and the EPC Contractor.
Page 148 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
1.7
Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser
The Agent shall have received the final report of the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser, which shall, inter alia, fully consider the construction, operation
and maintenance risks of the Project and shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
1.8
Access to the Site
Evidence, in a form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, that as of the Effective Date, the Borrower has been provided access (vacant to the extent
required for the purpose of implementing the Project) of any part and/or parts of the Site required to be delivered as of such date in accordance with the
Construction Schedule.
1.9
Accounts
Each of the Accounts shall have been established by the Borrower and all relevant documents in respect of the Accounts (as shall have been provided to
the Borrower by the Accounts Bank) have been executed by the Borrower. All Accounts shall be maintained by the Borrower with the Agent. Each
Account shall be subject to the Security Interests created by and under the Debenture.
1.10
Project Consents
Each of the Project Consents listed in Schedule 13 (Project Consents) that are required to have been obtained by such date shall have been obtained. Each
such Project Consent shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, in full force and effect, not subject to appeal and free from conditions or
requirements except for conditions and requirements which are reasonably expected to be satisfied by the date they are required to be satisfied pursuant to
the terms of such Project Consent.
1.11
No Material Adverse Effect
No event, condition or circumstance have occurred and is continuing, which has had or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
1.12
1.13
Not Used
Litigation
There shall be no action, suit, investigation or proceeding by or before any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other Governmental Authority
pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any other Obligor involving the Project or the Site
and which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
1.14
Default
No Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Page 149 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
1.15
Reprentations and Warranties
All representations and warranties made by the Borrower, any Sponsor, Israel Corporation Ltd., and Dalkia International S.A., in any of the Transaction
Documents shall be true and correct.
1.16
Financial Statements
The Agent shall have received copies of the most recent audited financial statements of the Borrower, each Sponsor, the Israel Corporation Ltd. and Dalkia
International S.A. showing, for each such Person, no change in the financial condition of such Person since the date of the previous audited financial
statements irrespective of whether or not provided to the Agent which has had, or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
1.17
Legal Opinions
The Agent shall have received legal opinions from counsel to each Obligor (other than the LTSA Contractor and the Gas Transporter), in each case dated
the Effective Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.
1.18
Certificates
The Agent shall have received an executed copy of each Transaction Document in existence on the Effective Date, together with a certificate of a Financial
Officer Certificate in the form of Schedule 17.
1.20
Equity Bridge Finance Documents
The Equity Bridge Finance Documents have been duly executed, the Loans under the Equity Bridge Facility has been fully utilized in accordance with the
provisions of the Equity Bridge Facility Agreement and there are no amounts in the Dalkia Equity Account and the IC Equity Account (as defined under
the Accounts Agreement).
1.21
Fees and Expenses
The Borrower shall have paid or arranged for payment (including, to the extent permitted, arrangement for payment out of Loans) of all fees, expenses and
other charges due and payable under the Finance Documents to any Finance Party (or Affiliate thereof) or any Adviser as of the date of the First
Drawdown.
1.22
Regulatory
There shall be no impediment, restriction, limitation or prohibition, including impediments, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions imposed under law
and/or by the Bank of Israel and/or any other Governmental Authority and/or under any order, as to the
Page 150 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
proposed financing under this Agreement or as to the security interests to be created under the Security Documents or as to any rights of any collateral
thereunder or as to application of the proceeds of the realisation of any such rights. Without derogating from the aforegoing, the proposed financing shall
not result in any Senior Lender exceeding the limits under Bank of Israel guidelines and directives with respect to single borrowers (“Loveh Boded”),
groups of borrowers (“Kvutzat Lovim”), connected persons (“Anashim Kshurim”) or any other limit or limitations imposed thereunder.
1.23
Market Disruption / Increased Costs
No event, condition or circumstance set forth in Clause 13 (Market Disruption) or 14 (Increased Costs) of the Facility Agreement shall have occurred and
be continuing.
1.24
1.25
Not Used
Minister of National Infrastructures Approval
The approval of the Minister of National Infrastructures for the issuance of a Security Interest over the Electricity License, in a form satisfactory to the
Agent, has been granted.
1.26
Electricity Sector Regulations
The Borrower shall have delivered a notice in accordance with the provisions of regulation 29A(a) of the Electricity Sector Regulations (Terms and
Procedures for Granting Licenses and the Duties of License Holders), 1997, in the form of Schedule 27 (Form of Notice in accordance with Regulation
29(A)) satisfactory to the Agent;
1.27
Compliance with the IEC PPA
The Borrower shall have demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Agent that a notice in accordance with the provisions of clause 21.1.4.2 of the IEC PPA
has been provided in accordance with the provisions thereof.
1.28
Gas Supply Agreement
The Borrower shall have either (i) exercised the option specified in clause 5.1.2 ( Option to Increase ACQ) of the Gas Supply Agreement; or (ii) provided
the Agent with an agreement for the purchase of at least 10,512,000 (ten million five hundred twelve thousand) MMBTUs per year, with the Additional
Gas Supplier in a form attached to this Agreement as Schedule 30 (Form of Gas Supply Agreement with the Additional Gas Supplier).
1.29
IEC PPA
The IEC PPA has been amended in accordance with the amendments set out in Schedule 24 (Form of Amendments to the IEC PPA).
Page 151 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
1.30
The Site
The Tamar Local Planning and Construction Committee has approved the statutory division of lot 15 located on block 2 parcel 100113.
1.31
The Procurement of Additional Gas Transmission Capacity
The Borrower has confirmed, to the satisfaction of the Agent, the availability of sufficient pipeline capacity and procurement of an additional
l00mmBTU/hr.
1.32
The Electricity License
The Electricity License in the form attached hereto as Schedule 28 (Form of Electricity License) , has been granted to the Borrower.
1.33
Amendment No. 1 to the LTSA Contract
Amendment No. 1 to the LTSA Contract in the form attached hereto as Schedule 29 (Amendment No. 1 to the LTSA Contract), has been executed
between the Borrower and the LTSA Contractor.
Page 152 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
PART 2 – FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
The Further Conditions Precedent for all Loans (other than the First Drawdown) are as follows:
2.1 No Default and Accuracy of Representations
(a) No Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or could reasonably be expected to result from the making of the
requested Loan.
(b)
The representations and warranties of the Borrower, the Sponsors, Israel Corporation Ltd. and Dalkia International S.A. under the Finance Documents
shall be true and correct as if each such representation and warranty was made as of the date of the requested Loan.
2.2
Security
(a)
(b)
(c)
The Security Interests under the Security Documents shall continue to constitute perfected first priority Security Interests over all of the Collateral.
The Collateral shall be free and clear of any Security Interests except for Permitted Security Interests.
The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent evidence satisfactory to the Agent, demonstrating its compliance with the provisions of Clause 17.9
(Security).
2.3 No Material Adverse Effect
No event or events have occurred and is continuing which has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
2.4 Funds for Construction Period Costs
In connection with each Loan, a Financial Officer acting for and on behalf of the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent, a certificate in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent stating that:
(a) All Construction Period Costs expected not yet paid and expected to be incurred do not exceed the sum of:
(i)
(ii)
the undrawn Total Commitments (excluding the Working Capital Facility Commitment and the Debt Service Reserve Facility);
the aggregate amount standing to the credit of any Account on that date to the extent that the Borrower is entitled in accordance with the
provisions of the Accounts Agreement to utilize such amounts in paying Construction Period Costs;
Page 153 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
The construction of the Project is progressing in accordance with (i) the Construction Schedule, (ii) the Construction Period Budget and (iii) a schedule
that would allow for Construction Completion to be achieved prior to the Construction Completion Deadline.
(c) Borrower is not aware of any event, circumstances or condition, that is reasonably likely to cause the Project not to (i) achieve Construction Completion
prior to the Construction Completion Deadline and (ii) be completed within the Construction Period Budget.
2.5 Continued Validity of Financial Model
The Agent (in its sole discretion) based on consultation with the Advisers shall be satisfied that the Financial Model then in effect demonstrates a projected
Annual Debt Service Cover Ratio of not less than the Required Financial Ratios, for each 12 month period (calculated both for the previous 12 months period
and for the upcoming 12 months period based on the Borrower’s forecast) following the Construction Completion Deadline through the end of the term of the
License.
2.6 Access to Site
Without derogating from the provisions of Clause 17.6(d), the Borrower continues to have uninterrupted access to the Site and shall have execute the Site
Agreement by no later than 31.12.2011.
2.7 Drawdown Request
A Drawdown Request that satisfies all the requirements of Clause 5.2 (Giving of Drawdown Requests) of the Facility Agreement shall have been submitted
by the Borrower to the Agent and shall have been approved by the Agent
2.8
Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser
The Agent shall have received confirmation from the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser that the construction of the Project is progressing in accordance with
the Construction Schedule, the Construction Period Budget and any other relevant documents. The Agent shall have also received the approval of the Senior
Lenders’ Technical Adviser of such matters expressly delegated to the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser in the form of the Drawdown Request at least ten
(10) days prior to the Scheduled Drawdown Date.
2.9 Market Disruption / Increased Costs/Illegality
The Borrower has not received notification from the Agent pursuant to Clause 13 (Market Disruption), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) or Clause 15 (Illegality).
Page 154 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
2.10 Commitments
The making of such Loan shall not cause the Total Commitments to be exceeded.
2.11 Other Contributions
All loans and other contributions required to be made by any Person by such date under the terms of the relevant Finance Document or Transaction Document
shall be made, including the payment by the Sponsors of Equity Contributions in an amount of at least 20% of the amount of the requested Loan.
2.12 Other Conditions Precedent
The Borrower shall have notified the Agent in writing by 11:00 AM Tel-Aviv time on the Business Day prior to the Scheduled Drawdown Date whether the
Further Conditions Precedent (other than the condition in this Clause 2.12 (Other Conditions Precedent)) remain satisfied or have been waived as of such date.
2.13 EPC Contractor’s Representation Regarding the EPC Contract
The Agent shall have received a certificate signed by a Financial Officer acting for and on behalf of the EPC Contractor, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent, to the effect that as of the date of the Drawdown Request, no Event of Default is outstanding under the EPC Contract and that no Force Majeure (as
defined in the EPC Contract) has occurred and is continuing.
2.14 Not Used
2.15 Equity to Debt Ratio
The Borrower has demonstrated that the Equity to Loans Ratio has been maintained.
2.16 IEC Financial Conditions and State of Affaires
No moratorium has been declared with respect to the payment of the indebtedness of the IEC nor IEC has suspended payments on all or any class of its
indebtedness (including amounts payable under the IEC PPA), or has announced an intention to do so, or otherwise has admitted its inability or unwillingness
to pay its indebtedness as it falls due (other than unwillingness to pay indebtedness arising solely as a result of a bona fide dispute in respect of such
indebtedness, which dispute is being actively contested by appropriate proceedings), except where the entire IEC PPA has been transferred to an Essential
Service Provider according to the provisions of Appendix “N” of the IEC PPA.
3
Further Conditions Precedent with respect to the Standby Facility
The further conditions precedent with respect of the Standby Facility are as follows:
(a)
the Long Term Facility Shall has been fully utilized and there are no amounts in the Facility Loans Account;
Page 155 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
(b)
the Sponsors shall have made Equity Contributions of at least 30% of the applicable Cost Overrun prior to each Drawdown Date;
(c) Approval by the Senior Lenders’ Technical Adviser that: (i) the Cost Overruns are verifiable and justifiable; (ii) the expenses shall not be part of the
EPC Contract price; and (iii) no additional Costs Overruns are anticipated.
4
Further Conditions Precedent with respect to the Debt Service Reserve Facility
The further conditions precedent with respect of the Debt Service Reserve Facility are as follows:
(a)
a certificate signed by a Financial Officer acting for and on behalf of the Borrower certifying that the Borrower is in absence of sufficient available cash
flow to meet the Debt Service Reserve Requirement on the applicable Calculation Date.
Page 156 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
SCHEDULE 11
ORDER OF PAYMENTS
The priority of distribution of available Cash Flow in a non default situation will be as follows:
(i)
O&M Costs.
(ii) Any amount due to the Lenders’ consultants (if applicable).
(iii)
Interest payments on the Facilities, fees and scheduled payments of principal of the Facilities.
(iv) Contribution to the Maintenance Reserve Account (if applicable).
(v) Contributions to the Debt Service Reserve Account should it not be fully maintained and/or prior to the Final Maturity Date of the Debt Service Reserve
Facility repayment of the Debt Service Reserve Facility should it not be fully repaid.
(vi) Contribution to any other accounts, to be agreed.
(vii) Payments to the Sponsors and other Subordinated Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.29 (Distributions).
Page 157 of 158
Facility Agreement
Final-January 2 nd , 2011
SCHEDULE 12
ENFORCEMENT ACTION
Commencing any proceedings or taking any action taken to enforce the rights of any Secured Creditor rights under the Transaction Documents, including without
limitation:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Declaration of an Event of Default, Potential Default and/or declaration of the Loans (or any part thereof), together with interest and Linkage Differentials and
all other amounts payable under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, or to make any other declaration or take any other action pursuant to
Clause 20.24 (Acceleration; Other Remedies) or 7.2 (Mandatory Prepayment);
Instructing the Borrower to exercise its right to terminate any of the Project Document.
Commencing legal proceedings against any Obligor in connection with any Finance Document or entry into any creditors’ arrangement or other similar
arrangement or rescheduling of debt with any Obligor (or the creditors of any Obligor);
Exercising any right of appointment of any Eligible Person, Additional Obligor or any other substituting entity under any Project Document or Direct
Agreement;
Exercising any right of indemnity against any Obligor in connection with the Finance Documents;
Exercising any right to terminate any Finance Document.
Page 158 of 158
Facility Agreement
************************************************************
Exhibit 4.11
EXECUTION COPY
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of August 17, 2012
among
CERRO DEL AGUILA S.A.
as the Borrower
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
as the Administrative Agent
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
as the SACE Agent
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
as the Offshore Collateral Agent
SCOTIABANK PERU, S.A.A.
as the Onshore Collateral Agent
and
LENDERS PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT
FROM TIME TO TIME
************************************************************
This Table of Contents is not part of the Agreement to which it is attached but is inserted for convenience only.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I Definitions and Interpretive Matters
1.01 Certain Defined Terms
1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations
1.03 Certain Principles of Interpretation
ARTICLE II Loan Commitments
2.01 Loans
2.02 Borrowings
2.03 Changes of Commitments
2.04 Fees
2.05 Lending Offices
2.06 Several Obligations
2.07 Notes
ARTICLE III Payments of Principal and Interest
3.01 Repayment of Loans
3.02
3.03 Optional Prepayments
3.04 Mandatory Prepayments
Interest
ARTICLE IV Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Computations; Etc.
4.01 Payments
4.02 Pro Rata Treatment
4.03 Computations
4.04 Minimum Amounts
4.05 Certain Notices
4.06 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent
4.07 Sharing of Payments; Etc.
4.08 Defaulting Lenders
ARTICLE V Yield Protection; Etc.
5.01 Alternate Rate of Interest
5.02
Increased Costs
5.03 Break Funding Payments
5.04 Taxes
5.05 Mitigation of Secured Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
5.06
Illegality
ARTICLE VI Conditions Precedent
6.01 Conditions to Closing Date
i
Page
1
1
47
48
48
48
49
49
52
53
53
53
54
54
55
56
57
58
58
59
59
59
59
60
61
62
63
63
64
65
66
68
68
69
69
6.02 Conditions to the Initial Disbursement Date
6.03 Conditions to All Borrowings
6.04 Conditions to All Tranche D Borrowings
ARTICLE VII Representations and Warranties
7.01 Existence
7.02 Financial Condition
7.03 Action
7.04 No Breach
7.05 Government Approvals; Government Rules
7.06 Proceedings
7.07 Environmental and Social Matters
7.08 Taxes
7.09 Tax Status
7.10 ERISA; ERISA Event; Labor Relations
7.11 Nature of Business; Property
7.12 Security Documents
7.13 Subsidiaries
7.14 Status; Investment Company Regulation
7.15 Contracts; Project Documents; Licenses
7.16 Use of Proceeds
7.17 Disclosure
7.18 Legal Form
7.19 Fees
7.20
7.21 No Material Adverse Effect
7.22 Absence of Default
7.23 Event of Force Majeure
7.24 Sanctionable Practices; Prohibited Activities
7.25 Ownership
7.26 Separateness
7.27 Foreign Assets Control Regulations
Insurance
ARTICLE VIII Covenants
Insurance; Events of Loss
8.01 Reporting Requirements
8.02 Maintenance of Existence; Etc.
8.03 Compliance with Government Rules; Etc.
8.04 Environmental and Social Compliance
8.05
8.06 Proceedings
8.07 Taxes; ERISA
8.08 Books and Records; Inspection Rights; Accounting and Audit Matters
8.09 Use of Proceeds
8.10 Maintenance of Liens
8.11 Prohibition of Fundamental Changes
8.12 Restricted Payments
8.13 Liens
ii
74
80
82
83
83
84
84
84
85
86
87
88
88
88
89
89
89
89
89
91
91
91
91
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
96
96
98
100
103
104
104
105
106
106
107
108
Investments
8.14
8.15 Permitted Swap Agreements
8.16
Indebtedness
8.17 Nature of Business
8.18 Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties
8.19 Construction Reports.
8.20 Project Documents; Etc.
8.21 Operating and Capital Budget
8.22 Operating Statements and Reports
8.23 Transactions with Affiliates
8.24 Other Documents and Information
8.25 Cooperation
8.26 Performance Tests
8.27 Separateness
8.28 Final Taking-Over; Commercial Operation; Project Completion
8.29 Suspension or Abandonment
8.30 Sanctionable Practices
8.31 Financial Covenants
8.32 Closing Fees; Expenses
8.33 Anti-Terrorism; Prohibited Activities
8.34 CDM
8.35 Accounts
ARTICLE IX Events of Default
9.01 Events of Default; Remedies
9.02 Exercise of Rights
ARTICLE X The Administrative Agent
10.01 Appointment, Powers and Immunities
10.02 Reliance by the Administrative Agent
10.03 Defaults
10.04 Rights as a Lender
10.05 Indemnification
10.06 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
10.07 Failure to Act
10.08 Resignation or Removal of the Administrative Agent
10.09 Consents under Transaction Documents
10.10 Appointment by Administrative Agent
10.11 Reports; Etc
10.12 Joint Mandated Arrangers
ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous
11.01 Waiver
11.02 Notices
11.03 Expenses; Indemnification; Etc
11.04 Amendments; Etc
11.05 Successors and Assigns
iii
108
109
110
110
111
112
113
115
116
117
117
118
118
119
119
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
121
121
124
125
125
125
126
126
126
127
127
127
128
128
129
129
129
129
129
130
131
133
11.06 Assignments and Participations
11.07 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS
11.08 Process Agent
11.09 Marshalling; Recapture
11.10 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
11.11 Interest Rate Limitation
11.12 Survival
11.13 Captions
11.14 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
11.15 Reinstatement
11.16 Severability
11.17 Remedies; Letters of Credit
11.18 Currency of Payment
11.19 Judgment Currency
11.20 English Language
11.21 Waiver of Immunity
11.22 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES
11.23 SPECIAL EXCULPATION
11.24 GOVERNING LAW
11.25 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
iv
133
136
137
137
138
139
139
139
139
140
140
140
140
141
141
142
142
142
143
143
APPENDICES, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B-1
APPENDIX B-2
APPENDIX C
APPENDIX D
APPENDIX E
Schedule 1.01(A)
Schedule 1.01(B)
Schedule 6.02(e)(iii)
Schedule 6.02(e)(iv)
Schedule 7.05(a)
Schedule 7.05(b)
Schedule 7.05(c)
Schedule 7.05(d)
Schedule 7.07
Schedule 7.15(a)
Schedule 7.15(b1)
Schedule 7.15(b2)
Schedule 7.15(c)
Schedule 7.15(e)
Schedule 7.15(f)
Schedule 8.05
Schedule 8.10
Schedule 8.20
Schedule 8.22
Schedule 8.22(a)
EXHIBIT A-1
EXHIBIT A-2
EXHIBIT A-3
EXHIBIT A-4
EXHIBIT B-1
EXHIBIT B-2
EXHIBIT C-1
EXHIBIT C-2
EXHIBIT C-3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Lender Commitments
Amortization Schedule – Tranche A
Amortization Schedule – Tranche D
Anti-Corruption Guidelines
Prohibited Actitivies
Wire Transfer Information
Action Plan
O&M Performance Benchmarks
First Priority Lien - Required Filings, Registrations and Recordings as of the Initial Disbursement Date
First Priority Lien - Required Fees and Taxes as of the Initial Disbursement Date
Government Approvals – Closing Date
Government Approvals – Initial Disbursement Date
Government Approvals – After Initial Disbursement Date
Government Approvals – Project Completion Date
Environmental Matters
Project Documents – Closing Date
Project Documents – Initial Disbursement Date
Project Documents – After Initial Disbursement Date
Project Documents – Project Completion Date
Existing Liens; Existing Indebtedness
Pre-Closing Change Orders
Insurance Requirements
First Priority Lien - Required Filings, Registrations and Recordings after the Initial Disbursement Date
Property Rights - Required Registrations and Recordings after the Initial Disbursement Date
Statistical Project Data
Form of Operating Statements
Form of Tranche A Loan Note
Form of Tranche B Loan Note
Form of Tranche D Loan Note
Form of Note Completion Agreement ( Acuerdo de Llenado )
Form of Borrowing Certificate
Form of Notice of Borrowing
Form of Project Completion Certificate
Form of Independent Engineer’s Project Completion Certificate
Form of Independent Engineer’s Certificate
v
EXHIBIT C-4
EXHIBIT C-5
EXHIBIT D
EXHIBIT E
EXHIBIT F-1
EXHIBIT F-2
EXHIBIT G
EXHIBIT H
EXHIBIT I-1
EXHIBIT I-2
EXHIBIT I-3
EXHIBIT J
EXHIBIT K
EXHIBIT L
EXHIBIT M
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Form of Independent Environmental and Social Consultant’s Certificate
Form of Environmental and Social Monitoring Report
Terms of Subordination
Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
Form of Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement
Form of Israel Corporation Equity Retention Agreement
Form of Confidentiality Agreement
Form of Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement
Form of Consent and Agreement (EPC Contract)
Form of Consent and Agreement (PPA)
Form of Consent and Agreement (Operator)
Form of Process Agent Acceptance
Form of Exporter Declaration
Form of Transmission Concesssion Mortgage Agreement
Form of Offshore Assignment of Reinsurance Proceeds
vi
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 17, 2012, is made among Cerro del Aguila S.A., a sociedad anónima organized
under the laws of Peru (the “ Borrower ”), each of the lenders that is a signatory to this Agreement identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages to this Agreement
or that, pursuant to Section 11.06(b) , shall become a “Lender” under this Agreement, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative agent for the
Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), The Bank of Nova Scotia as offshore collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “
Offshore Collateral Agent ”), Scotiabank Peru, S.A.A., as onshore collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Onshore Collateral Agent ”) and
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as administrative agent for the Tranche D Lenders (in such capacity, the “ SACE Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in the
recitals below have the meanings given them in Article I of this Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Borrower seeks to develop, design, engineer, procure, construct, commission, test, start-up, finance, own, operate and maintain a 525
MW hydroelectric power plant in the department of Huancavelica, Peru (the “ Project ”).
WHEREAS, the Borrower seeks senior secured financing to complete construction of and commence operation of the Project.
WHEREAS, the Borrower hereby requests the Lenders to make Senior Loans and Tranche C Loans from time to time to finance the development,
construction and operation of the Project in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $595,000,000.
WHEREAS, the Lenders are prepared to make such Senior Loans and Tranche C Loans upon the terms and conditions hereof.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETIVE MATTERS
1.01 Certain Defined Terms . In addition to the terms defined in the preamble above, and unless otherwise specified in this Agreement,
capitalized terms used in this Agreement (including the appendices, schedules and exhibits hereto ) shall have the meanings given to such terms below. Capitalized
terms and other terms used in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Sections 1.02 and 1.03 , as applicable.
“ Acceptable Bank ” (i) with respect to Permitted Investments in any Offshore Collateral Account, shall mean any bank or trust company which is
organized or licensed under the laws of an OECD Country which has capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000 and has outstanding
unguaranteed and unsecured long-term indebtedness which is rated “A-” or better by S&P and “A3” or better by Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by another
nationally recognized statistical rating organization of similar standing if neither such corporation is in the business of rating unsecured bank indebtedness) and
(ii) with respect to Permitted Investments in any Onshore Collateral Account, shall mean any bank or trust company which is organized or licensed under the laws of
Peru which has capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000 and has outstanding unguaranteed and unsecured long-term indebtedness which is
rated “BBB-” (Global Scale) or better by S&P or “BA3” (Global Scale) or better by Moody’s.
1
“ Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement ” shall mean any of the following, in each case satisfactory to the Supermajority Lenders:
(i) a Borrower O&M Plan; or
(ii) a Kallpa O&M Agreement; or
(iii) an Acceptable Non-Affiliate O&M Agreement.
“ Acceptable Insurance Broker ” shall mean any reputable independent insurance and/or reinsurance broker reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Independent Insurance Consultant and the Borrower.
“ Acceptable LC Provider ” shall mean (a) a bank that is rated “A-” or better by S&P and “A3” or better by Moody’s and otherwise acceptable to the
Lenders or (b) Bank Leumi le Israel B.M., Bank Hapoalim B.M., BBVA Banco Continental, Banco de Crédito del Perú, Banco Internacional del Perú, Banco Itau
S.A., Fiduciaria Bancolombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria, Intesa San Paolo S.P.A. Scotiabank Peru S.A.A. or UniCredit Bank AG; provided that any bank listed in this
sub-clause (b) shall maintain at least a BBB rating by S&P and Baa2 by Moody’s or better.
“ Acceptable Letter of Credit ” shall mean either an Equity Letter of Credit or a DSRA Letter of Credit.
“ Acceptable Non-Affiliate O&M Agreement ” shall mean an operation and maintenance agreement, executed by the Borrower and a Person acceptable
to the Supermajority Lenders that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower, and containing terms and conditions satisfactory to the Supermajority Lenders, including a
term at least through the Final Maturity Date and a price within a 5% variance of the price set forth in the Updated Base Case Forecast and consistent with the O&M
Framework delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iii) .
“ Account Collateral ” shall mean the collateral pledged in respect of the Project Accounts pursuant to the Security Documents.
“ Accounting Principles ” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower, IFRS and with respect to any other Person, IFRS or the generally accepted
accounting principles and standards (as may be modified from time to time by the organization promulgating such principles or standards in the applicable
jurisdiction for such Person) then in effect in such Person’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation or, if such Person is a Subsidiary of another Person (the “
Parent ”) and does not prepare financials independently of its Parent, the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of its Parent, as the case may be.
2
“ Action Plan ” shall mean the plan developed by the Operator and Borrower and approved in writing by the Independent Environmental and Social
Consultant setting out specific social and environmental measures to be undertaken by the Borrower to (a) satisfy all recommendations contained in the
Environmental and Social Consultant’s Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(ii) , and (b) enable the Project to be developed, designed, engineered, procured,
constructed, commissioned, tested, started-up, financed, owned, operated and maintained in continuous compliance with the Environmental and Social Standards,
attached hereto as Schedule 1.01(A) (as such plans may be amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to Section 8.04(e) ).
“ Actual Project Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Additional Project Document ” shall mean any contract or agreement relating to the Project entered into by the Borrower, or by an agent on behalf of
the Borrower, subsequent to the Closing Date.
“ Administrative Account ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02(b) .
“ Administrative Agency Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain letter agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the Administrative
Agent and the SACE Agent with respect to certain fees payable by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the SACE Agent.
“ Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble.
“ Administrative Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.04(b) .
“ Advance Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 4.06 .
“ Affected Property ” shall mean the Property of the Borrower lost, destroyed, damaged or otherwise taken as a result of any Event of Loss.
“ Affiliate ” shall mean any Person that directly or indirectly Controls, or is under common Control with, or is Controlled by, a specified Person and, if
such Person is an individual, any member of the immediate family (including parents, spouse, children and siblings) of such individual and any trust whose principal
beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such immediate family and any Person who is Controlled by any such member or trust. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the definition of “Affiliate” shall not encompass (a) any individual solely by reason of his or her being a director, officer or employee of any Person
and (b) any Agent or any Lender.
“ Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents, the SACE Agent, the Trustee and the Depositary.
3
“ Aggregate Tranche A Loan Commitment ” shall mean $304,850,000, as such amount may increase from time to time if any Tranche C Loan
Commitments are assigned pursuant to Section 11.06(b) .
“ Aggregate Tranche B Loan Commitment ” shall mean $164,150,000, as such amount may increase from time to time if any Tranche C Loan
Commitments are assigned pursuant to Section 11.06(b) .
“ Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment ” shall mean $56,343,858.
“ Aggregate Tranche D Loan Commitment ” shall mean $65,000,000, as such amount may increase from time to time if any Tranche C Loan
Commitments are assigned pursuant to Section 11.06(b) .
“ Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble.
“ Alternative Base Rate ” shall mean an amount equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate and (b) the prevailing Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%.
“ ANA ” shall mean the National Water Authority ( Autoridad Nacional del Agua ) of Peru.
“ Ancillary Documents ” shall mean, with respect to each Additional Project Document entered into by the Borrower, or by an agent on behalf of the
Borrower, subsequent to the Closing Date: (a) each security agreement or instrument necessary to grant to the Collateral Agents, a perfected Lien in such Additional
Project Document with the priority contemplated by the Security Documents, (b) each recorded financing statement and other filings required to perfect such Lien,
(c) an opinion of counsel to the Borrower and, in the case of Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement (other than a Borrower O&M Plan) or a replacement of the EPC
Contract, an opinion of counsel to the relevant Material Project Party and (d) in the case of any material PPA, Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement or a replacement
of the EPC Contract, a Consent and Agreement from each Person party to such Additional Project Document and any other Person guaranteeing or otherwise
providing credit support for such Material Project Party’s obligations.
“ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” shall mean, collectively, (a) Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and (b) any other law, regulation, order, decree or
directive of any Government Authority in a relevant jurisdiction having the force of law and relating to anti-money laundering and applicable to the Borrower.
“ Applicable Lending Office ” shall mean, for each Senior Lender, the “Lending Office” of such Senior Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Senior
Lender) designated on Appendix A or such other office of such Senior Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Senior Lender may from time to time
specify to the Agents and the Borrower as the office for its Loans; provided , that any Senior Lender may from time to time change its “Applicable Lending Office”
by delivering notice of such change to the Agents and the Borrower.
“ Applicable Margin ” shall have the meaning set forth in the table below for each Loan:
4
From the Closing
Date until (and
including) the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
fifth (5 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
Tranche A Loans:
Tranche B Loans:
Tranche C Loans:
Tranche D Loans:
4.25%
4.25%
4.25%
2.75%
On and from the
first date after the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
fifth (5 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
until (and
including) the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
eighth (8 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
4.75%
5.00%
5.00%
3.25%
On and from the
first date after the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
eighth (8 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
until (and
including) the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
eleventh (11 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
5.25%
5.75%
5.75%
3.60%
On and from the
first date after the
first Interest
Payment Date
immediately
following the
eleventh (11 th )
anniversary of
the Closing Date
until (and
including) the
Final Maturity
Date or the
Tranche D Final
Maturity Date, as
applicable
5.50%
6.25%
6.25%
3.60%
“ Asset Pledge Agreement ” shall mean that certain moveable assets pledge ( Contrato de Garantía Mobiliaria Sobre Activos ), to be entered into prior
to the Initial Disbursement Date, between the Borrower and the Onshore Collateral Agent, executed before a Notary Public and to be registered in the Peruvian
Public Registry.
“ Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party
whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b) ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the
Administrative Agent.
“ Auditors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.08(c) .
“ Authorized Officer ” shall mean: (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, company or a sociedad anónima , the chairman, chief executive
officer, president, vice president, assistant vice-president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary of such Person or the
individuals authorized to act as such by its by-laws or estatutos sociales , (b) with respect to any Person that is a partnership, each general partner of such person or
the chairman, chief executive officer, president, vice president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary of a general partner of
such Person and
5
(c) with respect to any Person that is a limited liability company, the manager, the managing partner or a duly appointed officer of such Person or the individuals
authorized to represent such person pursuant to the constitutive documents of such limited liability company or the chairman, chief executive officer, president, vice
president, treasurer, assistant treasurer, attorney-in-fact, secretary or assistant secretary of a manager or managing member of such Person.
“ Bankruptcy ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any of the following events, conditions or circumstances: (a) such Person shall
file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer or consent seeking any reorganization,
arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, concurso de acreedores, dissolution or similar relief for itself under the Peruvian General Bankruptcy Act, as
amended, or any present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, or
shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its
properties (the term “acquiesce,” as used in this definition, includes the failure to file in a timely manner a petition or motion to vacate or discharge any order,
judgment or decree after entry of such order, judgment or decree), (b) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against such Person seeking any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, concurso de acreedores , dissolution or similar relief with respect to such Person or
its debts under the Peruvian General Bankruptcy Act, as amended, or any present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) Business Days, (c) a
court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree approving a petition filed against such Person seeking a reorganization, arrangement,
composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under the Peruvian General Bankruptcy Act, or any other present or future applicable federal,
state or other statute or law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other relief for debtors, and such Person shall acquiesce in the entry of such order,
judgment or decree or such order, judgment or decree shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive) from the
date of entry thereof, or any trustee, receiver, conservator or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its property shall be appointed without the
consent or acquiescence of such Person and such appointment shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of sixty (60) days (whether or not consecutive),
(d) such Person shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature or shall generally not be paying its debts as they become due, (e) such Person shall
make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or take any other similar action for the protection or benefit of creditors or (f) such Person shall take any corporate,
limited liability company or partnership action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.
“ Base Case Forecast ” shall mean the quarterly projections relating to the Project Development and operation of the Project for the period commencing
on the Closing Date and continuing for a period of twenty (20) years, as prepared by the Borrower according to the methodology and assumptions agreed with the
Lenders and the Independent Engineer, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, which projections shall be
certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the effect that (a) such projections were made in good faith and (b) the assumptions on the basis of which such
projections were made were (when made) believed to be reasonable and consistent with the Project Construction Budget and Schedule and the Transaction
Documents.
6
“ Base Case Total Project Costs ” shall mean the total Project Costs contemplated in the Base Case Forecast or after the delivery thereof, the Updated
Base Case Forecast.
“ Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment ” means the requirements as applicable to the Borrower on wage, working hours, labor contracts and
occupational health and safety issues, arising from ILO conventions 26 and 131 (on remuneration), 1 (on working hours) and 155 (on health and safety).
“ Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
“ Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the preamble.
“ Borrower O&M Plan ” shall mean a comprehensive operation and maintenance plan to be implemented by the Borrower, which shall be consistent
with the O&M Framework delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iii) and satisfactory to the Supermajority Lenders (in consultation with the Independent Engineer),
and containing the performance benchmarks set forth on Schedule 1.01(B) hereto.
“ Borrower’s Knowledge ” shall mean the earlier of actual knowledge of the Borrower or receipt of notice by an Authorized Officer of any Credit Party
with respect to a matter relating to a part of any Credit Party’s business (as it relates to the Project) for which such Authorized Officer is responsible for the
management or day-to-day operations.
“ Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing of Loans on any Disbursement Date.
“ Borrowing Certificate ” shall mean a certificate and related attachments and certifications, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 executed by an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower requesting a Borrowing of Loans as set forth under this Agreement and otherwise duly completed.
“ Broker’s Letter of Undertaking ” shall mean the broker’s letter of undertaking (for insurances/reinsurances arranged by the Borrower) substantially in
the form attached as Appendix 3 to Schedule 8.05 .
“ Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by law to
be closed in New York, New York, Amsterdam, Netherlands and Lima, Peru; provided that when used in connection with the LIBO Rate, a Borrowing or payment
of prepayment of principal of or interest on, a Loan or a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such Borrowing, payment, prepayment or Interest Period, the
term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which commercial banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
7
“ Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period after the Closing Date, expenditures (including the aggregate amount of Capital Lease Obligations
incurred during such period) made by (or on behalf of) the Borrower to acquire or construct fixed assets, plant and equipment (including renewals, improvements
and replacements, but excluding repairs) during such period computed in accordance with its Accounting Principles (other than such expenditures paid out of
casualty insurance proceeds), but excluding Project Costs.
“ Capital Lease Obligations ” shall mean, for any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other
agreement conveying the right to use) Property of such Person to the extent such obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a
balance sheet of such Person under its Accounting Principles and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount of
such obligations, determined in accordance with the relevant Accounting Principles.
“ Cash Flow Available for Debt Service ” shall mean, for any period, the excess (if any) of (a) the sum of Project Revenues and Spot Revenues for such
period less (b) the sum of Operation and Maintenance Expenses and Spot Market Expenses paid during such period.
“ CDM ” shall mean the clean development mechanism defined under Article 12 of the Kyoto Protocol as implemented through the International Rules.
“ CER ” shall mean a unit of saleable certified emission reduction credits and any other GHG Reduction pursuant to the CDM which is equal to one
metric tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent abated issued by the CDM executive board pursuant to Article 12 of the Kyoto Protocol and the decisions adopted
pursuant to that treaty and any successor thereto.
“ Change in Control ” shall mean any reduction of the direct or indirect ownership, economic or voting interest of (a) Israel Corporation to less than
50.1% of the Project Sponsor (provided that in the event that (i) there has occurred an initial public offering of the Project Sponsor the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, the
Lima, Peru Stock Exchange or any other major stock exchange governed by an Ordinary Member of the International Organization of Securities Commissions, no
Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred so long as Israel Corporation continues to Control the Project Sponsor even though it may own less than 50.1%
of the Project Sponsor, (b) prior to the Project Completion Date, any of the Pledgors to less than their respective percentage ownership as set forth in Section 7.25
(a) , (c) prior to the Project Completion Date, the Project Sponsor to less than 100% of the Inkia Pledgor and (d) after the Project Completion Date, the Project
Sponsor to less than 50.1% of the Borrower; provided , however , that any reduction of ownership, economic or voting interests otherwise allowed above shall
(A) be on an arm’s length basis, (B) result in the seller (other than the Quimpac Pledgor) retaining direct or indirect Control over the subject entity (including,
without limitation, the ability to appoint a majority of the members of the board of directors or equivalent body) and (C) prior to or simultaneously with reduction of
ownership, economic or voting interests, the purchaser shall deliver to the Administrative Agent such documents (including documentation and other information
required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Laws and, if applicable, an accession to any Financing
Document to which any Credit Party or Israel Corporation is a party and legal opinions in respect of such Financing Documents), each of which shall be in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and, in the case of a transfer by any Pledgor of its Equity Interests in the Borrower, shall take such
actions as shall be requested by the
8
Administrative Agent in connection with the granting or maintenance of a first-lien security interest in the Equity Interests of the Borrower. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, except in connection with an initial public offering of the Project Sponsor on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, the Lima, Peru
Stock Exchange or any other major stock exchange governed by an Ordinary Member of the International Organization of Securities Commissions, no sale
contemplated herein may be to any Person who is (or an Affiliate of a Person who is) (1) then currently engaged in a material dispute with any Credit Party or Senior
Lender, (2) then in default under any material indebtedness owing to any Credit Party or Senior Lender, (3) prohibited, once any sale contemplated in this definition
is consummated, from receiving additional indebtedness from any Senior Lender, (4) identified by the Office of Foreign Assets control of the U.S. Department of the
Treasury as subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. Government on the basis that such Person, its Affiliates or the government of its or any of its Affiliates’ home
jurisdiction has engaged in or supports terrorism or other international criminal activity or (5) identified as having any business relationships with specially
designated nationals and blocked persons or entities maintained on any Sanction List.
“ Change in Law ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender (or its Applicable Lending Office), the occurrence after the date of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement of the following events: (a) the adoption of any applicable Government Rule, (b) any change in any applicable Government Rule
(including Regulation D) or in the interpretation or administration of such applicable Government Rule (including Regulation D) by any Government Authority
charged with its interpretation or administration or (c) the adoption or making of any interpretation, directive, guideline, policy or request applying to a class of
Lenders including such Lender of or under any Government Rule or in the interpretation or administration of any Government Rule (including Regulation D)
(whether or not having the force of law and whether or not failure to comply would be unlawful, but with respect to which similarly situated banks generally
comply) by any Government Authority charged with its interpretation or administration. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules,
guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority)
or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date
enacted, adopted or issued.
“ Change Orders ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 8.20(e) .
“ Charges ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 11.11 .
“ Closing Date ” shall mean August 17, 2012, which is the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that all of the
conditions set forth in Section 6.01 shall have been satisfied (or waived by each Lender).
“ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
9
“ COES ” shall mean the Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema Interconectado Nacional , which is the entity responsible for the operation and
coordination of the national power grid and the Spot Market.
“ COFIDE ” shall mean la Corporación Financiera de Desarrollo S.A., a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of Peru.
“ COFIDE Guarantee ” shall mean, either, (a) any guarantee agreement ( fianza solidaria ) between COFIDE and FMO with respect to a portion of
FMO’s Senior Loan Commitments or (b) a channeling resource agreement ( contrato de canalización de recursos ) between COFIDE and Banco Internacional del
Perú, with respect to all or a portion of such Senior Lender’s Senior Loan Commitments.
“ COFIDE Tranche A Guaranteed Notes ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.07(a) .
“ COFIDE Tranche B Guaranteed Notes ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.07(b) .
“ Collateral ” shall mean (a) Account Collateral and (b) any Property of any Credit Party, whether real, personal or mixed, with respect to which a Lien
is granted as security for the Secured Obligations.
“ Collateral Agents ” shall mean the Onshore Collateral Agent and the Offshore Collateral Agent, and “Collateral Agent” means either of them.
“ Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement ” shall mean the Collateral Agency and Security Deposit Agreement, to be entered into prior to the
Initial Disbursement Date substantially in the form of Exhibit H , among the Offshore Collateral Agent, the Onshore Collateral Agent, the Depositary, the Trustee,
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
“ Commercial Operation Date ” shall mean the date when the Project has achieved commercial operations ( puesta en operación comercial ) under the
Investment Agreement, as confirmed by COES, with at least 111% of the Contracted Capacity ( Potencia Contratada , as defined in the Investment Agreement)
(such amount as used in this definition, the “Minimum IA Operating Capacity”); provided that, the Minimum IA Operating Capacity shall not be required to achieve
the Commercial Operation Date under this Agreement if the MINEM has issued a letter confirming that (a) operating with at least 111% Contracted Capacity is not
contractually required under the Investment Agreement and (b) operating with less than 111% Contracted Capacity will not be considered a termination event under
the Investment Agreement.
“ Commitments ” shall mean, collectively, the Senior Loan Commitments and the Tranche C Loan Commitments.
“ Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(a) .
10
“ Common Representative ” shall mean an institution acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to be appointed as irrevocable common representative of
the Borrower and the Onshore Collateral Agent in the Share Pledge Agreement, as required by the Peruvian Pledge Act.
“ Concession Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement and (ii) the Transmission Concession
Agreement and “Concession Agreement” means any of them.
“ Conditional Assignment of Contractual Position Agreement ” shall mean the Conditional Assignment of Contractual Position Agreement ( Contrato
de Cesión Condicionada de Posición Contractual ), to be entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date, between Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited and the
Onshore Collateral Agent, executed before a notary public in Peru and to be registered in the corresponding Peruvian Public Registry prior to the Initial
Disbursement Date.
“ Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position Agreement ” shall mean the Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position
Agreement ( Contrato de Cesión Condicionada de Derechos y de Posición Contractual ), to be entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date, between the
Borrower and the Onshore Collateral Agent, executed before a notary public in Peru and to be registered in the corresponding Peruvian Public Registry prior to the
Initial Disbursement Date.
“ Confidentiality Agreement ” shall mean a confidentiality agreement among a Lender and a prospective assignee or participant substantially in the
form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit G .
“ Consent and Agreement ” shall mean (a) with respect to the EPC Contractor, a Consent and Agreement with respect to the EPC Contract,
substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 and otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably (b) with respect to ElectroPeru, a Consent and
Agreement with respect to the ElectroPeru PPA, substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 and otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably
(c) with respect to each of Luz del Sur, S.A.A., Edelnor S.A.A. and Edecañete S.A., a Consent and Agreement with respect to the relevant Luz del Sur PPA,
substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 and otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably (d) with respect to any Operator (other than the
Borrower), a Consent and Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I-3 and otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably and (e) any
Consent and Agreement referred to in sub-clause (d) of the definition of “Ancillary Documents”.
“ Construction Account ” shall mean the offshore construction account to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ Construction Report ” shall mean a “Construction Report”, in form, scope and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent (in consultation with
the Independent Engineer), executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or the Independent Engineer, as applicable, and delivered from time to time as
contemplated by Section 8.19 .
11
“ Contest ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, with respect to (a) any Taxes or any Lien imposed on Property of such Person (or the related
underlying claim for labor, material, supplies or services) by any Government Authority for Taxes or with respect to obligations under ERISA or (b) the
determination of Project Completion, any unpaid cost or expense referenced in clause (d) of the definition of Project Completion (each, a “Subject Claim”), a
contest of the amount, validity or application, in whole or in part, of such Subject Claim pursued in good faith and by appropriate legal, administrative or other
proceedings diligently conducted so long as: (i) adequate cash reserves have been established with respect to such Subject Claim in accordance with such Person’s
Accounting Principles, (ii) during the period of such contest the enforcement of such Subject Claim is effectively stayed and any Lien (including any inchoate Lien)
arising by virtue of such Subject Claim shall, if required by applicable Government Rule, be effectively secured by posting of cash collateral or a surety bond (or
similar instrument) by a reputable surety company, (iii) with regard to the determination of Project Completion, Subject Claims related to unpaid costs and expenses
referenced in clause (d) of the definition of Project Completion shall not be in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate and such Subject Claims shall be effectively
secured by the posting of cash collateral or a letter of credit by an Acceptable LC Provider in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Lenders, (iv) neither the
Administrative Agent nor any Lender could reasonably be expected to be exposed to any risk of criminal liability or civil liability as a result of such contest and
(v) the failure to pay such Subject Claim under the circumstances described above could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
The term “ Contest ” used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.
“ Contingent Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
“ Contingent Equity Credit Support ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
“ Contracted Cash Flow Available for Debt Service ” shall mean, for any quarterly fiscal period, the excess (if any) of (a) the sum of (x) Project
Revenues described in sub-clause (a) of the definition of “Project Revenues” herein for such period plus (y) the sum of (1) Spot Capacity Revenues net of purchases
of capacity from the Spot Market and (2) Spot Energy Revenues net of purchases of energy from the Spot Market (if negative) for such quarterly fiscal period less
(b) the sum of all Operation and Maintenance Expenses during such quarterly fiscal period.
“ Contracted Cash Flow DSCR ” shall mean, as at any calculation date, for the period of four (4) consecutive quarterly fiscal periods then most recently
ended (or any other period referred to in this Agreement for which this ratio is required to be calculated), the ratio of (a) Contracted Cash Flow Available for Debt
Service and (b) Debt Service for such period.
“ Control ” (including, with its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly,
of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies or the composition of its board or equivalent body (whether through ownership of securities or
partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise), and, in any event, any Person owning greater than 50% of the voting securities of another Person
shall be deemed to Control that Person.
12
“ Core Labor Standards ” means the requirements as applicable to the Borrower on child and forced labor, discrimination and freedom of association
and collective bargaining, arising from the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, adopted in 1998 and covering: (i) freedom of association
and the right to collective bargaining, (ii) the elimination of forced and compulsory labor, (iii) the abolition of child labor and (iv) the elimination of discrimination
in the workplace.
“ Credits ” shall mean any credits, benefits, incentives or other environmental attributes or payments in lieu thereof, such as renewable energy credits,
capacity credits, certificates, allowances, emissions reductions, pollution/emission credits, greenhouse gas reduction, rights to payments, tradable generation rights,
green tag or similar right however entitled, whether arising pursuant to any International Rules, Environmental and Social Laws, Government Rule, regulation,
certification, markets, trading, off-set, private transaction, renewable portfolio standards, voluntary programs, government programs or auctions, or otherwise and
arising as a result of the Project’s characterization as a renewable energy generation facility and related to its benefits to the environment, including CERs, but
specifically excluding any and all production tax credits, investment tax credits and any other tax credits or tax benefits which are or will be generated by the Project.
“ Credit Party ” shall mean the Borrower, the Pledgors and, until the Project Completion Date, the Project Sponsor.
“ Currency Rate Protection Agreement ” shall mean, for any Person, any foreign exchange hedging arrangement between such Person and one or more
financial institutions providing for the mitigation of foreign currency exchange risk either generally or under specific contingencies in form and substance acceptable
to the Administrative Agent.
“ Currency Swap Coordinators ” shall mean one or more Permitted Swap Providers chosen by the Borrower.
“ Debt Service ” shall mean, for any period the sum, computed without duplication, of the following: (a) all amounts payable by the Borrower in
respect of scheduled payments of principal of the Loans for such period and any amounts past due from any prior period (and excluding prepayments of Loans
payable during such period pursuant to Section 3.04 ) plus (b) all amounts payable by the Borrower in respect of Interest Expense for such period plus (c) all fees,
premia and financing costs which are due for payment by the Borrower in respect of the Loans in accordance with the relevant terms of and conditions of the
Financing Documents.
“ Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as at any calculation date, for the period of four (4) consecutive quarterly fiscal periods then most recently
ended (or any other period referred to in this Agreement for which this ratio is required to be calculated), the ratio of (a) Cash Flow Available for Debt Service and
(b) Debt Service for such period.
13
“ Debt Service Reserve Account ” shall mean the debt service reserve account to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement.
“ Debt Sizing Parameters ” shall mean: (a) at least 1.55:1.00 minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio assuming P50 Production, (b) at least 1.65:1.00
average Debt Service Coverage Ratio assuming P50 Production, (c) at least 1.10:1.00 minimum Quarterly Debt Service Coverage Ratio assuming P95 Production,
(d) at least 1.20:1.00 minimum Contracted Cash Flow DSCR and (e) a Debt to Equity Ratio no greater than 65:35.
“ Debt to Equity Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding under this
Agreement after giving effect to any Loans made on such date to (b) the aggregate Equity that has been irrevocably contributed to the Borrower.
“ Default ” shall mean an Event of Default or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.
“ Defaulting Lender ” shall mean, at any time, subject to Section 4.08(d) , (a) a Senior Lender that has failed for two or more Business Days to comply
with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Loan or make any other payment due hereunder (a “funding obligation”) unless such Senior Lender has notified
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Senior Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to
funding has not been satisfied (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, will be specifically identified in such writing), (b) any Senior
Lender that has notified the Administrative Agent in writing, or has officially stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such funding obligation hereunder
unless such Senior Lender has notified the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Senior Lender’s determination
that one or more conditions precedent to funding has not been satisfied (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, will be specifically
identified in such writing or public statement), (c) any Senior Lender that has defaulted on its funding obligations under any other loan agreement or credit
agreement or other similar financing agreement, (d) any Senior Lender that has, for three (3) or more Business Days after written request of the Administrative
Agent or Borrower, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that
such Senior Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Senior Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon the Administrative Agent’s and the Borrower’s receipt of such
written confirmation), (e) any Senior Lender with respect to which a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Senior Lender or
its Parent Company. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Senior Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (a) through (e) above will be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Senior Lender will be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 4.08(d) ) upon notification of
such determination by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and the Lenders.
“ Definitive Generation Concession Agreement ” shall mean the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement (Contrato de Concesión Definitiva de
Generación de Energía Eléctrica Nº 358-2010) , dated January 5, 2011, between the Borrower (as assignee of Kallpa Generación, S.A.) and MINEM, as amended
by Public Deed dated June 24, 2011.
14
“ Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement ” shall mean the Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement (Contrato de
Hipoteca sobre Concesión Definitiva de Generación), to be entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date, between the Borrower and the Onshore Collateral
Agent, executed before a notary public and to be registered in the Peruvian Public Registry prior to the Initial Disbursement Date.
“ DEG ” shall mean DEG – Deutsche Investitions – und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH.
“ Depositary ” shall mean The Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency appointed as depositary under the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement.
“ Disbursement Date ” shall mean the date on which a Borrowing under each of the Commitments occurs immediately following satisfaction (or waiver
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) of the applicable conditions precedent in Article VI .
“ Disposition ” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any property (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) by the
Borrower to any other Person excluding any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any property sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business.
“ Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.
“ DSRA Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ E&S Management System ” shall mean, the social, environmental, health and safety management system of the Borrower and the Operator that
enables the Borrower to monitor, identify, assess and manage risks in respect of their activities and the operation of the Project on an ongoing basis and which is
dedicated to the structural improvement of the environmental and social performance of the Project, which system shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.
“ ElectroPeru ” shall mean Electricidad del Perú S.A.
“ ElectroPeru PPA ” shall mean that certain power purchase agreement ( Contrato para el Suministro de Energía Eléctrica ), dated March 8, 2011, by
and between ElectroPeru and the Borrower.
“ Eligible Assignee ” shall mean (a) a Senior Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Senior Lender, (c) COFIDE, (d) SACE and (e) any other Person (other than a
natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that at any time prior to the end of the
Tranche A Loan Commitment Period, any “Eligible Assignee” (other than COFIDE or SACE) shall be rated at least BBB or better by S&P as of the date of such
assignment.
“ Eligible Contract Expenditures ” shall mean any expenditures paid or to be paid under the terms of the Eligible Contract to the Eligible Contractor
with respect to goods and/or services supplied or to be supplied by the Eligible Contractor to the Borrower pursuant to the Eligible Contract eligible for financing
hereunder.
15
“ Eligible Contractor ” shall mean Astaldi S.p.A.
“ Eligible Contract ” shall mean the EPC Contract.
“ Eligible Costs ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Eligible Contract Expenditures, (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the SACE Premium and (iii) up to
one hundred percent (100%) of the Eligible Tranche D IDC.
“ Eligible Tranche D IDC ” shall mean capitalized interest on the Tranche D Loans accruing prior to the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche
Principal Payment Date.
“ Environmental Impact Assessment ” shall mean the Estudio de Impacto Ambiental del Proyecto “Central Hidroeléctrica Cerro del Aguila ” ) as
described in Item #1 on Schedule 7.05(b) .
“ Environmental and Social Claim ” shall mean any investigation, claim, administrative, regulatory or judicial action, suit, judgment, or demand, in
each case, requesting or imposing injunctive or equitable relief, or alleging or asserting a liability or obligation arising under any Environmental and Social Law,
including any liability or obligation for investigatory costs, corrective, rehabilitation, reclamation or restoration costs, cleanup costs, governmental response costs,
contribution, cost recovery, damages to the environment, surface water, groundwater, wetlands, air quality, wildlife, natural resources or other Property, personal
injuries, fines, penalties or restrictions pursuant to an Environmental and Social Law arising out of or based on (a) the presence, Use, exposure to, or Release or
threatened Release of any Hazardous Material at any location, (b) any violation or alleged violation of any Environmental and Social Law or (c) labor disputes and
health impacts.
“ Environmental and Social Consultant’s Report ” shall mean a report relating to the environmental and social aspects of the Project verifying
compliance with the Environmental and Social Standards and the Action Plan, prepared by the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant, and certified by
the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant that such report was prepared in accordance with Principle 7 of the Equator Principles, and reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent and based on the classification of the Project as a “Category A” Project under the Equator Principles.
“ Environmental and Social Laws ” shall mean any and all current or future Government Rules applicable to the Project, in effect at the relevant time,
relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, surface water, groundwater, wildlife, air quality, human health or safety or natural resources, and all such
Government Rules regulating or imposing liability or standards of conduct with respect to (a) emissions, discharges, Releases or threatened Releases of pollutants,
contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes, (b) the Use of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous
substances or wastes, (c) human exposure to chemicals, contaminants, additives or hazardous materials or conditions, (d) occupational safety and health
requirements, (e) public health and safety, (f) the regulation of industrial relations (between government, employers and employees), (g) the
16
regulation of public participation, (h) the protection and regulation of ownership of immovable goods and intellectual and cultural property rights, (i) the protection
and empowerment of indigenous peoples or ethnic groups, including with respect to the protection and regulation of ownership of land rights, (j) the protection,
restoration and promotion of cultural heritage, (k) environmental justice or (l) relating to any other environmental, social, labor, health and safety or security risks of
the type contemplated by the Environmental and Social Standards.
“ Environmental and Social Monitoring Report ” shall mean a report relating to the environmental and social aspects of the Project prepared by an
Authorized Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-5 , and delivered pursuant to Section 8.04(d) .
“ Environmental and Social Standards ” shall mean, collectively: (a) the Performance Standards, (b) the Equator Principles, (c) Core Labor Standards
and (d) Basic Terms and Conditions of Employment.
“ EPC Contract ” shall mean the turnkey engineering procurement and construction contract for Cerro del Aguila hydroelectric power plant, dated as of
November 4 2011, by and between the Borrower and the EPC Contractor, as the same may be amended from time to time as permitted by this Agreement.
“ EPC Contractor ” shall mean jointly and severally, Astaldi S.p.A. and GyM S.A.
“ Equator Principles ” shall mean the principles named “Equator Principles—A financial industry benchmark for determining, assessing and managing
social and environmental risk in project financing” adopted by various financing institutions in the form dated June 2006, or, if revised thereafter, as the same exists
as of the applicable date, that are published on the internet at www.equator-principles.com.
“ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of, without duplication, (a) paid-in capital registered on the books of the Borrower as
equity (and not reimbursed by the Borrower) and (b) all Shareholder Contributions, including, in each case, amounts drawn from Equity Letters of Credit provided
pursuant to the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
“ Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement ” shall mean that certain equity contribution and retention agreement, dated as of the Closing Date,
among the Borrower, each of the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Administrative Agent and the Offshore Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit
F-1 .
“ Equity Interests ” shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a
trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity
interest.
“ Equity Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
17
“ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Borrower under
section 414 of the Code.
“ European Union Restrictions List ” shall mean the “Consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to EU financial sanctions”, as published
by the European Union from time to time, and available on the Internet at the following website: “http://ec.europa.eu/external_relations/cfsp/sanctions/consol-
list_en.htm or any official successor website.
“ Event of Abandonment ” shall mean a formal, public announcement by any Credit Party, the EPC Contractor or the Operator of a decision to abandon
or indefinitely defer, or the abandonment of, the construction, completion or operation of any material portion of the Project for any reason.
“ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01 .
“ Event of Force Majeure ” shall have the meaning given to “ Fuerza Mayor ” in each of the Investment Agreement and the Definitive Generation
Concession Agreement and any other force majeure event or analogous occurrence under any Project Document.
“ Event of Loss ” shall mean any loss of, destruction of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking of (including an Event of Taking) any
Property of the Borrower.
“ Event of Taking ” shall mean any taking, seizure, confiscation, requisition, exercise of rights of eminent domain, public improvement, inverse
condemnation, condemnation or similar action or threat of any such action of or proceeding by any Government Authority or other Person relating to all or any part
of the Project.
“ Event of Total Loss ” shall mean the occurrence of an Event of Loss affecting all or substantially all of the Project or the Property of the Borrower.
“ Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, (i) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the SACE Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be
made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, income, franchise or branch profit Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its Applicable
Lending Office is located and (ii) in the case of a Lender, any withholding tax attributable to the Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.04(e) .
“ Export Contract Value ” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or to be paid under the terms of any Eligible Contract to the Eligible Contractor for
goods and/or services exported, excluding any goods and/or services of Peruvian origin.
“ Exporter Declaration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(c)(iii) .
18
“ FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date hereof (or any amended or successor version that is substantially
comparable) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.
“ Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be
determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on
the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of the quotations for
such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“ Fee Letters ” shall mean, collectively, the Offshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter, the Onshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter, the Administrative
Agency Fee Letter, the Trustee Fee Letter, the Upfront Fee Letter and the Syndication Fee Letter.
“ Final Acceptance Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Final Costs ” shall mean any of the following: (i) approved and budgeted Project Costs with respect to start-up costs, (ii) Project Costs with respect to
budgeted punch-list items, (iii) Spot Market Expenses and (iv) approved and budgeted Operation and Maintenance Expenses for the period of time from the Initial
Partial Taking-Over Date until the Actual Project Acceptance Date.
“ Final Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is twelve (12) years from the Closing Date; provided , that if such date is not a Business Day, the “Final
Maturity Date” shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.
“ Final Taking-Over Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Financing Document Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.18 .
“ Financing Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, each of the Notes, Note Completion Agreements, the Fee Letters, each of the Security
Documents, the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement, the Israel Corporation Equity Retention Agreement, the Subordination Agreements, the Israel
Corporation Guarantee, each of the Permitted Swap Agreements, the SACE Reimbursement Agreement, and each Guarantee and credit support instrument provided
in connection with any of the foregoing.
“ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Borrower ending on December 31 of each calendar year.
19
“ FMO ” shall mean Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.
“ Foreign Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Credit
Party with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than any governmental arrangement) and as to which there are statutory funding
requirements prior to retirement or other termination of employment.
“ Generator Set ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ GHG Reduction ” shall mean the removal, sequestration, reduction, mitigation or avoidance, of greenhouse gases by a CDM project activity (as
described in such project’s design document), or equivalent project activity under the voluntary rules, that project’s baseline and measured in tonnes of carbon
dioxide equivalent, which have been generated in a manner consistent with the CDM and/or the voluntary rules (each as may be succeeded by equivalent rules based
on the International Rules or the voluntary rules for the reduction of greenhouse gases).
“ Good Industry Practices ” shall mean those practices, methods, equipment, specifications and standards of safety and performance, as are commonly
accepted in the international hydroelectric power industry as good, safe and prudent practices in connection with the design, construction, operation, maintenance,
repair and use of the Project. “Good Industry Practices” as defined herein does not necessarily mean one particular practice, method, equipment specification or
standard in all cases, but is instead intended to encompass a broad range of acceptable practices, methods, equipment specifications and standards.
“ Government Approval ” shall mean (a) any authorization, consent, approval, license, lease, ruling, permit, certification, waiver, exemption, filing,
variance, claim, order, judgment or decree of, by or with, (b) any required notice to, (c) any declaration of or with or (d) any registration by or with, any Government
Authority, in each case necessary for the development, construction, operation and management of the Project to the extent (i) not routine, (ii) not ministerial in
nature or (iii) not otherwise immaterial to the Project or the Borrower’s compliance with any Government Rule or obtaining or maintaining any Government
Approval.
“ Government Authority ” shall mean, unless otherwise specified, the government of the United States, Peru, or of any other nation, or any political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, judicial or administrative, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity
(including any federal or other association of or with which any such nation may be a member or associated) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing,
regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or European
Central Bank).
“ Government Rule ” shall mean any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, international treaty obligation, judgment, order, decree, permit,
concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement of, or other governmental restriction or any similar binding form of decision of or
determination by, or any binding interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Government Authority, including all common law, whether now or
hereafter in effect.
20
“ Guarantee ” shall mean a guarantee, an endorsement, aval , a contingent agreement to purchase or to furnish funds for the payment or maintenance of,
or otherwise to be or become contingently liable under or with respect to, the Indebtedness, other obligations, net worth, working capital or earnings of any Person,
or a guarantee of the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the stock or Equity Interests of any Person, or an agreement to purchase, sell or lease (as
lessee or lessor) Property of any Person, products, materials, supplies or services primarily for the purpose of enabling a debtor to make payment of his, her or its
obligations or an agreement to assure a creditor against loss, and including causing a bank or other financial institution to issue a letter of credit or other similar
instrument for the benefit of another Person, but excluding (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business and (b) indemnity or hold
harmless provisions included in contracts with non-Affiliates entered into in the ordinary course of business. The terms “ Guarantee ” and “ Guaranteed ” used as
verbs shall have correlative meanings.
“ Hazardous Material ” shall mean: (a) any petroleum or petroleum products or fractions thereof, oils or fuels, flammable materials, explosives,
radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and, to the extent regulated by Environmental and Social
Laws, noise, odors, and vibrations (b) any chemicals, other materials, substances or wastes which are now or hereafter become defined as or included in the
definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous wastes”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous wastes”, “restricted hazardous wastes”, “toxic substances”,
“toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, “pollutants” or words of similar import and meaning under any Environmental and Social Law and (c) any other chemical,
material, substance or waste which is now or hereafter regulated under or with respect to which liability or standards of conduct are imposed under any
Environmental and Social Law.
“ IFC Performance Standards ” shall mean the (a) International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standards on Environmental and Social
Sustainability (January 1, 2012), including the Guidelines referenced therein, known as the World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, in
particular: (i) the World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and Safety General Guidelines (April 30, 2007), (ii) the World Bank Group Environmental, Health and
Safety Industry Sector Guidelines for Electric Power Transmission and Distribution (April 30, 2007) and (iii) the World Bank Group Environmental, Health, and
Safety Guidelines for Construction Materials Extraction (April 30, 2007) and (b) the International Finance Corporation’s Guidance Notes on the Performance
Standards for Environmental and Social Sustainability (January 1, 2012).
“ IFRS ” shall mean International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB),
together with its pronouncements thereon from time to time, and applied on a consistent basis.
21
“ Illicit Origin ” shall mean any origin which is illicit or fraudulent including, without limitation, drug trafficking, corruption, bribery, organized
criminal activities, terrorism, money laundering or fraud.
“ ILO ” means the International Labour Organisation, the tripartite United Nations agency that brings together governments, employers and workers of
its member states in common action to promote decent work throughout the world.
“ Impairment ” shall mean, with respect to any Material Project Document or Government Approval, (a) the rescission, early termination, cancellation,
repeal or invalidity thereof, (b) the suspension or injunction thereof, (c) the inability to satisfy in a timely manner stated conditions to effectiveness thereof or (d) the
amendment, modification or supplement (other than, in the case of a Material Project Document, any such amendment, modification or supplement effected in
accordance with Section 8.20 and, in the case of a Government Approval, any such amendment, modification or supplement effected in accordance with
Section 8.03(b) ) of such Material Project Document or Government Approval in whole or in part. The verb “ Impair ” or “ Impaired ” shall have a correlative
meaning.
“ Indebtedness ” shall mean, for any Person, without duplication: (a) indebtedness created, issued or incurred by such Person for borrowed money
(whether by loan or the issuance and sale of debt securities or the sale of Property of such Person to another Person subject to an understanding or agreement,
contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property of such Person from such Person), (b) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition
price of Property of such Person or services, (c) obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks and other
financial institutions for account of such Person, (d) obligations of such Person in respect of surety bonds or similar instruments, (e) indebtedness of others described
in clauses (a) through (d) above secured by a Lien on the Property of such Person, whether or not the respective indebtedness so secured has been assumed by such
Person, (f) Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (g) net obligations under agreements providing for swaps, ceiling rates, ceiling and floor rates, contingent
participation or other hedging mechanisms with respect to interest rates or currency exchange rates and (h) indebtedness of others described in clauses (a) through
(g) above Guaranteed by such Person.
“ Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.
“ Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.03 .
“ Independent Advisors ” shall mean, collectively, the Independent Engineer, the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant, the Independent
Insurance Consultant, the Independent Market Consultant and the Model Auditor.
“ Independent Engineer ” shall mean Hatch Asociados S.A. or such other Person, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably
acceptable to the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may engage on behalf of the Senior Lenders to act as Independent Engineer for the purposes of this
Agreement.
22
“ Independent Engineer’s Project Completion Certificate ” shall mean a certificate and related attachments and certifications, substantially in the form
of Exhibit C-2 hereto, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Independent Engineer and otherwise duly completed in respect of Project Completion.
“ Independent Environmental and Social Consultant ” shall mean Walsh Perú S.A. or such other Person(s), so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing, reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may engage on behalf of the Senior Lenders to act as Independent Environmental
and Social Consultant for the purposes of this Agreement, including for preparing the Environmental and Social Consultant’s Reports and as contemplated in the
Action Plan.
“ Independent Insurance Consultant ” shall mean Marsh Ltd., or such other Person, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably
acceptable to the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may engage on behalf of the Senior Lenders to act as Independent Insurance Consultant for the purposes of
this Agreement.
“ Independent Market Consultant ” shall mean Mercados Energéticos Consultores, or such other Person, so long as no Default has occurred and is
continuing, reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may engage on behalf of the Senior Lenders to act as Independent Market
Consultant for the purposes of this Agreement.
“ Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date ” shall mean the Quarterly Date immediately succeeding the Actual Project
Acceptance Date; provided that such date may not occur after November 17, 2016; provided that if such date is not a Business Day, it shall be the next succeeding
Business Day.
“ Initial Disbursement Date ” shall mean the first Disbursement Date hereunder when the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that all
of the conditions set forth in Section 6.02 shall have been satisfied (or waived by each Senior Lender).
“ Initial Partial Taking-Over Date ” shall mean the date that the Partial Taking Over Date has occurred under the EPC Contract for the first Generator
Set that can be placed into operation for dispatch by COES.
“ Inkia Pledgor ” shall mean Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda.
“ Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.15(g) .
“ Interconnection Agreement ” shall mean the agreement to be entered into on or before October 25, 2014, by and between the Borrower and
ElectroPeru, or such other acceptable counterparty as approved by the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Supermajority Lenders).
23
“ Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any period, the sum, computed without duplication, of the following: (a) all interest in respect of the Loans accrued
or capitalized during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) plus (b) the net amounts payable (or minus the net amounts receivable) under
Interest Rate Protection Agreements accrued during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period).
“ Interest Payment Date ” shall mean the last day of each Interest Period.
“ Interest Period ” shall mean each period commencing on the date a Senior Loan is made and ending on the next Quarterly Date thereafter (or such
other period as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may agree from time to time), and thereafter each period commencing on the last day of the preceding
Interest Period and ending on the next Quarterly Date thereafter; provided that, on the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date, each Interest
Period in effect at such time shall end on the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date and, thereafter, each Interest Period shall commence on
a Principal Payment Date and end on the next succeeding Principal Payment Date, provided , however , that (i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a
date that is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day unless such succeeding Business Day would fall in the next month, in which case such
Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day, (ii) any Interest Period that would otherwise end after the Final Maturity Date shall end on the
Final Maturity Date, (iii) any Interest Period that would otherwise end after the Tranche D Final Maturity Date shall end on the Tranche D Final Maturity Date,
(iv) during any period while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the term “Interest Period” shall include any period equal to or less than six
(6) months selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time, and (v) each Interest Period shall have a duration of at least five (5) Business Days.
“ Interest Rate Protection Agreement ” shall mean, for any Person, any interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement between such
Person and one or more financial institutions providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate risks either generally or under specific contingencies in form and
substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“ Interest Rate Swap Coordinators ” shall mean one or more Permitted Swap Providers chosen by the Borrower.
“ International Rules ” shall mean (a) the UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol and the Marrakesh Accords, (b) any successor international agreements and (c) any
decisions, guidelines, modalities or procedures binding on the Borrower or on any applicable Government Authority made pursuant to the UNFCCC, Kyoto
Protocol, the Marrakesh Accords or any successor agreements (including decisions of the executive board) and of successor international agreements and which
include those rules specifically required to be met for the issuance, provision, trade, sale or use of CERs.
“ Investment ” shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, Property of such Person, services or securities or otherwise) of capital
stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition
(including any “short sale” or any other sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale), (b) the making of
any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
24
Person (including the purchase of Property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to such
Person, but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days representing the purchase price of inventory or supplies
sold in the ordinary course of business) and (c) the entering into of any Guarantee of, or other contingent obligation with respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of
any other Person.
“ Investment Agreement ” shall mean the Investment Agreement (Contrato de Inversión) dated as of March 8, 2011, by and among the Borrower,
PROINVERSIÓN and MINEM.
“ Investment Agreement Termination Date ” is the date falling 180 days after the date that the milestone “ Fecha de Inicio ” is required to be achieved
pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement.
“ Israel Corporation ” means Israel Corporation Ltd., a company organized and existing under the laws of Israel.
“ Israel Corporation Equity Retention Agreement ” shall mean that certain equity retention agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the
Borrower, Israel Corporation and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 .
“ Israel Corporation Guarantee ” shall mean that certain limited corporate guarantee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Senior Lenders, to be
entered into no later than the Initial Disbursement Date pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement, between Israel
Corporation and the Administrative Agent.
“ Joint Mandated Arrangers ” shall mean each of BBVA Banco Continental, Banco de Crédito del Perú, DEG, FMO, HSBC Bank (USA), National
Association, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Banco Internacional del Perú and Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A., New York Branch.
“ Judgment Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.19(a) .
“ Judgment Currency Conversion Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.19(a) .
“ Kallpa O&M Agreement ” shall mean an operation and maintenance agreement, that may be executed by the Borrower and the Kallpa Operator
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, containing arm’s-length terms and conditions that are satisfactory to the Independent Engineer and the Supermajority
Lenders and consistent with the O&M Framework delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(iii) and containing the performance benchmarks set forth on Schedule 1.01
(B) .
“ Kallpa Operator ” shall mean Kallpa Generación S.A., a sociedad anónima , organized under the laws of Peru, in its capacity as operator under a
Kallpa O&M Agreement.
25
“ Kyoto Protocol ” shall mean the protocol to the UNFCCC adopted at the Third Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC in Kyoto, Japan on
11 December 1997, together with any successor thereto having similar purposes as those sought by it, i.e. GHG Reduction.
“ Land Sale and Purchase Agreements ” shall mean all duly executed public deeds ( escrituras públicas ) of land sale and purchase agreements in
respect of the real property required for the Project Development.
“ Legal Stability Agreement ” shall mean the Legal Stability Agreement (Convenio de Estabilidad Jurídica) dated as of January 20, 2012 by and
among, PROINVERSION, MINEM and the Borrower.
“ Lender Insolvency Event ” shall mean that (a) a Senior Lender or its Parent Company is insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they
become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (b) such Senior
Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator,
intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Senior Lender or its Parent Company, or such Senior Lender or its Parent Company has taken any
action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.
“ Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Senior Lenders and the Tranche C Lenders.
“ LIBO Rate ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or on any successor or
substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of
such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the
London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the
rate for the offering of Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then
the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which Dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by
the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time,
two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. Where this Agreement requires an irregular Interest Period, the Administrative Agent
shall set the applicable LIBO Rate through interpolating available LIBO Rates for periods having terms ending immediately prior to and immediately following such
Interest Period.
“ Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, lease, easement, servitude, security interest,
fiduciary or conditional assignment, sale or transfer or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such Property of such Person. For purposes of this Agreement and the
other Financing Documents, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or
lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement (other than an operating lease) relating to such Property.
26
“ Loans ” means, collectively, the Senior Loans and Tranche C Loans.
“ Loss Proceeds ” shall mean insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or other compensation, awards, damages and other payments or relief
(exclusive, in each case, of the proceeds of liability insurance and any payments for interruption of operations) with respect to any Event of Loss.
“ Loss Proceeds Account ” shall mean the loss proceeds account to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ Luz del Sur ” shall mean, collectively, Luz del Sur S.A.A., Edelnor and Edecañete S.A.
“ Luz del Sur PPA ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Power Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 2011, between Luz del Sur S.A.A. and the
Borrower, (ii) the Power Purchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2011, between Edelnor S.A.A. and the Borrower and (iii) the Power Purchase Agreement, dated
December 22, 2011 between Edecañete S.A. and the Borrower.
“ Majority Lenders ” shall mean, subject to the last paragraph of Section 11.04 , Senior Lenders holding over 50% of the aggregate outstanding Senior
Loans and Senior Loan Commitments (if any).
“ Majority Tranche D Lenders ” shall mean, subject to the last paragraph of Section 11.04 , Tranche D Lenders holding over 50% of the aggregate
outstanding Tranche D Loans and Tranche D Loan Commitments (if any).
“ Margin Stock ” shall mean margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U and Regulation X.
“ Marrakesh Accords ” shall mean Decision 2/CP.7 through to Decision 24/CP.7 inclusive of the Conference of the Parties in its seventh session, held
at Marrakesh, Morocco from 29 October to 10 November 2001.
“ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse effect on one or more of the following: (a) the business, assets, operations or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Project, any Credit Party or Israel Corporation, (b) the ability of any Credit Party, Israel Corporation or Material Project Party to
perform its material obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is a party in accordance with the terms thereof, (c) the validity or enforceability of the
obligations of any Credit Party, Israel Corporation or Material Project Party or the rights of the Administrative Agent or Lenders under this Agreement or under any
other Transaction Document or (d) the validity, enforceability or priority of the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents;
provided that any reference to the Project Sponsor or Israel Corporation in this definition of “Material Adverse Effect” shall only apply prior to the Project
Completion Date.
27
“ Material Project Documents ” shall mean: (a) the EPC Contract, (b) the Concession Agreements, (c) the ElectroPeru PPA, (d) the Investment
Agreement, (e) the Luz del Sur PPA, (f) any Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement, (g) the Legal Stability Agreement, (h) the MINEM Guarantee Agreement, (i) the
Interconnection Agreement, (j) the Land Sale and Purchase Agreements and all other material real estate related agreements or instruments, (k) all Government
Approvals related to the Project, (l) each Project Document in full force and effect as of the Closing Date that is not a Non-Material Project Document, (m) each
Additional Project Document (that is not a Non-Material Project Document), (n) each Guarantee, letter of credit, performance bond, refundment guarantee or credit
support instrument provided in connection with any of the foregoing and (o) any replacement of any of the foregoing agreements or instruments as permitted by this
Agreement.
“ Material Project Parties ” shall mean (a) each Person party to a Material Project Document and (b) each party to a credit support instrument provided
in connection with any Material Project Document, in each case other than the Borrower; provided that the EPC Contractor shall cease being a Material Project Party
upon the expiration of the warranty period provided for in the EPC Contract and the delivery of the Final Acceptance Certificate (as defined in the EPC Contract).
“ Maximum Contingent Equity Contribution ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
“ Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.11 .
“ Mechanics’ Liens ” shall mean carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, construction or other like statutory Liens (other
than Liens described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 8.13 ).
“ MINAM ” shall meant the Ministry of the Environment of Peru.
“ MINEM ” shall mean the Ministry of Energy and Mines of Peru.
“ MINEM Guarantee Agreement ” shall mean the Guarantee Agreement (Contrato de Garantía) dated July 1, 2011 between the Borrower and MINEM
(in relation to the Investment Agreement).
“ Model Auditor ” shall mean Medina, Zaldívar, Paredes & Asociados S. Civil de R.L., an affiliate of Ernst & Young LLP, or such other Person, so
long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, as the Administrative Agent may engage on behalf of the Senior Lenders
to act as Model Auditor for the purposes of this Agreement.
“ Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“ Municipal Building Permit ” shall mean a Government Approval issued pursuant to Ley 29090 ( Ley de regulación de habilitaciones urbanas y de
edificaciones ).
28
“ Municipal Transmission Permit ” shall mean a Government Approval issued pursuant to Ley 27972 (Ley Organica de Municipalidades ).
“ Negative Credit Event ” shall mean, with respect to an Acceptable LC Provider that has issued an Acceptable Letter of Credit, a downgrade in
(including the withdrawal of) the Acceptable LC Provider’s long-term unsecured senior debt rating by S&P or Moody’s such that the Acceptable LC Provider no
longer meets the credit criteria set forth in the definition of “Acceptable LC Provider”.
“ Net Available Amount ” shall mean (a) in the case of any Disposition, the amount of Net Cash Payments received in connection with such
Disposition and (b) in the case of any Event of Loss, the aggregate amount of Loss Proceeds received by the Borrower in respect of an Event of Loss net of
(i) reasonable expenses incurred by the Borrower in connection with the collection of such Loss Proceeds and (ii) and net of any repayments by the Borrower of
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.16(a)(iii) , including any prepayment premium thereon, to the extent that such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the
property that is the subject of such Event of Loss.
“ Net Cash Payments ” shall mean, with respect to any Disposition, the aggregate amount of all cash payments, and the fair market value of any non-
cash consideration, received by the Borrower directly or indirectly in connection with such Disposition; provided that (a) Net Cash Payments shall be net of (i) the
amount of any legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses paid by the Borrower in connection with such Disposition and
(ii) any Taxes estimated to be payable to a Taxing Authority by the Borrower as a result of such Disposition (but only to the extent that such estimated Taxes are in
fact paid to the relevant Government Authority within one year of the date of such Disposition); provided that any portion of the Taxes contemplated in this clause
(a)(ii) that are not paid within 30 days of receipt of the proceeds of such Disposition will become Net Cash Payments at the earlier of (x) the time at which it is
determined that such Taxes are not payable and (y) the end of such period, (b) Net Cash Payments shall be net of any repayments by the Borrower of Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Section 8.16(a)(iii) , including any prepayment premium thereon, to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the property
that is the subject of such Disposition and (ii) the transferee of (or holder of a Lien on) such property requires that such Indebtedness be repaid as a condition to the
purchase of such property and (c) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (i) the sale price of property Disposed of established in accordance with the Borrower’s
Accounting Principles and (ii) any liabilities associated with such property and retained by the Borrower after the Disposition thereof, including liabilities related to
environmental matters or indemnification obligations associated with such transaction; provided that any portion of the reserves or liabilities contemplated by this
clause (c) that are later reversed or canceled will become Net Cash Payments at the time of such reversal or cancellation.
“ Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Senior Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender.
29
“ Non-Material Project Documents ” shall mean (a) contracts or agreements entered into by the Borrower, or by an agent on behalf of the Borrower, in
the ordinary course of its business in connection with the Project (excluding any contracts or agreements for the transfer, use by any Person or sale of Credits) under
which the Borrower could not reasonably be expected to have aggregate obligations or liabilities in excess of $4,000,000 per calendar year or $10,000,000 in the
aggregate under any such agreement (or series of agreements with the same counterparty), (b) the VAT Investment Contract or (c) contracts or agreements that are
used in connection with the acquisition and/or disposition of Permitted Investments.
“ Note Completion Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(a) .
“ Notes ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(a) .
“ Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.05 .
“ Notice of Cessation ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01 .
“ Nuevo Soles ” means the lawful money of Peru.
“ O&M Framework ” shall mean documentation satisfactory to each Lender (in consultation with the Independent Engineer), with respect to the terms
and conditions to be included in any Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and addressing, at a
minimum, the following matters: (a) the operating protocol and scope of work, (b) fee structure (including the bonus/penalty structure and cost reimbursements),
(c) compliance with the E&S Management System and the Action Plan, (d) termination provisions, (e) insurance to be held by the Operator, (f) warranties and
(g) indemnification provisions.
“ Obligation Currency ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.19(a) .
“ OECD Country ” shall mean, at any time, any nation that is a member of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development at such time.
“ OFAC List ” shall mean the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (and any successor to this list), as published by the United
States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Asset Control from time to time, and available on the Internet at the following website:
http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/t11sdn.pdf or any official successor website.
“ Offshore Assignment of Reinsurance Proceeds ” shall mean that certain deed of assignment, substantially in the form of Exhibit M , to be entered into
among the Borrower, the Trustee and insurance companies providing the insurance set forth on Schedule 8.05 with respect to assignment of proceeds of reinsurance.
“ Offshore Collateral Accounts ” shall mean the offshore collateral accounts established in New York, New York pursuant to the terms of the Collateral
Agency and Depositary Agreement.
30
“ Offshore Collateral Agency Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(c)(i) .
“ Offshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the Offshore Collateral
Agent and the Depositary with respect to certain fees payable by the Borrower for the account of such Agents.
“ Offshore Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
“ Onshore Collateral Accounts ” shall mean the onshore collateral accounts established pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement and the Trust Agreement.
“ Onshore Collateral Agency Fee ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(c)(ii) .
“ Onshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Borrower and the Onshore
Collateral Agent with respect to certain fees payable by the Borrower for the account of the Onshore Collateral Agent.
“ Onshore Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.
“ Onshore Distribution Accounts ” shall mean the onshore distribution accounts to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement and the Trust Agreement.
“ Onshore Revenue Accounts ” shall mean the onshore revenue accounts to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement
and the Trust Agreement.
“ Operating and Capital Budget ” shall mean, a budget, prepared and certified by the Borrower, and approved in accordance with Section 8.21 , of
Operation and Maintenance Expenses, Spot Market Expenses and Permitted Capital Expenditures expected to be incurred by the Borrower, together with projected
Project Revenues and Spot Revenues to be received by the Borrower, during the relevant Fiscal Year to which such budget applies.
“ Operation and Maintenance Expenses ” shall mean, for any period with respect to the Project, the sum, computed without duplication, of the
following: (a) general and administrative expenses plus (b) payroll and other expenses for operating the Project and maintaining it in good repair and operating
condition payable during such period plus (c) insurance costs payable during such period plus (d) applicable Taxes payable by the Borrower during such period plus
(e) costs and fees attendant to the obtaining and maintaining in effect the Government Approvals payable during such period plus (f) legal, accounting and other
professional fees attendant to any of the foregoing items payable during such period plus (g) any fees and expenses of the Secured Parties during such period not
included in Debt Service plus (h) the reasonable costs of administration and enforcement of the Transaction Documents
31
plus (i) all other costs and expenses included in the applicable Operating and Capital Budget. “Operation and Maintenance Expenses” shall exclude: (i) payments
into any of the Project Accounts during such period, (ii) payments of any kind with respect to Restricted Payments during such period, (iii) depreciation for such
period, (iv) any Permitted Capital Expenditures made during such period that are properly chargeable to fixed capital accounts for such period in accordance with the
Borrower’s Accounting Principles and which exceed the Permitted Capital Expenditures for such period and (v) any payments of any kind with respect to any
permitted Restoration during such period.
“ Operator ” shall mean, at any date, the Kallpa Operator, the Borrower, in its capacity as Operator under the Borrower O&M Plan or any other third-
party operator party to any Acceptable Non-Affiliate O&M Arrangement.
“ OSINERGMIN ” means the Electricity Regulator, called National Office of Supervision of Investment in Energy and Mining, regulated by Law
26734 and 27332, as heretofore and hereafter amended ( Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía y Minería ).
“ Other Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, execution, recording or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies arising from any payment made under any Financing Document or from the execution, delivery, recording or enforcement of, payments
under, or otherwise with respect to, any Financing Document.
“ P50 Production ” means the production volume based on the P50 one (1) year confidence levels where P50 represents a 50% probability that the
energy generation will be equal to or greater than this value as represented from the historical hydrological record used by the Independent Engineer.
“ P95 Production ” means the production volume based on the P95 one (1) year confidence levels where P95 represents a 95% probability that the
energy generation will be equal to or greater than this value as represented from the historical hydrological record used by the Independent Engineer.
“ Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Senior Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of
such Senior Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares of such Senior Lender.
“ Partial Taking-Over Certificate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Partial Taking-Over Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Participant ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.06(c) .
“ Payor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06 .
32
“ Performance LD Account ” shall mean the performance liquidated damages account to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and
Depositary Agreement.
“ Performance Standards ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the IFC Performance Standards and (b) the World Commission on Dams, Dams and
Development: A New Framework for Decision-Making, dated November 2000; copies of which have been delivered to and receipt of which has been acknowledged
by the Borrower, the Operator and the Project Sponsor.
“ Performance Test Report ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.26(b).
“ Performance Tests ” shall mean the testing procedures, requirements, conditions and obligations required under the EPC Contract.
“ Permitted Capital Expenditures ” shall mean Capital Expenditures that are specified for such purpose in the Operating and Capital Budget.
“ Permitted Indebtedness ” shall mean the Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.16 .
“ Permitted Investments ” shall mean the Investments permitted under Section 8.14 .
“ Permitted Liens ” shall mean the Liens permitted under Section 8.13 .
“ Permitted Swap Agreement ” shall mean any (a) Interest Rate Protection Agreement between the Borrower and any Permitted Swap Provider or
(b) Currency Rate Protection Agreement between the Borrower and any Permitted Swap Provider, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent on behalf of the Senior Lenders; provided , however , the obligations under any Permitted Swap Agreement shall rank pari passu with the
other Secured Obligations under this Agreement.
“ Permitted Swap Provider ” shall mean any Person that is a Senior Lender or an Affiliate of a Senior Lender at the time of entering into a Permitted
Swap Agreement.
“ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, joint venture, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated organization or Government Authority.
“ Peru ” shall mean the Republic of Perú.
“ Peruvian General Bankruptcy Act ” shall mean the Peruvian General Bankruptcy Act ( Ley General del Sistema Concursal ), duly approved by Law
27809, as heretofore and hereafter amended or replaced.
“ Peruvian Income Tax Act ” shall mean the Peruvian Income Tax Act ( Ley del Impuesto a la Renta ), duly approved by Supreme Decree No. 179-
2004-EF, as heretofore and hereafter amended or replaced.
33
“ Peruvian Pledge Act ” shall mean the Peruvian Pledge Act ( Ley de la Garantía Mobiliaria ), duly approved by Law 28677, as heretofore and
hereafter amended or replaced. “ Peruvian Public Registry ” shall mean the Peruvian Public Registry, regulated by Law 26366, as heretofore and hereafter amended.
“ Peruvian Value Added Tax Act ” shall mean the Peruvian Value Added Tax Act ( Ley del Impuesto General a las Ventas ), duly approved by
Supreme Decree No. 055-99-EF, as heretofore and hereafter amended or replaced.
“ Pledgors ” shall mean as of the Closing Date, collectively, the Inkia Pledgor and the Quimpac Pledgor, at any time thereafter, any new
members/shareholders of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Financing Documents.
“ Post-Default Rate ” shall mean 2.00% above the interest rate for such Loan as provided in Section 3.02 .
“ Potential Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, (a) any Senior Lender with respect to which an event of the kind referred to in the definition of “
Lender Insolvency Event ” has occurred and is continuing in respect of any Affiliate of such Senior Lender, (b) any Senior Lender that has notified, or whose Parent
Company or an Affiliate thereof has notified, the Administrative Agent or the Borrower in writing, or has stated publicly, that it does not intend to comply with its
Funding Obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other similar financing agreement or (c) any Senior Lender that has, or whose Parent
Company has, a non-investment grade rating from Moody’s or S&P or another nationally recognized rating agency. Any determination by the Administrative Agent
that a Senior Lender is a Potential Defaulting Lender under any of clauses (a) through (c) above will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such
Senior Lender will be deemed a Potential Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 4.08(d) ) upon notification of such determination by the Administrative Agent to the
Borrower and the Lenders.
“ Powers of Attorney ” shall mean, collectively, the irrevocable powers of attorney to be granted or required to be granted in favor of the Onshore
Collateral Agent pursuant to each Security Document granted under Peruvian law, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Majority Lenders.
“ PPA ” shall mean, collectively, the ElectroPeru PPA, the Luz del Sur PPA and any additional contractual power sales arrangement that is acceptable
to the Supermajority Lenders taking into consideration the material terms and conditions therein, including, (a) the tenor, (b) counterparty, (b) price (including
capacity and energy payments), (c) termination provisions, (d) performance security and (e) collateral assignment rights.
“ Prepayment Account ” shall mean the prepayment account to be established pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest from time to time publicly announced by the Wall Street Journal as its prime rate for US Dollar loans in
the United States; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced.
34
“ Principal Payment Dates ” shall mean, (a) with respect to Tranche A Loans, the Tranche A Principal Payment Dates, (b) with respect to Tranche B
Loans, the Final Maturity Date, (c) with respect to Tranche C Loans, the date that is one year after the Tranche D Final Maturity Date and (d) with respect to
Tranche D Loans, the Tranche D Principal Payment Dates.
“ Process Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.08 .
“ Process Agent Acceptance ” means a letter from the Process Agent to the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit J or any other
form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“ Production Unit Mortgage Agreement ” shall mean the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement ( Contrato de Hipoteca sobre Unidad de Producción),
to be entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date, between the Borrower and the Onshore Collateral Agent, executed before a Notary Public and to be
registered in the Peruvian Public Registry on or prior to the Initial Disbursement Date.
“ Prohibited Activities ” shall mean those activities listed on Appendix D .
“ PROINVERSION ” shall mean the Agencia de Promoción de la Inversión Privada—Perú .
“ Project ” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals.
“ Project Accounts ” shall mean the Onshore Collateral Accounts and the Offshore Collateral Accounts.
“ Project Completion ” shall mean the following conditions have been satisfied, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent (acting at the direction of the Supermajority Lenders), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed:
(a) the Actual Project Acceptance Date shall have occurred under the EPC Contract and the Borrower shall have delivered the Final Acceptance
Certificate to the EPC Contractor;
(b) (i) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Independent Engineer the Project Completion
Certificate in respect of the Project and (ii) the Independent Engineer shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent the Independent Engineer’s Project
Completion Certificate in respect of the Project;
(c) (i) no default or event of default related to non compliance with technical requirements or construction deadlines set forth in the Definitive
Generation Concession Agreement, the Investment Agreement, the PPAs, the Interconnection Agreement or the Transmission Concession Agreement that permits a
counterparty to terminate such agreement in accordance with the terms of such agreement and (ii) to the Borrower’s Knowledge, there is no actual or pending threat
to rescind, revoke or terminate the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement, the Investment Agreement, the PPAs, the Interconnection Agreement or the
Transmission Concession Agreement;
35
(d) all costs and expenses necessary for the completion of construction in accordance with the Project Construction Budget and Schedule shall have
been paid, including any payments of performance and delay-related damages under the EPC Contract, except those amounts being Contested as of such date and
other amounts not in excess of $5,000,000;
(e) certificates of insurance with respect to the insurance policies required by Section 8.05 in respect of the Project, together with evidence of the
payment of all premiums therefor which are then due and payable, shall have been delivered;
(f) all Government Approvals then required for the Project Development, and listed on Schedule 7.05(c) and (d) (as updated from time to time as
mutually agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent), shall have been validly issued, duly obtained and are in full force and effect, and
held in the name of the Borrower or the Operator (as applicable) and are free from conditions or requirements for compliance which the Borrower or the Operator (as
applicable) has not satisfied;
(g) the Borrower has not received any written notice from (or on behalf of) the Government Authority having jurisdiction that any Government
Approval or Government Rule, in each case applicable to the Borrower and the Project, is subject to appeal, modification or revocation that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(h) there shall not exist any Default or Event of Default hereunder;
(i) the Debt Service Reserve Account shall have on deposit, or there shall be one or more Acceptable Letters of Credit delivered to the Offshore
Collateral Agent in (or a combination thereof), an amount equal to Required Debt Service Reserve Amount;
(j) (x) the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant shall have confirmed in writing that the Borrower and the Operator are in compliance with
the Environmental and Social Standards and the Action Plan and have achieved each of the requirements set forth in the Action Plan that are required to be
completed as a condition precedent to Project Completion and (y) the Project has been constructed in a manner consistent with and in compliance with the
Environmental and Social Standards; and
(k) the Borrower shall have delivered an Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement and the Operator thereunder shall have mobilized on site with trained,
experienced and competent personnel in accordance with such Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement.
“ Project Completion Certificate ” shall mean the Project Completion Certificate and related attachments and certifications, substantially in the form of
Exhibit C-1 , executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and otherwise duly completed in respect of Project Completion.
36
“ Project Completion Date ” shall mean the date on which the Project Completion occurs.
“ Project Construction Budget and Schedule ” shall mean (a) a budget setting forth, on a monthly basis, the timing and amount of all projected
payments of Project Costs to construct the Project from the Closing Date through the Required Project Completion Date and (b) a schedule (which shall be
consistent with the budget in clause (a) ) setting forth the proposed design, engineering, procurement, construction and testing milestone schedule for the Project
Development through the Required Project Completion Date, as certified by the Borrower, consistent with the requirements of the Transaction Documents and the
Base Case Forecast or the Updated Base Case Forecast, as applicable, reviewed and approved by, and in form and substance satisfactory to, the Independent
Engineer.
“ Project Costs ” shall mean all costs incurred by the Borrower to achieve Project Completion in the manner contemplated by (and consistent with) the
Transaction Documents and in each case (a) as described in the Base Case Forecast or the Updated Base Case Forecast, as applicable, and (b) set forth in the budget
described in clause (a) of the definition of “Project Construction Budget and Schedule”, or otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders, in consultation with the
Independent Engineer, which costs include, without duplication:
(i) costs incurred by the Borrower under the EPC Contract, and other costs directly related to the design, engineering, procurement, construction,
installation, start-up, and testing of the Project;
(ii) costs, fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the Project Development, including financial, accounting, legal,
surveying and consulting fees, the costs of preliminary engineering, payments made in respect of the purchase of real property and easements rights and payments
(including donations) required to be made to the municipalities, regional government, communities, indigenous peoples or ethnic groups located near the Project;
(iii) Interest Expense, fees and expenses under the Financing Documents incurred until the Actual Project Acceptance Date (including such Interest
Expense incurred pursuant to the VAT early recovery regime ( régimen de recuperación anticipada de IGV );
(iv) the net amounts payable (or minus the net amounts receivable) under Currency Rate Protection Agreements actually paid during such period;
(v) Taxes (including (x) any VAT that was paid by, or on behalf, the Borrower prior to the date of the VAT Investment Contract and (y) any amounts
that the Borrower shall not be entitled to recover pursuant to the VAT early recovery regime ( régimen de recuperación anticipada de IGV ) minus (z) VAT
reimbursed to the Project pursuant to Section 3.08(b) of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement);
(vi) insurance required for the Project Development set forth in Section 8.05 ;
(vii) costs incurred for commissioning, conducting the Performance Tests for, and operation of, the Project prior to the Actual Project Acceptance Date;
37
(viii) Final Costs; and
(ix) Eligible Costs.
“ Project Development ” shall mean the development and construction of the Project, the scope and cost of which shall be set forth in the Project
Construction Budget and Schedule and shall include the contingencies contemplated therein.
“ Project Documents ” shall mean each Material Project Document, Non-Material Project Document and Additional Project Document.
“ Project Party ” shall mean each Person from time to time party to a Project Document.
“ Project Revenues ” shall mean, for any period with respect to the Project, (a) all ordinary course cash revenues received by the Borrower pursuant to
any PPA, (b) any payments received for interruption of operations during such period, (c) Spot Capacity Revenues, (d) Spot Energy Revenues, (e) the proceeds of
sales of Credits and (f) all other ordinary course income or revenue, however earned or received, by the Borrower (with respect to the Project) during such period,
including any Government Authority incentives received as tax credits, tax deductions or otherwise but only to the extent, and when, realized by the Borrower in
cash. Project Revenues shall exclude (i) net amounts receivable under Permitted Swap Agreements earned in respect of the Project, (ii) the Net Available Amount in
respect of an Event of Loss and (iii) amounts received under physical loss or damage insurance policies.
“ Project Sponsor ” shall mean Inkia Energy Limited, a company organized under the laws of Bermuda.
“ Property ” shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible.
“ Quarterly Date ” shall mean each August 17, November 17, February 17 and May 17.
“ Quarterly Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as at any calculation date, for the period of one (1) quarterly fiscal period then most recently
ended (or any other period referred to in this Agreement for which this ratio is required to be calculated), the ratio of (a) Cash Flow Available for Debt Service and
(b) Debt Service for such period.
“ Quarterly Period ” shall mean each period ending on a Quarterly Date.
“ Quimpac Pledgor ” shall mean, as of the Closing Date, Energía del Pacífico , S.A., a sociedad anónima , organized under the laws of Peru.
“ Rate Determination Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01 .
38
“ Regulation A ” shall mean Regulation A of the Board (or any successor) as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to
“ Regulation D ” shall mean Regulation D of the Board (or any successor) as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to
“ Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board (or any successor) as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to
“ Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board (or any successor) as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time to
time.
time.
time.
time.
“ Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration of any
Hazardous Material into or within the indoor or outdoor environment or any portion thereof, including the movement of such Hazardous Material through ambient
indoor or outdoor air, soil, surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata.
“ Required COD Trigger Date ” shall mean the date that is the later of (a) March 31, 2016 and (b) the date that is three (3) months prior to the
Investment Agreement Termination Date.
“ Required Debt Service Reserve Amount ” shall mean on the Actual Project Acceptance Date and on each Principal Payment Date thereafter until and
including the Final Maturity Date and the Tranche D Final Maturity Date, an amount equal to the aggregate of the scheduled principal set forth in Appendices B-1
and B-2 and scheduled Interest Expense (taking into account any fixed rate hedging and using the then current LIBO Rate to the extent not hedged) projected to be
due and payable in the next six (6) months.
“ Required Equity Contribution ” shall mean Equity equal to no less than thirty-five percent (35%) of Base Case Total Project Costs to be provided to
the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement.
“ Required Final Taking-Over Date ” shall mean the date that is three (3) months after the Scheduled Final Taking-Over Date.
“ Required Project Completion Date ” shall mean December 31, 2016.
“ Required Payment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06 .
“ Restoration ” shall mean, with respect to any Affected Property, to rebuild, repair, restore or replace such Affected Property.
“ Restricted Payment ” shall mean (a) all dividends or distributions by the Borrower (in cash, Property of the Borrower or obligations) on, or other
payments or distributions on account of, or the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
acquisition by the Borrower of, any portion
39
of any Equity Interest in the Borrower and (b) all payments (in cash, Property of the Borrower or obligations) of principal of, interest on and other amounts with
respect to, or other payments on account of, or the setting apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or the purchase, redemption, retirement or other
acquisition by the Borrower of Subordinated Shareholder Loans or Tranche C Loans; provided that any payment made by the Borrower to the Kallpa Operator as
consideration for services rendered under the Kallpa O&M Agreement shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.
“ Restricted Payment Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.12 .
“ S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.
“ SACE ” shall mean SACE S.p.A. – Servizi Assicurativi del Commercio Estero, a società per azioni organized under the laws of the Republic of Italy.
“ SACE Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
“ SACE Agreed Exchange Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
“ SACE Facility Payment Request ” shall mean that certificate attached as Appendix III to the Borrowing Certificate.
“ SACE Policy ” shall mean that certain insurance policy, dated on or about the date hereof and in any case no later than the Initial Disbursement Date,
issued by SACE in favor of the Tranche D Lenders.
“ SACE Premium ” shall have the meaning set forth in the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
“ SACE Reimbursement Agreement ” shall mean that certain reimbursement agreement, dated on or before the date of the SACE Policy, among the
Borrower, SACE, the SACE Agent and the Tranche D Lenders.
“ Sanction List ” shall mean any of the sanction lists of the European Union, the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Asset
Control and/or the United Nations Security Council and made pursuant to United Nations Security Council resolutions under Chapter VII of the UN Charter (each as
amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time) and which includes, without limitation, the OFAC List and the European Union Restrictions List.
“ Sanctionable Practice ” shall mean any Corrupt Practice, Fraudulent Practice, Coercive Practice, Collusive Practice, or Obstructive Practice, as those
terms are defined and interpreted in accordance with the anti-corruption guidelines listed in Appendix C .
40
“ SCADA ” shall mean a supervisory control and data acquisition system for control and data collection in respect of the continuous operation and
monitoring of the Project.
“ Scheduled Final Taking-Over Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the EPC Contract.
“ Secured Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date, the sum, computed without duplication, of the following: (a) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the Senior Loans plus all accrued but unpaid interest on such amount plus (b) all other amounts from time to time payable by any Credit Party or Israel
Corporation to any Secured Party under the Financing Documents (including the Permitted Swap Agreements) plus accrued interest on such amounts plus (c) any
and all obligations of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the performance of its
agreements, covenants or undertakings under or in respect of any Financing Document.
“ Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent (solely in its capacity as agent to the Senior Lenders), the Collateral Agents, the Trustee, each
Senior Lender and each Permitted Swap Provider.
“ Secured Party Addition Agreement ” shall mean an accession agreement to be entered into by any Permitted Swap Provider pursuant to the terms of
the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ Security Documents ” shall mean each Consent and Agreement, the Asset Pledge Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Collateral Agency and
Depositary Agreement, each Share Pledge Agreement, the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement, the Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement, the
Transmission Concession Mortgage Agreement, Powers of Attorney, Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position Agreement, Conditional
Assignment of Contractual Position Agreement, each Secured Party Addition Agreement, Offshore Assignment of Reinsurance Proceeds, any such other security
agreement, control agreement, patent and trademark assignment, lease assignment and other similar agreement securing the Secured Obligations between any Person
and either Collateral Agent or the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and all financing statements, agreements or other instruments to be filed in respect of the
Liens created under each such agreement.
“ Senior Lender ” shall mean any Lender with a Tranche A Loan Commitment, Tranche B Loan Commitment or Tranche D Loan Commitment.
“ Senior Loan Commitments ” shall mean, collectively, the Tranche A Loan Commitments, the Tranche B Loan Commitments and the Tranche D Loan
Commitments.
“ Senior Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Tranche A Loans, Tranche B Loans and the Tranche D Loans.
“ Share Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the pledge agreement entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date by the Pledgors holding, collectively,
100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower on such date, the Borrower and the Onshore Collateral Agent and any additional members/shareholders of the
Borrower that become party to such agreement after the Initial Disbursement Date.
41
“ Shareholders’ Agreement ” shall mean the shareholders’ agreement, to be entered into prior to the Initial Disbursement Date, among the Pledgors.
“ Shareholder Contributions ” shall mean contributions of capital in the form of equity or Subordinated Shareholder Loans, which the Pledgors or the
Project Sponsor provide pursuant to the Equity Contribution and Retention Agreement or otherwise, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower.
“ Spot Capacity Revenues ” shall mean, for any period with respect to the Project, all revenues resulting from sales of capacity on the Spot Market.
“ Spot Energy Revenues ” shall mean, for any period with respect to the Project, all revenues resulting from sales of energy on the Spot Market.
“ Spot Market ” shall mean, the short term spot market in Peru for the sale of capacity and energy, operated by COES pursuant to Ley 28832 ( Ley para
asegurar el Desarollo Eficiente de la Generación Eléctrica ).
“ Spot Market Expenses ” shall mean, for any period with respect to the Project, all amounts expended by the Borrower in connection with the purchase
of capacity and energy on the Spot Market, including all costs of water rights, plus all other applicable expenses, costs or taxes resulting from the Project’s
participation in the Spot Market or the Interconnected Electrical System (Sistema Eléctrico Interconectado Nacional—SEIN) , such as transmission tolls, ancillary
services and any contributions to COES.
“ Spot Revenues ” shall mean, collectively, Spot Capacity Revenues and Spot Energy Revenues.
“ Subordinated Shareholder Loans ” shall mean contributions of capital in the form of unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower which the Pledgors,
Project Sponsor or Kallpa Generación S.A. provide, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower, on terms and conditions which make the payment of principal and
interest available only from funds which are available to be distributed as Restricted Payments when the conditions for the making of Restricted Payments have been
satisfied and for which the relevant subordinated lender has executed a subordination agreement, containing the terms of subordination set forth in Exhibit D , and
has pledged its rights thereunder to the Secured Parties.
“ Subordination Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Tranche C Subordination Agreement and (b) any subordination agreement entered into
from time to time with any other lender providing Subordinated Shareholder Loans or any other unsecured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.16 to the
Borrower during the term of this Agreement, in each case on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Senior Lenders.
42
“ Subsidiary ” shall mean, for any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership
interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation,
partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation,
partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or
Controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
“ Substitute Basis ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01 .
“ Substitute Basis Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01 .
“ Supermajority Lenders ” shall mean, subject to the last paragraph of Section 11.04 , Senior Lenders holding over 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding Senior Loans and Senior Loan Commitments (if any).
“ Syndication Fee Letter ” shall mean the amended and restated letter agreement, dated as the date hereof, between the Borrower and certain Senior
Lenders party thereto with respect to certain fees payable by the Borrower for the account of such Senior Lenders.
“ Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all present or future taxes, assessments, imposts, deductions, fees, duties, withholdings, or other
governmental charges or levies imposed directly or indirectly on such Person or its income, profits or sales or Property by any Taxing Authority, including any
interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“ Taxing Authority ” shall mean any national, federal, state, municipal, local, territorial, or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau,
agency, regulatory authority, instrumentality, entity, person, judicial or administrative body that is responsible for the levying and collection of Taxes.
“ Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which (a) the Administrative Agent, the SACE Agent, the Collateral Agents and the other Secured Parties
shall have received final indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts owing to the Agents and the other Secured
Parties under the Financing Documents (other than inchoate obligations not yet due), (b) all Senior Loan Commitments shall have terminated, expired or been
reduced to zero and (c) each Permitted Swap Agreement entered into with a Permitted Swap Provider and which agreements would constitute Secured Obligations,
shall have terminated or expired, except as the Borrower and such Permitted Swap Provider shall have otherwise agreed.
“ Terrorism Order ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.27(a) .
“ Tranche A Lender ” shall mean any Lender with a Tranche A Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche A Loan ” shall mean any extension of credit made by a Lender pursuant to its Tranche A Loan Commitment.
43
“ Tranche A Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender at any time, the amount set forth next to such Lender’s name on Appendix A
hereto under the heading “Tranche A Loan Commitment”, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche A
Loan Commitment, as applicable, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.03 or adjusted pursuant to Section 11.06 , the sum of
which shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Tranche A Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche A Loan Commitment Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the
termination of all Tranche A Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 9.01 , (ii) the Project Completion Date and (iii) the Required Project
Completion Date.
“ Tranche A Principal Payment Date ” shall mean the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date and each Quarterly Date
thereafter (including the Final Maturity Date), or if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if there is no numerically
corresponding date in any given calendar month during which a Tranche A Principal Payment Date would otherwise occur in accordance with the foregoing, the
applicable Tranche A Principal Payment Date shall be deemed to occur on the last Business Day of the appropriate calendar month.
“ Tranche B Loan ” shall mean any extension of credit made by a Lender pursuant to its Tranche B Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche B Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender at any time, the amount set forth next to such Lender’s name on Appendix A
hereto under the heading “Tranche B Loan Commitment”, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche B
Loan Commitment, as applicable, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.03 or adjusted pursuant to Section 11.06 , the sum of
which shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Tranche B Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche B Loan Commitment Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the
termination of all Tranche B Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 9.01 , (ii) the Project Completion Date and (iii) the Required Project
Completion Date.
“ Tranche C Lenders ” shall mean Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited and Energía del Pacífico S.A., in their capacity as Lenders under this Agreement.
“ Tranche C Loan ” shall mean any extension of credit made by a Tranche C Lender pursuant to its Tranche C Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche C Loan Commitment ” shall mean with respect to each Lender at any time, the amount set forth next to such Lender’s name on Appendix A
hereto under the heading “Tranche C Loan Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.03 or adjusted pursuant to
Section 11.06 , the sum of which shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment.
44
“ Tranche C Loan Commitment Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the
termination of all Tranche C Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 9.01 , (ii) the Project Completion Date and (iii) the Required Project
Completion Date.
“ Tranche C Subordination Agreement ” shall mean a subordination agreement, dated as of the Closing Date and containing the terms of subordination
set forth in Exhibit D , by and among the Administrative Agent, the Offshore Collateral Agent and the Tranche C Lenders.
“ Tranche D Final Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is fifteen (15) years from the Closing Date; provided that if such date is not a Business Day,
the “Tranche D Final Maturity Date” shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.
“ Tranche D Lender ” shall mean any Lender with a Tranche D Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche D Loan ” shall mean any extension of credit made by a Lender pursuant to its Tranche D Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche D Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender at any time, the amount set forth next to such Lender’s name on Appendix A
hereto under the heading “Tranche D Loan Commitment – Part A” and “Tranche D Loan Commitment – Part B”, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to
which such Lender shall have assumed its Tranche D Loan Commitment, as applicable, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.03
or adjusted pursuant to Section 11.06 , the sum of which shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Tranche A Loan Commitment.
“ Tranche D Loan Commitment Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the
termination of all Tranche D Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section 9.01, (ii) the Project Completion Date and (iii) the Required Project
Completion Date.
“ Tranche D Principal Payment Date ” shall mean the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date and each Quarterly Date
thereafter (including the Tranche D Final Maturity Date), or if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if there is no
numerically corresponding date in any given calendar month during which a Tranche D Principal Payment Date would otherwise occur in accordance with the
foregoing, the applicable Tranche D Principal Payment Date shall be deemed to occur on the last Business Day of the appropriate calendar month.
“ Transaction Documents ” shall mean each Financing Document and each Project Document.
45
“ Transmission Concession ” shall mean the definitive concession for the transmission of electricity from the Project to the Interconnected Electrical
System (Sistema Eléctrico Interconectado Nacional—SEIN) through the Transmission Line to be granted by Supreme Resolution.
“ Transmission Concession Agreement ” shall mean the Transmission Concession Agreement (Contrato de Concesión Definitiva de Transmisión de
Energía Eléctrica) to be entered into between the Borrower and MINEM, for the Transmission Concession.
“ Transmission Concession Mortgage Agreement ” shall mean the Transmission Concession Mortgage Agreement (Contrato de Hipoteca sobre
Concesión Definitiva de Transmisión) , substantially in the form of Exhibit L , to be entered into between the Borrower and Onshore Collateral Agent, executed
before a notary public and to be registered in the Peruvian Public Registry.
“ Transmission Line ” shall mean the transmission line that shall connect the Project to the Campo Armiño substation as set forth in the Transmission
Plan.
“ Transmission Plan ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 6.01(e)(iv) .
“ Trust Agreement ” shall mean the Trust Agreement (Contrato de Fideicomiso en Administración y Garantía) , to be entered into prior to the Initial
Disbursement Date, by and among, the Borrower and the Trustee, executed before a notary public in Peru and to be registered in the Peruvian Public Registry prior
to the Initial Disbursement Date.
“ Trustee ” shall mean Scotiabank Peru, S.A.A., appointed pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
“ Trustee Fee ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.04(c)(iii) .
“ Trustee Fee Letter ” shall mean the letter agreement, dated no later than the Closing Date, between the Borrower and the Trustee with respect to
certain fees payable by the Borrower for the account of the Trustee.
“ UNFCC ” shall mean the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
“ United States ” and “ U.S. ” shall mean the United States of America.
“ Unsecured Accounts ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
“ Updated Base Case Forecast ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 8.01(i) .
“ Upfront Fee Letter ” shall mean that certain fee letter entered into among the Joint Mandated Arrangers and the Borrower dated as of the Closing
Date.
46
“ USA PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the anti-money laundering provisions of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools
Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (October 26, 2001) amending the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq .
“ USD ”, “ US$ ”, “ $ ” or “ Dollars ” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
“ Use ” shall mean the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, handling, use, treatment, recycling, storage, disposal, arrangement for or
permitting the disposal, transportation or Release of any Hazardous Material.
“ VAT ” shall mean value added tax as provided for in the Peruvian Value Added Tax Act and any other Tax of a similar nature.
“ VAT Investment Contract ” shall mean that certain investment contract ( Contrato de Inversión ), dated as of February 2, 2012, among the Borrower,
MINEM and PROINVERSION, executed under Legislative Decree No. 973 as a requirement to apply for the VAT early recovery regime ( régimen de recuperación
anticipada de IGV ).
1.02 Accounting Terms and Determinations .
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all accounting terms used in this Agreement shall be interpreted, and all financial
statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the Lenders under this Agreement shall (unless otherwise disclosed to the
Lenders in writing at the time of delivery in the manner described in subsection (b) below) be prepared, in accordance with Accounting Principles, as in effect from
time to time, including applicable statements, bulletins and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board or the International Accounting
Standards Board, and all calculations made for the purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement) be made by application of Accounting Principles; provided , however , that if any financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with the
Accounting Principles that are not the same as the Accounting Principles used for the preparation of the financial statements for the preceding applicable period (to
the extent such change has a material effect) or if any calculations shall be made for the purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement on a basis that is
not the same in any material respect as was used for purposes of determining compliance for the preceding applicable period, then, upon request by the
Administrative Agent, the financial statements for the comparable prior period shall be restated and the calculations re-made as specified above to enable a
comparison to be made with such prior period; provided , further , that the restatement and remaking of such calculations shall be made solely for comparison
purposes and shall not result in any finding of non-compliance hereunder.
(b) To enable the consistent determination of compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower will not change the last day of its Fiscal Year
from December 31 of each year, or the last days of the first three fiscal quarters in each of its Fiscal Years from March 31, June 30 and September 30 of each year,
respectively, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
47
1.03 Certain Principles of Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, the singular includes the plural and plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to statutes or regulations are to be construed as including all statutory or regulatory provisions
consolidating, amending or replacing the statute or regulation referred to; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of
reproducing words in a tangible visible form; the words “including,” “includes” and “include” shall be deemed to be followed in each instance by the words “without
limitation”; references to articles, sections (or subdivisions of sections), exhibits, annexes or schedules are to this Agreement (unless otherwise specified); references
to agreements and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, extensions and other modifications and substitutions thereof
(including by change orders where applicable) (without, however, limiting any prohibition on any such amendments, extensions and other modifications and
substitutions by the terms of this Agreement); and references to Persons include their respective permitted successors and assigns and, in the case of Government
Authorities, Persons succeeding to their respective functions and capacities.
ARTICLE II
LOAN COMMITMENTS
2.01 Loans .
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Senior Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Tranche A Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Tranche A Loan Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the Tranche A Loan Commitment of
such Lender; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche A Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate Tranche A Loan Commitment.
(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Senior Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Tranche B Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Tranche B Loan Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the Tranche B Loan Commitment of
such Lender; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche B Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate Tranche B Loan Commitment.
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Tranche C Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Tranche C Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Tranche C Loan Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of its Tranche C Loan Commitment;
provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche C Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment.
48
(d) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Tranche D Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to make Tranche D Loans to the
Borrower from time to time during the Tranche D Loan Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the Tranche D Loan Commitment of
such Lender; provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche D Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate Tranche D Loan Commitment.
(e) Proceeds of each Borrowing shall be deposited into the Construction Account, shall be applied solely in accordance with this Agreement and shall
be used solely for the payment of Project Costs related to the Project and certain other purposes, as further described in Section 8.09 .
(f) Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.
2.02 Borrowings .
(a) To request a Borrowing pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders)
irrevocable notice of such Borrowing as provided in Section 4.05 .
(b) Not later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Disbursement Date specified for each Borrowing, each Lender shall make available the
amount of the Loans to be made by it on such date to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, by wire transfer to the account specified on the
attached Appendix E (the “ Administrative Account ”); provided that (i) the amount of Loans to be made by DEG shall be paid directly to FMO, in its capacity as
payment agent for DEG and (ii) FMO shall make available an amount equal to the sum of Loans to be made by each of DEG and FMO on such date. The
Administrative Account shall be established by the Administrative Agent and all funds received by the Administrative Agent from a Lender and all funds payable by
the Administrative Agent to a Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be deposited therein. There may be no more than one Borrowing request in any month.
(c) The amount with respect to Loans so received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower shall, subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, be made available to the Borrower by remitting the same by 3:00 p.m. New York City time to the Offshore Collateral Agent, in immediately
available funds, and the Offshore Collateral Agent shall on the same day deposit the amounts so received in immediately available funds into the Construction
Account, in each case as set forth in the applicable Notice of Borrowing and pursuant to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
2.03 Changes of Commitments .
(a) Optional Changes of Commitment . Subject to Section 2.03(b) and (c) , the Borrower shall have the right at any time or from time to time to reduce
or terminate the aggregate unused amount of the Commitments; provided , that (i) the Borrower shall give notice of each such termination or reduction as provided
in Section 4.05 , together with a certificate issued by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, certifying the
Borrower’s compliance with sub-clause (iii) below,
49
which shall be confirmed in writing by the Independent Engineer prior to any such termination or reduction, (ii) each reduction of Commitments shall be in an
aggregate amount at least equal to $1,000,000 (or, if less, the full amount of such Commitments outstanding), and if greater, in integral multiples of $500,000 in
excess thereof, (iii) the Commitments may not be reduced below an amount which, together with the unfunded portion of the Required Equity Contribution and
other funds committed to pay Project Costs is available and sufficient, in the reasonable judgment of the Supermajority Lenders and the Independent Engineer, to
achieve Project Completion in accordance with the Project Construction Budget and Schedule and prior to the Required Project Completion Date and (iv) such
reduction or termination shall be conditioned upon the payment of any required termination payments in connection with the termination of any Interest Rate
Protection Agreements (if then in effect) to the extent the aggregate notional amount under all such Interest Rate Protection Agreements exceeds the aggregate
principal amount of the Loans outstanding after giving effect to the reduction or termination contemplated by this Section 2.03 .
(b) Mandatory Changes of Commitments .
day of the Tranche A Loan Commitment Period.
(i) Unless previously terminated, the Tranche A Loan Commitments shall be automatically reduced to zero at the close of business on the final
(ii) Unless previously terminated, the Tranche B Loan Commitments shall be automatically reduced to zero at the close of business on the final
day of the Tranche B Loan Commitment Period.
(iii) Unless previously terminated, the Tranche C Loan Commitments shall be automatically reduced to zero at the close of business on the final
day of the Tranche C Loan Commitment Period.
(iv) Unless previously terminated, the Tranche D Loan Commitments shall be automatically reduced to zero at the close of business on the final
day of the Tranche D Loan Commitment Period.
(v) Unless previously terminated, to the extent the Debt Sizing Parameters set forth in clauses (a)-(d) of the definition thereof are no longer met
as of the date of the Updated Base Case Forecast, each of the Senior Loan Commitments shall be partially terminated on a pro rata basis on the date the Updated
Base Case Forecast is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(i) in order to meet each of the Debt Sizing Parameters as notified by the Administrative Agent to the
Borrower promptly thereafter.
(vi) Unless previously terminated, to the extent the Debt Sizing Parameters set forth in clause (e) of the definition thereof are no longer met as
of the date of the Updated Base Case Forecast as a result of a reduction of the Project Costs, then on the date that the Updated Base Case Forecast is delivered
pursuant to Section 8.01(i) , the Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment shall be reduced to an amount equal to (i) 65% of the Project Costs reflected in the
Updated Base Case Forecast less (ii) the Senior Loan Commitments; provided that, (x) if as a result of such reduction the Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment is
reduced to
50
zero and (y) if after giving effect to such reduction, the Debt Sizing Parameters in clause (e) of the definition thereof are no longer met, then each of the Senior Loan
Commitments shall be partially terminated on a pro rata basis, in order to meet the Debt Sizing Parameters in clause (e) of the definition thereof.
(vii) Each of the Senior Lenders may, in its sole discretion, reduce its Senior Loan Commitment to zero at the close of business on
September 30, 2013 if each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.02 have not occurred by such date; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior
Lenders shall not have the option of reducing the Senior Loan Commitments if such conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.02 have been satisfied by such date
but the Borrower has not delivered its initial Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 6.03(a) and the Initial Disbursement Date has not yet occurred.
(viii) Each of the Senior Lenders may, in its sole discretion, reduce its Senior Loan Commitment to zero at the close of business on June 30,
2014 if the Initial Disbursement Date shall not have occurred by such date.
(c) Application .
(i) Any termination of Commitments by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.03 (other than pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(vi) ) shall be
applied, (i) first , to the Tranche B Loan Commitments and any Tranche D Loan Commitments comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loan Commitments
outstanding, on a pro rata basis, until the Tranche B Loan Commitments and Tranche D Loan Commitments comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loan Commitments
are reduced to zero, (ii) second , to the Tranche A Loan Commitments and the Tranche D Loan Commitments (if any) outstanding, on a pro rata basis, until the
Tranche A Loan Commitments and the Tranche D Loan Commitments are reduced to zero, on a pro rata basis and (iii) third , to the Tranche C Loan Commitments
outstanding until the Tranche C Loan Commitments are reduced to zero.
(ii) Upon any termination of the Senior Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(v) and (vi)(y) , the Administrative Agent shall adjust
the percentages of the amounts payable on each Principal Payment Date shown in Appendices B-1 and B-2 and give notice to the Borrower and the Lenders as soon
as possible thereafter. The Administrative Agent’s determination of such adjustments shall be final and conclusive and bind the Borrower unless the Borrower
demonstrates to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that the determination involved manifest error.
(iii) Upon the termination of Part B of the Tranche D Loan Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall adjust the percentages of the amounts
payable on each Tranche D Principal Payment Date, in the inverse order of maturity, shown in Appendix B-2 and give notice to the Borrower and the Tranche D
Lenders as soon as possible thereafter. The Administrative Agent’s determination of such adjustments shall be final and conclusive and bind the Borrower unless the
Borrower demonstrates to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that the determination involved manifest error.
51
(d) No Reinstatement . The Senior Loan Commitments once terminated or reduced may not be reinstated.
2.04 Fees .
(a) Commitment Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Senior Lender a commitment fee (the “
Commitment Fee ”), on the daily average unused amount of such Senior Lender’s Senior Loan Commitment, at a rate per annum equal to the product of (i) 40% of
the Applicable Margin, for each Quarterly Period from and including the Closing Date to, but not including, the date the Senior Loan Commitments, as applicable,
are reduced to zero times (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such Quarterly Period (or portion thereof) and the denominator of which is
360. The accrued Commitment Fee for any Senior Loan Commitment shall be payable on each Quarterly Date occurring after the Closing Date and upon termination
or expiry of the relevant Senior Loan Commitment, as applicable.
(b) Administrative Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, a non-refundable agency fee (the “ Administrative
Fee ”) for each 12-month period commencing on the Closing Date or an anniversary thereof in the amounts set forth in the Administrative Agency Fee Letter. The
Administrative Fee shall be payable in advance in accordance with the terms and in the amounts as set forth in the Administrative Agency Fee Letter.
(c) Collateral Agency and Trustee Fees .
(i) The Borrower shall pay to each of the Offshore Collateral Agent and the Depositary, each for its own account, non-refundable agency fees
(collectively, the “ Offshore Collateral Agency Fee ”) for each 12-month period commencing on the Closing Date or an anniversary thereof in the amounts set forth
in the Offshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter. The Offshore Collateral Agency Fee shall be payable in advance in accordance with the terms and in the amounts as
set forth in the Offshore Collateral Agency Fee Letter.
(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Onshore Collateral Agent, for its own account, a non-refundable agency fee (the “ Onshore Collateral
Agency Fee ”) for each 12-month period commencing on the Closing Date or an anniversary thereof in the amounts set forth in the Onshore Collateral Agency Fee
Letter. The Onshore Collateral Agency Fee shall be payable in advance in accordance with the terms and in the amounts as set forth in the Onshore Collateral
Agency Fee Letter.
(iii) The Borrower shall pay to the Trustee, for its own account, a non-refundable agency fee (the “ Trustee Fee ”) for each 12-month period
commencing on the Closing Date or an anniversary thereof in the amounts set forth in the Trustee Fee Letter. The Trustee Fee shall be payable in advance in
accordance with the terms and in the amounts as set forth in the Trustee Fee Letter.
(d) Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay (i) all fees payable in accordance with the Financing Documents, (ii) all fees payable to any Joint Mandated
Arranger in the amounts and at times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and such Joint Mandated Arranger and (iii) all expenses of the Agents, the
Lenders and the Joint Mandated Arrangers in accordance with Section 11.03 .
52
2.05 Lending Offices . The Senior Loans made by each Senior Lender shall be made and maintained at such Senior Lender’s Applicable Lending
Office.
2.06 Several Obligations . The failure of any Lender to make any Loan to be made by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender
of its obligation to make its Loan on such date, but neither any Lender nor the Agents shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make a Loan to be
made by such other Lender.
2.07 Notes .
(a) Tranche A Notes . The Tranche A Loan Commitments of each Lender shall be evidenced by a promissory note ( pagaré ) of the Borrower (each, a “
Note ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (together with a completion agreement ( Acuerdo de Llenado ) substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3, (a “ Note
Completion Agreement ”)), for such Lender’s Tranche A Loans, dated the Initial Disbursement Date in the case of each Note issued on such date, or the effective
date of assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b) in the case of any Note issued in connection with such assignment, payable to such Lender in an amount equal to the
aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from outstanding Tranche A Loans made by such Lender; provided , that any Senior Lender that is
party to a COFIDE Guarantee shall receive (i) a Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender
resulting from outstanding Tranche A Loans made by such Lender and guaranteed by COFIDE (the “ COFIDE Tranche A Guaranteed Note ”) and (ii) a Note
payable to such Lender in an amount equal to difference between (x) the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from outstanding Tranche
A Loans made by such Lender minus (y) the amount payable under the COFIDE Tranche A Guaranteed Note.
(b) Tranche B Notes . The Tranche B Loan Commitments of each Lender shall be evidenced by a Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2
(together with a Note Completion Agreement), for such Lender’s Tranche B Loans, dated the Initial Disbursement Date in the case of each Note issued on such date,
or the effective date of assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b) in the case of any Note issued in connection with such assignment, payable to such Lender in an
amount equal to the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from outstanding Tranche B Loans made by such Lender; provided , that any
Senior Lender that is party to a COFIDE Guarantee shall receive (i) a Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower
to such Lender resulting from outstanding Tranche B Loans made by such Lender and guaranteed by COFIDE (the “ COFIDE Tranche B Guaranteed Note ”) and
(ii) a Note payable to such Lender in an amount equal to difference between (x) the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from
outstanding Tranche B Loans made by such Lender minus (y) the amount payable under the COFIDE Tranche B Guaranteed Note.
53
(c) Tranche D Notes . The Tranche D Loan Commitments of each Lender shall be evidenced by a Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3
(together with a Note Completion Agreement), for such Lender’s Tranche D Loans, dated the Initial Disbursement Date in the case of each Note issued on such date,
or the effective date of assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b) in the case of any Note issued in connection with such assignment, payable to such Lender in an
amount equal to the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from outstanding Tranche D Loans made by such Lender.
(d) Loan Records . The date, amount and interest rate of each Loan made by each Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made in respect of
principal of such Loan, shall be recorded by such Lender on its books.
(e) Subdivision . No Lender shall be entitled to have any of its Notes subdivided, by exchange for promissory notes of lesser denominations or
otherwise, except in connection with a permitted assignment of all or any portion of such Lender’s related Commitment, related Loans and related Note pursuant to
Section 11.06(b) .
(f) Maintenance of Records by the Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the
Borrower, shall maintain records in which it shall record (i) the names and addresses of the Lenders, (ii) the Commitments of each Lender and the amount of each
Loan made hereunder and each Interest Period therefor, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the
Borrower to each Lender hereunder, (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s
share thereof and (v) a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it pursuant to Section 11.06(b) . Upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Agent,
the Borrower and each Lender shall have the right to inspect such records from time to time during normal business hours. In the event of any inconsistency between
the entries in the loan records maintained by the Lenders pursuant to paragraph (d) above and the entries in the records maintained by the Administrative Agent, the
Administrative Agent’s records will govern, absent manifest error.
(g) Effect of Entries . Absent manifest error, the entries made in the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (d) or (f) of this Section shall be prima
facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain
such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
3.01 Repayment of Loans .
(a) Tranche A Loans . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the principal of such Lender’s
Tranche A Loans outstanding (i) on each Tranche A Principal Payment Date in accordance with the amortization schedule attached as Appendix B-1 to this
Agreement and (ii) when declared due and payable pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 9.01 ; provided , that if
54
the Actual Project Acceptance Date does not occur in the month of February 2016, the Administrative Agent shall adjust (x) the percentages and (y) the number of
Tranche A Principal Payment Dates shown in Appendix B-1 and give notice to the Borrower and the Tranche A Lenders as soon as possible after the Actual Project
Acceptance Date. The Administrative Agent’s determination of such adjustments shall be final and conclusive and bind the Borrower unless the Borrower
demonstrates to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that the determination involved manifest error.
(b) Tranche B Loans . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the principal of such Lender’s
Tranche B Loans outstanding (i) on the Final Maturity Date and (ii) when declared due and payable pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 9.01 .
(c) Tranche C Loans . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to each Tranche C Lender the principal of such Tranche C Lender’s Tranche C Loans
outstanding after the Senior Loans and all other Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full.
(d) Tranche D Loans . The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Tranche D Lender the principal of such
Lender’s Tranche D Loans outstanding (i) on each Tranche D Principal Payment Date in accordance with the amortization schedule attached as Appendix B-2 to this
Agreement and (ii) when declared due and payable pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 9.01 ; provided , that if the Actual Project Acceptance
Date does not occur in the month of February 2016, the Administrative Agent shall adjust (x) the percentages and (y) the number of Tranche D Principal Payment
Dates shown in Appendix B-2 and give notice to the Borrower and the Tranche D Lenders as soon as possible after the Actual Project Acceptance Date. The
Administrative Agent’s determination of such adjustments shall be final and conclusive and bind the Borrower unless the Borrower demonstrates to the
Administrative Agent’s satisfaction that the determination involved manifest error.
3.02 Interest . Subject to Section 5.01 , the Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender interest on the
unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by such Lender for the period from and including the date of such Loan to but excluding the date such Loan shall be
paid in full, at the following rates per annum:
(a) for each Interest Period relating to such Loan, the LIBO Rate for such Loan for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin;
(b) during such periods that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all outstanding Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
Post-Default Rate to but excluding the dates such Event of Default is remedied or waived; and
(c) during any Interest Period when a Rate Determination Notice has been delivered, the Substitute Basis determined therein.
(i) Accrued interest on each Senior Loan shall be payable in arrears (x) on each Interest Payment Date and (y) upon the payment or prepayment of any Senior Loan
(but only on the principal amount so paid or prepaid) and (ii) accrued interest on each Tranche C Loan shall only be
55
payable pursuant to level Sixth in Section 5.05(c) of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement; provided , that interest payable at the Post-Default Rate shall
be payable from time to time on demand (or, if no demand is made during any month, on the last Business Day of each month); provided , further , that prior to the
Actual Project Acceptance Date at the Borrower’s election, accrued interest may be paid as a Project Cost through Borrowings. Promptly after the determination of
any interest rate provided for in this Agreement or any change in any such rate, the Administrative Agent shall give notice of such interest rate to the Lenders to
which such interest is payable and to the Borrower.
3.03 Optional Prepayments .
(a) Subject to Sections 4.02 and 4.04 , the Borrower shall have the right to prepay Loans, at any time or from time to time; provided , that the Borrower
shall give the Administrative Agent notice of each such prepayment as provided in Section 4.05 and, upon the date specified in any such notice of prepayment, the
amount to be prepaid shall become due and payable.
(b) Any prepayment by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall be made simultaneously with, and is conditioned upon, (i) the payment of any
required termination payments in connection with the termination of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement (if then in effect) to the extent the aggregate notional
amount under all such Interest Rate Protection Agreements exceeds (x) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loans, (y) prior to the Project
Completion Date, 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Loans or (z) (A) 100% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part A of the
Tranche D Loans and (B) prior to the Project Completion Date, 50% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loans, outstanding after
giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by this Section 3.03 , (ii) the payment by the Borrower of any costs, expenses, break funding costs or other amounts
incurred by any Lender and Permitted Swap Provider in connection with such prepayment and (iii) with respect to prepayment of Tranche A Loans only, prior to
August 17, 2018, the payment of a penalty equal to 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Tranche A Loans outstanding payable to the Senior Lenders pro rata
in accordance with each Senior Lender’s respective Tranche A Loan Commitment.
(c) Any prepayment of Loans by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall be applied, (i) first , to the principal amount of Tranche B Loans and
the Tranche D Loans comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loans outstanding (if any), on a pro rata basis, in the inverse order of maturity with respect to the Tranche
D Loans, (ii) second , to any interest or other amounts payable in connection with the Tranche B Loans and the Tranche D Loans (if any) outstanding, on a pro rata
basis, until all Tranche B Loans have been indefeasibly repaid in full and amounts payable (if any) in connection with the Tranche D Loans are reduced to an amount
equal to Part A of the Tranche D Loans, (iii) third , applied to the principal installments, on a pro rata basis, of the Tranche A Loans and the Tranche D Loans (if
any) until all Tranche A Loans and Tranche D Loans have been indefeasibly repaid in full, on a pro rata basis, in the inverse order of maturity and (iv) fourth ,
applied to the principal amount of Tranche C Loans outstanding on a pro rata basis.
56
3.04 Mandatory Prepayments . In addition to mandatory repayments of principal of Loans as set forth in Section 3.01 above, the Borrower shall make
the following mandatory prepayments (to be effected in each case in the manner specified in paragraph (f) below):
(a) Event of Loss . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Amount not allocated to and used for
Restoration in accordance with Section 8.05(l) .
(b) Asset Sales . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Amount in excess of $2,000,000 in
any Fiscal Year resulting from the Disposition of any of its physical assets (other than Dispositions permitted under Sections 8.11(a)(i)(A) , 8.11(a)(i)(C) (to the
extent such insurance proceeds are used in connection with replacing such damaged or destroyed property), 8.11(a)(ii) , 8.11(a)(iii) and 8.11(a)(v) ).
(c) Project Payments . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the amount transferred into the Prepayment Account from the
Performance LD Account pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
(d) Restricted Payments . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the amount transferred into the Prepayment Account from the
Onshore Distribution Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
(e) Illegality . The Borrower shall prepay the Loans in and to the extent contemplated by Section 5.06 .
(f) Tranche D . Upon the prepayment of any amounts of the Tranche A Loans or Tranche B Loans in connection with a refinancing of the Senior Loans
on or prior to the Final Maturity Date, the Tranche D Loans shall be prepaid in full.
(g) Application in Inverse Order . Mandatory prepayments of Loans made pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be applied, (i) first , to the principal
amount of (x) Tranche B Loans and (y) Tranche D Loans comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loans (if any) outstanding, on a pro rata basis, in the inverse order of
maturity with respect to the Tranche D Loans until all Tranche B Loans have been indefeasibly repaid in full and amounts payable in connection with the Tranche D
Loans are reduced to an amount equal to Part A of the Aggregate Tranche D Loan Commitment (ii) second , to any interest or other amounts payable in connection
with (x) Tranche B Loans and (y) Tranche D Loans comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loans (if any) outstanding, on a pro rata basis, in the inverse order of
maturity with respect to the Tranche D Loans until all Tranche B Loans have been indefeasibly repaid in full and amounts payable in connection with the Tranche D
Loans are reduced to an amount equal to Part A of the Aggregate Tranche D Loan Commitment, and (iii) third , applied to the principal installments, on a pro rata
basis, of the Tranche A Loans and the Tranche D Loans (if any) until all Tranche A Loans and Tranche D Loans have been indefeasibly repaid in full, on a pro rata
basis, in the inverse order of maturity.
57
(h) Payments . The Borrower shall transfer all amounts required for the prepayments in this Section 3.04 in accordance with this Section and the
Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement at the time of each such prepayment.
(i) Swap Prepayments . Any prepayment of Loans by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be made simultaneously with (i) the payment of
any required termination payments in connection with the termination of any Interest Rate Protection Agreement (if then in effect) to the extent the aggregate
notional amount under all such Interest Rate Protection Agreement exceeds (x) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche A Loans, (y) prior to the
Project Completion Date, 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche B Loans, (z) (i) 100% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part A of the
Tranche D Loans and (ii) prior to the Project Completion Date, 50% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part B of the Tranche D Loans, in each case
outstanding after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by this Section 3.04 and (ii) the payment by the Borrower of reasonable costs, expenses, break
funding costs or other amounts incurred by any Lender and Permitted Swap Provider in connection with such prepayment.
ARTICLE IV
PAYMENTS; PRO RATA TREATMENT; COMPUTATIONS; ETC.
4.01 Payments .
(a) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, all payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts to be made by the Borrower
under this Agreement and the Notes and, except to the extent otherwise provided in any of the other Financing Documents, all payments to be made by the Borrower
under any such other Financing Documents, shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to the
Administrative Agent, by wire transfer to the account specified on the attached Appendix E . No payment shall be made later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time on
the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next
succeeding Business Day).
(b) The Borrower shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any Note for account of any Lender, specify to the Administrative
Agent (which shall so notify the intended recipient or recipients) the Loans or other amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement to which such payment
is to be applied (and in the event that it fails to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may distribute such
payment to the Lenders for application in such manner as it or the Majority Lenders, subject to Section 4.02 , may determine to be appropriate, in each case pursuant
to the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement).
(c) Each payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any Note for account of any Lender shall be paid by the
Administrative Agent promptly to such Lender, in immediately available funds, for account of such Lender’s Applicable Lending Office for the Loan or other
obligation in respect of which such payment is made; provided that all payments made for the account of DEG shall be paid by the Administrative Agent directly to
FMO, in its capacity as the payment agent for DEG.
58
(d) Except in the case of the Final Maturity Date or the Tranche D Final Maturity Date, as applicable, if the due date of any payment under this
Agreement or any Note would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest
shall be payable for any principal so extended for the period of such extension.
4.02 Pro Rata Treatment . Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement: (a) the Borrowing of Loans under Section 2.01 shall be made
from the Lenders except as provided in Section 4.08 and each payment of Commitment Fees under Section 2.04(a) shall be made for account of the applicable
Senior Lenders on a pro rata basis (based on their respective Commitments), (b) except as otherwise specified herein, each payment or prepayment of principal of
Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid principal amounts of the Loans held by them;
provided , that if immediately prior to giving effect to any such payment in respect of any Loan, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall not be held by
the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments in effect at the time such Loans were made (by reason of a failure of a Lender to make a Loan
in the circumstances described in the last paragraph of Section 11.04 ), then such payment shall be applied to the Loans in such manner as shall result, as nearly as is
practicable, in the outstanding principal amount of the Loans being held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments, (c) each payment
of interest on the Loans by the Borrower shall be made for account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the amounts of interest on such Loans then due and
payable to the respective Lenders and (d) each termination of Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis based on the Lender’s respective Commitments.
4.03 Computations . Interest on any Loans shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed (including the first day but
excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which payable.
4.04 Minimum Amounts .
(a) Each Borrowing shall be in a minimum amount equal to $5,000,000, with integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of such minimum amount.
(b) Except for mandatory prepayments made pursuant to Section 3.04 , voluntary and partial prepayments of principal of Loans shall be in a minimum
amount equal to $8,000,000 (or, if less, the full amount of such Loans outstanding) with integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of such minimum amount.
4.05 Certain Notices . Notices by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of Borrowings, reduction or termination of Commitments and optional
prepayments of Loans shall be irrevocable and shall be effective only if received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time on the
number of Business Days prior to the date of the relevant Borrowing, reduction, termination or prepayment or the first day of such Interest Period specified below:
59
Termination or reduction of Commitments
Borrowing and prepayments of Loans
Notice
Number of
Business Days Prior
3
10
Each such notice of a Borrowing (each such notice, a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 , shall be subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article VI and shall specify, among other things: (i) the amounts of such Borrowing; (ii) the requested Disbursement Date
of such Borrowing; and (iii) a summary of the specific use of the proceeds of the requested Borrowing. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the amount
of the Loan to be prepaid and the date of optional prepayment (which shall be a Business Day). The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward a copy of each
such notice to the SACE Agent and the Lenders.
4.06 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by a Lender or the Borrower (the “
Payor ”) prior to the date on which the Payor is to make payment to the Administrative Agent of (in the case of a Lender) the proceeds of a Loan to be made by such
Lender or (in the case of the Borrower) a payment to the Administrative Agent for account of one or more of the Lenders (any such payment, a “ Required Payment
”), which notice shall be effective upon receipt, that the Payor does not intend to make the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent
may assume that the Required Payment has been made and may (but shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make the amount of such payment
available to the intended recipient (or recipients) on such date and, if the Payor has not in fact made the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, the recipient
(or recipients) of such payment shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so made available together with interest on such amount in respect
of each day during the period commencing on the date (the “ Advance Date ”) such amount was so made available by the Administrative Agent until the date the
Administrative Agent recovers such amount at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate for such day and, if such recipient (or recipients) shall fail promptly
to make such payment, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount, on demand, from the Payor, together with interest as provided above;
provided , that if neither the recipient (or recipients) nor the Payor shall return the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent within three Business Days of the
Advance Date, then, retroactively to the Advance Date, the Payor and the recipient (or recipients) shall each be obligated to pay interest on the Required Payment as
follows:
(a) if the Required Payment shall represent a payment to be made by the Borrower to the Lenders, the Borrower and the recipient (or recipients) shall
each be obligated retroactively to the Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment at the Post-Default Rate (and, in case the recipient (or
recipients) shall return the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, without limiting the obligation of the Borrower under Section 3.02 to pay interest to such
recipient (or recipients) at the Post-Default Rate in respect of the Required Payment); and
60
(b) if the Required Payment shall represent proceeds of a Loan to be made by the Lenders to the Borrower, the Payor and the Borrower shall each be
obligated retroactively to the Advance Date to pay interest in respect of the Required Payment at the rate of interest provided for such Required Payment pursuant to
Section 3.02 (and, in case the Borrower shall return the Required Payment to the Administrative Agent, without limiting any claim the Borrower may have against
the Payor in respect of the Required Payment, subject to Section 11.15 ).
4.07 Sharing of Payments; Etc .
(a) The Borrower agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim a Lender may otherwise have,
each Lender shall be entitled, at its option, to offset balances held by it or an Affiliate for account of the Borrower at any of its branches or offices, in Dollars or in
any other currency, against any principal of or interest on any of such Lender’s Loans or any other amount payable to such Lender under this Agreement, that is not
paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Borrower), in which case it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent
of such action; provided , that such Lender’s failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such action; and provided further in the event that any
Defaulting Lender exercises any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off will be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.08(c) and, pending such payment, will be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in
trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender will provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement
describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.
(b) If any Lender shall obtain from the Borrower payment of any principal of or interest on any Loan owing to it or payment of any other amount under
this Agreement or any Note held by it or any other Financing Document or through the exercise of any right of set-off, banker’s lien or counterclaim or similar right
or otherwise (other than from the Administrative Agent or any other Agent as provided in this Agreement), and, as a result of such payment, such Lender shall have
received a greater percentage of the principal of or interest on the Loans or such other amounts then due hereunder by the Borrower to such Lender than the
percentage received by any other Lender, it shall promptly purchase from such other Lenders participations in (or, if and to the extent specified by such Lender,
direct interests in) the Loans or such other amounts, respectively, owing to such other Lenders (or in interest due on such Loans or other amounts, as the case may
be) in such amounts, and make such other adjustments from time to time as shall be equitable, with the effect that all the Lenders shall share the benefit of such
excess payment (net of any expenses which may be incurred by such Lender in obtaining or preserving such excess payment) pro rata in accordance with the unpaid
principal of or interest on the Loans or such other amounts, respectively, owing to each of the Lenders; provided , that if at the time of such payment the outstanding
principal amount of the Loans shall not be held by the Lenders pro rata in
61
accordance with their respective Commitments in effect at the time such Loans were made (by reason of a failure of a Lender to make a Loan hereunder in the
circumstances described in the last paragraph of Section 11.04 ), then such purchases of participations or direct interests shall be made in such manner as will result,
as nearly as is practicable, in the outstanding principal amount of the Loans being held by the Lenders pro rata according to the amounts of such Commitments. To
such end all the Lenders shall make appropriate adjustments among themselves (by the resale of participations sold or otherwise) if such payment is rescinded or
must otherwise be restored.
(c) The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing such a participation (or direct interest) may exercise all rights of set-off, banker’s liens,
counterclaims or similar rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct holder of Loans or other amounts (as the case may be)
owing to such Lender in the amount of such participation.
(d) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall require any Lender to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of any Lender to exercise, and
retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower. If, under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
or other similar law, any Lender receives a secured claim in lieu of a set-off to which this Section 4.07 applies, such Lender shall, to the extent practicable, exercise
its rights in respect of such secured claim in a manner consistent with the rights of the Lenders entitled under this Section 4.07 to share in the benefits of any
recovery on such secured claim.
4.08 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Senior Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then
the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Senior Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to any fees accruing on the unused portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to
Section 2.04(a) (without prejudice to the rights of the Non-Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees) (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee
that would otherwise have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender);
(b) The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitments of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice
to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of sub-clause (c) below will apply to all amounts
thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other
amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have
against such Defaulting Lender;
(c) any amount paid by the Borrower or otherwise received by the Administrative Agent for the account of a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement
(whether on account of principal, interest, fees (excluding fees provided in clause (a) above), indemnity payments or other amounts) will not be paid or distributed to
such Defaulting
62
Lender, but will instead be retained by the Administrative Agent until the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower
hereunder and will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the making of payments from time to time in the
following order of priority, without duplication: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this
Agreement, second to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders, ratably among them in
accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, third to the payment of fees then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders
hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fourth to pay principal then due and payable to the Non-
Defaulting Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, fifth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due
and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders, and sixth after the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower hereunder, to
pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct; and
(d) If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender or a Potential Defaulting Lender, as
the case may be, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions
set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts referred to in sub-clause (c) above), such Lender will, to the extent applicable,
purchase at par such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender
and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the
Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change
hereunder from Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder
arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender.
ARTICLE V
YIELD PROTECTION; ETC.
5.01 Alternate Rate of Interest . If on or prior to the commencement of any Interest Period (an “ Affected Interest Period ”) with respect to the making
(for the purposes of this Section 5.01 , a “ borrowing ”) of a Loan:
(a) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for such Interest
Period; or
(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Majority Lenders that such Lenders have reasonably determined that the LIBO Rate for that Interest
Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost of making or maintaining the Loans included in such borrowing for such Interest Period;
63
then the Administrative Agent will give notice of those circumstances to the Borrower and the Lenders by electronic mail, telephone or telecopy as promptly as
practicable (“ Rate Determination Notice ”).
If such notice is given, during the fifteen (15) day period following such Rate Determination Notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify (a “ Substitute Basis
Notice ”) the Borrower of a substitute interest rate basis for the Loans, which amount shall equal the sum of (i) the relevant Applicable Margin plus (ii) the
Alternative Base Rate, and shall constitute for purposes of this Agreement the cost to the Lenders of funding or maintaining the Loans (a “ Substitute Basis ”). The
Substitute Basis shall apply in lieu of LIBO Rate to all Interest Periods on or after the first day of the Affected Interest Period, until notified by the Administrative
Agent (acting on the behalf of the Majority Lenders declaring pursuant to this Section 5.01, that the circumstances giving rise to that notice no longer exist (which
notice of subsequent change in circumstances shall be given as promptly as practicable) (the “ Notice of Cessation ”).
It being understood that, for purposes of this Section 5.01 , delivery of the Notice of Cessation shall be promptly issued if the Majority Lenders declaring pursuant to
this Section 5.01 do not advise the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to the Rate Determination Notice are continuing at least one (1) Business
Day prior to the commencement of the next Interest Period.
5.02 Increased Costs .
(a) If any Change in Law:
(i) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements, including any application of the Regulation D requirement, relating
to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities of, such Lender (including any of such Loans or any deposits referred to in the
definition of “ LIBO Rate ” in Section 1.01 ), or any commitment of such Lender (including the Commitment of such Lender hereunder);
or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; and/or
(ii) subjects any Lender to any Taxes (other than (A) Excluded Taxes, (B) Indemnified Taxes and (C) Other Taxes) on its Loans, Commitments
(iii) imposes on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or
Loans made by such Lender;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such
Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under any Financing Document, then the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for the additional costs incurred or reduction suffered (except to the extent the Borrower is excused
from payment pursuant to Section 5.05(a) ).
64
(b) If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing
the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or (without duplication) on the capital of its holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans
made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or its holding company could have achieved but for that Change in Law (taking into consideration
such Lender’s and its holding company’s policies with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), in each case by an amount that such Lender reasonably deems to be
material, then from time to time the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or (without duplication)
its holding company for any such reduction suffered (except to the extent the Borrower is excused from payment pursuant to Section 5.05(a) ).
(c) To claim any amount under this Section 5.02 , a Lender must deliver to the Borrower a certificate, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error,
setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, under Section 5.02(a) or
Section 5.02(b) . The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount due and payable and set forth on any such certificate within 30 days after its receipt.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right
to demand that compensation; provided that the Borrower will not be obligated to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 5.02 for any increased cost or
reduction in respect of a period occurring more than 180 days prior to the date on which such Lender obtains knowledge and notifies the Borrower of such Change in
Law and such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, except, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then the
180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
5.03 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period for that
Loan (including under Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 or as a result of an Event of Default), (b) application of Section 5.01 , (c) the failure to borrow on the date
specified in any Notice of Borrowing or prepay any Loan on the date specified for such prepayment or (d) the assignment of any Loan other than on the last day of
its Interest Period as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.05 , then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss,
cost and expense attributable to any such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably determined by such
Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBO
Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period for such Loan (or, in
the case of a failure to borrow for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan) over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such
principal amount for that period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the
65
commencement of that period, for Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. To claim any amount under this
Section 5.03 , the Lender must deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or
amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 5.03 (including calculations, in reasonable detail, showing how such Lender computed such
amount or amounts). The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount due and payable and set forth on any such certificate within 30 days after its receipt.
5.04 Taxes .
(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any Secured Obligation (other than any payments under a Permitted Swap Agreement) shall be made free
and clear of and without withholding or deduction for any Taxes, unless required by applicable Government Rule. If the Borrower or the applicable withholding
agent is required to withhold or deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from those payments and the Borrower cannot assume directly the payment of such
Taxes in accordance with Article 47 of the Peruvian Income Tax Act, then (i) the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making
all required withholdings or deductions (including withholdings or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.04 ) each Person entitled
thereto receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholdings or deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or the applicable
withholding agent shall make those withholdings or deductions and (iii) the Borrower or the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount withheld or
deducted to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with applicable Government Rule.
(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with any applicable Government Rule.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within thirty (30) days after written demand, for the full amount of any
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by such Person on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation (including Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.04 ) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising from, or with
respect to, those Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, whether or not those Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the
relevant Taxing Authority. To claim any amount under this Section 5.04(c) , the Administrative Agent or a Lender must deliver to the Borrower a certificate as to the
amount of such payment or liability, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Taxing Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to
the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Taxing Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting that
payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Any certification, receipt or other return provided pursuant to this
Section 5.04(d) shall separately identify each Person on whose behalf an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax was paid and the portion of any such payment allocable to
such Person.
66
(e) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Secured Obligation
(other than any payments under a Permitted Swap Agreement) shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), promptly after receipt of any
written request to do so, two copies of the properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as
will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. Each Lender shall also co-operate in completing any other procedural
formalities necessary for that Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without withholding or deduction for any Taxes or information on reporting
requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation shall not
be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such lender to any material unreimbursed cost or
expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(f) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Document (other than a Permitted Swap Agreement) would be subject to U.S. federal
withholding Tax imposed by FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or
times reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)
(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA
or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (f), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to
FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(g) If any Secured Party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been
indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.04 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.04 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an
amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all
out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Government Authority with
respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to
this paragraph (f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Government Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to
repay such refund to such Government Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required
to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax
position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This
paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems
confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
67
5.05 Mitigation of Secured Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01(b) , Section 5.02 or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender
or any Government Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.04 , then such Lender, if requested by the Borrower, will use reasonable efforts to
designate a different Applicable Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans or to assign its rights and obligations under the Financing Documents to another of
its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable
pursuant to Section 5.02 or 5.04 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not
otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any
such designation or assignment.
(b) If any Lender (i) requests compensation under Section 5.02 , if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to such Lender or any
Government Authority for the account of such Lender pursuant to Section 5.04 , or if Section 5.06 becomes applicable to such Lender and, in each case, such Lender
has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.05(a) , (ii) is a Defaulting Lender, or (iii) fails to determine that the
conditions precedent to any Borrowing are satisfied after the Majority Lenders (or in the case of the initial Borrowing on the Initial Disbursement Date, each other
Lender) have determined such conditions precedent have been satisfied with respect to such Borrowing, or if any Lender refuses to give timely consent to an
amendment, modification or waiver of the Financing Documents then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions, including required consents,
contained in Section 11.06 ), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that assumes those obligations (which assignee may be
another Lender); provided , that (i) such Lender receives payment of an amount equal to the Secured Obligations owing to it from the assignee (to the extent of the
outstanding principal, accrued interest and fees included in those Secured Obligations) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts so included) and (ii) in the
case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.02 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.04 , such assignment
will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, as a result of a waiver by
such Lender of its right under Section 5.02 , 5.04 or 5.06 , as applicable, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation have
ceased to apply. If a Lender refuses to be replaced pursuant to this Section 5.05 and Section 11.06(b) , the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such Lender any of
the compensation referred to in this Section 5.05 or any additional amounts incurred or accrued under this Article V from and after the date that would have been
reasonable for such replacement.
5.06 Illegality . In the event that it becomes unlawful or, by reason of a Change in Law, any Lender is unable to honor its obligation to make or
maintain the Loans, then such Lender will promptly notify the Borrower of such event (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), (a) such Lender’s obligation to
make Loans shall be suspended until such time as such
68
Lender may again make and maintain Loans and (b) subject to Section 3.04(e) hereof, if such Change in Law shall so mandate, the Borrower shall prepay in full
such Lender’s Loans, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, on or before such date
as shall be mandated by such Change in Law.
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
6.01 Conditions to Closing Date . The occurrence of the Closing Date is subject to receipt by the Administrative Agent of each of the agreements and
other documents, and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, set forth below, each of which shall be (i) in form and substance satisfactory to each Senior
Lender, the SACE Agent and the Administrative Agent (with respect to which the Administrative Agent may consult with counsel or the Independent Advisors) and
(ii) if applicable, in full force and effect (unless, in each case, waived by each Senior Lender):
(a) Financing Documents . Each of this Agreement, the Tranche C Subordination Agreement, each Fee Letter, the Equity Contribution and Retention
Agreement, the Israel Corporation Equity Retention Agreement and the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement duly executed and delivered by the intended
parties thereto.
(b) Project Documents . Each Project Document set forth on Schedule 7.15(a) , each duly executed and delivered by the intended parties thereto, as well
as a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that:
(i) such Project Documents and any subsequent amendments remain in full force and effect and no default or event of force majeure exists
thereunder;
(ii) no Material Adverse Effect has occurred between the execution of such Project Documents and the Closing Date; and
(iii) attached to such certificate is the O&M Framework.
(c) Corporate Documents . The following documents, each certified as such by an Authorized Officer as indicated below:
(i) (A) a Certificate of Compliance from the Registrar of Companies, dated as of a recent date, and a certified copy of each of the Foreign
Exchange Letter and Tax Assurance Certificate issued by the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in relation to each of the Inkia Pledgor and the
Project Sponsor; and (B) a certificate of good standing ( certificado de vigencia ) of each of the Borrower and the Quimpac Pledgor, issued by the
Peruvian Public Registry no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date;
(ii) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party and Israel Corporation certifying:
69
(A) (x) that attached to such Person’s certificate is a true and complete copy of such Person’s certificate of incorporation, certificate of
formation or pacto de constitución (as the case may be) together with the by-laws, estatutos , operating agreement or other organizational
documents (including any amendments thereto) of such Person, as in effect on the date of such certificate, and (y) that such agreements and
other organizational documents have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect;
(B) that attached to such certificate is a true and complete copy of resolutions ( actas ), duly adopted by the authorized governing body
of such Person and which have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, authorizing the execution, delivery
and performance of such of the Transaction Documents to which such Person is or is intended to be a party in connection with the Project
Development, which (x) in the case of the Quimpac Pledgor and the Borrower shall be duly notarized by a Peruvian notary public, (y) with
regard to Pledgors, shall authorize each Pledgor’s commitment to fund, directly or indirectly, an amount not less than the Required Equity
Contribution to the Borrower and (z) with regard to Israel Corporation, solely with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of the
Israel Corporation Equity Retention Agreement and the Israel Corporation Guarantee; provided , that in the case of Israel Corporation such
resolutions shall not be attached to such certificate and shall be maintained in its corporate books;
(C) except in the case of Israel Corporation, as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer, member or partner (as
applicable) of such Person executing the Transaction Documents to which such Person is or is intended to be a party and each other document
to be delivered by such Person from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof (and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may
conclusively rely on such incumbency certification until it receives notice in writing from such Person); and
(D) as to (x) the solvency of such Person or (y) the absence of any resolution or legal proceeding for the bankruptcy, winding-up,
insolvency, reorganization or any general arrangement with the creditors of such Person or for the appointment of any receiver, administrator,
liquidator or any similar officer in insolvency proceedings.
(d) Authorized Officer’s Certificate . A certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that: (i) each of the representations and
warranties of the Borrower contained in Article VII is true and correct on and as of the Closing Date, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the Closing Date and no Default or Event of Default will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents and (iii) no Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing between December 30, 2011 and the Closing Date.
70
(e) Project Development .
the Borrower.
(i) Project Construction Budget and Schedule . The Project Construction Budget and Schedule, certified as such by an Authorized Officer of
(ii) Base Case Forecast . The Base Case Forecast, dated as of the Closing Date, certified as such by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as to
the satisfaction of the Debt Sizing Parameters, as agreed to with the Independent Engineer. The Borrower shall have caused the Model Auditor to have reviewed the
mathematical integrity and the tax assumptions of the Base Case Forecast and the Model Auditor shall have issued for the benefit of the Senior Lenders a report
thereon.
Development, which are are listed on Schedule 7.05(a) , have been obtained and complied with and continue to be complied with in all material respects.
(iii) Government Approvals . All Government Approvals required pursuant to any Government Rule for the then-current stage of Project
(iv) Interconnection Arrangements . A copy of a transmission plan, certified as such by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower (the “
Transmission Plan ”).
(f) Reports and Bring-Down Certificates of the Independent Advisors . Evidence that each of the Independent Advisors shall have been appointed and
together with each of the following:
(i) Independent Engineer . Recent report of the Independent Engineer on the Project favorably reviewing (among other matters reviewed at the
request of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders): (A) the technical and economic feasibility of the Project, (B) the reasonableness and consistency of the Project
Construction Budget and Schedule, the Material Project Documents and the assumptions related to the costs and operating performance of the Project, (C) the
reasonableness of the assumptions underlying the Base Case Forecast delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(ii) , and (D) the O&M Framework and the Transmission
Plan. In addition, the Independent Engineer shall provide a bring-down certificate, dated no more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date and form and
substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has occurred since the date of such
report that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth therein and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the findings of the
Independent Engineer as set forth in the report.
(ii) Independent Environmental and Social Consultant . A recent Environmental and Social Consultant’s Report by the Independent
Environmental and Social Consultant, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and a certification from the Independent
Environmental and Social Consultant that all actions set forth in the Action Plan required to have occurred prior to the Closing Date hereto have been satisfied. In
addition, the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant shall provide a bring-down certificate, dated no more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date
and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has occurred since
the date of such Environmental and Social
71
Consultant’s Report that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in such report and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the
findings of the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant as set forth in such report.
(iii) Independent Insurance Consultant . A recent report from the Independent Insurance Consultant confirming, among other things, that the
insurance policies provided pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 are typical for undertakings similar to the Project, are in full force
and effect, and that such policies otherwise conform in all material respects with the requirements specified in the Financing Documents. In addition, the
Independent Insurance Consultant shall provide a bring-down certificate, dated no more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date and in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has occurred since the date of such report that
materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in such report and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the findings of the
Independent Insurance Consultant as set forth in such report.
(iv) Independent Market Consultant . A recent report from the Independent Market Consultant in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Administrative Agent. In addition, the Independent Market Consultant shall provide a bring-down certificate, dated no more than ten (10) days prior to the
Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, to the effect that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has
occurred since the date of such report that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in such report and entitling the Administrative Agent
to rely upon the findings of the Independent Market Consultant as set forth in such report.
(g) Opinions of Counsel . Duly executed opinions, dated as of the Closing Date (or in the case of sub-clause (vii)(A) below, dated as of a recent date),
of each counsel listed below and addressed to the Senior Lenders:
(i) Opinion of New York Counsel to the Credit Parties . An opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special New York counsel to the Credit Parties.
(ii) Opinion of Peruvian Counsel to the Borrower . An opinion of Miranda & Amado, special Peruvian counsel to the Borrower.
(iii) Opinion of Peruvian Counsel to the Quimpac Pledgor . An opinion of Rebaza, Alcazar & De las Casas, special Peruvian counsel to the
Quimpac Pledgor.
(iv) Opinion of Bermuda Counsel to the Project Sponsor and the Inkia Pledgor . An opinion of Appleby (Bermuda) Limited, special Bermuda
counsel to the Project Sponsor and the Inkia Pledgor.
(v) Opinion of New York Counsel to the Administrative Agent . An opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy LLP, special New York
counsel to the Administrative Agent.
72
(vi) Opinion of Peruvian Counsel to the Administrative Agent . An opinion of Rodrigo, Elias & Medrano Abogados, special Peruvian counsel to
the Senior Lenders.
(vii) Opinion of Counsel to the EPC Contractor .
(A) An opinion of Estudio Legale Corapi, counsel to Astaldi, S.p.A. with respect to the EPC Contract; and
(B) An opinion of in-house counsel to GyM S.A. with respect to the EPC Contract.
(viii) Opinion of Counsel to Israel Corporation . An opinion of Gornitzky & Co., special Israeli counsel to Israel Corporation.
(h) Financial Statements . (i) Copies of the most recent unaudited and audited financial statements of the Credit Parties (other than with respect to the
Inkia Pledgor), in each case prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles of such Person and certified as such by an Authorized Officer of the relevant
Credit Party, (ii) to the extent not publicly available, copies of the most recent unaudited and audited financial statements of Israel Corporation, in each case prepared
in accordance with the Accounting Principles of Israel Corporation and certified as such by an Authorized Officer of Israel Corporation and (iii) to the extent
available to the Borrower, the most recent audited financial statements of each of the EPC Contractor, Luz del Sur S.A.A., Edelnor S.A.A., Edecañate S.A. and
ElectroPeru (it being understood by the parties hereto that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, delivery of any financial statements described in this
clause (iii) shall not be an express or implied representation or warranty by any Credit Party as to the accuracy or completeness thereof or as to any other matter set
forth therein).
(i) “Know Your Customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Rules and Regulations . Documentation and other information required by bank regulatory
authorities under applicable “know your customer” and Anti-Money Laundering Laws, shall have been received by the Agents, and shall include the following:
(i) each Credit Party’s registered legal address, operational address (if applicable) and mailing address, (ii) (A) if a Credit Party is a United States person as defined
in the Code, such Credit Party’s United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or any successor applicable form or (B) if a Credit Party is not a United States
person as defined in the Code, such Credit Party’s United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN or successor applicable form, as the case may
be, (iii) each Credit Party’s certificate of formation and applicable organizational documents (including amendments thereto), (iv) a list of directors of each Credit
Party or list of such persons controlling the Borrower, (v) certified copies of passports, to be delivered solely to those Lenders who request such documentation, of at
least five (5) Authorized Officers of each Credit Party, including (A) each individual executing the Financing Documents, Borrowing Certificates and Notices of
Borrowing on behalf of such Credit Party and (B) each such Authorized Officer’s residential address, (vi) an executed resolution or other such documentation stating
who is authorized to open an account for the Borrower, (vii) an ownership diagram that shows each level of ownership of each Credit Party, including an
73
accompanying overview describing such Credit Party’s ownership structure and names of principals, senior managers and shareholders in such ownership structure
and (viii) in respect of Israel Corporation and each Credit Party, a list of the two largest ultimate beneficial owners and any ultimate beneficial owner with an interest
of 15% or more in such Person, including, as applicable, proof of the residential address of any ultimate beneficial owner who is a natural person.
(j) Appointment of Process Agent; Independent Accounting Firm .
(i) A Process Agent Acceptance delivered by each Credit Party to irrevocably appoint the Process Agent to receive service of process under the
Financing Documents; and (ii) satisfactory evidence that the Borrower has appointed the Auditor as its independent accounting firm and has authorized such firm to
communicate directly with the Administrative Agent.
(k) Payment of Fees . Payment of all or any portion of such fees and expenses then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, including
pursuant to Sections 2.04 , 11.03 , and the Fee Letters.
(l) Insurance .
(i) Insurance Policies . Certificates of insurance evidencing the existence of all insurance required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 and the designation of the Trustee as the sole loss payee (acting on the behalf of the Secured Parties) and the Administrative Agent
as additional named insured thereunder to the extent required by Section 8.05 , such certificates to be in such form and contain such information as is specified in
Section 8.05 .
(ii) Broker’s Letter of Undertaking . A Broker’s Letter of Undertaking by an Acceptable Insurance Broker to the Borrower, dated as no more
than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered and that sets forth the insurance obtained in accordance with the requirements of
Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 and stating that such insurance (A) has been obtained and in each case is in full force and effect, (B) that such insurance materially
complies with Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 and (C) that all premiums then due and payable on all insurance required to be obtained by the Borrower have been
paid.
6.02 Conditions to the Initial Disbursement Date . The occurrence of the Initial Disbursement Date is subject to receipt by the Administrative Agent of
each of the agreements and other documents, and the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, set forth below, each of which shall be (i) in form and substance
satisfactory to each Senior Lender, the Administrative Agent (with respect to which the Administrative Agent may consult with counsel or the Independent
Advisors) and the SACE Agent and (ii) if applicable, in full force and effect (unless, in each case, waived by each Senior Lender):
74
(a) Transaction Documents .
(i) Each Financing Document duly executed and delivered (except to the extent previously delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the
Transmission Concession Mortgage Agreement) by the intended parties thereto and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing thereunder;
provided , that if the Borrower cannot deliver a fully executed Consent and Agreement with respect to any material PPA, the Borrower shall deliver a certificate
from an Authorized Officer certifying that the Borrower has used commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Consent and Agreement, including a description in
reasonable detail of the efforts undertaken (including (i) arranging a meeting between the PPA counterparty, the relevant Government Authorities (if any) and any
Senior Lenders who have requested to participate in such meeting and (ii) providing a draft of the appropriate Consent and Agreement to the PPA counterparty).
(ii) Each Project Document set forth on Schedule 7.15(b) , each duly executed and delivered by the intended parties thereto, as well as a
certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such Project Documents and any subsequent amendments remain in full force and effect and no
material default or event of force majeure exists thereunder.
(iii) The Shareholders’ Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Pledgors.
(b) Closing Certificates .
(i) A certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that: (A) each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower
contained in Article VII is true and correct on and as of the Initial Disbursement Date (or such earlier date in the case of any representation and warranty given as an
earlier date), (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the Initial Disbursement Date and no Default or Event of Default will result
from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (C) no Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing between the
Closing Date and the Initial Disbursement Date and (D) except for the parcels of real property and easements set forth on Schedule 8.10 , the Collateral is subject to
the perfected first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) and the security interest established pursuant to the Security Documents required to be delivered
pursuant to Section 6.02(a) .
(ii) A certificate of an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party and Israel Corporation certifying that: (A) each of the representations and
warranties of such Credit Party in each Transaction Document that such Credit Party is party to is true and correct on and as of the Initial Disbursement Date (or
such earlier date in the case of any representation and warranty given as an earlier date) and (B) no “default” or “event of default” howsoever defined in each
Transaction Document that such Credit Party, or Israel Corporation, is party to has occurred and is continuing as of the Initial Disbursement Date and no “default” or
“event of default” will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
75
(c) Project Development .
(i) Construction Report . A Construction Report for the Project delivered by the Borrower in the form contemplated in Section 8.19 and dated the
date of the initial Borrowing Certificate.
(ii) Environmental and Social Monitoring Report . An Environmental and Social Monitoring Report delivered by the Borrower and dated the
date of the initial Borrowing Certificate.
(iii) Government Approvals . All Government Approvals required pursuant to any Government Rule necessary for the then-current stage of
Project Development, which are listed on Schedule 7.05(b) , have been obtained and complied with and continue to be complied with in all material
respects.
(iv) Property Rights . Evidence (including access to copies of sale and purchase agreements, easement agreements and ministerial resolutions
recognizing or imposing easements referred to in Schedule 8.20 ) that all land rights, rights of way or easement rights required for the then-current stage
of Project Development have been obtained and are free and clear of any limitation or restriction (other than Permitted Liens).
(d) Bring-Down Certificates of the Independent Advisors .
(i) Independent Engineer . A bring-down certificate, dated no earlier than the date of the initial Notice of Borrowing, to the effect that it is not
aware of any act, event or condition has occurred since the Closing Date that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in its report
delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(i) and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the findings of the Independent Engineer as set forth in the report.
(ii) Independent Environmental and Social Consultant . A bring-down certificate, dated no earlier than the date of the initial Notice of
Borrowing, to the effect that it is not aware of any (A) failure to comply with the Action Plan or (B) act, event or condition that has occurred since the Closing Date
that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in its report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(ii) and entitling the Administrative Agent
to rely upon the findings of the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant as set forth in the report.
(iii) Independent Insurance Consultant . A bring-down certificate, dated no earlier than the date of the initial Notice of Borrowing, to the effect
that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has occurred since the Closing Date that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth
in report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(iii) and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the findings of the Independent Insurance Consultant as set
forth in the report.
(iv) Independent Market Consultant . A bring-down certificate, dated no earlier than the date of the initial Notice of Borrowing, to the effect
that it is not aware of any act, event or condition that has occurred since the Closing Date that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth
in report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(iv) and entitling the Administrative Agent to rely upon the findings of the Independent Market Consultant as set forth
in the report.
76
(e) First Priority Lien; Filings, Registrations and Recordings .
(i) First Priority Lien . Each of the Security Documents delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) are in full force and effect and are effective to
create and perfect a first ranking security interest in the Collateral, except for the liens in respect of the parcels of real property and easements set forth
on Schedule 8.20 .
(ii) Search Reports . A search report for the applicable jurisdiction, including (x) “ Certificado de Búsqueda Catastral ” of all the area of the
Project (including the Transmission Line) and (y) “ Certificado Negativo de Cargas y Gravámenes ” of each piece of real property acquired for the
Project, in the case of sub-clause (y), only to the extent such parcel of real property has been previously registered in the public registry in the
Borrower’s name, dated a date reasonably near to the Initial Disbursement Date and searching the applicable central filing offices in the jurisdiction of
each Credit Party’s organization and in the recorder of deeds in Washington, D.C., USA, listing all effective financing statements (or comparable
documentation in the relevant jurisdiction) which name any Credit Party (under their respective present names or any previous name) as a debtor,
together with copies of such financing statements (or comparable documentation in the relevant jurisdiction) that evidence (A) Liens to be terminated
on or prior to the Initial Disbursement Date (if any), (B) Permitted Liens or (C) in the case of the Pledgors, Liens not part of the Collateral.
(iii) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Satisfactory evidence that all filings, registrations, notarizations, public deeds ( escrituras públicas )
and/or recordings required by applicable law, and listed on Schedule 6.02(e)(iii) , for the validity, perfection and priority (to the extent possible under
applicable law) of the security interests contemplated by the Security Documents delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) have been made in the relevant
jurisdiction, except for the liens in respect of the parcels of real property and easements set forth on Schedule 8.20 .
(iv) Fees and Taxes . Evidence that all filing, recordation, subscription and inscription fees and all recording and other similar fees, and all
recording, stamp and other taxes and other expenses related to such filings, registrations and recordings, in each case as listed on Schedule 6.02(e)(iv) ,
necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been paid in full by or
on behalf of the Credit Parties.
(v) Powers of Attorney . The Borrower shall have delivered (or, in the case of the Share Pledge Agreement, shall have caused the Pledgors to
deliver) to the Onshore Collateral Agent duly executed public deeds (escrituras públicas) of the Powers of Attorney, duly registered in the applicable
Peruvian Public Registries and in full force and effect.
77
(f) Bring-Down Opinions of Counsel . Favorable bring-down opinions with respect to the opinions from the counsel referred to in Section 6.01(g) ,
addressed to the recipients of each of the original opinions and otherwise each in form and substance satisfactory to the Senior Lenders and the Administrative Agent
(with respect to which the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may consult with counsel).
(g) Corporate Bring-Down Documents . A bring-down certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party and Israel Corporation with
respect to each of the certificates provided by such Credit Party or Israel Corporation in Section 6.01(c) , including with respect to Israel Corporation’s certificate, as
to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing the Transaction Documents to which Israel Corporation is or is intended to be a party and each
other document to be delivered by Israel Corporation from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof (and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may
conclusively rely on such incumbency certification until it receives notice in writing from Israel Corporation).
(h) Insurance .
(i) Insurance . All insurance for the Project shall be in full force and effect and certificates of insurance with respect to the insurance policies
required by Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 in respect of the Project, together with evidence of the payment of all premiums therefor which are then due and payable,
shall have been delivered.
(ii) Broker’s Letter of Undertaking . A Broker’s Letter of Undertaking by an Acceptable Insurance Broker to the Borrower, dated no earlier
than the date of the initial Notice of Borrowing, duly executed and delivered and that sets forth the insurance obtained in accordance with the requirements of
Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 and stating that such insurance (A) has been obtained and in each case is in full force and effect, (B) that such insurance materially
complies with Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 and (C) that all premiums then due and payable on all insurance required to be obtained by the Borrower have been
paid.
(i) Hedging Agreements .
(i) Executed copies of (x) each ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, together with the ISDA Schedule thereto, and (y) a confirmation with an
effective trade date no later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter, in respect of the Interest Rate Protection Agreements, between the Permitted Swap Providers and
the Borrower, on terms and conditions in accordance with Section 8.15(a ).
(ii) Executed copies of (x) each ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, together with the ISDA Schedule thereto and (y) a confirmation with an
effective trade date no later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter, in respect of the Currency Rate Protection Agreements, between the Currency Swap Coordinators
and the Borrower on terms and conditions in accordance with Section 8.15(b) .
(iii) Executed copies of each Secured Party Addition Agreement executed by the Permitted Swap Providers.
78
(j) Accounts Established . Evidence of the establishment of the Project Accounts.
(k) Required Equity Contribution . To the extent that the Required Equity Contribution has not been funded in full prior to the Initial Disbursement
Date, one or more Acceptable Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the unfunded balance of the Required Equity Contribution.
(l) Contingent Equity Contribution . Contingent Equity Credit Support in an amount equal to the Maximum Contingent Equity Contribution.
(m) Tranche C Equity Support . One or more Acceptable Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the Aggregate Tranche C Loan Commitment.
(n) [Reserved]
(o) Tranche D .
full force and effect.
(i) SACE Policy . The SACE Agent shall have received the SACE Policy, duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto, which shall be in
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing thereunder.
(ii) SACE Reimbursement Agreement . The SACE Reimbursement Agreement duly executed and delivered by the intended parties thereto and
(iii) Eligible Contractors . The Eligible Contractor shall have irrevocably acknowledged and agreed for the benefit of the Borrower and the
Tranche D Lenders that amounts owing to it under the Eligible Contract that qualify as Eligible Costs shall be paid directly to its account specified in the notice
referenced in Section 6.04(e)(i) , except where such amounts are applied to the reimbursement of the Borrower in accordance with Section 8.09(c).
Premium as set forth in the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
(iv) SACE Premium . SACE shall have been paid (or will be paid with the proceeds of such initial Tranche D Loans) the portion of the SACE
Project that have been invoiced and submitted to the Borrower no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Initial Disbursement Date.
(v) Payment of Costs and Expenses . SACE shall have been paid any costs, expenses or liabilities reasonably incurred by SACE relating to the
Garanzia ”), duly executed and delivered by SACE and the Eligible Contractor.
(vi) Indemnity Letter . The SACE Agent shall have received from the Eligible Contractor an indemnity letter (“ Accordo di Manleva a
counsel acceptable to the Tranche D Lenders in respect of the SACE Policy.
(vii) Legal Opinion . A duly executed opinion addressed to the SACE Agent, dated as of the Initial Disbursement Date, of special Italian
79
as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each Person authorized to execute the Exporter Declarations.
(viii) Incumbency Certificate of the Eligible Contractor . An executed certificate delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Eligible Contractor
6.03 Conditions to All Borrowings . The obligation of the Lenders to make any Loan (including the initial Loan) is subject to the satisfaction on the
date of such Borrowing of the conditions precedent set forth below in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the SACE Agent,
unless in each case waived by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Majority Lenders:
(a) Notice of Borrowing .
and
(i) The Agents shall have received from the Borrower a Notice of Borrowing conforming to the requirements of Section 2.02 and Section 4.05 ;
Borrowing prior to the Initial Disbursement Date.
(ii) Solely in respect of the Initial Disbursement Date, DEG and FMO shall have each received an original copy of the initial Notice of
(b) Borrowing Certificate . The Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer shall have received, at least four (4) Business Days prior to the
date of the Notice of Borrowing, a Borrowing Certificate, which shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B-1 .
(c) Payment of Fees . Payment of all or any portion of such fees and expenses then due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement, including
pursuant to Sections 2.04 , 11.03 , the Fee Letters and the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
(d) Payment of Project Costs . The amount of each Borrowing requested by the Borrower on the date of the Borrowing Certificate shall not exceed the
Project Costs attributable to the Project Development, due and to be paid on or prior to the date of such Borrowing Certificate or reasonably expected to be due or
incurred (i) within the next forty-five (45) days succeeding the date of such Borrowing Certificate or (ii) in respect of the final Borrowing, within the period until the
Project Completion Date, (each of (i) and (ii) without duplication of any other Borrowing previously made in respect of such Project Development); provided , that
as of the date of such Borrowing Certificate, no cost overruns shall have occurred and be continuing which could reasonably be expected to result in Project Costs in
excess of funds available to pay such Project Costs.
(e) Evidence of Project Costs . The Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer shall have received (i) a copy of all invoices and related
documentation issued under the EPC Contract (or other invoices and supporting documentation in connection with the payment of any other Project Costs) which the
Borrower intends to pay with such Loan, (ii) projections of invoices expected to be received (A) in respect of all Borrowings except the final Borrowing, within
forty-five (45) days after the date of the applicable Borrowing Certificate or (B) in respect of the final Borrowing, within the period from the date of the applicable
Borrowing Certificate until the Project Completion Date, in connection with Project Costs which the Borrower intends to pay with such Loan, in each case not less
than five
80
(5) Business Days prior to the date of the Notice of Borrowing, as applicable, as evidence of the Project Costs related to the applicable Borrowing Certificate and
(iii) together with all Lien waivers from the EPC Contractor, including with respect to work performed by subcontractors, delivered in accordance with
Section 14.1.3 of the EPC Contract and in respect of all work completed under the EPC Contract as of the date of such Borrowing; provided , that the Borrower shall
(x) submit a cumulative status of all such Project Costs paid up to and including as of the relevant Borrowing Certificate demonstrating that all amounts borrowed
pursuant to the preceding Borrowing Certificate were used to pay Project Costs or (y) reduce the amount of the Loans requested pursuant to the current Notice of
Borrowing, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Loan proceeds and Equity not previously expended.
(f) Independent Engineer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Independent Engineer, substantially in the
form of Exhibit C-3 and dated no earlier than the date of the relevant Borrowing Certificate and no later than the date of the relevant Notice of Borrowing,
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and confirming each of the following: (i) the progress of construction of the Project is proceeding substantially
in accordance with or ahead of the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, (ii) appropriate personnel have been retained by the Borrower to oversee all major
civil works then-currently under construction, (iii) the current utilization of previous Borrowings with respect to the Project, (iv) the existence of sufficient
committed funds needed to achieve the Commercial Operation Date, the Actual Project Acceptance Date and Project Completion (v) the funds to be drawn are to be
used for approved Project Costs consistent with the terms of the applicable Financing Documents and the EPC Contract and (vi) the Project is reasonably expected to
achieve the Required Final Taking-Over Date.
(g) Independent Environmental and Social Consultant . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Independent Environmental
and Social Consultant, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 and dated no earlier than the date of the relevant Borrowing Certificate and no later than the date of
the relevant Notice of Borrowing, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and confirming each of the following: (i) full compliance with the Action
Plan and (ii) no act, event or condition that has occurred since the Closing Date that materially adversely affects the information and conclusions set forth in its
Environmental and Social Consultant’s Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f)(ii) .
(h) Government Approvals . All Government Approvals required pursuant to any Government Rule necessary (unless the requirement therefor has been
waived in writing by the applicable Government Authority) for the then-current stage of the Project Development (as set forth in Schedule 7.05(a) , (b) and (c) )
have been obtained and complied with and continue to be complied with in all material respects.
(i) Borrower’s Certificate . A certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that: (i) each of the representations and warranties of the
Borrower contained in Article VII is true and complete in all respects as of the date of such certificate (or such earlier date in the case of any representation and
warranty given as an earlier date), (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred as of the date of such certificate and is continuing and no Default or Event of
Default will result from the proposed Borrowing contemplated by such
81
certificate, (iii) in the case of any Borrowing after the Initial Disbursement Date, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing since the previous
Borrowing, (iv) the Collateral is subject to the perfected first priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens) established pursuant to the Security Documents required
to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) of this Agreement, (v) no Event of Abandonment has occurred, (vi) that the Project is reasonably expected to achieve the
Final Taking-Over Date prior to the Required Final Taking-Over Date and that sufficient funds exist in order to achieve the Project Completion Date by the Required
Project Completion Date.
(j) Required Equity Contribution .
(i) The Borrower shall have certified that it has received Equity in such an amount so that the Debt to Equity Ratio is not greater than 65:35.
For the purposes of such certification, the Required Equity Contribution shall be deemed contributed to the Borrower if evidence of payment satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer of Project Costs by or on behalf of the Borrower shall have been received by the Administrative Agent and the
Independent Engineer and the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer shall have received copies of all invoices and other evidence of Project Costs paid
with the Required Equity Contribution and such documentation shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Independent
Engineer.
(k) E&S Management System . The Borrower shall have certified that it and the Operator are implementing their E&S Management System diligently
and in accordance with the timetable described in the Action Plan.
(l) Pro Rata Disbursement . The Borrowing is made pro rata among the Tranche A Loans, Tranche B Loans, Tranche C Loans and the Tranche D
Loans.
(m) Environmental and Social Conditions . The Administrative Agent shall not have received a written notice delivered by FMO or DEG, dated at least
four (4) Business Days prior to the Disbursement Date set forth in the relevant Notice of Borrowing, setting forth their determination (acting reasonably) that the
Borrower is not in compliance with its obligations set forth in Sections 8.04 , 8.09 , 8.30 and 8.33 .
(n) COFIDE Guarantees . Any COFIDE Guarantee duly executed and delivered by COFIDE to a Senior Lender shall continue to be in full force and
effect, unless the same is not in full force and effect as a consequence of any act or omission of any Senior Lender party to such COFIDE Guarantee or COFIDE.
6.04 Conditions to All Tranche D Borrowings . The obligation of the Tranche D Lenders to make any Tranche D Loan (including the initial Tranche D
Loan) is subject to the satisfaction on the date of such Borrowing of the conditions precedent set forth below in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
SACE Agent, unless in each case waived by the SACE Agent at the direction of the Majority Tranche D Lenders:
(a) Common Conditions . The prior satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.02 and Section 6.03 of this
Agreement.
82
(b) SACE Policy . The SACE Policy shall continue to be in full force and effect, unless the same is not in full force and effect as a consequence of any
act or omission of any Tranche D Lender, SACE or the SACE Agent.
(c) Declarations . The SACE Agent shall have received from the Borrower and/or the Eligible Contractor, as the case may be (including with respect to
all attachments thereto) and in each case certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and/or the Eligible Contractor, as applicable, as being complete, true and
correct: (i) a complete SACE Facility Payment Request, (ii) a copy of the duly executed Eligible Contract, (iii) duly executed and completed exporter declarations (“
Dichiarazione dell’Esportatore ”) with respect to the Eligible Costs specifying the origin of the subject equipment, supplies, goods and/or services in the form set
out in Exhibit K (an “ Exporter Declaration ”), (iv) copies of all relevant commercial invoices (countersigned by the Borrower), which evidence that the Borrower is
required to pay for such equipment, supplies, goods or services constituting such Eligible Costs, and (v) copies of all other documents and certificates required to be
submitted by the applicable Eligible Contractor to the Borrower in connection with the invoicing of such Eligible Costs pursuant to the terms of the Eligible
Contract.
(d) SACE Agent review . The SACE Agent shall have reviewed the documents described in clause (c) above and have determined such documentation
to be complete and in good order so that the requested Tranche D Loans would be eligible for the cover under the SACE Policy.
(e) Eligible Contractor .
notice from the Eligible Contractor specifying the account(s) into which payment shall be made.
(i) In the event any Tranche D Loans are requested for the purposes set forth in Section 8.09(b)(i) or (ii) , the SACE Agent shall have received
Eligible Contractor have merged into any other Person, unless in any such case SACE shall have provided its written consent thereto.
(ii) The Eligible Contractor shall not have assigned or delegated its obligations under the Eligible Contract to any other Person, nor shall the
(f) SACE Premium . SACE shall have been paid (or will be paid with the proceeds of the related Tranche D Loans) the portion of the SACE Premium
related to such Tranche D Loans as set forth in the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
7.01 Existence . It is a sociedad anónima duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Peru and is duly qualified to do business
as a foreign corporation in all other places where necessary in light of the business it conducts and the
83
Property it owns and intends to conduct and own and in light of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except for where the failure to be so
qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No filing, recording, publishing or other act by the Borrower that has not been made or
done is necessary in connection with the existence or good standing of the Borrower.
7.02 Financial Condition . The financial statements of the Borrower furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01 and 8.01 (as
applicable), are in each case true, complete and correct and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date thereof, all in
accordance with its Accounting Principles (subject to normal year-end adjustments). As of such date of such financial statements, the Borrower has no material
contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments, except
as referred to or reflected or provided for in such financial statements or as arising solely from the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents.
7.03 Action . It has full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, the Transaction Documents to
which it is or is intended to be a party. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is or is intended
to be a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Borrower. Except for any Project Documents that are not required to be entered into
pursuant to this Agreement as of the date of the making of this representation, each of the Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party has been duly
executed and delivered by such Person and is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the
Borrower in accordance with its terms and admissible in evidence in the courts of Peru, except (i) as limited by general principles of equity and bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws and (ii) with respect to customary procedural requirements in connection with such court proceeding, including translation of those
Transaction Documents which are not executed in Spanish by an official translator.
7.04 No Breach . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is or is intended to be a
party do not and will not: (a) require any consent or approval of any Person that has not been obtained and remains in full force and effect (other than Government
Approvals that are not required to be obtained for the then relevant stage of the Project Development), (b) violate any provision of any Government Rule or
Government Approval applicable to the Borrower or the Project, (c) violate, result in a breach of or constitute a default under (i) any Transaction Document to which
the Borrower is a party or by which it or its Property may be bound or affected or (ii) any certificate of formation, operating agreement or other constitutive
document of the Borrower or (d) result in, or create any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon or with respect to any of the Properties now owned or hereafter
acquired by the Borrower.
84
7.05 Government Approvals; Government Rules .
(a) All material Government Approvals for the Project that have been obtained by or on behalf of the Borrower (including all material Government
Approvals that have been obtained by the EPC Contractor) for the benefit of the Project, as of the Closing Date are set forth on Schedule 7.05(a) . All Government
Approvals set forth on Schedule 7.05(a) have been duly obtained, were validly issued, are in full force and effect, and are not the subject of any pending appeal and
all applicable appeal periods have expired (except Government Approvals which do not have limits on appeal periods under Government Rules or appeals which
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project), are held in the name of the Borrower or the EPC Contractor as
indicated on such Schedule 7.05(a) and are free from conditions or requirements which (i) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with
respect to such Project or (ii) the Borrower does not reasonably expect the Borrower or the EPC Contractor (as applicable) to be able to satisfy on or prior to the
commencement of the relevant stage of Project Development, except to the extent that a failure to so satisfy such condition or requirement could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project. No Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project could reasonably be expected to result
from any such Government Approvals being held by or in the name of Persons other than the Borrower.
(b) All material Government Approvals for the Project to be obtained or amended by or on behalf of the Borrower, together with all material
Government Approvals to be obtained by the EPC Contractor for the benefit of the Project, prior to the Initial Disbursement Date are set forth on Schedule 7.05(b)
(as updated from time to time as mutually agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent). No Material Adverse Effect with respect to the
Project could reasonably be expected to result from any such Government Approvals being obtained in the name of Persons other than the Borrower.
(c) All material Government Approvals not obtained or amended as of the Initial Disbursement Date, as applicable, but necessary for the Project
Development or for the performance by any Material Project Party of any of its obligations under any Transaction Document to be obtained by or on behalf of the
Borrower, together with all material Government Approvals that have been obtained by the EPC Contractor or any other third party for the benefit of the Project,
after the Initial Disbursement Date, are set forth on Schedule 7.05(c) or (d) (as updated from time to time as mutually agreed in writing between the Borrower and
the Administrative Agent). No Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project could reasonably be expected to result from any such Government Approvals
being obtained in the name of Persons other than the Borrower.
(d) As of any date after the Closing Date on which this representation and warranty is made or deemed made, all Government Approvals required to be
held by the Borrower, EPC Contractor or, if applicable, any Operator for the then current stage of Project Development or for the performance by any Material
Project Party of any of its obligations under any Transaction Document, have been duly obtained or amended, as applicable, and validly issued, are in full force and
effect, are not the subject of any pending or threatened appeal (except appeals which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with
respect to the Project), are held in the name of the Borrower, EPC Contractor or, if applicable, any Operator and are free from conditions or requirements which
(i) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project or (ii) the Borrower does not reasonably expect the Borrower, EPC
Contractor or Operator (as
85
applicable) to be able to satisfy on or prior to the commencement of the relevant stage of Project Development or on the date set forth in the Transaction Documents
with respect thereto, as the case may be, except to the extent that a failure to so satisfy such condition or requirement could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project.
(e) The Borrower has no reason to believe that any Government Approvals which have not been obtained by the Borrower or the EPC Contractor as of
the Closing Date, but which shall be required to be obtained in the future by the Borrower or the EPC Contractor for the Project Development or for the performance
by any Material Project Party of any of its obligations under any Transaction Document, shall not be obtained in due course on or prior to the commencement of the
appropriate stage of Project Development for which such material Government Approval or prior to the date set forth in the Transaction Documents with respect
thereto, as the case may be, would be required or shall contain any condition or requirements, the compliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project or which the Borrower does not expect the Borrower or the relevant third party (as the case may be) to satisfy on
or prior to the commencement of the appropriate stage of Project Development, except to the extent that a failure to so satisfy such condition or requirement could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to such Project. The Project, if constructed in accordance with the Project Construction
Budget and Schedule, and otherwise developed as contemplated by the Material Project Documents, will conform to and comply with all covenants, conditions,
restrictions and reservations in the applicable Government Approvals and all applicable Government Rules except where any such non-compliance could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project.
(f) The Borrower, each Credit Party and the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed and not terminated in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement) is in compliance in all material respects with all Government Rules and Government Approvals required for the then-
current stage of Project Development.
7.06 Proceedings . There is (a) no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any Government Authority or arbitral tribunal now
pending or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened against any Credit Party, the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed and
not terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) or the Project or with respect to any Material Project Document or Government Approval related to
the Project and (b) no existing default by any Credit Party or the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed and not terminated in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement) under any applicable order, writ, injunction or decree of any Government Authority or arbitral tribunal, which in the
case of clause (a) or (b) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project.
86
7.07 Environmental and Social Matters . Except as otherwise specified in Schedule 7.07 to this Agreement:
(a) The Project, insofar as its development, design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, testing, start-up, finance, ownership,
operation and maintenance are concerned, complies and has been in compliance at all times with (i) all Environmental and Social Laws and Government Approvals,
including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Environmental and Social Standards, required for such Project under any Environmental and Social Laws and has not at
any time violated and will not violate any Environmental and Social Laws or Government Approvals required for the Project under any Environmental and Social
Laws except for any such non-compliance or violation that could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse environmental or social effect attributable to
the Project and (ii) the Environmental and Social Standards.
(b) The Project, insofar as its development, design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, testing, start-up, finance, ownership,
operation and maintenance are concerned, has obtained and continuously maintained and maintains, in full force and effect, all Government Approvals required by
the relevant Government Authorities for such Project under Environmental and Social Laws, and there are and will be no ongoing, pending, or, to the Borrower’s
Knowledge, threatened actions to challenge, revoke, cancel, terminate, limit or modify any such Government Approvals, except for any failure to obtain or maintain
in full force and effect or actions to challenge, revoke, cancel, terminate, limit or modify that could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
environmental or social effect attributable to the Project.
(c) There are no facts, circumstances, conditions or occurrences regarding the past or present operations or conditions of the Project, including the
presence of, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials, that reasonably could form the basis of a material Environmental and Social Claim or cause the
Project to be subject to any material restrictions arising under any Environmental and Social Law that in either case would materially hinder or restrict the Borrower
from occupying or operating the Project as intended under the Material Project Documents (excluding restrictions on the transferability of Government Approvals
upon the transfer of ownership of assets subject to such Government Approval).
(d) There are (i) no past Environmental and Social Claims or (ii) no pending or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened Environmental and Social
Claims, in each case against the Project, or against the Borrower, the Operator or the Project Sponsor with respect to the Project, that could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project.
(e) There are no material written environmental investigations, studies, audits, reviews or other analyses relating to the development, design,
specification, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, testing, start-up, finance, ownership, operation or maintenance of the Project that are known
to or within the possession or control of, the Borrower, the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed and not terminated pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement) or the Project Sponsor, which have not been provided to the Administrative Agent.
87
(f) To the Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no material social or environmental risks or issues in relation to the Project, or the Borrower’s or the
Operator’s activities relating thereto, other than those expressly identified and to the extent described in the Action Plan or the Environmental and Social
Consultant’s Report.
7.08 Taxes . No Person that owns or has owned (directly or indirectly) an interest in the Borrower that is treated as equity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes is a “United States person” within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(30), except for any Person that may own (directly or indirectly) an interest in the
Borrower through a public company that owns an indirect interest in the Borrower. The Borrower has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and
reports required to have been filed (or has obtained a lawful extension of the deadline therefor). As of the Closing Date and as of the Initial Disbursement Date in
respect of each Loan, the Borrower has paid and discharged all material Taxes imposed on or payable by the Borrower, including, but not limited to, Taxes on
income or profits or on any of the Borrower’s Property and Taxes required to be withheld and paid with respect to payments or allocations to employees,
independent contractors, equity holders or otherwise except Taxes being Contested. There are no Liens for Taxes on any asset of the Borrower other than any
Permitted Liens. The Borrower is not liable for Taxes of any other Person, whether by contract, by operation of law (including as a successor) or otherwise.
7.09 Tax Status . The Borrower is not subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the
other Transaction Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall affect such status. No Taxes are required to be
withheld or deducted on any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder by reason of the place of organization, management
or activities of (i) any Person owning an Equity Interest (either directly or indirectly) in the Borrower or (ii) any Person acting on behalf of the Borrower.
7.10 ERISA; ERISA Event; Labor Relations .
(a) The Borrower does not sponsor, contribute to, maintain, or have any liability with respect to any employee benefit plan or program that is subject to
ERISA. No event has occurred, and no condition exists, that could subject the Borrower, either directly or be reason of its affiliation with an ERISA Affiliate, to any
Lien or material liability imposed by Title IV of ERISA. To the extent applicable, each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the
requirements of any and all applicable law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities and the Borrower has
not incurred any material liability therewith, except to the extent that any such non-compliance or liability could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(b) The Borrower is not a party to, nor has any obligation under, any labor, collective bargaining or other employment agreement, or any other
agreement that may subject the Borrower or any of its Affiliates to liability under any Government Rule in any relevant jurisdiction concerning labor, employment,
wages or worker benefits.
88
7.11 Nature of Business; Property .
(a) The Borrower has not engaged in any business other than the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
(b) The Borrower has legal, valid title to all its Property and such Property is not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens. As of the Closing
Date, the Borrower has legal, valid title to ninety-seven percent (97%) of the Property located in the Project Areas (as defined in the EPC Contract) that is required
for the Project Development.
7.12 Security Documents . On and after the Initial Disbursement Date, the provisions of the Security Documents then delivered are effective to create,
in favor of the Collateral Agents and the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable first priority Lien on and security interest in all
of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, and all necessary recordings and filings have been made, or will be made on the Initial Disbursement Date and the
date of each subsequent Borrowing, in all necessary public offices, and all other necessary and appropriate action has been taken, including sending notices to each
applicable Project Party pursuant to Section 8.20(h) , so that each such Security Document creates a perfected Lien on and security interest in all right, title and
interest of the Borrower in the Collateral covered thereby, prior and superior to all other Liens and all necessary and appropriate consents to the creation, perfection
and enforcement of such Liens have been obtained from each of the parties to the Material Project Documents, except Liens that have priority pursuant to any
applicable Government Rule.
7.13 Subsidiaries . The Borrower has no Subsidiaries.
7.14 Status; Investment Company Regulation . The Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “Controlled” by an “investment company”
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
7.15 Contracts; Project Documents; Licenses .
(a) Set forth on Schedule 7.15(a) , (b) and (c) , as applicable (as the same may be updated from time to time and attached to any Borrowing Certificate
delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(b) ), is a list of all Material Project Documents to which the Borrower is a party as of the date this representation is made, or by
which it or its properties are bound (including all amendments, supplements, waivers, letter agreements, interpretations and other documents amending,
supplementing or otherwise modifying or clarifying such agreements and instruments).
(b) As of the Closing Date, all Material Project Documents that have been entered into on or prior to the Closing Date by any Credit Party in connection
with the construction and operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction Documents are listed on Schedule 7.15(a) and are in full force and effect
(except for the expiration of any Material Project Document in accordance with its terms and not as a result of a breach or a default thereunder).
89
(c) The Material Project Documents in effect on the Closing Date and the Additional Project Documents entered into in accordance with this
Agreement, constitute and include all contracts and agreements relating to the Project other than Non-Material Project Documents and other than the Financing
Documents, and the Borrower is not a party to any contract or agreement that is not a Project Document. There are no material contracts, services, materials or rights
(other than Government Approvals) required for the then-current stage of the Project Development other than those granted by, or to be provided to the Borrower
pursuant to, the Material Project Documents. The Administrative Agent has received a certified copy of each Material Project Document (other than those that are
not required to be delivered as of the date of the making of this representation) as in effect on the date of its delivery to the Administrative Agent and each
amendment, modification or supplement to each such Material Project Document permitted pursuant to Section 8.20 . None of the Material Project Documents has
been materially Impaired, and all of the Material Project Documents (other than those that are not required to be entered into pursuant to this Agreement as of the
date of the making of this representation or that have been cancelled or terminated as permitted under this Agreement) are in full force and effect. All conditions
precedent to the obligations of the Borrower under the Material Project Documents have been satisfied or waived except for such conditions precedent which need
not and cannot be satisfied until a later stage of Project Development. No Material Project Party is in default of any material covenant or material obligation set forth
in any Material Project Document and no condition has occurred that would become such a default with the giving of notice or lapse of time.
(d) All representations, warranties and other factual statements made by each Credit Party or the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M
Agreement has been executed and has not been terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) in the Material Project Documents to which such Person is a
party are true and correct in all material respects on the date made.
(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.15(e) and as permitted pursuant to Section 8.16 hereto, the Borrower does not have any Indebtedness outstanding
and has not entered into any credit agreement, loan agreement, indenture, purchase agreement, guarantee, letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or
otherwise relating to any Indebtedness or any extension of credit (or commitment for any extension of credit). Except as set forth on Schedule 7.15(e), no
undischarged Liens have been filed, and the Borrower has not received any notices of Liens, in connection with any work performed or agreement listed on Schedule
7.15 , except for the Permitted Liens.
(f) As of any date on which this representation is made or deemed repeated, there have been no Change Orders under the EPC Contract for the Project
with respect to which a funding has been made or is being requested, other than Change Orders made prior to the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.15(f) or as
otherwise permitted to Section 8.20(e ) and (f) .
(g) The Borrower, the relevant Credit Party or the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed and not has not been
terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) owns, or is licensed to use all rights under, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, service
marks, copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information, domain names, know-how and processes necessary for the current stage of Project
Development (the “ Intellectual Property ”), except for those the failure to own
90
or license which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No claim has been asserted and is pending
by any Person challenging or questioning (i) the use of any such Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any such Intellectual Property, nor does any
Credit Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, or (ii) the conduct of any Credit Party in its business as allegedly infringing the rights of any Person, nor
does any Credit Party know of any valid basis for any such claim or allegation; except for such claims and allegations of infringement that, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.16 Use of Proceeds . No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or
carrying any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for such purpose. Disclosure . Neither this Agreement nor any Financing Document nor any reports, financial
statements, certificates or other written information (including all information provided pursuant to Section 6.01(g) ) furnished to the Agents or the Lenders by or on
behalf of the Borrower in connection with the negotiation of, and the extension of credit under, this Agreement and the other Financing Documents and the
transactions contemplated by the Material Project Documents or delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder (as modified or
supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to the Borrower in the case
of any documents not furnished by it) in each case, necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; provided , that with respect to any projected financial information, forecasts, estimates, or forward-looking
information, including that contained in the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, the Base Case Forecast and the Updated Base Case Forecast, the Borrower
represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time and is subject to the uncertainties that
are inherent in any projections, and the Borrower makes no representation as to the actual attainability of any projections set forth in the Base Case Forecast and the
Updated Base Case Forecast, the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, or any such other items listed in this sentence. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, no representation or warranty is made by the Borrower as to any information or material provided to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders by the Independent Advisors (except to the extent such information or material originated with the Borrower).
7.18 Legal Form . Each Financing Document is, and the Notes when duly executed and delivered by the Borrower will be, in proper legal form under
the laws of Peru for the enforcement thereof against the Borrower under such law; and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of
any Financing Document in Peru (except for the official translation into Spanish of any such document by an official translator), it is not necessary that such
Financing Document or any other document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in Peru or that any stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of
such Loan Document.
7.19 Fees . The Borrower has no obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s, advisory, broker’s or investment banking fee other than fees
payable under this Agreement and the Fee Letters, the SACE Reimbursement Agreement or as set forth in the Project Construction Budget and Schedule or fees and
expenses payable to the Borrower’s legal counsel.
91
7.20 Insurance . All insurance required to be obtained by the Borrower has been obtained and is in full force and effect and complies with Section 8.05
and Schedule 8.05 , and all premiums then due and payable on all such insurance have been paid, and to the Borrower’s Knowledge, all insurance required to be
obtained by a Material Project Party pursuant to a Material Project Document has been obtained and is in full force and effect and materially complies with
Section 8.05 and Schedule 8.05 .
7.21 No Material Adverse Effect . There are no facts or circumstances which, individually or in the aggregate, have resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect since December 31, 2011.
7.22 Absence of Default . No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
7.23 Event of Force Majeure . The Borrower has not delivered or received any notice of any Event of Force Majeure which has not been disclosed in
writing to the Administrative Agent other than any Event of Force Majeure that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.24 Sanctionable Practices; Prohibited Activities . Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has
committed or engaged in, with respect to the Project or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, any Sanctionable Practice.
(b) Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, are engaged in Prohibited Activities.
7.25 Ownership .
(a) The Borrower’s Equity Interests are held by the following Persons in the following proportions as at the Closing Date:
(i) Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited, 74.9%; and
(ii) Quimpac Pledgor, 25.1%.
(b) There are no call options, purchase options or similar rights of any Person (other than the Pledgors’ rights thereto) in respect of such Equity
Interests, except for Permitted Liens and other rights provided for in the Financing Documents.
7.26 Separateness .
(a) The Borrower maintains separate bank accounts and separate books of account from the other Credit Parties and the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a
Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement). The separate liabilities
92
of the Borrower are readily distinguishable from the liabilities of each Affiliate of the Borrower, including the Credit Parties and the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a
Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) (except to the extent otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents).
(b) The Borrower conducts its business solely in its own name in a manner not misleading to other Persons as to its identity.
7.27 Foreign Assets Control Regulations .
(a) Neither the Borrower’s Borrowing of the Loans nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate in any material respect (i) the United States Trading
with the Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, (ii) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B,
Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (iii) Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49,079 (2001), issued by the
President of the United States (Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support
Terrorism) (the “ Terrorism Order ”), (iv) any Anti-Money Laundering Laws, (v) the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act (CISADA)
of 2010 or (vi) any similar Government Rules issued by the United Nations Security Council or any United Nations Security Council Sanctions Committee in
relation to embargoes or the fight against terrorism. No part of the proceeds from the Loans hereunder will be used, directly or, to the Borrower’s Knowledge,
indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting
in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in material violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any similar Government Rule in Peru or any other relevant jurisdiction.
(b) Neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party (i) is a “blocked person” or entity described in Schedule 1 of the Terrorism Order or described in
such United States Treasury Department foreign assets control regulations or (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions, nor is any such Person otherwise
associated, with any such blocked person or entity.
(c) To the Borrower’s Knowledge, none of the Shareholder Contributions or the Tranche C Loans are provided out of funds of Illicit Origin.
ARTICLE VIII
COVENANTS
The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that until the Termination Date:
8.01 Reporting Requirements . The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent commencing after the end of the first fiscal quarter after the
Closing Date (except in the case of paragraphs (c) through (e) below, which notices shall be delivered as stated therein):
93
(a) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each Fiscal Year of
the Borrower, unaudited statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower for such period and for the period from the beginning of the respective Fiscal Year to
the end of such period and the related balance sheet as at the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the
preceding Fiscal Year, each accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, which certificate shall state that such financial statements are
complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower, in accordance with the Accounting
Principles of the Borrower, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments);
(b) as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, audited statements of income,
Pledgors’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower for such year and the related balance sheets as at the end of such year, setting forth in each case, in comparative
form the corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, each accompanied by an unqualified opinion of an Auditor, which opinion shall state that such
financial statements are complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower as at the end
of, and for, such Fiscal Year in accordance with the Accounting Principles of the Borrower;
(c) promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower knows or has reason to believe that a Default or Event of Default has occurred, a notice of
such event describing the same in reasonable detail and, together with such notice or as soon thereafter as possible, a description of the action that the Borrower has
taken or proposes to take with respect to such event giving rise to such Default or Event of Default;
(d) promptly upon delivery to MINEM, copies of all notices and other documents required to be delivered from time to time pursuant to the terms of the
Investment Agreement and the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement;
(e) promptly upon (i) delivery to another Material Project Party pursuant to a Material Project Document, copies of all material notices or other material
documents delivered to such Material Project Party by the Borrower relating to facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and (ii) such documents becoming available, copies of all material notices or other material documents received by the Borrower (x) pursuant to any Material
Project Document or (y) from MINEM, OSINERGMIN, ANA, MINAM and the Peruvian Ministry of Culture, in each case relating to facts or circumstances that
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (such as any notice or other document relating to a failure by the Borrower to perform any of its
material covenants or material obligations under such Material Project Document, termination of a Material Project Document or a force majeure event under a
Material Project Document, but excluding any notice provided in the ordinary course of business);
94
(f) A certificate of the Independent Engineer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, delivered sixty (60) days after the end of
each of Fiscal Year of the Borrower certifying that the (i) Kallpa O&M Agreement or (ii) the Borrower O&M Plan, as the case may be, is in full force and effect,
confirming that (x) the Kallpa Operator or the Borrower, as the case may be, is operating the Project in all material respects in accordance with Good Industry
Practices, (y) the Project is achieving the performance benchmarks set forth on Schedule 1.01(B) hereto and (z) that no material adverse developments with respect
to the operation and maintenance of the Project have occurred; provided that if such review does not identify any such material adverse developments with respect to
the operation and maintenance of the Project during the first three (3) years of the term of the Kallpa O&M Agreement or the Borrower O&M Plan, as the case may
be, there shall be no further reporting obligation pursuant to this paragraph (f) ;
(g) as soon as available and in any event within (i) forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period of the first Fiscal Year of the
Borrower after the Initial Disbursement Date and (ii) forty-five (45) days after the end of each semi-annual period of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower after the
Fiscal Year described in sub-clause (i) above until the first quarterly fiscal period subsequent to the Project Completion Date, an Environmental and Social
Consultant’s Report, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, describing compliance and, in the event of any material non-compliance, the
corrective actions that are being, or will be taken, to address non-compliance by the Project with the Environmental and Social Standards and the Action Plan during
the preceding quarter prepared by the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant, and certified by the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant that
such report was prepared in accordance with Principle 7 of the Equator Principles;
(h) as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower subsequent to the Project Completion
Date, an Environmental and Social Consultant’s Report, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, describing compliance and, in the event of
any material non-compliance, the corrective actions that are being, or will be taken, to address non-compliance by the Project with the Environmental and Social
Standards and the Action Plan during the preceding Fiscal Year prepared by the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant, and certified by the Independent
Environmental and Social Consultant that such report was prepared in accordance with Principle 7 of the Equator Principles;
(i) (i) an updated Base Case Forecast shall be delivered by the Borrower, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Permitted Swap
Agreements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, on a date that is no earlier than fourteen (14) Business Days prior to the Initial Disbursement Date and in any
case, no later than fourteen (14) Business Days after the Initial Disbursement Date, to reflect historical information and updated projections made in good faith and
believed to be reasonable at such time (“ Updated Base Case Forecast ”), in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders and (ii) the Borrower shall have caused the
Model Auditor to issue for the benefit of the Lenders a report (x) reviewing the Updated Base Case Forecast and (y) confirming the implementation by the Borrower
of the recommendations set forth in the report delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e)(ii) , which such report is acceptable in form and substance to the Senior Lenders;
95
(j) at the time it furnishes each set of financial statements pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower
to the effect that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if any Default or Events of Default has occurred and is continuing, describing
the same in reasonable detail and describing the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect to such Default or Event of Default), (ii) setting
out in reasonable detail the calculations for computing the financial ratios set forth in Section 8.31 for the relevant period and stating that such calculations were
made, in each case, in good faith and were based on assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made, (iii) a description in reasonable detail of any material
variation between the application of Accounting Principles employed in the preparation of such statement and the application of Accounting Principles employed in
the preparation of the immediately preceding annual or quarterly financial statements, (iv) reasonable estimates of the difference between such statements arising as
a consequence of any such difference and (v) attaching, to the extent not publicly available, copies of the most recent unaudited and audited financial statements of
Israel Corporation, in each case prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles of Israel Corporation and certified as such by an Authorized Officer of Israel
Corporation; and
(k) as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period of each Fiscal Year, beginning with the
first Fiscal Year of the Borrower after the Initial Disbursement Date, a copy of the appropriate entry of the Borrower’s corporate books that evidences the accounting
entry of the Interest Expense for such quarterly period.
(l) Promptly upon the request of any Lender or Agent, the Borrower shall supply, or procure the supply of, such additional documentation and other
evidence as is requested by such Lender or Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or prospective Lender) in order for such Lender, Agent or any prospective
Lender) to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to the Borrower under all applicable laws and
regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Financing Documents.
8.02 Maintenance of Existence; Etc. The Borrower shall preserve and maintain (a) its legal existence as a sociedad anónima and (b) all of its material
licenses, rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the Project.
8.03 Compliance with Government Rules; Etc.
(a) The Borrower shall comply in all respects with all applicable Government Rules and shall from time to time obtain and renew, and shall comply in
all material respects with, Government Approvals as are or in the future shall be necessary for the Project under applicable Government Rules, except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall not petition, request or take any legal or administrative action that seeks to amend,
supplement or modify any Government Approval in any respect, unless such amendment, supplement or modification could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
96
(c) The Borrower shall issue such notices of transfer and shall take such other actions as the Administrative Agent, acting for the benefit of itself and
the Lenders, reasonably requests, without undue expense or delay, to secure for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the benefit of each Government Approval
related to the Project set forth on Schedule 7.05(a) and, when obtained, Schedule 7.05(b) through ( d) upon the exercise of remedies under the Security Documents.
(d) By no later than October 25, 2014, the Borrower shall obtain the following Government Approvals:
to 525 MW and (y) revise the construction milestone scheduled included therein;
(i) an amendment to the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement in order to, at a minimum, (x) increase the capacity of the Project
(ii) The Transmission Concession; and
(iii) the Interconnection Agreement.
(e) Within forty-five (45) days of receiving the Transmission Concession, the Borrower shall execute the Transmission Concession Mortgage
Agreement.
(f) The Borrower shall provide evidence of the submission (including copies thereof) to MINEM of all required documentation for the application of
the amendment, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Supermajority Lenders) to the Definitive
Generation Concession no later than three (3) months after the receipt of the amendment to the Environmental Impact Assessment.
(g) If at any time (i) a relevant Government Authority determines that: (a) a Municipal Building Permit is required for the construction of the
powerhouse and any other edificación in the Project; and (b) a municipal license to operate ( licencia de funcionamiento ) is required to operate the powerhouse and
any other edificación , (in both cases as confirmed by a court of competent authority pursuant to a final judgment) or (ii) the failure to have a Municipal Building
Permit or a municipal license to operate, has an adverse impact upon the Project (as determined by the Supermajority Lenders acting reasonably), the Borrower shall,
as soon as reasonably possible, but in any case no later than one (1) year from the earlier of (i) or (ii) above, either (x) obtain such Municipal Building Permit or such
municipal license to operate, or (y) demobilize any personnel operating the Project from the powerhouse and commence remote operation of the Project solely via a
PC-based client server running SCADA software for remote control such that such Municipal Building Permit or municipal license to operate is not required;
provided that, in the event that any relevant Government Authority has informed the Borrower that a Municipal Building Permit or a municipal license to operate is
required, the Borrower shall have asked for such Government Approval or timely initiated appropriate administrative or court proceedings to obtain an injunction or
other judicial relief to suspend any enforcement actions by such Government Authority; and provided , further , if the Supermajority Lenders determine that such
adverse impact described in sub-clause (ii) above has ceased to exist prior to the end of such one (1) year period, the Borrower shall not be required to comply with
the obligations set forth in (x) or (y).
97
(h) If at any time (i) a relevant Government Authority determines that a Municipal Transmission Permit is required for the Transmission Line (as
confirmed by a court of competent authority pursuant to a final judgment) or (ii) the failure to have a Municipal Transmission Permit has an adverse impact upon the
Project (as determined by the Supermajority Lenders acting reasonably), the Borrower shall, as soon as reasonably possible, but in any case no later than one (1) year
from the earlier of (i) or (ii) above, obtain such Municipal Transmission Permit; provided that, in the event that any relevant Government Authority has informed the
Borrower that a Municipal Transmission Permit is required, the Borrower shall have asked for such Government Approval or timely initiated appropriate
administrative or court proceedings to obtain an injunction or other judicial relief to suspend any enforcement actions by such Government Authority; and provided ,
further , that if the Supermajority Lenders determine that such adverse impact described in sub-clause (ii) above has ceased to exist prior to the end of such one
(1) year period, the Borrower shall not be required to comply with the obligations set forth in this sub-clause (h).
8.04 Environmental and Social Compliance.
(a) The Borrower shall (i) comply in all material respects, and cause the development, design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning,
testing, start-up, finance, ownership, operation maintenance and all other aspects of the Project to be at all times in compliance in all material respects with all
Environmental and Social Laws and with applicable requirements of the Action Plan and the Environmental and Social Standards, (ii) obtain, maintain in full force
and effect and at all times comply in all material respects with any Government Approvals required for any of the foregoing under any Environmental and Social
Laws, (iii) enforce any contractual rights it has under the EPC Contract to require any Material Project Party’s compliance in all material respects with
Environmental and Social Laws, and applicable requirements of Government Approvals in relation to the Project, (iv) conduct and complete any investigation,
study, monitoring, sampling and testing, and undertake any corrective, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other action necessary to identify, report, remove and
clean up any material Releases or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials at, on, in, under or from the operation of the Project, to the extent required by and in
material compliance with the applicable requirements of all Environmental and Social Laws, the Action Plan and the Environmental and Social Standards and
(v) maintain adequate financial assurance or guarantees as required under Environmental and Social Laws with respect to the Project.
(b) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) notice of (A) any pending or threatened material Environmental and Social Claim with
respect to the Project, including any actions to challenge, revoke, cancel, terminate, limit or modify any Government Approval and (B) information that in the
reasonable opinion of the Borrower could be expected to lead to such a material Environmental and Social Claim, in either case promptly upon obtaining knowledge
thereof, describing the same in reasonable detail, together with such notice, or as soon thereafter as possible, a description of the action that the Borrower has taken
or proposes to take with respect thereto and, thereafter, from time to time, such
98
detailed reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of written
communications with any Government Authority relating to any such material Environmental and Social Claim and any such other matter as is reported to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 8.04 .
(c) The Borrower shall ensure, and shall maintain a senior officer of the Borrower with management responsibility to ensure, the continuing operation
and maintenance of the E&S Management System in all material respects to assess and manage the Project and its social and environmental performance in
compliance with the applicable requirements of the Environmental and Social Standards and all Environmental and Social Laws.
(d) An Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Independent Environmental and Social Consultant,
(i) prior to Project Completion, within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period and (ii) on and after Project Completion, within sixty (60) days
after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Environmental and Social Monitoring Report in connection with the Project (commencing on the Initial Disbursement Date).
(e) The Borrower shall not amend or supplement the Action Plan or any other documents related to or developed in connection with the Environmental
and Social Standards in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders together
with DEG and FMO).
(f) The Borrower shall within three (3) days after its occurrence, to the extent it has knowledge thereof or has received notice thereof, notify the
Administrative Agent of any social, labor, health and safety, security or environmental incident, matter, accident, Release or circumstance having, or which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, specifying in each case the nature of the incident, accident, or circumstance and the impact or effect
arising or likely to arise therefrom, and the measures the Borrower, the Operator or the Project Sponsor is taking or plans to take to address them and to prevent any
future similar event; and keep the Administrative Agent informed of the on-going implementation of those measures.
(g) With respect to the environmental, health and safety or social matters described in the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.04 relating to the EPC
Contractor and its subcontractors, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations hereunder relating thereto to the extent it (i) uses all commercially
reasonable efforts, within the limitations of its contractual rights, to cause the EPC Contractor and the subcontractors to comply at all times with the foregoing
covenants which are applicable to them during the period prior to Project Completion, (ii) reasonably monitors the EPC Contractor’s and its subcontractors’
compliance with the foregoing in a diligent and appropriate manner and (iii) diligently enforces its contractual rights in the event of sustained or material
noncompliance therewith, including retaining a replacement EPC Contractor or subcontractors reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, should that be
necessary.
99
(h) In the event and to the extent that the Equator Principles, as applicable to the Project, are materially amended after the date of this Agreement, upon
the Administrative Agent’s written notice to the Borrower of such changes, the Borrower agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Project to
comply in a commercially reasonable time frame with any such material changes to the Equator Principles.
8.05 Insurance; Events of Loss .
(a) Compliance with Insurance Requirements . The Borrower shall (i) at all times comply with all insurance requirements set forth in any Material
Project Document with respect to such Project, and (ii) enforce the obligations of the EPC Contractor or the Operator with respect to insurance requirements
applicable to such Material Project Parties under the respective Material Project Documents.
(b) Insurance Maintained During Operations . The Borrower shall, to the extent commercially available at reasonable terms (as confirmed by the
Independent Insurance Consultant or otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent), maintain or cause to be maintained (for, among others, its benefit and for the
benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties) the insurance policies specified in Schedule 8.05 , such insurance policies to be maintained commencing on
the date or dates and for the duration specified in such schedule or such later date or dates approved by the Administrative Agent (following consultation with the
Independent Insurance Consultant).
(c) Insurance Maintained by the Borrower . The Borrower shall procure at its own expense and maintain in full force and effect insurance of types and
amounts as agreed with the Lenders, including but not limited to physical loss or damage coverage, as set forth in Schedule 8.05 to this Agreement. All insurance set
forth in Schedule 8.05 shall be maintained with (i) insurers that have a credit rating of “A-” or better by S&P or (ii) to the extent that any insurance is procured from
insurers with a credit rating lower than “A-” from S&P, the Borrower shall be required to procure, and maintain in full force and effect, qualified reinsurance in a
corresponding amount of such insurance and approved by the Administrative Agent (following consultation with the Independent Insurance Consultant).
(d) Additional Insured’s and Loss Payee . The Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Senior Lenders, shall be named as additional insured under
policies of general liability insurance, property insurance, revenue protection and indemnity insurance and the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be
named as sole loss payee, under all physical loss or damage insurance and under revenue protection and indemnity insurance procured and maintained for the
Project.
(e) Copies of Insurance Certificates . On the Closing Date and within fourteen (14) days following the issuance, renewal or expiration of any insurance
policy required to be in effect under this Agreement, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, annually on the anniversary of the Closing Date thereafter, the
Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent, and the Offshore Collateral Agent and the Trustee, as applicable, with approved certificates of all such required
insurance. Such certificates shall be executed by the insurer or by an Acceptable Insurance Broker of the Borrower. Such certificates shall identify underwriters, the
type of insurance, the insurance limits and the policy term and shall specifically list the special provisions enumerated for such insurance required by this
100
Section 8.05 . Concurrently with the furnishing of any such certificate, the Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent with a certificate of an Acceptable
Insurance Broker of the Borrower to the effect that the insurance then carried or to be renewed is in accordance with the terms of this Section 8.05 , such insurance is
in full force and effect and all premiums then due and payable have been paid.
(f) Copies of Insurance Policies . On or promptly after the Closing Date, promptly upon receipt of each such policy, the Borrower shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent a duplicate, certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower of each policy of insurance required to be in effect under this Agreement or
any other Material Project Document then in effect. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of any policy of insurance required to be in effect under
this Agreement or any other Material Project Document then in effect, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of its intention to renew each expiring
policy. The Borrower shall promptly inform the Administrative Agent, prior to this period, if any policy shall not be renewed.
(g) Right to Procure Insurance . In the event that the Borrower fails to procure or maintain the insurance coverage required by this Section 8.05 , the
Administrative Agent, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice (unless such insurance coverage would lapse within such period, in which event notice shall be given as
soon as reasonably possible) to the Borrower of any such failure, may (but shall not be obligated to) take out the required policies of insurance and pay the premiums
on the same. All amounts so advanced for such purpose by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall become an additional obligation of the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall forthwith pay such amounts to the Administrative Agent, together with interest on such amounts at
the Post-Default Rate from the date so advanced.
(h) Compromise, Adjustment or Settlement . The Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) shall be entitled at its option to
participate in any compromise, adjustment or settlement in connection with any Event of Loss under any policy or policies of insurance (other than third-party
liability insurance policies) or any proceeding with respect to any Event of Taking of Property of the Borrower or otherwise in excess of $2,000,000 and the
Borrower shall within five (5) Business Days after the Administrative Agent’s request reimburse the Administrative Agent for all out-of-pocket expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with such participation. The Borrower shall not make any compromise,
adjustment or settlement in connection with any such claim without the approval of the Administrative Agent (in the case of amounts in excess of $2,000,000) or the
Majority Lenders (in the case of amounts in excess of $5,000,000), which such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(i) Notice of Event of Loss or Change in Insurance Coverage . The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any Event of Loss
which it believes will exceed $2,000,000, individually or in the aggregate. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of (i) each written notice
received by it with respect to the cancellation of, material adverse change in, or material default under, any insurance policy required to be maintained in accordance
with this Section 8.05 and (ii) any event specified in Schedule 8.05 .
101
(j) No Duty of Secured Parties to Verify . No provision of this Section 8.05 nor any other provision of this Agreement or any Material Project
Document shall impose on the Secured Parties any duty or obligation to verify the existence or adequacy of the insurance coverage maintained by the Borrower, nor
shall the Secured Parties be responsible for any representations or warranties made by or on behalf of the Borrower to any insurance company or underwriter.
(k) Loss Proceeds .
proceeds of insurance and other payments received for interruption of operations in respect of any Event of Loss, such amounts shall be deposited in accordance with
the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement in the relevant Onshore Revenue Account.
(i) Deposits to the Onshore Revenue Accounts . In the event that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent receives any amount of
Proceeds in respect of any Event of Loss, the Net Available Amount shall be deposited in accordance with the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement in the
Loss Proceeds Account (for purposes of this Section 8.05 , the “ Loss Proceeds Accounts ”).
(ii) Deposits to the Loss Proceeds Account . In the event that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent receives an amount of Loss
in the correct account pursuant to paragraph (i) or (ii) above, the Borrower shall instruct the Offshore Collateral Agent to correct any such error within two
(2) Business Days of receipt of such amounts.
(iii) Corrections . In the event the Borrower receives any amount specified in paragraph (i) or (ii) above and fails to deposit such amount
(1) Restoration .
remitted to the Borrower by the Trustee (upon the instruction of the Administrative Agent), in the event that the Net Available Amount is less than or equal to
$5,000,000.
(i) Amounts to be made available to the Borrower from the Loss Proceeds Account for Restoration following any Event of Loss shall be
(ii) Amounts to be made available to the Borrower from the Loss Proceeds Account for Restoration following any Event of Loss shall be
remitted to the Borrower by the Trustee (upon the instruction of the Administrative Agent) in the event that the Net Available Amount is greater than $5,000,000 but
less than or equal to $15,000,000 if the Independent Engineer shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a certificate to the effect that
the Net Available Amount deposited in the Loss Proceeds Account is sufficient (together with all other monies reasonably expected to be available to the Borrower
as determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Independent Engineer), in the reasonable opinion of the Independent Engineer, for such
Restoration. Amounts made available to the Borrower for Restoration shall only be utilized for Restoration upon receipt of the invoices and/or other evidence of the
costs associated with such Restoration and, if not so utilized within ninety (90) days of receipt of such amounts by the Borrower (or within such longer period as
may be necessary to achieve such Restoration as determined by the Independent Engineer), shall be used to prepay the Loans.
102
(iii) Amounts to be made available to the Borrower from the Loss Proceeds Account for Restoration following any Event of Loss shall
be remitted to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent in the event that the Net Available Amount is greater than $15,000,000 if (A) the Borrower shall submit a
plan for Restoration as soon as commercially practicable, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such Event of Loss and the Independent
Engineer shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to the effect that the Borrower plan of Restoration is prudent and
sound and the Net Available Amount deposited in the Loss Proceeds Account is sufficient (together with all other monies reasonably expected to be available as
determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Independent Engineer), in the reasonable opinion of the Independent Engineer, for such Restoration
and (B) the Majority Lenders have consented to such use of the Net Available Amount. Amounts made available to the Borrower for Restoration shall only be
utilized for Restoration upon receipt of the invoices and/or other evidence of the costs associated with such Restoration and, if not so utilized in ninety (90) days
after approval of the plan of Restoration (or within such longer period as may be necessary to achieve such Restoration as determined by the Independent Engineer),
shall be used to prepay the Loans.
(iv) The Borrower hereby agrees to notify the Administrative Agent, as soon as possible and in any event within ten (10) days thereof, of
the completion of each Restoration. If, at any time after the completion of any Restoration, any of the Loss Proceeds deposited into the Loss Proceeds Account in
connection with any event that gave rise to such Restoration exceeded the amount required to complete such Restoration, the Borrower hereby irrevocably instructs
the Offshore Collateral Agent (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower) to instruct the Trustee to transfer such excess amount to the Onshore
Dollar Revenue Account on the date of completion of such Restoration.
(m) Modifications to Insurance Coverage . The Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may at any time amend the
requirements of paragraphs (b) , (c) and (d) of this Section 8.05 and the related Schedule 8.05 (unless specifically provided otherwise in Schedule 8.05 ), and shall
provide prior written notice thereof to the Borrower, upon a change in circumstances with respect to the Project arising after the Closing Date that in the reasonable
judgment of the Majority Lenders and the Independent Insurance Consultant renders the coverage specified therein materially inadequate for the Project; provided ,
that such change in or additional coverage shall be commercially available at reasonable terms.
(n) Reimbursement . In the event that a Credit Party finances the Restoration of Affected Property with funds other than Loss Proceeds, such Credit
Party will be entitled to reimbursement of such amounts from any Loss Proceeds later received in respect of such Affected Property.
8.06 Proceedings . The Borrower shall (a) promptly upon obtaining knowledge of each action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity by or before any
Government Authority, arbitral tribunal or other body pending or threatened against the Borrower involving
103
(i) claims against the Borrower or the Project that, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, are likely to be in excess of $3,000,000 (individually or on an
aggregate basis) or (ii) material injunctive or declaratory relief and (b) promptly upon becoming aware of any other circumstance, act or condition (including the
adoption, amendment or repeal of any Government Rule or the Impairment of any Government Approval or written notice of the failure to comply with the terms
and conditions of any Government Approval) which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Borrower, taken as a
whole or the Project, in each event described in clauses (a) and (b) above, furnish to the Administrative Agent a notice of such event describing it in reasonable
detail and, together with such notice or as soon thereafter as possible, a description of the action that the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect to
such event.
8.07 Taxes; ERISA .
(a) The Borrower shall timely file all required material Tax returns and shall pay and discharge all material Taxes imposed on the Borrower or on its
income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which any penalties may attach; provided , that the Borrower shall have the right to Contest the
validity or amount of any such Tax. The Borrower shall promptly pay any valid, final judgment rendered upon the conclusion of the relevant Contest, if any,
enforcing any such Tax and cause it to be satisfied of record.
(b) The Borrower will not sponsor, contribute, maintain or incur any liability with respect to any employee benefit plan or program that is subject to
ERISA.
8.08 Books and Records; Inspection Rights; Accounting and Audit Matters . The Borrower shall:
(a) keep proper books of record in accordance with its Accounting Principles and permit representatives and advisors of the Administrative Agent or
any Lender, upon reasonable notice to the Borrower and upon reasonable intervals, to visit and inspect its properties ( provided that such Person is accompanied by
the personnel of the Borrower and complies with all safety plans and procedures in effect at the relevant property), to examine, copy or make excerpts from its
books, records and documents (at the expense of the Borrower) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its principal officers, engineers and independent
accountants ( provided that the Borrower may, if it so chooses, be present at or participate in any such discussion), all at such times during normal business hours as
such representatives may reasonably request;
(b) maintain an accounting and cost control system and management information system adequate to reflect truly and fairly the financial condition of
the Borrower and the results of its operations (including the progress of the Project) in conformity with Accounting Principles, the Transaction Documents,
applicable law and Good Industry Practices, as applicable, which systems shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
104
(c) maintain Caipo y Asociados, S.R.L , an affiliate of KPMG International or any other internationally recognized independent public accounting firm
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as auditors (the “ Auditors ”) and irrevocably authorize the Auditors (including successor auditors) to provide
information that the Administrative Agent or Lenders may reasonably request from time to time regarding the Borrower’s financial statements (both audited and
unaudited), accounts and operations and, upon request of the Administrative Agent, to provide to the Administrative Agent a copy of such authorization as may be in
effect from time to time and use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Auditors’ acknowledgment and consent thereto.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.08 , the Borrower will not be required to disclose, permit the examination or making copies or abstracts
of, or discussion of, any documents, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect
of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective agents or representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any binding
agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
8.09 Use of Proceeds .
(a) The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Borrowings to pay for the Project Costs in respect of the Project Development in accordance with the
Project Construction Budget and Schedule and the terms of the Financing Documents.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the SACE Policy, the Borrower shall not request or apply any portion of any Tranche D Loan other than (without
duplication):
(i) payments for, and reimbursement for amounts paid in respect of Eligible Contract Expenditures, in accordance with the terms of the Eligible
Contract and the SACE Policy in an amount which is equal to up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Export Contract Value;
(ii) payments for, and reimbursement for amounts paid in respect of the SACE Premium in an amount which is equal to up to one hundred
percent (100%) of the SACE Premium; or
(iii) payment of up to one hundred percent (100%) of Eligible Tranche DIDC.
(c) Subject to clause (b), Tranche D Loans may only be used to finance or refinance payments for Eligible Contract Expenditures which are provided to
the Borrower by the Eligible Contractor pursuant to the Eligible Contract.
(d) If all or part of the Eligible Costs which are the subject of a SACE Facility Payment Request is expressed in Nuevo Soles, the Nuevo Sol amount of
such Eligible Costs shall be notionally converted into US Dollars by applying the SACE Agreed Exchange Rate for the purpose of determining the US Dollar
equivalent of such Nuevo Sol amount to be reimbursed to the Borrower or paid to the Eligible Contractor (as the case may be).
105
(e) The Required Equity Contributions shall only be used in connection with the payment of Project Costs.
8.10 Maintenance of Liens . The Borrower shall take all action reasonably required to maintain and preserve the Liens created by the Security
Documents to which it is a party and the priority of such Liens. The Borrower shall from time to time execute or cause to be executed any and all further instruments
(including financing statements, continuation statements and similar statements with respect to any Security Document) reasonably requested by the Administrative
Agent for such purposes, including the documents listed on Schedule 8.10 by no later than the dates set forth in such Schedule 8.10 . The Borrower shall promptly
discharge at its own cost and expense, any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on the Collateral; provided , that the Borrower may Contest any such Lien.
8.11 Prohibition of Fundamental Changes .
(a) The Borrower shall not change its legal form, amend its organizational documents (except as required by applicable law in connection with a
contribution of capital in the form of equity), merge into or consolidate with, or acquire all or any substantial part of the assets or any class of stock of (or other
Equity Interest in), any other Person and shall not liquidate or dissolve. The Borrower shall not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one
transaction or a series of transactions, any assets except: (i) Dispositions of (A) Permitted Investments in accordance with the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement, (B) obsolete, worn out, surplus or defective assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, sold in the ordinary course of business or (C) damaged or
destroyed property, upon receipt of insurance proceeds in connection therewith; (ii) Dispositions of property to the extent that (A) such property is exchanged for
credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (B) the proceeds of such Dispositions are promptly applied to the
purchase price of replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); (iii) Dispositions in respect of property having an aggregate
fair market value not in excess of $3,000,000 in any calendar year; (iv) Dispositions of property, the Net Cash Payments received in respect of which are applied to
prepay the Loans in accordance with Section 3.04(b) ; and (v) Restricted Payments made in accordance with the Financing Documents.
(b) The Borrower shall neither purchase nor acquire any assets other than: (i) the purchase of assets reasonably required for the completion of the
Project in accordance with the EPC Contract, applicable Government Approvals and applicable Government Rules and as contemplated by the Project Construction
Budget and Schedule, (ii) the purchase of assets reasonably required in connection with Restorations in accordance with Section 8.05(l) , (iii) subject to the variance
set forth in Section 8.21(b) , the purchase of assets in the ordinary course of business reasonably required in connection with the operation of the Project
contemplated by the then-effective Operating and Capital Budget, (iv) the purchase of assets reasonably required in connection with Permitted Capital Expenditures
and (v) Permitted Investments.
106
8.12 Restricted Payments . The Borrower shall not make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that the
Borrower may make a Restricted Payment from and to the extent of amounts then on deposit in the Onshore Distribution Accounts, on an Interest Payment Date, or
within a period of fifteen (15) Business Days from such Interest Payment Date, subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on the date of such
Restricted Payment (a “ Restricted Payment Date ”) and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;
(b) Project Completion shall have occurred;
(c) the Debt Service Reserve Account shall be fully funded with the Required Debt Service Reserve Amount;
(d) as calculated on the proposed Restricted Payment Date, the historical Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding four (4) fiscal quarters prior to
such Restricted Payment Date, is not less than 1.20 to 1.0 and the projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the succeeding twelve months is not less than 1.20 to
1.0;
(e) the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date shall have occurred;
(f) all mandatory prepayments (if any) shall have been made in accordance with Section 3.04 of this Agreement and the Collateral Agency and
Depositary Agreement;
(g) The Administrative Agent shall not have notified the Borrower and the Lenders that it has received a written notice delivered by FMO or DEG,
dated at least four (4) Business Days prior to the Restricted Payment Date set forth in the relevant certificate described in clause (h) below, setting forth their
determination (acting reasonably) that the Borrower is not in compliance with its obligations set forth in Sections 8.04 , 8.09 , 8.30 and 8.33 ; and
(h) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed Restricted Payment Date, a
certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower:
(i) to the effect that each of the foregoing conditions (other than clause (g)) shall be satisfied as of such Restricted Payment Date;
(ii) to the effect that the making of such Restricted Payment is not expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower; and
(iii) setting out in reasonable detail the calculations for computing the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the relevant period and stating that such
calculations were made, in each case, in good faith and were based on assumptions believed to be reasonable.
107
8.13 Liens . The Borrower shall preserve and maintain good and valid title to, or rights in, the Collateral and its Property and shall not create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of the Collateral or any of its other Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens, pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security legislation (other than ERISA);
(b) Liens imposed by any Government Authority for Taxes that are not yet due or that are being Contested;
(c) Mechanics’ Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or incident to the Project Development or any Restoration or the operation of the
Project, in each case, in respect of obligations that are not yet due or that are being Contested and that do not have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Liens created pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents;
(e) Liens incurred in connection with Indebtedness permitted under clause (iii) of Section 8.16(a) or in connection with cash collateralized letters of
credit reimbursement obligations permitted under clause (vi) of Section 8.16(a) ;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) minor easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property incurred in the ordinary course of business that,
in each case, do not render title to the property encumbered thereby unmarketable or materially interfere with the use of such property for the Project, and which
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(j) ; and
(i) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights arising in connection
with repurchase agreements and deposit accounts that are Permitted Investments.
8.14 Investments . The Borrower shall not make, and shall not instruct any relevant Person to make, any Investments except:
(a) direct obligations of the United States, or of any agency of the United States, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United
States or any agency of the United States, maturing in not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition by the Borrower;
108
(b) certificates of deposit issued by any Acceptable Bank maturing in not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition by the Borrower;
(c) commercial paper rated (on the date of acquisition by the Borrower) “A-1” or “P-1” by S&P or Moody’s, respectively, maturing in not more than
ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition by the Borrower;
(d) repurchase agreements fully secured by obligations described in paragraph (a) above with any Acceptable Bank with maturities not in excess of
ninety (90) days;
(e) shares in money-market mutual funds having assets of $1,000,000,000 or more that invest solely in securities described in paragraphs (a) through
(d) above that have a maximum maturity of one year or less and an average maturity of six months or less at the time of purchase;
(f) the Permitted Swap Agreements;
(g) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Onshore Collateral Accounts, (i) any securities issued by the Central Bank of Peru ( Banco Central de
Reserva del Perú ), (ii) time deposits or saving accounts with, including certificates of deposit issued by, any Acceptable Bank and (iii) shares of any money market
or mutual fund substantially all of the assets of which are invested in securities and instruments of the types set forth in (i) and (ii) in this clause (g); and
(h) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Unsecured Accounts.
8.15 Permitted Swap Agreements .
(a) Interest Rate Protection Agreements . No later than ten (10) Business Days after the Initial Disbursement Date, and at all times thereafter, the
Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect Interest Rate Protection Agreements with Permitted Swap Providers (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent), which effectively fixes the Borrower’s floating rate interest rate exposure, with respect to a notional amount equal to (i) at least 100%
of the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche A Loans expected to be outstanding during the period from the Initial Disbursement Date until the Final Maturity
Date, (ii) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche B Loans expected to be outstanding during the period from Initial Disbursement Date through
the Project Completion Date and (iii) (x) 100% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part A of the Tranche D Loans expected to be outstanding during the
period from the Initial Disbursement Date until the Tranche D Final Maturity Date and (y) 50% of the aggregate principal amount comprising Part B of the Tranche
D Loans expected to be outstanding during the period from Initial Disbursement Date through the Project Completion Date.
(b) Currency Rate Protection Agreements . No later than ten (10) Business Days after the Initial Disbursement Date, and at all times thereafter the
Borrower shall maintain in full force and effect Currency Rate Protection Agreements with Permitted Swap Providers (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent) for an USD amount up to the amount to be defined by the average forward rate for 546,607,278 Nuevo Soles.
109
8.16 Indebtedness .
(a) The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly create, incur, assume, suffer to exist or otherwise be or become liable with respect to any Indebtedness
except:
(i) Indebtedness under this Agreement;
(ii) accounts payable (other than for borrowed money) arising, and accrued expenses incurred, in the ordinary course of business so long as such
accounts payable are payable within sixty (60) days of the date the respective goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered and (unless
such accounts payable are being contested in good faith and by appropriate legal, administrative or other proceedings diligently conducted and so long
as adequate reserves have been established with respect thereto in accordance with the Borrower’s Accounting Principles, and only if the failure to pay
such accounts payable could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) are no more than ninety (90) days past due;
(iii) purchase money or lease obligations to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business to finance the acquisition or licensing of
intellectual property or items of equipment (and Indebtedness incurred to finance any such obligations); provided , that (A) if such obligations are
secured, they are secured only by Liens upon the equipment or intellectual property being financed and (B) the aggregate principal amount and the
capitalized lease portion of such obligations at any time outstanding do not at any time exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate;
(iv) Indebtedness in respect of the Permitted Swap Agreements;
(v) Subordinated Shareholder Loans; and
(vi) Other unsecured (except in the case of cash collateralized letters of credit, which Indebtedness may be secured) Indebtedness to be used for
working capital purposes in the ordinary course of business, including with respect to letters of credit, cash deposits and guarantees in connection with
bids for PPAs, provided that the principal amount of such obligations outstanding do not at any time exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate.
8.17 Nature of Business .
(a) The Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the Project Development and operation of the Project as contemplated by the Transaction
Documents.
(b) The Borrower shall not create, acquire or permit to exist any Subsidiary.
110
(c) The Borrower shall not enter into any contractual or other arrangements with any Person that would require the Borrower to be subject to any
liability with respect to, or to comply with, ERISA or any other similar Government Rule concerning labor, employment, wages or worker benefits.
8.18 Project Construction; Maintenance of Properties .
(a) The Borrower shall cause the Project to be constructed and completed in all material respects in accordance with, and otherwise take such actions in
respect of the Project as are required by, Good Industry Practices, the EPC Contract, the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, and the other relevant Material
Project Documents; provided that the Borrower shall not (i) exercise the option to place a Generator Set or the Project into service prior to the Partial Taking-Over
Date or the Final Taking-Over Date pursuant to Section 10.9 of the EPC Contract or (ii) declare that commercial operation has occurred under the Definitive
Generation Concession Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Supermajority Lenders).
(b) The Borrower shall maintain and preserve the Project and all of its other material Properties necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business
in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted), in accordance with Good Industry Practices, the Material Project Documents and the
operating manuals. The Borrower shall operate the Project (or cause the Project to be operated) in accordance with Good Industry Practices, the Material Project
Documents, the Operating and Capital Budget and the operating manuals. In the event of any conflict, the more stringent shall govern.
(c) The Borrower shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect as and when required all land rights, rights of way or easement rights required for the
Project (including any such rights required for the Transmission Line).
(d) The Borrower shall provide evidence of the submission (including copies thereof) to MINEM of all required documentation for the application of
the Transmission Concession no later than one (1) year after the Closing Date.
(e) The Borrower shall have commenced construction of the Transmission Line no later than October 25, 2014.
(f) The Borrower shall not make any Capital Expenditures on or after the Closing Date except (i) construction of the Project and (ii) Permitted Capital
Expenditures.
(g) The Borrower shall pay for Project Costs in respect of the Project Development with a combination of (i) Loans, (ii) the Required Equity
Contribution, (iii) any Contingent Equity Contributions and (iv) Shareholder Contributions.
(h) The Borrower shall retain appropriate personnel to oversee all major civil works then-currently under construction consistent with the information
provided to the Independent Engineer in connection with the Independent Engineer’s certification pursuant to Section 6.03(f) .
111
8.19 Construction Reports .
(a) Prior to Project Completion the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, Construction Reports on a monthly basis in connection with the
Project (commencing on the Initial Disbursement Date), accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail:
(i) the Borrower’s then-current estimate of anticipated Project Costs for the Project through (x) the Commercial Operation Date and (y) the
Actual Project Acceptance Date, as compared to the Project Construction Budget and Schedule and reasons for material variances, and in the event of a material
variance, the reasons therefor, and such other information reasonably requested by Administrative Agent;
(ii) any occurrence of which the Borrower is aware that could reasonably be expected to (A) increase the total Project Costs above those set
forth in the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, (B) delay the Final Taking-Over Date beyond the Scheduled Final Taking-Over Date or (C) have a Material
Adverse Effect;
submitted and the anticipated dates of actions by Government Authorities with respect to such Government Approvals;
(iii) the status of the Government Approvals necessary for the Project Development, including the dates of applications submitted or to be
(iv) with respect to the Project Development, a listing of material reportable environmental, health and safety incidents as well as any material
unplanned related impacts, events, accidents or issues that occurred during the report period that relate to compliance with Environmental and Social Laws, the
Action Plan and the Environmental and Social Standards; and
baseline schedule set forth in the Project Construction Budget and Schedule and (B) a projection of construction activities for the succeeding quarter.
(v) an updated construction schedule showing (A) construction progress, including the status of engineering design, as compared with the
(b) Prior to Project Completion, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered by the Independent Engineer to the Administrative Agent, Construction
Reports, as soon as available and in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of each two-month period, in connection with the Project (commencing on the
Initial Disbursement Date), in form, scope and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent setting forth in reasonable detail:
(i) a review of the Borrower’s then-current estimate of anticipated Project Costs for the Project set forth in the Construction Report delivered by
the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.19(a) above for the last month in such quarterly fiscal period, and such other information reasonably requested by Administrative
Agent; and
(ii) any occurrence of which the Independent Engineer is aware that could reasonably be expected to (A) increase the total Project Costs above
those set forth in the Project Construction Budget and Schedule, (B) delay the Final Taking-Over Date beyond the Scheduled Final Taking-Over Date or (C) have a
Material Adverse Effect.
112
provided , that upon any occurrence that may result in a circumstance set forth in sub-clause (ii) above, and so long as such condition continues (as determined by
the Independent Engineer), the Borrower shall cause the Independent Engineer to deliver monthly Construction Reports to the Administrative Agent.
8.20 Project Documents; Etc .
(a) Other than (i) the Project Documents, (ii) the Financing Documents, and (iii) other documents evidencing Permitted Indebtedness, the Borrower
shall not enter into any other contracts, agreements, instruments, letters, undertakings or other documentation; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, subject to
Section 8.23 , the Borrower may enter into any contracts, agreements, instruments, letters, understandings with an Affiliate for the sale of Credits and such amounts
received thereunder shall be Project Revenues of the Borrower and deposited directly into the relevant Onshore Revenue Accounts and the relevant counterparty
thereto shall have no recourse against the Borrower or the Project in connection therewith; provided further , that the Borrower may enter into any contracts,
agreements, instruments, letters, memoranda of understanding necessary for the registration of the real property or easements listed on Schedule 8.20 by the dates
listed therein.
(b) The Borrower shall enter into each Project Document listed on Schedule 7.15(c) by no later than the dates set forth on such Schedule 7.15(c) .
(c) The Borrower shall obtain each easement and provide evidence of each required registration of each easement and parcel of real property listed on
Schedule 8.20 by no later than the dates set forth on such Schedule 8.20 .
(d) The Borrower shall (i) perform and observe all of its material covenants and material obligations contained in each of the Project Documents,
(ii) take all reasonable and necessary action to prevent the termination, suspension or cancellation of any Material Project Document in accordance with the terms of
such Material Project Documents or otherwise (except for the expiration of any Material Project Document in accordance with its terms and not as a result of a
breach or default thereunder) and (iii) enforce against the relevant Material Project Party each material covenant or material obligation of each of (A) the PPAs,
(B) the Investment Agreement, (C) the Concession Agreements, (D) the EPC Contract and (E) any Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement, to which such Person is a
party in accordance with such agreement’s terms; provided , however , that the Borrower may refrain from enforcing a material right under a Project Document to
which it is a party to the extent that (x) the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent of its intention not to enforce such material right and (y) the Majority Lenders
do not instruct the Borrower to enforce such material right.
(e) The Borrower shall not issue, consent to or otherwise accept any change order or variation order, amendment, supplement or modification to the
EPC Contract (each a “ Change Order ”) other than change orders made prior to the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.15(f) and unless the Borrower has
(i) delivered a certificate of an Authorized
113
Officer to the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer certifying that (x) after giving effect to such Change Order, the ability of such Borrower to
achieve the Scheduled Final Taking-Over Date has not been adversely affected, (y) no cost overruns shall have occurred and be continuing which could reasonably
be expected to result in Project Costs exceeding the funds available in order to achieve Project Completion prior to the Required Project Completion Date and
(z) such Change Order could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Project and (ii) such Change Order has been reviewed
by the Independent Engineer and the Independent Engineer has confirmed the certifications in clauses (x) , (y) and (z) above.
(f) Notwithstanding clause (d) above, the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders and in
consultation with the Independent Engineer, shall be required for the Borrower to (i) enter into Change Order (x) where the Borrower is not able to provide the
certifications required in clause (d) above, (y) which individually gives rise to additional Project Costs for the Project in excess of $2,000,000 or together with all
other Change Orders for the Project entered into after the Closing Date, in excess of $10,000,000 in any Fiscal Year or (z) which amends, supplements or modifies
any provision relating to the payment of liquidated damages, warranties, liabilities, performance tests, amount or timing of posting or content of performance bonds
or guarantees or the payment schedule or materially amends, supplements or modifies the technical specifications of the Project or (ii) issue any completion, taking
over, acceptance or other similar certificates under the EPC Contract; provided that prior to the Borrower entering into any Change Order that does not require
consent pursuant to this Section 8.20(f) , (A) the Borrower shall first deliver a copy of such Change Order to the Administrative Agent and (B) the Administrative
Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Independent Engineer) may provide a written objection in connection therewith
within four (4) Business Days of receipt of such proposed Change Order.
(g) None of the Borrower, the Operator or the Project Sponsor shall, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders in consultation with the
Independent Engineer, (i) suspend, cancel or terminate any Material Project Document or consent to, allow to subsist, or accept any suspension, cancellation or
termination thereof (except for the expiration of any Material Project Document in accordance with its terms and not as a result of a breach or default thereunder),
(ii) sell, transfer, assign (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) or otherwise dispose of (by operation of law, capacity release or otherwise) or consent to
any such sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of any part of its interest in any Material Project Document, (iii) waive any material default under, or material
breach of, any Material Project Document or waive, fail to enforce, forgive, compromise, settle, adjust or release (or consent to any of the foregoing in respect of)
any material right, interest or entitlement, howsoever arising, under, or in respect of, any Material Project Document, (iv) initiate or settle a material arbitration claim
or proceeding under any Material Project Document, (v) agree to or petition, request or take any other material legal or administrative action that seeks, or may
reasonably be expected, to Impair any Material Project Document, (vi) amend, supplement or modify or in any way vary, or agree to the variation of, any material
provision of a Material Project Document or of the performance of any material covenant or obligation by any other Person under any Material Project Document;
provided that the Borrower may, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, extend the final
114
milestone ( Fecha de Inicio ) listed in each of the ElectroPeru PPA and the Investment Agreement for a period up to six (6) months from January 1, 2016 or
(vii) enter into any Additional Project Document other than any Non-Material Project Document; provided that the aggregate amount of obligations or liabilities
under all Non-Material Project Documents shall not exceed $10,000,000.
(h) Except as expressly provided in the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement, the Borrower shall cause all Project Revenues received from any
Project Party or any other Person to be deposited in the Onshore Revenue Accounts. Subject to the following sentence, without limiting the Borrower’s obligation to
procure all Consent and Agreements pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower shall send a letter (on the Borrower’s letterhead and signed by an Authorized Officer
of the Borrower) notifying each other Project Party not party to a Consent and Agreement (i) that its Project Document and all associated documents and obligations
have been pledged as collateral security to the Secured Parties and are subject to the Secured Parties’ Lien on such Property and (ii) if such Project Party’s Project
Document requires any payment of Project Revenues specified in clause (a) of the definition of Project Revenues that, in addition to the assignment specified in
clause (i) above, it shall pay all such Project Revenues directly into the applicable Onshore Revenue Account. In connection with letters sent to counterparties
purchasing capacity or energy in the Spot Market, such letter described above shall be notarized by a Peruvian public notary, and the Borrower shall also include the
account information of the applicable Onshore Revenue Account to be included in any invoices issued by the Borrower in connection therewith.
(i) The Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer with (i) copies of (A) all amendments, supplements or
modifications of any Material Project Documents, (B) all Additional Project Documents and (C) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, Non-Material
Project Documents and amendments, supplements or modifications thereto and (ii) all Ancillary Documents relating to any Additional Project Document that is a
material PPA, Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement or a replacement of the EPC Contract, in each case, promptly after execution and delivery of such documents to
the Borrower.
8.21 Operating and Capital Budget .
(a) The Borrower shall, prior the Initial Partial-Taking Over Date, adopt an Operating and Capital Budget for the Project for the period from such date
to the conclusion of the then current Fiscal Year (and for each month during such period), and, no less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the beginning of each
Fiscal Year of the Borrower thereafter, the Borrower shall adopt an Operating and Capital Budget for the Project for the succeeding Fiscal Year (and for each month
during such period). A copy of each such proposed Operating and Capital Budget, together with a comparison of the costs in the proposed Operating and Capital
Budget with the costs set forth in the Operating and Capital Budget for the Project for the current Fiscal Year and an explanation of the reasons for any significant
increase or decrease in any category shall be furnished to the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days before (i) the Scheduled Partial Taking-Over Date (as
defined in the EPC Contract) for the first Generator Set and (ii) the beginning of each Fiscal Year to which such proposed Operating and Capital Budget applies.
Prior to adoption thereof, the proposed Operating and Capital Budget
115
for the Project shall be subject to the prior approval of the Administrative Agent, following consultation with the Independent Engineer, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. A copy of the final Operating and Capital Budget so adopted for the Project shall be furnished to the Administrative Agent
promptly upon its adoption. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to approve all or a portion of any proposed Operating and Capital Budget for the Project.
In the event that any proposed Operating and Capital Budget (or a portion thereof) for the Project is not approved by the Administrative Agent, the Operating and
Capital Budget (or such portion thereof that is not approved) for the Project from the previous Fiscal Year shall apply for the then-current Fiscal Year, subject to
annual adjustments for inflation (and shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be part of the approved Operating and Capital Budget for such Fiscal Year) until an
Operating and Capital Budget (or such portion of the proposed Operating and Capital Budget) for the Project is approved.
(b) The Borrower shall comply, within the 10% variance described below, with the applicable Operating and Capital Budget. If during any Fiscal Year
the Borrower reasonably projects that any category of Operation and Maintenance Expenses for the Project for such Fiscal Year will exceed by more than 10% the
amount budgeted for such category of Operation and Maintenance Expenses in the then-applicable Operating and Capital Budget, or if any category of Operation
and Maintenance Expenses for the Project incurred to date during such Fiscal Year plus any Operation and Maintenance Expenses budgeted for such category for the
remainder of such Fiscal Year in the then-applicable Operating and Capital Budget(s) exceeds by more than 10% the aggregate amount budgeted for such category
of Operation and Maintenance Expenses in the then-applicable Operating and Capital Budget(s), then the Borrower shall prepare and submit for the approval (such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer pursuant to Section 8.21(a) , an amended Operating
and Capital Budget for the remainder of such Fiscal Year.
8.22 Operating Statements and Reports .
(a) The Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer (i) commencing forty-five (45) days after the Initial Partial-
Taking Over Date, a monthly operating statement of the Project not more than fifteen (15) days after the end of each month, and (ii) not more than ninety (90) days
after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, an operating statement of the Project for such Fiscal Year (with monthly detail). Such operating statements shall
correspond to the classifications and monthly periods of the current annual Operating and Capital Budget and shall show all Project Revenues and all expenditures
for Operation and Maintenance Expenses. The monthly operating statement shall include (i) updated estimates of Operation and Maintenance Expenses for the
balance of such Fiscal Year to which the operating statement relates, (ii) any material developments during such period which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) a summary of the statistical data relating to the operation of the Project with respect to the categories listed in Schedule 8.22 . The
monthly and annual operating statements shall each be certified as materially complete and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. Each operating
statement will be accompanied by a statement of sources and uses of funds for the periods covered by it and a discussion of the reason for any material variance from
the amount budgeted therefor in the Operating and Capital Budget. The form of such operating statements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
Schedule 8.22(a) .
116
(b) The Borrower shall enter into an Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement no later than the Initial Partial-Taking Over Date. Prior to the adoption
thereof, the proposed Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement shall be subject to the prior approval of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the
Supermajority Lenders).
(c) If the Borrower enters into a Borrower O&M Plan or a Kallpa O&M Agreement pursuant to paragraph (b) above and at any time during which the
Borrower O&M Plan or Kallpa O&M Agreement is in effect a report delivered by the Independent Engineer in accordance with Section 8.01(f) identifies any
performance benchmark identified in Schedule 1.01(B) has not been met or the Project is not currently in compliance with such performance benchmarks, then the
Administrative Agent shall provide written notice of such event to the Borrower and the Lenders. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Borrower shall enter into
an Acceptable Non-Affiliate O&M Agreement within three (3) months of receipt of such written notice if such event in (i) or (ii) above has (x) not been rectified to
the satisfaction of the Supermajority Lenders or (y) waived by the Supermajority Lenders.
8.23 Transactions with Affiliates .
The Borrower shall not directly or indirectly enter into any transaction that is otherwise permitted hereunder with or for the benefit of an Affiliate of the
Borrower (including guarantees and assumptions of obligations of an Affiliate of the Borrower) except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the
Borrower than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower. Simultaneously with the delivery
of a copy of such executed Additional Project Document entered into with an Affiliate pursuant to Section 8.20(i) , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative
Agent (a) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower describing such transaction in reasonable detail and certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in this Section 8.23 and (b) the Ancillary Documents required in connection therewith. Each Project Document entered into with an Affiliate as of the
Closing Date is listed on Schedule 7.15(a) .
8.24 Other Documents and Information . The Borrower shall furnish the Administrative Agent:
(a) promptly after the filing thereof, a copy of each filing, certification, waiver, exemption, claim, declaration, or registration made with respect to
Government Approvals to be obtained or filed by the Borrower, the Kallpa Operator or any Credit Party with any Government Authority in connection with the
Project, other than such filings, certifications, waivers, exemptions, claims, declarations, or registrations that are routine or ministerial in nature and in respect of
which a failure (individually or on an aggregate basis) to file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
117
(b) promptly after receipt or publication thereof, a copy of each Government Approval obtained by the Borrower (other than such Government
Approvals obtained by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business);
(c) promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, a description of each material change in the status of any Government Approval identified on Schedule
7.05(a) through (d);
(d) promptly after the delivery thereof to the addressee, a copy of each material notice, demand or other communication delivered by the Borrower
pursuant to any Transaction Documents other than in the ordinary course of business;
(e) within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, certified English translations of each Security Document governed by Peruvian law and executed in the
Spanish Language.
8.25 Cooperation . The Borrower shall perform such acts as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to carry out the intent of, and
transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Borrower will cooperate with the Independent Engineer so that the
Independent Engineer may provide, no later than 30 days after receipt of all data, a report to the Lenders reviewing the operation and maintenance of the Project for
the prior Fiscal Year in accordance with Section 8.01(f) .
8.26 Performance Tests .
(a) The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in consultation
with the Independent Engineer, agree with the EPC Contractor on the protocol for Performance Tests. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to approve
such protocols for Performance Tests unless all such Performance Tests are undertaken in all material respects in compliance with all Government Approvals as is or
in the future shall be necessary for the Project under applicable Government Rules (except any such Government Rules and Government Approvals the non-
compliance with which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to the Project).
(b) The Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer have the right to witness and verify any Performance Tests in accordance with the
guidelines set forth in Exhibit C to the EPC Contract and Good Industry Practices. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer
notice regarding each proposed Performance Test no less than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to any Performance Test and shall deliver a copy of the Test
Procedures (as defined in the EPC Contract) to the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer within one (1) Business Day of receipt from the EPC
Contractor. If, upon completion of any Performance Tests, the Borrower has decided to use such Performance Tests as the basis for the issuance of the Partial
Taking-Over Certificate or the Final Taking-Over Certificate, it shall so notify the Administrative Agent and the Independent Engineer and shall deliver a copy of all
test results supporting the results of such Performance Test, accompanied by supporting data and calculations including a report that indicates the Borrower’s
preliminary opinions as to the results of the
118
Performance Tests (each, a “ Performance Test Report ”) and the Independent Engineer will, upon a thorough review of such Performance Test Report, certify in
writing to the Administrative Agent, within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of such Performance Test Report, the results of the Performance Tests and
confirming that such Performance Tests were performed in accordance with the EPC Contract and Good Industry Practices or deliver a report to the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail any objections of the Independent Engineer to such Performance Test Report. If any such valid objections
are made, then the Borrower shall be permitted to address such objections to the reasonable satisfaction of the Independent Engineer or conduct additional
Performance Tests in accordance with this Section 8.26 .
(c) The Borrower shall permit the EPC Contractor to complete Performance Tests, in accordance with sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, in order to achieve
the performance guarantee levels pursuant to Section 10.9 of the EPC Contract.
8.27 Separateness .
(a) The Borrower shall maintain separate bank accounts and separate books of account from, the Project Sponsor, the Kallpa Operator and from the
Pledgors. The separate liabilities of the Borrower shall be readily distinguishable from the liabilities of each Affiliate of the Borrower, including the Pledgors, the
Project Sponsor and the Kallpa Operator (to the extent a Kallpa O&M Agreement has been executed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) (except to the extent
otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents).
(b) The Borrower shall conduct its business solely in its own name in a manner not misleading to other Persons as to its identity.
8.28 Final Taking-Over; Commercial Operation; Project Completion .
(a) The Borrower shall cause the Final Taking-Over Date to occur on or before the Required Final Taking-Over Date.
(b) The Borrower shall cause Project Completion to occur on or before the Required Project Completion Date.
(c) In the event that (a) the Borrower has not achieved the Commercial Operation Date prior to the Required COD Trigger Date and (b) the Independent
Engineer has indicated, at least one (1) month prior to such Required COD Trigger Date, that the Borrower shall not reasonably be able to achieve Commercial
Operation Date by the Investment Agreement Termination Date, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days of receipt of
notice of the Independent Engineer pursuant to clause (b) above, a binding proposal for one or more PPAs to be assigned to the Borrower in order to replace the
ElectroPeru PPA prior to the Investment Agreement Termination Date; provided , that if such proposal is not acceptable to the Supermajority Lenders, then the
Borrower shall have until the Required COD Trigger Date to provide additional proposals which must be acceptable to the Supermajority Lenders.
119
8.29 Suspension or Abandonment . The Borrower shall not (i) permit or suffer to exist an Event of Abandonment or (ii) order or allow to subsist or
consent to any suspension of work in excess of sixty (60) consecutive days under any Project Document relating to the Project in each such case without the prior
written approval of the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders).
8.30 Sanctionable Practices . The Borrower shall not (a) engage in (and shall not authorize or permit any Affiliate or any other Person acting on its
behalf to engage in) with respect to the Project or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, any Sanctionable Practice or (b) violate any Anti-Money
Laundering Laws.
8.31 Financial Covenants . Commencing on the Initial Amortizing Senior Loan Tranche Principal Payment Date and on each Principal Payment Date
thereafter until the satisfaction in full of its obligations under this Agreement, the Borrower shall maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio no less than 1.2 to 1.0.
8.32 Closing Fees; Expenses . All fees, costs and expenses due and payable, including pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 11.03 and the Fee Letters shall be
paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and such Fee Letters and the SACE Reimbursement Agreement.
8.33 Anti-Terrorism; Prohibited Activities . The Borrower (a) will not become a Person or entity described by Section 1 of the Terrorism Order and will
not engage in dealings or transactions with any such Persons or entities, (b) will not violate (i) the USA PATRIOT Act or (ii) the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions,
Accountability, and Divestment Act (CISADA) of 2010, (b) will not engage in any business relationships with specially designated nationals and blocked persons or
entities maintained on the relevant lists by the European Union or any similar publically published list maintained by any other US governmental agency, the United
Nations Security Council or any United Nations Security Council Sanctions Committee in relation to embargoes or the fight against terrorism and (c) will not engage
in any Prohibited Activities.
8.34 CDM . The Borrower shall provide evidence of the submission (including copies thereof) to the applicable Government Authority of all required
forms and other documentation for the registration of the Project under the CDM no later than the Project Completion Date.
8.35 Accounts . The Borrower shall not hold any bank accounts other than (a) the Project Accounts and (b) the Unsecured Accounts.
120
ARTICLE IX
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
9.01 Events of Default; Remedies . If one or more of the following events (the “ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:
(a) The Borrower shall (i) default in the payment when due of any principal of any Loan due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date
fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise or (ii) default in the payment when due of any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable by it under this
Agreement or under any other Financing Document and the default described in this clause (ii) shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days
after the occurrence of such default; or
(b) The Credit Parties or Israel Corporation shall default for a period beyond any applicable grace period (i) in the payment of any principal, interest or
other amount due under any agreement or instrument involving Indebtedness and the outstanding amount or amounts payable under any such agreement or
instrument equals or exceeds (x) in the case of the Borrower, any Pledgor or the Project Sponsor, $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (y) in the case of Israel
Corporation, solely until the Project Completion Date, $25,000,000 in the aggregate or (ii) in the performance of any obligation due under any agreement involving
Indebtedness if in the case of this clause (ii) , pursuant to such default, the holder of the obligation concerned has accelerated the maturity of any Indebtedness
evidenced thereby which equals or exceeds (x) in the case of the Borrower, any Pledgor or the Project Sponsor, $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (y) in the case of
Israel Corporation, solely until the Project Completion Date, $25,000,000 in the aggregate; or
(c) (i) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Credit Party or Israel Corporation (in the case of Israel Corporation, until Project
Completion) in this Agreement or any other Financing Document or (ii) any representation, warranty or statement in any certificate, financial statement or other
document furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by or on behalf any Credit Party or Israel Corporation (in the case of Israel Corporation, until Project
Completion) or (iii) any material representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Material Project Party in connection with any Transaction Document or
(iv) any material representation, warranty or statement in any certificate, financial statement or other document furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender
by or on behalf of any Material Project Party shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time made or deemed made, confirmed or
furnished; or
(d) (i) The Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in Section 8.01(c) , 8.01(j) , 8.02 , 8.04(a) , 8.05(a) , 8.05(b) ,
8.05(c) , 8.05(d) , 8.05(l) , 8.05(m) , 8.08 , 8.09 , 8.11 through 8.15 , 8.16(a) , 8.17 , 8.18(c) , 8.23 , 8.28 through 8.31 , 8.33 and 8.35 or shall default in the
performance of any of its obligations contained in any Security Document and shall fail to cure such default within the grace period specified therein, if any or
(ii) any other Credit Party or Israel Corporation (in the case of Israel Corporation, until Project Completion) shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or
agreement contained in any Transaction Documents to which it is a party (not otherwise addressed in this Section 9.01 ) and shall fail to cure such default within the
grace period specified therein, if any; or
121
(e) The Borrower shall default in the performance of any of its covenants or obligations to be performed or observed by it under this Agreement or any
other Financing Document (not otherwise addressed in this Section 9.01 ) and such default shall continue unremedied (i) for a period of thirty (30) days after written
notice of such default (specifying such default and requiring remedy thereof) from the Administrative Agent and (ii) for an additional fifteen (15) days only if the
Borrower is diligently pursuing a cure and such default could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(f) A Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to a Credit Party or Israel Corporation (in the case of Israel Corporation, until Project Completion); or
(g) A Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to (i) prior to the expiration of the EPC Contractor’s warranty obligations and settlement of all claims under
the EPC Contract, the EPC Contractor, (ii) any counterparty to a material PPA (including Luz del Sur and ElectroPeru) or the Operator or (iii) any other Material
Project Party to the extent that such Bankruptcy could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(h) (i) The Liens in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall at any time cease to constitute valid and perfected Liens granting a
first priority security interest in the Collateral to the Secured Parties (other than Liens having priority by Government Rule), (ii) except for expiration in accordance
with its terms, any of the Security Documents shall at any time for any reason cease to be valid and binding or in full force and effect or (iii) the enforceability of any
Financing Document shall be contested by any Credit Party or Affiliate of any Credit Party, and in the case of clause (i) or (ii) (unless the event set forth in clause
(ii) is the result of a declaration as set forth in clause (i) below), such circumstance continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days after notice of such
circumstance from the Administrative Agent; or
(i) Any obligor under a Security Document (excluding any Secured Party) (including each counterparty to a Consent and Agreement) shall default in
the performance of any of its material obligations (other than a payment obligation, which is governed by other provisions of this Section 9.01 ) under such Security
Document and such default shall continue unremedied for more than 30 days after the occurrence thereof; provided , that if such default constitutes a contest or
repudiation of the enforceability of such Security Document against an obligor, such event shall be governed by either paragraph (h) or (m) of this Section 9.01 ; or
(j) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money (i) in respect of the Borrower, any Pledgor or the Project Sponsor, greater than $5,000,000
in the aggregate or (ii) prior to Project Completion, in respect of Israel Corporation, greater than $25,000,000 in the aggregate, shall be rendered by one or more
Government Authorities, arbitral tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction against any such Person and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be
made for such discharge), or a stay of execution shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry of such judgment or judgments provided , that any
judgments that shall have been cash collateralized through additional contributions of equity to the Borrower shall not be a Default or Event of Default under this
clause (j) ; or
122
(k) (i) Any counterparty to a material PPA (including Luz del Sur and ElectroPeru), the EPC Contractor or the Operator shall default in the performance
of its obligation to maintain in full force and effect the insurance required by such party under the respective Material Project Document or (ii) solely to the extent
that such default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, any other Material Project Party not listed in sub-clause (i) above, shall default
in the performance of its obligation to maintain in full force and effect the insurance required by such Material Project Party under the respective Material Project
Document; or
(l) (i) Any material Government Approval shall be Impaired and such Impairment continues to exist for more than thirty (30) days or such Government
Approval is not replaced within thirty (30) days on terms and conditions that are in all material respects no less beneficial to the Borrower than those of such
Impaired Government Approval; provided that if such Impairment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect then the foregoing grace period
shall not apply or (ii) any other Government Approval shall be Impaired and such Impairment could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or
(m) (i) This Agreement or any other Transaction Document ceases to be enforceable against the Credit Party (or Israel Corporation, until Project
Completion) party thereto (except for the expiration thereof in accordance with its terms and not as a result of a breach or default thereunder), (ii) any Financing
Document, except for any Security Document, shall otherwise cease to be valid and binding on the Credit Party (or Israel Corporation, until Project Completion)
party thereto or in full force and effect or shall be Impaired (in each case, except in connection with its expiration in accordance with its terms in the ordinary course
(and not related to any default hereunder)) or (iii) any Credit Party (or Israel Corporation, until Project Completion) party to a Financing Document shall have
expressly repudiated its obligations thereunder; or
(n) (i) Any Material Project Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be valid and binding or in full force and effect or shall be Impaired
(except for the expiration thereof in accordance with its terms and not as a result of a breach or default thereunder) or (ii) any Credit Party or Material Project Party
shall be in default (after any applicable notice, grace period or both) under any Material Project Document and such default could reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect; or
(o) An Event of Abandonment shall have occurred; or
(p) An Environmental and Social Claim shall have been brought against the Borrower, which, individually or, in the case of multiple similar fact
claims, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
123
(q) An Event of Taking shall have occurred with respect to (i) any Equity Interest in any Credit Party or (ii) all or substantially all of the Project, or
otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or an Event of Total Loss occurs; or
(r) A Change in Control shall have occurred; or
(s) (i) The Borrower shall incur any material liability under Title IV of ERISA or with respect to Foreign Plans or (ii) a Lien with respect to an
employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) or a Foreign Plan shall arise on any of the assets of the Credit Parties and in each case in clauses (i) and
(ii) that in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA liability or liability with respect to Foreign Plans, could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
THEREUPON:
(1) in the case of an Event of Default other than the one referred to in paragraph (f) of this Article IX , with respect to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent
may with the consent of the Majority Lenders, and, upon request of the Majority Lenders, shall take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different
times, (x) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately and (y) declare the principal amount then outstanding of, and
the accrued interest on, the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the Notes and the other Financing Documents (including any
amounts payable under Section 5.03 or 5.04 ) to be forthwith due and payable (or both), whereupon such amounts shall be immediately due and payable without
notice, presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and
(2) in the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in paragraph (f) of this Article IX , with respect to the Borrower, the Commitments shall
automatically terminate and the principal amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans and all other amounts payable by the Borrower under
this Agreement and under the Notes and the other Financing Documents (including any amounts payable under Section 5.03 or 5.04 ) shall automatically become
immediately due and payable without notice, presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the
Borrower.
9.02 Exercise of Rights . In the case of any Event of Default, in addition to the exercise of remedies set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, the Offshore
Collateral Agent or the Onshore Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall have the right, with respect to clauses (1) and (2), upon the consent or at the request of the
Majority Lenders to exercise any and all rights of a secured creditor with respect to the Collateral. It is also understood and agreed that an individual Lender in its
capacity as such shall not have an independent right to exercise the rights or remedies pursuant to this Article IX or against the Borrower or any Collateral and the
exercise of such rights or remedies shall be undertaken solely by the Administrative Agent or Offshore Collateral Agent or Onshore Collateral Agent as provided in
the Financing Documents.
124
ARTICLE X
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
10.01 Appointment, Powers and Immunities . Each Lender, and the SACE Agent on behalf of each of the Tranche D Lenders, hereby irrevocably
appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as its administrative agent under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents with such powers as are
specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Financing Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental to such
powers. The Administrative Agent (which term as used in this sentence and in Section 10.05 and the first sentence of Section 10.06 shall include reference to its
affiliates and its own and its affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents): (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly
set forth in the Financing Documents, and shall not by reason of any Financing Document be a trustee for any Lender; (b) shall not be responsible to the Lenders for
any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in any Financing Document, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or
received by any of them under, any Financing Document, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Financing
Document or any other document referred to or provided for in any Financing Document or for any failure by the Borrower or any other Person to perform any of its
obligations under any Financing Document; (c) shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings under any Financing Document;
and (d) shall not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under any Financing Document or under any other document or instrument referred
to or provided for in any Financing Document or in connection with any Financing Document, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in an order that is no longer subject to appeal or review. The Administrative Agent may employ agents and
attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact reasonably selected by it in good faith. The
Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the holder of such Note for all purposes of the Financing Documents unless and until a notice of
the assignment or transfer of such Note shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent, together with the consent of the Borrower to such assignment or transfer
(to the extent provided in Section 11.06(b) ).
10.02 Reliance by the Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication
(including any made by telephone, telecopy, telex, telegram or cable) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on
behalf of the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agents. As to
any matters not expressly provided for by any Financing Document, the Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under any Financing Document in accordance with the instructions given by the requisite number of Lenders as are required by this Agreement in such
circumstance, and such instructions of such Lenders and any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all of the Lenders.
125
10.03 Defaults . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of a Default (other than the nonpayment
of principal of or interest on Loans or of fees payable hereunder for such Agent) unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from the SACE Agent, a
Lender or the Borrower specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a
notice of the occurrence of a Default, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice of such receipt to the SACE Agent, each Lender (and shall give each Lender
prompt notice of each such nonpayment) and the Borrower (if such notice was not from the Borrower). The Administrative Agent shall (subject to Section 10.07 )
take such action with respect to such Default as shall be directed by the Majority Lenders or; provided , that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have
received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such
Default as they shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement expressly requires that such action be taken, or not be
taken, only with the consent or upon the authorization of all or some of the Lenders (as applicable).
10.04 Rights as a Lender . With respect to its Commitments and the Loans made by it, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (and any successor
acting as Administrative Agent) in its capacity as a Lender under the Financing Documents shall have the same rights, privileges and powers under the Financing
Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall,
unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (and any successor acting
as Administrative Agent) and its affiliates may (without having to account for the same to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, make investments in
and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower (and any of Borrower’s Affiliates) as if it were not acting as the
Administrative Agent, and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and its affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in
connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
10.05 Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify (x) the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed under Section 11.03 , but without
limiting the obligations of the Borrower under such Section 11.03 ) and (y) the Agents (to the extent not reimbursed under the Collateral Agency and Depositary
Agreement or the other Security Documents, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrower under the Security Documents), in each case ratably in accordance
with the aggregate principal amount of the Loans held by the Lenders (or, if no Loans are at the time outstanding, ratably in accordance with their respective
Commitments), for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature
whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Person (including by any Lender) arising out of or by reason of any investigation or in
any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other documents contemplated by or referred to in this Agreement or
in the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under Section 11.03 , but excluding, unless a Default has occurred and is
continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of its agency duties or the enforcement of any of the terms of this Agreement or of
the other Transaction Documents or of
126
any such other documents; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of the Person to be indemnified as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in an order that is no longer subject to appeal or review.
10.06 Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower
and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this
Agreement or any other Transaction Document. The Administrative Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the
Borrower or any other Person of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other document referred to or provided for in this Agreement or in any
other Transaction Document or to inspect the Properties or books of the Borrower or such other Person. Except for notices, reports and other documents and
information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty
or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower (or any of its
Affiliates) which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its affiliates.
10.07 Failure to Act . Except for action expressly required of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and under the other Transaction
Documents to which the Administrative Agent is intended to be a party, the Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act
under this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents unless it shall receive further assurances to its reasonable satisfaction from the Lenders of their
indemnification obligations under Section 10.05 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any
such action; provided that the Administrative Agent will not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the
Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Transaction Document or applicable law.
10.08 Resignation or Removal of the Administrative Agent . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as
provided below, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, and the Administrative Agent may be removed at any
time with or without cause by the Supermajority Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Supermajority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a
successor Administrative Agent, which successor Administrative Agent shall (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) be reasonably
acceptable to the Borrower. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Supermajority Lenders and shall have accepted such
appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Supermajority Lenders’ removal of the retiring
Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and, at the sole cost of the Borrower, apply to a court of competent
jurisdiction to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be an Acceptable Bank
127
which has an office in New York, New York, which successor Administrative Agent shall (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) be
reasonably acceptable to the Borrower. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent by a successor Administrative, such successor
Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is intended to be a
party. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue in effect for its
benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.
10.09 Consents under Transaction Documents . Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04 with respect to any modification, supplement or waiver
under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall, upon the prior consent of the Majority Lenders (or the requisite number of Lenders required to provide
consent pursuant to the terms of such Transaction Document), consent to (and shall direct the Collateral Agents, if applicable, to enter into) any modification,
supplement or waiver under any other such Transaction Document to which the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is intended to be a party; provided ,
that without the prior consent of each Senior Lender, the Administrative Agent shall not (and, if applicable, shall not direct the Collateral Agent to) (except as
contemplated in this Agreement or in the Security Documents) release any material portion of Collateral or otherwise terminate any Lien under any Security
Document securing a material portion of the Collateral or agree to additional obligations being secured by the Collateral (unless the Lien for such additional
obligations shall be junior to the Lien in favor of the other obligations secured by such Security Document and is otherwise permitted under this Agreement or the
Security Documents), except that no such consent shall be required, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized, to release (and to direct the Collateral Agent
to release) any Lien covering Property of the Borrower or any other Person which is the subject of a disposition of Property of the Borrower or such other Person
which is permitted or contemplated under this Agreement or under the relevant Security Document or to which all of the Senior Lenders have otherwise consented;
and provided further that, the Administrative Agent may (but is not obligated to), without the prior consent of any Senior Lender, consent to, and shall direct the
Collateral Agent, if applicable, to enter into, any amendment, modification or supplement to any Transaction Document to which the Administrative Agent or the
Collateral Agent is a party, that is solely administrative in nature and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide written notice to the Lenders regarding such
amendment, modification or supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower, may
amend, modify or supplement any Transaction Document to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency.
10.10 Appointment by Administrative Agent . Each Senior Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as its agent under the
Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement to appoint the Offshore Collateral Agent, the Onshore Collateral Agent and the Depositary thereunder on behalf of
such Senior Lender and the other Secured Parties, such appointment subject to the terms and conditions of such agreement.
128
10.11 Reports; Etc . The Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Lender, COFIDE and the SACE Agent, (i) a copy of each budget, financial
statement and other report delivered by the Borrower to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement promptly following receipt of such information and (ii) any
documentary condition precedent referenced in Sections 6.01 to 6.03 or report or certificate produced by any of the Independent Advisors or any other independent
advisor to the Lenders requested by a Lender promptly following receipt of such document and the written request therefor.
10.12 Joint Mandated Arrangers . The Joint Mandated Arrangers, in their capacities as such, shall not have any obligations or liabilities hereunder.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01 Waiver . No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with
respect to, any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement, any Note or any other Financing Document shall operate as a waiver of such right, remedy,
power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement, any Note or any other Financing Document shall
preclude any other or further exercise of such right, remedy, power or privilege, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided in this
Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. All covenants of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties set forth in this Agreement
and the other Financing Documents and all Events of Default set forth in Section 9.01 shall be given independent effect so that, in the event that a particular action or
condition is not permitted by the terms of any such covenant or would result in a Default, the fact that such event or condition could be permitted by an exception to,
or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant or another Event of Default shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default in the event
that such action is taken or condition exists.
11.02 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications provided for in this Agreement and under the other Financing Documents (including
any modifications of, or waivers or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made (a) in writing and (b) sent by facsimile or overnight courier (if for inland
delivery) or international courier (if for overseas delivery) delivered to the intended recipient at the “Address for Notices” specified below its name on the signature
pages of this Agreement or in the relevant section as specified in other Financing Documents, or as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such
party in a notice to each other party; provided that, (x) any non-material notices or (y) any reports, certifications or supporting materials relating to ongoing reporting
requirements (to the extent any such items do not require action by any Lender or Secured Party) may be provided by posting to DebtDomain provided that the
Lenders and the Secured Parties are promptly notified in writing (which shall include email) that such materials have been posted to DebtDomain. Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when (i) if sent by facsimile, when sent (on receipt of
confirmation), (ii) if posted to DebtDomain as permitted pursuant to this Section 11.02 , when the Secured Parties have been notified of such posting and (iii) if by
courier service, (x) two (2) Business Days after deposit with an overnight courier if for inland delivery and (y) or four (4) Business Days after depositing with an
international courier if for overseas delivery; provided , that no notice to the Administrative Agent shall be effective until received by the Administrative Agent.
129
11.03 Expenses; Indemnification; Etc . The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse each of the Lenders and the Agents (from time to time, and including
as a condition precedent to each of the Closing Date and the Initial Disbursement Date) for: (a) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative
Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP ), the Offshore Collateral Agent (including the reasonable
fees and expenses of its counsel Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP), the Onshore Collateral Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel
Rodrigo, Elias & Medrano Abogados), Rodrigo, Elias & Medrano Abogados, special Peruvian counsel to the Senior Lenders (or such replacement counsel that the
Administrative Agent may select from time to time which, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower),
and experts (including the Independent Advisors and the Model Auditor) engaged by the Administrative Agent from time to time, in connection with (i) the
negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, any COFIDE Guarantee and the extension of credit under
this Agreement, (ii) any amendment, modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any COFIDE Guarantee
and (iii) the syndication of Commitments or Loans, (b) all costs and expenses of the Senior Lenders and the Agents (including counsels’ fees and expenses and
experts’ fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Agents) in connection with (i) any Default and any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from
such Default or in connection with the negotiation (and preparation, execution and delivery of any related documentation) of any restructuring or “work-
out” (whether or not consummated) of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, any other Credit Party under any Financing Documents or the
obligations of (x) any Project Party under any Project Document or (y) the obligations of COFIDE or SACE under any COFIDE Guarantee and the SACE Policy, as
applicable, (ii) the enforcement of this Section 11.03(b) , (c) all transfer, stamp, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any
Government Authority in respect of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other document referred to in this Agreement or in any such other
Transaction Document and all costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of
any Lien contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Agents are intended to be a party or any other document referred to in
this Agreement or in any such other Transaction Document and (d) solely payable to FMO, an amount equal to the VAT payable by FMO to COFIDE in respect of
the fee payable by FMO to COFIDE pursuant to the terms of its COFIDE Guarantee. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to instruct the Offshore Collateral
Agent (and the Offshore Collateral Agent shall so instruct the Trustee and the Depositary, as applicable) to withdraw from the Project Accounts amount owed
pursuant to this Section 11.03 and pay such amounts to the applicable Person.
The Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Agents, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates and their respective officers, directors,
employees, representatives, attorneys and agents (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) from, and shall hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims,
damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel for each Indemnitee in connection with any
130
investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party to any such proceeding)
that may at any time (including at any time following the Termination Date) be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by an Indemnitee as a result of, or arising
out of, or in any way related to or by reason of any claim with respect to (a) any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any other Transaction
Document or the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (b) the extensions of credit under this Agreement or the
actual or proposed use by the Borrower of any of the extensions of credit under this Agreement or the grant to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of, or to any of, the Secured Parties of any Lien on the Collateral or in any other Property of the Borrower or any other Person or any membership,
partnership or Equity Interest in the Borrower or any other Person and (c) the exercise by the Administrative Agent, the Trustee, the Common Representative or the
Collateral Agent (or the other Secured Parties) of their rights and remedies (including foreclosure) under any Security Document (but excluding, as to any
Indemnitee, any Excluded Taxes, any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements, to
the extent incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnitee from, and shall hold each Indemnitee harmless against, any
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, reasonable expenses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements described in the preceding sentence
(including any Lien filed against the Project by any Government Authority) (collectively, “ Losses ”) arising under any Environmental and Social Law or relating to
any Environmental and Social Claim as a result of the past, present or future facilities or operations of the Borrower or any predecessors to Borrower, or the past,
present or future condition or operation of the Project, or any Release, threatened Release or Use of any Hazardous Materials with respect to the Project (including
any Release, threatened Release or Use of Hazardous Materials which occurs during any period when such Indemnitee shall be in possession of any such site or
facility following the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party of any of its rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any Financing
Document or any other Transaction Document where such Release, threatened Release or Use commenced or occurred prior to such period); provided , however ,
that the Borrower shall have no such obligation to indemnify any Indemnitee to the extent that any such Losses are directly and primarily caused solely by such
Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
11.04 Amendments; Etc . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified
only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders (or the requisite number of Lenders required to
provide consent as specified in this Agreement) or by each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders (or the requisite
number of Lenders required to provide consent as specified in this Agreement) and any provision of this Agreement may be waived by the Majority Lenders (or the
requisite number of Lenders required to provide consent as specified in this Agreement) or by the Administrative Agent acting with the consent of the Majority
Lenders (or the requisite number of Lenders required to provide consent as specified in this Agreement); provided , that (a) no amendment, modification or waiver
shall, unless by an instrument signed by all of the Senior
131
Lenders or by the Administrative Agent acting with the consent of all of the Senior Lenders (i) increase or extend the term, or extend the time or waive any
requirement for the termination of the Commitments, (ii) extend the scheduled date for the payment of principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee under this
Agreement, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable on any such amount or any fee is payable under
this Agreement, (v) alter the rights or obligations of the Borrower to prepay Loans, (vi) alter the terms of this Section 11.04 , (vii) alter the subordination terms and
conditions listed in Exhibit D , (viii) amend the definition of the terms “Supermajority Lenders” or “Majority Lenders” or modify in any other manner the number or
percentage of the Senior Lenders required to give any consent or make any determinations or waive any rights under this Agreement or to modify any provision of
this Agreement, (ix) amend, modify or waive the requirements of Section 11.06(b) , (x) amend the definition of the term “Interest Expense” or delete “Permitted
Swap Agreements” from the definition of “Financing Documents”, (x) amend the conditions precedent in Section 6.02 or (xi) release any material portion of the
Collateral or otherwise terminate any Lien under any Security Document securing a material portion of the Collateral, or result in additional obligations being
secured by the Collateral (unless the Lien for such additional obligations shall be junior to the Lien in favor of the other obligations secured by such Security
Document and is otherwise permitted under this Agreement or the Security Documents), except that no such consent shall be required to release (and to direct the
Collateral Agent to release) any Lien covering Property of the Borrower or any other Person which is the subject of a disposition of Property of the Borrower or such
other Person which is permitted or contemplated under this Agreement or under the relevant Security Document or to which all of the Lenders have otherwise
consented or upon the Termination Date; and provided further that, (b) any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of Article X shall require the consent of
the Administrative Agent and, only to the extent Section 10.05 or Section 10.06 would be amended, modified or supplemented as a result thereof, the Collateral
Agent, (c) any amendment of the definition of the term “Permitted Swap Provider”, “Secured Obligation”, or “Secured Party” or any terms related to the release of
any material portion of the Collateral or the pari passu status of the Secured Obligations shall require the consent of each Permitted Swap Provider, (d) (i) any
amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of Section 6.03(m) , Section 8.04 , Section 8.09 , Section 8.12(g) , Section 8.30 and Section 8.33 , including the
defined terms used therein shall require the consent of DEG and FMO, (ii) any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of Section 6.03(n) shall require the
consent of any Senior Lender party to a COFIDE Guarantee and (iii) any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of Section 8.01(j)(v) shall require the
consent of DEG and (e) any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement of (i) the definition of “Tranche D Lenders” or “Tranche D Majority Lenders”, (ii) an
extension to the date of payment of any amounts due to the SACE Agent, SACE or the Tranche D Lenders under the Financing Documents, (iii) a reduction in the
rate at which interest is payable with respect to the Tranche D Loans or a reduction in the amount of principal, interest, fee or commission payable to the SACE
Agent, SACE or the Tranche D Lenders under the Financing Documents, (iv) an increase or decrease in, or an extension of, the Tranche D Loan Commitments, (v) a
change in the Obligation Currency of the Tranche D Loans, (vi) an extension of the Tranche D Commitment Period, (vii) the terms of this Section 11.04 or (viii) the
waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 6.02(o) shall require the consent of SACE and all of the Tranche D Lenders and (f) any amendment or waiver
that relates to the rights or obligations of the SACE Agent may not be effected without the consent of the SACE Agent; and
132
provided further that, the Agents may, without the consent of any Senior Lender, enter into any amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement that is
solely administrative in nature and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide written notice to the Lenders regarding such amendment, modification or
supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower, may amend, modify or
supplement this Agreement to cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency.
No Tranche C Lender shall have any voting rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided that no amendment,
modification or waiver shall, unless by an instrument signed by each Tranche C Lender (a) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal on any Tranche C
Loan or (b) reduce the rate at which interest is payable on any Tranche C Loan.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Senior Lender is a Defaulting Lender, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, such Senior Lender will not be entitled to vote in respect of amendments and waivers hereunder and the Commitments and the outstanding Loans of
such Senior Lender hereunder will not be taken into account in determining whether the Majority Lender, the Supermajority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as
required, have approved any such amendment or waiver (and the definition of “Supermajority Lenders” and “Majority Lenders” will automatically be deemed
modified accordingly for the duration of such period); provided , that any such amendment or waiver that would increase or extend the term of the Commitments of
such Defaulting Lender, extend the date fixed for the payment of principal or interest owing to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, reduce the principal amount of
any obligation owing to such Defaulting Lender, reduce the amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any amount owing to such Defaulting Lender or of any fee
payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder, or alter the terms of this proviso, will require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
11.05 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.
11.06 Assignments and Participations .
(a) The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or under the Notes without the prior consent of all of the Senior Lenders
and the Administrative Agent.
(b) Subject to the following sentence, each Lender may assign any of its Loans, its Notes and its Commitments to one or more Eligible Assignees with
the prior consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (i) at any
time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) in the case of any assignment to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) in the case of any
assignment to COFIDE or SACE; provided , further , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment unless it shall object thereto by
written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice
133
thereof. All assignments are subject to the following additional conditions: (A) any such partial assignment shall be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000 (taking
into account such Lender’s pro rata assignment of all of its Loans and Commitments), or such other amount determined by the Administrative Agent, (B) each
assignment by a Senior Lender of its Senior Loans or Senior Loan Commitments shall be made in such a manner so that the same portion of its Senior Loans or
Senior Loan Commitments is assigned to the respective assignee, (C) its Notes, on the one hand, and its Loans or Commitments on the other, may not be assigned
separately and (D) any assignment of Tranche C Loans or Tranche C Commitments by any Tranche C Lender shall be made (w) on a pro rata basis between the
Tranche C Lenders, (x) may only be made to a Senior Lender, (y) shall be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000 and (z) such assignment shall increase the Senior
Loan Commitments and/or Senior Loans and reduce the Trance C Commitments and the Tranche C Loans on a dollar-for-dollar basis and the amortization schedule
attached hereto as Appendix B shall be adjusted accordingly. Upon execution and delivery by the assignee to the Administrative Agent of an assignment and
acceptance substantially in the form of the attached Exhibit E, and upon consent to such assignment and acceptance by the Borrower, to the extent required above,
the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment (unless otherwise provided in such assignment with the consent of the Borrower), the obligations, rights and
benefits of a Lender under this Agreement holding the Commitments and Loans (or portions thereof) assigned to it (in addition to the Commitments and Loans, if
any, previously held by such assignee) and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of such assignment, be released from its Commitments (or portion thereof) so
assigned. Upon each such assignment the assigning Lender shall pay the Administrative Agent an assignment fee of $3,500. In furtherance of the foregoing, on the
date of any such assignment of Senior Loan Commitments or Senior Loans pursuant to this Section 11.06(b) , the Borrower shall deliver to the assignee Lender, a
Note and Note Completion Agreement, payable to such assignee Lender.
(c) A Senior Lender may sell or agree to sell to one or more commercial banks or other Persons, a participation in all or any part of any Senior Loan
held by it or in its Senior Loan Commitments ( provided , that partial participations shall be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000 (taking into account such
Senior Lender’s pro rata participation of all of its Senior Loans and Senior Loan Commitments), or such other amount determined by the Administrative Agent, in
which event each purchaser of a participation (a “ Participant ”) shall have the rights, benefits and obligations of the provisions of Sections 5.02 and 5.04 to the same
extent as if it were a Senior Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.06 ; provided that such Participant shall
not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 5.02 or 5.04 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Senior Lender would have been
entitled to receive unless (i) such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable
participation in such Senior Loans and Senior Loan Commitments and (ii) such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 5.05 as if it were an
assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section 11.06 . Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.07(c) , Participant shall not have any other rights or benefits under this
Agreement or any Note or any other Financing Document (the Participant’s rights against such Senior Lender in respect of such participation to be those set forth in
the agreements executed by such Senior Lender in favor of the Participant). All amounts payable by the Borrower to any Lender under Article V in respect of Senior
Loans held by it, and its Senior Loan Commitments, shall
134
be determined as if such Senior Lender had not sold or agreed to sell any participations in such Senior Loans and Senior Loan Commitments, and as if such Senior
Lender were funding each of such Senior Loan and Senior Loan Commitments in the same way that it is funding the portion of such Senior Loan and Senior Loan
Commitments in which no participations have been sold. In no event shall a Senior Lender that sells a participation agree with the Participant to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Agreement or under any other Financing Document except that such Senior Lender may agree with the Participant that it will not,
without the consent of the Participant, agree to (i) increase or extend the term, or extend the time or waive any requirement for the reduction or termination, of such
Senior Lender’s Senior Loan Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the related Senior Loans, or any portion of any fee
payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable on any amount under this
Agreement, or reduce any fee or other amount payable to the Participant to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest or fee,
(v) alter the rights or obligations of the Borrower to prepay the related Senior Loans or (vi) consent to any modification or waiver of this Agreement or of any
Security Document to the extent that such waiver or modification requires the consent of each Senior Lender under Section 10.09 .
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Financing Document to the contrary, any Senior Lender may assign
or pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement or the loans or Notes held by it (i) to any federal reserve bank, Central Bank (including the European
Central Bank) or the United States Treasury as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board and any operating circular issued by such federal reserve
bank or (ii) to a special purpose trust or other entity for purposes of securitization of such Senior Lender’s loans; provided , however , that any payment in respect of
such assigned Senior Loans or Notes made by the Borrower to or for the account of the assigning and/or pledging Lender in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement shall satisfy the Borrower’s obligations hereunder in respect to such assigned Senior Loans or Notes to the extent of such payment. No such assignment
shall release the assigning Lender from its obligation hereunder and in no event shall such entity described in the foregoing sentence be considered to be a “Lender”
or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.
(e) A Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in the possession of such Lender from time to time to permitted assignees and
participants (including prospective permitted assignees and participants), subject, however, to the provisions of Section 11.10(b) .
(f) In connection with any assignment or sale of a participation pursuant to this Article XI , such assignee or Participant shall comply with Section 5.04
(e) .
(g) No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates.
(h) Anything in this Section 11.06 to the contrary notwithstanding, no assignment and/or transfer of rights and/or obligations of (i) a Tranche D Lender
shall be permitted without the prior consent of SACE under the SACE Policy or (ii) any Senior Lender party to a COFIDE Guarantee shall be permitted without the
prior consent of COFIDE under the COFIDE Guarantee.
135
(i) Anything in this Section 11.06 to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that DEG or FMO assign or participate any interest in any Loan or
Commitment held by it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the rights of DEG and FMO set forth in Section 6.03(m) , Section 8.12(a)(vi) and
Section 11.04(d) shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable to any such assignee or Participant.
(j) Anything in this Section 11.06 to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent any prospective Eligible Assignee is subject to a withholding tax that is
less favorable to which the assigning Lender is entitled on the date of such assignment, the assigning Lender shall provide the Borrower with prior written notice of
its intent to enter into such assignment and the Borrower shall be permitted to replace such prospective assignee with any other Eligible Assignee within fifteen
(15) Business Days of receipt of such notice from the assigning Lender.
(k) No assignments will be made to any Defaulting Lender or Potential Defaulting Lender or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any Person who,
upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause. In connection with any assignment of rights and
obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment will be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the
parties to the assignment make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate
(which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent
of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which
the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the
Administrative Agent and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder becomes effective under applicable
law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest will be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this
Agreement until such compliance occurs.
11.07 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVERS . ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT AND ANY ACTION FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY
EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS
PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND
APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF.
136
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED
COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL,
POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE PARTIES HERETO AT ITS ADDRESS REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT OR THE COLLATERAL AGENCY
AND DEPOSITARY AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT
MAY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF
ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN
THE COURTS REFERRED TO ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY
SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT
FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER
PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.
11.08 Process Agent . The Borrower hereby agrees that service of all writs, process and summonses in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in
the State of New York may be made upon C T Corporation System currently located at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (the “ Process Agent ”),
and the Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that the Process Agent has been duly and irrevocably appointed as its agent and true and lawful attorney-in-fact in its
name, place and stead to receive such service of any and all such writs, process and summonses, and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of
any such service of process to the Borrower shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon. The Borrower hereby further
irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding in such courts by the mailing thereof by the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent
by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at its address set forth beneath its signature hereto.
11.09 Marshalling; Recapture . None of the Agents or any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of the Borrower or any
other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. To the extent any Lender receives any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower, all or a
portion of which payment is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to the Borrower, or its estate,
trustee, receiver, custodian or any other party under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then to the extent of
such payment or repayment, the obligation or part thereof which has been paid, reduced or satisfied by the amount so repaid shall be reinstated by the amount so
repaid and shall be included within the liabilities of the Borrower to such Lender as of the date such initial payment, reduction or satisfaction occurred.
137
11.10 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .
(a) The Borrower acknowledges that (i) from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to it (in
connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by each Lender or by one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of such Lender and (ii) information delivered to each
Lender by the Borrower may be provided to each such subsidiary and affiliate, it being understood that any such subsidiary or affiliate receiving such information
shall be bound by the provisions of Section 11.10(b) as if it were a Lender under this Agreement.
(b) Each of the Lenders hereby agrees (on behalf of itself and each of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and representatives) to keep
confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking
practices, any non-public information supplied to it by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Operator or Project Sponsor pursuant to this Agreement that is identified by
the Borrower, the Operator or Project Sponsor as being confidential at the time the same is delivered to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, other than
information provided by the Borrower before the Closing Date which shall be treated as confidential; provided , that nothing in this Agreement shall limit the
disclosure of any such information (i) to the extent required by any Government Rule or judicial process, (ii) to counsel for any of the Lenders or the Administrative
Agent, so long as counsel to such parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the information as provided in this Section 11.10(b) , (iii) to bank examiners,
auditors or accountants, (iv) to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender (or any subsidiary or affiliate of any Lender referred to in Section 11.10(a) or any
partner, director, officer, employee, agent or representative of any Lender (or any subsidiary or affiliate of any Lender referred to in Section 11.10(a) ), so long as
such Persons agree to maintain the confidentiality of the information as provided in this Section 11.10(b) , (v) after notice to the Borrower (to the extent such prior
notice is legally permitted), in connection with any litigation to which any one or more of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent is a party and pursuant to which
such Lender or the Administrative Agent has been compelled or required to disclose such information in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Lender or
Administrative Agent, (vi) to the Independent Advisors, or to other experts, insurers or service providers engaged by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, so long as such parties agree to maintain
the confidentiality of the information as provided in this Section 11.10(b) , (vii) to the extent that such information is required to be disclosed to a Government
Authority in connection with a tax audit or dispute, (viii) in connection with any Default and any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from such Default
or in connection with the negotiation of any restructuring or “work-out” (whether or not consummated) of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or
the obligations of any Project Party under any other Project Document, (ix) to any assignee or participant (or prospective assignee or participant) so long as such
assignee or participant (or prospective assignee or participant) first executes and delivers to the respective Lender a Confidentiality Agreement substantially in the
form of Exhibit G or (x) by any Senior Lender to any insurance, reinsurance company or credit-default swap providers for the purpose of obtaining insurance in
respect of its Loans or Commitments; provided such persons are informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information
confidential. In no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower; provided ,
however , that any confidential
138
information retained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.10(b) . The obligations of each
Lender under this Section 11.10 shall supersede and replace the obligations of such Lender under any confidentiality letter, or other confidentiality obligation, in
respect of this financing effective prior to the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.10(b), each Senior
Lender, SACE and COFIDE may, at its cost and expense, place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals describing the transaction under this
Agreement; provided that such description is limited to the name of the Borrower and the Project Sponsor, the description of the Project as set forth in the defined
term “Project”, the total amount of the Project Costs and the size of such Person’s Commitment or, in the case of SACE or COFIDE, their respective insurance
policy or guarantee.
11.11 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all
fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful
rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law,
the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the
extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be
cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor)
until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.
11.12 Survival . The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 5.02 , 5.03 , 5.04 , 11.03 , 11.19 , 11.20 , and 11.21 and the obligations of the Lenders
under Section 10.05 shall survive after the Termination Date. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a notice of any extension
of credit, in this Agreement or pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the making of such representation and warranty, and no Lender shall be deemed to have
waived, by reason of making any extension of credit under this Agreement, any Default which may arise by reason of such representation or warranty proving to
have been false or misleading, notwithstanding that such Lender or the Agents may have had notice or knowledge or reason to believe that such representation or
warranty was false or misleading at the time such extension of credit was made.
11.13 Captions . The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference
and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
11.14 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same instrument and any party to this Agreement may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart; signature pages may be
detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signatures are physically attached to the same counterpart. This
Agreement and the other Financing Documents constitute the entire agreement
139
and understanding among the parties to this Agreement with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement and the other Financing Documents and supersede any
and all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to such matters. This Agreement shall become effective at such time as the Administrative
Agent shall have received counterparts of this Agreement signed by all of the intended parties to this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and
words of like import in any Financing Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be
of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the
extent and as provided for in any Government Rule, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State
Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
11.15 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason
any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Secured
Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Borrower agrees that it will indemnify each Secured Party
on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by such Secured Party in connection with such rescission or restoration,
including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar
payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
11.16 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be
ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this
Agreement; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
11.17 Remedies; Letters of Credit .
(a) The Borrower agrees that, as between the Borrower and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement may be declared to be
forthwith due and payable as provided in Article IX (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Article
IX ), and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations shall forthwith
become due and payable by the Borrower.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to draw upon any Acceptable Letter of Credit when so entitled pursuant to the Equity Contribution and
Retention Agreement.
11.18 Currency of Payment . The obligation of the Borrower to pay in Dollars those amounts of the sums specified to be due in Dollars under this
Agreement or the respective Financing Documents (the “ Financing Document Currency ”) shall not be deemed to have been novated, discharged or satisfied by any
tender of (or recovery under judgment
140
expressed in) any currency other than the Financing Document Currency, except to the extent to which such tender (or recovery) shall result in the effective payment
of such aggregate amount in the applicable Financing Document Currency at the place where such payment is to be made and, accordingly, the amount (if any) by
which any such tender (or recovery) shall fall short of such amount shall be and remain due to the relevant Secured Parties as a separate obligation, unaffected by
judgment having been obtained (if such is the case) for any other amounts due or in respect of this Agreement or the Financing Documents.
11.19 Judgment Currency . (a) The Borrower’s obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents to make payments in Dollars (the “
Obligation Currency ”), shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any currency other
than the Obligation Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by the respective Secured Party of the full amount of
the Obligation Currency expressed to be payable to such Secured Party under this Agreement or the other Financing Documents. If for the purpose of obtaining or
enforcing judgment against the Borrower in any court or in any jurisdiction, it becomes necessary to convert into or from any currency other than the Obligation
Currency (such other currency being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in the Obligation Currency, the conversion shall be made
at the rate of exchange (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent fails to quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by an
internationally known and reputable dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) determined, in each case, as of the day on which the judgment
is given (such Business Day being hereinafter referred to as the “ Judgment Currency Conversion Date ”).
(b) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of actual payment of the
amount due, the Borrower covenants to pay or cause to be paid, such additional amounts, if any (but in any event not a lesser amount), as may be necessary to ensure
that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency, when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment, will produce the amount of the Obligation
Currency which could have been purchased with the amount of Judgment Currency stipulated in the judgment or judicial award at the rate of exchange prevailing on
the Judgment Currency Conversion Date. If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Judgment Currency Conversion Date and the date of
actual payment of the amount due that results in the Borrower paying an amount in excess of that necessary to discharge or satisfy any judgment, the Secured Parties
shall transfer or cause to be transferred to the Borrower the amount of such excess (net of any Taxes and reasonable and customary costs incurred in connection
therewith).
(c) For purposes of determining the rate of exchange under this Section 11.19, such amounts shall include any actual reasonable premium and costs
payable in connection with the purchase of the Obligation Currency.
11.20 E nglish Language . All Financing Documents shall be in the English language, except that the Security Documents governed by the laws of Peru
will be in Spanish and the Spanish version shall prevail over any English language version thereof, if any.
141
11.21 Waiver of Immunity . (a) The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the activities contemplated by the provisions of the Financing Documents
are commercial in nature rather than governmental or public and therefore acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to any right of immunity on the grounds of
sovereignty or otherwise with respect to such activities or in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Financing Documents. To the extent
permitted by applicable law, the Borrower, in respect of itself, its process agents and its properties and revenues, expressly and irrevocably waives any such right of
immunity which may now or hereafter exist (including any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any suit, execution, attachment (whether provisional
or final, in aid of execution, prior to judgment or otherwise) or other legal process (including in any jurisdiction where immunity (whether or not claimed) may be
attributed to it or its assets)) or claim thereto which may now or hereafter exist and irrevocably agrees not to assert any such right or claim of immunity in any such
action or proceeding to the fullest extent permitted now or in the future by the laws of any such jurisdiction.
The Borrower agrees that the waivers set forth in clause (a) above shall have the fullest effect permitted under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of
1976 of the United States of America (28 U.S.C. §§1602-1611) and are intended to be irrevocable and not subject to withdrawal for purposes of such Act.
11.22 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES . THE AGREEMENT OF THE LENDERS TO MAKE THE LOANS TO THE BORROWER,
ON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, IS SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BORROWER, THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE COLLATERAL AGENTS, THE LENDERS AND THE INDEMNITIES, AND NO OTHER PERSON (INCLUDING
ANY OTHER PROJECT PARTY, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, WORKMAN, CARRIER, WAREHOUSEMAN OR
MATERIALMAN FURNISHING LABOR, SUPPLIES, GOODS OR SERVICES TO OR FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PROJECT) SHALL HAVE ANY
RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT AS AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
OR ANY LENDER OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY EXTENSION OF CREDIT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.
11.23 SPECIAL EXCULPATION . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT RULE, NO CLAIM MAY BE
MADE BY ANY PARTY HERETO AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS OR AGENTS FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN
RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO,
OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION
DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS (OTHER
THAN THE RIGHTS OF THE LENDERS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENTS), AND
EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR
NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
142
11.24 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCLUDING CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH LAWS WHICH WOULD REQUIRE THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
11.25 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENTS.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
143
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
BORROWER:
CERRO DEL AGUILA S.A.
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Director
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Director
Address for Notices:
Cerro del Aguila S.A.
Av. Santo Toribio 115 Piso 7
San Isidro - Lima 27 - Peru
Attn: Daniel Urbina
Telephone: (511)706-7878
Facsimile: (511) 708-2201
Email: daniel.urbina@inkiaenergy.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
LENDERS:
BANCO DE CRÉDITO DEL PERÚ,
as Lender
By: /s/ Alejandro Corzo de la C.
Name: Alejandro Corzo de la C.
Title: Gerente de Finanzas Corporativas
Gerencia de Área Finanzas Corporativas
By: /s/ Mónica Rivas O.
Name: Mónica Rivas O.
Title: Gerente de Banca Corporativa
Gerencia de División de Banca Corporativa
Address for Notices:
Banco de Crédito del Perú
Calle Centenario 156, La Molina
Lima 12, Perú
Attention: Alejandro Corzo De La Colina
Telephone: (511) 313-2649
Facsimile: (511) 313-2359
Email: acorzo@bcp.com.pe
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
BANCO INTERNACIONAL DEL PERÚ,
as Lender
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Representative
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Representative
Address for Notices:
Banco Internacional del Perú
Avenida Carlos Villarán 140
Lima 13 Perú
Attention: Claudia Aguirre Zegarra
Phone Number: 511-219-2297
Facsimile: 511-219-2287
Email: Caguirre@intercorp.com.pe
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
BBVA BANCO CONTINENTAL,
as Lender
By:
/s/ Gustavo Delgado-Aparicio Labarthe
Name: Gustavo Delgado-Aparicio Labarthe
Title: Garente General Adjunto
By:
/s/ Eduardo Torres Llosa V.
Name: Eduardo Torres Llosa V.
Title: Director Gerente General
Address for Notices:
BBVA Banco Continental
República de Panamá 3055
San Isidro - Lima 27
Attention: Rodrigo Guzmán
Telephone: +51 1 211-1883
Facsimile: + 51 1 211 2484
Email: rgguzman@bbva.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
DEG - DEUTSCHE INVESTITIONS - UND
ENTWICKLUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH,
as Lender
By: /s/ Simone Christiane Kirch
Name: Simone Christiane Kirch
Title: Senior Investment Manager
By: /s/ Michael Roloff
Name: Michael Roloff
Title: Vice President
Address for Notices:
DEG - Deutsche Investitions- und
Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
Kämmergasse 22
50676 Cologne
Germany
Attention: Head of Infrastructure
Telephone: +49-221-4986-1537
Facsimile: +49-221-4986-1107
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Lender
By: /s/ James Kaiser
Name: James Kaiser
Title: Director
Address for Notices:
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
452 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10018
Attention: Raphael Dumas
Telephone: +1 212-525-4330
Facsimile: +1 212-525-6090
Email: raphael.a.dumas@us.hsbc.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
INTESA SANPAOLO S.P.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, as
Lender
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: FVP
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: AVP
Address for Notices:
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A.
1 William Street
New York, NY 10004
Attention: Eli Davis
Telephone: 212-607-3594
Facsimile: 212-422-6678
Email: eli.davis@intesasanpaolo.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS- MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR
ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V.,
as Lender
By: /s/ J.J. de Vries Robbe
Name: J.J. de Vries Robbe
Title: Manager - Legal Affairs
By: /s/ D.M. Wesselius-Simon
Name: D.M. Wesselius-Simon
Title: Manager-Energy
Address for Notices:
Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor
Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.
Anna van Saksenlaan 71
2593 HW The Hague
The Netherlands
Attn: Diana Wesselius, Manager Energy LAC
Telephone: +31-70-314 9854
Facsimile: +31-70-314 9767
Email: c.bibo@fmo.nl
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION,
as Lender
By: /s/ Isaac Deutsch
Name: Isaac Deutsch
Title: Managing Director
Address for Notices:
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10172
Attention: Jonathan Cho
Telephone: 212-224-4898
Facsimile: 212-224-5222
Email: cpmp@smbc-lf.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as Lender
By: /s/ Richard B. McCorkindale
Name: Richard B. McCorkindale
Title: Director, International Corporate &
Commercial Banking
By: /s/ Pamela McDougall
Name: Pamela McDougall
Title: Managing Director, Power, Project Finance
Address for Notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
Global Wholesale Services
720 King Street West, 2nd Floor
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M5 V 2T3
Attention: Director Agency
Reference: Cerro Del Aguila - PERU
Telephone: +1 416-866-2800
Facsimile: +1 416-933-2295
Email: richard.mccorkindale@scotiabank.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
ENERGÍA DEL PACÍFICO S.A.,
as Tranche C Lender
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: [ILLEGIBLE]
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: [ILLEGIBLE]
Address for Notices:
Energía Del Pacífico S.A.
Address: Av. Felipe Pardo y Aliaga 699 Of. 501
San Isidro - Lima 27 - Peru
Attention: Esteban Viton
Telephone: (511) 616-5707
Facsimile: (511)616-5708
Email: eviton@quimpac.com.pe
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
INKIA HOLDINGS (KALLPA) LIMITED,
as Tranche C Lender
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Director
By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
Name: [ILLEGIBLE]
Title: Director
Address for Notices:
Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited
Av. Santo Toribio 115 Piso 7
San Isidro - Lima 27 - Peru
Attention: Daniel Urbina
Telephone: (511)706-7878
Facsimile: (511)708 -2201
Email: daniel.urbina@inkiaenergy.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
By: /s/ Isaac Deutsch
Name: Isaac Deutsch
Title: Managing Director
Address for Notices:
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10172
Attention: Amena Nabi / Daron Davis
Telephone: 212-224-4857 / 4847
Facsimile: 212-224-5222
Email: Amena_Nabi@smbcgroup.com /
Daron_Davis@smbcgroup.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
OFFSHORE COLLATERAL AGENT:
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
By: /s/ Richard B. McCorkindale
Name: Richard B. McCorkindale
Title: Director, International Corporate &
Commercial Banking
By: /s/ John G. Hall
Name: John G. Hall
Title: Director, Agency
Address for Notices:
The Bank of Nova Scotia
Global Wholesale Services
720 King Street West, 2nd Floor
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M5V 2T3
Attention: Director Agency
Reference: Cerro Del Aguila - PERU
Telephone: +1 416-866-5901
Facsimile: +1 416-866-5991
Email: john.hall@scotiabank.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
ONSHORE COLLATERAL AGENT:
SCOTIABANK PERU S.A.A.
By: /s/ Cecilia Marin Armas
Name: CECILIA MARIN ARMAS
Title: Gerente de Servicios Fiduciarios
By: /s/ Dra. Claudia Quiroz Chavez
Name: Dra. CLAUDIA QUIROZ CHAVEZ
Title: Asesora Legal
Servicio Fiduciario
Address for Notices:
Scotiabank Perú
Av. Dionisio Derteano N° 102, Piso 5, San Isidro Lima 27, Perú
Attention: Cecilia Marín Armas / Claudia Alarcón Leu
Telephone: 511-211-6599
Facsimile: 511-211-6822
Email: cecilia.marin@scotiabank.com.pe
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
SACE AGENT:
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
By: /s/ Isaac Deutsch
Name: Isaac Deutsch
Title: Managing Director
Address for Notices:
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation 277 Park Avenue New
York, NY 10172
Attention: Amena Nabi / Daron Davis / Robert Doyle / Daniel
Minzer
Telephone: 212-224-4857 / 4847 / 4835 / 4286
Facsimile: 212-224-5222
Email: Amena_Nabi@smbcgroup.com /
Daron_Davis@smbcgroup.com /
robert_ doyle@smbcgroup.com /
daniel_minzer@smbcgroup.com
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
LENDER LOAN COMMITMENTS
APPENDIX A
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Lender
BBVA Banco Continental
Banco de Crédito del Perú
Banco Internacional del Perú
DEG - Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsg esellschaft mbH
Energía del Pacífico S.A.
FMO – Nederlandse Financierings- Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelings
landen N.V.
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
Inkia Holdings (Kallpa) Limited
Intesa Sanpaolo, S.p.A., New York Branch
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
The Bank of Nova Scotia
Tranche A Loan
Commitment
Tranche B Loan
Commitment
Tranche C Loan
Commitment
Tranche D Loan
Commitment –
Part A
Tranche D Loan
Commitment –
Part B
US$ 39,000,000 US$ 21,000,000 US$
US$ 39,000,000 US$ 21,000,000 US$
US$ 39,000,000 US$ 21,000,000 US$
US$ 19,500,000 US$ 10,500,000 US$
0 US$
US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$ 14,171,334 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0
0
0
0
0
US$ 45,000,000 US$ 24,500,000 US$
US$ 48,100,000 US$ 25,900,000 US$
0 US$
US$
US$ 29,250,000 US$ 15,750,000 US$
US$
0 US$
0 US$
US$ 45,500,000 US$ 24,500,000 US$
0
0 US$
0
0 US$
0
0 US$ 42,172,524 US$
0 US$
0
0 US$ 42,250,000 US$ 22,750,000
0
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
0 US$
- 1 -
APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES
Lender
Address
APPENDIX A
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
BBVA Banco Continental
Banco de Crédito del Perú
Banco Internacional del Perú
BBVA Continental
Av. República de Panamá 3055 -
San Isidro, Lima 27 - Lima, Perú
Attn: José Antonio Carbonero
Tel: +51-1-211-1937
Fax: +51-1-211-2484
Email: jcarbonero@bbva.com
BCP
Calle Centenario 156
La Molina, Lima 12 - Lima, Perú
Attn: Alejandro Corzo
Tel: +51-1-313-2649
Fax: +51-1-313-2359
Email: acorzo@bcp.com.pe
Interbank
Av. Carlos Villarán 140-
La Victoria, Lima 13, Perú
Attn: Roxana Mossi
Tel: +51-1-219-2094
Fax: +51-1-219-2287
Email: rmossi@intercorp.com.pe
- 2 -
DEG - Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
FMO – Nederlandse Financierings- Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.
APPENDIX A
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
DEG - Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
Attn: IR - Infrastructure Department c/o Michael Roloff
Kämmergasse 22 / 50676 Köln / Germany
Tel.(Fax): +49-221 4986 -1537 (-1107)
E-mail: michael.roloff@deginvest.de
With a copy to
DEG- Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
PB Projektbüro c/o Sabine Wlodasch
Tel.(Fax) +49 221 49 86 -1444 (1505)
E-mail: sabine.wlodasch@deginvest.de
FMO – Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden
N.V.
Anna van Saksenlaan 71
2593 HW The Hague
The Netherlands
Attn: Manager Structured Finance, Energy (LAC)
Tel: +31-70-314 9854
Fax: +31-70-314 9767
Email: c.bibo@fmo.nl
- 3 -
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
Intesa Sanpaolo, S.P.A., New York Branch
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
APPENDIX A
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
452 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10018
Attn: James Kaiser, Director
Project and Export Finance
Tel: 212-525-6059
Fax: 212-525-6090
Email: james.b.kaiser@us.hsbc.com
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A.
1 William Street
New York, NY 10004
Attn: Eli Davis
Telephone: 212-607-3594
Telecopier: 212-422-6678
Email: eli.davis@intesasanpaolo.com
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation
277 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10172
Tel: 212-224-4898
Fax: 212-224-522
Jonathan Cho
cpmp@smbc-lf.com
The Bank of Nova Scotia
4 King Street West, 15th floor
Toronto, ON M5H 1B6
The Bank of Nova Scotia
Attn: Richard McCorkindale, Director, International Corporate & Commercial
Banking
e-mail: Richard.mccorkindale@scotiabank.com
Tel: 416-866-2800
Fax: 416-933-2295
- 4 -
APPENDIX A
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
With a copy to:
Attn: John Hall
Director, Agency
Tel: 416-866-5901
Fax: 416-866-5991
Email: john.hall@scotiabank.com
- 5 -
Repayment Installment
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE – TRANCHE A
APPENDIX B-1
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Percentage
1.00 %
1.08 %
1.11 %
1.35 %
1.65 %
0.80 %
0.80 %
3.30 %
3.64 %
2.24 %
2.71 %
4.10 %
4.30 %
2.90 %
2.90 %
4.33 %
4.38 %
2.53 %
3.01 %
4.73 %
4.47 %
2.74 %
3.18 %
- 1 -
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Total:
APPENDIX B-1
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
4.55 %
2.77 %
2.70 %
3.19 %
4.74 %
3.37 %
2.73 %
3.28 %
5.05 %
4.39 %
100.00 %
- 2 -
Repayment Installment
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE – TRANCHE D
APPENDIX B-2
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Part A Percentage
Part B Percentage
1.0 %
1.1 %
1.1 %
1.4 %
1.7 %
0.8 %
0.8 %
3.3 %
3.6 %
2.2 %
2.7 %
4.1 %
4.3 %
2.9 %
2.9 %
4.3 %
4.4 %
2.5 %
3.0 %
4.7 %
4.5 %
2.7 %
3.2 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
- 1 -
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Total:
APPENDIX B-2
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
4.6 %
2.8 %
2.7 %
3.2 %
4.7 %
3.4 %
2.7 %
3.3 %
5.0 %
4.4 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
100.0 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
0.00 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
8.33 %
100.00 %
- 2 -
IFC ANTI-CORRUPTION GUIDELINES
[ Attached ]
- 1 -
APPENDIX C
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
ANTI-CORRUPTION GUIDELINES FOR IFC TRANSACTIONS
The purpose of these Guidelines is to clarify the meaning of the terms “Corrupt Practices”, “Fraudulent Practices”, “Coercive Practices”, “Collusive Practices” and
“Obstructive Practices” in the context of IFC operations.
1.
CORRUPT PRACTICES
A “Corrupt Practice” is the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party.
INTERPRETATION
A. Corrupt practices are understood as kickbacks and bribery. The conduct in question must involve the use of improper means (such as bribery) to violate or
derogate a duty owed by the recipient in order for the payor to obtain an undue advantage or to avoid an obligation. Antitrust, securities and other violations of law
that are not of this nature are excluded from the definition of corrupt practices.
B. It is acknowledged that foreign investment agreements, concessions and other types of contracts commonly require investors to make contributions for bona fide
social development purposes or to provide funding for infrastructure unrelated to the project. Similarly, investors are often required or expected to make
contributions to bona fide local charities. These practices are not viewed as Corrupt Practices for purposes of these definitions, so long as they are permitted under
local law and fully disclosed in the payor’s books and records. Similarly, an investor will not be held liable for corrupt or fraudulent practices committed by entities
that administer bona fide social development funds or charitable contributions.
C. In the context of conduct between private parties, the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of corporate hospitality and gifts that are customary by
internationally-accepted industry standards shall not constitute corrupt practices unless the action violates applicable law.
D. Payment by private sector persons of the reasonable travel and entertainment expenses of public officials that are consistent with existing practice under relevant
law and international conventions will not be viewed as Corrupt Practices.
E. The World Bank Group does not condone facilitation payments. For the purposes of implementation, the interpretation of “Corrupt Practices” relating to
facilitation payments will take into account relevant law and international conventions pertaining to corruption.
2.
FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
A “Fraudulent Practice” is any action or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a
financial benefit or to avoid an obligation.
INTERPRETATION
A. An action, omission, or misrepresentation will be regarded as made recklessly if it is made with reckless indifference as to whether it is true or false. Mere
inaccuracy in such information, committed through simple negligence, is not enough to constitute a “Fraudulent Practice” for purposes of this Agreement.
B. Fraudulent Practices are intended to cover actions or omissions that are directed to or against a World Bank Group entity. It also covers Fraudulent Practices
directed to or against a World Bank Group member country in connection with the award or implementation of a government contract or concession in a project
financed by the World Bank Group. Frauds on other third parties are not condoned but are not specifically sanctioned in IFC, MIGA, or PRG operations. Similarly,
other illegal behavior is not condoned, but will not be considered as a Fraudulent Practice for purposes of this Agreement.
3.
COERCIVE PRACTICES
A “Coercive Practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly
the actions of a party.
INTERPRETATION
A. Coercive Practices are actions undertaken for the purpose of bid rigging or in connection with public procurement or government contracting or in furtherance of
a Corrupt Practice or a Fraudulent Practice.
B. Coercive Practices are threatened or actual illegal actions such as personal injury or abduction, damage to property, or injury to legally recognizable interests, in
order to obtain an undue advantage or to avoid an obligation. It is not intended to cover hard bargaining, the exercise of legal or contractual remedies or litigation.
4.
COLLUSIVE PRACTICES
A “Collusive Practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of
another party.
INTERPRETATION
Collusive Practices are actions undertaken for the purpose of bid rigging or in connection with public procurement or government contracting or in furtherance of a
Corrupt Practice or a Fraudulent Practice.
5.
OBSTRUCTIVE PRACTICES
An “Obstructive Practice” is (i) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making of false statements to
investigators, in order to materially impede a World Bank Group investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice, and/or
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the
investigation, or (ii) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of IFC’s access to contractually required information in connection with a World Bank Group
investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice.
INTERPRETATION
Any action legally or otherwise properly taken by a party to maintain or preserve its regulatory, legal or constitutional rights such as the attorney-client privilege,
regardless of whether such action had the effect of impeding an investigation, does not constitute an Obstructive Practice.
GENERAL INTERPRETATION
A person should not be liable for actions taken by unrelated third parties unless the first party participated in the prohibited act in question.
APPENDIX D
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
The Borrower will not perform or finance any activity, production, use, distribution, business or trade involving:
PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Production or activities involving forced labor 1 or child labor 2
Production or trade in any product or activity deemed illegal under host country laws or regulations or international conventions and agreements.
Any business relating to pornography or prostitution.
Trade in wildlife or wildlife products regulated under CITES 3
Production or use of or trade in hazardous materials such as radioactive materials 4 , unbounded asbestos fibers and products containing PCBs 5 .
Cross-border trade in waste and waste products unless compliant to the Basel Convention and the underlying regulations.
Drift net fishing in the marine environment using nets in excess of 2.5 km in length
Production, use of or trade in pharmaceuticals, pesticides/herbicides, chemicals, ozone depleting substances 6 and other hazardous substances subject to
international phase-outs or bans.
9.
Destruction 7 of Critical Habitat 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Forced labor means all work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is extracted from an individual under threat of force or penalty as defined by ILO
conventions.
Employees may only be taken if they are at least 14 years old, as defined in the ILO Fundamental Human Rights Conventions (Minimum Age Convention
C138, Art. 2), unless local legislation specifies compulsory school attendance or the minimum age for working. In such cases the higher age shall apply.
CITES: Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species or Wild Fauna and Flora.
This does not apply to the purchase of medical equipment, quality control (measurement) equipment and any other equipment where EFP considers the
radioactive source to be trivial and/or adequately shielded.
PCBs: Polychlorinated biphenyls, a group of highly toxic chemicals. PCBs are likely to be found in oil-filled electrical transformers, capacitors and
switchgear dating from 1950-1985.
Ozone Depleting Substances: Chemical compounds, which react with and delete stratospheric ozone, resulting in “holes in the ozone layer”. The Montreal
Protocol lists ODs and their target reduction and phase-out dates.
Destruction means the (1) elimination or severe diminution of the integrity of a habitat caused by a major, long-term change in land or water use or
(2) modification of a habitat in such a way that the habitat’s ability to maintain its role (see footnote 10) is lost.
Critical habitat is a subset of both natural and modified habitat that deserves particular attention. Critical habitat includes areas with high biodiversity value
that meet the criteria of the World Conservation Union (IUCN) classification, including habitat required for the survival of critically endangered or
endangered species as defined by the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species or as defined in any national legislation; areas having special significance for
endemic or restricted-range species; sites that are critical for the survival of migratory species; areas supporting globally significant concentrations or numbers
of individuals of congregatory species; areas with unique assemblages of species or which are associated with key evolutionary processes or provide key
ecosystem services; and areas having biodiversity of significant social, economic or cultural importance to local communities. Primary Forest or forests of
High Conservation Value shall be considered Critical Habitats.
- 1 -
10.
Production and distribution of racist, anti-democratic and/or neo-nazi media.
In addition to the above, the financing of the Project is prohibited, when the following activities form a substantial 9 part of any of the Credit Party’s primary
operations or those of the Project:
APPENDIX D
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
11.
Production or trade in 10
(a) weapons and munitions
(b)
(c)
tobacco
hard liquor
12. Gambling, casinos and equivalent enterprises 10
9
10
A benchmark for substantial is 5 – 10% of the balance sheet or the financed volume.
In Financial Institutions this is calculated with regard to the portfolio volume financing such activities.
- 2 -
WIRE TRANSFER INFORMATION OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE ACCOUNT
APPENDIX E
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Bank :
Citibank, N.A.
New York, NY
ABA No.: 021-000-089
Account Name :
SMBC, New York Branch
Account No.: 36023837
Ref: Cerro Del Aguila S.A
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 1.01(A)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
ACTION PLAN
[ Attached ]
- 1 -
Parties
Involved
CdA
Deadline
Completed
(Yes/No)
Prior to close
Yes
CdA
(a)
Prior to close
(a)
Yes
(b)
Commence by
1 September
2012
(b)
Yes
CdA
(a) Prior to close
(a) Yes
(b) Commence by
September 1, 2012
(b) Yes
5.0 UPDATED ACTION PLAN
Equator Principle,
performance standard
or legal requirement
EP 2
PS 1
EP 2
PS 6
Item
Updated ESIA
1
1 A
Endangered
Animal Species
Impacts
Analysis
Mitigation
Measures
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Objective : To provide further
details about the baseline and
potential project impacts .
Deliverable : Updated ESIA
Objective : To provide further
details about the potential
project impacts and mitigation
methods on Atlapetes
melanopsis (black spectacled
brush finch) .
Deliverable : (a) Information
describing the potential impacts
on any fauna classified as
endangered or critically
endangered on the IUCN red list
( Atlapetes melanopsis -black
spectacled brush finch) and
possible mitigation measures.
(b) Species inventory of
Atlapetes melanopsis to
determine the presence or
absence of this species in the
areas to be intervened
2 Habitat
PS 6
Objectives :
Definition and
Endangered
Plant Species
Survey
(a) determine whether the areas
to be intervened by the Project
are natural or modified habitat
according to the definitions of
PS 6.
(b) To identify individuals of
Aralia sorantensis and Begonia
veitchii, which require removal,
so that the number lost (if any)
can be calculated.
Deliverables :
(a) Table showing the size of
each of the areas to be
intervened with corresponding
vegetation type, habitat type and
whether the habitat is associated
with any endangered species).
(b) Endangered plant species
inventory of areas where further
ground breaking activities are
going to occur and of the area to
be inundated by the reservoir.
Explanation
The approved EIA requires
updating to reflect changes to
the Project Design and to
address the gaps identified in the
February 2012 environmental
and social review report.
While the updated EIA
addressed the majority of the
gaps identified in the previous
EIA, it did not specifically
consider impacts on, and
possible mitigation measures for
Atlapetes melanopsis (black
spectacled brush finch),
Chinchilla brevicaudata
( Chinchilla) or Oreailurus
jacobita ( Andean Cat ). While
the Chinchilla is unlikely to be
present in the area and the
Andean Cat has a large range,
the impacts on the black
spectacled brush finch should be
considered.
The fauna protection
subprogram in the EIA (2012)
states the specific mitigation
measures to protect fauna during
the Project., However it was
recommended some further
consideration be given to the
potential impact on Atlapetes
melanopsis (black spectacled
brush finch) as they have the
ability to relocate themselves but
may have limited options in the
nearby vicinity.
To understand what habitat
mitigation methods are required,
a better understanding of the
extent of natural vs modified
habitat that will be lost is
needed. It is recommended that
each of the areas to be
intervened by ground clearing
activities or inundation should
be categorized as modified or
natural (according the
definitions contained in PS6).
In order to ensure there is no net
loss of the identified endangered
plant species, the number of
individuals that require removal
to establish access ways, worker
accommodation, quarries, and
spoil disposal sites, as well as
other work areas or areas that
will be inundated, needs to be
established so appropriate
mitigation methods can be
established, if required.
A inventory should be
conducted before any further
construction activities begin in
each area to be intervened to
identify the presence of any
endangered plant species.
3
Environmental
Baseflow
EP 2
PS 6
4
Land
Acquisition and
ROW
PS 5
CdA
Pre-Operation
Yes
CdA
Prior to ground
breaking activities in
each zone
Partly
Objective : Determine an
environmental base flow that
minimizes the adverse effects on
the aquatic ecosystem
immediately downstream of the
dam.
Deliverable : A minimum
monthly volume is specified
which will be discharged below
the dam.
Objective : Agreements have
been reached with all land
owners/occupiers for the
purchase or use of their land.
Deliverable : Example contracts
and payment receipts for land
purchase and ROW agreements.
The hydrology and habitat
quality of the stretch of river
between the water intake
structure and the discharge will
be permanently altered as a
result of the project. To
minimize the impacts on the
aquatic ecosystem, an
environmental base flow needs
to be calculated that takes into
account the existing
hydrobiology of the river.
CdA have identified and
contacted all the effected
landowners/occupiers and have
negotiated compensation
amounts in accordance with
their compensation plan. All the
anticipated land required for the
construction and operation of the
power plant has been purchased.
In terms of the ROW for the
transmission lines, 97% of the
agreements have been reached.
Updated EIA Review Addendum
14
Equator Principle,
performance standard
Item
or legal requirement
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Explanation
5
Economic
Displacement
PS 5
PS7
6
Community
Grievance
Mechanism
PS 5
EP 6
Objective: Assess the extent of
economic displacement to
determine loss of income or
livelihood and carry out mitigation
methods if necessary .
Deliverables:
a) Inventory of percentages of land
purchased as a percentage of total
land owned.
b) Plans showing land purchased
from each community, with actual
and best potential land use.
c) If there is economic
displacement, mitigation methods
are employed in a manner consistent
with the intent of performance
standard 5.
d) If fishing complaints (to be
registered through the grievance
mechanism) occur: an analysis of
the significance is carried out and if
significant: a mitigation plan
prepared.
Objective : Prepare a community
grievance mechanism that can
address: i) grievances related to land
acquisition,
ii) grievances related to fishing
activities
iii) complaints from the community
related to project activities
(preconstruction, construction, and
operation), and
iv) Indemnification claims resulting
from accidental damages during
construction.
Deliverable : A Grievance
Mechanism(s) that is made
available to the public.
7 Occupational
and
Community
Health and
Safety Plan:
Construction
PS 2
IFC EHS General
Guidelines
Objective : The Contractors
Occupational Health and Safety
Plan is updated to include:
(a) Construction hazard
identification and analysis
consistent with the IFC EHS
General Guidelines
(b) Identification of potential health
hazards associated with worker
accommodation consistent with
the key principles of the ILO
Code of Practice on HIV/AIDS.
Deliverables: (a) Updated
In order to assess whether the
requirements of Performance
Standard 5 referring to economic
displacement and the restoration
of living standards need to be
applied, further detail of the
economic impacts of the land
purchase is required, including the
potential impacts on any fishing
activities undertaken by the
community. Although fishing is
not an income generating activity,
this resource is used by the
community and therefore the
impacts of the Project on the
availability of this resource to the
community should be assessed. It
is recommended that if the land to
be purchased represents more than
30% of a landowners or
permanent land-users productive
land, additional consideration of
whether their livelihood is
affected and if necessary how
their livelihood could be restored,
should be given in accordance
with performance standard 5. This
may include additional targeted
assistance (e.g., credit facilities,
training, or job opportunities) and
opportunities to improve or at
least restore their income-earning
capacity, production levels, and
standards of living.
The Community Relations Plan
2011 outlines the objectives and
strategies for such a grievance
mechanism, but the details need
elaboration.
The mechanism should state:
• How the public can register
their complaint,
• Who is responsible for
receiving these complaints and
disseminating them to the
appropriate party(s) to address,
• How they will be recorded,
• What the method of response
will be, and who will be
responsible for ensuring each
complaint is given a response.
The Contractor OHSP plan
identifies the processes which
need to be followed to carry out
hazard analysis, risk assessment
and determine control methods.
An analysis matrix includes:
i) identification of work
activities, hazards and risks
associated with each
activity,
ii) whether there could be
damage to persons,
property, processes or
environment,
Parties
Involved
Deadline
Completed
(Yes/No)
CdA
(a) Pre-close
(a) Yes
(b) No
(c) Not yet
triggered
(d) Not yet
triggered
(b) Following
finalization
of land
purchases
(c) tbd on the
basis of the
outcome of
deliverable
‘(b)’
(d) Within 2
months of
receipt of
complaint
CdA
Prior to close
Yes
CdA
Contractor
a) Yes
b) Partial
By Close for (a)
and prior to
initial
disbursement for
(b)
Construction Occupational Health
and Safety Plan including
completed annexes: Anexo 1 plan
de mejora ambiente y seguridad;
Anexo 4 Registro de las Principales
Normas; Anexo 5- identificación de
peligros y evaluación de riesgos;
anexo 14 programa especifico de
capacitación; and anexo 24
Programa de Auditoria interna
(b) Worker health risk analysis and
control methods, including response
procedures should a worker contract
a communicable disease.
iii) potential risk (low,
medium, high)
iv) a document or documents
that describe the activity,
the control methods, and an
analysis of residual risk.
The plan identifies certain high
risk activities which will require
special permission and review of
work plans. The levels of
supervision for these tasks will be
intensified. The high risk
activities include: hot work,
confined space, excavations, and
moving heavy objects. The
company has specific Standards
for electric work, working at
height, hazardous substances
management, explosives
manipulation and transport,
among others.
Potential health issues associated
with the worker accommodation
should be considered and include
methods to eliminate, control or
minimize any health risks in
relation to the effected
communities. Occupational and
Community health risks related to
communicable disease should be
addressed in conformity with the
key principles of the ILO Code of
Practice on HIV/AIDS. A process
to follow if one of the workers
contracts a communicable disease
should be prepared.
Updated EIA Review Addendum
15
Item
Equator Principle,
performance standard
or legal requirement
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Explanation
Parties
Involved
Deadline
Completed
(Yes/No)
8
Accommodation
Services
PS 2 (2012)
9
Contingency Plan
PS 2
10
Occupational
Health and Safety
Plan: Operation
PS 2
IFC EHS General
Guidelines
CdA
Contractor
By First
Construction
Audit.
No
CdA
Contractor
a)
Prior to close
a)
Yes
b)
First
Disbursement
b)
No
CdA
Pre
Operation/Project
Completion
No
Objective: To ensure the contractor
(s) responsible for the provision of
worker accommodation meets the
basic service requirements of
performance standard 2.
Deliverable: Worker
Accommodations that are
consistent with IFC Performance
Standard 2 and the IFC and EBRD
guideline document: workers
accommodation processes and
standards.
Objective: To ensure the necessary
coordination and training for
emergency responses has been
carried out.
Deliverables:
a) Chronogram of contingency
training schedule.
b) For each type of Emergency
included in the Contingency Plan
the communities that could be
affected are identified, if any
(explaining why or why not) and
how.
c) Meeting minutes of community
meetings where emergency
response procedures relevant to the
community are presented (if
relevant).
Objective : Occupational Health
and Safety Plan is updated to
include operational hazard
identification and analysis and is
consistent with the IFC EHS
General Guidelines.
Deliverable: Occupational Health
and Safety Plan (Operation Phase ).
Occupational health and safety
monitoring will also be required.
Performance Standard 2: Labor
and Working Conditions requires
that policies are implemented to
ensure the provision of basic
services in worker
accommodation. Basic services
requirements refer to minimum
space, supply of water, adequate
sewage and garbage disposal
system, appropriate protection
against heat, cold, damp, noise,
fire and disease-carrying animals,
adequate sanitary and washing
facilities, ventilation, cooking and
storage facilities and natural and
artificial lighting, and in some
cases medical care.
Coordination should be made
with the entities that would
provide support in an emergency
such as the Ministry of Health,
Civil Defense, Police and Local
and Regional Government, prior
to construction. This should be
verified during construction work,
along with the chronogram and
details of contingency training for
workers
It is also recommended that
communities or individuals who
may be impacted by the
emergency incidents are
identified (if any) and relevant
contents disseminated to the
community if they could be
affected by an emergency incident
and/or the corresponding response
actions.
The Occupational Health and
Safety Plan in the 2012 EIA
addresses issues for workers at a
policy and plan level. However,
the details required at a working
level need to be provided
including hazards analysis:
identification, elimination,
control, minimization and use of
PPE. The OHSP or Plans should
address the different types of
work activities identifying the
specific hazards associated with
operating and maintaining
hydropower plant equipment,
substations and electricity lines
such as exposure to non-ionizing
radiation, sudden water level
fluctuations, risk of electrocutions
and fire prevention measures.
Occupational health and safety
monitoring will also be required.
PS 3
IFC EHS General
Guidelines
11 Waste
Management and
Hazardous
Materials Plan
(Construction and
Operation)
Objectives : (a) Provide an
overview of the volumes of waste
to be generated during construction
and establish the temporary storage
requirements for each solid waste
type.
The waste management plan
contained in the EIA (2012)
provides more detail about the
solid waste management
strategies to be applied during the
different Project phases and the
CdA
Contractor
For the
Construction
phase: By First
Construction
Audit.
No
For the Operation
Phase: Pre
Operation
(b) Identify hazardous substances
and their transport, storage,
handling and temporary disposal
(prior to final disposal by a certified
operator).
Deliverables: (a) Estimation of
volumes of waste, where they will
be stored, how often they will be
collected, and which licensed
operators have the capacity to
dispose of the waste.
(b) Table showing each type of
Hazardous Material to be used
during each Project phase and their
respective transportation, handling,
temporary storage and final
disposal requirements, including
identification of certified operators
involved.
types of hazardous materials used
for each project phase. However
volumes and specific storage
locations are not mentioned.
Although the frequency of
collection required through the
construction phase will be
dependent on the volumes
generated and temporary storage
facilities, it is still recommended
that these volumes are considered.
The companies and locations of
the licensed operators for the
transport and disposal of
hazardous waste need to be
specified. That these operators
and facilities are acceptable
should be checked during
construction and operation audits.
Ideally this should be part of CdA
internal audits to meet the duty of
care responsibilities outlined in
performance standard 3.
A list of hazardous substances to
be used for each Project phase
needs to be prepared so that
measures for transportation,
handling and temporary storage
can be clearly established. In
particular the management of
insulating materials needs to be
documented during operation,
such as safety procedures for
carrying out maintenance work on
SF6 insulated equipment, and the
transport and disposal of used
SF6 products.
Updated EIA Review Addendum
16
Item
Equator Principle,
performance standard
or legal requirement
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Explanation
Parties
Involved
Deadline
Completed
(Yes/No)
CdA
Contractor
Pre Close
Yes
CdA
Pre Operation
Partial
CdA
Contractor
(a)
Prior to close
(a)
Yes
(b)
Prior to initial
disbursement
(b)
No
CdA
Prior to initial
disbursement for all
No
12
Wastewater
Management
during
Construction
PS 3
IFC EHS General
Guidelines
13
Wastewater
Management
during
Operation
PS 3
IFC EHS General
Guidelines
14
Worker
Grievance
Mechanism
PS2
15 Community
Relation Plan:
PS2
PS7
Local
Purchasing
Program; Local
Development
Support
Program;
Community
Monitoring
Program; and
Project
Disclosure
Program
Objective : Provide wastewater
treatment for the construction
phase that minimizes adverse
effects to the environment and
that is consistent with IFC EHS
Guidelines .
Deliverable: Details on how
domestic and industrial
wastewater will be treated
during the construction phase .
Objective : Provide wastewater
treatment for the operation
phase that minimizes adverse
effects to the environment and
that is consistent with IFC EHS
Guidelines.
Deliverable: Details on how
domestic wastewater will be
treated during the operation
phase.
Objective : Provide a grievance
mechanism for CdA employees
that is compliant with PS2.
Deliverable: (a) Updated
Grievance mechanism
(Procedimiento para la atención
de reclamos) and (b) Grievance
mechanism included in
induction or disseminated in
some other way to workers.
Objective : Update the
following programs within the
Community Relations Plan
providing details on how each
plan will be implemented
including: a) the Local
Purchasing Plan which benefits
the local indigenous
communities; b) the Local
Development Support Program;
c) the Community Monitoring
Plan whereby the community
can be involved in monitoring
project activities; and (d) the
Communications Plan.
Deliverables: Amended
Community Relation Plan,
containing a:
a) Amended Local Purchasing
Program
b) Amended Local Development
Support Program
c) Amended Community
Monitoring Program
Waste Management Audits
should be undertaken
periodically.
The updated EIA provides
details on how domestic and
industrial wastewater will be
treated during the construction
phase which includes small
wastewater treatment plants for
the two larger worker
accommodation sites and septic
systems for the smaller worker
accommodation.
Details about domestic
wastewater treatment during
operation should be provided, in
particular from the powerhouse
complex.
In order to comply with
Performance Standard 2, CdA
needs to develop a grievance
mechanism for workers, where
they can raise reasonable
workplace concerns.
The mechanism should involve
an appropriate level of
management and address
concerns promptly, using an
understandable and transparent
process that provides feedback
to those concerned, without any
retribution.
Details of the grievance
mechanism should be included
in the induction process.
The Community Relations Plan
contains the strategy and
objectives of a number of sub
plans. The implementation
details of these plans need to be
established.
The details of the Local
Purchasing Program need to be
developed. A balance will need
to be found between optimizing
economic benefits for the local
communities and creating local
inflation. The plan should also
ensure that child labour is not
used in the production of
products purchased.
Mechanisms for sharing benefits
of the project with the local
community are laid down in the
Local Development Support
Program. In addition, a portion
of the project revenues is
channelled to the local
community through a regulated
‘canon’. The program should be
d) Amended Project Disclosure
Program ensuring that the
community is being informed of
project activities that could pose
a hazard or interfere with their
normal activities including
operation phase.
worked out in more detail, and
clearly quantify the benefits for
the local community.
There is a sub plan to involve
the community in monitoring
project activities through their
involvement in environmental
monitoring. The details of how
this will be implemented need to
be developed.
One of the purposes of the
information and communication
plan contained in the community
relations plan is to provide the
communities with information
about Project activities and
progress. The implementation of
this plan should include
provision to inform communities
of project hazards and activities
that could affect their daily
activities, in particular the
increase in traffic movements. A
Communication Program for the
operation phase should also be
developed.
Updated EIA Review Addendum
17
Item
16
Training and
Induction
Equator Principle,
performance standard
or legal requirement
PS1
PS2
PS3
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Objective : To ensure that workers
receive the training specified in the
environmental management plan
and induction plan.
Deliverables: (a) Training
Program; (b) Induction form; and
(c) evidence the induction program
is being carried out and that
workers accept the code of conduct
such as examples of signed code of
conducts/induction forms.
Parties
Involved
Deadline
CdA
Contractor
By First
Disbursement
Completed
(Yes/No)
(a) Yes
(b) Yes
(c) No
Explanation
A number of mitigation methods
mention training of personnel
during induction and also
periodically during the project
phases. It is recommended an
induction form listing all the topics
to be covered is prepared to ensure
it encompasses all the aspects
mentioned in the various plans and
sub plans of the EIA. It is
recommended that a training
program specifying topics, target
audience, training type (induction, 5
minute briefing, other) is
developed. For the construction
phase, this should be coordinated
with the training and induction
specified in the contractors OHSP.
It is also recommended that the
induction process include a clear
explanation to workers of their
working conditions and general
terms of employment, including
their entitlement to wages and any
benefits. This is already alluded to
in CdA’s program for contracting
labor which states that conditions of
work will be part of worker
induction. It was not mentioned in
the updated EIA worker contraction
program.
The induction form would include a
copy of the code of conduct and be
signed by each employee.
17 Updated
PS6
Monitoring Plan
No
Prior to initial
disbursement
for construction
monitoring and
Pre Operation
for operation
monitoring
Objective : The environmental
monitoring plan is designed to
adequately assess impacts on the
natural terrestrial and aquatic
habitat.
Deliverables:
a) Terms of Reference for
monitoring contract or contracts
based on the updated EIA
monitoring plan and adjacent
recommendations. The terms of
reference should include reporting
the monitoring results and
discussing the results in relation to:
project activities and impacts to the
natural environment, and review of
mitigation methods in relation to
monitoring results.
A number of changes to the
monitoring plan are recommended
including:
CdA
• Water Quality parameters should
include suspended sediments
during the construction phases
and the first round of monitoring
should occur prior to
construction activities
commencing. There should also
be a water quality monitoring site
downstream of the discharge.
Water Quality monitoring should
be carried out quarterly during
the construction period.
• Monitoring to measure the
impacts of the purging regime
should be considered in the
monitoring plan.
• The frequency of bird monitoring
during construction should be
increased from annually to 6
monthly.
• Hydrobiology monitoring
considers numbers of individuals
from the Simulidae family as part
of the monitoring reporting.
• Reporting requirements are
defined and include an
assessment of the effectiveness
of mitigation methods.
The flora and fauna monitoring
should aim to measure the impacts
on the natural habitat and
endangered species. The monitoring
reports should compare the results
to baseline and previous monitoring
results and discuss the results in the
context of possible impacts on the
natural environment resulting from
project activities.
Recommendations should be made
to change or improve mitigation
methods where appropriate.
These changes need to be
incorporated into the terms of
reference for the monitoring work.
Although Archaeological
monitoring will be carried out
during construction, the contractor
needs to be provided with a clear
directive as to what steps should be
taken in the event any suspected
remains are uncovered. The steps
should be documented and included
in the Contingency Plan.
CdA
By First
Construction
Audit
No
18
Archaeological
chance find
procedure
PS 8
Objective : Prepare a chance find
procedure that complies with PS 8.
Deliverable : Amendment to the
existing Contingency Plan or
Mitigation Plan.
Updated EIA Review Addendum
18
19
Item
Environmental and
Social Management
System Monitoring
Equator Principle,
performance standard
or legal requirement
PS 1
EP 4
Parties
Involved
CdA
Deadline
By initial
disbursement
date
Completed
(Yes/No)
No
Objective and Suggested Deliverable
Explanation
Objective : Develop a
monitoring and reporting
system to manage the Projects
compliance with its
environmental and social
commitments.
The Community Relations Plan
contains the strategy and objectives
of a monitoring plan including:
i)
the identification of national
and international standards that
apply to the Project, and
Deliverable: Environmental
and Social monitoring and
reporting system.
ii)
the design and implementation
of a system to monitor the
performance of the social and
environment management
system.
The details of the monitoring system
need to be developed.
The monitoring system should allow
for waste management audits and
health and safety audits as well as
monitoring progress with compliance
with this action plan.
The system should include regular
reporting and a mechanism to make
changes to the system of
environmental and social
management, if required, as the
Project progresses.
It is important that the worker
accommodation, spoil disposal,
quarry sites and any other disturbed
areas are left in a state which does
not present any safety hazards to the
community or degrade soil or water
quality. It is important that a detailed
construction closure plan based on
the closure plan contained in the EIA
is prepared and the closure of the
sites verified. The construction
closure plan should contain measures
to dispose of any residual waste and
remedy any soil contamination
caused during the construction period
(that have not already been addressed
through spill response measures).
The plan should also include
rehabilitation techniques to address
land instability issues and confirm
whether the material to be disposed
of should be checked for the
presence of impurities and trace
elements. Closure activities can
occur progressively as areas are no
longer required.
The construction closure plan should
take into account the results of the
endangered plant species inventory
and consider whether worker
accommodation areas, spoil disposal
sites and road berms can be
revegetated.
When the Project components reach
the end of their useful life, a
decommissioning plan will need to
be devised.
CdA
Contractor
1 year prior to
completion of
Construction
No
CdA
Prior to final
disbursement
No
20
Construction
Closure Plan and
Revegetation Plan
PS 3
PS6
Objectives : (a) To ensure that
areas used for the construction
period are returned as far as
possible to their previous state
and no ongoing environmental
liabilities are left.
(b) To ensure that there is no
net loss of endangered plant
species and to restore areas
intervened during
construction.
Deliverable: Construction
Closure plan to restore areas
intervened by construction
activities , including closure
monitoring, to ensure
previously vegetated areas are
regenerating.
22
Final
Decommissioning
PS 1l
PS 3
Objective : To ensure that
areas used for the operation
period are returned as far as
possible to their previous state
and no ongoing environmental
liabilities are left.
Deliverable: Operation
closure plan
Updated EIA Review Addendum
19
SCHEDULE 1.01(B)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
O&M PERFORMANCE BENCHMARKS
Including planned and forced outages, the Project will achieve a three-year running average availability factor of 97.8% with no single year less than 96%; provided ,
that the following will not be included in estimating availability factor:
•
planned outages occurring during the dry season for required major maintenance of the turbine generator unit, so long as it does not result in reduced
generation from the Project due to spillage at the dam site; provided , however , that those hours affecting peak hour generation shall be subtracted from
the unit availability;
•
•
•
•
outages caused by Defects or Deficiencies (as defined in the EPC Contract);
any Event of Force Majeure;
shutdowns during a flooding event due to excessive abrasion wear of the turbine runners that would reduce turbine efficiency; and
outages for maintenance of civil works.
For the avoidance of doubt, the annual sediment purging operation of the upstream Tablachaca Reservoir will be included in the calculation of the Project
availability factor.
The Operator will ensure that the Project does not have an effective reduction of plant capacity from that established at the Commercial Operation Date during
performance testing by more than 2 MW per unit or 5 MW for the entire Project (i.e., 3 units) based on a normal maximum pool level and a specific measured flow
rate consistent with what is occurring upon unit commissioning for one or three units operating. For purposes of this Schedule 1.01(B), such MW effective reduction
of plant capacity is subject to review and modification upon receipt from the turbine manufacturer of definitive specifications; provided , however , that no
modification shall be made without the prior consent of the Independent Engineer. The flow rate shall be established upon commissioning for the annual capacity
test.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 6.02(e)(iii)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
FIRST PRIORITY LIEN – REQUIRED FILINGS, REGISTRATIONS AND
RECORDINGS – INITIAL DISBURSEMENT DATE
1.
Trust Agreement ( Contrato de Fideicomiso sobre Flujos )
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ) on or before the Initial
Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
• Publication of the notice communicating the transfer of the “ Derechos de Cobro ” (as this term is defined in the Trust
Agreement) to the trust to be established pursuant to the Trust Agreement for three (3) consecutive days in the Official
Gazette “ El Peruano ”.
• Notification to current debtors about the transfer of its respective “ Derecho de Cobro ” to the trust to be established
pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
2.
Share Pledge Agreement
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with (i) the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ); and, (ii) the Stock Ledger
( Libro de Matrícula de Acciones ) of the Borrower on or before the Initial Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
• Include a notation about the existence of the Share Pledge Agreement on the corresponding share certificates.
• Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Share Pledge Agreement and register it with the Public Registry.
3.
Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public and registered with the public registry file of the Concessions Public
Registry.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered in the public registry file of the Concessions Public Registry in which the Definitive Generation Concession
Agreement is registered on or before the Initial Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement and register it with the
Public Registry.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 6.02(e)(iii)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
4.
Production Unit Mortgage Agreement
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public and registered with the Real Estate Public Registry.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered in the public registry file No. 11060878 of the Real Estate Public Registry (Huancayo Office) on or before the
Initial Disbursement Date, which corresponds to the “Platanal Inscrito” parcel.
Other actions:
Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement and register it with the Public Registry.
5.
Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ) on or before the Initial
Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
• The Borrower shall, simultaneously or within five (5) Business Days since the signature of this document, communicate
to the counterparties of the assigned agreements about the celebration of the Conditional Assignment of Rights and
Contractual Position.
• Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position and register it
with the Public Registry.
6.
Conditional Assignment of Contractual Position
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ) on or before the Initial
Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Conditional Assignment of Contractual Position and register it with the Public
Registry.
- 2 -
7.
Asset Pledge Agreement
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ) on or before the Initial
Disbursement Date.
Other actions:
• Grant the Power of Attorney pursuant to the Asset Pledge Agreement and register it with the Public Registry.
SCHEDULE 6.02(e)(iii)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
* * *
- 3 -
FIRST PRIORITY LIEN – REQUIRED FEES AND TAXES – INITIAL DISBURSEMENT DATE
With regard to the Trust Agreement, the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement, the Definitive Generation Concession Mortgage Agreement, the Share Pledge
Agreement, the Asset Pledge Agreement, the Conditional Assignment of Rights and Contractual Position Agreement, the Conditional Assignment of Contractual
Position and the Powers of Attorney, the Borrower shall perform the following actions or cause such actions to occur on or prior to the Initial Disbursement Date:
•
•
Pay all Notary Public’s fees for the execution of the public deeds ( escrituras públicas ) by means of which the abovementioned security documents
will be formalized.
Payment of all amounts to be paid to the Peruvian Public Registries for the registration and perfection of the abovementioned security documents.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 6.02(e)(iv)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 7.05 – GOVERNMENT APPROVALS
SCHEDULE 7.05(a)
Government Approvals – Closing Date
SCHEDULE 7.05(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
No.
1.
Permit
Definitive Generation Concession Agreement ( Contrato de Concesión Definitiva de Generación de Energía Eléctrica Nº 358-2010 ), dated January 5, 2011,
between the Borrower (as assignee of Kallpa Generación S.A.) and MINEM, as amended by Public Deed dated June 24, 2011.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pre-operational Certificate for the Project ( Estudio de Operatividad para la Conexión al SEIN de la C.H. Cerro del Aguila ) (the “Pre-Operational
Certificate”), issued by COES to the Borrower (as assignee of Kallpa Generación S.A., pursuant to the transfer notice on April 20, 2011) and identified by the
following communications: (i) Carta COES/D/DP-199-2010, dated August 11, 2010, (ii) Carta CdA-002/11, received on March 12, 2011 and (iii) Carta KG-
395/11, received on March 21, 2011.
Environmental Impact Assessment ( Estudio de Impacto Ambiental del Proyecto “Central Hidroeléctrica Cerro del Aguila ” ) (“EIA”), issued for Kallpa
Generación S.A., as approved by Resolution ( Resolución Directoral ), No. 274-2010-MEM/AAE, by the MINEM on August 4, 2010, and assigned to the
Borrower according to the Report ( Informe ) No. 079-2011-MEM-AAE-NAE/KCV, dated March 28, 2011.
Certificate of Inexistence of Archeological Remains ( Certificado de Inexistencia de Restos Arquelógicos ) (“CIRA”) No. 2010-196 for the areas covered by
the original layout of the Project issued by the Instituto Nacional de Cultura, Dirección de Arqueología (Peruvian Ministry of Culture), requested by Kallpa
Generación S.A., dated June 3, 2010, with Registration No. 015119.
Definitive Water Use Study ( Estudio de aprovechamiento Hídrico del Proyecto “Central Hidroelectrica Cerro del Aguila”) issued by the Ministerio de
Agricultura, Autoridad Nacional del Agua (“ANA”), (i) in the name of Kallpa Generación S.A. and approved by Resolution ( Resolución Directoral ), No.
0219-2010-ANA-DARH, dated July 1, 2010, (ii) transferred to the Borrower by Resolution ( Resolución Directoral ), No. 0048-2011-ANA-DARH, dated
March 17, 2011, (iii) and amended in respect of the collection and dumping points of water by Resolution (Resolución Directoral) No. 09- 2012-ANA-DARH,
dated January 27, 2012.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.05(b)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 7.05(b)
Government Approvals – Initial Disbursement Date
Government Approval
Approval of MINEM for the Environmental Impact Assessment related to the modifications of the original layout of the Project ( Estudio de Impacto
Ambiental del Proyecto “Modificación de los componentes de la Central Hidroeléctrica Cerro del Aguila” ), submitted by the Borrower on April 23, 2012.
Approval of COES to the Amendment to the Pre-Operational Certificate, described in Schedule 7.05(a) (Item #2) issued by COES pursuant to Letter No.
COES/D/DP/083- 2012, dated as of January 31, 2012.
Approval of the Peruvian Ministry of Culture of a CIRA for all the areas covered by the Project, which are additional to the areas covered by the CIRA
described in Schedule 7.05(a) (Item #4).
Authorization for the execution of works for water exploitation purposes ( Autorización de ejecución de obras con fines de aprovechamiento hídrico ) issued
by ANA, necessary for the development of the Project.
Ministerial resolutions imposing and/or recognizing easement rights with respect to the Powerhouse Parcels and the Dam and Reservoir Parcels, to be
obtained pursuant to Schedule 8.20.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6. Authorization for use of water for construction works ( Autorización de ejecución de obras de aprovechamiento hídrico ) issued by ANA.
7. Authorization for discharge of wastewater ( Autorización de vertimiento de aguas residuales ) issued by ANA.
8. Operating license for explosive shack ( Licencia de funcionamiento de polvorín ) issued by DICSCAMEC (Ministry of Interior)
9.
Evidence of registration as direct consumer of liquid fuels in the hydrocarbons registry ( Constancia de la inscripción en el registro de hidrocarburos de
consumidor directo de combustibles líquidos ) managed by OSINERGMIN.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.05(c)
Government Approvals – After Initial Disbursement Date
SCHEDULE 7.05(c)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
No.
1.
Government Approval
Ministerial resolutions imposing and/or recognizing easement rights with respect to the Transmission Line Parcels and the Conduction Tunnel, to be obtained
on or before the dates set forth under Schedule 8.20.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.05(d)
Government Approvals – Project Completion Date
SCHEDULE 7.05(d)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
No.
1. Commercial Operations Permit ( Ingreso de Unidades de Generación en el COES SINAC ) issued by COES (COES Procedure N° 21).
Government Approval
2. Water Use License ( Licencia de Uso de Agua ) issued by ANA.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.07
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
None.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.15(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
A. Material Project Documents Required to be Delivered on the Closing Date
PROJECT DOCUMENTS – CLOSING DATE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ElectroPeru PPA
Luz del Sur PPA
EPC Contract
Investment Agreement
Legal Stability Agreement
6. MINEM Guarantee Agreement
7.
8.
Definitive Generation Concession Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date
The following Land Sale and Purchase Agreements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Public Deed executed on September 7 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Eduardo Laos de Lama, by Luis Humberto Contreras
Belledonne and Carmen Olinda Eustaquio Gutiérrez de Contreras and the Borrower. This Purchase Agreement has been duly registered
in entry No. 11060878 of the Peruvian Real Estate Public Registry. (PLATANAL INSCRITO, 10 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on November 10 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Juvenal Efraín Ávila Breña, by the heirs of Roque
Prado Tello, Víctor Gutiérrez Pacheco, Filomeno Lazo Tello y Rumalda Chávez Enriquez, Gonzalo Bazán Avila, Nazario Chamorro
Pizarro and the heirs of Isidora Chamorro Prado and the Borrower. (FORTUNA, 6.64 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on April 19 th 2012 by Víctor Raúl Abad Cabrera and the Borrower. (PLATANAL, 26.78 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on February 23 rd 2012 by Eduardo Chávez Figueroa and Elvira Gabriel Quilca No. 19881500 and the
Borrower. (LIMONAL, 30 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on February 23 rd 2012 by Sócrates Abad Cabrera, Miguel Ángel Abad Cabrera, and Vilma Bertila
Jaime de Abad and the Borrower. (UYARICO NO INSCRITO, 30 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on March 24 th 2012 by the heirs of Manuel Abad Arana, conformed by Ludomila Francisca Abad
Cabrera, Juan Jose Abad Cabrera, Sócrates Abad Cabrera, Víctor Raúl Abad Cabrera, Víctor Manuel Abad Chacón, Francisco Abad
Chacon, Victoria Abad Chacon, Guillermina Herminia Abad Chacon, Ricardo Abad Palomino, Miguel Ángel Abad Cabrera, Alfonso
- 1 -
Schedule 7.15(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Abad Espinal, Lourdes Pimentel Pérez de Herrera, Juan Herrera Abad, Sonia Herrera Abad and Rosa Cabrera Gutierrez; and the
Borrower (UYARICO INSCRITO, 10 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on December 13 th 2011 by the Peasant Community of Jatuspata and the Borrower. (JATUSPATA,
60.44 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on December 13 th 2011 by the Peasant Community of Jatuspata and the Borrower. (JATUSPATA,
5.06 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on December 13 th 2011 by the Peasant Community of Jatuspata and the Borrower. (JATUSPATA,
2.32 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on November 10 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Juvenal Efraín Ávila Breña, by the heirs of Víctor
Gutiérrez Pacheco y Susana Bazán Romero, Florían Gutiérrez Bazán and the heirs of Román Gutiérrez Bazán and the Borrower.
(PACOPATA, 25.39 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on September 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Suylloc-Quintao and the Borrower. (SUYLLOC-QUINTAO, 104.53 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 31 st 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Andaymarca and the Borrower. (ANDAYMARCA, 85.82 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 24 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Llocce-Huantaccero and the Borrower. (LLOCCE HUANTACCERO, 61.20 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Capcas and the Borrower. (CAPCAS, 7.22 Ha.)
Private purchase contract executed on October 27 th 2011 by the Peasant Community of Capcas and the Borrower. (CAPCAS NO
INSCRITO, 30.21 Ha.)
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
9.
The following easement agreements:
a.
b.
Public Deed executed on December 6 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Juvenal Efraín Ávila Breña, by the heirs of Víctor
Gutiérrez Pacheco y Susana Bazán Romero, Florían Gutiérrez Bazán and the heirs of Román Gutiérrez Bazán and the Borrower.
(PACOPATA, 1.43 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on November 6 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Juvenal Efraín Ávila Breña, by the heirs of Víctor
Gutiérrez Pacheco y Susana Bazán Romero, Florían Gutiérrez Bazán and the heirs of Román Gutiérrez Bazán and the Borrower.
(PACOPATA, 0.84 Ha.)
- 2 -
Schedule 7.15(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Public Deed executed on September 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Suylloc-Quintao and the Borrower. (SUYLLOC-QUINTAO, 4.96 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on September 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Suylloc-Quintao and the Borrower. (SUYLLOC-QUINTAO, 10.30 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 31 st 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Andaymarca and the Borrower. (ANDAYMARCA, 6.24 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 31 st 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Andaymarca and the Borrower. (ANDAYMARCA, 13.45 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Capcas and the Borrower. (CAPCAS, 0.24 Ha.)
Public Deed executed on October 29 th 2011 before the Peruvian Notary Public, Ela Balbín Segovia, by the Peasant Community of
Capcas and the Borrower. (CAPCAS, 0.18 Ha.)
Private easement contract executed on April 19 th 2012 by Luis Enrique Cisneros and Cecilia Yraida Vivas Soto and the Borrower.
(HUAYO, 0.22 Ha.)
10. Government Approvals listed on Schedule 7.05(a)
11.
Parent Guaranty dated November 4, 2011 delivered to the EPC Contractor pursuant to the EPC Contract.
12. The following letters of credit issued pursuant to the PPAs, the Investment Agreement and the Definitive Generation Concession Agreement:
a.
b.
c.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D000-1504144 issued April 3, 2012 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of the Ministry of Energy
and Mines for 1,800,000.00 Nuevos Soles.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-1174467 issued June 22, 2012 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of the Ministry of Energy
and Mines issued in connection with the Investment Agreement for $3,119,892.25.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-1088989 issued June 22, 2012 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of the Ministry of Energy
and Mines issued in connection with the Investment Agreement for $9,309,957.35.
- 3 -
Schedule 7.15(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118366, issued December 23, 2011 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Luz del Sur
S.A.A. for $2,693,840.83.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118605 issued December 23, 2011 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Luz del Sur
S.A.A. for $902,742.39.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118371 issued December 23, 2011, by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Edecañete S.A.
for $43,301.81.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118367, issued December 23, 2011 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Edecañete S.A.
for $14,511.03.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118373, issued December 23, 2011 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Edelnor S.A.A.
for $481,035.78.
Standby Letter of Credit No. D193-01118372, issued December 23, 2011 by Banco de Crédito del Perú for the benefit of Edelnor S.A.A.
for $161,201.58.
B. Any Affiliate Project Documents as of the Closing Date
None.
C. Other Project Documents
1.
VAT Investment Contract
- 4 -
PROJECT DOCUMENTS – INITIAL DISBURSEMENT DATE
A. Material Project Documents Required to be Delivered on the Initial Disbursement Date
1.
2.
3.
Government Approvals listed on Schedule 7.05(b).
Advance Payment Bond (as defined in the EPC Contract).
Performance Bond (as defined in the EPC Contract).
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.15(b1)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
PROJECT DOCUMENTS – AFTER INITIAL DISBURSEMENT DATE
A. Material Project Documents Required to be Delivered after the Initial Disbursement Date
1.
Government Approvals listed on Schedule 7.05(c).
- 2 -
Schedule 7.15(b2)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
PROJECT DOCUMENTS – PROJECT COMPLETION DATE
A. Material Project Documents Required to be Delivered on the Project Completion Date
1.
2.
Government Approvals listed on Schedule 7.05(d)
Acceptable COD O&M Arrangement.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.15(c)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXISTING LIENS; EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
SCHEDULE 7.15(e)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
I.
Existing Liens
None.
II.
Existing Indebtedness
None.
- 1 -
1.
2.
3.
Variation Order No. 1 dated December 8, 2011.
Variation Order No. 2 dated May 18, 2012.
Variation Order No. 3 dated June 15, 2012.
PRE-CLOSING CHANGE ORDERS
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 7.15(f)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 8.05 (INSURANCE)
THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ARE SET OUT BELOW
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Capitalized terms used in this Schedule 8.05 and not otherwise defined in this Schedule shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.
The Borrower shall procure and maintain or cause to be procured and maintained the insurances set out below.
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Insurances (and reinsurances) shall be effected with acceptable insurance (and reinsurance) carriers, which shall be (i) authorized to do business in Peru if required
by law or regulation for any insurance in respect of the Project and (ii) having (a) a Best Insurance Reports rating of “A-” or better and a financial size category of
“IX” or higher, or (b) a Standard & Poor’s financial strength rating of “A-” or higher (or any other insurance company meeting requirements of clause (i) above that
is acceptable to the Senior Lenders and the Administrative Agent and maintains a minimum of 95% facultative reinsurance with reinsurers who meet the rating
levels of (ii) (a) or (b) above).
The insurances are to be in full force and effect on the Closing Date (or during the period specified below) and remain in force for the periods stated with coverage
continuing until the Final Maturity Date.
Coverage and limits are to be not less than the provisions set out below and deductibles are to be not more than the provisions set out below.
- 1 -
INSURANCES
Part I – Construction Period
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(A) CONSTRUCTION ALL-RISKS
Period
From no later than the Closing Date until Project Completion Date, plus up to 24 months extended maintenance coverage in respect of the
defects liability period.
Insureds
• the Borrower
• the Project Sponsor
• the EPC Contractor and/or sub-contractors of every tier
• each Secured Party
• the Operator as required by contract
• suppliers, professional consultants, architects and any other party engaged by any of the other Insured parties for their on site activities
(whilst excluding design work on site) only.
• Independent Engineer and Independent Environmental Consultant for their on site activities
• Any Insured’s subsidiary companies and their respective officers, directors and employees.
Property
Insured
“Property Insured” means all works and all materials, equipment, contents and other goods for use in connection with or for incorporation
therein, all facilities (including designs, drawings, specifications and plans to be provided and work to be done by the EPC Contractor under
the EPC Contract) relating to the construction of the Project together with the temporary works or any other property goods (excluding
constructional plant tools and equipment) for use in connection with or incorporation into construction of the Project whether supplied by or
on behalf of the Borrower and installed by the EPC Contractor.
- 2 -
Sum Insured
A sum representing the full reinstatement value of the Property Insured including adequate provision for policy extensions.
Coverage
Maximum
Deductibles
“All risks” of physical loss, destruction or damage to the Property Insured from a cause not excluded.
2.5 percent of value of risk subject to a minimum of USD 500,000 and a maximum of USD 5,000,000 in respect of earthquake.
USD 500,000 each and every loss in respect of tunnelling and underground works.
USD 250,000 each and every loss in respect of Hot Testing and Commissioning, Defective Design Workmanship and Material’s and during
the Defects Liability Period.
USD 500,000 each and every loss in respect of storm, tempest, flood, subsidence and collapse
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Territorial
Limits
Principal Policy
Extensions and
Conditions
USD 100,000 each and every other loss
Anywhere within Peru
• LEG2/96 Defects Exclusion or equivalent
• Extended Maintenance
• Debris Removal
• Expediting Expenses and Airfreight Expenses
• 72 Hour Clause
• Automatic Reinstatement of the Sum Insured Clause
• Cost Escalation Clause (115%)
• Professional Fees
• Completed works insured until the Plant Commercial Operations Date
- 3 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
• Marine 50/50 Clause
• Inland Transit
• Off-site storage
• Temporary removal
• Loss minimisation
• Plans and specifications
• Tunnelling clause
• Piling Clause
(B) DELAY IN START-UP
Period
Insureds
From no later than the Closing Date until Project Completion Date
• the Borrower
• the Project Sponsor
• each Secured Party
• Any Insured’s subsidiary companies and their respective officers, directors and employees.
Interest Insured
Actual loss of gross profit and increased cost of working arising from delayed completion of the project and caused by physical loss or
damage indemnifiable under the Construction All Risks insurance.
Sum Insured
Gross profit for an indemnity period of twelve months, plus additional cost of working.
Coverage
“All risks” of physical loss, destruction or damage to the Property Insured from a cause not excluded.
- 4 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Maximum
Deductible
Territorial
Limits
Principal Policy
Extensions
90 days in the aggregate in respect of earthquake, tunneling or underground works.
60 days in the aggregate in respect of all other losses.
Anywhere within Peru
• Suppliers Premises
• Utilities
• Ingress and Egress
• Professional services
(C) MARINE/AIR CARGO
Period
Continuous cover from the date of the initial shipment of project equipment or materials and to remain in force until acceptance and receipt
of the final shipment to the Project site.
Insured
• Borrower
• the EPC Contractor and/or sub-contractors of every tier
• suppliers of every tier
• each Secured Party
Each for their respective rights and interests.
Sum Insured
Not less than 110% of the full replacement value (equivalent to 110% of cost, freight and insurance value) of the insured property shipped
by each one vessel.
Insured
Conveyances
Conveyances and vessel and/or vessels and/or barge and/or air and/or road and/or rail and/or any other conveyance by land, sea or air and
connections.
Deductible
Not greater than USD 50,000 any one accident or occurrence
- 5 -
Interest
All imported Materials, Equipment and Supplies required for the construction of the Project.
Excluding Contractor’s Plant and/or Equipment
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Insured
Voyages
Principal Policy
Extensions and
Conditions
From point of origin at manufacturer’s site including loading and until arrival including unloading at the construction site, including periods
not exceeding 60 days of storage in the ordinary course of transit at any intermediate port or place.
• Institute Classification Clause CL354 1/1/2001;
• Marine Survey Warranty Clause Survey Clause;
• Excluding Rust, Oxidation or Discolouration.
• Barge Shipments at terms and conditions to be agreed
• Termination of Transit Clause (Terrorism)
• Institute Cargo ‘A’ Clauses
• Institute War/SRCC Clauses
• Concealed damage 90 days
• 50/50 Clause
• Airfreight Replacement Clause
• Returned Shipment Clause
• Excluding electrical and/or mechanical derangement unless caused by an insured peril
• Accumulation Clause (200%)
• Cancellation Clause - This insurance may be reviewed and/or cancelled by either party having given in writing notice of:
war risks - 7 days.
strikes risks - 7 days but for sending to and from the U.S. - 48 hours.
Such cancellation, however, shall not prejudice any transit risk or risks which shall have attached at the time such cancellation becomes
effective.
- 6 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(D) MARINE/AIR CARGO DELAY IN START UP
Period
Insured
As per the Marine/Air Cargo
• Borrower
• each Secured Party
Each for their respective rights and interests.
Sum Insured
A sum not less than that being sufficient to cover Debt Service and fixed costs during the period of delay and subject to the following
indemnity periods:
Deductible
Interest
Not less than 12 months
Indemnity period to commence no later than the effective date under the ElectroPeru PPA.
Not more than 60 days
Actual Loss of Interest Insured (not less than Debt Service and ongoing fixed costs) following a delay in the Projected Project Completion
Date of the insured business resulting from direct loss or damage to goods or merchandise indemnifiable under the Marine/Air Cargo
Insurance.
(E) THIRD PARTY LIABILITY
Period
Insured
As per the Construction All Risks Insurance
• the Borrower
• the EPC Contractor and/or sub-contractors of every tier
• each Secured Party
• the Operator as required by contract
• suppliers, professional consultants, architects and any other party engaged by any of the other Insured parties for their on site activities
(whilst excluding design work on site) only
- 7 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
• Independent Engineer and Independent Environmental Consultant for their on site activities
• any Insured’s subsidiary companies and their respective officers, directors and employees
USD 25,000,000 any one occurrence.
All sums which the Insured shall be legally liable for compensation or damages arising out of death of or injury to third party people and
damage to third party property including associated loss of revenues happening during the period of insurance within the Territorial Limits
and arising out of the Project.
USD 10,000 each and every loss for material damage only, USD100,000 for claims in the USA, Canada and Australia
Anywhere in the world, excluding the United States of America, Canada and Australia, in connection with the Project
• worldwide jurisdiction
• ABI Pollution Clause – NMA 1685 or equivalent
• Cross Liability Clause
• Failure to Supply Exclusion
Sum
Insured
Coverage
Deductible
Territorial
Limits
Policy
Extensions
and
Conditions
(F) SABOTAGE AND TERRORISM INSURANCE
Period
Insureds
No later than the Closing Date until the Project Completion Date
• the Borrower
• the EPC Contractor and/or sub-contractors of every tier
- 8 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
• each Secured Party
• the Operator as required by contract
DSU limited to
• the Borrower
• each Secured Party
Each for their respective rights and interests.
Property Damage
In respect of property damage as a result of terrorism and/or sabotage to the Insured’s physical assets including permanent and temporary
works, materials, buildings, structures, machinery, plant and equipment supplies and all other property for incorporation into the
construction of Project.
Excluding the EPC Contractor’s plant and equipment.
Delay in Start Up (“DSU”)
Property
Insured
Actual Loss of Interest Insured (not less than Debt Service and ongoing fixed costs) and/or increased cost of working necessarily and
reasonably incurred, following a delay in the Projected Project Completion Date of the Insured’s business resulting from physical loss or
damage caused by an act of terrorism or sabotage subject to a maximum indemnity period of 12 months.
Sum Insured
USD 250,000,000 aggregate on a first loss basis combined all sections.
Indemnity period to commence no later than the effective date under the ElectroPeru PPA.
Coverage
Terrorism and sabotage including subsequent delay and/or interruption caused by an act of terrorism or sabotage.
Deductibles
Property Damage: USD 500,000 any one occurrence.
Delay in Start-Up 30 days in the aggregate.
- 9 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Policy Conditions
and Extensions
• Debris Removal
• Inspection and Audit
• Non-Cancellation
Permitted
Exclusions
• Nuclear detonation, reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination
• War, civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, uprising, military or usurped power or martial law or confiscation by order of any
Government or public authority
• Seizure or illegal occupation
• Confiscation, requisition, detention, legal or illegal occupation, embargo, quarantine, any order of public or government authority
• Pollutants or contaminants
• Chemical or biological release or exposure
• Vandals, malicious persons, protesters, strikes, riots or civil commotion
• Cessation, fluctuation or variation in, or insufficiency of, water, gas or electricity supplies and telecommunications of any type or
service
• Threat or hoax
• Loss or damage due to micro-organisms.
(G) COMPULSORY INSURANCES
Insurances required to comply with all statutory requirements of Peru.
- 10 -
(A) ALL-RISKS OF PHYSICAL LOSS OR DAMAGE
Part II – Operations Period
Period
From the termination of the cover required for the construction phase (excluding any defects liability period) for twelve (12) months and
annually renewable thereafter until the Final Maturity Date.
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Insureds
• the Borrower
• each Secured Party
• The Operator as required by contract
• Any Insured’s subsidiary companies and their respective officers, directors and employees.
Each for their respective rights and interests
Property Insured
All material property (or part thereof), fixed, mobile or in transit, of every kind and description not otherwise excluded, either owned,
leased, hired or borrowed by any of the Insureds or held in the care, custody or trust of any of the Insureds or for which any of the Insureds
are responsible or have assumed responsibility all forming part of or in connection with the Project.
Sum Insured
Full replacement value
Property Damage and Business Interruption shall include a combined sublimit for earthquake of USD 500,000,000.
Coverage
All Risks of loss of or damage to the Property Insured including Machinery Breakdown occurring during the period of insurance by any
cause not otherwise excluded.
Deductibles
Not greater than:
Machinery breakdown and fire USD 1,000,000
Earthquake 2.5% of Value At Risk At Time Of Loss (VARATOL)
all others USD 500,000.
Territorial Limits
Anywhere within Peru including whilst in transit or storage therein.
- 11 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Principal
Conditions and
Extensions
Debris Removal Clause;
Property in the course of construction clause;
Replacement/reinstatement basis of claims settlement;
Architects’ and Surveyors’ fees;
Additional costs of complying with public authority requirements;
Cost of labour and computer time expended in reproducing documents or computer records;
Capital additions;
Additional overtime, night work, holiday work, express freight costs and custom duties;
Temporary Removal;
Automatic reinstatement of sum insured; and
Including strikes, riots, civil commotion.
Principal
Exclusions
Damage to the Project resulting from experiments or overload or similar tests requiring the imposition of abnormal conditions;
The costs of normal upkeep or normal making good;
Latent defects, defective design, materials or workmanship but not subsequent damage from an ensuing case which is not otherwise
excluded;
Wear and tear, corrosion, erosion, and or gradual deterioration but not subsequent damage from an ensuing case which is not otherwise
excluded;
Defects due to normal settlement, cracking or expansion of the buildings;
Pollution and or contamination other than following insured damage;
Sabotage and terrorism;
Asbestos;
Mold;
Radioactive contamination;
Air and sea transit.
- 12 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(B) BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
Period
From the termination of the coverage required for the construction phase (excluding any defects liability period) for twelve (12) months and
annually renewable thereafter until the Final Maturity Date.
Insureds
• the Borrower
• each Secured Party
Each for their respective rights and interests.
Coverage
Sum Insured
Actual Loss of Interest Insured (not less than Debt Service and ongoing fixed costs) and/or increased cost of working necessarily and
reasonably incurred following an interruption or interference to the insured business resulting from physical loss or damage indemnifiable
under Section 1 (or would have been indemnifiable but for the insureds retained liability) or covered by any policy extension.
Not less than a sum sufficient to cover Debt Service and ongoing fixed costs including operation and maintenance expenses following an
interruption or interference beginning on the date of the occurrence of the insured damage and continuing for the period during which the
results of the business are affected subject to a maximum indemnity period of 12 months.
Deductibles
Not greater than 60 days each and every loss except 90 days for earthquake or collapse of the head race tunnel.
(C) THIRD PARTY LIABILITY
Period
From the termination of the cover required for the construction phase (excluding | any defects liability period) for twelve (12) months and
annually renewable thereafter until the Final Maturity Date.
- 13 -
Insured
As per the Property Damage Insurance
Limit of Liability
The USD 15,000,000 any one occurrence, except in relation to products liability, and sudden and accidental pollution liability where such
limit of indemnity shall be in the aggregate for the period of insurance.
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Coverage
Deductible
Territorial
Limits
Principal
Conditions and
Extensions
All sums which the Insured shall be legally liable for compensation or damages arising out of death of or injury to third party people and
damage to third party property including associated loss of revenues happening during the period of insurance within the Territorial Limits
and arising out of the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Project.
Not greater than USD 50,000 each and every loss Material Damage losses only.
Anywhere in the world in connection with the Project.
Worldwide jurisdiction excluding USA/Canada/Australia/Eire
Primary Insurance Clause
ABI Pollution Clause – NMA 1685 or equivalent
Cross liability Clause
Products Liability
Failure to supply Exclusion
(D) SABOTAGE AND TERRORISM INSURANCE
Type
Period
Insureds
Terrorism and Sabotage Property Damage including subsequent business interruption caused by an act of terrorism or sabotage.
As per the Property Damage and Business Interruption Insurance
• the Borrower
• each Secured Party
• the Operator as required by contract
• any Insured’s subsidiary companies and their respective officers, directors and employees.
Each for their respective rights and interests
- 14 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Business Interruption shall be limited to
• the Borrower
• each Secured Party
Each for their respective rights and interests
Coverage
Property Damage
In respect of property damage as a result of terrorism and/or sabotage to the Insured’s physical assets including permanent and temporary
works, materials, buildings, structures, machinery, plant and equipment supplies and all other property for incorporation into the
construction of Project.
Business Interruption
Actual Loss of Interest Insured (not less than Debt Service and ongoing fixed costs) and/or increased cost of working necessarily and
reasonably incurred following an interruption of the insured business resulting from physical loss or damage caused by an act of terrorism
or sabotage subject to a maximum indemnity period 12 months.
Sum Insured
USD 250,000,000 aggregate on a first loss basis during the policy period combined all sections.
Deductibles
Property Damage: USD 500,000 any one occurrence.
Business Interruption 30 days per occurrence
- 15 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Policy Conditions
Debris Removal
Principal
Exclusions
Inspection and Audit
Non-cancellation
Loss or damage due to:
Nuclear detonation, reaction, nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination;
War, civil war, rebellion, revolution, insurrection, uprising, military or usurped power or martial law or confiscation by order of any
Government or public authority;
Seizure or illegal occupation;
Confiscation, requisition, detention, legal or illegal occupation, embargo, quarantine, any order of public or government authority;
Pollutants or contaminants;
Chemical or biological release or exposure;
Vandals, malicious persons, protesters, strikes, riots or civil commotion;
Cessation, fluctuation or variation in, or insufficiency of, water, gas or electricity supplies and telecommunications of any type or service;
Threat or hoax; and
Loss or damage due to micro-organisms.
(E) COMPULSORY INSURANCES
Insurances required to comply with all statutory requirements.
- 16 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(a) Lenders’ Endorsements
Each insurance policy, other than (G) in Part I and (E) in Part II, shall contain the following endorsements:
APPENDIX 2
Clause 1: Definitions
Unless otherwise defined in this endorsement, as set forth below, defined terms in this endorsement have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement (as
defined below).
In this endorsement:
“Credit Agreement” means the agreement dated on or about the date hereof (as amended, modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time) and entered
into by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agents and the Lenders.
“Insurance Policy” means the insurance agreement to which this endorsement is attached and into which this endorsement is incorporated in its entirety.
“Insureds” means the insured parties named in the Insurance Policy, collectively.
“Insurer” or “Insurers” means the relevant insurer participating in each insurance policy and such term also includes any reinsurer.
“Third Party Liability Insurance” means insurance in respect of all sums which any Insured becomes liable to pay in respect of a legal liability to third parties.
Clause 2: Acknowledgement of Assignment
The Insurer acknowledges that it is aware that the Borrower has been granted certain credit facilities by the Lenders and has assigned by way of first ranking security
to the Trustee acting on behalf of the Secured Parties all of its existing and future rights, title and interest in and to the proceeds of all insurances relating to the
Project and the benefit of the Insurance Policy. The Insurer confirms that (i) it consents to such assignment and acknowledges that it has not been notified of any
other assignment or security interest in the Borrower’s interest in the Insurance Policy; and (ii) the Secured Parties shall have no duty of disclosure.
Clause 3 : Severability and Non Invalidation
It is understood and agreed that the Insurer:
a)
notes and agrees that the Insured described in the schedule comprises more than one insured party each operating as a separate and distinct entity and
cover hereunder shall apply in the same
- 17 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
manner and to the same extent as if individual policies had been issued to each such insured party comprising the Insured for its respective rights and
interests provided that the total liability of the Insurer to all of the insured parties comprising the Insured collectively shall not (unless the policy
specifically permits otherwise) exceed the sums insured and limits of indemnity including any inner limits set by memorandum or endorsement stated
in the Insurance Policy;
subject to paragraph (c) below, shall be entitled to avoid liability to or (as may be appropriate) claim damages from any of the insured parties
comprising the Insured in circumstances of fraud, deliberate misrepresentation, deliberate non–disclosure or deliberate breach of any warranty or
condition of the Insurance Policy (the “ Vitiating Act ”) committed by that insured party. For the avoidance of doubt, any unintentional or inadvertent
error or omission in name or description or representation shall not operate to the prejudice of the Insured, provided that the error or omission is
corrected when discovered by the insured and advised to the Insurer prior to any occurrence giving rise to a claim hereunder;
understands and agrees that a Vitiating Act committed by one insured party comprising the Insured shall not prejudice the right to indemnity of any
other insured party comprising the Insured who has an insurable interest and who has not committed a Vitiating Act;
hereby agrees to waive all rights of subrogation or action which it may have or acquire against the Insured or any parties comprising the Insured except
where the rights of subrogation or recourse are acquired in consequence or otherwise following a Vitiating Act in which circumstances the Insurer may
enforce such rights notwithstanding the continuing or former status of the vitiating party as an Insured; and
notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 3, waives, and agrees not to exercise, any rights against the Borrower which they may acquire
through subrogation to the rights of the Senior Lenders until all amounts owing to the Secured Parties have been irrevocably repaid in full.
b)
c)
d)
e)
Notwithstanding the above, in respect of Marine Cargo Insurance and Marine Cargo Delay in Start-Up Insurance, this clause 3 shall not apply in the case of breach
of survey warranty, as detailed in the survey warranty clause contained in the general conditions section of this insurance, such warranty shall in all circumstances be
paramount.
Clause 4 : Primary Insurance Cover
The Insurer agrees that this insurance shall be primary to and not excess to (except in respect of layers of excess third party cover applicable to the Borrower) or
contributing with any other insurance maintained by any Insured. The Insurer waives all rights of contribution or average against any other insurance effected by any
Insured.
Clause 5 : Currency Clause
Any loss hereunder shall be settled in the same currency as the currency in which the loss has been properly claimed by an Insured.
- 18 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Clause 6 : Loss Payment Clause
The Borrower irrevocably authorizes and instructs the Insurer to pay, and the Insurer agrees to pay, all loss proceeds, returned premiums and any other monies
payable under or in relation to the Insurance Policy (“ Proceeds ”) as follows:
a)
b)
if the Proceeds are in respect of third party claims to be paid directly to a third party under the Third Party Liability Insurance, such sums shall be paid
directly to that third party; and
to the extent that sub–paragraph (a) above does not apply, or payments have not been made to the third party as contemplated therein, all amounts
payable by the Insurer in respect of the insurances shall be paid:
(i) in the event that the Borrower or the Trustee receives any amount of proceeds of insurance and other payments received for interruption of
operations in respect of any Event of Loss, such amounts shall be deposited in accordance with the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement in the
Onshore Dollar Revenue Account (or as otherwise instructed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Collateral Agent)); or
(ii) in the event that the Borrower or the Trustee receives an amount of Loss Proceeds in respect of any Event of Loss, the Net Available Amount shall
be deposited in accordance with the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement in the Loss Proceeds Account (or as otherwise instructed by the Trustee
(acting at the direction of the Collateral Agent)); or
unless and until the Insurer receives written notice from the Trustee to the contrary, in which event the Insurer shall make all future payments as then directed
by the Trustee.
No other instruction, whether by the Insured or by any person other than the Trustee, to make any payment to any other person or account shall be honored by the
Insurer unless given or countersigned by the Trustee, or such other person as the Trustee may notify to the Insurer in writing. A payment made in accordance with
this provision shall, to the extent of that payment, discharge the liability of the Insurer to the Insured under the Insurance Policy. Each payment by each Insurer to a
third party of a claim against the Borrower under the Third Party Liability Insurance insured by the Insurer shall be applied directly to discharge fully and finally an
insured liability of the Borrower to that third party.
Clause 7 : Right to fund premium
The Insurer acknowledges that the Senior Lenders and the Trustee shall have the right but not the obligation to pay any premiums payable in respect of this
Insurance Policy.
Clause 8 : Waiver of Offset
The Insurer shall not be entitled to offset any sums payable to it by any Insured on any account whatsoever (other than any premium outstanding from the Insured in
respect of the Insurance Policy) against any amount payable by the Insurer under the Insurance Policy.
- 19 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Clause 9 : Notifications
The Insurers shall give, via the broker, to the Trustee, the Collateral Agents, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and any other party as required by any
Transaction Document:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
(applicable only to such insurances that contain a cancellation provision) at least 30 days’ notice in writing (or such lesser period, if any, as may be
specified from time to time by Insurers in the case of war risks, terrorism and kindred perils (including terrorism), but in any event not less than 7 days
(except 48 hours in case of strikes cover for marine cargo sendings to the U.S.) before any cancellation or avoidance can take effect if the Insurer
proposes to cancel or avoid or give notice of such cancellation or avoidance of all or any cover under the Insurance Policy for any reason including non
payment of premium;
at least 60 days’ notice in writing before any proposed reduction in limits or coverage (other than reductions in limit by reason of any payment under
this Insurance Policy), any proposed increase in deductibles or any proposed termination before the original expiry date, in each case under or in
connection with the Insurance Policy, is to take effect;
(applicable only to such insurances that require renewal) at least 30 days notice prior to the expiry of the insurances if the Insurers have not received
renewal instructions from the Borrower and/or any insured party to the broker or agent of any such party;
(applicable only to such insurances that require renewal) immediate notice of any non-renewal or expiry of the Insurance Policy; and
prompt notice of any act or omission or of any event of which the Insurer has knowledge and which the Insurer considers would invalidate or render
unenforceable in whole or in part the Insurance Policy, including any default in the payment of any premium for any of the insurances, provided that,
subject to terms and conditions of this Insurance Policy, no reductions in limits (other than reductions in limit by reason of any payment under this
Insurance Policy) or extent of insurance coverage or increases in exclusions, deductibles or exceptions shall be made under this Insurance Policy
without the written consent of the Insured and the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Collateral Agent).
Clause 10 : Status of Trustee
a)
b)
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to fulfill nor shall it incur any liability with respect to, the Insured’s obligations under the Insurance Policy,
including, but not limited to, payment of premiums and delivery of notices, as required under the Insurance Policy.
The Trustee is not agent or trustee of any party other than the Secured Parties for receipt of any notice or any other purpose in relation to the Insurance
Policy.
Clause 11 : Provision of Notices, etc.
All notices or other communications under or in connection with the Insurance Policy will be given in writing or by fax. Any such notice will be deemed to be given
as follows:
a)
if in writing, when delivered; and,
- 20 -
b)
c)
if by fax, on the date on which it is transmitted but only if (i) immediately after the transmission, the sender’s fax machine records the correct
answerback, and (ii) the transmission date is a normal Business Day in the country of the recipient at the time of transmission and is recorded as
received before 5 pm on that date in the recipient’s time zone, failing which it shall be deemed to be given on the next normal business day in the
recipient’s country.
The address and fax number of the Agents for all notices under or in connection with the Insurance Policy are those notified from time to time by such
Agent for this purpose to the Borrower.
The initial address and fax number of the Trustee are set forth in Section 11.02 of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
The initial address and fax number of the Collateral Agents are set forth in Section 11.02 of the Collateral Agency and Depositary Agreement.
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
The initial address and fax number of the Administrative Agent are as follows:
Address:
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Administrative Agent
277 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10172
Attention: Amena Nabi / Daron Davis
Telephone: 212-224-4857 / 4847
Facsimile: 212-224-5222
Email: Amena_Nabi@smbcgroup.com / Daron_Davis@smbcgroup.com
Clause 12 : Clauses Paramount
Except where otherwise stated within this endorsement, this endorsement overrides any conflicting provision in the Insurance Policy.
Clause 13 . Cancellation
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 10 above, it is understood and agreed that, save for any non payment of premium this policy shall not be cancelled except
in the event of termination of this Insurance Policy by the Borrower and with the prior consent of the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Collateral Agent) and
may not be cancelled by any other Insured Party or the Insurers.
- 21 -
APPENDIX 3
Form of Broker’s Letter Of Undertaking (for insurances/reinsurances arranged by Borrower)
On Broker’s Letterhead
To: Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Administrative Agent
Dear Sirs
Cerro del Aguila Project
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
, 2012
We have acted as insurance broker to the Borrower with respect to the insurances referred to in this letter and, as such, we have placed on behalf of the Borrower the
insurance policies as set forth in the attached Appendix I - Insurance Schedule (the “ Insurances ”).
We confirm that the Insurances (i) are in full force and effect; provided however that we cannot provide any opinion as to whether the Borrower may have made any
statements or failed to make any statements that could nullify or materially reduce the scope of the coverage (and we are not aware of any such statements having
been made or having been failed to be made); (ii) have been placed on behalf of the Borrower; and (iii) name you as an insured (the “ Insureds ”).
We also confirm that:
(a)
(b)
the endorsements, substantially in the form set out and as attached hereto in Appendix II, have been included in respect of the Insurances; and
upon your request, we shall use best efforts to promptly request that each Insurer sign any notice, declaration or any other document necessary for the
assignment of Insurances to be binding on the Insurer and third parties.
We further confirm that all premiums due at the date of this letter in respect of the Insurances have been paid in full.
At the time of placement, our market security department assessed the financial soundness of the markets utilized based on publicly available information, and we
confirm that, as of the date of placement with each of those markets, the insurer was financially sound.
- 22 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Pursuant to instructions received from the Borrower and in consideration of your approving our appointment or continuing appointment as insurance brokers in
connection with the Insurances, and agreeing to the terms of this letter and in particular the limits of liability contained herein, we hereby undertake in respect of
your and the Borrower’s interests in the Insurances:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
to have endorsed on each and every policy of the Insurances as and when the same is issued endorsements substantially in the forms attached hereto in
Appendix II acknowledged by the Insurers in accordance with market practice;
2.1 to advise you promptly upon receipt of notice of any material changes notified to us which are proposed to be made to the terms of the Insurances and
which, if effected, in our reasonable belief would result in any material reduction in limits or coverage (including those resulting from extensions) or in any
increase in deductibles, exclusions or exceptions or would result in termination, cancellation, suspension or expiry (in the latter case, which is not immediately
followed by a renewal upon the same terms with the same Insurers) of any of the Insurances;
2.2 to notify you promptly of any default in the payment of any premium;
2.3 prior to the expiry of any Insurance and following a written request from you, to notify you within ten (10) days if we have not received instructions from
the Borrower to negotiate renewal, and, in the event of our receiving instructions to renew, to advise you promptly of the details thereof; and
2.4 to notify you promptly upon becoming aware that we shall cease, or that we have ceased, to be the broker of record to the Borrower;
to pay to you without any set-off or deduction of any kind for any reason any and all proceeds from the Insurances received by us from the Insurers except as
might be otherwise permitted in the relevant loss payable clauses;
to advise you if any Insurer cancels or gives notice of cancellation or suspension of any insurance promptly upon our becoming aware of such cancellation or
suspension;
to disclose to the Insurers each material circumstance in relation to the Insurances which it is aware and it, as agent for the Insureds, is required by law to
disclose to them;
upon written request made by you, to supply you with copies of all policies, cover notes, certificates, endorsements, renewal receipts and confirmation of
renewal and payment of premiums in respect of the Insurances and to make available to you promptly on request the originals of any of the same which are
required by you in connection with the making of an insurance claim where these are held by us, subject to our lien on any unpaid premiums that we as broker
may have under the original documents;
to advise the Insureds of the type of information which needs to be disclosed to the Insurers and of their duty of disclosure relating to material facts; and
to hold the insurance slips or contracts, the policies with any renewals thereof or any new or substitute policies (in each case, issued only with your consent),
any cover notes, certificates, endorsements, renewal receipts, and confirmation of renewal and payment of premiums in respect of Insurances, to the extent
held by us, to your order, subject to our lien on any unpaid premiums that we as broker may have under the original documents.
- 23 -
SCHEDULE 8.05
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
The above undertakings are given:
(a) subject to any Insurer’s right of cancellation (if any) following default in excess of 30 days in payment of such premiums, but we undertake to advise you
as soon as reasonably practical after receiving notice of any Insurer’s intention to cancel any of the Insurances, and where Insurers wish to cancel for reasons
of non-payment of premium, we will give you notice at least 5 business days (or if not possible to provide 5 business days notice we shall provide notice of
any insurers intention to cancel for non payment promptly) before notification of cancellation so as to give you a reasonable opportunity to pay amounts
outstanding before any notice of cancellation is issued by or on behalf of such Insurers;
(b) subject to our continuing appointment for the time being as insurance broker to the Borrower; and
(c) subject to all claims and returns of premiums being collected through us and our lien on any unpaid premiums that we as broker may have under the
original documents.
Our above undertakings are given subject to our lien on any brokerage fees and unpaid premiums that we as broker may have under the original documents and
subject to our right of cancellation on default in payment of such premiums, but we undertake not to exercise such rights of cancellation without giving you thirty
(30) days notice in writing, either by letter, or electronically transmitted message and a reasonable opportunity for you to pay any premiums outstanding.
It is understood and agreed that the operation of any Automatic Termination of Cover, Cancellation or Amendment Provisions contained in the conditions of the
Insurances shall override any undertakings given by us as broker.
Our aggregate liability to any persons, companies or organisation who acts in reliance on this letter, or on any other broker’s letter of undertaking issued by us in
respect of the Insurances to which this letter relates, for any and all matters arising from them and the contents thereof shall in any and all events be limited to the
sum of £3,000,000, even if we are negligent. We do not limit liability for our willful misconduct or fraud.
This letter shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the law of England.
Yours faithfully
for and on behalf of [ Insert Insurance Broker ]
- 24 -
SCHEDULE 8.10
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
FIRST PRIORITY LIEN - REQUIRED FILINGS, REGISTRATIONS AND
RECORDINGS AFTER THE INITIAL DISBURSEMENT DATE
1.
Amendments to the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement
Formality:
Filings and Registration:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public and registered with the Real Estate Public Registry ( Registro de
Propiedad Inmueble ).
The Borrower shall (i) file the Amendments to the Production Unit Mortgage Agreement with the Real Estate Public Registry
( Registro de Propiedad Inmueble ) within five Business Days of executing the relevant public deed, and (ii) cause them to be
registered within 105 calendar days of the date of the relevant public deed, in accordance with the Production Unit Mortgage
Agreement.
2.
Definitive Transmission Concession Mortgage Agreement
Formality:
Filings and Registration:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public and registered with the public registry file of the Concessions Public
Registry.
To be registered in the public registry file of the Public Concession Registry in which the Definitive Transmission Concession
Agreement is registered on or before 105 calendar days following the date in which all the parties have executed the
corresponding public deed.
3.
Amendments to the Asset Pledge Agreement
Formality:
Public deed duly executed before a Peruvian Notary Public.
- 1 -
Filings and Registration:
To be registered with the Peruvian Contracts Public Registry ( Registro Mobiliario de Contratos ) on or before 105 calendar
days following the date of the relevant public deed, in accordance with the Asset Pledge Agreement.
- 2 -
SCHEDULE 8.10
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
SCHEDULE 8.20
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
PROPERTY RIGHTS – REGISTRATION AND RECORDINGS AFTER INITIAL
DISBURSEMENT DATE
a.
POWERHOUSE PARCELS
Project Area
Jatuspata
Limonal
Uyarico No Inscrito
Platanal No Inscrito
Uyarico Inscrito ( )
Parcel Owner
Agricultural Community of Jatuspata
Registration of Easement Right
(RM) in the Concessions’ Public
Registry
June 30, 2014
Registration of Ownership Right in
the Real Estate Public Registry
January 31, 2014
Eduardo Chávez
Miguel Abad Cabrera
Víctor Raúl Abad Cabrera
Hermanos Abad
June 30, 2014
June 30, 2014
June 30, 2014
June 30, 2014
July 31, 2019
July 31, 2019
July 31, 2019
October 31, 2018
b.
DAM AND RESERVOIR PARCELS
Project Area
Andaymarca
Suylloc-Quintao
Capcas Inscrito
Capcas No Inscrito
Llocce-Huantaccero
Parcel Owner
Agricultural
Community of Andaymarca
Agricultural
Community of Suylloc-Quintao
Agricultural
Community of Capcas
Agricultural
Community of Capcas
Registration of Easement Right
(RM) in the Concessions’ Public
Registry
June 30, 2014
Registration of Ownership Right in
the Real Estate Public Registry
July 31, 2014
June 30, 2014
July 31, 2014
June 30, 2014
July 31, 2014
June 30, 2014
July 31, 2019
Agricultural
Community of Llocce-Huantaccero
June 30, 2014
July 31, 2019
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Chinchaybamba Norte
Peruvian State
June 30, 2014
N.A.
- 1 -
c.
TRANSMISSION LINES PARCELS
No.
1.
Project Area
Andaymarca A
Ministerial Resolution
Imposing /
Recognizing Easement
June 2015
Registration of Easement Right
(RM) in the Concessions’ Public
Registry
October 31, 2016
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Andaymarca B
Suylloc-Quintao A
Suylloc-Quintao B
Capcas A
Capcas B
Jatuspata A
Jatuspata B
Pacopata A
Pacopata B
Huayo
Peruvian State
Peruvian State
Peruvian State
Peruvian State
Peruvian State
Peruvian State
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
June 2015
- 2 -
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
October 31, 2016
SCHEDULE 8.20
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
Registration of Easement Right in
the Real Estate Public Registry
October 31, 2013
(easement)
October 31, 2013
(easement)
October 31, 2013
(easement)
October 31, 2013
(easement)
October 31, 2013
(easement)
October 31, 2013
(easement)
January 31, 2015
(property)
January 31, 2015
(property)
October 31, 2018
(easement)
October 31, 2018
(easement)
July 31, 2020
(easement)
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
d.
CONDUCTION TUNNEL
No.
1.
Underground area
Peruvian State
Administrative
Easements
August 2015
Registration in the Concessions’
Public Registry
December 31, 2015
Registration in the Real Estate
Public Registry
N.A.
- 3 -
SCHEDULE 8.20
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
In addition to the other items required to be included herein pursuant to Section 8.22 (Operating Statements and Reports), the Borrower shall furnish the following
data for statistical purposes on a monthly basis:
STATISTICAL PROJECT DATA
SCHEDULE 8.22
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
1.
2.
3.
Unit availability for each unit.
Energy production during peak and off-peak hours and accompanying averages.
Hydrology, including mean monthly flows.
4. Monthly average reservoir spill and low level outlet releases from the dam.
- 1 -
SCHEDULE 8.22(a)
TO CREDIT AGREEMENTS
FORM OF OPERATING STATEMENTS
[ Attached ]
- 1 -
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above